summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorwww-data <www-data@mail.pglaf.org>2025-12-01 06:40:59 -0800
committerwww-data <www-data@mail.pglaf.org>2025-12-01 06:40:59 -0800
commit27fd35647f3ac8bdb2096559bf7a58c36d14a21e (patch)
tree8e46bf2d1626f166600c947394164b08a62b4c04
Initial commit of ebook 77375 filesHEADmain
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes3
-rw-r--r--77375-0.txt20017
-rw-r--r--77375-h/77375-h.htm36443
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/cover.jpgbin0 -> 125806 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/i01.jpgbin0 -> 41809 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/i01_large.jpgbin0 -> 290342 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/i02.jpgbin0 -> 42294 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/i02_large.jpgbin0 -> 892224 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/i03.jpgbin0 -> 30520 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/i03_large.jpgbin0 -> 193685 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/i04.jpgbin0 -> 32391 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/i04_large.jpgbin0 -> 190319 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/i05.jpgbin0 -> 33907 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/i05_large.jpgbin0 -> 287348 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/i06.jpgbin0 -> 33923 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/i06_large.jpgbin0 -> 288702 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/i07.jpgbin0 -> 34764 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/i07_large.jpgbin0 -> 266446 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/i08.jpgbin0 -> 32913 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/i08_large.jpgbin0 -> 261768 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/i09.jpgbin0 -> 40187 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/i09_large.jpgbin0 -> 318488 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/i10.jpgbin0 -> 76385 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/i10_large.jpgbin0 -> 620459 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/i11.jpgbin0 -> 73078 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/i11_large.jpgbin0 -> 690845 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/map1.jpgbin0 -> 31244 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/map1_large.jpgbin0 -> 540968 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/map2.jpgbin0 -> 17977 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/map2_large.jpgbin0 -> 427564 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/map3.jpgbin0 -> 27864 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/map3_large.jpgbin0 -> 593159 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/map4.jpgbin0 -> 31715 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music01.jpgbin0 -> 77668 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music02.jpgbin0 -> 98033 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music03.jpgbin0 -> 26453 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music04.jpgbin0 -> 54395 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music05.jpgbin0 -> 51437 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music06.jpgbin0 -> 48711 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music07.jpgbin0 -> 93215 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music08.jpgbin0 -> 55028 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music09.jpgbin0 -> 54451 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music10.jpgbin0 -> 51494 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music11.jpgbin0 -> 25591 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music12.jpgbin0 -> 98572 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music13.jpgbin0 -> 55365 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music14.jpgbin0 -> 103027 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music15.jpgbin0 -> 56726 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music16.jpgbin0 -> 50206 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music17.jpgbin0 -> 47961 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music18.jpgbin0 -> 45159 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music19.jpgbin0 -> 24935 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music20.jpgbin0 -> 46652 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music21.jpgbin0 -> 50806 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music22.jpgbin0 -> 46593 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/music23.jpgbin0 -> 163633 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/sym1.pngbin0 -> 1022 bytes
-rw-r--r--77375-h/images/sym2.pngbin0 -> 757 bytes
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
60 files changed, 56476 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/77375-0.txt b/77375-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b42451
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20017 @@
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 77375 ***
+ * * * * *
+ MISSION
+ TO
+ ASHANTEE.
+ * * * * *
+
+
+[Illustration: A Map _shewing the_ _DISCOVERIES & IMPROVEMENTS_ _in the_
+Geography _of_ WESTERN AFRICA _resulting from the_ _MISSION to ASHANTEE_
+_by_ _T. E. Bowdich_ _Conductor_ 1817
+
+_REPORTED COURSES_ of the NIGER to the NILE, GAMBAROO to CAUDEE,
+OOGOOAWAI to the CONGO.
+
+_London published as the Act directs by John Murray Albemarle Street
+4th. Jany. 1819._
+
+_J. Walker Sculpt._]
+
+
+ MISSION
+ FROM CAPE COAST CASTLE
+ TO
+ =ASHANTEE,=
+ WITH A
+ STATISTICAL ACCOUNT OF THAT KINGDOM,
+ AND
+ GEOGRAPHICAL NOTICES OF OTHER PARTS
+ OF THE
+ INTERIOR OF AFRICA.
+
+ * * * * *
+ BY T. EDWARD BOWDICH, ESQ.
+ CONDUCTOR.
+ * * * * *
+
+“Quod si præ metu et formidine pedem referemus, ista omnia nobis adversa
+ futura sunt.”
+
+ LONDON:
+ * * * * *
+ JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE-STREET.
+ 1819.
+
+
+ * * * * *
+ London: printed by W. Bulmer and Co.
+ Cleveland-Row, St. James’s.
+
+
+
+
+ INTRODUCTION.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+A curiosity throughout Europe, proportionate to the ignorance of the
+Interior of Africa, exacts the publication of the proceedings and
+researches of every Exploratory Mission, from its Conductor, as a duty
+to the Public: “mandat fieri sibi talia.”
+
+The Public, in acknowledgment of the performance of the duty, reflecting
+that it constrains literary efforts which the Author otherwise might
+never have presumed to expose, should sympathise in his diffidence and
+anxiety, and receive and review them as a task imposed, and not as a
+spontaneous essay.
+
+If this indulgence is due even to gentlemen who have had the most
+enviable opportunities of qualifying themselves at the expense of a
+liberal Government, it is surely secure to one who never enjoyed those
+advantages; but, being suddenly called to the immediate conduct of a
+Mission, originated by a public Board of very contracted means, when
+estranged from all facilities, had no resource to aid his realization of
+the scientific desiderata, beyond the acquirements common to most
+private gentlemen.
+
+The vessel in which I am making my passage to England having been
+chartered to trade in the River Gaboon, which is immediately on the
+Line, I diverted a tedious delay of seven weeks in so unhealthy a
+situation, by visiting Naängo, a town about fifty miles from the mouth
+of the River, where I collected Geographical Accounts of the Interior,
+from several intelligent traders, and numerous slaves from different
+countries. I have added this compilation, (as it may borrow some
+interest from the adjacency of the Congo,) with a few notices of the
+customs and productions of this ruder part of Africa.
+
+
+
+
+ CONTENTS.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+ PART I.
+
+ CHAP. I.—The Objects and Departure of the Mission. 3
+
+ CHAP. II—The Route and Reception of the Mission. 14
+
+ CHAP. III.—Proceedings and Incidents until the Third 42
+ Dispatch to Cape Coast Castle.
+
+ CHAP. IV.—Proceedings and Incidents until the Signing of 101
+ the Preliminaries to a General Treaty.
+
+ CHAP. V.—Proceedings and Incidents until the Ratification 118
+ of a General Treaty.
+
+ CHAP. VI.—Proceedings and Incidents until the completion of 131
+ the Mission and its return to Cape Coast Castle.
+
+ PART II.
+
+ CHAP. I.—Geography. 161
+
+ CHAP. II.—History. 228
+
+ CHAP. III.—Constitution and Laws. 252
+
+ CHAP. IV.—Superstitions. 261
+
+ CHAP. V.—Customs. 274
+
+ CHAP. VI.—Architecture, Arts, and Manufactures. 304
+
+ CHAP. VII.—Climate, Population, Revenue, City, Market, &c. 315
+
+ CHAP. VIII.—Trade. 330
+
+ CHAP. IX.—Language. 344
+
+ CHAP. X.—Music. 361
+
+ CHAP. XI.—Materia Medica and Diseases. 370
+
+ CHAP. XII.—Mr. Hutchison’s Diary. 381
+
+ CHAP. XIII.—Sketch of Gaboon, and its Interior. 422
+
+ CHAP. XIV.—Suggestions for future Missions to the Interior 453
+ of Africa.
+
+ APPENDIX.
+
+ NO. I.—Extract from Meredith’s Account of the Gold Coast. 463
+
+ NO. II.—Translations of an Arabic MS. Descriptive of Mr. 478
+ Park’s Death.
+
+ NO. III.—Arabic Routes. 482
+
+ NO. IV. Dr. Leach’s Notice of Reptiles, Insects, &c. 493
+
+ NO. V.—Thermometer Account. 497
+
+ NO. VI.—Vocabularies. 504
+
+
+
+
+ DIRECTIONS FOR PLACING THE PLATES.
+
+
+ Map _to front the Title._
+
+ 1. A Captain in his War-dress _to face p._ 32
+
+ Arabic Circular 128
+
+ Map from Dapper 211
+
+ 2. The first Day of the Yam Custom 275
+
+ 3. The oldest House in Coomassie 307
+
+ 4. Quarters of the Chief of the Embassy _ib._
+
+ 5. Odumata’s sleeping room 307
+
+ 6. Inner square of Apokoo’s house _ib._
+
+ 7. }
+ } Piazzas of the palace 308
+ 8. }
+
+ 9. Part of Adoom Street _ib._
+
+ 10. Exterior of the King’s bed room _ib._
+
+ Ichnographical Sketch of Coomassie 323
+
+ Ashantee Music 365
+
+ Empoöngwa Music 449
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ ERRATA.
+
+ Map.—Affix the name Leeasa to the river flowing from the Niger by
+ Boussa.
+
+ Page 9.—After Frederick James, Esq. add, Member of Council, and
+ Governor of Accra.
+
+ Page 72.—For dated, read _dictated_.
+
+
+
+
+ GLOSSARY.
+
+
+ Croom. A town or village.
+
+ Caboceer. A chief or magistrate.
+
+ Pynin. An elder or counsellor.
+
+ Palaver. A dispute, debate, argument, or suit.
+
+ Book or Note. A certificate of a monthly pension of the African
+ Committee, paid in trade to the Fantee Kings and Chiefs in the
+ neighbourhood of the British settlements, in consideration of their
+ attachment, influence, and services; which Books or Notes were claimed
+ by the King of Ashantee, as his by right of conquest.
+
+ Stool. Throne, seat in council, inheritance.
+
+ Custom. A festival, carnival, public ceremony, funeral rite.
+
+ Panyar. To seize or kidnap.
+
+ A Benda. Two ounces four ackies, or £9. currency.
+
+ A Periguin. Two ounces eight ackies, or £10. currency.
+
+ An Ackie. Five shillings currency.
+
+ A Tokoo. Ten pence.
+
+ A Dash. A present.
+
+ Fetish. A charm, amulet, deity. Any supernatural power or influence.
+ Any thing sacred.
+
+
+
+
+ * * * * *
+ MISSION TO ASHANTEE.
+ PART I.
+ * * * * *
+
+
+ MISSION TO ASHANTEE.
+ * * * * *
+
+ CHAPTER I.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ _The Objects, and Departure of the Mission._
+
+
+Bosman and Barbot mention the Ashantees as first heard of by Europeans
+about the year 1700; the latter calls it Assiantee or Inta, and writes,
+that it is west of Mandingo, and joins Akim on the east; he asserts its
+pre-eminence in wealth and power. Issert, a physician in the Danish
+service, who meditated a visit to Ashantee, writes, “this mighty king
+has a piece of gold, as a charm, more than four men can carry; and
+innumerable slaves are constantly at work for him in the mountains, each
+of whom must collect or produce two ounces of gold per diem. The Akims
+formerly dug much gold, but they are now forbidden by the King of
+Ashantee, to whom they are tributary, as well as the Aquamboos,
+previously a very formidable nation.” Mr. Dalzel heard of the Ashantees
+at Dahomey, as very powerful, but imagined them, the Intas, and the
+Tapahs, to be one and the same nation. Mr. Lucas, when in Mesurata, was
+informed that Assentai was the capital of the powerful kingdom of
+Tonouwah. In Mr. Murray’s enlarged edition of Dr. Leyden’s discoveries
+in Africa, we find, “the northern border of Akim extends to Tonouwah,
+denominated also Inta, Assientè, or Assentai, from its capital city of
+that name, which stands about eighteen days journey from the Gold
+Coast.”
+
+In 1807 an Ashantee army reached the Coast for the first time. I would
+refer the reader to the extract in the Appendix, from Mr. Meredith’s
+account of the Gold Coast, as the particulars are introductory as well
+as interesting; and also serve to correct the misstatement in the work
+last quoted, that in 1808 the King of Ashantee destroyed the English
+fort of Annamaboe; originating, probably, from the storm of the Dutch
+fort at Cormantine, at that time.
+
+The Ashantees invaded Fantee again in 1811, and the third time in 1816.
+These invasions inflicted the greatest miseries on the Fantees. Few were
+slain in battle, for they rarely dared to encounter the invaders; but
+the butcheries in cold blood were incredible, and thousands were dragged
+into the interior to be sacrificed to the superstitions of the
+conquerors. Famines, unmitigated by labour, succeeded the wide waste of
+the Fantee territory, the wretched remnant of the population abandoning
+itself to despair; and the prolonged blockade of Cape Coast Castle in
+the last invasion, engendered so much distress and hazard, that the
+Government having averted imminent danger by advancing a large sum of
+gold on account of the Fantees, earnestly desired the Committee to
+authorise and enable them to venture an Embassy, to deprecate these
+repeated calamities, to conciliate so powerful a monarch, and to
+propitiate an extension of commerce. By the store ship which arrived in
+1817, the African Committee forwarded liberal and suitable presents, and
+associated scientific with the political objects of the Mission, in
+their instructions, which I submit in explanation.
+
+“In order to enable you to redeem the promise to the King of Ashantee
+(and as we are sanguine in our hopes of the good that may result from
+it), we send you sundry articles as presents for him, to which you may
+add such others from the public stores as you may deem desirable,
+provided they will not materially increase the expense. The Committee
+are extremely anxious (and in this respect the wishes of all classes of
+people in this country go with them) that no exertions should be spared
+to become better acquainted with the Interior of Africa; and we consider
+the existing state of things to be most favourable for undertaking an
+exploratory Mission into the dominions of the King of Ashantee. If,
+therefore, nothing shall have transpired in the interim of this dispatch
+being received by you, to make the measure objectionable, we wish you to
+obtain permission from the King to send an Embassy to his capital: if
+granted, you will select three Gentlemen (one of them from the medical
+department[1]) for that service; and let them be accompanied by a
+respectable escort, you giving them the fullest instructions for their
+government. In particular, it will be necessary for them to observe, and
+report upon, the nature of the country; its soil and products; the
+names, and distances, and the latitude and longitude of the principal
+places; and its most remarkable natural objects: the appearance,
+distinguishing characters, and manners of the natives; their religion,
+laws, customs, and forms of government, as far as they can be
+ascertained; and by whom each place is governed. When at Ashantee, they
+should endeavour to obtain the fullest information of the countries
+beyond, in each direction; particularly whether any high mountains,
+lakes, or large rivers are known; and the width, depth, course, and
+direction of the latter; and whether the water, as well of the lakes as
+the rivers, is salt or fresh: and how far, and under what circumstances,
+white men may travel with safety, especially in a northerly direction.
+They should collect the most accurate information possible of the
+extent, population, and resources of the Ashantee dominions, and should
+report fully their opinion of the inhabitants, and of the progress they
+may have made in the arts of civilized life. They should be directed
+also, to procure and bring away (with the consent of the chiefs) any
+specimens of vegetable and mineral productions they may be able: and to
+ascertain where and how the natives collect the gold, and the extent to
+which the trade in that article, and in ivory, might be carried on. It
+would, we conceive, be a most important advantage, if the King of
+Ashantee, and some of his chiefs, could be prevailed upon to send one or
+more of their children to the Cape, to be educated at the expense of the
+Committee (to be attended by their own servants, if required), under the
+guarantee of the Governor and Council for their personal safety, and
+that they should be sent back when required.
+
+“Another great object would be, to prevail upon the King to form, and
+keep open, a path not less than six feet wide, from his capital, as far
+as his territories extend towards Cape Coast, you engaging on the part
+of the Committee, to continue it from that point to Cape Coast, which we
+presume may be done at a very small expense, by means of monthly
+allowances to the chiefs of such villages as be in that line; upon
+condition that they shall not allow the path to be overgrown with
+underwood, or otherwise obstructed.
+
+“It may perhaps be found, that high mountains, or a large river, may be
+not many days journey beyond Ashantee; in which case, if the Gentlemen
+composing the Embassy feel themselves secure in the attempt, they may
+probably be disposed to proceed so far. In such event, we authorize you
+to pay their drafts for any moderate sums which they may find it
+necessary to expend, as well as for the general objects of the Mission.
+
+“Besides the escort of which we have spoken, we think it necessary, or
+at least extremely important, that the Embassy should be accompanied by
+natives of character and consequence, conversant with the Ashantee
+language, in whom you have perfect confidence, selected, one from each
+of the towns of Cape Coast, Accra, and Apollonia, to whom you may make
+reasonable allowances for their time and trouble.
+
+“We have said that you should obtain the permission of the King of
+Ashantee to send the Embassy: we have doubts of the expediency of
+requiring hostages; but, we presume you will concur with us in thinking,
+it will be necessary, before it leaves Cape Coast, that a man of
+consequence should be specially sent down by the King, to serve as a
+guide and protector; and who, on his journey to Cape Coast, may arrange
+with the messenger whom you may send to the King, respecting the places
+at which the Embassy may stop to refresh, and give directions to open
+the paths that may be overgrown.
+
+“The Gentlemen whom you may select, will of course be well advised by
+you not to interfere with any customs of the natives, however absurd; or
+in any way to give them offence. And they cannot too strongly impress
+upon the minds of the King and people of Ashantee, that the only objects
+his Britannic Majesty has in view, are, to extend the trade with that
+country; to prevent all interruption to their free communication with
+the waterside; and to instruct their children in reading, writing, &c.
+from which, as may be easily pointed out, the greatest advantages must
+arise to the Ashantees.
+
+“From what has been said, you, Gentlemen, will perceive, that in
+selecting the Embassy, it is important that one of the persons composing
+it should be able to determine the latitude and longitude of places, and
+that both shall be seasoned to the climate; of ability, physical and
+mental; of cool tempers, and moderate habits; and possessed of fortitude
+and perseverance; and that in the selection of their escort also, regard
+be had to the qualifications of the parties in those respects. Among
+them there should be a bricklayer, carpenter, blacksmith, gunsmith, and
+cooper, with proper tools; if these persons can be spared for the
+purpose. We wish also they should take with them a number of
+_certificates regarding Major Peddie_, and his companions, to be
+circulated as distinctly as possible in the Interior; for though the
+period may be past when they might have been useful to those travellers,
+it is yet possible that they may be of use in making generally known the
+object of Government in sending white men to explore that country.”
+
+The suggestion of hostages was wholly impracticable, for there was not
+even time for a communication with the King. A variety of circumstances
+conspired to urge the immediate dispatch of the Mission; our interests,
+to say the least, imperiously demanded its early interference; and had
+we waited for a formal permission from the King to relieve the
+difficulties of the enterprise, the rainy season would have been too far
+advanced, and the critical moment have escaped us. The Governor thought
+it more advisable to dispatch the Mission without an escort, and two
+native soldiers only were added to the bearers of the baggage. The
+perusal of the Governor’s instructions will be satisfactory to the
+reader:
+
+
+ _Cape Coast Castle, April 19th_, 1817
+
+ FREDERICK JAMES, ESQ. Member of Council, and Governor of Accra.
+
+ SIR,
+
+IN accepting your voluntary offer of conducting the Embassy to the King
+of Ashantee, I have every reason to believe, that from your long
+experience in this country, and your knowledge of the manners and habits
+of the natives, it will terminate in a manner highly creditable to
+yourself, and eventually prove of the greatest importance to the
+commercial interest of Great Britain, which is the more immediate object
+of the Mission; however, as many subjects of scientific research may be
+associated with it, they are particularly recommended to your attention.
+For this purpose Mr. Bowdich will accompany you; and I have no doubt he
+will be found perfectly qualified to make the necessary observations, in
+which you will afford him every facility and assistance. He is provided
+with instruments for determining the latitude and longitude of places.
+Mr. Hutchison, writer, and Mr. Tedlie, assistant surgeon, will also be
+attached to the expedition.
+
+The Ashantees, who are appointed your guides, have been selected by the
+Ashantee Captain who is now here. They will, I hope, aid and assist you
+in every thing that lays in their power.
+
+In addition to the Committee’s instructions, a copy of which you have
+herewith, you will attend to the following:
+
+On the subject of your journey, I have nothing to observe further, than,
+that I hope you will take every opportunity of travelling when there
+will be the least exposure to the sun, as the officers who accompany you
+have been but a short time in the country, and every precaution will be
+necessary for the preservation of their health.
+
+As soon as may be convenient after your arrival at the Ashantee capital,
+you will of course see the King, and deliver him the various presents in
+the name of the African Company, to be received by him as pledges of the
+harmony and friendship which is ever to subsist between them; and also
+of his good will towards the natives residing under the protection of
+their different forts. You will not fail to impress upon his mind, the
+great power, wealth, and consequence of the British nation, and how much
+it is the interest of himself and his subjects, to promote and
+perpetuate their present free intercourse with the water side. In the
+course of your interview many circumstances will doubtless occur, which
+will suggest various other matters proper to be mentioned to the King,
+all which I shall leave entirely to your own discretion.
+
+You will acquaint the King, that in order to secure a correct
+communication between him and myself, I request his permission to allow
+an officer to reside constantly at Commassey, who will defray all his
+own expenses, and for whom you will build a house without loss of time.
+A carpenter, bricklayer, and cooper are sent with you, and you will
+leave them with Mr. Hutchison, who will remain as Resident. On your
+departure you will give him full instructions in writing for his future
+government, a copy of which you will deliver me upon your return.
+
+You will keep an exact diary of every circumstance possessing the least
+interest, a copy of which you will transmit me by every opportunity.
+
+In the course of your stay in the Ashantee country, you will embrace
+every occasion of becoming acquainted with the politics of that nation,
+of ascertaining its extent and boundaries, the power of the King over
+the lives and property of his subjects, the probable force he could
+bring into the field, the number of his allies, the sources and amount
+of his revenues. Whether he is tributary to any other power, and what
+nations in his neighbourhood are tributary to him? The amount of
+tribute, and in what articles paid? The rule of succession to the
+throne? What are the punishments for crimes of all descriptions? Who are
+the persons of most consequence next to the King? The names of their
+offices, and the extent of their power: by whom, or how paid? What are
+the most prominent features in the character, manners, and habits of the
+people, &c. &c. &c.?
+
+Are any human sacrifices made? Upon what occasions, and to what extent?
+How are prisoners of war now disposed of?
+
+Of what nation are the Moors that frequent the Ashantee country, and for
+what purpose do they go there?
+
+Ascertain the current medium of exchange, whether gold, or cowries; also
+the usual prices at which the Ashantees sell the goods they purchase
+from the Europeans on the sea coast; and the extent of their commercial
+relations with the Interior.
+
+You will enquire whether any European travellers have ever been seen or
+heard of in any of the countries to the northward; and what became of
+them? Whether any thing be known of the river Niger, or Joliba, as it is
+called by the natives? This information you will probably obtain from
+the Moors.
+
+Ascertain the position of the Doncoe country, and the city of Kong; also
+the mountains of that name. Refer to Park’s Travels, and acquire as much
+information as possible of the regions lying between Ashantee and the
+last places he visited. In short, leave nothing undone that may add to
+our present imperfect geographical knowledge of the Interior.
+
+You will receive herewith copies of certificates relative to Major
+Pedde’s expedition, which you will distribute amongst any persons you
+find travelling into the Interior from Ashantee.
+
+It would be of the first importance to have a road cut directly down to
+Cape Coast; and this you will urge to the King in the strongest manner.
+Your observations will, of course, enable you to point out the proper
+directions.
+
+I inclose a sketch of a treaty, and it would be highly desirable if you
+could procure its ratification by the King. He might perhaps make some
+objection at first, but may be persuaded at length, by your address, and
+reasoning. If he wished any trifling alteration made, you might use your
+discretion in this respect.
+
+You will acquaint the King, it is my wish that in future he receive his
+company’s pay at this Castle, and not at Accra, as formerly. Should he
+say any thing of an increase to his present allowance, you may give him
+hopes that it will be granted to a reasonable extent, provided the
+objects of this Mission be fulfilled, and after twelve months experience
+shall have proved the sincerity of his friendship to the British
+Government, and to the natives resident under its protection at the
+various forts on the Coast.
+
+From the jealous disposition of the natives of Africa, it is highly
+probable, that in the prosecution of your enquiries, you will be subject
+to many unfavourable suspicions. These you will take all possible care
+to remove, by the most candid explanations on every point that may be
+required.
+
+You will particularly explain to the King, the ill treatment the people
+of Cape Coast have experienced from those of Elmina, which has added
+very much to the distresses they have for some time suffered from the
+extreme scarcity of provisions; and there is reason to believe, that
+this unjust persecution has been induced, from their presuming on their
+connection with the Ashantees. Being perfectly aware that it has been
+done without the concurrence of the King; I have no doubt but he will,
+by a proper representation of the affair from you, exert his influence,
+and prevent what is at present to be apprehended, and what the Elminas
+are endeavouring to provoke—a war between the two people.
+
+In all cases not provided for in these Instructions, you have of course
+a discretionary power, which I am convinced you will make use of with
+deliberation and prudence, and with becoming zeal for the service upon
+which you are employed.
+
+Wishing you a prosperous journey and a safe return,
+
+ I am, Sir, your most obedient Servant,
+
+ JOHN HOPE SMITH.
+
+
+[Footnote 1: We recommend his being well supplied with dressings, &c.
+for wounds, and bruises, so that he may be able to assist any natives
+whom he may meet with requiring his aid: services of this sort give
+Negroes an exalted idea of white men, and are always gratefully
+remembered.]
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER II.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ _The Route, and Reception of the Mission._
+
+
+The Mission left Cape Coast Castle on the morning of the 22d of April,
+with the intention of quitting the water side at Moree, three miles and
+a half to the eastward; but on reaching it, we were told that the path
+thence to Payntree’s croom, always bad, was then impassable from the
+rains; and that we must proceed to Annamaboe before we struck into the
+bush for the Interior.
+
+The reluctance of the carriers, who had been pressed into the service by
+the authorities of the town, became thus early almost insuperable; the
+consideration of pay and subsistence, and the reflection, that the
+dearth inflicted by the invasions the Mission was to deprecate, allowed
+them but a bare existence at home, were entirely lost in their aversion
+to the undertaking, which was equally influenced by jealousy and
+indolence: eleven deserted the first day; and the slender authority of
+the King and caboceers of Annamaboe, delayed the procuring of others to
+replace them until the next evening. One party was then started,
+attended by a soldier and a messenger, as they persisted in laying down
+their loads, even in the town; and many of the Annamaboes who had been
+procured, after lifting their packages, which were of moderate weight,
+walked off again, with the most insolent indifference. The devices by
+which these people displayed their ill will were peculiarly their own,
+and none could be more ingeniously tormenting. At four o’clock on
+Thursday morning we started the remainder of the packages, and followed
+them at half past six. Proceeding about two miles in a N.N.W. direction,
+we descended a steep hill, a quarter of a mile in length, and entered a
+beautiful valley, profusely covered with pines, aloes, and lilies; and
+richly varied with palm, banana, plantain, and guava trees: the view was
+refreshed by gentle risings crowned with cotton trees of a stupendous
+size. I never saw soil so rich, or vegetation so luxuriant.
+
+The first croom we reached was Quama’s, about three miles and a half
+from Annamaboe; it presented but a few hovels; and we passed through
+three others, Simquoi, Taphoo, and Nasmam, just as wretched and
+insignificant, before we reached Booka, romantically situated amidst the
+luxuriant foliage of a high hill, terminating the valley. Abra is about
+three miles eastward of this croom: it has been entirely deserted since
+the last invasion, the Ashantee army under Appia Nanu having made it
+their head quarters. It formerly exceeded Annamaboe, but the little that
+now remains is in ruin, the inhabitants having retired to the small
+crooms of their caboceer, or Captain Quaggheree.
+
+Passing through Tachradi, which scarcely existed but in name, we
+ascended a gentle rising, with a small croom, called Acroofroom, on the
+left hand. The astonishment of its miserable inhabitants engaging our
+attention, the extensive area of the summit burst upon us with the more
+effect. It was environed by small groves; and clumps of cotton trees
+rose so happily in frequent spots, as to afford all the scenery of a
+romantic little park; the broken rays of the sun stealing through the
+small trees in the distance, to make the deep shade of the foreground
+more imposing. The path then became more hilly, and the landscape fuller
+of wood: our descents and risings frequently through long vistas, so
+richly gilded with the sun on the summits, that, impressed with the
+description of Issert, we naturally yielded to the expectation, in
+ascending each eminence, that it would afford us the delightful prospect
+of an open country; but we were disappointed, and passing through
+Dunnasee and Assoquah, both small crooms, the latter situated on a long
+level, about three miles and a half from Acroofroom, we shortly after
+arrived at Payntree’s.
+
+On the higher hills the soil was generally gravel, with large stones; on
+the lesser, white flint and whinstone abounded: the levels presented few
+stones, and the earth was black, strong, and rich, producing grass from
+four to ten feet high. The country was very thinly inhabited, and more
+sparingly cultivated, the cassada frequent, but producing little from
+the want of cultivation.
+
+I made Payntree’s croom barely fifteen miles from Annamaboe; judging
+from time, it was guessed to be eighteen or twenty; but the impediments
+which the path almost incessantly presented to a hammock, the
+inequalities of the ground, and many delays which insensibly consumed
+the time, conspired to make such a calculation of distance very
+fallacious. The plan I adopted throughout, though laborious, entitled me
+to more confidence; and the observations confirmed the pretension. Mr.
+Tedlie, who was always just ahead of myself, took the angles of the path
+by his compass, which I pencilled as he uttered them, with their several
+lengths, allowing four yards and a half for every six paces. It is
+allowed too by the natives to be an easy four hours walk. Several hours
+elapsed before all the carriers came up; most of those who had been
+started by us the preceding day, slept in the bush, and one more had
+deserted.
+
+The prevailing courses and their proportions were N.¼; N.bW.⅛; N.N.W.⅛;
+N.N.E.⅛; the rest of the distance being made up of small lengths, in
+every point of the compass, from S.W. to S.E.; the variation 17¾° W. The
+latitude of Payntree, by two altitudes of the sun, was 5° 20′ 30″ N.;
+the longitude, by the course and distance, as afterwards corrected, 1°
+47′ W.
+
+We received the compliments of Payntree and several caboceers, under a
+large tree, and were then conducted to a neat and comfortable dwelling,
+which had been prepared for us: a small square area afforded a shed for
+cooking in on one side, and a sleeping room in each of the others, open
+in front, but well thatched, and very clean: from this we passed to our
+sitting room, the floor of which was elevated about two feet from the
+ground.
+
+The croom was prettily situated on a level, encircled by very fine
+trees, and consisted of a very broad and well cleaned street of small
+huts, framed of bamboo, and neatly thatched. Just beyond the north end
+of the croom, there was a stream running to the N.N.E and more than a
+mile of marshy ground was distinguished by the deeper shade and
+luxuriance of the foliage. We observed a great number of small birds,
+which were even more beautiful from their delicate symmetry, than their
+brilliant plumage; they were generally green, with black wings, and
+their nests hanging from the trees.
+
+The Ashantee captain, who expected to continue there some months, on the
+king’s business, sent us a sheep, pleading the scarcity, and his being a
+stranger, as apologies for so small a present. Old Payntree was
+attentive and obliging; he dashed us some fowls, yams, and palm wine. We
+remained there the next day, to allow our people to procure four days
+subsistence, as they would not be able to meet with provision on the
+path during that period.
+
+I walked with Mr. Tedlie along a very neat path well fenced, and divided
+by _stiles_, to a corn plantation of at least twenty acres, and well
+cultivated. Payntree’s farm house was situated here, and afforded
+superior conveniences; a fowl house, a pigeon house, and a large granary
+raised on a strong stage. As we returned we paid him a visit, and were
+refreshed with some excellent palm wine: his dwelling was a square of
+four apartments, which were entered from an outer one, where a number of
+drums were kept; the angles were occupied by the slaves, and his own
+room, which had a small inner chamber, was decked with muskets,
+blunderbusses, cartouch belts fantastically ornamented, and various
+insignia. The order, cleanliness, and comfort, surprised us; the sun had
+just set, and a cheerful fire on a clean hearth supported the evening
+meal. The old man was seated in his state chair, diverting himself with
+his children and younger wives, the elder one was looking on from the
+opposite apartment with happy indifference; it was the first scene of
+domestic comfort I had witnessed among the natives. There was a small
+plantation or garden neatly fenced in, near the house, for the supply of
+the family.
+
+On Saturday the 26th we left Payntree’s croom, and proceeded through two
+romantic little valleys, with a few huts in each: the variety of trees
+increased with the number, and ornamented the hills with almost every
+tint and character of foliage: the path was frequently covered with
+water. Just before we reached Cottacoomacasa, a most beautiful landscape
+opened, the fore-ground darkly shaded with large cotton trees, and the
+distance composed of several picturesque little hills; their fanciful
+outlines, and the beautiful variety of fresh and sombre tint of the
+small groves which encircled them, forcibly reminded me of the
+celebrated ride by Grongar hill, from Carmarthen to Llandilo.
+
+Cottacoomacasa is about six miles and a quarter from Payntree’s croom,
+and consisted but of a few miserable huts and sheds, which scarcely
+afforded shelter, and were close and filthy. I took the angles of a
+cotton tree near us, and the height proved to be 139 feet; generally
+speaking, those we had passed were, to appearance, much higher. The
+bearers had all settled themselves here, and not contented with a long
+rest, refused for some time to proceed until the next day; several were
+intoxicated with the rum from some ankers they had designedly broken. We
+started again however about half past three, and almost immediately
+entered a large forest impervious to the sun; the risings were frequent
+but gentle; the path, crooked and overgrown, presented such constant
+obstacles to a hammock, that Mr. Hutchison, Mr. Tedlie, and myself, were
+glad to dismount, and found it was much more comfortable as well as more
+expeditious to walk; the only inconvenience was the troops of large
+black ants, which were too thick to be avoided, and stung us sadly. We
+passed two little streams running E.N.E. About six miles from
+Cottacoomacasa we found all the baggage, the people making their fires,
+and settling themselves for the night; it was almost dark; Quamina, our
+Ashantee guide, had gone on without us, and Mr. James we knew must be
+far behind; we therefore determined to halt for the night, and our
+hammocks were slung to the trees. The distance marched this day was
+twelve miles. The longitude of Cottacoomacasa was one mile E. of that of
+Payntree by account, that of our resting place 1° 46′ 30″ W. and the
+lat. 5° 28′ N.
+
+The next morning we continued our march through the same dark solitude,
+and passing three small streams running E. we reached Mansue soon after
+ten o’clock. We had scarcely seated ourselves under a tattered shed,
+which could not defend us from the burning sun, when we were encircled
+by the cooking fires of the party, and nothing but violence could remove
+them to a proper distance.
+
+Mansue had been the great Fantee market for slaves from the Interior,
+and its former consequence was evident from the extent of its site, over
+which a few sheds only were now scattered.
+
+We proceeded again at one o’clock, and passing through a small river,
+Assooneara, running eastward, we came to a second, called Okee, running
+in the same direction to the Amissa, which falls into the sea between
+Annamaboe and Tantum. We passed five or six swamps, one nearly half a
+mile long; in these the soil was a dark clay, but otherwise gravelly. We
+halted in the woods at a spot where our guide Quamina was busied in
+cutting down the underwood to accommodate himself and his women; the
+bearers, resolute in their perverseness, had gone on with our provisions
+and clothes. The ground of our resting place was very damp, and swarmed
+with reptiles and insects; we had great difficulty in keeping up our
+fires, which we were the more anxious to do after a visit from a
+panther: an animal which, the natives say, resembles a small pig, and
+inhabits the trees, continued a shrill screeching through the night; and
+occasionally a wild hog bounced by, snorting through the forest, as if
+closely pursued. This day’s distance was eight miles, and the course
+N.¼N. b. E.⅙. Lat. and long. by account 5° 34′ N. and 1° 48′ W.
+Thermometer in shade 6 A.M. 74.
+
+We started the next morning at seven o’clock, and after three miles and
+a half crossed a small river called Gaia, and sometimes Aniabirrim, from
+a croom of that name being formerly in its neighbourhood; it was ten
+yards wide and two feet deep, and ran to the E. just across the path,
+but afterwards N.N.E. to the Amissa. Here Mr. Hutchison waited for Mr.
+James to come up, whilst Mr. Tedlie and myself walked on to overtake the
+people. The doom and iron-wood trees were frequent; the path was a
+labyrinth of the most capricious windings, the roots of the cotton trees
+obstructing it continually, and our progress was generally by stepping
+and jumping up and down, rather than walking; the stems or caudices of
+these trees projected from the trunks like flying buttresses, their
+height frequently 20 feet. Immense trunks of fallen trees presented
+constant barriers to our progress, and increased our fatigues from the
+labour of scaling them: we were also frequently obliged to wait the
+cutting away of the underwood before we could proceed, even on foot. The
+large trees were covered with parasites and convolvuli, and the climbing
+plants, like small cables, ascending the trunks to some height, abruptly
+shot downwards, crossed to the opposite trees, and threaded each other
+in such a perplexity of twists and turnings, that it soon became
+impossible to trace them in the general entanglement. We passed through
+two small streams running S. and several swamps, richly covered with
+palm trees. Parrots and crown birds were numerous. At the end of ten
+miles we came to a small river called Quatoa, four yards wide, also
+running eastward to the Amissa; and immediately after to a few sheds
+bearing the same name, where we found the last party of the bearers all
+lying down, and a soldier ineffectually endeavouring to rouse them: we
+started them with difficulty. A mile and a half thence we met with the
+Okee again, running over its rocky bed in a transparent stream, which
+reflected the richest foliage; its course S.W.½W., the breadth nine
+yards, and we stepped across it from rock to rock. We soon afterwards
+walked through the Antoonso, a smaller river running W.S.W., which
+probably crossed the path to the eastward in one of the small streams
+near Cottacoomacasa, as every report confirmed its also running to the
+Amissa; it was very near Fousou, where we had scarcely arrived, before
+the Fantees, such was their perverseness, insisted upon going on, the
+Cape Coast messengers either had no influence or would not exert it; we
+soon stopped them with the assistance of Quamina, our Ashantee guide,
+Mr. James not coming up until late in the evening. Fousou was formerly a
+large town, but had been destroyed by the Ashantee invasion of 1807; it
+presented but a few sheds, in one of which we observed the Ashantee
+traders to deposit yams and plantains to subsist them on their return;
+so severe was the scarcity in the Fantee country: we could purchase
+nothing, and were admitted to the best hovel with reluctance. This day’s
+distance was 14 miles. The courses N.½, N.N.W.¼, N.bW.⅛. The latitude of
+Fousou by observation, was 5° 43′ 20″ N. and the longitude by account 1°
+52′ W.
+
+The next morning, the 29th of April, we marched seven miles to
+Ancomassa, a name given to half a dozen sheds; the path was still of the
+same rugged nature, and the gloom unvaried. A strong fragrance was
+emitted from the decaying plants and trees of the mimosa kind, whilst
+others in the same incipient state of putrefaction were very offensive.
+We passed through two small rivers, Bettensin and Soubin, six yards
+wide, and shallow; they both ran eastward to the Owa, of which I could
+not learn more than that it emptied itself into the Boosempra.
+
+We proceeded at four o’clock, and had not gone two miles on our gloomy
+route before it became dark. The path was level, but very swampy, and
+generally covered with water. The fire-flies spangled the herbage in
+every direction, and from the strength of their light, alternately
+excited the apprehension of wild beasts, and the hope that we approached
+the resting place our guide, whom we never saw after starting, had told
+us of in the morning. The greatest fear of the people was of the spirits
+of the woods, (whom Mr. Park’s interpreter, Johnson, propitiated by a
+sacrifice between Jing and Gangaddi) and the discordant yells in which
+they rivalled each other to keep up their courage, mingled with the
+howls and screeches from the forest, imposed a degree of horror on this
+dismal scene, which associated it with the imaginations of Dante. Three
+or four times we suddenly emerged from the most awful gloom into
+extensive areas, on which the stars shed a brilliancy of light gradually
+softened into the deep shade which encompassed them; they were the sites
+of large and populous crooms destroyed in the Ashantee invasions. About
+nine o’clock we discovered a few miserable sheds, which the noise of the
+bearers, who had long arrived, convinced us to be Accomfodey. We had
+passed two small rivers, the Aprinisee and Annuia, both running to the
+Boosempra. This day’s distance was 11 miles, and the courses N.⅓,
+N.bW.⅕. The lat. and long. by account 5° 49′ N. and 1° 55′ W.
+Thermometer 11 a.m. 80.
+
+We marched early the next morning. The scenery of the forest, excepting
+on the banks of the small rivers, was very naked of foliage, and only
+presented a harsh and ragged confusion of stems and branches intricately
+blended. We passed a small river soon after leaving Accomfodey, bearing
+the same name and running eastward; and shortly after another, six yards
+wide and two feet deep (the Berrakoo), running N.E. to the Boosempra.
+The path was sometimes trackless, and appeared to have been little used
+since the invasion of 1807; several human skulls were scattered through
+this dark solitude, the relics of the butchery. We halted about two
+o’clock by Mr. James’s direction, and passed the night in the forest.
+This day’s distance was eight miles, the prevailing courses N.¼, N.bW.⅛,
+N.N.W.⅛, N.bE.⅛. The latitude and longitude by account 5° 53′ N. 1° 55′
+W. Thermometer 2 p.m. 88½, 7 p.m. 82½.
+
+The next morning we passed some sheds, on the sites of the crooms
+Dansamsou and Meakirring. At the end of five miles and a quarter, the
+herbage to the right disclosed the cheerful reflections of the sun from
+the water; and we descended through a small vista of the forest, to the
+banks of the Boosempra or Chamah river. Nothing could be more beautiful
+than its scenery: the bank on the south side was steep, and admitted but
+a narrow path; that on the north sloping; on which a small Fetish house,
+under the shade of a cachou tree, fixed the eye; whence it wandered over
+a rich variety of tint and foliage, in which light and shade were most
+happily blended: the small rocks stole through the herbage of the banks,
+and now and then ruffled the water: the doom trees towering in the
+shrubbery, waved to the most gentle air a rich foliage of dark green,
+mocking the finest touch of the pencil; the tamarind and smaller mimosas
+heightening its effect by their livelier tint, and the more piquant
+delicacy of their leaf: the cotton trees overtopped the whole,
+enwreathed in convolvuli, and several elegant little trees, unknown to
+me, rose in the background, intermixed with palms, and made the coup
+d’oeil enchanting. The bright rays of the sun were sobered by the rich
+reflections of the water; and there was a mild beauty in the landscape,
+uncongenial to barbarism, which imposed the expectation of elegance and
+refinement. I attempted a sketch, but it was far beyond my rude pencil;
+the expression of the scene could only have been traced in the profile
+of every tree; and it seemed to defy any touches, but those of a Claude
+or a Wilson, to depict the life of its beauty. I took two angles from a
+base on the south side, which gave the width of the river, forty three
+yards; the depth was 7 feet, and the course N.W.½W. with a very strong
+current. A small river called Nimeä, ran into it, close to our right as
+we landed: we crossed in the hollow trunk of a tree, thirty feet long,
+the ends plastered up with sticks and swish.
+
+Mansue was said to have been the last town of the Fantee territory; but
+we had no opportunity for comparison until we passed the river, the
+country thitherto presenting all the gloom of depopulation, and the
+forest fast recovering the sites of the large towns destroyed in the
+Ashantee invasions. The inhabitants of the few wretched hovels, remotely
+scattered, seemed as if they had fled to them as outcasts from society;
+they were lost even to curiosity, and manners were brutal and sullen.[2]
+We could purchase nothing for our subsistence.
+
+The scene brightened from our crossing the Boosempra; the path improved,
+and Prasoo, the first town, only three quarters of a mile from the
+river, presented a wide and clean street of tolerably regular houses;
+the inhabitants clean and cheerful, left their various occupations to
+gratify their curiosity, and saluted us in a friendly and respectful
+manner: indeed the Assins may be considered, collectively, a more
+mannerly and orderly people than the Ashantees. Kickiwherree, one mile
+and a half distant, was a larger town, not so regular, but presenting
+the same neat appearance, improved by the white-washing of many of the
+houses. We halted here under the ganian[3] tree, used, generally
+speaking, for recreation only, palavers being talked in the open fronts
+of the houses. We were conducted to a comfortable dwelling, affording us
+four very clean rooms, about 12 feet by 7, in which there were shelves
+containing many articles of superior domestic comfort; a curtain or
+skreen of bamboo let down in the open front, and the floors raised about
+a foot and half from the ground, were washed daily with an earth of the
+neighbourhood, which coloured them Etruscan red. The iron stone
+abounded. Kickiwherree was 7 miles from the previous resting place, and
+the prevailing courses N.¼ N.b.W.⅐. The latitude by observation was 5°
+56′ 40″ N; the longitude by account 1° 57′ W. Thermometer 8 a.m. 77; 1
+p.m. 91.
+
+My observations had not been so frequent as I wished; the nature of the
+country, and the season of the year were both very unfavourable to them.
+I worked the double altitudes, invariably by Dr. Pemberton’s rule in
+Keith’s trigonometry, which requires no assumed latitude, and is in all
+cases accurate.
+
+Mr. James having determined to rest the next day at Kickiwherree, we did
+not proceed until Saturday the 3rd of May. We passed through a small
+river close to the town, called the Ading, six yards wide and two feet
+deep; and soon after a second, the Animiasoo, nine yards wide, and three
+feet deep, both running to the Boosempra; close to the latter was a
+large croom of the same name, the seat of Cheboo’s government. Pagga and
+Atobiasee were also large crooms near each other, and within four miles
+of Kickiwherree. At Atobiasee was a small river called Prensa, five
+yards wide, and two feet deep, which ran E.S.E. to the Boosempra: two
+miles thence we came to Becquama, a very old croom, with a river nine
+yards wide, called Prapong, running E. by S. to the Boosempra; and at
+the end of nine miles we halted at Asharaman, a small croom on an
+eminence, where the Assins under Apootey and Cheboo, first engaged the
+Ashantees in 1807. There was a small plot of corn near this croom, the
+first we had seen since we left Payntree, though every croom was
+surrounded by a tract of cultivated land, or plantation of plantains.
+The path continued through forest. Distance 8 miles. Courses N.¼.
+Latitude by observation, 5° 59′ 20″. Longitude by course and distance 1°
+57′ 40″ W. Thermometer 6 a.m. 76, p.m. 89.
+
+The next day we passed through Ansa, a large croom, where Amoo had
+governed; north-west of which, at a little distance, was Aboiboo, the
+residence of his enemy Apootey. A small river near Ansa, called
+Parakoomee, eleven yards wide, and three feet deep, ran south to a
+larger, called Ofim or Foom, which rises six days northward of
+Coomassie, and falls into the Boosempra some miles westward of our
+crossing. The path was very swampy, and we did not reach Akrofroom until
+three o’clock: this was by far the largest croom we had seen. The heavy
+rains during the night floated us in our lodgings, and, as Quamina
+reported, rendered the path to Moisee impassable for the next day;
+consequently we did not proceed until Tuesday the 6th. Distance 12
+miles. Courses N.⅕, N.N.W.¼. Latitude by observation, 6° 5′ 40″. Long: C
+and D 2° 2′. W. The path still through forest, presented frequent
+acclivities, and the iron stone, and a soft grey rock abounded; the soil
+was sometimes gravelly, but generally of a red coloured clay used in the
+native pottery. We passed the Parakoomee again twice, and at the end of
+11 miles halted at Moisee,
+
+
+ “Cingebant silvæ; quem collibus undique curvis,”
+
+
+the last Assin town, at the foot of three high hills covered with wood,
+bearing W.N.W., N., and N.N.E.; the barriers of the Ashantee kingdom.
+Course N.⅕, N.W.b.N.⅐, N.b.E.⅛. Latitude by observation 6° 8′ 50″ N.
+Longitude C and D 2° 4′ 20″ W. The thermometer was broken on the 4th.
+
+We passed the northern boundary the next morning; the ascent was a mile
+and a half in length, and very rocky; a small river called the Bohmen
+ran S.W. to the Jim, which falls into the Ofim: the water of the Bohmen
+is said to instil eloquence, and numerous Ashantees repair annually to
+drink of it: it flowed in a very clear stream, over a bed of gravel, and
+was three feet deep, and eight yards broad. The expectation of an open
+country was again disappointed; I bore several eminent points, in the
+hope of being able to do so again at some distance, and of thus, with
+the intermediate course, checking the distance computed by paces; but
+the forest soon shut them out entirely. The first Ashantee croom was
+Quesha; and we soon after passed through Fohmannee, which had been a
+very considerable town. We stopped there awhile at the request of a
+venerable old man, who regaled us with some palm wine and fruit: his
+manners were very pleasing, and made it more painful to us to hear that
+his life was forfeited to some superstitious observances, and that he
+only waited the result of a petition to the king to commiserate his
+infirmities so far as to allow him to be executed at his own croom, and
+to be spared the fatigue of a journey to the capital: he conversed
+cheerfully with us, congratulated himself on seeing white men before he
+died, and spread his cloth over the log with an emotion of dignity
+rather than shame: his head arrived at Coomassie the day after we had.
+On ascending the hill, the soil became a dark brown clay, and very
+productive. We passed the first large plantation of corn we had seen
+since we left Payntree, and halted at Doompassee. Distance 6 miles.
+Courses N.⅓, N.N.W.⅕, N.W.⅙. Latitude by observation, 6° 11′ 30″.
+
+Doompassee had been a very large croom, but the caboceer having
+intrigued with one of Sai Cudjoe’s wives, who had permission to visit
+her family in this place, the greater part of it was destroyed in
+consequence, and the caboceer decapitated: the woman possessing
+irresistible art in practising upon the numerous admirers of her beauty,
+the king spared her life, and employed her thenceforth to inveigle those
+distant caboceers, whose lives or properties were desirable to him. It
+was the most industrious town on the path; cloths, beads, and pottery
+were manufacturing in all directions, and the blacksmiths’ forges were
+always at work. The intelligence of the beginning of the King’s fetish
+week, and Mr. James’s attack of fever, delayed us at Doompassee, and a
+messenger was dispatched in the interim to announce our approach. During
+our stay, I observed an eclipse of Jupiter’s first satellite, which gave
+the longitude 2° 6′ W.
+
+We did not leave Doompassee until the 14th of May; after two miles,
+passing a small stream running N.W. we ascended a high hill, on which a
+large croom, called Tiabosoo, was situated. I looked into a pit here six
+feet deep; the first stratum was vegetable mould, the second gravel, the
+third, a kind of potter’s clay, and the remaining of brittle stone of a
+reddish brown, resembling that they call cabouc in the East Indies. The
+next croom was Sanquanta, where the path took an easterly direction, and
+about seven miles from Doompassee we passed Datiasoo, where large
+quantities of pottery were manufacturing, exclusively: it was not more
+than a mile distant from Dadawasee, where we found a messenger from the
+king, expressing his regret that we had come up in the rainy season, as
+he had heard it was a very unhealthy one for white men, and appointing
+us to enter the capital on the Monday following; he sent us a present of
+a sheep, forty yams, and two ounces of gold for our table; he had also
+given six ackies to our messenger, who returned at the same time. The
+path had been cleared by the king’s order, the plantations became more
+frequent and extensive, and numerous paths branching off from that we
+travelled, shewed that the country was thickly inhabited, and the
+intercourse of the various parts direct and necessary for an interchange
+of manufacture and produce: the crooms hitherto had appeared insulated.
+The Acassey or blue dye plant grew profusely. Distance seven miles.
+Courses N.¼, N.bW.⅐, N.N.W.⅐, N.N.E.⅙. Latitude by observation 6° 16′
+20″ N. long: C and D 2° 7′ 30″ W.
+
+The next day, leaving Dadawasee, close to which was another large croom
+called Modjawee, we descended a very steep hill, and passed the Dankaran
+or Mankaran, a small river, in the rainy season eleven yards wide and
+four feet deep, running to the Birrim: not far from this river was
+Sahnfoo, and a short distance from that croom, a smaller river called
+Yansee, running N.N.W. We then passed through Korraman, near which was
+the small river Dansabow, running westward, and three other large
+crooms, Aquinasee (having a neatly fenced burial ground,) Amafou, and
+Agabimah; crossing another small river called Soubirree, near the
+latter, we reached Assiminia, distant eight miles from Dadawasee. The
+path was frequently eight feet wide, and kept as neatly as that of a
+garden in the environs of the crooms, which now disclosed themselves
+very prettily at some distance. Courses N.⅕, N.bE.⅙, N.N.E.⅙. Latitude
+by observation 6° 22′, longitude C and D 2° 7′ 50″ W.
+
+There was a violent tornado in the night, during almost the whole of
+which the rain continued in torrents, increasing the small streams near
+the town from ancle to three feet deep. Almost all the inhabitants were
+employed in weaving the staple manufacture of Assiminia, which was
+formerly of much greater extent. Mr. James rested here the whole of the
+next day, and on Saturday we proceeded through Boposoo (on a very high
+hill), Agemum, Yoko, and Abountum; near which we crossed the Biaqua,
+running west to the Jim, and about seven yards wide and two feet deep;
+between this and Sarrasou, where we halted, were two large crooms,
+Pootooaga and Fiasou.
+
+The path was continually well cleared: each croom presented one wide
+central street, with the ganian or cachou trees at the extremities. The
+soil ceased to be sandy, and became a reddish earth: we observed some
+quartz, but silex prevailed. Distance 11 miles. Courses N.¼, N.N.E.⅕.
+Lat. by observation, 6° 30′ 20″. Long. C. and D. 2° 6′ 30″.
+
+The river Dah runs close to Sarrasou, rising at Sekooree near Dwabin,
+and falling into the Ofim at Measee in the Warsaw path; it is generally
+about sixteen yards wide, and four feet deep. There was an ingenious
+fishing weir in this river; two rows of very strong wicker work were
+fixed across it, supported against the rapidity of the stream by large
+stakes, driven into the ground obliquely on each side of them, and
+connected above and below by the trunks of two large trees. The funnel-
+shaped baskets, thickly inserted at the bottom, were of split cane, and
+about twelve feet long. There are large plantations of corn around
+Sarrasou, which is a great nursery for pigs. We left it on Monday
+morning, the 19th, and passing through a small croom, Oyoko, stopped at
+another, Agogoo, about four miles distant, to dress ourselves in full
+uniform. The soil from Sarrasou was a rich black mould, and there were
+continued plantations of corn, yams, ground nuts, terraboys, and
+encruma: the yams and ground nuts were planted with much regularity in
+triangular beds, with small drains around each, and carefully cleared
+from weeds.
+
+Two miles from Agogoo, we crossed the marsh which insulates Coomassie;
+the breadth at that part forty yards, and the depth three feet. Being
+within a mile of the capital, our approach was announced to the king,
+who desired us by his messengers to rest at a little croom, called
+Patiasoo, until he had finished washing, when captains would be deputed
+to conduct us to his presence. Distance 6½ miles. Courses N.⅙, N.N.W.⅙.
+
+We entered Coomassie at two o’clock, passing under a fetish, or
+sacrifice of a dead sheep, wrapped up in red silk, and suspended between
+two lofty poles. Upwards of 5000 people, the greater part warriors, met
+us with awful bursts of martial music, discordant only in its mixture;
+for horns, drums, rattles, and gong-gongs were all exerted with a zeal
+bordering on phrenzy, to subdue us by the first impression. The smoke
+which encircled us from the incessant discharges of musquetry, confined
+our glimpses to the foreground; and we were halted whilst the captains
+performed their Pyrrhic dance, in the centre of a circle formed by their
+warriors; where a confusion of flags, English, Dutch, and Danish, were
+waved and flourished in all directions; the bearers plunging and
+springing from side to side, with a passion of enthusiasm only equalled
+by the captains, who followed them, discharging their shining
+blunderbusses so close, that the flags now and then were in a blaze; and
+emerging from the smoke with all the gesture and distortion of maniacs.
+Their followers kept up the firing around us in the rear. The dress of
+the captains (see drawing, No. I.) was a war cap, with gilded rams horns
+projecting in front, the sides extended beyond all proportion by immense
+plumes of eagles feathers, and fastened under the chin with bands of
+cowries. Their vest was of red cloth, covered with fetishes and
+saphies[4] in gold and silver; and embroidered cases of almost every
+colour, which flapped against their bodies as they moved, intermixed
+with small brass bells, the horns and tails of animals, shells, and
+knives; long leopards tails hung down their backs, over a small bow
+covered with fetishes. They wore loose cotton trowsers, with immense
+boots of a dull red leather, coming half way up the thigh, and fastened
+by small chains to their cartouch or waist belt; these were also
+ornamented with bells, horses tails, strings of amulets, and innumerable
+shreds of leather; a small quiver of poisoned arrows hung from their
+right wrist, and they held a long iron chain between their teeth, with a
+scrap of Moorish writing affixed to the end of it. A small spear was in
+their left hands, covered with red cloth and silk tassels; their black
+countenances heightened the effect of this attire, and completed a
+figure scarcely human.
+
+[Illustration: _Drawn by T. E. Bowdich Esqr._
+
+_No. 1._
+
+CAPTAIN in his WAR DRESS.]
+
+This exhibition continued about half an hour, when we were allowed to
+proceed, encircled by the warriors, whose numbers, with the crowds of
+people, made our movement as gradual as if it had taken place in
+Cheapside; the several streets branching off to the right, presented
+long vistas crammed with people, and those on the left hand being on an
+acclivity, innumerable rows of heads rose one above another: the large
+open porches of the houses, like the fronts of stages in small theatres,
+were filled with the better sort of females and children, all impatient
+to behold white men for the first time; their exclamations were drowned
+in the firing and music, but their gestures were in character with the
+scene. When we reached the palace, about half a mile from the place
+where we entered, we were again halted, and an open file was made,
+through which the bearers were passed, to deposit the presents and
+baggage in the house assigned to us. Here we were gratified by observing
+several of the caboceers pass by with their trains, the novel splendour
+of which astonished us. The bands, principally composed of horns and
+flutes, trained to play in concert, seemed to soothe our hearing into
+its natural tone again by their wild melodies; whilst the immense
+umbrellas, made to sink and rise from the jerkings of the bearers, and
+the large fans waving around, refreshed us with small currents of air,
+under a burning sun, clouds of dust, and a density of atmosphere almost
+suffocating. We were then squeezed, at the same funeral pace, up a long
+street, to an open-fronted house, where we were desired by a royal
+messenger to wait a further invitation from the king. Here our attention
+was forced from the astonishment of the crowd to a most inhuman
+spectacle, which was paraded before us for some minutes; it was a man
+whom they were tormenting previous to sacrifice; his hands were pinioned
+behind him, a knife was passed through his cheeks, to which his lips
+were noosed like the figure of 8; one ear was cut off and carried before
+him, the other hung to his head by a small bit of skin; there were
+several gashes in his back, and a knife was thrust under each shoulder
+blade; he was led with a cord passed through his nose, by men disfigured
+with immense caps of shaggy black skins, and drums beat before him; the
+feeling this horrid barbarity excited must be imagined. We were soon
+released by permission to proceed to the king, and passed through a very
+broad street, about a quarter of a mile long, to the market place.
+
+Our observations en passant had taught us to conceive a spectacle far
+exceeding our original expectations; but they had not prepared us for
+the extent and display of the scene which here burst upon us: an area of
+nearly a mile in circumference was crowded with magnificence and
+novelty. The king, his tributaries, and captains, were resplendent in
+the distance, surrounded by attendants of every description, fronted by
+a mass of warriors which seemed to make our approach impervious. The sun
+was reflected, with a glare scarcely more supportable than the heat,
+from the massy gold ornaments, which glistened in every direction. More
+than a hundred bands burst at once on our arrival, with the peculiar
+airs of their several chiefs; the horns flourished their defiances, with
+the beating of innumerable drums and metal instruments, and then yielded
+for a while to the soft breathings of their long flutes, which were
+truly harmonious; and a pleasing instrument, like a bagpipe without the
+drone, was happily blended. At least a hundred large umbrellas, or
+canopies, which could shelter thirty persons, were sprung up and down by
+the bearers with brilliant effect, being made of scarlet, yellow, and
+the most shewy cloths and silks, and crowned on the top with crescents,
+pelicans, elephants, barrels, and arms and swords of gold; they were of
+various shapes, but mostly dome; and the valances (in some of which
+small looking glasses were inserted) fantastically scalloped and
+fringed; from the fronts of some, the proboscis and small teeth of
+elephants projected, and a few were roofed with leopard skins, and
+crowned with various animals naturally stuffed. The state hammocks, like
+long cradles, were raised in the rear, the poles on the heads of the
+bearers; the cushions and pillows were covered with crimson taffeta, and
+the richest cloths hung over the sides. Innumerable small umbrellas, of
+various coloured stripes, were crowded in the intervals, whilst several
+large trees heightened the glare, by contrasting the sober colouring of
+nature.
+
+
+ “Discolor unde auri per ramos aura refulsit.”
+
+
+The king’s messengers, with gold breast plates, made way for us, and we
+commenced our round, preceded by the canes and the English flag. We
+stopped to take the hand of every caboceer, which, as their houshold
+suites occupied several spaces in advance, delayed us long enough to
+distinguish some of the ornaments in the general blaze of splendour and
+ostentation.
+
+The caboceers, as did their superior captains and attendants, wore
+Ashantee cloths, of extravagant price from the costly foreign silks
+which had been unravelled to weave them in all the varieties of colour,
+as well as pattern; they were of an incredible size and weight, and
+thrown over the shoulder exactly like the Roman toga; a small silk
+fillet generally encircled their temples, and massy gold necklaces,
+intricately wrought; suspended Moorish charms, dearly purchased, and
+enclosed in small square cases of gold, silver, and curious embroidery.
+Some wore necklaces reaching to the navel entirely of aggry beads; a
+band of gold and beads encircled the knee, from which several strings of
+the same depended; small circles of gold like guineas, rings, and casts
+of animals, were strung round their ancles; their sandals were of green,
+red, and delicate white leather; manillas, and rude lumps of rock gold,
+hung from their left wrists, which were so heavily laden as to be
+supported on the head of one of their handsomest boys. Gold and silver
+pipes, and canes dazzled the eye in every direction. Wolves and rams
+heads as large as life, cast in gold, were suspended from their gold
+handled swords, which were held around them in great numbers; the blades
+were shaped like round bills, and rusted in blood; the sheaths were of
+leopard skin, or the shell of a fish like shagreen. The large drums
+supported on the head of one man, and beaten by two others, were braced
+around with the thigh bones of their enemies, and ornamented with their
+skulls. The kettle drums resting on the ground, were scraped with wet
+fingers, and covered with leopard skin. The wrists of the drummers were
+hung with bells and curiously shaped pieces of iron, which gingled
+loudly as they were beating. The smaller drums were suspended from the
+neck by scarves of red cloth; the horns (the teeth of young elephants)
+were ornamented at the mouth-piece with gold, and the jaw bones of human
+victims. The war caps of eagles feathers nodded in the rear, and large
+fans, of the wing feathers of the ostrich, played around the
+dignitaries; immediately behind their chairs (which were of a black
+wood, almost covered by inlays of ivory and gold embossment) stood their
+handsomest youths, with corslets of leopard’s skin covered with gold
+cockle shells, and stuck full of small knives, sheathed in gold and
+silver, and the handles of blue agate; cartouch boxes of elephant’s hide
+hung below, ornamented in the same manner; a large gold handled sword
+was fixed behind the left shoulder, and silk scarves and horses tails
+(generally white) streamed from the arms and waist cloth: their long
+Danish muskets had broad rims of gold at small distances, and the stocks
+were ornamented with shells. Finely grown girls stood behind the chairs
+of some, with silver basins. Their stools (of the most laborious carved
+work, and generally with two large bells attached to them) were
+conspicuously placed on the heads of favourites; and crowds of small
+boys were seated around, flourishing elephants tails curiously mounted.
+The warriors sat on the ground close to these, and so thickly as not to
+admit of our passing without treading on their feet, to which they were
+perfectly indifferent; their caps were of the skin of the pangolin and
+leopard, the tails hanging down behind; their cartouch belts (composed
+of small gourds which hold the charges, and covered with leopard or
+pig’s skin) were embossed with red shells, and small brass bells thickly
+hung to them; on their hips and shoulders was a cluster of knives; iron
+chains and collars dignified the most daring, who were prouder of them
+than of gold; their muskets had rests affixed of leopard’s skin, and the
+locks a covering of the same; the sides of their faces were curiously
+painted in long white streaks, and their arms also striped, having the
+appearance of armour.
+
+We were suddenly surprised by the sight of Moors, who afforded the first
+general diversity of dress; there were seventeen superiors, arrayed in
+large cloaks of white satin, richly trimmed with spangled embroidery,
+their shirts and trowsers were of silk, and a very large turban of white
+muslin was studded with a border of different coloured stones: their
+attendants wore red caps and turbans, and long white shirts, which hung
+over their trowsers; those of the inferiors were of dark blue cloth:
+they slowly raised their eyes from the ground as we passed, and with a
+most malignant scowl.
+
+The prolonged flourishes of the horns, a deafening tumult of drums, and
+the fuller concert of the intervals, announced that we were approaching
+the king: we were already passing the principal officers of his
+houshold; the chamberlain, the gold horn blower, the captain of the
+messengers, the captain for royal executions, the captain of the market,
+the keeper of the royal burial ground, and the master of the bands, sat
+surrounded by a retinue and splendor which bespoke the dignity and
+importance of their offices. The cook had a number of small services
+covered with leopard’s skin held behind him, and a large quantity of
+massy silver plate was displayed before him, punch bowls, waiters,
+coffee pots, tankards, and a very large vessel with heavy handles and
+clawed feet, which seemed to have been made to hold incense; I observed
+a Portuguese inscription on one piece, and they seemed generally of that
+manufacture. The executioner, a man of an immense size, wore a massy
+gold hatchet on his breast; and the execution stool was held before him,
+clotted in blood, and partly covered with a cawl of fat. The king’s four
+linguists were encircled by a splendor inferior to none, and their
+peculiar insignia, gold canes, were elevated in all directions, tied in
+bundles like fasces. The keeper of the treasury, added to his own
+magnificence by the ostentatious display of his service; the blow pan,
+boxes, scales and weights, were of solid gold.
+
+A delay of some minutes whilst we severally approached to receive the
+king’s hand, afforded us a thorough view of him; his deportment first
+excited my attention; native dignity in princes we are pleased to call
+barbarous was a curious spectacle: his manners were majestic, yet
+courteous; and he did not allow his surprise to beguile him for a moment
+of the composure of the monarch; he appeared to be about thirty-eight
+years of age, inclined to corpulence, and of a benevolent countenance;
+he wore a fillet of aggry beads round his temples, a necklace of gold
+cockspur shells strung by their largest ends, and over his right
+shoulder a red silk cord, suspending three saphies cased in gold; his
+bracelets were the richest mixtures of beads and gold, and his fingers
+covered with rings; his cloth was of a dark green silk; a pointed diadem
+was elegantly painted in white on his forehead; also a pattern
+resembling an epaulette on each shoulder, and an ornament like a full
+blown rose, one leaf rising above another until it covered his whole
+breast; his knee-bands were of aggry beads, and his ancle strings of
+gold ornaments of the most delicate workmanship, small drums, sankos,
+stools, swords, guns, and birds, clustered together; his sandals, of a
+soft white leather, were embossed across the instep band with small gold
+and silver cases of saphies; he was seated in a low chair, richly
+ornamented with gold; he wore a pair of gold castanets on his finger and
+thumb, which he clapped to enforce silence. The belts of the guards
+behind his chair, were cased in gold, and covered with small jaw bones
+of the same metal; the elephants tails, waving like a small cloud before
+him, were spangled with gold, and large plumes of feathers were
+flourished amid them. His eunuch presided over these attendants, wearing
+only one massy piece of gold about his neck: the royal stool, entirely
+cased in gold, was displayed under a splendid umbrella, with drums,
+sankos, horns, and various musical instruments, cased in gold, about the
+thickness of cartridge paper: large circles of gold hung by scarlet
+cloth from the swords of state, the sheaths as well as the handles of
+which were also cased; hatchets of the same were intermixed with them:
+the breasts of the Ocrahs, and various attendants, were adorned with
+large stars, stools, crescents, and gossamer wings of solid gold.
+
+We pursued our course through this blazing circle, which afforded to the
+last a variety exceeding description and memory; so many splendid
+novelties diverting the fatigue, heat, and pressure we were labouring
+under; we were almost exhausted, however, by the time we reached the
+end; when, instead of being conducted to our residence, we were desired
+to seat ourselves under a tree at some distance, to receive the
+compliments of the whole in our turn.
+
+The swell of their bands gradually strengthened on our ears, the peals
+of the warlike instruments bursting upon the short, but sweet responses
+of the flutes; the gaudy canopies seemed to dance in the distant view,
+and floated broadly as they were springing up and down in the
+foreground; flags and banners waved in the interval, and the chiefs were
+eminent in their crimson hammocks, amidst crowds of musquetry. They
+dismounted as they arrived within thirty yards of us; their principal
+captains preceded them with the gold handled swords, a body of soldiers
+followed with their arms reversed, then their bands and gold canes,
+pipes, and elephants tails. The chief, with a small body guard under his
+umbrella, was generally supported around the waist by the hands of his
+favourite slave, whilst captains holla’d, close in his ear, his warlike
+deeds and (strong) names, which were reiterated with the voices of
+Stentors by those before and behind; the larger party of warriors
+brought up the rear. Old captains of secondary rank were carried on the
+shoulders of a strong slave; but a more interesting sight was presented
+in the minors, or young caboceers, many not more than five or six years
+of age, who overweighed by ornaments, were carried in the same manner,
+(under their canopies), encircled by all the pomp and parade of their
+predecessors. Amongst others, the grandson of Cheboo was pointed out,
+whom the king had generously placed on the stool of his perfidious
+enemy. A band of Fetish men, or priests, wheeled round and round as they
+passed with surprising velocity. Manner was as various as ornament; some
+danced by with irresistible buffoonery, some with a gesture and carriage
+of defiance; one distinguished caboceer performed the war dance before
+us for some minutes, with a large spear, which grazed us at every bound
+he made; but the greater number passed us with order and dignity, some
+slipping one sandal, some both, some turning round after having taken
+each of us by the hand; the attendants of others knelt before them,
+throwing dust upon their heads; and the Moors, apparently, vouchsafed us
+a blessing. The king’s messengers who were posted near us, with their
+long hair hanging in twists like a thrum mop, used little ceremony in
+hurrying by this transient procession; yet it was nearly 8 o’clock
+before the king approached.
+
+It was a beautiful star light night, and the torches which preceded him
+displayed the splendor of his regalia with a chastened lustre, and made
+the human trophies of the soldiers more awfully imposing. The skulls of
+three Banda caboceers, who had been his most obstinate enemies, adorned
+the largest drum: the vessels in which the boys dipped their torches
+were of gold. He stopped to enquire our names a second time, and to wish
+us good night; his address was mild and deliberate: he was followed by
+his aunts, sisters, and others of his family, with rows of fine gold
+chains around their necks. Numerous chiefs succeeded; and it was long
+before we were at liberty to retire. We agreed in estimating the number
+of warriors at 30,000.
+
+We were conducted to a range of spacious, but ruinous buildings, which
+had belonged to the son of one of the former kings, and who had recently
+destroyed himself at a very advanced age, unable to endure the severity
+of disgrace: their forlorn and dreary aspect bespoke the fortune of
+their master, and they required much repair to defend us from the wind
+and rain, which frequently ushered in the nights.
+
+
+[Footnote 2: Every account I received afterwards, confirmed the boundary
+of the Fantee and Assin territories to be between Mansue and Fousou;
+also that Ancomassa, Accomfodey, Dansamsou, Meakirring, &c. &c. had all
+been large Assin crooms, destroyed with many others in their
+neighbourhood, in the Ashantee invasion of 1807.]
+
+[Footnote 3: This is the same tree as the banian or India fig.]
+
+[Footnote 4: Scraps of Moorish writing, as charms against evil.]
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER III.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ _Proceedings and Incidents until the Third Dispatch to Cape Coast
+ Castle._
+
+
+ _Coomassie, May 22nd_, 1817.
+
+ TO THE GOVERNOR AND COUNCIL, CAPE COAST CASTLE.
+
+ GENTLEMEN,
+
+THE important objects of the Mission, and the safety and prosperity of
+the Settlements, have this day demanded our public dissent from our
+superior officer, Mr. James; to prove the act tutelary to these objects,
+can be our only justification.
+
+The Mission has engrossed our thoughts and exertions from the moment we
+were honoured by the appointments; we have felt that the credit of the
+Committee, the character of the service, and the good of our country
+were associated in the enterprise; and that we were personally
+responsible for these important objects, to the extent of our industry,
+fortitude, and ability. Our reflections naturally associated obstacles
+commensurate with the importance of the objects affected; and to
+overcome the former in a manner auspicious to the latter, we conceived
+to be the duty expected from us, as composing a Mission originated to
+remove a portion of the formidable barriers to the interior of Africa.
+We anticipated prejudice, intrigue, and difficulty, as inevitable; as
+obstacles to invigorate and not to sicken our exertions.
+
+At Dadasey, on Wednesday the 14th instant, we received a present from
+the King, of two ounces of gold, a sheep, and thirty yams, with a second
+appointment to enter his capital the succeeding Monday. When within a
+short distance, the messenger who announced us, returned, to desire us
+to wait at a croom until the King had washed. We were permitted to enter
+soon after two o’clock, and the King received us with the most
+encouraging courtesy, and the most flattering distinction. We paid our
+respects in turn, (passing along a surprising extent of line) to the
+principal caboceers, many of remote, and several of Moorish territories;
+and all of these encircled by retinues astonishing to us from their
+numbers, order, and decorations. We were then requested to remove to a
+distant tree to receive their salutes; which procession, though simply
+transient, continued until past eight o’clock. It was indescribably
+imposing from the variety, magnificence, and etiquette: its faint
+outline in Mr. Bowdich’s report, will impart our impression of the power
+and influence of the monarch we are sent to conciliate. The King as he
+passed, repeated his former condescensions.
+
+The next morning (Tuesday) the King sent to us to come and speak our
+palaver in the market place, that all the people might hear it: we found
+him encircled by the most splendid insignia, and surrounded by his
+caboceers: we were received graciously. Mr. James, through his linguist,
+declared to the King’s, (who are alone allowed to speak to him in
+public) that the objects of the Mission were friendship and commerce;
+impressed the consequence of our nation, and the good feelings of the
+Committee and Governor towards the King, as would be testified by our
+presents; he submitted the wish of a Residency, and of a direct path.
+The King enquired if we were to settle the Commenda palaver; the reply
+was, no! He rejoined, “that he wished the Governor of Cape Coast to
+settle all palavers for him with the people of the forts, and that he
+had thought we came to make all things right, and so to make friends
+with the Ashantees.” The King had previously observed, as literally
+rendered, that “the forts belonged to him,” meaning (as the context, and
+the whole of his sentiments and conduct have confirmed) nothing
+humiliating to our dignity and independence; but simply, that the
+advantages derived by the Fantee nations from the forts, should now be
+his. He desired the officer to be pointed out to him who was to be the
+Resident; and then enquired if that was all our palaver, he was told
+yes: he said he would give us his answer the next day.
+
+Soon after we returned to our house, the King’s linguist delivered this
+message. “The King knows very well the King of England has sent him
+presents; if you wish to be friends with him you must bring these
+presents to his own house, and shew them to him and his friends, and not
+give them before all the people.” This, in our judgment was a policy, to
+prevent any favourable bias of the body of caboceers and people
+anticipating the King’s and his councils satisfaction of our motives and
+professions.
+
+We attended: all the curiosity the packages excited could not incline
+the King to regard them, until he had desired distinctly to understand
+who had sent them, the King of England, or the Governor. He was told,
+the Company to whom the forts belonged under the King; the interpreter
+seemed to render it the King individually; it was more intelligible, and
+the agreeable impression it made was striking. The presents were
+displayed. Nothing could surpass the King’s surprise and pleasure, but
+his warm yet dignified avowal of his obligations. “Englishmen,” said he,
+admiring the workmanship of the different articles, “know how to do
+every thing proper,” turning to his favourites with a smile as
+auspicious to our interests, as mortal to the intrigues of our rival.
+Much of the glass was broken; Mr. James expressed his regret, and
+offered to procure more; the King replied, “the path we had come was bad
+and overgrown, that we had many people to look after;” and waved our
+excuses with superior courtesy. He desired the linguists to say, “this
+shewed him that the English were a great people, that they wished to be
+friends with him, to be as one with the Ashantees; that this made him
+much pleasure to see, (and to repeat again and again,) that he thanked
+the King of England, the Governor at Cape Coast, and the officers who
+brought the presents much, very much.” He made very liberal presents of
+liquor to our people, and delivered the distinct presents to his four
+principal caboceers in our sight.
+
+We learned from Quashie, the Accra linguist, the favourable reports he
+had collected through his intimacy with some of the principal men. All
+the caboceers, he said, had thought we had come for bad, to spy the
+country; the King thought so too a little, but much fetish was made, and
+all shewed that we meant well, and now the King thought so; the mulatto
+sent by General Daendels, directly after Mr. Hydecoper, and who arrived
+just before us, had sent to the King for a pass to go back, and the King
+told him, that he would give him this message, “that the King had
+thought to do good to the Dutch, but now he sees their white mens faces,
+he should do good to the English.” This mulatto man (who is not in the
+service, but a free man of Elmina town) visited us afterwards, and his
+complaints and sentiments confirmed these reports in our favour.
+
+On Wednesday morning the King’s sisters (one the caboceer of the largest
+Ashantee town near the frontier) paid us a visit of ceremony, and
+retired to receive our’s in return; their manners were courteous and
+dignified, and they were handed with a surprising politeness by the
+captains in attendance.
+
+Mr. James being indisposed, we went by invitation to see the chief
+captain’s horse, when the King sent to us to say, he was walking that
+way, and requested us to get our chairs and wait, that he might bid us
+good morning. Directly he saw us he ordered the procession to alter its
+course, and stopped to take us by the hand. The procession consisted of
+about 2000 men, and was marked by all the suit and parade of royalty.
+The caboceers that day in attendance appeared as warriors, being
+divested of the rich silks of the preceding day; the executioner, the
+master of the bands, and the cook, were in the train, with suits which
+shewed the importance of their offices; the latter was preceded by a
+massy service of plate. Mr. Bowdich’s report will be more particular.
+
+The king sent his messenger this morning to repeat, that he thanked the
+King of England and the Governor very much for yesterday.
+
+The King was much pleased when Quashie, the Accra linguist (who is our
+only intelligible medium,) attempted to describe the use of the sextant;
+consequently, when Mr. Bowdich saw the King’s chief captain this
+morning, he offered to shew it to the King, with the camera obscura and
+telescope; the captain said it would please the King, and reported, that
+the King was much pleased with us, that he liked to be friends with the
+English, that he wished to make pleasure with us, and would send for us
+by and by to do so. We have been particular in these lesser
+circumstances, as they are the evidence of the King’s good feelings, and
+of the fair prospect of the consummation of the Mission, superior to all
+the prejudice and intrigue opposed to it.
+
+We were sent for to the King’s house; he was only attended by his privy
+counsellors; he expressed much delight at the camera obscura and
+instruments. He said, “the Englishmen knew more than Dutchmen or
+Danes—that black men knew nothing.” He then ordered our people to be
+dismissed, said he would look at the telescope in a larger place, that
+now he wished to talk with us. He again acknowledged the gratification
+of Tuesday, and desired Mr. James to explain to him two notes which he
+produced, written by the Governor in Chief at the request of Amooney,
+King of Annamaboe, and Adokoo, Chief of the Braffoes, making over to
+Saï, King of Ashantee, four ackies per month of their company’s pay, as
+a pledge of their allegiance and the termination of hostilities. The
+impression seemed instantly to have rooted itself in the King’s mind,
+that this was the Governor’s individual act, or that he had instanced
+it; his countenance changed, his counsellors became enraged, they were
+all impatience, we all anxiety. “Tell the white men,” said the King,
+“what they did yesterday made me much pleasure; I was glad we were to be
+friends; but to day I see they come to put shame upon my face; this
+breaks my heart too much. The English know, with my own powder, with my
+own shot, I drove the Fantees under their forts, I spread my sword over
+them, they were all killed, and their books from the fort are mine. I
+can do as much for the English as the Fantees, they know this well, they
+know I have only to send a captain to get all the heads of the Fantees.
+These white men cheat me, they think to make ’Shantee fool; they pretend
+to make friends with me, and they join with the Fantees to cheat me, to
+put shame upon my face; this makes the blood come from my heart.” This
+was reported by his linguist with a passion of gesture and utterance
+scarcely inferior to the King’s; the irritation spread throughout the
+circle, and swelled even to uproar.
+
+Thus much was inevitable; it was one of our anticipated difficulties; it
+was not a defeat, but a check; and here originates our charge against
+Mr. James, whom we declare to have been deficient in presence of mind,
+and not to have exerted those assurances and arguments which, with a
+considerate zeal, might at least have tended to ameliorate the unjust
+impression of the King, if not to have eradicated it. Mr. James said,
+“the Governor of Cape Coast had done it, that he knew nothing about it,
+that he was sent only to make the compliments to the King, that if the
+King liked to send a messenger with him, _he was going back and would
+tell the Governor all that the King said_.” This was all that was
+advanced. Was this enough for such a Mission to effect? the King
+repeated, “that he had expected we had _come_ to settle all palavers,
+and to _stay_ and make friends with him; but we came to make a fool of
+him.” The King asked him to tell him how much had been paid on these
+notes since his demand—that he knew white men had large books which told
+this. Mr. James said he had seen, but he could not recollect. Nothing
+could exceed the King’s indignation. “White men,” he exclaimed, “know
+how many months pass, how many years they live, and they know this, but
+they wont tell me; could not the other white men tell me.” Mr. James
+said, “we never looked in the books.”
+
+We were not so indiscreet as to expect or wish Mr. James to commit
+himself by _promising the satisfaction_ of the King’s wishes; but
+dwelling on the expense and importance of the Mission, on the
+expectations it had excited, and feeling the reason of the King’s
+argument, that its object should be to settle all palavers if we wished
+to be good friends, we conceived we but anticipated the feeling of the
+Council and of the Committee, in our anxiety for Mr. James to offer to
+communicate with the Governor by letter, and to wait his reply, with a
+confidence that his good feeling towards the King, his instructions from
+England, and his own disposition, would lead him to do every thing that
+was right to please him.
+
+Mr. James’s embarrassment had not only hurried him to extricate himself
+as an individual at the expense of his own dignity and intellect, but,
+which was worse, he had thrown the whole onus of this invidious
+transaction on the shoulders of the Governor in chief, against whom the
+King’s prejudice would be fatal to all, and whose interest in his honour
+was most flattering to the King, most auspicious to us, and the hopes of
+the Mission; not only the future prosperity, but the present security of
+the Settlements hung upon this, and the dagger was at this moment
+suspended from a cobweb. Mr. Bowdich urged this in the ear of Mr. James,
+urged the danger of leaving the King thus provoked, the fatal sacrifice
+of every object of the Mission, the discredit of the service, the
+disgrace of ourselves; Mr. James replied, “he knew the Governor’s
+private sentiments best.” The Moors of authority seized the moment, and
+zealously fanned the flame which encircled us; for the King looking in
+vain for those testimonies of British feeling which presence of mind
+would have imposed, exclaimed, as he turned his ear from the Moors, “I
+know the English come to spy the country; they come to cheat me; they
+want war, they want war.” Mr. James said “No! we want trade.” The King
+impatiently continued, “They join the Fantees to put shame upon my face;
+I will send a captain to-morrow to take these books, and bring me the
+heads of all the Fantees under the forts; the white men know I can do
+this, I have only to speak to my captains. The Dutch Governor does not
+cheat me; he does not shame me before the Fantees; he sends me the whole
+4 oz. a month. The Danes do not shame me, and the English 4 ackies a
+month is nothing to me; I can send a captain for all; they wish war.” He
+drew his beard into his mouth, bit it, and rushing abruptly from his
+seat exclaimed, “Shantee foo! Shantee foo! ah! ah!” then shaking his
+finger at us with the most angry aspect, would have burst from us with
+the exclamation, “If a black man had brought me this message, I would
+have had his head cut off before me.” Mr. James was silent.
+
+Gentlemen! imagine this awful moment, think what a fatal wound menaced
+the British interests; the most memorable exertion of the Committee, the
+pledge to the Government of their energies, of the zeal and capabilities
+of their officers, this important and expensive Mission falling to the
+ground, the sacrifice to supineness; the Settlements endangered instead
+of benefited, ourselves disgraced as officers and men, our key to the
+Interior shivered in the lock, and the territories of a great and
+comparatively tractable prince shut against us for ever. Could we be
+expected to look with indifference on these sacrifices, to risk nothing
+to avert them; to be auxiliary to the triumph of the intrigues and
+duplicity of our rival, which you know to have been exerted even to our
+destruction? Not a moment was to be lost; Mr. Bowdich stood before the
+King, and begged to be heard; his attention was arrested, the clamours
+of the council gradually abated: there was no interpreter but the one
+Mr. James brought from his own fort, and no alternative but to charge
+him promptly in the Governor’s name, before reflection could associate
+the wishes of his master, to speak truly. Mr. Bowdich continued standing
+before the King, and declared, “that the Governor wished to gain his
+friendship more than he could think that we were sent, not only to
+compliment him, but to write what he had to say to the Governor, and to
+wait to tell his answer to the King, and to do all he ordered; to settle
+all palavers, and to make Ashantees and English as one before we went
+back. That the Governor of Accra was sick, and in pain, and naturally
+wished to go back soon, but that himself, and the other two officers
+would stay with the King, until they made him sure that the Governor was
+a good friend to him. That we would rather get anger, and lose every
+thing ourselves, than let the King think the Governor sent us to put
+shame on him; that we would trust our lives to the King, until we had
+received the Governor’s letter, to make him think so; and to tell us to
+do all that was right, to make the Ashantees and English as one; and
+this would shew the King we did not come to spy the country, but to do
+good.” Mr. Bowdich then assured Mr. James that no outrage on his dignity
+was meditated; that we should continue to treat him as our superior
+officer, but that we felt the present act imperative, as our duty to the
+Service and our Country.
+
+Conviction flashed across the countenance of the interpreter, and he
+must have done Mr. Bowdich’s speech justice, for the cheerful aspect of
+the morning was resumed in every countenance. The applause was general;
+the King (who had again seated himself) held out his hand to Mr.
+Bowdich, and said, “he spoke well; what he spoke was good; he liked his
+palaver much.” The King’s chief linguist came forward and repeated his
+commendations with the most profound bows; every look was favourable;
+every where there was a hand extended. The King then instructed his
+linguist to report to Mr. Bowdich, personally, his arguments respecting
+the books. “That he had subdued the Fantees at the expense of much
+powder and shot; and that, in consequence, all their notes were his:
+that he had only to send a Captain to bring all their heads, that he did
+not want to do no good, and keep the books; he would do more for the
+forts than the Fantees could; that the Dutch Governor did not cheat him,
+but gave the four oz. a month. That he wished to be friends with the
+English; but that the 4 ackies a month put shame upon his face.” To this
+Mr. Bowdich replied, that he could only say he knew the Governor would
+do what was right; that he could not say more until he heard from him;
+but that he would write every word the King said; and he was sure the
+King would see that the Governor would do what was right. We shook hands
+and retired.
+
+All the Fantees being detained by the King, Mr. Bowdich and Mr.
+Hutchison went in the evening to the chief captain to request a
+messenger from the King to Cape Coast; about two hours afterwards he
+reported the King’s reply almost literally as follows: “The King wishes
+you good night; this is his palaver and yours, you must not speak it to
+any one else, the white men come to cheat him. The King recollects the
+face of the white man who spoke to him to day, he likes him much, he
+wishes he would talk the palaver; the King likes the other white men who
+stood up with him very much; he thinks the Governor of Accra wishes to
+put all the wrong on the Governor at Cape Coast, and not to tell any
+thing. The King thinks that not right, and he sees you do not like that.
+You must not speak this palaver again; ’tis the King’s palaver, and
+yours; the King’s captain will speak right to the King what you say, and
+you shall have a messenger.”
+
+We again affirm positively, that Mr. James made no offer to communicate
+with the Governor, but spoke only of his return, which we know he was
+meditating at the expense of the treaty, and every object of the
+Mission.
+
+Referring to our detail previous to the serious business of to day, you
+will find every circumstance to have been encouraging, and in our
+opinion, auspicious to the consummation of the Mission. Yet at that
+moment, unclouded as it was, we know Mr. James, by his own confession,
+to have written to head quarters with a gloom which existed only in his
+own imagination; this letter did not go from the detention of the Fantee
+bearers. We believe firmly, that had there been no interference on our
+part at the critical moment, Mr. James would have returned forthwith to
+Cape Coast, without effecting one object of the Mission, and that the
+future good of the Settlements would not only have been sacrificed, but
+their present security endangered.[5]
+
+Mr. James may write that Mr. Bowdich rose with great warmth: this we
+deny, and affirm that he displayed no more than a temperate zeal,
+considerate in its declarations, and respectful even in its dissent from
+Mr. James. The attention of the King was arrested by the novelty of a
+white man addressing him in the oratorical manner of his own country,
+but it was not until the linguist had conveyed the arguments, that the
+King held out his hand and the applause was general. Mere observations
+whispered in the ear of the linguists had lost all effect, and would not
+have answered the crisis.
+
+Mr. James has talked, and perhaps written much of the King’s suspicion,
+but we must contend that much of this is misnamed, and is no more than
+that deliberate policy which is a pledge of the durability of the
+confidence it precedes. Certainly there has been suspicion, but not more
+than must have been expected, not more than was commensurate with the
+important novelty which challenged it. It has been confessed here, that
+our political rival has exerted all his address to vitiate our objects
+in the eyes of the King, to convince him our ostensible views were
+pretences; our real ones dangerous and unjust; that we sought
+sovereignty, not commerce. The Moorish chiefs and dignitaries by whom
+the King is surrounded, whose influence is powerful, not only from their
+rank but their repute, naturally urged these arguments against
+unbelievers and competitors in trade, and their extensive intercourse
+has unfortunately possessed them of facts to the point of our ambition.
+Let these considerations be weighed, let our account of the King’s
+general deportment be again referred to; let us impress, that he has
+never once adverted to our destruction of his troops before Annamaboe,
+or of the critical situation of the fort; that he has evinced a
+disposition to a sound understanding, by veiling every irritating
+retrospect, by acknowledging every conciliatory circumstance.
+
+We do not presume to enter our opinions into the important question of
+the King’s demand of the whole of these two notes; we have advanced
+nothing but our assurance that the Governor will do what is right, and
+we have pledged our lives to convince the King of this; the importance
+of the Mission would have claimed a more valuable pledge.
+
+Whilst we impress the surprising power and influence of the King, we
+must do him the justice to acknowledge the convincing manner in which he
+urged the injuries and forbearance which preceded the Fantee war; his
+willingness to do every thing for the forts, and the conduct of the
+Dutch Governor in giving him the whole of the four ounces, were
+impressively and ingeniously associated.
+
+To wear away suspicion, Mr. Bowdich has ceased his enquiries and
+observations for a time. The resources for intelligence of the Interior
+are infinite. Timbuctoo has been visited by most of the sojourners, and
+a mass of valuable information may be gathered with caution.[6] The
+eclipses of Jupiter’s satellites will be regularly observed by Mr.
+Bowdich, and the mean longitude reported; the want of a good watch
+imposes considerable trouble.
+
+We have reflected on what we have done, and if we are so unfortunate as
+to be visited by your and the Committee’s displeasure, we shall console
+ourselves in our reluctant change of pursuit, by the satisfaction of our
+own minds of the honourable zeal of our motives.
+
+We most respectfully solicit our recall, as we cannot implicate our
+character and our responsibility with Mr. James’s judgment and
+perseverance in prosecuting the Mission, of the consummation of which we
+cannot agree to despond. We could not reconcile ourselves to the
+sacrifice of one of its important objects to our personal apprehensions
+(supported as we are by authority and circumstances) whilst the
+recollection of the illustrious energies of an enterprising traveller,
+forlorn and destitute, appeals to our spirit, and impresses the
+expectations of our country. We are, &c.
+
+ (Signed)
+
+ T. EDWARD BOWDICH.
+
+ W. HUTCHISON.
+
+ HENRY TEDLIE.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+ _Coomassie, May 24_, 1817.
+
+ TO THE GOVERNOR AND COUNCIL, CAPE COAST CASTLE.
+
+ GENTLEMEN,
+
+THE act our former letter has avowed, and we would presume (after the
+most deliberate reflection) to add justified, has made it our duty to
+communicate (independently of Mr. James) the circumstances of the
+interval we may await your pleasure.
+
+If this duty had not been imposed on us by the act in question, the
+imminent fatality engendered in the debate of to day, and quickened by
+the ardor of the captains, would have demanded from our private as well
+as our public feelings, the most energetic representations (as auxiliary
+to those of Mr. James,) in impressing the calamities and the sacrifices
+which menace the Settlements and the Mission, to secure your serious
+deliberation, as the only preventive we can look to with confidence.
+
+Yesterday we were conducted some way without the town to an assembly of
+the Moorish caboceers and dignitaries, who exert every device against
+us. A chapter was read from the Koran, and we were ordered to swear by
+that book that we had no rogues palaver, and that we had put no poison
+in the King’s liquor. We severally refused to swear on the Koran, but
+offered to do so on our own prayer books. The King’s linguist mediated,
+and asked us if we would only strike that book three times, and then
+declare as much, because the Moors said, that book would kill us if we
+lied. We did this, and were about two hours afterwards ordered to sit
+without our house and receive the following present from the King:
+
+One bullock, 2 pigs, 8 oz. of gold, for Mr. James.
+
+One sheep, 2 oz. 4 ackies of gold, for each of us.
+
+To each of the numerous Fantee messengers, 10 ackies of gold.
+
+To our cooks, a large assortment of pots and country vessels, 100 large
+billets of wood, 100 yams, 100 bunches of plantains, four of sugar cane,
+four (24 gallon) pots of palm oil, three jars of palm wine.
+
+To the soldiers, 10 ackies of gold.
+
+To the Accra linguist, 10 ackies of gold.
+
+On Saturday we were summoned to the King, and waited as usual a
+considerable time in one of the outer courts of the palace, which is an
+immense building of a variety of oblong courts and regular squares, the
+former with arcades along the one side, some of round arches
+symmetrically turned, having a skeleton of bamboo; the entablatures
+exuberantly adorned with bold fan and trellis work of Egyptian
+character. They have a suit of rooms over them, with small windows of
+wooden lattice, of intricate but regular carved work, and some have
+frames cased with thin gold. The squares have a large apartment on each
+side, open in front, with two supporting pillars, which break the view
+and give it all the appearance of the proscenium or front of the stage
+of the older Italian theatres. They are lofty and regular, and the
+cornices of a very bold cane work in alto relievo. A drop curtain of
+curiously plaited cane is suspended in front, and in each we observed
+chairs and stools embossed with gold, and beds of silk, with scattered
+regalia. The most ornamented part of the palace is the residence of the
+women. We have passed through it once; the fronts of the apartments were
+closed (except two open door ways) by pannels of curious open carving,
+conveying a striking resemblance at first sight to an early Gothic
+screen; one was entirely closed and had two curious doors of a low arch,
+and strengthened or battened with wood-work, carved in high relief and
+painted red. Doors chancing to open as we passed, surprised us with a
+glimpse of large apartments in corners we could not have thought of, the
+most secret appeared the most adorned. In our daily course through the
+palace there is always a delay of some minutes, before the door of each
+of the several distinct squares is unlocked; within the inmost square is
+the council chamber.
+
+To day, after the delay of nearly an hour (which seems an indispensible
+ceremony) in the outer court, (where different dignitaries were passing
+to and fro with their insignia and retinues,) we were conducted to a
+large yard, where the King, encircled by a varied profusion of insignia,
+even more sumptuous than that we had seen before, sat at the end of two
+long files of counsellors, caboceers, and captains; they were seated
+under their umbrellas, composed of scarlet and yellow cloth, silks,
+shawls, cottons, and every glaring variety, with carved and golden
+pelicans, panthers, baboons, barrels, crescents, &c. on the top; the
+shape generally a dome. Distinct and pompous retinues were placed
+around, with gold canes, spangled elephants tails to brush off the
+flies, gold headed swords, and embossed muskets, and many splendid
+novelties too numerous but for a particular report, which will not be
+neglected. Each had the dignitaries of his own province or establishment
+to his right and left; and it was truly “Concilium in Concilio.” When we
+recollected the insignificant, though neat appearance of the few
+Ashantee towns we had passed through on the southern frontier, and even
+the extent and superior character of the capital, this magnificence
+seemed the effect of enchantment.
+
+We have intruded this sketch to impress the power and resources of the
+monarch we are to conciliate, and to anticipate in some degree the delay
+of Mr. Bowdich’s report, the transcription of which must yield to the
+present momentous communication.
+
+The King having decided a cause then in course, by which one of his
+captains was condemned to death for cowardice, ordered the question of
+the Annamaboe and Braffoe notes to be resumed. The several Fantee
+messengers were heard, the King of Annamaboe’s, Amooney’s, and
+Payntree’s (the interior caboceer) having joined us in the path. They
+appeared all equivocation and embarrassment, as Quashie’s
+interpretations confirmed; they were incompetent to answer the King’s
+linguists, and unable to use the few uninterrupted intervals which were
+allowed them to any purpose: it seems they would not acknowledge what
+the full amount of these notes was. Mr. James was asked, he said “white
+men’s heads were not like black men’s, and he could not recollect; but
+he thought 4 oz. and 2 oz.” He did not offer to learn from the Governor.
+Several impassioned harangues were made by the King’s linguists and
+counsellors: the King said, “he had 4 oz. from Elmina, and 2 oz. from
+English Accra; was it not putting shame upon him to send him 4 ackies
+from Cape Coast?” The Cape Coast messenger (Quashie Tom had absented
+himself) spoke again with great trepidation; the King could not conceal
+his emotions; his counsellors became clamorous; in an instant there was
+a flourish of all the horns; all the captains rose and seized their gold
+headed swords from their attendants; the head general snatched Mr.
+Tedlie’s from his scabbard; numerous canopies crowded one upon the other
+in the background, as if some considerable personages had arrived; there
+was nothing but commotion, wrath, and impatience. The captains, old and
+young, rushed before the King, and exclaimed, as Quashie reported, (who
+seems to have been afraid to tell us all, and was restrained by Quamina)
+“King, this shames you too much; you must let us go to night and kill
+all the Fantees, and burn all the towns under the forts.” They then
+presented themselves successively with their bands of music and
+retinues, and bowing before the King, received his foot upon their
+heads; each then directed his sword to the King (who held up the two
+first fingers of his right hand) and swore by the King’s head, that they
+would go with the army that night, and bring him the books, and the
+heads of all the Fantees. Each captain made the oath impressive in his
+own peculiar manner; some seriously, some by ridicule, at our expense,
+and that of the Fantees, pointing at our heads and ears, and
+endeavouring to intimidate us by the most insolent action and gesture as
+they held out their swords. The old general (Apokoo) who swore the last,
+after he had done so in the most expressive manner, threw Mr. Tedlie’s
+sword to him, over the heads of the people with contemptuous defiance.
+The number was so great, that we thought this awful ceremony would never
+finish.
+
+The King left the council a short time. In the interval, Quamina Bwa
+(our guide) told Accra Quashie to beg Mr. James to speak to the King
+when he came back, and try and appease him. Mr. James did so, but
+without the zeal, presence of mind, or argument the crisis demanded; it
+was not adequate even to ameliorate the King’s impression of the
+Governor and the English; it was no more than he said at first. The King
+took not the least notice of it, but declared angrily, that “if he did
+not see white men’s faces he would cut off the heads of every Fantee
+messenger on the spot.” Some sheep and gold were then brought forward
+and presented to the Captains, and the King rose abruptly from his
+chair. In this anxious moment we reflected that the mulatto of General
+Daendels had a long audience of the King just before we were received;
+no resource was to be left untried, that was manly and appropriate. Mr.
+Bowdich stepped before the King, and declared through the linguist,
+“that he wished to speak what he knew would make the King think that the
+Governor would do him right, and was his good friend.” The King said he
+would hear him speak in the house; we retired amidst the insults and
+menaces of the assembly.
+
+About two hours after, we were summoned, and, as is the etiquette, kept
+some time in waiting; in this interval, Mr. James said that our
+situation being very critical, it was a pity any difference should be
+observed, and that he thought it much better to be reconciled. Mr.
+Bowdich replied, that he could not think it possible our sentiments to
+be delivered to the King could differ at such a moment; that if they did
+we should assimilate ours to his as much as possible; but feeling the
+necessity for the greatest energy, for every address and argument for
+the conviction of the King, we must, for the public good, continue our
+assumption of the privilege of strengthening his declarations by our own
+until our recall, that we should be tender of his dignity, but that it
+being a difference on a point of public duty, we could not compound it,
+but would take the consequences. We were received; the King’s aspect was
+stern; he prefaced that “he did not wish to make war with the English;
+but that the 4 ackies a month shamed him too much; that the captains
+said to him, King! they cheat you, they put shame on you; we will go to
+night and bring you the heads of all the Fantees; that he was forced to
+say to them, I beg your pardon, but as I see the white men’s faces, I
+beg you to stay till to-morrow, when they can write to the Governor, and
+they will tell me themselves what he says; then if he does not send me
+Amooney’s and the Braffoes books, you shall go and kill all; that he had
+been obliged afterwards to dash them sheep and gold to make them stay
+until the white men got the Governor’s letter.” Mr. James assured the
+King “that the King of England and the Governor wished to be friends
+with him, to do all that was right; and he thought in his own mind that
+the Governor would give up the books.” The King took no notice, and
+continued serious: the moment called for the most energetic appeal to
+his reason, for every imposing argument and circumstance. There was a
+long pause; Mr. Bowdich rose, and charged Mr. James’s linguist to
+interpret truly. We took the precaution of making notes of this speech,
+feeling we should be particular where we pledge our honour, and
+volunteer our affidavit; it was as follows.
+
+“We swore yesterday as the King wished, to day we wish to swear as we
+should before our own King.” The King held up the two first fingers of
+his right hand as he did to the captains. “We swear” (presenting our
+swords and kissing the hilt, as the most imposing form that occurred to
+us) “by our God, and by our King, and we know the Governor of Accra will
+do the same, that we mean no bad to the King, that the King of England
+and the Company ordered the Governor to send us to make the Ashantees
+and English as one, that we are sure the Governor will do the King
+right, and that when we write him all the King says, we will write also
+that we think the King’s palaver good. We were sent to make the English
+and Ashantees as one, because our’s is the greatest white, your’s the
+greatest black nation, and when two great nations are friends, it makes
+good. I came out in the ship that was sent to tell the Governor this,
+and when he heard it, he said it gave him very much pleasure. The King
+of England and the Company thought the Governor should send to the King,
+to send some of his great men to Cape Coast, that we might be safe; but
+the Governor said, no! there was no occasion, and wrote to the King and
+the Company that he could trust all his officers in Ashantee, because
+the King’s honour made them safe, so we came without sending, because we
+knew the King was our true friend.
+
+“The Governor wished always to do the King right, but the Fantees never
+would tell him what was right, so he wrote to the King of England to
+send him some presents, that he might send his own officers to the King,
+and hear properly from the King’s own mouth what was right, because the
+Fantees never would tell him what was true, or what the King said. When
+the Governor reads what we shall write him, then he will know the truth
+for the first time. We shall stay to make the Ashantees and English one,
+and we pledge our lives to the King, that we speak a proper palaver, and
+when we speak true before God and the King we cannot fear.”
+
+There were repeated and general applauses as each sentence was
+interpreted; the King smiled, and desired his linguist to say to Mr.
+Bowdich as Quashie interpreted, “The King likes you, you speak a proper
+good palaver, you speak like a man, the King wishes to be a friend to
+white men; he thinks white men next to God.” Here the King raised his
+hands to heaven, and then covering his face, Quashie continued to
+interpret. “The King thanks God and his own fetish, that they have sent
+him white men to talk proper like this to him, and when you three white
+men go back to Cape Coast, and the Governor has bad put into his head,
+and think you did wrong, then if you want any thing to eat, send a
+messenger to him and he will send you plenty, for the King thinks you do
+right to God and him, and to your King, and to the Governor, and that
+you will get much honour when you go back; so the King thanks you, and
+says you speak well.” The King then asked Mr. James if he would swear on
+his sword like us, as we said; Mr. James did so. The King made an
+observation which it seems we cannot convey to you in its full force, or
+nearer than, that he liked the three white men because they always stood
+up to speak, and pushed forward to get what they wanted. Many auxiliary
+observations were afterwards offered casually by each of us, to confirm
+his change of sentiment. The Fantee linguists attempted to intimidate
+the linguist Quashie of Accra, but ineffectually; this man is invaluable
+from his influence and intelligence, he is our only safe medium, and
+interprets to the King anxiously and impressively.
+
+The King appeared much pleased, and made us a long speech. “The King
+says the Fantees are all rogues, the Governor knows that very well; the
+King thinks they always put bad palaver in the Governor’s head, he
+always tells his captains so; he is sure you come to do him right. The
+King wishes all good for the English; he swears by God and by the
+fetish, that if the English could know how the Fantees serve him, and
+all the bad they do, they would say his palaver was good. The King
+speaks true.” He then gave us an outline of the Fantee war, which must
+have convinced even the most prejudiced, of his injuries and
+forbearance, and their injustice and cruelty.
+
+The King says, “if the English trust to him, he will take more care of
+the forts than the Fantees can, he will do them great good, he does not
+want to do nothing. He will send the English his trade; he will send
+them good gold like what he wears himself, (shewing his armlets,) not
+bad gold like he knows the Fantees make, his people don’t know how to do
+that, the Fantees do it in their own houses before they give it to white
+men. If at any time the English in the forts are in want of any thing to
+eat, and send to him, he will send them every thing. To morrow is
+Sunday, but the next day is Monday, then he will give you a proper
+messenger.”
+
+We cannot do justice to the King’s sentiments either in detail or in
+expression; they were incredibly liberal, and would have ennobled the
+most civilized monarch; they seemed to break the spell which has shut
+the Interior. He begged us to drink with him, and Mr. James agreed in
+the toast of “May the Ashantees and English always be one;” it pleased
+him, and he begged us to touch his glass with ours. He then turned
+suddenly to the Fantee messengers (who were trembling in the rear) and
+said, “you made me very angry with you, and I am very angry with you,
+but never mind, come and drink some of my liquor.”
+
+Our critical situation demands the delivery of our sentiments on the
+subject of these notes; we do so with diffidence and respect. The
+services of the Braffoes, who hold the one, are merely nominal, their
+enmity nugatory from their political situation; the issuing of a fresh
+note to Amooney will be but a small addition to the expenditure, and
+even the expense of renewing them both cannot be weighed with the
+prevention of another Fantee war, of the destruction of a whole people,
+and the ruin of our Settlements in their defence, with the defeat of the
+intrigue and devices of our rival, and the acquisition of the confidence
+of a powerful and liberal monarch, whose influence may perfect the views
+of the British Government on the Interior. We hail the circumstances as
+auspicious, even in the present serious moment.
+
+Mr. James confesses that he desponds of consummating the objects of the
+Mission; we do not; we would be responsible for all of them, but we
+diffidently await your decision. We must claim this momentary calm of
+the King to ourselves, because it only affords us the credit, or rather
+the justification of having done our duty, which we are resolute in
+repeating Mr. James has not. What has been said through Mr. Bowdich is
+here reported faithfully; we have not committed the Governor or
+ourselves.
+
+Gentlemen, our situation is critical; if your answer determines the King
+on war, we are his prisoners; if, as we cannot doubt, the valour of our
+countrymen again retards his progress by defences as memorable as that
+of Annamaboe, we may be the victims of an irritated soldiery, though we
+feel it would be with the reluctance of a generous prince, who is not
+independent, but, unfortunately, controlled by a military despotism,
+which deposed his brother and invested him.
+
+But, Gentlemen, if in your better knowledge and reflection, you cannot
+consistently with your honour and your trust, meet the King’s demand,
+the history of our country has fortified our minds with the illustrious
+example of a Vansittart, and his colleagues, who were situated as we
+are, when the dawn of British intercourse in India was scarcely more
+advanced than its dawn in Africa now; and their last request to their
+Council is our present conclusion to you—“Do not put our lives in
+competition with the honour and interests of our country.”
+
+ We are, &c. &c.
+
+ (Signed) T. EDWARD BOWDICH.
+
+ W. HUTCHISON.
+
+ HENRY TEDLIE.
+
+
+ _Coomassie, May 28th_, 1817.
+
+ TO THE GOVERNOR AND COUNCIL.
+
+ GENTLEMEN,
+
+ON Sunday the King visited us at our quarters, and expressed much
+gratification with the trifles we presented him individually, and our
+solicitude in explaining some plates of botanical and natural history,
+which he sends for frequently.
+
+On Monday we had a public audience before the Captains, (whose ill-will
+has been acknowledged,) when two messengers were ordered to accompany
+one of ours to Cape Coast, with the letters to the Governor, and were
+impressively sworn; they received their instructions in a speech from
+the linguist of nearly two hours; it seemed to be intended to conciliate
+the Captains at the same time.
+
+In the afternoon the King sent for us again, and said he wished to
+dictate a letter to the Governor. Mr. James wrote the sense of the
+King’s expressions, but was obliged to leave off from indisposition. The
+King would not trust it out of his hands. Yesterday evening it was
+concluded, when the King proposed to make his mark, and insisted on
+repeating it in the direction. We have taken the pains to preserve this
+curious letter verbatim, which from its length, and our constant
+interruption, we are compelled to reserve with many curious particulars
+for the General Report.
+
+We are anxiously waiting a summons to hand our dispatches to the
+messenger. Nine days are allowed for the journey to Cape Coast, and nine
+for the return. The whole time has been gradually extended, by intreaty
+of the Fantee messengers, from eighteen to thirty days.
+
+Mr. Hutchison is ill with a bilious attack, and several of the people
+with a fever and dysentery. The heat is very powerful here, but Mr.
+Bowdich and Mr. Tedlie continue in excellent health.
+
+We would recommend the sending up a common green silk umbrella, and a
+Company’s dirk, as presents to the King’s favourite nephew.
+
+Our confinement to the house is rather irksome; we are not allowed to
+walk in the town without Captains accompanying us.
+
+12 o’clock. The King sent to say Mr. Bowdich must come to the palace,
+and mount the chief captain’s horse, and shew him how Englishmen ride.
+Mr. Bowdich went, and by the King’s desire gallopped up and down the
+opposite hill. The King expressed great anxiety when the horse was made
+to play his tricks; and when Mr. Bowdich persevered, and made him gallop
+back and alighted, the King sent him word that “he rode like a proper
+man, that he stayed on the horse well, and made him do proper.”
+
+4 o’clock. The King sent for us at two, to make some additions to the
+letter, and to seal it in his presence. A long prayer was uttered by a
+Moor after the sealing of the letter, and we were called back to be
+again impressed with the example and justice of the Dutch as regards the
+books. Mr. Hutchison’s illness prevented his attendance to day. The
+messengers are to go to night.
+
+May 29th, 3 p.m. The messengers and the Fantee bearers, have been
+delayed in consequence of the death of a person of rank, and their
+assistance in the custom. I am now assured that they will leave
+Coomassie at 4 o’clock.
+
+In reply to the request we urged to Mr. James, that he would dismiss our
+hammock men, as they had been of so little service to us in coming up,
+and were a considerable expense; he impressed that it would be contrary
+to your instructions.
+
+Only one message from the King to day, and that a private one to Mr.
+Bowdich, with permission for him to ride: he went all round the town,
+which he considers to be about three miles in circumference: the King
+afterwards sent him word, that to-morrow he must ride on a cloth only,
+as he had heard the English did.
+
+ We are, &c. &c.
+
+ (Signed) T. E. BOWDICH.
+
+ H. TEDLIE.
+
+P.S. Mr. James had a severe relapse of fever last night, and was very
+ill this morning; at 10 o’clock a.m. he had the cold bath, and some
+febrifuge medicine. Mr. Hutchison is rather better, the soldiers also,
+but the hammock men continue much the same.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+SAÏ TOOTOO QUAMINA, _King of Ashantee and its Dependencies, to_ JOHN
+HOPE SMITH, _Esquire, Governor in Chief of the British Settlements on
+the Gold Coast of Africa._
+
+THE King sends his compliments to the Governor, he thanks the King of
+England and him very much for the presents sent to him, he thinks them
+very handsome. The King’s sisters and all his friends have seen them,
+and think them very handsome, and thank him. The King thanks his God and
+his fetish that he made the Governor send the white men’s faces for him
+to see, like he does now; he likes the English very much, and the
+Governor all the same as his brother.
+
+The King of England has made war against all the other white people a
+long time, and killed all the people all about, and taken all the towns,
+French, Dutch, and Danish, all the towns, all about. The King of
+Ashantee has made war against all the people of the water side, and all
+the black men all about, and taken all their towns.
+
+When the King of England takes a French town, he says, “come, all this
+is mine, bring all your books, and give me all your pay,” and if they
+don’t do it, does the Governor think the King of England likes it?[7] So
+the King has beat the Fantees now two times, and taken all their towns,
+and they send and say to him, you are a great King, we want to serve
+you; but he says, Hah! you want to serve me, then bring all your books,
+what you get from the forts, and then they send him four ackies, this
+vexes him too much.
+
+The first time he made war against the Fantees, two great men in Assin
+quarrelled, so half the people came to Ashantee, half went to Fantee.
+The King said, what is the reason of this, so he sent his gold swords
+and canes to know why they did so, and the Fantees killed his messengers
+and took all their gold.[8] After they fought with the Elminas and
+Accras, the Fantees sent word to the King they would serve him; the King
+sent word to the Assins, if it is true that the Fantees want to serve
+me, let me hear; after that they sent to say yes! they tired of
+fighting, and wanted to serve him, he said, well, give me some gold,
+what you get from the books, and then you shall hear what palaver I have
+got in my head, and we can be friends; then he sent some messengers, and
+after they waited more than two years, the Fantees sent word back, no!
+we don’t want to serve the King, but only to make the path open and get
+good trade: this vexed the King too much.
+
+Then the Fantees sent to a strong man, Cudjoe Coomah, and said, “come,
+let us put our heads together against the King;” after that, when the
+King heard this, he sent one, not a great man, but his own slave, and
+said, well you will do, go kill all the people, all the Aquapims, and
+Akims, and all; and so he killed all, and after he killed all he came
+and told him.
+
+When he sent against Akim, the people in Akim sent word, that they told
+their head men not to vex the King, but they would not mind them, so he
+killed the head people, and the others begged his pardon.
+
+When the King went to fight with the Fantees they sent this saucy
+word—we will kill you and your people, and stand on you; then they did
+not kill one Ashantee captain, but the King killed all the Fantee
+captains and people. They do not stand on him.
+
+That time, after the King fought, all the Fantees sent word, well we
+will serve you, but you must not send more harm to hurt us, we don’t
+want to fight more, but to make good friends with you. Then the King
+said, what caboceer lives at Cape Coast and Annamaboe, what books they
+get from the forts, let them send all, and then we can be friends. And
+the King sent word too, if my messengers go to Cape Coast fort, and if
+they bring pots of gold, and casks of goods, then I can’t take that,
+_but I must have the books_.
+
+After that the King sent word to the Governor of Cape Coast and the
+Governor of Annamaboe, well! you know I have killed all the Fantees, and
+I must have Adocoo’s and Amooney’s books, and I can make friends with
+you, good brother and good heart; but now they send four ackies, that is
+what makes the King’s heart break out when he looks on the book and
+thinks of four ackies, and his captains swear that the Fantees are
+rogues and want to cheat him. When the white men see the Fantees do
+this, and the English officers bring him this four ackies, it makes him
+get up very angry, but he has no palaver with white men.
+
+All Fantee is his, all the black mans country is his; he hears that
+white men bring all the things that come here; he wonders they do not
+fight with the Fantees, for he knows they cheat them. Now he sees white
+men, and he thanks God and his fetish for it.
+
+When the English made Apollonia fort he fought with the Aowins, the
+masters of that country, and killed them; then he said to the caboceer,
+I have killed all your people, your book is mine; the caboceer said,
+true! so long as you take my town, the book belongs to you.
+
+He went to Dankara and fought, and killed the people, then he said; give
+me the book you get from Elmina, so they did, and now Elmina belongs to
+him.[9]
+
+The English fort at Accra gave a book to an Akim caboceer, called
+Aboigin Adjumawcon. The King killed him and took the book. The Dutch
+fort gave a book to another Akim caboceer, Curry Curry Apam. The Danish
+fort gave a book to another Akim caboceer, Arrawa Akim; the King killed
+all and took their books.
+
+This King, Saï, is young on the stool, but he keeps always in his head
+what old men say, for it is good, and his great men and linguists tell
+it him every morning. The King of England makes three great men, and
+sends one to Cape Coast, one to Annamaboe, and one to Accra; Cape Coast
+is the same as England. The King gets two ounces from Accra every moon,
+and the English wish to give him only four ackies for the big fort at
+Cape Coast, and the same for Annamboe; do white men think this proper?
+
+When the King killed the Dankara caboceer and got two ounces from
+Elmina, the Dutch Governor said, this is a proper King, we shall not
+play with him, and made the book four ounces. The King has killed all
+the people, and all the forts are his; he sent his captains to see white
+men, now he sees them, and thanks God and his fetish. If the path was
+good when the captains went, the King would have gone under the forts
+and seen all the white men. The Ashantees take good gold to Cape Coast,
+but the Fantees mix it; he sent some of his captains like slaves to see,
+and they saw it; ten handkerchiefs are cut to eight, water is put to
+rum, and charcoal to powder, even for the King; they cheat him, but he
+thinks the white men give all those things proper to the Fantees.
+
+The King knows the King of England is his good friend, for he has sent
+him handsome dashes; he knows his officers are his good friends, for
+they come to see him. The King wishes the Governor to send to Elmina to
+see what is paid him there, and to write the King of England how much,
+as the English say their nation passes the Dutch; he will see by the
+books given him by both forts. If the King of England does not like
+that, he may send him himself what he pleases, and then Saï can take it.
+
+He thanks the King and Governor for sending four white men to see him.
+The old King wished to see some of them, but the Fantees stop it. He is
+but a young man and sees them, and so again he thanks God and his
+fetish.
+
+Dictated in the presence of,
+
+ T. EDWARD BOWDICH,
+
+ WILLIAM HUTCHISON,
+
+ HENRY TEDLIE.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+May 30. Apokoo sent us a present of 30 ackies of gold and some fruits.
+
+June 1. The King sent to desire Mr. Tedlie to bring his instruments and
+medicines, and explain their uses to him; he was shrewdly inquisitive,
+and presented Mr. Tedlie with 6 ackies of gold in approbation of his
+intelligence.
+
+June 4. The King paid us a visit at our quarters, and expressed himself
+highly gratified with some botanical engravings: he said white men tried
+to know so much they would spoil their heads by and by. We were allowed
+to take a walk in the town to day, in charge of two captains. We had
+scarcely passed the palace when two men were decapitated for cowardice:
+three others had been executed during the night.
+
+June 5. Bakkee, to whom our house formerly belonged, had been sent the
+second in command of the army with which Appia Danqua invaded Fantee the
+second time, in pursuit of the Akim and Aquapim revolters. Wearied of
+the procrastination and labours of the campaign, he inconsiderately
+observed to a public messenger, that, as the King had declared when he
+invaded Fantee in person, that he would have the head of every Fantee
+caboceer, and yet returned with a part only; so he could not be expected
+to forego the enjoyment of the riches and luxuries of his home, until
+every revolter was killed. On his return to the capital without leave,
+he was charged with this, and not denying it, was stripped of all his
+property, and hung himself. Aboidwee our present house master was raised
+to Bakkee’s stool, or seat in council, to which 1700 retainers are
+attached.
+
+June 9. The King sent us two sheep and a large quantity of fruit; his
+nephew also sent us a sheep.
+
+June 11. We were invited to attend the King’s levee, on the Adaï custom,
+and were presented with a flask of rum and a fat sheep. This walk was a
+great relief, for the longest court in our quarters was not more than 14
+feet.
+
+June 12. The King sent us a large Hio sheep to look at; it measured 4½
+feet from the head to the insertion of the tail, which was two feet
+long, its height was three feet, and it was covered with coarse shaggy
+hair.
+
+June 13. The King sent for us late at night; he assured us he wished to
+think well of the English; and that if Cape Coast was not so far off, he
+should send messengers daily to wish the Governor good morning, but the
+Crambos (Moors) and his great men thought we came to do bad, and spy the
+country; so he sent for us when it was dark, that they might not know
+it. He had only two persons with him. Mr. James was too ill to attend.
+
+17. The King sent a present to our quarters of
+
+ 2 ounces of gold to the officers.
+
+ 20 ackies to our people.
+
+ 10 ackies to our linguists.
+
+ 1 hog, 1 sheep, and a profusion of plantains and oranges.
+
+This was his reproof of a disgraceful attempt to borrow money of him for
+our subsistence; of which Mr. Hutchison, Mr. Tedlie, and myself, had
+publicly disclaimed our knowledge and sanction. Nothing could be more
+injurious to our dignity.
+
+18th. Mr. Tedlie having ventured to walk a few yards without the town,
+was arrested by a captain, with about 100 followers, who detained him in
+his house whilst a message was sent to the King, who desiring Mr. Tedlie
+to be brought before him, enquired if he had his small box (compass) in
+his pocket, and finding he had not, affected to reprove the captain
+severely, for supposing either of us could wish to run away, whilst the
+King was our friend. After this we seldom went out.
+
+21st. Bundahenna, one of the King’s uncles, begged him for permission to
+go and make custom for some relatives whom he had lost in the last
+Fantee war, as he feared their spirits were beginning to trouble him.
+The King subscribed four ounces of gold, two ankers of rum, one barrel
+of powder, and four human victims for sacrifice, towards this custom. We
+received a present of 11 ackies of gold from Quatchie Quofies household.
+
+26th. We received a present from a captain called Oöossa Cudjo, of 10
+ackies of gold, and another from Jessinting, of the same quantity, a
+sheep and some plantains.
+
+28th. The King sent us a large quantity of plantains and oranges.
+Apokoo, one of the four greatest men in the kingdom, hearing his
+mother’s sister was dead, killed a slave before his house, and proceeded
+to her croom to sacrifice many more, and celebrate her funeral custom;
+but, when he found, on opening her boxes, that the old woman from her
+dislike of him, had thrown almost all her rock gold into the river, and
+that he should only inherit a number of hungry slaves, he sacrificed but
+one more victim, and made but a very mean custom.
+
+29th. Attended the King’s levee, and were presented with a flask of rum,
+and a fat sheep. The King sent us word that he would be glad to let us
+walk out, but there were many bad people who would kill us if they
+could. We were gratified by an invitation to visit Odumata, one of the
+four aristocrats; he begged us to drink palm wine with him, and ordered
+a large jar of it to be sent to our servants. He told us he was the
+first captain who fought with the English at Annamaboe; and that if the
+books were not sent, he would be the first to do so again; he asked us
+if we would take him to England to see our King, and engage to bring him
+back again; for, having sold an immense number of captives as slaves, he
+expected some of them might recognise him, and call out to the King of
+England to stop him, because he had sent them out of their own country.
+
+July 2. A girl was beheaded for insolence to one of the King’s sons, and
+a man for transgressing the law by picking up gold which he had dropped
+in the public market place, where all that falls is allowed to
+accumulate until the soil is washed on state emergencies.
+
+3rd. This morning one of the King’s sons (about 10 years of age) shot
+himself: his funeral custom was celebrated in the afternoon, and a smart
+fire of musquetry was kept up until sun-set, amidst dancing, singing,
+and revelry; two men and one girl were sacrificed, and their trunks and
+heads were left in the market place till dark. The mother of this child,
+a favourite wife of the King’s, having added crime to a continued
+perversity of conduct, had been put to death; the boy was banished the
+King’s presence from that time. This morning he had stolen into the
+palace for the first time, and the King desiring him to be removed,
+observing that he had, doubtless, as bad a head towards him as his
+mother had shewn; he replied, that if he could not be allowed to come
+and look at his father, he had better die; half an hour afterwards he
+destroyed himself privately, by directing a blunderbuss into his mouth,
+and discharging it with his foot. The keeper of the royal cemetry was
+this day imprisoned. His wife was soon after charged by the council with
+making fetish to turn the King’s head; she replied that it meant no more
+than to make the King think better of her husband; but they insisted
+that she invoked the Fetish to make the King mad, and she was executed.
+
+5th. A loud shout from our people announced the return of the messengers
+from Cape Coast Castle, after an absence of thirty-eight days.
+
+
+[Footnote 5: “The government of the country is a military despotism, and
+I have this day received private information, that it is already
+settled, that if the refusal of the notes occasions a war, and any one
+is hurt or killed by the forts, our lives will be the forfeit.” Mr.
+James’s Dispatch.]
+
+[Footnote 6: “In the present suspicious state of the King’s mind
+respecting us, I fear it would be impolitic to make the enquiries you
+ordered in your instructions. I think it will be more prudent to leave
+them to time. Mr. H. if he remains, will be able, from time to time, to
+obtain such information as they can give, without creating that
+suspicion which would certainly arise from any questions put at the
+present moment. I have kept Mr. H’s hammock men, as it is yet uncertain
+whether he will remain.” Mr. James’s Dispatch.]
+
+[Footnote 7: This is an extraordinary impression, that all the towns in
+Europe are supported like those under the forts, holding notes from
+their governments for annual stipends.]
+
+[Footnote 8: Here the King’s linguist ceased, and by his desire
+requested us to repeat all the King had said, he was much pleased with
+our accuracy, and begged us to take some refreshment, (spirits and palm
+wine were introduced in silver bowls) fearing he had kept us too long
+without eating, and, would continue the letter to-morrow. He locked up
+what had been written, and heard it read again the next day, before his
+linguists continued.]
+
+[Footnote 9: The King always spoke of the acts of all his ancestors as
+his own.]
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER III.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ _Proceedings and Incidents until the Third Dispatch to Cape Coast
+ Castle._
+
+
+ _Cape Coast Castle, June 21_, 1817.
+
+ SIR,
+
+MR. JAMES being ordered to return here as soon as possible, will deliver
+you his instructions, and you will immediately on receipt of this
+letter, take upon yourself the management of the Mission. I have every
+reliance on your prudence and discretion, and still firmly hope that the
+termination of the Embassy will be attended with success, and that the
+sanguine expectations which we have entertained as to the result of it,
+will not be disappointed.
+
+The King has received a very erroneous impression of the affair of the
+Fantee notes, which I regret to hear was the cause of a serious
+disturbance: I am glad however to find that by your prompt mode of
+conduct, you were in some measure able to repress the unfavourable bias
+it seems to have occasioned, and I have no doubt that an explanation of
+the circumstance will effectually remove any remaining prejudice. This
+transaction was entirely between the Ashantee messengers and Fantees,
+negociated, and determined on by them at Abrah, and afterwards ratified
+here by their mutual consent. Hearing that messengers from the King were
+at Abrah, I invited them down, wishing through their medium to
+communicate with him concerning the conveyance of the presents I had
+received from the Committee. After some delay they arrived, and on their
+first interview made known their errand to the Fantees, and the manner
+it had been arranged, applying at the same time for two notes to be made
+out in favour of Zey, at four ackies each, which were to be deducted
+from the notes of Amooney and Aduecoe; not being perfectly satisfied
+from the representation of these people as to the justness of the claim,
+I delayed complying until it was stated to be a pledge of good faith and
+allegiance on the part of the Fantees, and a confirmation of the final
+adjustment of all differences between the two parties, and as such they
+were given them. The nature of the claim having been fully and
+satisfactorily explained, I have no hesitation in complying with the
+wishes of the King; and this I do the more readily, knowing that by the
+extension of his authority, good order and subjection will be better
+preserved.
+
+This will, I hope, evince to the King my friendly intention towards him;
+and you will impress upon his mind, that it is my earnest desire to
+cultivate his friendship, the establishment of which will be mutually
+beneficial; and in order that the union between us may be more closely
+cemented, I am particularly desirous that Mr. Hutchison be permitted to
+reside at Ashantee, which will be the means of preventing any
+interruption to the good understanding which, before you leave, will, I
+hope, be firmly settled.
+
+I have no objection to you returning by way of Warsaw, but your
+undertaking the journey on foot, I am apprehensive, you will find too
+fatiguing. The hammock-men are engaged for the trip, therefore the only
+additional expense will be their subsistence; I however leave it to you
+to dismiss them or not.
+
+The Accra linguist being so very useful, and the only man who will
+interpret faithfully, you will retain him until you return.
+
+I have sent you, by the King’s messenger, 40 oz. of gold to defray your
+expenses; should any loan have been granted by the King, you will of
+course repay him.
+
+I send you a piece of muslin and 10 danes for presents to the Moors,
+whose friendship it will be highly necessary to conciliate. I have also
+at your request, sent a dirk and umbrella, intended for the King’s chief
+captain and his favourite nephew.
+
+Quamina, the Ashantee captain at Abrah, has refused to allow any letters
+to pass that place which may be given in charge to Ashantee traders, on
+the plea that by so doing he would incur the displeasure of the King;
+who, he says, expects that especial messengers will be engaged here to
+proceed with all letters to the capital. Not long ago a trader who had
+received a letter, was detained by him at Abrah, and the letter
+returned. The expense of employing messengers here on every occasion
+would be material, which is quite unnecessary, as opportunities almost
+daily occur for forwarding letters by the different traders going from
+hence. I therefore hope your representation of this affair to the King,
+will induce him to countermand his orders to Quamina, if any such have
+been given him.
+
+ I am, Sir,
+
+ your most obedient Servant,
+
+ JOHN HOPE SMITH.
+
+_To Thomas Edward Bowdich, Esq._
+
+JOHN HOPE SMITH, _Esquire, Governor in Chief of the British Forts and
+Settlements on the Gold Coast of Africa, to_ SAÏ TOOTOO QUAMINA, _King
+of Ashantee._
+
+ SIR,
+
+I HAVE received your letter of the 26th ult. and am happy to find that
+you are sincerely desirous of cultivating the friendship of the British
+nation. Both inclination and duty urge me to reciprocate the sentiments
+expressed by you, and I shall be anxious at all times to promote the
+harmony and good understanding which, I hope, will now be established
+between us respectively, and which cannot fail to be mutually
+advantageous.
+
+I regret to find there has been so much trouble about the Fantee notes,
+and I am sorry you did not apply to me in the first instance, as the
+affair should have been settled immediately to your satisfaction; but I
+knew not of it, except from the Fantees having begged me to take four
+ackies per month from each note, which they said they had agreed for
+with your messengers at Abrah.
+
+I observe by the many instances quoted in your letter, that the notes of
+conquered countries have been transferred to your ancestors, therefore
+it shall be the same on the present occasion. Herewith I send you two
+notes, one for two oz. per month, formerly held by Amooney, also one
+from the caboceer at Abrah for two oz, the latter was only 12 ackies per
+month, and I have added 1 oz. 4 to it. These, and the notes you hold
+from Accra, will make your Company’s pay six oz. per month, which shall
+be regularly paid at the Castle.
+
+I hope my ready compliance with your wishes will convince you of the
+good will of the British nation, but I have every reason to believe that
+attempts have been made to prejudice you against it, however your own
+good understanding will readily suggest to you that the only motive is
+jealousy in trade.
+
+The conduct of the English you will always find very different; they
+enter into fair competition with the other European residents here, but
+they never, by clandestine means or false assertions, endeavour to
+injure their character with the natives of this country.
+
+I have learned with regret that the people of Elmina are using their
+influence to induce you to make a palaver with the Commendas. They are a
+mere handful of people, extremely poor and not worth your notice;
+besides they are under my protection, therefore I hope you will not
+think further of the affair, and I shall consider your compliance in
+this instance, as the greatest possible proof of the sincerity of your
+intentions towards the English.
+
+I wish you health and happiness, and I hope you will reign many years,
+enjoying the love of your subjects, and the respect of all the Europeans
+resident in this country.
+
+ I am, Sir,
+
+ your faithful friend,
+
+ (Signed) J. H. SMITH.
+
+_Cape Coast Castle, 20th June_, 1817.
+
+P.S. The abolition of the slave trade was an act of the King and the
+Parliament in England, in which the government in this country had no
+concern.
+
+
+ _Coomassie, July 9_, 1817.
+
+ TO JOHN HOPE SMITH, ESQ. GOVERNOR IN CHIEF, &c. &c. &c.
+
+ SIR,
+
+THE messengers returned on Saturday the 5th instant.
+
+To be confirmed by your approbation, in the opinion that my zeal for the
+public good had not exceeded my duty, is a most flattering satisfaction.
+The appointment you have conferred on me, is an acknowledgment so far
+transcending my conduct, that it must stimulate every ability to exert
+itself for the success of the Mission, to justify such an honourable
+distinction.
+
+The box containing the letters was opened in the King’s presence, but
+being engaged in a custom on the death of a son, he deferred the reading
+of your letter, retaining it with the notes. His acknowledgments of your
+justice were associated with the declaration, that, although you had
+sent him the notes, still, if I could not fortify him with the prices of
+the various articles to be received in payment, you would have it in
+your power (though he did not suspect you) to reduce the intrinsic of
+the whole, to that of the moiety rejected. The proposition of the same
+prices as those attached to the Accra note, was annihilated by the
+argument, that Accra was a small fort, and not like Cape Coast or
+_Elmina_. So much stress was laid on the instance of the latter, that I
+felt called upon to declare, as the only striking conviction, that you
+did not wish, in the payment of these notes, to treat the King like a
+trader, and therefore would not allow the Elmina Governor to act more
+liberally in prices than yourself: the conviction was entire and
+instantaneous.
+
+The next audience did not take place until Monday, Mr. James being
+present. I did justice to the utmost of my ability to your impressive
+letter; the effect was honourable to you, and encouraging to myself; the
+King ordered me to take his hand, in his sensibility to the strong
+appeal of the several paragraphs, and again at the conclusion, as a
+pledge of his cordial satisfaction of the whole; his linguist followed
+his example, (as did the whole council) when he laid his fore-finger on
+his head and breast, as the invocation to Heaven for the vouchsafement
+of your several good wishes, as I concluded with them. I was reluctantly
+compelled to yield a minor object to a custom consecrated by their
+constitution. The laws of the three first Kings (who were brothers, and
+cotemporary leaders of the colony, whose conquests established the
+Empire) are sacred; and it was a law of Saï Cudjo, the younger brother,
+and the grandfather of the present King, which granted to particular
+captains the honourable patent of receiving the pay of small forts,
+distinctly, each being responsible for his separate duties to his
+settlement. If this law were not inviolable, the King pleads, that it
+would be an invidious act, and unjust to the merits of the Captain of
+English Accra, (Asquah Amanquah) to remove the payment of the Accra note
+to Cape Coast; but as the other appointments originate in him, he will
+respect your wish, by constituting one captain to receive both the Abra
+and Annamaboe notes at Cape Coast. He enquired if it was your wish that
+no Ashantee trader should go to Accra? I replied no! you were only
+desirous to induce as many as possible to come to Cape Coast.
+
+The Cape Coast linguists, and our guide, Quamina Bwa, confirmed your
+report of the conduct of Quamina Bootaqua, the captain now at Payntree,
+in the negociation of the notes; it excited the greatest surprise and
+indignation; his interception of letters was disclaimed, and will be
+done away with. I submitted to the King, on retiring, that in my next
+audience, I should be desirous of declaring the purport of the official
+instructions transferred to me (which had not been yet avowed) with
+other credentials, explanatory and impressive of the good wishes and
+intentions of the Government, the Committee, and yourself. I was
+favoured with my first separate audience at 8 o’clock this morning. I
+first impressed from the dispatches of the Committee, every motive and
+sentiment that was convicting or imposing; urging your waving the
+hostages and escort, as the demonstration of your confidence in the
+King’s honour and friendship; and insinuating that the establishment of
+a school at Cape Coast, was solely in anticipation of the King’s
+committing some of his children to your care for education, as the
+foundation of the pre-eminence of Europeans. I then passed to your
+instructions, rendering them in a manner as persuasive and auspicious as
+possible; associating in favour of the Residency, the commanding motive
+of facilitating political interests, with the imposing one of securing
+justice to the Ashantee traders. Lastly, I introduced the Treaty, as a
+pledge from the King to give force to your application to the Government
+at home, for the increase of his pay; for, as he continued to dwell on
+the grant of 4 ounces from Elmina, I availed myself of this liberty of
+my instructions, to divert the impression, and to propitiate his
+ratification of the Treaty. I considered the pretence of your being
+obliged to address the British Government on the subject, as
+preservative of the opportunity of judging of the sincerity of his
+professions, and of the duration of the union.
+
+I think I may pledge myself for three great pillars of our commercial
+intercourse, by the accomplishment of the Residency, the Education, and
+the Treaty.
+
+I reconcile myself to fresh difficulties by the reflection that they are
+inseparable from all great political views; and that without them, I
+should be deprived of the satisfaction of proving myself, in a small
+degree, worthy this confidence and distinction, by patience and
+perseverance. A letter accompanies this, written in the King’s presence,
+on the subject of the Commenda palaver, which wears so decided an
+aspect, that whilst I pledge all my energy and address, and look with
+hope to the aid of your suggestions, I must candidly confess, I do not
+think it can be compounded in any thing like a reasonable way. I
+appealed to the King’s magnanimity, and depicted the poverty of the
+Commendas, but every appeal and every argument was ineffectual; their
+aggravated offences admit of no amelioration of the King’s feelings. I
+depreciated the plea of General Daendels’ repeated messages, by
+submitting that they were addressed to the Town, and not to the Fort,
+and I succeeded in retiring him from the negociation, as an interference
+inconsistent with your dignity, and the present good understanding.
+
+I did not discourage the King’s great anxiety for clothes of the English
+costume, considering that his example would be more auspicious than any
+thing else, to the introduction of these manufactures. I have
+distributed the muslins, &c. as politically as possible, including with
+the Moors of repute, the aristocracy, or four captains controuling the
+King, his four linguists, his brother and successor, our housemaster,
+and some other captains of superior influence. I made a point of
+conciliating a Moor of influence, about to return through Sallagha or
+Sarem (the capital of the Inta country, and the grand emporium of the
+merchandize of the interior) to Houssa, feeling the policy of
+communicating every favourable impression to the neighbouring kingdoms.
+In my second interview I obtained permission from the King to dismiss
+the remaining Fantees. It was one of the first considerations, for the
+sake of our dignity, to avoid the humiliating circumstances and
+impressions, which have ensued from the want of foresight, and the
+consequent inability to meet the demands of our people. Their conduct
+since has been so mutinous and insulting, with the exception of six,
+that to preserve the impression of the firmness of an English officer, I
+secured one who encouraged the others, by persisting in some insulting
+indecencies, in contempt of my remonstrances, and ordered him to be
+punished.
+
+The others (with the above exception) having refused in a body,
+aggravating their disobedience with the grossest insolence, to go with a
+cane to Payntree, and bring the biscuit which had been deserted there; I
+have disclaimed them, and left them to act for themselves, only securing
+them the King’s permission to depart.
+
+I shall request the King to furnish me with his own people, on the
+conclusion of the business of the Embassy. Such an arrangement favours
+œconomy, and impresses the confidence I affect.
+
+The frequent presents had enabled me to present the Fantees with large
+supplies of plantains and hogs; and on paying them their arrears, which
+I did the same evening I received your gold, I gave them a bullock which
+fell to my share in a division with Mr. James.
+
+You will see by the balance of the annexed account, that (preserving our
+dignity) every expense should be avoided that can be; and I assure you,
+that in making the present arrangement for bearers for our baggage only,
+I do not disregard your solicitude for our health. I shall order one
+Cape Coast messenger to attend Mr. James, and also the bearers left
+behind, being sufficiently recovered.
+
+The statistical and scientific desiderata so impressively recommended to
+my attention, are daily realising beyond my expectations. Mr. Tedlie has
+had a severe attack of fever and dysentery, but is convalescent: Mr.
+Hutchison and myself are in perfect health.
+
+ I am, with respect, Sir,
+
+ Your most obedient Servant,
+
+ T. E. BOWDICH.
+
+SAÏ TOOTOO QUAMINA, _King of Ashantee and its Dependencies, to_ JOHN
+HOPE SMITH, _Esquire, Governor in Chief of the British Settlements on
+the Gold Coast of Africa._
+
+THE Commenda palaver now rests with you and the King of Ashantee only,
+the Dutch Governor has no more to do with it, so the King recals the
+captain sent to him, and sends a proper messenger to treat with you
+individually.
+
+The conduct and messages of the Commendas have been so irritating and
+insolent to the King, that nothing but believing you to be his good
+friend, could induce him to treat at all with them, or do any thing but
+kill them; but for your sake, he will settle the palaver, and you must
+help him properly.
+
+The King wants to begin the union without any palaver remaining, and as
+this Commenda palaver is the only one, it must be settled, and if you do
+this, he will take care the Elminas shall not do wrong to the Fantees,
+but he will help you in all your palavers.
+
+The Elminas are always sending him messages about the insulting conduct
+and expressions of the Commendas towards him, and this is very vexatious
+to him, so he wishes to put an end to it with your help.
+
+Adoo Bradie, his favorite nephew, the son of the former King Saï
+Quamina, is sent with a proper captain, Quantree, to help you settle the
+palaver.
+
+Two thousand ounces is the demand.
+
+The origin of the palaver is, that after the King returned from his own
+campaign against the Fantees, the Commendas went to the Elminas and
+said, “well, you help’d the King, and now he is gone back we will fight
+for it.”
+
+Again, when a war was about to take place between the Cape Coast people
+and the Elminas, the Commendas went to the latter and said, well, we
+will help you if you will give us plenty of powder to fight for you:
+they did so, and immediately the Commendas used it to seize 98 Elminas,
+and sold them as slaves—this the King thinks you will say is very bad.
+
+The Cape Coast people and the Fantees having joined against the Elminas,
+they sent to tell the King, stating, when he demanded the reason, that
+it was because they had not resisted him when he came down against the
+Fantees; adding, that the Commendas, who were their natural allies
+before, had now joined their enemies, and begging the King to revenge
+this act of perfidy. The King much angered, immediately sent a captain
+for the purpose of their destruction (Yaquokroko,) but the Dutch
+governor sent to him, and then sent to the King to beg him to stop,
+because the English and Dutch being one, it would put shame on his face.
+
+Col. Torrane by giving up Cheeboo, induced the King to consider the Cape
+Coast people as his friends, and they took fetish accordingly, but their
+joining the Fantees afterwards to fight against Elmina for assisting the
+King, has made him distrust them always since.
+
+He considers his favourite nephew as the adopted son of Col. Torrane, to
+whom he gave him, and the Colonel gave him English clothes, so he is all
+the same as a Cape Coast Boy.
+
+Col. Torrane being dead, he considers his nephew to stand in the same
+relation to you, and that he is therefore the proper messenger to send
+to you about this palaver.
+
+You must write in your great book, that the King is your good friend,
+that he likes you too much, that he thanks God very much, so that every
+future Governor may read that in the Cape Coast Books.
+
+ The mark X of Saï Tootoo, King of Ashantee,
+
+ Per T. E. BOWDICH.
+
+Present.
+
+ WM. HUTCHISON.
+
+ HENRY TEDLIE.
+
+_Coomassie, July 9th_, 1817.
+
+
+ _Coomassie, July 12th_, 1817.
+
+ JOHN HOPE SMITH, ESQUIRE, GOVERNOR IN CHIEF, &c. &c.
+
+ SIR,
+
+I AM just returned from reading your letter to the King, and extracts
+from that to myself, before the assembly of the captains: the effect was
+satisfactory; and Quamina Bootaqua is ordered up to answer for his
+conduct. The King enquired if the pay now due on the two notes would be
+liquidated on application; I replied, immediately; he is anxious for it,
+on account of the approaching yam custom.
+
+ I am, &c.
+
+ (Signed) T. EDWARD BOWDICH.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+I will not continue to copy the rude diary before submitted, it is only
+a register of dull or disgusting circumstances, illnesses, human
+sacrifices, and ceremonious visits. I would not anticipate the better
+arrangement of my reports, or break the thread of the correspondence on
+the political difficulties opposed to the Mission. I will abridge some
+passages of my diary, merely to give an idea of the nature of our
+conversations, and the biography of the leading men. Mr. Hutchison has
+sent me copious extracts from his diary, as Resident, his leisure and
+tranquillity having afforded him better opportunities of social
+intercourse and domestic observation, than I had, or could afford time
+to cultivate, without neglecting my reports. I shall adjoin these
+extracts, expecting they will contribute to the rational entertainment
+of the public, and to the credit of an active and intelligent officer.
+
+A captain called Asofoo, sent us a present of seven ackies of gold, and
+we also received twelve from Amanquateä, and three from our house
+master. On the 9th of July the King sent us ten ackies of gold, and
+repeated his satisfaction of the result of the late correspondence, and
+daily presents of meat and fruits from various quarters, evinced the
+better opinion of his chiefs.
+
+I paid my first private visit to Baba the chief Moor, and took some
+pens, paper, ink, and pencils with me as a present; the paper and
+pencils were much esteemed, but he preferred his reed and vegetable ink.
+He received me courteously, and was contemplating a curiously intricate
+figure like a horoscope; the ms. was filled with them; he laid his
+finger on it, and said, if you have any hard palaver, this can make me
+settle it for you when no other person can; or if you have any dear
+friend in England you wish to see, tell me the name, and this shall
+bring him to you. I thanked him, observing, that when Englishmen knew
+their palaver was right, they always left it to God, and that England
+was too good a place for me to wish any one I regarded to leave it. His
+disciples and pupils were writing on wooden boards, like those Mr. Park
+describes. When a charm was applied for, one of the oldest wrote the
+body of it, and gave it to Baba, who added a sort of cabalistical mark,
+and gave it a mysterious fold; the credulous native snatched it eagerly
+as it was held out to him, paid the gold, and hurried away to enclose it
+in the richest case he could afford. I had a long conversation with
+Baba, and he begged me to visit him frequently; he was much gratified
+with the specimens of African Arabic at the end of Mr. Jackson’s work,
+and read them fluently. I visited him the next day, when he sent hastily
+for a Moor, who he told me was very learned, and just come from
+Timbuctoo. This man expressing no surprise when he first saw me, Baba
+explained it, by telling me, spontaneously, that this Moor had seen
+three white men before, at Boussa. I eagerly enquired the particulars of
+the novelty, and they were again repeated to Baba, and were thus
+interpreted: “that some years ago, a vessel with masts, suddenly
+appeared on the Quolla or Niger near Boussa, with three white men, and
+some black. The natives encouraged by these strange men, took off
+provisions for sale, were well paid and received presents besides: it
+seems the vessel had anchored. The next day, perceiving the vessel going
+on, the natives hurried after her, (the Moor protested from their
+anxiety to save her from some sunken rocks, with which the Quolla
+abounds) but the white men mistaking, and thinking they pursued for a
+bad purpose, deterred them. The vessel soon after struck, the men jumped
+into the water and tried to swim, but could not, for the current, and
+were drowned. He thought some of their clothes were now at Wauwaw, but
+he did not believe there were any books or papers.” This spontaneous
+narrative, so artlessly told, made a powerful impression on my mind. I
+saw the man frequently afterwards, his manners were very mild, and he
+never asked me for the most trifling present. He drew me a chart before
+he went away, and I dispatched some certificates for Major Peddie by
+him, endorsed with Baba’s recommendations. I heard exactly the same
+thing afterwards from another Moor, but he had not been an eye witness.
+I begged Mr. Hutchison, when I left Coomassie, to note any other report
+on the subject of Mr. Park’s death, and he afterwards sent me the ms. a
+translation of which is in the appendix. I continued to call on Baba
+three or four times a week; these visits afforded much information, for
+at each I found strange Moors just arrived from different parts of the
+interior, sojourning with him. They always affected to deplore the
+ignorance of the Ashantees, and presumed it must be as irksome to me as
+to them. Baba telling one that I could speak different languages, he
+said that he would try me, and addressed me in several, all very uncouth
+to my ear, and their names even unintelligible, except one, which he
+called Hindee or Hindoo; neither had I heard of any of the great cities
+he enumerated, until at last he pronounced Room (Rome) and said, if I
+did not know that I was not a Christian. I never saw the Shereef Brahima
+(to whom I was introduced about this time by a Jennë Moor) at Baba’s,
+they did not appear to be on terms; I think the latter was envious of
+the greater learning and intelligence of the former, who had been to
+Mecca and Medina. One day I requested Baba to draw me a map of the
+world, he did so, encircling one large continent with a sea, bounded by
+a girdle of rocks. Old Odumata’s notion of geography was as strange; for
+he mentioned one day, that when on the coast above Apollonia, he had an
+idea of walking to England, for he was told he should reach Santonee
+(Portugal) in 30 days, and that after that, the path was very good. He
+greatly enjoyed our singeing the hair of a foppish attendant of his,
+with a burning glass; the man’s amazement was inconceivable, Mr.
+Hutchison was at some distance, and not suspected.
+
+We were now permitted to walk four or five miles beyond the city, and
+felt quite at home. We seldom went out in the morning, lest an occasion
+for an audience should occur. Apokoo and several other daily visitors
+diverted us with their anecdotes, and in the afternoon we made our round
+of calls. Apokoo was always facetious, and looked with much anxiety for
+our entry, as his greatest recreation; he was very desirous of learning
+tennis and sparring, and daily made some essays, so comical, that
+neither we nor his attendants could contain ourselves. Apokoo became
+very communicative of Ashantee politics, and asked innumerable questions
+about England; particularly, why the King of England did not send one of
+his own sons to the King of Ashantee, with the presents, and why so
+great a King sent such a small force to Africa. The Spanish campaign was
+gone through, again and again, and never tired him. He gave us an
+excellent dinner, as did Odumata repeatedly. Both were extravagantly
+enraptured with the miniature of an English female, and called all their
+wives to look at it.
+
+Having been advised by a note from the Governor, of the arrival of an
+Ashantee boy and girl at Cape Coast Castle, sent by the King without any
+explanation, I desired an audience on the subject, and forwarded the
+following letter, which also communicates the baseness of one of the
+King’s messengers, just returned from the Coast, and other inauspicious
+circumstances.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+ _Coomassie, 10th Aug._ 1817.
+
+ JOHN HOPE SMITH, ESQ. GOVERNOR IN CHIEF, &c. &c. &c.
+
+ SIR,
+
+THE King has explained to me that he sent the boy and girl you mention
+to have arrived at Cape Coast, to become the property of the Committee
+or Government, conceiving it to be obligatory on him, in justification
+of his possession of the notes, to allow an Ashantee family to rear
+itself under the Governor’s protection, for the service of the
+Settlement, and as an acknowledgment of the duties he owes it. He begs
+me to observe that he put the same plates of gold around their necks
+which distinguish the royal attendants.
+
+I had reason to believe, from a coolness and some invidious comparisons
+on the part of the King, that the messenger lately arrived, Ocranameah,
+who was so particularly recommended to your favour, had been unjust in
+his report of the treatment he had experienced. I did not hesitate to
+avow my impression to the King, having solicited an audience for the
+purpose. The King confessed he had felt his private feelings hurt ever
+since the return of that messenger, having received his assurance, that
+you would scarcely admit him to your presence; that he received no
+present or compliment from you, and was wholly neglected during his stay
+at head quarters. I instantly pledged my honour to the King that
+Ocranameah (who was present) was guilty of falsehood and ingratitude,
+adding, that I was not prepared to confront him with the particulars of
+the presents he received from you and the officers; though I was
+positive, from private letters, as well as my own conviction, that you
+had not slighted the opportunity of evincing your private friendship for
+the King; and as I might possibly identify some trifle, I wished the
+King to allow a search to be made. On the messenger’s box being sent for
+and opened, two engravings appeared, to the surprise of the King, and
+which I recognised; but as the messenger still persists in _your_ entire
+neglect of him, and of his not having received any present or compliment
+worth mentioning, I must trouble you for the particulars of his
+treatment at Cape Coast Castle, for the entire conviction of the King.
+The King expressed his suspicion (founded on reports) that many
+Ashantees imposed on your generosity, by introducing themselves as
+attached to him in various capacities; and hoped that you would only
+listen in future to such as he recommended to your notice by letter,
+which his three messengers above had been; the second (Ocranameah) the
+more particularly, and that recollection had made him so sensible of the
+neglect. You will regret, with myself, that this inauspicious
+circumstance has been unavoidable.
+
+The recent intelligence respecting the Buntooko war, has imposed serious
+anxiety, in the place of the King’s former confidence. The revolt of
+that people, as may be expected in all revolts from arbitrary controul,
+has gradually induced the secessions of some other tributaries; and the
+King feels called upon by these unexpected difficulties, to conduct the
+war in person; not with his former expectation of witnessing their rapid
+subjugation, but from his present conviction of the necessity for every
+stimulus and energy. His precaution has dictated some popular acts,
+ameliorating the condition of the lower order of his subjects. The
+confidential ministers have been instructed to hint to me, that it would
+be indiscreet in the King to expose even his temporary reverses in an
+arduous war, by the residence of a British officer; and that he would
+most probably defer that part of the mutual wish, until the contest was
+terminated. I used the same medium to impress upon the King, that such a
+feeling towards the delegate of a friendly power was misplaced; that you
+had expedited his ex-parte views in the confidence of his consummation
+of the reciprocal objects of the Mission, without which (as they had
+been instituted for his benefit and aggrandisement) I could not think of
+returning; since a protraction would be construed into a slight of the
+friendly overtures of the British Government, which (from its dignity
+and pre-eminence in Europe) could not be vouchsafed whenever they might
+be solicited.
+
+I anxiously await your communications on the Commenda palaver, to
+further my exertions for the full accomplishment of the Mission. The
+King and his Council labour under so much anxiety and business at the
+present moment, that though we pay and receive visits of ceremony, it is
+almost impossible to effect an audience, but on the receipt of
+dispatches.
+
+ I am, &c. &c.
+
+ T. EDWARD BOWDICH.
+
+The most entertaining _delassement_ of our conversations with the
+chiefs, was, to introduce the liberty of English females; whom we
+represented, not only to possess the advantage of enjoying the sole
+affection of a husband, but the more enviable privilege of choosing that
+husband for herself. The effect was truly comic, the women sidled up to
+wipe the dust from our shoes with their cloths, and at the end of every
+sentence brushed off an insect, or picked a burr from our trowsers; the
+husbands suppressing their dislike in a laugh, would put their hands
+before our mouths, declaring they did not want to hear that palaver any
+more, abruptly change the subject to war, and order the women to the
+harem.
+
+One of the King’s linguists was a very old man, called Quancum; he spoke
+but seldom, yet the greatest deference was paid to his opinion; the King
+appeared to consult him more than any other. I was so much interested by
+this man’s deportment, that I enquired his history. He had been the
+linguist of two former Kings, who paid frequent, and large sums of gold,
+as damages for his intrigues; neither had age corrected his fault, until
+very lately, though the present King used the most friendly
+remonstrances; and urged, that from his paying large sums so frequently
+for him on this account, his subjects thought, that he countenanced the
+depravity. Quancum confessed to the King, that his ardour for women was
+perpetuated by the sensual devices of one of his wives. Soon afterwards,
+he was detected in an intrigue with the wife of a captain of great
+consequence, and the King refused to interfere. The captain declaring
+that the punishment of Quancum, and not gold, was his object, the King
+permitted him to be despoiled of all his property, even to his bed. The
+favourite wife was amongst the spoil, and the injured captain being much
+smitten with her, assured her of an indulgence and preference, even
+greater than that she had enjoyed with Quancum; she replied, she must
+always hate him, and intreated to be sold. After much importunity the
+captain agreed to do so, provided she would put him in possession of all
+the presents Quancum had lavished on her; she produced them,
+stipulating, that her son might retain a small sum of gold, which
+Quancum had lately presented to him; this was agreed to, and she was
+immediately sold to a distant caboceer; but her son followed her, and
+buying her with his little property, presented her again to his father.
+On this, the King gave Quancum a house, and some furniture, and takes
+care to continue small supplies of gold daily, adequate to his and this
+woman’s comfort; having exacted a solemn oath from him, that he would
+devote himself to this one wife, and never try to recover any of the
+others.
+
+Mr. Tedlie’s interesting interview with the King, when he desired his
+attendance to exhibit and explain his surgical instruments, and
+medicines, is best described in his own words.
+
+“The King sent for me this morning, saying he wished to see the
+medicines, books, and instruments. I went immediately, and explained
+through Quashie, the Accra linguist, the proper use and advantage of
+each instrument: he was very particular in his enquiries, and asked if I
+had performed the operations I described; I assured him that I had, and
+as a proof, exhibited a piece of bone that I had taken out of an Indian
+black man’s head in Ceylon, who had been wounded, and who lived. The
+King held up his hand as a mark of approbation, and all his attendants
+were astonished. I applied the instruments first on myself, then on the
+linguists, afterwards on the King’s two captains, and lastly on the
+King: nothing could exceed the King’s approbation. He then desired me to
+shew him the medicines; he enquired the virtues and doses of each, what
+time in the day they should be taken, and whether it was proper to eat
+or drink after taking them? I told him: he asked if I would sell them? I
+said no. I brought these medicines for the officers; I could not sell
+them, but I would give him as much as I could, keeping in view that some
+of the four officers might be sick; he said that I was right, but he
+could not help coveting the greater part of the medicines; he viewed
+them all over five or six times, and asked me to give him some of them.
+I did give him as much innocent medicine as I could with propriety
+afford; he thanked me “very much.” I then shewed him the botanical
+books; he was astonished, held up his hand and exclaimed hah! at every
+brilliant or high coloured plant which he saw. All his attendants were
+closely arranged around: the two captains laid hold of a volume each,
+and were admiring the flowers; when either of them ejaculated an
+admiration, the King would seize it, and ask me what that tree was?
+After I had told him the use of them, I said all these trees grow in
+England; and the reason the English write all these in a book is, that
+they may know which is a good tree, and which is bad. He expressed the
+greatest astonishment at the flax (linum), oak “that we build our ships
+with,” poppy “that makes a man sleep,” and the sensitive plant (mimosa),
+which he pointed out and described himself. During this time he
+whispered to one of his attendants, who went out, and returned in a
+short time with a bit of cloth containing 9 ackies of gold; the King
+presented it to me; I accepted it, and returned thanks. He then asked me
+if I would come and see him at any time he sent for me; I assured him I
+would do every thing to please him, consistent with my duty. He shook
+hands with me and went into his house. He returned in a short time,
+leading his sister by the hand, in a manner that would shame many beaux
+in Europe, saying, “this is the white doctor I told you of; go, and take
+his hand; you are sick, tell him your complaint, and he will do you
+good:” the lady complied with his request. He then said “give me that
+gold I gave you, the cloth is not clean; I want to put it in a clean
+cloth for you.” He then put it in a piece of rich silk, and after he
+returned the gold he said “I like you; I like all the English very much;
+they are a proper people, and I wish to drink health with you.” He
+retired to his own apartment, and returned with a flask of gin, and two
+servants with a silver vase and water and glasses; he helped himself and
+me, made a bow and said “Saï wishes you good health.” I returned the
+bow, saying, I wish good health to the King, and hope he never will
+require any of my medicine: when this was explained to him he held out
+his glass to me, we touched and drank. He then took my hand, saying, “If
+I send my sister to you will you talk with her?” I assured him I would
+talk with and advise all the King’s friends whenever he wished. After I
+gave all the medicine I could conveniently part with, he sent for a
+small Dutch liqueur case; he desired 10 or 12 of his attendants, and his
+eunuch, to keep in their heads what I said; and requested me to repeat
+again the use and dose of each medicine I gave him, with the proper time
+and method of using it. I did so. He placed his hand on his head saying
+“Saï recollects what the white doctor says;” then placing the medicines
+in the case himself said “that good for my head, that good for my belly,
+that good for my stomach,” &c. One of the King’s sisters sent a message
+that she wanted to come and see the white gentlemen; and shortly
+afterwards arrived with her stool and retinue, being head caboceer of a
+large town. After exchanging compliments, she complained that her left
+hand pained her very much. I examined it, but must confess I could not
+see any thing the matter with it; however I rubbed a little liniment on
+her hand, which seemed to gratify her; she asked if I would come and see
+her in the evening? I answered yes. Quamina, our Ashantee guide, came to
+conduct me: he said I must dress, put on my sword and hat, as this woman
+was a caboceer, and the King’s sister; he would carry my umbrella. When
+I arrived I found the princess lying on a mat in one of the inner
+apartments of the house she occupied; she ordered a stool for me; I
+rubbed some more liniment on her hand; she wished me to stop and drink
+palm wine; this I declined, alledging the English did not like palm wine
+in the evening, because it is sour.”
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER V.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ _Proceedings and Incidents until the Signing of the Preliminaries to a
+ General Treaty._
+
+
+[The Governor’s reply to my communication on the subject of the Commenda
+ palaver, reached me on the 27th of August.]
+
+ _Cape Coast Castle, August 11_, 1817.
+
+ T. E. BOWDICH, ESQ.
+
+ SIR,
+
+I ENTERTAINED a confident hope that no further mention would have been
+made by the King concerning the Commendas, after the receipt of my
+letter, and I am sorry that he should allow so insignificant a set of
+people to protract in the least the settlement of our union. As it is my
+particular wish to remove this impediment, I have used every endeavour
+to bring the affair to a conclusion, and trust the King will not suffer
+it to be invincible. The Commendas are also naturally anxious for its
+termination, but their poverty is so great, that they have it not in
+their power to comply with his demand. They have acknowledged their
+fealty to the King, and have agreed to pay the sum of 120 oz. of gold,
+of which, messengers are sent by his nephew to enquire whether he will
+accept. This, with the sum they have been unavoidably obliged to promise
+the principal persons deputed to negociate this business, will increase
+the sum to at least 150 oz. The many proofs the King has had of my
+friendly intentions towards him, and the consideration of the benefits
+that will accrue to him from his alliance with the English, will, I
+hope, induce him to concede to the terms offered by the Commendas. A
+refusal must be considered as an avowal of his determined resolution not
+to conciliate the affair, and as the indigent circumstances of these
+people, make it utterly impossible for them to pay a larger sum, you
+will, should he persist in exacting more, procure his permission to
+leave the country, and return with the other officers as soon as you
+can. To sacrifice the Mission, after the heavy expences which have been
+incurred, and when we are induced to believe that every other object is
+propitiated to our utmost expectations, should be avoided if possible;
+but if he insists on a larger sum being levied from the Commendas than
+has been offered, there remains no other alternative. The dignity of the
+flag must be the superior consideration to all others.
+
+The King has no need to doubt in the least the sincerity of the Cape
+Coast people, they are his friends, and have every inclination to
+continue so; and I am convinced his nephew will, on his return, confirm
+this report to him.
+
+I will make known to the Committee his request for a crown and clothes,
+and I have no doubt but it will be complied with.
+
+ I am, Sir,
+
+ your most obedient Servant,
+
+ JOHN HOPE SMITH.
+
+
+ _Coomassie, Aug. 29_, 1817.
+
+ JOHN HOPE SMITH, ESQ. GOVERNOR IN CHIEF, &c. &c. &c.
+
+ SIR,
+
+I HAVE the satisfaction to enclose a copy of the Preliminaries to the
+general Treaty, as signed this day by the King in Council, adjusting the
+Commenda palaver, agreeably to your letter of the 11th, which did not
+reach me till the 27th instant.
+
+I proceed to acquaint you with the transactions of the interval.
+
+The charge of a political Embassy, in a part of the world where respect
+and security are founded upon the opinion imposed by our conduct,
+exacted a spirit and dignity, which might have been abated in
+insinuating a Mission through the country for scientific purposes, but
+the inviolability of which was inseparable from the improvement and
+safety of neighbouring settlements. Since my last dispatch, I have been
+obligated to resist various encroachments, of which I shall mention two
+or three to justify my treatment of them.
+
+The death of Quamina Bwa, our Ashantee guide, in the early part of the
+last week, creating an idle, but popular superstition that he had been
+killed by the fetish for bringing white men to take the country; I was
+applied to in the King’s name, to ameliorate this impression, by
+contributing an ounce of gold towards the custom to be made by the King
+for his repose. I refused on two grounds; first, that Quamina Bwa had
+himself unjustly incensed the people against us, by panyaring[10] their
+provisions in the King’s name, for our subsistence, and defrauding them
+of the gold we gave him for the payment: secondly, that the rites of
+customs were unnatural to our religion, which bound us, at least, not to
+encourage them. Fifteen persons had been sacrificed the week before (in
+a custom for the mother of a captain) with aggravated barbarity.
+
+Several of the principal men having applied to me to send to Cape Coast
+for silks, to be paid for on receipt at Coomassie (a very dangerous and
+impolitic indulgence), I impressed, indignantly, that I was not sent as
+a trader to make bargains with them, but as an officer to talk the
+palavers with the King.
+
+These circumstances, and a personal chastisement of some insults from
+inferior captains, which was provoked after much patience, influenced ex
+parte representations, which, though they may not have sickened the
+King’s regard, induced hauteur and neglect. In proceeding to the King’s
+house on public occasions, which I never did without the flag, canes,
+and soldiers, we had been expected to make way for the greater retinues
+of superior captains, who would rudely have enforced it; and after
+soliciting audiences for two days, I was kept in waiting above an hour
+in the outer courts of the palace. On the last occasion of the latter
+treatment, knowing that it was affected, I returned to our quarters
+until I received the King’s invitation; representing to him, that as an
+officer dignified by an authority to make a treaty with him in the name
+of the British Government, I could not submit to disrespectful treatment
+at the Palace, nor allow the English flag to give place to any but
+himself; that, if it merely affected myself as an individual, my esteem
+for the King would induce me to compromise these points of etiquette
+with his captains; but, according to the custom of England, I dared not;
+for if I did, my sword would be taken from me on my return to Cape Coast
+Castle. It produced the desired effect; the gong gong proclaimed in
+every street that all captains must make way for the flag; and at the
+monthly levee of the captains (the Adaï custom) the King’s linguists
+were deputed to us first, with the customary present of a sheep and rum;
+and presented us the first to pay our compliments to the King, being
+followed by Amanquateä, Quatchie Quophi, Apokoo, and Odumata; the four
+captains composing the Privy Council, or Aristocracy, which checks the
+King. The first (whose power approximates to that of the Mayor of the
+Palace under the early French dynasty) sent his linguist and gold swords
+to compliment us on the ground. I determined to take advantage of this
+impression, and of the comparative facility of intercourse, and demanded
+an audience to discuss the treaty, a copy of which I enclose, and hope
+my additions will be satisfactory. I have the King’s assurance that it
+shall be formally executed in eight days; when all his tributaries will
+be present for the yam custom, and when I hope to make the King of
+Dwabin and its dependencies a party, whose power is equal to the King of
+Ashantee’s.
+
+To resume—the audience was granted; and I read the treaty before the
+King and his Council, submitting it article by article, to their
+consideration. It was debated the whole of that and the succeeding day.
+I considered that if I could get the treaty discussed and executed in
+this favourable interval, removing the Commenda palaver from the
+situation of an obstacle, and reserving it as the first proof of the
+King’s disposition to coincide with you in what was reasonable and just,
+I might, on the receipt of dispatches, gain the better terms for that
+people.
+
+On Saturday the 22d instant, I was summoned to declare the articles of
+the treaty before the assembly of captains, who were seated with their
+attendants and warriors in the large yard of the palace, with all the
+imposing pomp and military parade, which had before been collected to
+subdue us, in the scene of the declaration of war. The King’s sisters,
+with the females of his family, were seated, with their numerous
+attendants, on an elevated floor behind. The deputies from the Fantee
+towns in the interior, were placed within hearing, and the crowd was
+almost impervious: the most ghastly trophies were mixed with this blaze
+of ostentation. We were seated near the King immediately opposite to his
+linguists.
+
+In reading the treaty, I paused after every article, leaving it to be
+formally repeated to the King through his linguists, and then sat down
+whilst it was discussed by the assembly. It is not necessary to repeat
+the various debates; and I will only notice that Amanquateä, through his
+linguist, proposed the renewal of the Slave Trade as a sine qua non;[11]
+this, however, as I had all along declared it to be impossible, was at
+length over-ruled, but with considerable difficulty. It was also
+proposed to attach a fine to the infraction of the treaty; but this I
+resisted as derogatory to the dignity of the contracting parties; and
+urged, that as the King and his dignitaries would consider his oath as
+sacred, as you and the Government would mine, I considered no
+_infraction_ of the treaty could take place; though it might possibly be
+_offended_ by the conduct of his subjects, or of individuals under
+British protection, which was provided for, and must be visited
+accordingly by the authorities pledged to the treaty.
+
+I had declared from the first, that it would be expected that the King
+should swear in the form of his country to the fulfilment and
+preservation of the treaty, and that his oath should be attested by his
+principal captains, from my anxiety to fortify to the utmost, a measure
+not only valuable to commerce but to humanity, in averting the renewal
+of a war, recorded by indelible marks of carnage and devastation.
+
+At the moment I expected the King to execute the treaty, a fresh design
+was disclosed, in a long speech from the chief linguist, setting forth
+the wrongs the King had just received from the people of Amissa, who had
+scourged his messengers, and couched their insulting defiance in the
+foulest language; yet, he said, the King did not want to invade the
+Fantee country for the sake of one town, and therefore I must stay and
+assist him to settle that palaver; he would then readily swear to the
+treaty. I replied at length, declaring particularly that I could not,
+and would not recognize the Amissa palaver; that the King vitiated the
+compliments he had been pleased to pay me, in expecting me to be such a
+fool as to involve you in the palaver of a people, over whom you neither
+possessed nor desired authority; and that if I had not a right to think
+better of the King, I should view such a proposal as evasive of the
+treaty, and final to the hope of a thorough understanding.
+
+The chief linguist rejoined, that I had declared in announcing the
+treaty, that it was the wish of the British Government to put an end to
+war, and for the King to have no occasion to trouble the Fantees;
+whereas, if the people of Amissa were not persuaded to retract, the King
+must send a captain to destroy them, which could be done at a word, and
+this perhaps would make another war. I urged that the Fantee towns under
+the British forts must be considered distinctly, and that those, and
+those only, were viewed by the Government and the treaty; yet, for the
+cause of humanity, I would request you, for the King, to advise the
+people of Amissa better, through some medium, which I hoped might do
+good, but if disregarded, you could not even repeat it: that was all I
+could promise, and if that was not enough, our negociations were at an
+end. No! that was not enough, I must stay and see the palaver settled.
+
+We immediately rose, and I declared as impressively as I could, that as
+the officer of the King of England, your orders only could be obeyed by
+me, that I dared not remain or allow myself to be stopped, even if I
+should be killed on the path, for my life was not my palaver, but the
+King of England’s. As I bowed to retire, the linguist exclaimed, that
+the King promised to see me again in an hour.
+
+I used the interval for reflection, and resolved to act upon the
+conclusion, that nothing but an undaunted resolution could check these
+encroachments, which were to be attributed to the Government rather than
+to the King.
+
+The hour having fully expired, I sent a cane to Adoocee, the chief
+linguist, to desire the audience; he sent me word that the King was
+asleep, and no one dared to awake him. I then went to Odumata (who
+resides within the palace) and repeated to him, that I was determined to
+go, if the King did not keep his word and see me; he said I could not; I
+rejoined, I would, and left him. I then went to Adoocee’s house,
+declared the same, and received the same reply. I left a cane in waiting
+at the palace, with orders to quit and return to me at 4 o’clock, (which
+allowed altogether four hours instead of one) if he was not dispatched
+with a message in the interval. No notice was taken; there was no
+alternative to my making good what I had said. The views of the Mission
+were at risk, but they would have been too dearly purchased by such
+concessions, and I was sanguine, rather than apprehensive of the success
+of the measure I adopted; without spirit and fortitude nothing was to be
+done.
+
+I ordered all the baggage out, planted the flag, and giving the
+soldiers’ muskets to the officers, converted them and the artificers
+into bearers, as well as our own servants, for I saw the previous
+dismissal of my own people was considered a hold on me. I ordered the
+linguists to declare to the party publickly, that I would flog any man
+who attempted to leave the town in debt; I paid all they confessed, by
+advances on their pay to the amount of 10 ackies: this gave the greatest
+publicity to our movements.
+
+The King’s uncle, Bundaenha, and another superior captain came in form
+to entreat me to stay, whilst they affected to address the King. I saw
+through this, and that I might presume on it; holding the watch in my
+hand, I promised to wait half an hour, and no longer. They returned
+within the time to conduct me to the King, but after being kept
+unusually long in waiting, the answer to my remonstrance through the
+linguists, was, that the King was very busy hearing a great palaver; I
+saw they lingered still in their hope of my submission. I sent the two
+canes to tell the King that mine was a great palaver, and ought to be
+heard, not only from its importance, but because he had passed his word
+that it should; that after a King disregarded his promise, it was
+useless to wait any longer. Returning to our quarters, I ordered the
+people to load the baggage.
+
+At the moment of starting, a royal messenger ran up, to say the King was
+waiting to see me. I dismissed him with the message, that I could not
+stop, unless a person of consequence was sent to promise for the King.
+The King’s uncle came, and assured me the King would receive me himself
+at the entrance of the palace. We went, and were instantly ushered into
+the presence of the King and his captains, who were debating by torch
+light: the clamour and deportment of this assembly might have been
+subduing, had it been novel. The uproar having abated, the King
+demanded, through his linguist, why I had determined to leave so
+suddenly, and whether he had not behaved well to me, adding to much
+declamation, that he knew the King of England and the Governor wished to
+please him, and would not countenance the act. I replied, that “I had
+not only gone the full length of my instructions to please the King, but
+exceeded them; and all that I had to fear was, that you would not
+approve my remaining a moment after he had trifled with me. The King’s
+behaviour to me, as an individual, I should always be proud to speak of,
+but his respect of the Embassy was a very superior consideration. Every
+thing he wished had been done, and now he tried to impose a palaver on
+me, with which you had no more to do than with the Buntooko war. The
+King had promised me to settle the point of the treaty, I waited the
+discussion patiently, he pledged his word to see me that evening, he had
+avoided it; I had said I would wait no longer if he did not keep his
+word; no English officer dared to break his word, if he did, he lost his
+sword.” Much declamation ensued, but the King’s conviction silenced the
+assembly, and realized the triumph I expected. He said, what I told him
+was true, that he was very sorry, but he had too much to think about; he
+liked the Law (the Treaty) very well, but begged me to wait a little
+longer till all his captains came. I received his promise to see me the
+following day. The next morning the head linguist came in form to
+acquaint me that some palavers had arrived in the night, which had made
+it necessary for the King to go to Berramang (a croom about five miles
+to the N.E. on the road to Sallagha, the capital of the Inta country)
+but he had orders to furnish us with the King’s hammock-men, if we were
+inclined to follow him the next day. We did so, and I enclose an extract
+from my diary, with the circumstances of the day, as they do not affect
+the point in question: on taking leave in the evening, the King promised
+that I should hear from him the next day.
+
+Apokoo, who had been left in charge of the town, visited me in form by
+the King’s orders, with the criers and insignia, to assure me there
+should be no more impediments to the treaty, and that the King would
+return the next day. The evening was productive of another disturbance,
+from my resistance of an indignity. The Cape Coast messenger arriving,
+informed me that the dispatches and letters were retained by Adoo
+Bradie’s messenger, who accompanied him. I sent the canes to Apokoo’s to
+demand them, but ineffectually; I then went myself, and insisted on the
+delivery; he said it could not be allowed until the King returned to the
+capital. I protested so strongly against the act, that he sent for the
+chief linguist (Adoocee) and after a palaver, they promised to send me
+the letters on my return to the house: I left the canes in waiting. The
+time allowed having expired without the receipt, I went again to
+Apokoo’s, who referred me to Adoocee. I went to him, and he said he
+dared not interfere in the business. The Cape Coast messengers refusing
+to do so, we proceeded instantly to Adoo Bradie’s house, and finding the
+messenger, demanded the letters, and obtained them. I had scarcely read
+them, before Adoocee came with some captains, and about 100 persons,
+(being then 9 o’clock) to demand my delivery of your letter to his
+charge, until the King’s return. I indignantly refused, asserting my
+authority, and criminating such a request as injurious to the rights of
+the meanest subject of the King of England, and an insuperable affront
+to you. He tried threats and entreaties alternately; the former I
+treated with contempt, the latter I regretted I dared not yield to. The
+palaver was prolonged till 10 o’clock at night. I determined not to lose
+ground. The King did not arrive until the evening of the next day, I
+sent three canes with my compliments on his return, and received his
+with an appointment of an audience the next (this) morning.
+
+We were sent for early, the affair of the letters was opposed to me. I
+repeated my declarations to Adoocee, and added, that I should not think
+of leaving a Resident, if such were the forms of the Ashantee Court. The
+Ashantee messengers declared that you had ordered your letters to be
+delivered to the King. I said that was impossible. The King was very
+gentle, but such was the suspicion of the assembly, that they requested
+me to swear on my sword, that I had not altered any part of your letter;
+I did so, prefacing the act as such a suspicion merited. I then read
+your letter, abating nothing of its spirit and firmness, and laying
+stress upon your disposition to benefit the King, and the proofs you had
+given. I concluded my illustrations with the declaration, that you did
+not settle the King’s palaver from fear, but from friendship, as it
+remained with him to prove. I submitted the preliminaries in form, for
+rejection or acceptance. After an ardent debate among the captains, they
+were executed and attested, and I lose no time in forwarding the copy. I
+left a duplicate with the King, as I shall of the treaty.
+
+The King intends to dispatch a messenger directly to empower Adoo Bradie
+to receive the gold, and hopes you will recommend the people of Commenda
+to restore any of the slaves in their possession belonging to Elmina,
+although that is not his palaver.
+
+The King desired me to communicate his best thanks for your handsome
+treatment of his nephew, whose reports have been very flattering.
+
+I urged my intercessions for Quamina Bootaqua, until the King vouchsafed
+me his assurance that he would pardon him.
+
+I have the satisfaction to inform you, that I have been able, privately,
+so far to conciliate the Moors, as to have witnessed their forwardance
+of the certificates[12] to the Interior, with their own letters of
+recommendation indorsed.
+
+I advocated the merits of the Castle linguist, De Graff, as you desired,
+and successfully. I flatter myself this will anticipate the arrival of
+the King’s, and the Cape Coast messengers.
+
+ I am, &c. &c.
+
+ T. E. BOWDICH.
+
+_Preliminaries of a General Treaty, to be made and entered into by_
+THOMAS EDWARD BOWDICH, _Esquire, for the Governor and Council of Cape
+Coast Castle, and on the part of the British Government, with_ SAÏ
+TOOTOO QUAMINA, _King of Ashantee and its Dependencies._
+
+1st. The King accepts the offer of the people of Commenda, through the
+Governor in Chief; namely, one hundred and twenty ounces of gold for
+himself, and the customary fees to his embassadors, as a settlement in
+full of all demands.
+
+2nd. The people of Commenda shall acknowledge their fealty to the King,
+and be entitled to all the benefits of his protection.
+
+3d. The King shall authorize some responsible captain to receive the
+gold, from the hands of the deputies of the people of Commenda, at Cape
+Coast Castle.
+
+4th. It is hereby agreed, that every palaver is now settled preparatory
+to the General Treaty, which shall be executed forthwith.
+
+ Signed and sealed this twenty-ninth day of August, in the year of our
+ Lord one thousand eight hundred and seventeen.
+
+ The mark of SAÏ TOOTOO QUAMINA. X (L. S.)
+
+ T. E. BOWDICH. (L. S.)
+
+In the presence of
+
+ WILLIAM HUTCHISON.
+
+ HENRY TEDLIE.
+
+ ADOOCEE, Chief Linguist.
+
+ APOKOO, Keeper of the Treasury.
+
+ QUAMINA QUATCHIE, }
+ } Linguists to the Mission.
+ QUASHEE APAINTREE, }
+
+_Extract from Diary._—Monday, 25th August, we started soon after seven
+o’clock, and proceeding in a N.E. direction, crossed the marsh close to
+the town, where it was about two feet deep and one hundred and fifty
+yards broad. We travelled the path to Sallagha, through a beautiful
+country, abounding in neat crooms (of which we passed through seven),
+the sites spacious, and environed by extensive plantations. The path was
+wide and so nearly direct, that the eye was always in advance through
+beautiful vistas varied by gentle risings. The iron stone still
+prevailed.
+
+The King received us in the market place, and enquiring anxiously if we
+had breakfasted, ordered refreshment. After some conversation we were
+conducted to a house prepared for our reception, where a relish was
+served (sufficient for an army) of soups, stews, plantains, yams, rice,
+&c. (all excellently cooked) wine, spirits, oranges, and every fruit.
+The messengers, soldiers, and servants were distinctly provided for.
+Declining the offer of beds, we walked out in the town, and conversed
+and played drafts with the Moors, who were reclining under trees; the
+King joined us with cheerful affability, and seemed to have forgotten
+his cares. About two o’clock dinner was announced. We had been taught to
+prepare for a surprise, but it was exceeded. We were conducted to the
+eastern side of the croom, to a door of green reeds, which excluded the
+crowd, and admitted us through a short avenue to the King’s garden, an
+area equal to one of the large squares in London. The breezes were
+strong and constant. In the centre, four large umbrellas of new scarlet
+cloth were fixed, under which was the King’s dining table (heigthened
+for the occasion) and covered in the most imposing manner; his massy
+plate was well disposed, and silver forks, knives, and spoons (Colonel
+Torrane’s) were plentifully laid. The large silver waiter supported a
+roasting pig in the centre; the other dishes on the table were roasted
+ducks, fowls, stews, pease pudding, &c. &c. On the ground on one side of
+the table were various soups, and every sort of vegetable; and elevated
+parallel with the other side, were oranges, pines, and other fruits;
+sugar-candy, Port and Madeira wine, spirits and Dutch cordials, with
+glasses. Before we sat down the King met us, and said, that as we had
+come out to see him, we must receive the following present from his
+hands, 2 oz. 4 ackies of gold, one sheep and one large hog to the
+officers, 10 ackies to the linguists, and 5 ackies to our servants.
+
+We never saw a dinner more handsomely served, and never ate a better. On
+our expressing our relish, the King sent for his cooks, and gave them
+ten ackies. The King and a few of his captains sat at a distance, but he
+visited us constantly, and seemed quite proud of the scene; he conversed
+freely, and expressed much satisfaction at our toasts, “The King of
+Ashantee, the King of England, the Governor, the King’s Captains, a
+perpetual union (with a speech, which is the sine qua non) and the
+handsome women of England and Ashantee.” After dinner the King made many
+enquiries about England, and retired, as we did, that our servants might
+clear the table, which he insisted on. When he returned, some of the
+wine and Dutch cordials remaining, he gave them to our servants to take
+with them, and ordered the table cloth to be thrown to them and all the
+napkins. A cold pig, cold fowls (with six that had not been dressed)
+were dispatched to Coomassie for our supper. We took leave about five
+o’clock, the King accompanying us to the end of the croom, where he took
+our hands, and wished us good night. We reached the capital again at
+six, much gratified by our excursion and treatment.
+
+Mr. Tedlie had brought Quamina Bwa (our guide) into a very advanced
+state of convalescence; but he so eagerly betook himself from low diet
+to palm oil soups, and stews of blood, that he soon relapsed, and a
+gathering formed on his liver, aggravated not a little by the various
+fetish draughts he swallowed. Seeing there was no other chance, Mr.
+Tedlie, who is a very skilful operator, would have scarified the liver;
+but although I had great reason to rely confidently on his judgment and
+ability, I thought our situation too critical to run such a risk. A
+Fantee boy having fractured his leg, and his dissolution appearing
+inevitable, the parents, in great distress, applied to the surgeon of an
+English outfort, who amputated the limb, and after much wearying
+attendance, to the surprise of every one, restored the boy to health.
+The family then brought him into the fort, and laying him down in the
+hall, addressed the surgeon (who was in charge of the fort) thus; “As
+Master cut off poor boy’s leg, and so spoil poor boy for work, we come
+to ask Master how much he think to give poor boy to keep him.”
+
+Quamina Bwa was fetished until the last moment, and died amidst the
+howls of a legion of old hags, plastering the walls, door posts, and
+every thing about him, with chopped egg and different messes. I forget
+how many sheep he had sacrificed to the fetish by the advice of these
+harpies. The King sent him a sheep and a periguin of gold, when he heard
+he was ill. This man had settled the palaver with Mr. White, after the
+blockade of Cape Coast, in 1815, the third invasion of the Ashantees,
+and was universally odious, for his cruel extortions; these being
+reported to the King, he was disgraced; and being very extravagant,
+became much involved. Being at Payntree, he prevailed on Quamina
+Bushmaquaw to allow him to conduct us, to retrieve his finances a
+little. Excepting Adoocee, the King’s chief linguist, he was the most
+plausible villain I ever met with.
+
+The head of an Akim caboceer arrived in Coomassie about this time. The
+King and the Ashantee government had proposed that every croom of Akim
+should pay 20 periguins of gold as an atonement for their late revolt.
+Ten periguins were advanced immediately by each, and the other moiety
+was excused until after the harvest; but Aboidedroo caboceer of Manasoo
+resolutely refused to pay a tokoo. The King’s messengers, however,
+appealed to his people with so much address, that they rose upon their
+caboceer, killed him, and sent his head to the King, with the 20
+periguins required.
+
+
+[Footnote 10: Seizing.]
+
+[Footnote 11: Presents from two Spanish slave ships were received
+through the Mulatto Brue on the 16th instant; they were general, but I
+can only particularise the following:
+
+ To the King, 3 pieces of cloth, 1 umbrella, and a hat.
+
+ To the chief linguist, 1 piece, do. 2 flashes liquor.
+
+ To the 4th do. (Otee) 1 do. 2 ditto, do.
+
+ To Odumata, 2 do. 2 ditto, do.
+
+ To Quamina Bwa, agent for the purchase of the slaves, 2 pieces of
+ cloth, 1 umbrella, and 1 Dane gun.
+
+]
+
+[Footnote 12: For a copy of these certificates vide the opposite
+engraving.]
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER VI.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+_Proceedings and Incidents until the Ratification of a General Treaty._
+
+
+The report of an Ashantee having been flogged to death in Cape Coast
+Castle, which was aggravated every hour to our prejudice, was explained
+by the following letter:
+
+
+ _Cape Coast Castle, August 17_, 1817.
+
+ T. E. BOWDICH, ESQ.
+
+ SIR,
+
+THE day before yesterday an Ashantee man was guilty of a most daring
+insult to the fort. On passing the gate, he was desired by the sentinel
+to take his cloth off his shoulders, but instead of complying, he turned
+round and struck him. The offender was instantly secured, and I ordered
+him to be put in irons. Last night about nine o’clock, the captain of
+the guard came to me to say, that the sentry on duty had reported the
+Ashantee to have hung himself. The place in which he was with others
+confined, was immediately opened, and he was found in a room adjoining
+to that in which the prisoners sleep, with his under cloth attached to a
+beam not more than three feet high, and very tightly drawn round his
+throat, part of his body was lying on the ground, and it must have been
+by the most determined resolution that he succeeded in strangling
+himself. The surgeon was present, but his efforts to recover him were
+ineffectual. This is the second offence of a similar nature that has
+occurred; the first person, I most assuredly should have punished, had
+he not ran past the sentry and made his escape.
+
+The King’s displeasure will no doubt be excited when he hears of such
+acts of insolence, and I hope he will issue such orders to his people,
+as will make them more circumspect in future.
+
+ I am, Sir,
+
+ your most obedient Servant,
+
+ J. H. SMITH.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+ _Coomassie, 31st August_, 1817.
+
+ JOHN HOPE SMITH, ESQ. GOVERNOR IN CHIEF, &c. &c. &c.
+
+ SIR,
+
+I RECEIVED your letter last evening respecting the suicide of the
+Ashantee. I procured an audience this morning, and have just returned
+from the palace, where I had the honour to address you a letter, in the
+name of the King, on this, and other subjects.
+
+The messenger sent up by Adoo Bradie, was the brother of the deceased,
+and declared before the King upon oath, that he had been killed by the
+officers. The master (our landlord) proposed a fine to the captains
+assembled, but after the audience was gone through, the King retired to
+council, which is the form, and returning, dictated the sentiments I had
+the honour to communicate to you, and rebuked our house-master severely
+for his proposition. Of course I impressed the insult to the fort, as
+the superior consideration of your letter.
+
+The insolence of the lower orders here became insufferable, they
+proceeded even to pelting us with stones; after every effort on our part
+to conciliate them by the exhibition of the telescope and other
+novelties. As may be expected in a military government, they are beyond
+the King’s control, out of the field. He declared however, that he would
+behead any man I would point out to him, and begged me to punish them as
+I thought proper: a summary chastisement of two inferior captains
+repressed this spirit.
+
+All the captains of consequence have become friendly and respectful;
+Apokoo was deputed in form yesterday, in the name of the whole, to thank
+me for my conduct in negociating with the King.
+
+The Treaty will be brought forward to be executed in six days, before
+the annual assembly of Kings, caboceers, and captains. All the Kings
+tributaries and allies being compelled to attend him at the yam custom.
+
+The King intends your linguist De Graff, to take fetish with his five
+linguists, to be just to both the powers to be pledged to the treaty,
+and is convinced of his probity.
+
+ I am, with respect, Sir,
+
+ your most obedient Servant,
+
+ T. EDWARD BOWDICH.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+ _Coomassie, 31st Aug._ 1817.
+
+ SAÏ TOOTOO QUAMINA, _King of Ashantee, &c. to_ JOHN HOPE SMITH,
+ _Esquire, Governor in Chief, &c. &c. &c._
+
+ SIR,
+
+THE King assures you, that, anticipating the permanent union of the
+English and Ashantees, so far from allowing the death of one man to
+retard it, he should take no notice if a thousand were flogged to death
+by you, as reported here, well knowing the insolent disposition of the
+lower order of Ashantees, which is as vexatious to him as to you. He is
+satisfied however, that this man came to his death by his own hands.
+
+The King wishes you to adjust the palaver between the Commendas and
+Elminas, as soon as convenient to you; that all the people who serve him
+may be united, relying entirely on your justice.
+
+The King will thank you very much if you will make the people of Cape
+Coast, Elmina, and Commenda “_all one together_.”
+
+The little palaver between these people, is the only one remaining; and
+therefore, though it is not his, he wishes you to settle it.
+
+The King hereby, and by his messenger, empowers his nephew Adoo Bradie,
+and the Captain Quantree, to receive the gold from the deputies of
+Commenda in your presence.
+
+You must settle the compliments and fees, which the Commendas send to
+the King’s linguists and captains.
+
+The King hopes you will advise the people of Amissa, through some
+medium, to retract their insolent message to the King, that the whole of
+the Fantee territory may be quiet.
+
+The King has condescended personally to solicit Mr. Bowdich to protract
+his stay fifteen days, and obliged all his captains to the same
+condescension, so that you will consider it the King’s act from the wish
+to send him down with an honourable escort, and other marks of his
+favour.
+
+The King wishes you health and happiness.
+
+ The mark X of Saï Tootoo Quamina, &c.
+
+ In the presence of
+
+ WM. HUTCHISON.
+
+ HENRY TEDLIE.
+
+A few only of the many curious observations of our Ashantee friends
+recur to me. One captain told us he had heard that the English were so
+constantly in palavers, one with another, that their houses, which he
+understood to be made of wood, the same as their ships, were always
+fixed on wheels; so that when a man had quarrelled with his neighbour,
+he moved to another part of the bush. Another insisted that monkies
+(whom the Moors said sprung from the Israelites, who disobeyed Moses)
+could talk as well as men; but they were not such fools; for if they
+did, they knew men would make them work.—This is better than Pliny’s
+account of monkies playing chess.
+
+The King walked abroad in great state one day, an irresistible
+caricature; he had on an old fashioned court suit of General Daendels’
+of brown velveteen, richly embroidered with silver thistles, with an
+English epaulette sewn on each shoulder, the coat coming close round the
+knees, from which the flaps of the waistcoat were not very distant, a
+cocked hat bound with gold lace, in shape just like that of a
+coachman’s, white shoes, the long silver headed cane we presented to
+him, mounted with a crown, as a walking staff, and a small dirk round
+his waist.
+
+The King presented one of our servants with six ackies of gold, for
+making trowsers for his child, and mending him a pair of drawers, which
+he thought it extravagant to put on under trowsers or small clothes, and
+therefore wore them alone.
+
+I fixed a rude leaping bar in the outer yard of our house, and trained
+the horse to it, preparatory to getting him over the trunks of trees on
+the path: this brought even greater levees than the camera obscura, or
+the telescope. Sometimes a gazer would start from the eye piece of the
+latter, to lay hold of the figure at the end, as he expected; and they
+all insisted on both being taken to pieces in their presence, that they
+might see what was inside. At length, being inexplicable, it was
+pronounced fetish. A captain had told the King, that with the telescope
+we saw, when at Doompassie, all that he was doing at Coomassie: and
+happening, in a sudden and heavy rain, to gallop from Asafoo to our
+house, with Mr. Tedlie on the horse behind me, holding the umbrella, it
+was immediately reported to the King as our plan of travelling to Cape
+Coast.
+
+Our Accra linguist pointed out a man to me named Tando, whom he
+recollected to have visited the Coast some years, in great pomp, never
+going the shortest distance, but in his taffeta hammock, covered with a
+gorgeous umbrella, and surrounded by flatterers, who even wiped the
+ground before he trod on it. This man had now scarcely a cloth to cover
+him. He had been retired from his embassy to Akim, in consequence of a
+dispute with Attah, then the king of that country; for though Attah was
+adjudged to be in fault, after the palaver was talked at Coomassie, the
+Ashantee government thought it politic to displace Tando, though he had
+become disagreeable to the other, only for his vigilance and fidelity.
+After a long interval of the most luxurious life the capital could
+afford, he was instructed to proceed to Elmina, to talk a palaver for
+the King; but thinking it would be a coup d’éclat much more important
+and agreeable, if he could settle the Warsaw palaver as well, he visited
+the country on his return, and persuaded them to conciliate the King,
+and avert their ruin, by carrying a considerable sum of gold to
+Coomassie, and agreeing to pay twenty-four slaves for every Ashantee
+subject killed or injured by one of Warsaw. Deputies returned with this
+man for this purpose; but the King dismissed them contemptuously; and to
+the disappointment and surprise of Tando, declared that no man must dare
+to do good out of his own head, or perhaps he would find he did bad, as
+Tando had done, in spoiling a palaver which he and his great men meant
+to sleep a long time. Tando was immediately stripped of all his property
+for his presumption, and from a noble became a beggar.
+
+The Moors now became friendly, and sent us some very good coffee, and
+choice pieces of meat.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+ _Coomassie, Sept. 8th_, 1817.
+
+ JOHN HOPE SMITH, ESQUIRE, GOVERNOR IN CHIEF, &c. &c.
+
+ SIR,
+
+I HAVE the satisfaction to inform you, that the treaty was signed and
+sworn to yesterday, by the King of Ashantee, and this day, by the King
+of Dwabin. The whole of the caboceers, captains, and tributaries having
+arrived, the treaty was finally discussed on Saturday, and two of the
+four members of the Aristocracy, with the two oldest captains (Ashantee
+and Nabbra) were deputed to swear for that assembly, with the King,
+whose oaths (being very rare) are solemnized by the presence of his
+wives.
+
+The King sent a handsome procession of flags, guns, and music, to
+conduct us to the palace on the occasion; and meeting us in the outer
+square, preceded us to the inmost, where about 300 females were seated,
+in all the magnificence which a profusion of gold and silk could
+furnish. The splendour of this coup d’oeil made our surprise almost
+equal to theirs. We were seated with the King and the deputies, under
+the large umbrellas in the centre, and I was desired to declare the
+objects of the Embassy and the Treaty, to an old linguist, peculiar to
+the women. The King displayed the presents to them; the flags were all
+sewn together, and wrapped around him as a cloth.
+
+I was afterwards desired to stand before the King, and swear on my sword
+that I had declared the truth: I did so, with the other officers. The
+next form dictated was, that I should seat myself, and receive the oaths
+of the deputies, and lastly, of the King himself, for his brother the
+King of England. They advanced in turn, extending their gold swords
+close to my face, as they declared their oaths. I rose to receive the
+King’s, all the women holding up two fingers, as their mark of
+approbation when he received the sword, and one of his counsellors
+kneeling beside him with a large stone on his head. The King swore very
+deliberately, that his words might be fully impressed on me, invoking
+God and the fetish to kill him; first, if he did not keep the law, if we
+had sworn true; and secondly, if he did not revenge the Ashantees to the
+full, if we had bad in our heads, and did not come for the purpose I
+avowed. The assurances, and the menaces of the oaths of the captains
+were equally forcible. The King sent an anker of rum to our people to
+drink on the occasion, and paid each captain the customary fee, of a
+periguin of gold on his oath.
+
+The King having communicated my wish, by a formal message, to Boïtinnee
+Quama, the King of Dwabin, who holds his temporary court on the north
+side of the town, I seconded it, by sending the canes to request an
+audience; at which I had again formally to declare the objects of the
+Embassy and the Treaty, which, after a great deal of form and enquiry,
+received his signature, with the attestations of his chief linguists,
+Quama Saphoo, and Kobara Saphoo, who are his principal counsellors. His
+court was equally crowded with the King of Ashantees, who sits on his
+right hand when he visits Dwabin; a reciprocal etiquette.
+
+By an addition to the 4th article of the treaty, I reconciled the point
+of the Amissa palaver; and the securing you the opportunity of
+mediation, (without attaching any thing like responsibility) I
+considered to be not only a precaution due to humanity, but a prudent
+and legitimate measure for the extension of our influence.
+
+The value of this treaty is enhanced by the reflection, that the
+justice, dignity, and spirit, of the British Government have been
+preserved inviolate; and that it has been the result of the impression,
+and not of the abatement of these characteristics.
+
+We are flattered by your acknowledgment of our offer to accompany the
+King to the Buntooko war, and feel the force of your reason in the
+present view of the invasion of that country. The lake proving to be
+southward instead of northward, and close to the Accra path, I did not
+think it prudent to aggravate suspicion, for so secondary and well
+defined an object, whilst every day exacted some exertion (beyond
+vigilance) to wear away the difficulties opposed to the more important
+views of the Mission.
+
+I expect the King will permit me to take leave on Saturday next. To-
+morrow Apokoo gives us a dinner in public.
+
+ I am, with respect, Sir,
+
+ your most obedient Servant,
+
+ T. E. BOWDICH.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+_Treaty made and entered into by_ THOMAS EDWARD BOWDICH, _Esquire, in
+the name of the Governor and Council at Cape Coast Castle on the Gold
+Coast of Africa, and on behalf of the British Government, with_ SAÏ
+TOOTOO QUAMINA, _King of Ashantee and its Dependencies, and_ BOÏTINNEE
+QUAMA, _King of Dwabin and its Dependencies._
+
+1st. There shall be perpetual peace and harmony between the British
+subjects in this country, and the subjects of the Kings of Ashantee and
+Dwabin.
+
+2nd. The same shall exist between the subjects of the Kings of Ashantee
+and Dwabin, and all nations of Africa residing under the protection of
+the Company’s Forts and Settlements on the Gold Coast, and, it is hereby
+agreed, that there are no palavers now existing, and that neither party
+has any claim upon the other.
+
+3rd. The King of Ashantee guarantees the security of the people of Cape
+Coast, from the hostilities threatened by the people of Elmina.
+
+4th. In order to avert the horrors of war, it is agreed, that in any
+case of aggression on the part of the natives under British protection,
+the Kings shall complain thereof to the Governor in Chief to obtain
+redress, and that they will in no instance resort to hostilities, even
+against the other towns of the Fantee territory, without endeavouring as
+much as possible to effect an amicable arrangement, affording the
+Governor the opportunity of propitiating it, as far as he may with
+discretion.
+
+5th. The King of Ashantee agrees to permit a British officer to reside
+constantly at his capital, for the purpose of instituting and preserving
+a regular communication with the Governor in Chief at Cape Coast Castle.
+
+6th. The Kings of Ashantee and Dwabin pledge themselves to countenance,
+promote, and encourage the trade of their subjects with Cape Coast
+Castle and its dependencies to the extent of their power.
+
+7th. The Governors of the respective Forts shall at all times afford
+every protection in their power to the persons and property of the
+people of Ashantee and Dwabin, who may resort to the water side.
+
+8th. The Governor in Chief reserves to himself the right of punishing
+any subject of Ashantee or Dwabin guilty of secondary offences, but in
+case of any crime of magnitude, he will send the offender to the Kings,
+to be dealt with according to the laws of his country.
+
+9th. The Kings agree to commit their children to the care of the
+Governor in Chief, for education, at Cape Coast Castle, in the full
+confidence of the good intentions of the British government, and of the
+benefits to be derived therefrom.
+
+10th. The Kings promise to direct diligent inquiries to be made
+respecting the officers attached to the Mission of Major John Peddie,
+and Captain Thomas Campbell; and to influence and oblige the
+neighbouring kingdoms and their tributaries, to befriend them as the
+subjects of the British government.
+
+Signed and sealed at Coomassie, this seventh day of September, in the
+year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and seventeen.
+
+ The mark of SAÏ TOOTOO QUAMINA X (L. S.)
+
+ The mark of BOÏTINNEE QUAMA X (L. S.)
+
+ THOMAS EDWARD BOWDICH. (L. S.)
+
+ In the presence of
+
+WILLIAM HUTCHISON, Resident.
+
+HENRY TEDLIE, Assistant Surgeon.
+
+ The mark of APOKOO X }
+ }
+ ODUMATA X } Deputed from the General Assembly of caboceers
+ } and captains to swear with the King.
+ NABBRA X }
+ }
+ ASHANTEE X }
+
+ KABRA SAPHOO X }
+ } Linguists to the King of Dwabin.
+ QUAMINA SAPHOO X }
+
+ QUASHEE APAINTREE X Accra Linguist.
+
+ QUASHEE TOM X }
+ } Cape Coast Linguists.
+ QUAMINA QUATCHEE X }
+
+ * * * * *
+
+[Illustration: This _is to make known that Major John Peddie, Capt.
+Thos. Campbell, and Surgeon Willm. Cowdry, have been employed by the
+British Government to proceed from Senegal into the interior of Africa,
+to trace the course of the River Niger; and to obtain such information
+respecting the Countries through which they pass, as may be useful in
+the extension and improvement of Commerce which is the object of the
+British Government in sending those persons to Africa; and that any
+Person who may happen to meet with those Gentlemen, and shall be the
+Bearer of a Letter to the Governor of CAPE COAST CASTLE on the Gold
+Coast, from either of them, shall receive five Ounces of Gold, and be
+liberally rewarded for any Service or Act of kindness which it may
+appear by such Letter may have been rendered to either of them._
+
+_Witness my hand at Coomasie the Capital of the Kingdom of Ashantee the
+30th. day of July 1817_
+
+_Wm. Hutchinson Resident_
+
+_T. E. Bowdich Conductor of the Mission from Cape Coast Castle_]
+
+We were present at the trial of Appia Nanu, who had accompanied his
+brother Appia Danqua in the last invasion of Fantee, and was ordered by
+the King, on his death, to take the command of the army, and prosecute
+the campaign. In the irritation of the moment, he exclaimed, before the
+royal messengers, that though the King did not prevent him from
+succeeding to the stool, and the honours of his brother, he kept back
+all the rock gold which belonged to the inheritance, and desired to wear
+him out in the pursuit of the revolters, to prevent his claim and
+enjoyment of the property of his family. From this time he was very
+inactive, and became suspected of cowardice; however, having succeeded
+in getting the head of one of the revolters, he returned to Coomassie;
+where he was coolly received, but not accused until the 8th of July. The
+witnesses were the messengers the King had sent to him, who had been
+concealed in a distant part of the frontier ever since, that Appia Nanu,
+believing the general report of their death, might be the more
+confounded when they burst upon him at the moment of his denial of the
+charge. He was deprived of his stool and the whole of his property, but
+permitted to retire with three wives and ten slaves; the King hearing
+the next day that he still loitered in the capital, exclaimed, that no
+proper man would bear so much shame before all the people, rather than
+leave his home, and ordered only one wife to be left to him, whereupon
+Appia Nanu hung himself. The King considers, that none but the basest
+spirits can endure life after severe disgrace.
+
+The Moors celebrated the feast of Ramadan in this month: there was
+nothing curious in this ceremony. Men and women were dressed in their
+richest suits, and seated on large skins before their houses, for they
+occupy one street exclusively. They rose occasionally in small troops,
+made short circuits in different directions, saluted each other, and
+then sat down again. In the evening, the superiors exchanged visits at
+their houses; the one visited always accompanied the other some distance
+along the street on his way, where they exchanged blessings, and parted.
+The slaves who carried their small umbrella’s over their heads, seemed
+thoroughly jaded by this incessant parading.
+
+The King regretted in one of his visits about this time, that they were
+not more frequent; he said, our conversation entertained him more than
+any thing else, because it told him of so many things black men never
+heard of, but when he wished to see us on that account, his great men
+checked him, and said, it did not become him as a great King to want us,
+but that he should only send his compliments, see us, and make us wait a
+long time when he sent for us to the palace.
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER VII.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ _Proceedings and Incidents until the completion of the Mission and its
+ return to Cape Coast Castle._
+
+
+On the 11th of September I received the Governor’s reply to my letter of
+the 10th of August.
+
+
+ _Cape Coast Castle, August 25_, 1817.
+
+ T. E. BOWDICH, ESQ.
+
+ SIR,
+
+I HAVE received your letter of the 10th instant. The boy and girl shall
+be disposed of under the protection of the Government here, agreeable to
+the King’s wishes.
+
+The messenger (Ocranameah) has grossly misrepresented to the King, the
+reception he met with at Cape Coast; he was treated with the greatest
+civility during his stay, and on leaving, expressed himself gratified by
+the attention which had been shewn him.
+
+For the King’s satisfaction, I have subjoined a list of the articles I
+made him a present of;[13] the three first which I gave him, on taking
+leave, will, when produced, convince him how much he has been deceived,
+and prove to him, that his recommendation of the messenger was not
+unattended to.
+
+The Buntooko war, I consider a mere pretext for getting rid of the
+Resident; it cannot be the true motive: to oppose however, any
+disinclination to the measure, either on the part of the King or his
+principal men, would be entirely useless; the aversion to it has no
+doubt originated in the latter, with whom, under the present order of
+things, the Resident would be very unpopular; consequently unsafe. The
+eager desire which the King has manifested for enquiring into every
+trivial occurrence, is another cause of its being objectionable. The
+residence of a British officer would afford him the opportunity, not
+only of doing this, but of making demands which he might otherwise not
+have thought of. These and other circumstances, which were entirely
+unforeseen, have materially altered my opinion in regard to the
+Residency, which is certainly not so desirable as I before considered
+it. You will therefore, on your return, bring Mr. Hutchison with you.
+
+I am not aware of any Ashantees having introduced themselves here, but
+such as were duly authorised by the King; you will however inform him,
+that none will be attended to unless they bear his cane.
+
+As Mr. Hutchison is to return, it will be a most important point that
+you bring down two of the King’s sons for education, and I am very
+solicitous that you should accomplish this object if possible.
+
+The Commenda palaver being terminated, there will be nothing to detain
+you longer at Ashantee. Your returning by way of Warsaw will be
+desirable, and I hope the King will not object to your so doing.
+
+ I am, Sir,
+
+ your most obedient Servant,
+
+ JOHN HOPE SMITH.
+
+
+ _Coomassie, Sept. 16_, 1817.
+
+ JOHN HOPE SMITH, ESQ. GOVERNOR IN CHIEF, &c. &c. &c.
+
+ SIR,
+
+I DID not receive your letter of the 25th of August, until the 11th
+instant, four days after I had advised you of the execution of the
+treaty. I considered it my duty to acquaint you of every variation in
+the prospects of the Embassy, although, even when communicating the
+discouraging circumstances of my letter of the 10th ult. I could not
+abate my hopes, or allow doubt to sicken my exertions. I valued on the
+reflection, that I had not been heard before the King in vindication of
+the Residency; the motives of which I knew to have been grossly
+misrepresented by our natural enemies the Moors, to whose arts the
+suspicion of the natives have been suitably auxiliary. My confidence was
+justified by the favourable impression the King and the Government
+manifested, when the subject was publicly advocated; since which I have
+never heard of an objection to it: it has indeed, become a favourite
+measure with the superior captains, who, as far as may be judged from
+the respect and deference with which they have treated us from that
+time, seem not only to have been conciliated, but won by the recent
+circumstances of the negotiation. The terms of the treaty, by exceeding
+your expectations, will compensate for the accumulation of difficulties
+which have been opposed to us. We are taught to believe that no law has
+ever been enacted in this kingdom with equal solemnity, or an oath, so
+serious, been before submitted to by the King, or imposed on the
+captains. Had the treaty disappointed, instead of exceeded our
+expectations, I must have viewed it as inviolable, and submitted myself
+to your candour; which I would now, and justify myself by answering the
+reasonable apprehensions which have recently affected your opinion of
+the Residency, rather than by the plea that the treaty was executed
+before I received them.
+
+If I had been convinced that it was dislike, and not suspicion, which
+actuated the opposition to the Residency, I should not only have
+considered it imprudent, but derogatory, to have persevered in the view;
+but, sensible that it was the latter, (from the evidence of the King’s
+deportment, and the knowledge of the intrigue and calumny excited
+against us,) I felt the greater anxiety for its accomplishment; since,
+to have yielded to suspicion, without every labour to eradicate it,
+would have been to have excluded ourselves from the kingdom hereafter.
+
+If the King had been actuated, individually, by the desire of detecting
+the frauds of his messengers, I should have viewed the measure as
+pernicious; but the Government itself having anxiously recommended it,
+for the sake of their own interest, (Fort pay, and purchases from the
+treasury being always divided amongst the superior captains) I
+considered it harmless; and not solely from the power of its advocates,
+but also from the impotence of the royal messengers in state affairs,
+being generally attendants on the King, and therefore jealously watched
+by the other parts of the Government. This desire has only been
+addressed to me in two instances, both of which I think justified it:
+first, respecting the fort pay; it having been since proved, and
+confessed, that, out of 62 oz. paid at Christiansburg Castle in 1816 and
+17, the Ashantee Government has been defrauded of 23 oz. by the
+messenger: and secondly, respecting the goods purchased by Ocranameah,
+where the fraud could not escape notice. Such peculations have probably,
+in the first case, given rise to doubts of our honour; and in the
+latter, have certainly proved a prejudice to the trade. On the occasion
+of Ocranameah’s baseness, I myself requested the King to allow me to
+address you for the particulars of his treatment; and if you consider
+the mischievous influence of the report, the fatality of the impression
+that the King’s Embassy had been subjected to contempt, whilst we had
+been treated with generosity and respect, you will admit that the
+disproof was imperious on me: he has been disgraced, and owes his safety
+to my intercession. Nothing but the most decisive conduct can arrest
+villainy here. The reports of Adoo Bradie have been highly flattering.
+The King will certainly have a better opportunity of making demands from
+the residence of a British officer; neither can I lessen the probability
+further than by my opinion, which though only indulgent of the people in
+general, is certainly favourable of the honour of the King, and the
+superior captains. The advantages and prospects of our preserving our
+footing by a Residency, have been too fully suggested by your
+experience, to require my dwelling on them.
+
+I will proceed to acquaint you of the circumstances subsequent to my
+receipt of your letter, one of which had nearly been serious. After the
+settlement of the Commenda palaver, the King requested me to wait 10
+days, which were afterwards extended to 15, as you were advised in his
+letter of the 31st ult. This time expired on Saturday last, but the King
+said then that we must not go until Monday. Accordingly, on that day, I
+delivered Mr. Hutchison written instructions (a copy of which I enclose)
+and sent several messages to the King to remind him of his promise. We
+were not sent for until six o’clock in the evening, when the King said
+he could not let me go then, nor before he had time to send me away
+properly. This I considered to be the mere affectation of state; I
+pleaded that your orders were binding, and that it was insulting to you,
+as well as dangerous to me, to prevent my respect of them, now every
+thing like business was settled. The King said he would only ask me to
+stop until Wednesday. I replied, that if he would give me his hand, and
+promise that I should go then, I would wait. No! he could not, but he
+would promise me for the Monday following. I saw that yielding to this
+would subject me to an indefinite delay. I told the King that I should
+be obliged to go, though unwillingly, without his approbation, and that
+not only my duty but his promise justified me. I had only to ask him if
+he still wished me to leave Mr. Hutchison? All the reply I could get
+was, that I might break the Law if I thought proper. I told them the Law
+would never be broken by an English officer, but still, if they were
+sorry that they had sworn to the Law, I would send for it and tear it in
+pieces before them; we did not make laws from fear. No! they liked the
+Law, and could not break it, but I might if I chose. I repeated my
+willingness to stay till Wednesday; the promise could only be given for
+the Monday: the King and the council retired abruptly. I followed them,
+told them I was obliged to be determined, and begged the King to shew
+his respect for you, and the friendship he had condescended to profess
+for myself, by considering your orders; this was construed as
+indecision; and Monday, or when the King has time, was the reply. I
+thanked him formally for all his kindnesses, told him I must go, and
+retired. It was necessary, at least, to make the attempt, although it
+was then eight o’clock. I left all the luggage in the charge of Mr.
+Hutchison, except two portmanteaus, the sextant, and the box containing
+my papers. We had scarcely proceeded fifty yards before the gong-gongs
+and drums were beat all around us, and we were attacked by a crowd of
+swords and muskets, headed by our house master Aboïdwee, who in the
+first rush seized the luggage and the flag. I felt myself compelled to
+attempt to regain the flag; and the value of my papers, and the impolicy
+of being intimidated by the outrage, were also considerations. I begged
+the officers not to draw their swords till the last moment, and taking
+the muskets, the butt ends of which cleared our way to the luggage, we
+fastened on it, with the soldiers, artisans, and our servants, who
+supported us vigorously. The Ashantees did not attempt to fire, but
+attacked us only with their heavy swords and large stones. We kept our
+ground nearly a quarter of an hour, though our belts and caps were torn
+away, and we frequently fell. At this time, Mr. Tedlie (who had regained
+his sword, which had been torn from his side) was stunned by a blow on
+the head, and as all were much bruised, and some of the people cut, I
+contented myself with the recovery of the flag, the sextant, and the
+papers, and we retired slowly to the house, not expecting they would
+follow us; but they did so, with a fury which led me to believe they
+intended our destruction. We posted ourselves in the door-way, and I
+immediately dispatched the canes by a back way to the King, to tell him
+we had not yet drawn our swords, but we must do so unless he rescued us
+immediately. The tumult did not allow expostulation, we had no
+alternative but to defend ourselves, which the narrow passage favoured.
+The captain, Aboïdwee, who was quite mad with fury and liquor, made a
+cut at me as I held him from me, which would have been fatal but for the
+presence of mind of one of the soldiers, through which it only grazed my
+face. We were soon rescued by the presence of Adoocee, the chief
+linguist, and Yokokroko, the King’s chamberlain, with their retinues.
+Nothing could exceed their servility, they offered to swear the King was
+not privy to the outrage, ordered Aboïdwee before them, and threatened
+him with the loss of his head. I told them I knew the King’s controul,
+and was not to be treated as a fool; he had forcibly detained us as
+prisoners, and must take the consequences; I should say no more. They
+continued their professions and entreaties upwards of an hour, and did
+all they could by their menaces to Aboïdwee, and their deference to the
+evidence of our people, to convince me of their discountenance of the
+outrage. I divided the people into watches for the night.
+
+By day light the next morning all our luggage was returned, I refused to
+receive it. Yokokroko and Adoo Quamina then sent to say they waited
+below until we had done breakfast; a long palaver succeeded, of the same
+tenour as that of the preceding night. About 11 o’clock, the linguists,
+Adoocee, Otee, and Quancum; Yokokroko, and a crowd of captains came from
+the King with a present of 20 ackies, two flasks of liquor, and a large
+hog. I asked them if they came to put more shame on my face, by bribing
+me to settle the great palaver they had made the night before with the
+King of England. They flattered and menaced by turns to make me take it,
+and urged, that to refuse the King’s present was to declare war. I
+persisted in refusing every thing short of an interview with the King.
+The Cape Coast messengers, impelled by their apprehensions and their
+avarice, had the temerity to declare at this moment, that you had sent
+them as a check upon me, and that they knew I was not doing as you
+wished in talking so to the King, and that you would make a palaver with
+me for not waiting the King’s pleasure. It was necessary to annihilate
+the impression of such language immediately. I deprived them of their
+canes, and threatened to put them in irons. The King not long after sent
+his eunuch and followers to conduct us to the palace, where he had
+assembled the superior captains. We went in plain clothes, alleging that
+we dared not wear our uniforms as prisoners. The King said, I must not
+say that; he was my good friend, and would do me right; he did not think
+I would have tried to go without his leave, and never meant his people
+to fight with us, he would give me the heads of all those who led them
+on, and beg me himself for the rest, as I begged him for Quamina
+Bootaqua; he never begged any body before; he did not send the gold, as
+I thought, he sent it to pay for any thing the people had spoiled, and
+meant to do us right all the same; it would break his heart if the King
+of England heard he had used his officers ill, and if I liked him, I
+must settle the palaver easy.
+
+Of course I would not hear of any heads being cut off, though they all
+pressed it repeatedly, and doubtless would not have regarded sacrificing
+a few inferior captains to varnish their allegation; yet, I must
+declare, it is my firm opinion, and it is supported by the evidence of
+our private friends, that the King and his principal men merely intended
+Aboïdwee to stop us, by placing his numbers before us and pleading the
+King’s orders, not dreaming of any outrage, or that the impetuosity of
+this man, irritated by the loss of his retainer at Cape Coast,[14] would
+hurry him to order his soldiers to assault us: he has not an atom of
+influence; but the King selected him as a near relative of his own, to
+succeed to Bakkee’s stool, to which 1700 men are attached: the King
+repeatedly offered me his head. To resume, the King requested us to
+drink with him, and then to shake hands, begged us to resume our
+uniforms, and ordered his own people to attend us at our house. I
+renewed the subject of our departure. The King said this was a bad week,
+and he did not like us to go in it, he would thank me very much to stay
+till Monday, and then he could get a proper present ready. Sunday too
+was the Adaï custom, and then I must put Mr. Hutchison’s hand in
+Adoocee’s, and Adoocee place it in his, and he would promise to take
+proper care of him before all the captains. Odumata and Adoocee came
+forward to give me their hands, as a pledge of their responsibility. I
+said I could receive no one’s hand but the King’s on such an occasion,
+but I ordered Quashie Apaintree to do so, and it was sworn to. The King
+then said Adoocee had told him the Cape Coast messengers had tried to
+put shame on my face—he was very angry with them—they ought to know God
+made white man’s head better than black man’s, and they must come before
+him, and put my foot on their heads. I told him, I could not let any one
+do so, but I sent for their canes, and entrusted them to them again,
+with a suitable reprimand. The King then begged me to receive his
+present, which I did, giving the people the hog and liquor, they had
+received another on the Friday before, which the King sent me, with 39
+yams.
+
+I have observed that the Government’s anxiety for the force of the
+Treaty, and for the Residency, has heightened in proportion to the
+indifference I have affected. I consider the affair of yesterday to have
+perfected the impression of our spirit. I certainly would not think of
+leaving any but an officer of the most considerate conduct as a
+Resident, and, I believe, Mr. Hutchison, by tempering his spirit with
+judgment, may safely realize the objects of the situation; if, however,
+on my return, you consider I have left him in a precarious situation, I
+volunteer my services to replace him, and deliberately to retire the
+Residency.
+
+It occurs to me, the Amissa palaver may possibly be the design of this
+interval, if it should, you may rely on my remaining resolute on the
+subject.
+
+ I am, &c.
+
+ (Signed) T. EDWARD BOWDICH.
+
+
+ _Coomassie, Sept._ 1817.
+
+ _To_ WILLIAM HUTCHISON, _Esquire, British Resident._
+
+ SIR,
+
+I AM directed by the Governor in Chief to leave you written instructions
+for your future government.
+
+The conviction of the honour and justice of our public negotiations,
+having procured us a footing in opposition to the arts which have been
+practised upon the suspicion of the natives, your conduct is looked to,
+with confidence, to support it, by originating an opinion of our moral
+character, equally auspicious to the benevolent views of the British
+Government. The simplicity of our religion, tolerating the calumny of
+the Moors, that we are destitute of any, you will have the satisfaction
+of perfecting the confutation, by a regular retirement to its duties,
+and by the practice of that benevolence and forbearance, equally
+congenial to the policy prescribed to us.
+
+It would be premature, as well as dangerous, to direct any other than
+the tacit reproof of your own conduct and sentiments, to the cruelties
+consecrated by the superstitions of the Ashantees; you must be content
+to avoid the countenance of them by your presence, by adhering to the
+plea of the repugnance of your religion. This conduct, associated with a
+humanity always inclining you to induce mercy, whenever the offence, or
+prudence, may admit of an interference, will propitiate your own wishes,
+and the expectations of the Government.
+
+The friendship and respect which the King, and the superior captains
+have manifested, will not only be preserved, but strengthened, by a
+dignified deportment, and a considerate use of the private intercourse
+these feelings have established; and you will cultivate the frequent
+opportunities of instilling into their minds, that education originated
+the pre-eminence of Europeans; and that peace is most auspicious to the
+greatness of a Nation, directing all its powers to commerce and the
+arts, and thereby founding its superior comfort, prosperity, and
+embellishment. The power and resources of your own country should be
+quoted to illustrate this truth; and you will impress that it is the
+experience of it, which has imposed the benevolent anxiety of the
+British Government, to improve the condition of the people of Africa,
+through the legitimate medium of commerce. This impression you will
+extend, deliberately, to the visitors from other kingdoms, particularly
+to those from the Sarem and Mallowa countries.
+
+In encouraging the trade with the Coast, your measures must disprove any
+view but that of a fair competition; and your vigilance of the British
+interests must be distinct from any thing like jealousy, suspicion, or
+intermeddling: you will act as the advocate of the views of Europe, but
+not allow any interference to be imposed on you, without the sanction of
+the Governor in Chief, whose letters will be, exclusively, attended to,
+and to whom you will candidly communicate any circumstance or
+reflection, affecting our new connection.
+
+You will repress, rather than encourage the disposition of the King and
+the Council, to detect imposition through your assistance, by confining
+your justifications, as much as possible, to public transactions; for
+although the Government is gratified by it, it may tend to make the
+Residency unpopular.
+
+I enclose you a copy of the Treaty, and particularly direct your
+attention to the 4th article, which authorizes you to submit to every
+thing like a mediation, separable from responsibility, to the discussion
+of the Governor in Chief, for the sake of peace and humanity; but you
+will do this, invariably, with diffidence; without betraying any
+sanguine expectations.
+
+You will be more sensible to insult than injury; and the most politic
+conduct will be, to declare that the British Government exacts from all
+its officers, on pain of disgrace, a firm repulse of the former; and
+that they dare not admit the influence of their private feelings, as in
+the latter case.
+
+I leave you in possession of the esteem of the King, and the friendship
+of the superior Captains, and with every thing favourable to the objects
+of the Residency; but, should any caprice in the Government make you
+invidious to any thing like a party, or diminish their respect, you will
+immediately address the Governor in Chief, who will order your presence
+at Head Quarters. Another important consideration will be your health;
+also the character of the captain who may be left in charge of the
+capital, should the King go himself to the Buntooko war. Your personal
+safety is out of the question at present, but should the least doubt
+arise in your own mind hereafter, you must consult the Governor’s
+solicitude, rather than your own spirit.
+
+You see the necessity of keeping in with the Moors; the flattering their
+intelligence is most conducive to this, and also elicits valuable
+information.
+
+I shall afford you a perusal of the dispatch of the Committee, and the
+instructions of the Governor in Chief, to perfect the present.
+
+I have directed Mr. Tedlie to leave you a supply of medicines, and you
+will take charge of the Resident’s flag.
+
+ I am, Sir,
+
+ your most obedient Servant,
+
+ (Signed) T. EDWARD BOWDICH.
+
+Baba had a great number of Arabic manuscripts; I have preserved a leaf
+finely illuminated. Apokoo astonished us by offering to lend us some
+books to read; he shewed us two French volumes on geography, a Dutch
+bible, a volume of the Spectator, and a Dissuasion from Popery, 1620. It
+was gratifying to recollect that this chief, now become so much attached
+to us, was the man mentioned in our early dispatches as snatching Mr.
+Tedlie’s sword from him, on the declaration of war, to make his oath
+against us the more inveterate. Telling the King one day that Mr.
+Hutchison’s and Mr. Tedlie’s countries, Scotland and Ireland, were
+formerly distinct from mine, he begged directly to hear specimens of the
+different languages, and was reluctantly persuaded that it was the
+policy of England to get rid of all national distinctions between her
+subjects. Apokoo was very fond of scribbling, and with a smile
+frequently begged to know what he had written. They could not comprehend
+how any hieroglyphic that was not a picture, could express an object. My
+name, said the King, is not like me. He was rather uneasy at my
+sketching; the Moors, he hinted, had insinuated that I could place a
+spell on the buildings I drew. I told him, without drawings, the people
+in England could not be convinced that I had visited him; he appeared
+satisfied, and begged to be drawn handsome.
+
+There are only four direct descendants now living of the noble families
+which accompanied the emigration of Saï Tootoo, the founder of the
+Ashantee monarchy; none of them are wealthy, and Assaphi, who is one, is
+a beggar, wandering in the bush, having been disgraced from the highest
+favour, for the following fraud. An old linguist of the former King’s
+(Saï Quamina) having died at a distant croom, the King, according to
+custom, sent Assaphi with four periguins of gold, and a quantity of
+expensive cloths and mats to bury him; Assaphi kept the gold, and
+substituted inferior cloths of his own. The wife urged the great and
+zealous services of her husband to Saï Quamina, and her indignation at
+such a mean acknowledgment as the King had sent. Assaphi returned,
+reported her gratitude, and that every thing had been handsomely done,
+to the credit of the King. The wife privately dug up the cloths buried
+with the corpse, and suspecting the fraud, secretly conveyed them to the
+King, with a full account. The King sent for Assaphi and again enquiring
+the particulars, with seeming indifference, suddenly required him to
+swear to the truth, which he advanced to do, when the King said no! you
+must not swear, and the woman was immediately discovered to him with all
+the cloths. He then confessed the particulars, was stripped of every
+thing, and is now the more despised for not killing himself; and the
+King could not put him to death, as the direct descendant of one of Saï
+Tootoo’s peers. Part of the King’s reproach to him was curious: “my
+brother’s linguist did him great good, so when he and my brother, who
+now live with God, make God recollect all, and tell him the shame you
+put on him for me, in so burying him, God will kill me.”
+
+A man and a woman were beheaded on the 17th of this month, for an
+intrigue: the woman was very handsome, and the wife of a captain: on
+their being suspected, both were ordered to drink doom, which choking
+them, they were immediately executed. The King’s sister sent for Mr.
+Tedlie to go and see her, he enquired into her complaint and recommended
+some medicine, which she very thankfully agreed to take; he prepared
+some for her, and went to give her the proper directions; upon which,
+she handed the cup to her husband, who beginning to swallow it very
+fast, Mr. Tedlie stopped him, and said he had only prepared sufficient
+for one person; the lady replied, “let him drink this to day, and I can
+have more to-morrow;” he told her that he had very little medicine, and
+could not afford to give it to people that were in good health: she did
+not appear pleased with this reasoning. A man of Assiminia, who had
+received medicine and advice from Mr. Tedlie on our march up, sent him a
+third present about this time, of fruit, vegetables, and wild deer, with
+the account that he was quite well.
+
+Apokoo enquired very anxiously, why the King of England had not sent one
+of his sons with the presents to the King of Ashantee. He said he had
+himself conquered five nations, during the present and the preceding
+reign, and he named twenty one nations which now paid tribute to
+Ashantee; but he added, there were three countries which would not; two
+eastward, and one to the north-west; each of those eastward had defeated
+the Ashantees; the one north-westward, on the King sending for tribute,
+desired that he would come and take it, and afterwards entirely
+destroyed an Ashantee army.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+ _Akrofroom, Sept. 26_, 1817.
+
+ JOHN HOPE SMITH, ESQ. GOVERNOR IN CHIEF, &c. &c. &c.
+
+ SIR,
+
+THE King only availed himself of our detention to introduce us to fresh
+ceremonies, and to augment the testimonies of his friendship. The Amissa
+palaver was not attempted, and nothing like design has disclosed itself.
+
+On the Monday there was a general assembly of the caboceers and
+captains, the King of Dwabin being present, with his linguists, also
+several Dagwumba caboceers, and the Moorish dignitaries. The King
+announced the execution of the Treaty by himself and the deputies, and
+impressed, in a long speech through his linguists, that he would visit
+the least offence against it with the greatest severity. I was then
+requested to read it for the last time, and the King’s duplicate was
+executed in a similar manner.
+
+In the evening, the King gave us our last audience before all his
+superior captains: a letter was dictated, which I shall present to you
+on my arrival; and Adoocee, the chief linguist, was formally deputed to
+receive Mr. Hutchison’s hand from me, and to place it in the King’s, who
+received it with a solemn avowal of his responsibility for the charge.
+The linguist then presented from the King,
+
+To the Government, four boys for education.
+
+To the British Museum, six specimens of the goldsmith’s work. (I had
+interested the King, by my account of this national repository.)
+
+To the Governor in Chief, one boy, one girl, to be brought up in his
+service.
+
+To Mr. Bowdich, one boy, one girl, and 2 oz. 6 ac. of gold.
+
+ Mr. Tedlie, one boy, and 1 oz. 4 ac. of gold.
+
+ Accra linguist, one cloth, 10 ditto.
+
+ Cape Coast linguists, two cloths, 10 ditto.
+
+ De Graaff’s messenger, 10 ditto.
+
+ The officers servants, 10 ditto.
+
+ The soldiers, 10 ditto.
+
+I afterwards received a Sarem cloth and some trifles as a further dash
+from Apokoo; one sheep, &c. &c. from Baba the chief of the Moors; and 15
+ackies of gold from the King’s linguists, with their acknowledgments of
+my firmness during the negotiation.
+
+The King having a palaver at present with the Warsaws, objected so
+strongly to our returning through their territory, that after one or two
+attempts to over-rule his apprehensions, I found it would be imprudent
+to persevere in the wish, although the disappointment was great; the
+King assured me the Warsaw path was two days longer, and that he will
+not spare any labour on that of Assin directly after the war. I had
+permission to go some miles on the Warsaw path, to convince myself of
+its neglected condition.
+
+The King’s favorite son (a child about five years old) whom he had
+dressed in our uniform for the occasion, was so alarmed at the idea of
+being given over to us, that the King’s feelings obliged him to promise
+me that he would send the children after me; he is too jealous of the
+advantages to allow those of his great men to participate, until his own
+family are first distinguished by them.
+
+The King supplied me with bearers, and pressed me to take six hammock
+men in case of sickness; he would not hear of pay for any, and persisted
+in appointing one of his captains to take care of us. He yielded the
+point of an escort reluctantly, which I had combated from the
+consideration of the expense of a present to such a number. The King
+requested me on taking leave, to wait a short time until his captains
+had distributed the powder to salute as on our departure, and it being
+then dark, to proceed no further than a small croom just beyond the
+marsh, where the people should join us in the morning. The King and his
+captains were seated by torch light with all their insignia, without the
+palace, and we quitted the capital, preceded by the King’s banners,
+discharges of musketry, and every flattering distinction that could be
+thought of.
+
+The King has provided one of the best houses for Mr. Hutchison, very
+superior to any we could have raised at so short a notice, and has
+anticipated every thing to make him comfortable, and respected; nothing
+could be more considerate or kind, than his speech to him on my taking
+leave.
+
+A messenger of the King of Dwabin’s accompanies me for a suit of our
+uniform for the King’s wear, which I could not refuse.
+
+ I am, &c. &c.
+
+ (Signed) T. EDWARD BOWDICH.
+
+
+ _Coomassie, September 22_, 1817.
+
+ SAÏ TOOTOO QUAMINA, _King of Ashantee, &c. to_ JOHN HOPE SMITH,
+ _Esquire, Governor in Chief, &c. &c. &c._
+
+ SIR,
+
+WE are from this time forth good friends, and I shall send all the trade
+I can to Cape Coast Castle, and I hope that you will by and by have
+confidence in my word.
+
+I beg you will send my best compliments to the King of England, and
+accept them yourself, in proof of my satisfaction of the purposes of the
+Embassy, and its happy termination.
+
+You will call all the Fantee caboceers before you, and impress the
+importance of the Treaty, and exact their respect of it, as I have from
+all my great men and caboceers.
+
+I hope you will always act towards me as a friend, and I shall always be
+ready to protect and support the British interests.
+
+I wish you health and happiness, and all my captains send their best
+compliments to you.
+
+ I am, Sir,
+
+ your sincere friend,
+
+ The mark X of Saï Tootoo Quamina.
+
+ Present,
+
+W. HUTCHISON.
+
+HENRY TEDLIE.
+
+I will thank you to impress on the King of England that I have sworn not
+to renew the war with the Fantees, out of respect to him, and I shall
+consider them as his people. I hope therefore he will, in turn, consider
+if he cannot renew the Slave Trade, which will be good for me.
+
+I hope the King of England will now let all foreign vessels come to the
+coast to trade, and you must say that the path is now clear to do as
+much English trade as your supplies will allow.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ The following letter was sent after me, to Doompassie.
+
+
+ _Coomassie, 23d September_, 1817.
+
+ JOHN HOPE SMITH, ESQ. GOVERNOR IN CHIEF, &c. &c. &c.
+
+ SIR,
+
+THE King of Ashantee desires me to request you will write to all the
+Governors of English forts, on the African coast, to order the caboceers
+of each town, to send a proper person to Cape Coast, and that you will
+add one messenger yourself; that they may all proceed to Coomassie to
+take the King’s fetish in his presence, that none may plead ignorance of
+the Treaty concluded between his Majesty and the British nation.
+
+The King wishes me to express, that he is fully satisfied with the
+objects of the Mission, and that the Treaty may be read by me to all the
+Fantee deputies you may send for that purpose.
+
+ I am, &c. &c.
+
+ (Signed) W. HUTCHISON.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+My last private letters from Cape Coast Castle had imposed the most
+painful anxiety; the two lives naturally beyond all others the dearest
+to me, were imminently endangered by the seasoning illness of the
+country; one yielded to it before I could arrive, yet, under all the
+impatience of my affliction, I must confess, when I took the King’s hand
+for the last time, when I reflected on the benevolence, the solicitude,
+and the generosity I had experienced whilst my life was in his hands,
+affected by the most untoward and irritating political circumstances, by
+the aggravated suspicions of his chiefs, and by the poisonous jealousy
+of the Moors, there was a painful gratification in the retrospect, which
+blended the wish to linger another hour in listening to acknowledgments
+of esteem and obligation, more affecting than flattering, and enhanced
+by the consoling reflection, that they were the natural emotions of one
+of those monarchs we are pleased to call barbarians. Night was coming
+on, but as I had so positively declared before the King and his council,
+on the former occasion, that nothing should deter me from keeping my
+word in quitting Coomassie on this day, it would not do to delay even
+until the morning. A strict observance of your word, is every thing in
+the eye of a Negro. The King said, he would not beg me to stay, as I had
+declared I dared not; he would only ask me to go no further than Ogogoo,
+that night, and his people should join me early in the morning. Our exit
+was a brilliant scene, from the reflection of the glittering ornaments
+of the King and his captains by the torches; they were seated in a deep
+and long line, without the palace, accompanied by their retinues; all
+their bands burst forth together, as we saluted the King in passing, and
+we were enveloped in the smoke of the musketry. The darkness of the
+forest was an instantaneous and awful contrast, and the howlings and
+screeches of the wild beasts, startled us as we groped our way, as if we
+had never heard them before. The torches provided for our protection
+against them were extinguished in crossing the marsh, which had swollen
+to between four and five feet deep, and the descent to it from Coomassie
+was rocky and abrupt. The linguists and soldiers lost themselves in the
+forest, and did not arrive at Ogogoo until long after Mr. Tedlie and
+myself. The inhabitants were asleep, but they rose cheerfully, cleared
+the best house for us, and made fires. The next morning I received the
+dash of gold from the King’s linguists, in a Mallowa bag, with a long
+compliment; the conclusion of which was, that I must always be ready to
+use the same spirit and address, in talking a palaver for the King of
+Ashantee, as I had shewn in talking that of my own King. This testimony
+of their good feeling and esteem, which they could not avow whilst we
+were political antagonists, was grateful.
+
+Marching through Sarrasoo, where we were liberally refreshed with palm
+wine, we halted in the evening at Assiminia. We were received with great
+hospitality by the principal man, who provided us with excellent
+lodging, to his own inconvenience, and presented us with some fowls. The
+path was almost a continued bog, for the rainy season had set in
+violently. The next day we marched through Dadasey to Doompassie, and
+occupied our former comfortable dwelling. One party spent the night in
+the woods. Thursday morning, the 6th, we had a short but most fatiguing
+march over the mountains dividing the frontiers, to Moisee, the first
+Assin town. The difficulty of procuring provisions until the people
+returned from the plantations, detained us in Moisee until four o’clock
+in the evening. As the stage from Doompassie had been short, (although
+fatiguing) I determined to proceed to Akrofroom, as we should gain a day
+by it. The Ashantees remonstrated, knowing the swollen state of the
+several small rivers, and the aggravated difficulties of the path from
+the heavy rain; but I was so apprehensive of being detained, by their
+pleading their superstitious observance of good and bad days for
+travelling, that I was afraid of seeming to yield to them, lest it might
+encourage the disposition. I recommended them to go back, and started
+without them, but they were soon at my heels, declaring, they should
+lose their heads if they quitted us. Mr. Tedlie, myself, a soldier, and
+the Ashantee next in authority under the captain, outwalked the rest of
+the party, and found ourselves out of their hearing when it grew dark.
+We lost some time in trying to make torches to keep off the beasts, and
+to direct us in the right track, for we were walking through a continued
+bog, and had long before lost our shoes. A violent tornado ushered in
+the night, we could not hear each other holla, and were soon separated;
+luckily I found I had one person left with me (the Ashantee) who, after
+I had groped him out, tying his cloth tight round his middle, gave me
+the other end, and thus plunged along, pulling me after him, through
+bogs and rivers, exactly like an owl tied to a duck in a pond. The
+thunder, the darkness, and the howlings of the wild beasts were awful,
+but the loud and continuing crash of a large tree, which fell very near
+us during the storm, was even more so to my ear. The Ashantee had
+dragged me along, or rather through, in this manner until I judged it to
+be midnight, when, quite exhausted, with the remnants of my clothes
+scarcely hanging together, I let go his cloth, and falling on the
+ground, was asleep before I could call out to him. I was awoke by this
+faithful guide, who had felt me out, and seated me on the trunk of a
+tree, with my head resting on his shoulder; he gave me to understand I
+must die if I sat there, and we pursued the duck and owl method once
+more. In an hour we forded the last river, which had swollen
+considerably above my chin, and spread to a great width. This last
+labour I considered final, and my drowsiness became so fascinating, that
+it seemed to beguile me of every painful thought and apprehension, and
+the yielding to it was an exquisite, though momentary pleasure. I
+presume I must have slept above an hour, lifted by this humane man from
+the bank of the river to a drier corner of the forest, more impervious
+to the torrents of rain; when, being awoke, I was surprised to see him
+with a companion and a torch; he took me on his back, and in about three
+quarters of an hour we reached Akrofroom. This man knew I carried about
+me several ounces of gold, for the subsistence of the people, not
+trusting to our luggage, which we could not reckon on in such a season
+and journey. Exhausted and insensible, my life was in his hands, and
+infested as the forest was with wild beasts, he might after such a
+night, without suspicion, have reported me as destroyed by them; this
+had occurred to me, and was an uneasy feeling as long as my torpor left
+me any. It was about two o’clock in the morning, and the inhabitants of
+Akrofroom were almost all asleep, for it was too rude a night for Negro
+revelry; however, I was directly carried to a dry and clean apartment,
+furnished with a brass pan full of water to wash in, some fruits and
+palm wine, an excellent bed of mats and cushions, and an abundance of
+country cloths to wrap around me, for I was all but naked. After I had
+washed, I rolled myself up in the cloths, one after the other, until I
+became a gigantic size, and by a profuse perspiration escaped any other
+ill than a slight fever. A soldier came up about mid-day, and gave me
+some hopes of seeing Mr. Tedlie again, who arrived soon afterwards,
+having left his companions in a bog, waiting until he sent them
+assistance from the town. Our gratification was mutual, for the only
+trace he had had of me was by no means an encouraging one; my servant
+meeting an Ashantee in the forest with fragments of my clothes, which he
+persisted he had not taken from any person, but picked up on his way.
+Mr. Tedlie (whose feet were cut and bruised much more than mine, and
+whose wretched plight made him envy the African toga I had assumed)
+after we had separated, and the storm had drowned our mutual hollaings,
+the howlings of the wild beasts meeting his ears on all sides, had just
+determined to roost in a tree for the night, when an Ashantee appeared
+with a torch, and conducted him out of the track to the remains of a
+shed, where four or five of the people had before strayed and settled
+themselves. Another party arrived at Akrofroom about four o’clock, and
+the last, with the Cape Coast linguist and the corporal, not until sun
+set; they had lost the track altogether, and spent the whole day, as
+well as the previous night, in the woods. We made an excellent duck
+soup, our grace to which was, “what a luxury to poor Mungo Park;” the
+name recalled sufferings which made us laugh at our own as mere
+adventures.
+
+On Saturday the 8th we marched to Asharamang. Here we found great
+difficulties in getting provisions until the Ashantees came up, for
+Quamina Bwa’s knavery had been ascribed to us; and here, panyaring all
+we required, he had not given the inhabitants a tokoo of the gold. At
+length we were well supplied and comfortably lodged. The next day we
+marched through Kickiwherree to Prasoo, where we occupied a good house,
+and an Ashantee captain proceeding on an embassy, dashed us a supply of
+fowls and yams. We crossed the Boosempra early the next morning, and
+thence began to leave the rains behind us. Persevering in making but one
+journey of the distances which occupied us two and three days going up,
+we pressed forward, passing by our former bivouacs in the woods,
+scarcely distinguishable, until we reached the site of Accomfodey, for
+only one hut now remained; the wretched inhabitants having deserted it
+in terror of the Ashantees. The solitary Fantee who occupied it, had the
+address to assure me, that I should find much better lodging at
+Ancomassa, where we recollected to have left some comfortable huts going
+up, and we resolved to try another stage, and were recompensed by
+finding scarcely a wreck of the place, and some tattered sheds only
+instead of the sound roof we had quitted. We proceeded early the next
+morning, passed Foosou, which was entirely deserted, and marched until
+we found ourselves at sun set on the banks of the Aniabirrim. The people
+were all behind, and the Ashantees coming up about an hour afterwards,
+informed us they had settled themselves for the night about two hours
+walk distant. Unfortunately we had no flint, and after fasting all day,
+we had the mortification of losing our supper merely for want of a fire;
+the wood was all so wet that friction had no effect on it, we could find
+no shelter, and a heavy rain set in as it grew dark; fatigue luckily
+beguiled us of cold and hunger, and of our apprehensions of a visit from
+the beasts, who were howling about the banks of their watering place. I
+wrapped myself up in the Inta cloth Apokoo had given me, and wet as the
+ground was, I never slept better. Hence the forest visibly declined in
+height towards the coast. We pressed on by day light, found some
+excellent guavas to allay our hunger, and reaching Mansue, made a good
+soup of our fowls, peppers growing luxuriantly all around us. We waited
+until we heard of the people behind us, and then proceeded; about five
+in the evening I reached Cottacoomacasa, with the Dwabin messenger only.
+The place was deserted, and a body of Ashantee traders had occupied the
+remaining shed. I would not disturb them, but waiting until sun set for
+Mr. Tedlie, I left him a supply of guavas, and proceeded to Payntree.
+There was a charm in the name of that place, being but one journey from
+the sea, superior to the recollection of the former night’s adventure.
+It was a brilliant night, and the dark gloom and hollow echos of the
+long vistas of the forest, formed a fine contrast to the extensive areas
+(sites of large Fantee crooms destroyed by the Ashantees) into which we
+frequently emerged. The wild music and cheerful revelry of the
+inhabitants of Payntree stole upon my ear, and raised the tone of my
+spirits in proportion as the sounds strengthened.
+
+A loud and continued shout warned me that I was announced; torches and
+music instantly encircled me, and I was conducted to old Payntree’s
+residence, who had built himself a new house somewhat in the Ashantee
+fashion. An excellent bed was prepared for me of an accumulation of mats
+and country cloths, and a famous supper of soups, stews, fruit, and palm
+wine. Quamina Bootaqua paid his respects, and old Payntree, Amooney King
+of Annamaboe, and two or three other caboceers, unknown to me, made a
+long adulatory speech, complimenting my ability, bewailing my hardships,
+and magnifying their obligations. I was requested to seat myself on old
+Payntree’s state stool, whilst they stood around me, and he begged me to
+listen to an air composed by his band on the occasion of the embassy,
+and its successful termination; “all would now be well, and Fantee
+revive and flourish.” I sat up till midnight, vainly expecting Mr.
+Tedlie and the soldiers; they awoke me by their arrival before sun rise;
+they had passed the night in a sound hut, on the path, which from the
+want of a torch had escaped my notice.
+
+Hearing, as I expected, that there was a path from Payntree to Cape
+Coast Castle, avoiding Annamaboe (whence the Mission had departed), I
+determined to explore it, and Payntree furnished me with a guide. The
+country was beautifully diversified with hill and dale, but the soil was
+generally lighter and more gravelly than that between Annamaboe and
+Payntree. We passed through several groves of guava trees, and all the
+other tropical fruits abounded. Occasionally there were small
+plantations of Guinea corn, where a few wretched Fantees still lurked in
+the ruins of the crooms the Ashantees had destroyed. We passed through
+eleven which had been considerable, and now presented but a few mud
+houses scattered over extensive sites. Their names were Assequah,
+Daöoramong, Amparoo, Taächoo, Coorikirraboo, Perridjoo, Abikarrampa,
+Aquoitee, Miensa, and Amosima. The only water was near Amparoo; it was a
+large pond nearly two miles in circumference, and sixty yards broad,
+impregnated with vegetable matter. After travelling 15 miles, we climbed
+some very steep and rocky hills, apparently of iron stone, and descended
+into a flat country, continuing until a small rising about two miles
+from Cape Coast Castle, (which I judged to be 20 miles from Payntree by
+this interior path) opened the sea to our view; as delightful to our
+sight, as land would have been after a prolonged and perilous voyage.
+The shouts and greetings of the natives were a grateful introduction to
+the more congenial congratulations of our countrymen.
+
+
+[Footnote 13: One piece of silk. 10 handkerchiefs of Dane. 1 umbrella. 4
+gallons of rum. 20 lbs. of pork. 1 basket of rice. Biscuit. 1 sheep.]
+
+[Footnote 14: The man who hung himself.]
+
+
+
+
+ * * * * *
+ MISSION TO ASHANTEE.
+ PART II.
+ * * * * *
+
+
+ CHAPTER I.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ _Geography._
+
+
+The impression of the Natives that we came “to spy the country” was
+sedulously strengthened by the Moors, who were actuated by alarm,
+jealousy, and a spirit of intolerance unmitigated by a previous
+intercourse with Europeans. I felt compelled, therefore, to suppress all
+curiosity for a considerable time, lest the anxiety to detect us in
+geographical enquiries, to make their calumny more imposing, might have
+been gratified. Latterly, when better feelings had been induced through
+patience and candour, as the Moorish charts and MSS. evidence, the
+inaptitude rather than the reluctance of the natives, made the shortness
+of our stay unaccommodating. I shall pass over a mass of memoranda
+recorded on individual report, and only select such, wherein Moors and
+natives, unknown to each other, have agreed; describing their travels in
+their own way, without my questions anticipating or directing them.
+These routes and observations were further confirmed by the evidence of
+children, recently arrived as slaves from the various countries, whose
+artless replies decided my credence. It may be remarked, that the
+children of the African Negroes, early accustomed to travel with their
+parents for their convenience or their assistance, and unoccupied by the
+difficulties of incipient education, observe nature more attentively
+than European children of the same age would; for they have nothing else
+to think of, or to divert the fatigue of these reiterated trading
+journies: their evidence, therefore, was a genuine and acceptable check
+on the Moorish and Negro adults.
+
+The difficulty of adjusting geography by investigation only, is not
+diminished by the numerous small states, scarcely less frequent than
+those of modern Italy, which we find to compose this part of Western
+Africa.
+
+Any thing like observations of the Sun’s place, during a journey, seemed
+to be so uncommon to the Natives, and so secondary to the Moors, from
+their confused accounts of the occasional changes, that, after expending
+much time to no purpose, I was obliged to content myself with placing
+the different kingdoms in the same direction as their several paths bore
+from Coomassie, taking every precaution to be convinced that the paths
+did not cross each other; and afterwards adjusting the positions by the
+various auxiliary evidence which occurred in the general course of my
+enquiries. I allow 15 miles for each days journey (which, from
+observation and report, I have reason to think is the average) and two
+thirds of the sum to be made good on the horizontal distance, as we
+found this to be nearly the case in our journey from Annamaboe to
+Coomassie; the distance travelled being 146 miles, Annamaboe laying in
+5° 4′ N., and 1° 43′ W., and the latitude of Coomassie being 6° 34′ 50″
+N.; and the longitude 2° 11′ W. by the mean of the observations of the
+eclipses of Jupiter’s 1st and 2nd satellites.
+
+I procured the numerals of the various countries whenever I could, to
+assist future enquirers.
+
+There are nine great paths leading from Coomassie, the Dwabin, Akim,
+Assin, Warsaw, Sauee, Gaman, Soko, Daboia, and Sallagha.
+
+Dwabin is not more than three quarters of a day’s journey eastward from
+Coomassie, by the route No. 1.; in which I have retained only the larger
+towns, omitting the villages; as I shall invariably. The river Dah is
+crossed close to the westward of Dwabin, and said to be as wide as we
+found it at Sarrasoo. Two journies beyond Dwabin is a small dependent
+district called Mohoo. Several names, such as Meäsee, Marmpon,
+Akrofroom, &c. will be found common to different states, as Larissa,
+Argos, and Thebes were in antient Greece.
+
+There is an eastern branch of the Akim path, entered immediately on
+leaving Coomassie, to a country called Quaöo, northward of Akim, (of
+which it seems formerly to have been a district) and adjoining the
+Volta. Diabbee is its principal town, and the second Wantomoo, 8
+journies from Coomassie by route No. 2. The latter is situated at the
+foot of a mountain whence the Boosempra issues, with two smaller rivers,
+the Soobirree and Sesee, running to the Kirradee. This district is
+entered the 3d day from Coomassie.
+
+There are two routes to Accra through Akim, the capital of which is
+Bannasoo, 5 journies, and the northern frontier town Feëa, 3 journies
+from Coomassie. The easternmost route to Accra is 15 journies; the other
+is made 17 journies to pass near the lake Boosmaquee. This lake, 3
+journies from Coomassie, was described as four miles long, and nearly
+three broad; upwards of thirty small crooms were reckoned situated
+around it, supported by fishing: the water was said to be unpleasant to
+drink, and to give a reddish hue to the hair of the people who washed in
+it. Fish were forwarded thence daily for the King’s table, by relays of
+men. It was called the white mans fetish, there being a popular
+superstition, nourished by the Moors, that Europeans were to join it
+with the sea, to introduce vessels for the subjugation of the country.
+Close to the lake is a mountain called Quashee Boposoo, sometimes seen
+clearly from Coomassie, abounding in large black stones, described as
+basaltes. By this route (No. 3.) to Accra, the Akim country is entered
+the 4th day, the Boosempra is crossed on the 6th, by a tree laid over
+it, and the Birrim, by a line and raft on the 12th; it is much wider
+than the Boosempra is where we crossed it, and runs to that river,
+falling into it just above our crossing. The Aquapim, a clear and
+mountainous country, is entered on the 16th day. By the eastern route,
+No. 4, the Akim country is entered the 4th day; a large hill called
+Abirrawantoo is passed the 9th; thence the Birrim springs, crossing the
+path twice before it runs to the Boosempra. Three days westward from
+this mountain, is a second, called Papow, in which the Aïnshue or the
+Winnebah river rises. A river called Dinshue rises also in this
+neighbourhood, running to the Saccomo, which falls into the sea 8 miles
+west of Accra. Isert, who visited Aquapim, called the capital Kommang,
+but Akropong is so now. The distance from Coomassie to Accra may be
+estimated at 230 miles, which bears about the same proportion to the
+horizontal distance, as the path we travelled through Assin from
+Annamaboe. Dr. Leyden was much imposed on in the extravagant account he
+has given of the extent, power, and commerce of Akim,[15] which is
+placed in the map accompanying his work, eastward of Dahomey, instead of
+westward of the Volta. Dr. Isert was a Danish gentleman, who had the
+good fortune to cure the former King of Ashantee’s sister of a lingering
+disorder, after she had exhausted all the skill of the fetish women, and
+came to Christiansburg Castle in despair. He afterwards expressed his
+wish to visit the Ashantee kingdom; and being encouraged, he set out in
+June 1786, and staying some days in Aquapim, was just about to enter
+Akim, when he was recalled by the Governor. A dangerous illness,
+heightened by his disappointment, soon afterwards disgusted him with the
+country, and he left it for the West Indies. As Dr. Isert’s letters are
+only known in German and Dutch,[16] and he was an industrious and
+scientific observer, an extract from his description of the Aquapim
+country will be acceptable. I am indebted for a Latin translation of
+this and other passages, adduced on different subjects, to Dr. Reynhaut
+of Elmina Castle.
+
+“I began my journey early in the morning of the 17th of June, and after
+walking two hours I arrived at a little village, picturesquely situated,
+named Aschiama. Two hours behind this lies a chain of mountains, which
+are composed of granitous stones; flints are but rarely found. The whole
+prospect shews itself here in a very different manner to that observed
+in sandy countries; the rocks are covered with lofty trees, which are
+encompassed with small forests almost impervious. The soil, no longer
+sandy, becomes argillaceous, and excellent for vegetation. Behind these
+forests I arrived at a Negro village called Abodee, eight leagues from
+Christiansburg: the inhabitants of this place are very tenacious of
+native ceremony and etiquette. Thence I passed by an irregular path
+through the following villages, Fiasso, Fientema, Futu, Mampon, Odaky,
+Manno, and Manseng. An hour afterwards I reached a village named
+Kommong, the residence of H.R.H. the Duke of Aquapim. Here the country
+is charming, though forests are still to be found. Mountains, rocks, and
+vallies vary each other in the most striking order; fresh water, so
+rarely obtained in maritime countries, is found here of an excellent
+quality. Near this village a stream constantly rushes from the summit of
+a rock, and affords a fresh and crystalline water. Trees of a very large
+circumference are also found; I calculated one of the biggest to be 45
+feet round and 15 in diameter. These trees are not the same as those of
+which Adanson speaks in his description of Senegal, (Adansonia digitata)
+but are of a peculiar species; they much resemble a round tower, as they
+do not bear either flowers or fruits. Here I found the Ammonium Grana
+Paradisi, the Ammonium Zerumber, and a new genus in a perpendicular tree
+ornamented by flowers, which resembled tulips, (Novum Genus Tetandriæ)
+and of great elegance: also a new species of aloe, of which the
+inhabitants make thread; a new species of citron with indented leaves,
+and a multitude of unknown trees and shrubs. In the thickest forests
+grows a species of Spanish cane, very straight and well proportioned,
+and often attaining six feet in height; it is to be wished that it could
+be made use of, treating it as the Chinese do, for if, when dry, an
+equal degree of tenacity could be induced, it would prove superior in
+quality. I observed, on the boughs of the trees, the Senna plant (which
+is parasitic, and consists entirely of a flower), it was almost the
+shape of a pine when open, and the inside is of a very deep red; the
+Negroes use it in the syphilitic disorder, when first attacked. I took
+it for the Aphuteia Hydrora of Thunberg, but on examination it differs
+much, as it belongs to Icosandria. Palm trees are here very rare, except
+the oliferous (Elois Guineensis) and the viniferous (an Phœnix) which
+are cultivated in great numbers; also the true cocoa nut trees (Cocas
+nucifera) and the false (an Borassus.) In a word, nature entirely
+changes her form as soon as you reach the summit of the chain of
+mountains, and I do not believe one twentieth part of the plants found
+here are the same as those on the Coast. With regard to natural history,
+I was less happy in making discoveries. The elephant, so abundantly
+inhabiting the environs of Fidah, (Whydah) and other wild beasts, are
+here very rare, which may be attributed to the scarcity of grass, the
+growth of which is prevented by the almost impenetrable forests. Several
+sorts of birds are here seen, principally paroquets, of which I knew six
+species, Psittacus, Erythæus and Pullarius (Linn.) the others seem to be
+new, and I also saw a great number of insects of new species. The
+mineral kingdom would perhaps be richer if they had mines here. The
+rocks are solely composed of rough stones like granite and grens, and
+their species; dry quartz and slate stones are often found; on the other
+hand I could not discover calcareous earth. The soil is varied, but
+consists in general of a rich aluminous earth, traced in different
+colours, and of a rich black earth with which sand is never mixed. The
+atmosphere seemed more salubrious than on the sea coast, though
+physicians generally deny this quality to exist near the forests which
+grow in warm climates. I believe the elevated situation of the country
+contributes much to it. The Europeans who inhabit the Coast in forts,
+would do well to establish an hospital and a garden here. The Arum
+Esculentum, the Banana (Musa sapientum) the Ananas (Bromelia Ananas) the
+Carica Papaia and Citron all abound here.”
+
+The Assin path is that described in the route from Annamaboe to
+Coomassie, it branches off at Foosoo to Ensabra, two journies from
+Winnebah, through Anissoo, Asoidroo (the head quarters of the King of
+Ashantee in the invasion of 1807) and Atoäperrim, which means “to fire a
+gun.” The principal town of Assin is Ansa, through which we passed,
+Akrofroom, apparently larger, is called the second. A range of stony
+hills is the boundary of Assin and Akim.
+
+The path to Elmina, through the Warsaw country, makes so considerable an
+angle to the westward, that the Ashantees invariably declared it
+occupied more time to travel than the Assin; it is allowed to be ten
+journies at Elmina, by route No. 5. The Dah is crossed the first day at
+its town Adahsoo, and in the evening Becquoi (one of the five large
+towns built by the Ashantees) is reached. The Dankara country is entered
+the third day, the Tufel the fourth, the Warsaw the sixth, the Boosempra
+is crossed the tenth day, the Ofim, which skirts this path to the
+westward (having received the Dah at Meeäsee) falling into it. The
+capital of the Dankara country is four journies westward of Coomassie,
+and the frontier is entered the second by route No. 6: it is the most
+productive of gold, but has been extravagantly over-rated in Bosman’s
+report of its population. The river Seënnee, or, as the Portuguese have
+called it, Ancobra, from its serpentine course, has been thought to rise
+just beyond the north eastern frontier, but it will presently appear to
+be a branch of the Tando of the Ashantees. In the Dutch copies of the
+old Portuguese charts, Dankara is placed eastward of Ashantee. The
+Warsaw country will be noticed more particularly, in considering the
+maritime geography from Cape Coast Castle to the river Assinee.
+
+The Warsaw path has two grand branches, one to Apollonia and one to
+Aöwin, each thirteen journies; the former is in the small kingdom of
+Amanăheä. The Aöwin country extends from Apollonia to the river Assinee,
+five journies in length and three in breadth; it is governed by seven or
+eight caboceers, like those of Warsaw, independent of each other: it can
+furnish about 5000 soldiers. The numerals of Amanăheä and Aöwin will
+appear in an essay on the Fantee language. Both countries are at the
+mercy of the Ashantees, who extort gold from them frequently, though
+they have not yet fixed the tributes.
+
+Sauëe lies eight journies W.N.W. from Coomassie, and Moinsan fifteen. I
+could not procure the routes, but Wom and Sannasee are two of the
+largest towns which are passed through.
+
+Buntookoo, the capital of the kingdom of Gaman, is 11 journies N.N.W. of
+Coomassie by route No. 7. The river Ofim is crossed the second day, the
+Tando the fifth, thence the country becomes open. Yammee, the frontier
+town of Gaman, is reached the eighth day. The name of the King of Gaman
+is Adinkara; the capital, though not so large, is allowed to be better
+built than Coomassie, and the Moorish influence has been longer
+established. It is incomparably the richest country in gold, and small
+pits were described to me, like those Mr. Park saw at Shrondo. The
+numerals are,
+
+ One Tah.
+
+ Two Noo.
+
+ Three Sah.
+
+ Four Nah.
+
+ Five Taw.
+
+ Six Torata.
+
+ Seven Toorifeenoo.
+
+ Eight Toorifeessa.
+
+ Nine Toorifeena.
+
+ Ten Noonoo.
+
+The four principal Gaman towns, are Sarem, which some call the capital,
+Bandakeeä, Bundoo, and Nasseä, five journies from Kong, and seven from
+Buntookoo.
+
+A powerful kingdom called Bahooree, which has hitherto successfully
+resisted the Ashantees, was described to be westward, and expected to
+afford refuge to the King of Gaman on the approaching invasion.
+
+I had heard it reported that the Tando formed the Assinee river, about
+35 miles westward of Cape Apollonia, but a very intelligent Ashantee
+satisfied me this was a mistake, arising probably from Seënee being the
+native name of the Ancobra, which is formed by one branch of the Tando;
+a second running westward. The Tando is not near so large as the
+Boosempra, and therefore very unlikely to form so large a river as the
+Assinee; the western branch may possibly run into it. Mr. Meredith,
+writing from report without sufficiently checking it, has made the Tando
+and the Chamah or Boosempra the same; yet, p. 225, he adds, “the Volta
+is more probably a branch of the Tando, a large river reported as
+running to the eastward, and which the Ashantees are obliged to cross in
+coming to the Coast;” he did not reflect that he thus laid down a river
+running out of the sea. The Tando, we have seen, is five days northward
+of Coomassie, it rises in some rocky hills called Toofeeä, near the
+large town Aënkroo, between the Banda and Inta paths.
+
+Soko (formerly a province of Gaman) is 11 journies from Coomassie; and
+Banda, four beyond, and a little to the eastward; see route No. 8. The
+first day, Tafoo is reached, a large aboriginal Inta town, for, as will
+be seen in the historical report, the Ashantees emigrated, and subjected
+several Inta districts now forming the northern part of their dominions,
+and trenched considerably on that declining kingdom, now entirely at
+their mercy. If Mr. Dalzel had reflected, it would have occurred to him,
+that the Taffoe, Tafoe, or Tafu of Snelgrave (placed so absurdly in his
+map, 60 miles west of the mouth of the Volta) and the In-ta[17] he heard
+of at Dahomey, and confounded with Ashantee, were the same: for the In
+in In-ta is scarcely audible, and only a slight nasal sound barely
+amounting to n, as N-ta; foo is merely an adjunct equal to people or men
+in our language, affixed in the present infancy of African language to
+all names of countries, as if we always said the Scotchmen or Irishmen,
+instead of the Scotch and Irish. The Ofim is crossed one day beyond
+Tafoo at its croom Ofeesoo, the Tando four journies beyond at Tandosoo.
+Takima is reached the eighth day, whence the Fantees are reported, by
+tradition, to have emigrated, and there is yet but little difference in
+the languages.
+
+Sixteen journies N.N.E. of Coomassie is Boopee (which I have placed
+accordingly in 8° 42′ N. and 1° 19′ W.) the frontier town of Inta,
+hitherto confounded with Ashantee, than which it is more populous and
+more civilized. The Moorish influence has been long established there,
+and almost all its caboceers affect to profess that faith. The river
+Adirri, which we shall presently identify with the Volta, is crossed
+four hours southward of Boopee, and is described as about 120 yards
+broad; it rises eight journies N.W. of Boopee, in a large mountain
+called Kondoongooree, one of the mountains of Kong, which were
+distinctly and invariably reported not to be a chain, but frequently and
+individually scattered, from Kong eastward. Seven journies from
+Coomassie, on the Inta route, is the smaller kingdom Coranza (probably
+the Corisseno of the old maps) the people of which are of the same
+origin as the Ashantees by tradition, but, as the King himself assured
+me, of much more genius and aptitude. Three journies from Boopee is
+Daboia, the second town of Inta. The first journey is to Minsiroo, where
+lions are numerous; the second to Moronko, the inhabitants of which are
+so fearful of being carried off as slaves by the Ashantee traders (who
+travel in great numbers) that they have no doors to their houses, but
+ascending by a ladder, which they immediately draw up, they enter
+through the thatch. Close to Moronko is a river, about as large as the
+Boosempra, called Adiffofoo. Pahmee, three journies south eastward of
+Daboia, and Yabo which I cannot place so precisely, are the alternate
+residences of the King of Inta. There is a constant commercial
+intercourse between Inta and Dahomey, the frontiers being five journies
+apart. The numerals of Inta are
+
+ One Koko.
+
+ Two Anyoe.
+
+ Three Assa.
+
+ Four Anna.
+
+ Five Annoo.
+
+ Six Assee.
+
+ Seven Assoonno.
+
+ Eight Adoobrooa.
+
+ Nine Digrakoono.
+
+ Ten Koodoo.
+
+Sallagha, the grand market of the Inta kingdom, is 17 journies north-
+eastward from Coomassie, by route No. 10. The first is to Marmpon, one
+of the five large towns built by the Ashantees, and possessing palatine
+privileges; the second, through five smaller towns to Aphwaguiassie, the
+largest market in the Ashantee kingdom; the 9th day the rivers Kirradee
+and Oboosoom are crossed, each about 60 yards wide, and flowing so near
+together, as to appear one in the rainy season; a high mountain,
+Aduarreekennee, is just beyond them, the boundary of Ashantee and
+Booroom. The tenth day the river Sennee is forded, which afterwards
+enlarges considerably, and runs into the Volta; it rises five journies
+from Coomassie (by route No. 11) between the Boopee and Sallagha paths.
+The Booroom country is quite open, and the Ashantees give the river the
+figurative name of Birrinsoo, which means that its distance is so
+deceiving, that you will cry before you reach it. The capital of Booroom
+is Guia, a considerable town, noticed in the route to Odentee, a fetish
+sanctuary of great repute, and said to be splendidly furnished. The
+Ashantee language is spoken very commonly in Booroom, but the vernacular
+numerals are
+
+ One Ekoo.
+
+ Two Enoo.
+
+ Three Essa.
+
+ Four Enna.
+
+ Five Annoo.
+
+ Six Esseä.
+
+ Seven Assoono.
+
+ Eight Aquiay.
+
+ Nine Akonno.
+
+ Ten Edoo.
+
+The tenth day the Adirri or Volta is crossed, more than a mile wide, but
+much interrupted by rocks, and described to be full of hippopotami
+(which they call sea elephants,) and alligators. This river divides
+Booroom from Inta, Sallagha being one day’s long march from it.
+Calculating the 17 journies to Sallagha at 15 miles each, the course as
+N.E. by E. and supposing two thirds to be made good on the horizontal
+distance, according to our own experience, which gives 170 B. equal to
+147 G. miles, Sallagha will lie in latitude 7° 56′ N., and longitude 9″
+W. As a check upon this position, it will be necessary to follow the
+Adirri or Volta as far as the natives navigate it from Adda, where it is
+called the Flou (as the falls of the Senegal.) Isert’s report may be
+interesting as an introduction.
+
+“The people of Adda think it derogatory to cultivate land, and live by
+fishing, and making salt, which they sell to the people of the Interior.
+The Volta has no breakers, and therefore may be presumed to be deep.”
+This is an extraordinary mistake; Dalzel says there are high breakers.
+Colonel Starrenberg (of Engineers) at Elmina Castle, who went about 60
+miles up the Volta, accompanied by a Danish officer and flag, and met
+with no impediment so far, but turned back reluctantly in three or four
+fathoms of water, observed to me, that he thought the channel between
+the breakers about a mile wide. Dalzel mentions an American brig making
+good her passage over the bar, on which there is about two fathoms
+water; and a Danish schooner has done so since. “An arm goes from the
+mouth to Quitta.” This must be the river running from Lagos into the
+Volta, near the mouth, as will be shewn in considering the errors in the
+maritime geography. “Six English miles from the mouth, it forms a lake
+60 miles long and 48 broad, whence an arm extends to Pottriba, 3 miles
+eastward of Quitta: in this lake are more than a hundred islands.”
+Colonel Starrenberg thought the river widened about 9 British miles from
+the mouth, but the number of small islands prevented even ocular
+demonstration. So large a lake would certainly have been spoken of by
+the natives to Europeans ere this; those whom I have questioned, have
+gone up the river to the extreme navigable point, and crossed it in many
+parts; and they all declare that at Ascharee, 2 days from Adda, it is
+not two miles wide. I never could find either an Ashantee, or a
+waterside native, who knew of the arm running to Pottriba, a name they
+had not heard of; neither could Col. Starrenberg learn any thing of it;
+no branch appeared as far as he went. Isert probably alluded, from
+report, to the river Assuafroo, which runs from eastward into the Volta,
+7 journies from Adda, as will appear in the natives account. “From May
+to December the water is good to drink, being then higher than the sea;
+in the other months it is not so, but produces more fish. The river
+overflows in July, and August, and the neighbourhood of its banks is
+excellent for the cultivation of rice.” Rice is abundantly cultivated in
+the Inta kingdom. “Three miles from the sea is an island, called Bird
+Island, full of pelicans of peculiar kinds. There is a fish in this
+river called hardrass, which, when smoked, is exactly like European
+salmon. There are also hippopotami and crocodiles: quantities of oysters
+adhere to the mangroves, but when the river is fresh they are good for
+nothing. There are a great number of singing birds, and a nightingale
+equal to the Polish, which sings in May and December.” Col. Starrenberg
+heard a nightingale, but saw only one hippopotamus. There is a kind of
+cedar tree, (Avicenniæ nov. spec.) which shoots up many branches from
+the ground, about as thick as a pipe, and bare of leaves: this tree is
+so very salt in its nature, that in the morning a great quantity of
+liquid salt is found on the leaves, chrystallizing in the course of the
+day.[18] Amalfee is on an island, 48 miles from the mouth, the
+inhabitants of which, and those on the banks of the river, of Agrafee,
+Wefee, Tophirree, and Bettoo, call themselves river inhabitants. The
+former are the brokers of slaves for the Creppee country, and receive a
+vast number from one of its provinces called Acottim, 3 journies
+eastward.”
+
+Mr. Meredith could scarcely have enquired about the Creppee or Aquamboe
+countries, to have placed them west of the Volta. The natives who carry
+salt up the Volta, pull the 1st day, by Agrafee, Foomee, and Tefferee to
+Amanfee, on the banks; the 2nd to Dofo on an island; the 3rd, by
+Ascharee, on the western bank, to Adomë; the 4th by Assafoo to the
+Aquamboe country; the 5th to Sowa; the 6th to Pessee; the 7th by
+Appasoo, to Deyatoompon, where a large river flows into the Volta from
+the eastward; to Doodee the 8th; to Tombo the 9th; to Akorosoo the 10th;
+to Odentee the 11th. Here the river becomes too rocky to proceed
+conveniently, and hence to Sallagha by land is 4 journies, through the
+large towns Oboëkee, Akuntong, Enkungquakroo, and Apapassee, famous for
+making cotton cloth. There is a small state northward, between Aquamboe
+and Inta, called Anoöchoo, subject to Ashantee, bordering on which is
+Guasoo, the southern district or province of Inta. The Creppee country
+borders on Aquamboe eastward, and is independent.
+
+I am not in possession of Colonel Starrenberg’s bearings, but the course
+of the river may be pretty well ascertained from fixing the points of
+Odentee, Quaöo, and Ascharee. Odentee is 6 journies southward of east
+(by route No. 12) from Pattooda, in the Booroom country, and mentioned
+in the route to Sallagha. Quaöo, the country where the Boosempra rises,
+has already been mentioned as entered 8 journies from Coomassie.
+Ascharee, 2 days and a half pull up the river, is reached in 1 day’s
+walk from Ningo. The course of the Volta is consequently about W.N.W. to
+Quaöo, N.E. by N. to Odentee, and N.W. by Sallagha, which course it
+appears to continue to Boopee, if not to its source in the Kondoongooree
+mountain. The 10 days pull from Adda to Odentee, and the 4 journies by
+land thence to Sallagha, agree very well with the distance and position
+of that place, as before calculated by the 17 days route from Coomassie.
+The houses of Sallagha and other towns of Inta were mentioned as
+peculiar from being round. Leo Africanus observed houses built in the
+form of bells at Timbuctoo.
+
+Seven days from Sallagha, N.E. according to the Moors, through the Inta
+town of Zongoo, is Yahndi, the capital of Dagwumba, which I have placed,
+calculating the course at N.E. by E., and allowing 18 miles for each
+journey, as the country is said to be open, in 55′ E. and 8° 38′ N.: the
+position is assisted by the common account of its being 8 journies from
+Daboia, by route No. 13, and that two obscure, but direct paths to
+Daboia and Yahndi, from Coomassie, occupy the first 19 days, and the
+latter (described as laying between Daboia and Sallagha) 23 days. Sir
+William Young, in his Report of the Geography and History of Northern
+Africa, writes, “the Slatees of Old Calebar are said to carry on their
+trade to Degombah _northward_,” which also supports my placing it more
+to the eastward than it appears in Major Rennel’s map. Yngwa, a district
+and large town of Dagwumba, is said to lie 8 days north-westward of
+Yahndi, through Sakoigoo; its distance from Daboia, by report 6
+journies, places it about N.N.W. Two journies from Daboia, towards
+Yngwa, is the river Adiffofoo, about 60 yards wide, running eastward, 2
+journies from which is Kooboro, a large Dagwumba town.
+
+North-eastward of Yahndi is Tonomah, of which I do not recollect more
+than the name, though I think it is a town and district of Dagwumba. The
+kingdom of Tonowah, of which Assentai has been described as the capital
+by the Shereef Imhammed,[19] must have been derived from this name,
+being otherwise unknown. Three journies north-eastward of Yahndi is
+Sokoquo or Ensoko, also a considerable town.
+
+Yahndi is described to be beyond comparison larger than Coomassie, the
+houses much better built and ornamented. The Ashantees who had visited
+it, told me, they frequently lost themselves in the streets. The King,
+Inăna Tanquăree, has been converted by the Moors, who have settled there
+in great numbers. Mr. Lucas called it the Mahomedan kingdom of Degomba,
+and it was represented to him as peculiarly wealthy and civilized. The
+markets of Yahndi are described as animated scenes of commerce,
+constantly crowded with merchants from almost all the countries of the
+interior. Horses and cattle abound, and immense flocks are possessed
+even by the poorer class. The numerals of Dagwumba and Yngwa differing,
+I submit both.
+
+ _Yngwa._ _Dagwumba._
+
+ One Lakoo Yahndo
+
+ Two Ayee Ayee
+
+ Three Attah Attah
+
+ Four Anāhee Nasee
+
+ Five Leerennoo Ennoon
+
+ Six Ayoboo Yohbee
+
+ Seven Ayapaï Poiee
+
+ Eight Annee Nehenoo
+
+ Nine Awai Whyee
+
+ Ten Peä Edoo.
+
+Yahndi is named after the numeral one, from its pre-eminence. Sarem is
+the name of a region, including Gaman, Inta, and Dagwumba, so called
+from the open nature of those countries.
+
+One day from Sallagha, towards Yahndi, and scarcely one journey westward
+from the latter, is the river Laka, described to be as large and as
+rapid as the Adirri or Volta, which it joins below Odentee, and may
+therefore be safely concluded to be the Assuafroo; for the names of
+rivers are very mutable in Africa, each country through which they pass
+naturalising them to its own language, and thus increasing the
+perplexities of a geography founded on investigation. I could not
+procure any authorized account of the northward course of this river,
+the best opportunities had escaped me when I heard of it.
+
+Five journies N.E. from Yahndi is the smaller kingdom of Gamba, the
+birth place of Baba the chief Moor at Coomassie, and the boundary of the
+Ashantee authority, though its influence, through the much respected
+medium of Dagwumba, would extend to the Niger. Seven journies northward
+of Yngwa is the kingdom of Fobee: the river Koontoorooa is crossed four
+days from it, being about half a mile broad, it has an eastern and
+western branch, the former running to the Karhala, one day farther,
+considerably wider, and the course south-eastward. One journey from the
+river is a large mountain called Sarraka, the same distance from Fobee,
+the capital of the kingdom. Lakoo, Lamma, Karhala, and Koomada are the
+next largest towns. Five journies northward is an independent kingdom
+called Chouoocha. The position of Fobee is checked by Goorooma, being 15
+journies from it, (a kingdom to be noticed presently in the direct
+northern route from Yahndi to Houssa,) and Kawerree only nine, doubtless
+Cayree, a kingdom in the route of the Moors from Coomassie to Jinnie.
+The numerals of Fobee are
+
+ One Koroom.
+
+ Two Nalay.
+
+ Three Poompevarra.
+
+ Four Leetaynalee.
+
+ Five Kakwassee.
+
+ Six Mannassa.
+
+ Seven Noottoosoo.
+
+ Eight Borafay.
+
+ Nine Pirrifay.
+
+ Ten Nanooa.
+
+Five journies from Yngwa is Mosee, a more warlike but less visited
+kingdom; it consists of many states, but the superior monarch is named
+Billa, and the capital Kookoopella. I place this N.W., because, although
+its traders pass through Yngwa, they do not cross the Karhala, or indeed
+any river but what they can walk through. The numerals are
+
+ One Yimbo.
+
+ Two Ayeeboo.
+
+ Three Ataboo.
+
+ Four Annasee.
+
+ Five Annoo.
+
+ Six Ayobee.
+
+ Seven Owhi.
+
+ Eight Ennee.
+
+ Nine Aïhopoi.
+
+ Ten Peega.
+
+A few days northward of Fobee, through Chamday and Kobafoo, is Calanna,
+described as a very large city, rivalling Yahndi as a market, and
+situated at the foot of a mountain abounding in iron stone, which they
+manufacture for rude purposes in much the same manner as Mr. Park
+witnessed at Jeningalla. Calanna is probably the Calanshee of Imhammed,
+who told Mr. Lucas that it was a dependency of Tounouwah or Assentai,
+situated mid-way between it and the coast, 18 journies from each. The
+numerals are
+
+ One Kodoom.
+
+ Two Naboolla.
+
+ Three Naweedazoo.
+
+ Four Nabonaza.
+
+ Five Nabonoa.
+
+ Six Lodoo.
+
+ Seven Logwa.
+
+ Eight Littaïzoo.
+
+ Nine Nako.
+
+ Ten Yewoo.
+
+Kumsallahoo I have not attempted to lay down, having no other guide for
+placing it than the report that it is one moon’s journey from Dagwumba,
+that its traders pass through Mosee, and cross only one river, the
+Fachinga, and that not large. The numerals are
+
+ One Yumbo.
+
+ Two Yeeboo.
+
+ Three Tabo.
+
+ Four Nasee.
+
+ Five Annoo.
+
+ Six Yobo.
+
+ Seven Poihee.
+
+ Eight Nehee.
+
+ Nine Wahee.
+
+ Ten Pega.
+
+We will now return to Coomassie and proceed northwards to Jinnie, or as
+it was generally pronounced, Jennë. This route to Tombuctoo (or
+Timbooctoo) is much less frequented by the Moors than that from
+Dagwumba, through Houssa. They alledge that the people northward, are
+neither so commercial, so civilized, or so wealthy as those north-
+eastward. The first 12 journies are to Buntookoo, seven journies whence
+is a river called by the natives Coombo, and by the Moors, Zamma; it is
+described as half a mile broad, and running westward. I could not find
+any Ashantee who had travelled beyond this river, which is the northern
+limit of their authority. Five journies eastward of north from the
+river, is Kong, the King of which is named Asequoo. A large mountain
+called Toolileseena is near the capital, and a small river, Woora, four
+journies from it. The kingdom is said to be by no means so wealthy or
+powerful as that of Ashantee; the market is supplied from Houssa, the
+country is populous, horses numerous, and elephants killed daily. The
+people fight with spears, and bows and arrows. Seven journies from Kong
+several mountains are passed, called Koonkoori. Mr. Park says, that
+“Kong signifies mountain in the Mandingo language, which language is in
+use from the frontier of Bambarra to the western sea.” The language of
+Kong seems to be a corruption of the Bambarra or Mandingo: the numerals
+are
+
+ One Kiddee.
+
+ Two Filla.
+
+ Three Sowa.
+
+ Four Nanoo.
+
+ Five Looroa.
+
+ Six Wora.
+
+ Seven Ooranfilla.
+
+ Eight Leeaygee.
+
+ Nine Konunto.
+
+ Ten Tah.
+
+The Ashantees calling all the slaves whom they brought down to the water
+side Dunkos, it had been, for many years, naturally concluded that there
+was a large country of that name in their neighbourhood. Isert writes,
+“the Dunkoers are a people behind Ashantee.” On enquiry, however, I
+found to my surprise, that there is no country of that name, but that it
+is merely an epithet, synonymous with the barbarian of the Greeks and
+Romans, which they apply to all the people of the interior but
+themselves, and implies an ignorant fellow. I first suspected this from
+observing some Dunkos were cut in the face, and some not, and I
+presently discovered their vernacular languages were various, and
+unintelligible to each other. Generally speaking, the bush or country
+people of Dagwumba have three light cuts on each cheek bone, and three
+below, with one horizontal under the eye; those of Yahndi, three deep
+continued cuts; the people of Mosee, three very deep and long, and one
+under the eye; those of Bornoo are frequently cut in the forehead; of
+Marrowa all over the body in fine, small, and intricate patterns. In
+Fobee, Kumsallahoo, and Calanna, the lower orders have a hole bored
+through the cartilage of the nose. These cuts are made during infancy,
+to insinuate fetish liquids to invigorate and preserve the child.
+
+Nine journies northward of Kong is Kaybee, the King of which, named
+Mamooroo, killed the former monarch Dabbira. The country was said to be
+very populous, the capital behind a mountain called Beseeree, the soil
+chalky, and asses as numerous as horses. Three journies from the
+frontier of Kaybee, over a large mountain called Seboopoo, and across a
+large river, is Kayree, through which country it is very dangerous to
+pass, the people laying in ambush in small parties to rob or kidnap
+travellers, and subsisting by rapine. Five journies thence is Garoo
+(probably Gago[20]) a very powerful kingdom, the King, Batoomo, lives at
+Netaquolla. Twenty journies beyond is the kingdom of Doowarra, the
+people of which are indifferent warriors, but superior agriculturists,
+and plant extensively; the soil is red earth. A smaller kingdom called
+Filladoo or Firrasoo, is in the neighbourhood. Five journies north of
+Doowarra is the Niger, and on an island, about a mile from the southern
+bank, is Jennë. The route from Kong to Jennë is the only one which has
+not been checked by Negro evidence, but I had reason to think well of
+the Moor who furnished it, who never contradicted himself, though
+repeatedly cross questioned during the four months I was at Coomassie.
+The places reported to Mr. Park on this route, it is true, are none of
+them mentioned, but, probably, the people who were insuperably adverse
+to his proceeding, were the least likely to satisfy his curiosity but by
+imposing on him.[21] Mr. Park in his route from Sego to Bædoo, has a
+town called Doowassoo, only four journies from Sego; but I was assured
+repeatedly that Doowarra is a powerful kingdom. In the first Mission,
+Mr. Park reported the kingdom of Gotto to be so close to the Niger, that
+its chief, Moösee, embarked on it to attack Jinnie, and Major Rennell
+has placed it accordingly: but, in the second, he writes, “one month’s
+travel south of Bædoo,” (which he makes 30 journies southward of Sego)
+“through the kingdom of Gotto, will bring the traveller to the country
+of the Christians, who have their houses on the banks of the Ba Sea
+Feena.” He says the Ba Nimma rises in the Kong mountains south of
+Marraboo, but does not mention the kingdom of Kong in his route, which
+is about one moon’s travel from the sea, as he has described Bædoo to
+be. Now it is very unlikely, if Bædoo had been but 20 journies from
+Coomassie, that we should not have heard of it; and it is next to
+impossible, that if any kingdom called Gotto laid still nearer, (which
+it must have done, to have been passed through from Bædoo to the sea)
+that it should have been unknown. Indeed, if the kingdom of Bambarra
+extended 28 days south of Sego, as appears by the route given to Mr.
+Park, the Ashantees would not have spoken of it from mere report, but
+would probably have become acquainted with it, either through war,
+commerce, or negotiation. It is a little extraordinary that the kingdom
+of Ashantee, reported as eminently powerful to Mr. Lucas even so far
+distant as Mesurata, and which must be well known in the neighbourhood
+of Jennë, from the number of Moors who visit it from that city, should
+not even have been noticed to Mr. Park in this southern route from Silla
+or Sego to the sea. Mr. Park writes of the Moors not being able to
+subject Jinbala; I believe they insinuate themselves as residents every
+where, but I could not hear of their having established themselves by
+force, or of their composing even the greater part of a population any
+where.[22]
+
+Having reached the Niger it is time to observe, that it is only known to
+the Moors by the name of Quolla, pronounced rather as Quorra by the
+Negroes, who, from whatever countries they came, all spoke of this as
+the largest river they knew; and it was the grand feature in all the
+routes (whether from Houssa, Bornoo, or the intermediate countries) to
+Ashantee. Mr. Horneman wrote that the Niger, in some parts of Houssa,
+was called _Gaora_, which must sound very like Quorra. The Niger, after
+leaving the lake Dibbir, was invariably described as dividing in two
+large streams; the Quolla, the greater, pursuing its course south-
+eastward until it joined the Bahr Abiad, and the other branch running
+northward of east near Timbuctoo, and dividing again soon afterwards;
+the smaller stream running northwards by Yahoodee, a place of great
+trade,[23] and the larger turning directly eastward, and increasing
+considerably, running to the lake Caudi or Cadi under the name of
+Gambaroo.[24] The Moors call the branch running by Timbuctoo the
+Jolliba, I presume figuratively, as a great water, for I was assured by
+a native of Jennë, who had frequently visited Timbuctoo, that this
+branch was called Zah-mer by the Negroes.[25]
+
+The variety of the concurrent evidence respecting the Gambaroo,
+certainly made an impression on my mind almost amounting to conviction.
+De Lisle, in his map of Africa for the use of Louis XV, (the accuracy of
+which in one point where our latest charts are in error, the Lagos
+river, will be shewn towards the close of this Report) makes a branch
+from the Niger running near Timbuctoo; and what is even more to the
+point, writes “Gambarou ou Niger.” It was not till sometime after my
+return from Ashantee, that I unexpectedly discovered this solitary
+European record of such a name, and it will at least be allowed that so
+respectable a character as De Lisle, would neither have laid down the
+branch from the Niger (for it is as likely to be so in the absence of
+explanation, as a river running into it) without some authority, nor
+have invented the name Gambarou: and it will also be allowed, that he
+must have heard of it as being a very large river, to have confounded it
+with the Niger. De Lisle has preserved most of the names reported to me,
+more closely than any other geographer.[26] In the judicious compendium
+of Mr. Murray, I observe the following note. “It is but justice to
+D’Anville to say, that in his map of central Africa, inserted in the
+26th volume of the Academie des Inscriptions, he has represented a river
+passing close to Timbuctoo, running S.W., and falling into the Niger.
+This delineation has not been copied by others, but it is not the less
+probable that that excellent geographer may have had positive
+information on which to found it.” Now, I may presume, this is only
+recorded in delineation, and not noticed by D’Anville in the text, or,
+his authority would have appeared. I shall be indulged in such a
+conjecture, when it is recollected I am writing where I cannot satisfy
+myself, in a place destitute of literary facilities. If it is only to be
+found in the delineation, it is of course, as likely to be a branch
+running N.E. from the Niger, as a river running S.W. into it. Mr. Park
+has described the Niger as dividing into two large branches after
+leaving Dibbie, and their re-union has been admitted by considerate
+investigators, to be a very improbable addition to that report.[27] Sidi
+Hamet assigns no course to the great river which he described as about
+an hour’s ride with a camel south of Timbuctoo, and distinguished from
+the Niger, or, as he called it, Zolilib, by saying the latter was two
+hours ride. Adams placed La-mar-Zarah, about three quarters of a mile
+wide, two miles south of the town, without hesitation, but he only
+_conceived_ that the course was S.W.[28] Leo, ambiguous as the context
+may be, certainly writes that there is a _branch_ of the Niger passing
+Timbuctoo, “Vicino a un ramo del Niger.” Mr. Beaufoy’s Moor says that
+below Ghinea is the sea into which the river of Tombuctoo disembogues
+itself; on which Major Rennell observes, “by the word sea, it is well
+known the Arabs mean to express a lake also:” this river of Timbuctoo
+is, doubtless, the branch of the Niger forming the Gambaroo, and the sea
+below Ghinea, the lake Caude. In the Description de l’Afrique, traduite
+du Flamand, D’O. Dapper, à Amsterdam, 1686, I find “Ce Royaume de Tombut
+ou Tongbutu environ à quatre lieuës _d’un bras_ du Niger.” The account,
+to be submitted presently, that this branch of the Niger passing
+Timbuctoo is not crossed until the third day going from Timbuctoo to
+Houssa, is not an argument against its identity with the Zarah of Adams,
+or the river of Sidi Hamet, only two or three miles from the city;
+because, giving a northerly course to the branch, and Houssa laying
+north eastward 20 journies from Timbuctoo, as will be shewn presently,
+the direction of the path would not require the river to be crossed
+immediately, but, evidently, not till the second or third day.
+
+De Barros, who considered the Senegal to be the Niger, wrote, that it
+received various names,[29] and was called by the Caragoles
+(Serawoollies) Collë; on which Mr. Murray reasonably observes, “this
+name seems readily convertible into Joli-ba, the latter syllable being
+merely an adjunct, meaning a river:” this I was also given to
+understand. Now, if the name Joliba had not been reported on the
+authority of Mr. Park, I might submit that Collë is more readily
+convertible into Quolla, which approximating even more closely to Kulla,
+seems to identify the Collë and Kulla under the common name of
+Quolla.[30] Mr. Park in his memoir to Lord Camden, writes, “the river of
+Dar Kulla, mentioned by Mr. Browne, is generally supposed to be the
+Niger, or at least to have a communication with that river.” The name
+and course of the Quolla suggested this to me before I observed the
+above remark, which I did not until my return.[31] Other arguments will
+presently appear for the identity of the Kulla and the Niger.[32]
+
+The Gambaroo seems to me to identify the Gir of Ptolemy,[33] carried by
+him into the centre of Africa, and which would appear as large as the
+Niger by the expression, “maximi sunt Gir et Nigir.” The river of
+Bornoo, hitherto assumed, is not adequate to the impression Ptolemy
+conveys, and the names “Gir et Nigir,” seem to indicate a connection.
+The Niger may be considered to terminate when the smaller stream is lost
+in the Nile.
+
+Concerning the source of the Niger, there was a difference of opinion
+amongst the Moors, and not the least notion amongst the Negroes. Some
+said that it rose in Bambooch, meaning, as I presume, Bambouk, and
+others in Jabowa, where they described another large river to rise also,
+running westward. Jabowa was said to be 40 journies from Sego, and
+Bambooch 43.
+
+From Jabowa the Niger was described to run to Fouta Gollabi, and in six
+days thence to Fouta Towra; the Moors must certainly have meant Foota
+Galla, and Footatora, for their pronunciation was more imperfect than
+their knowledge of the native names westward, whither they rarely
+travelled. I induced a Moor on each side the question, and of different
+countries, to draw in my quarters, unknown to each other, what they
+called a chart of the Quolla, for the sake of preserving the several
+names in their own writing. They were only inferior to one Moor, from
+whom I never had an opportunity of inducing a chart. Both parties met,
+apparently, at Hasoo, as will be seen by submitting the names.[34]
+
+ _Bambooch._ _Jabowa._
+
+ _Journies._
+
+ 10 to Gadima, probably Gadoo, little more than 6
+ journies from the capital of Bambook, according
+ to Major Rennell.
+
+ 20 to Hasoo Hasoowa.
+
+ 4 to Jaoora Jaoona.
+
+ 2 to Jamoo Gamsoö.
+
+ 5 to Mallaïa Mallaïu.
+
+ 2 to Shégo Sego.
+
+Sego was correctly described according to Mr. Park, and the death of the
+monarch he first knew spontaneously mentioned, with his warlike
+disposition, and great power. Mr. Park observes that he found the
+language of Bambarra a sort of corrupted Mandingo; this confirms the
+numerals repeated to me as the Bambarra:
+
+ _Bambarra._ _Mandingo._
+
+ One Killi Killin.
+
+ Two Foolla Foola.
+
+ Three Sabba Sabba.
+
+ Four Nani Nani.
+
+ Five Looroo Looloo.
+
+ Six Wora Woro.
+
+ Seven Worroola Oronglo.
+
+ Eight Sagi Sie.
+
+ Nine Konunto Konunto.
+
+ Ten Ta Tang.
+
+From Sego to Sansanding was called one journey, from Sansanding to Jennë
+three. Jennë was described as on an island of the Niger, the town
+considerable, and fortified, and with large houses to pray in. I did not
+understand that it was subject to Timbuctoo; it certainly has a distinct
+monarch, who was called Malaï Smaera, and the head Moor, Malaï Bacharoo.
+From Jennë through Dibbir, at the entrance of which is Sanina, to
+Kabarra or Kabra, the port of Timbuctoo (half a day’s walk from it) is a
+voyage of 20 days. By land, it was only 12 journies, through Mashena
+(Masina) Farrimabbie, Jimballa (the Jinbala of Mr. Park, which they
+persisted was not on an island of the Niger, but on the northern bank of
+it) Taäkim, Assoofoo, Zeddaï, Douraï (probably the Downie in Major
+Rennell’s map) Matarooch, and Makkasoorfoo, probably the Soorka’s, whom
+Mr. Park mentioned as inhabiting the northern bank of the river between
+Jinnie and Timbuctoo: he also writes that it is 12 journies by land from
+Jinnie to Timbuctoo. The horizontal distance from Jennë to Jimballa, on
+Major Rennell’s map is about 100 B. miles, and thence to Timbuctoo 90
+more. Now 12 journies at 18 miles, give but a horizontal distance of 144
+B. miles, wherefore, I should think the northern bank of the lake
+Dibbir, is not so high as it has been hitherto drawn, and the path so
+distant as not to be deflected by any curve of the lake. Timbuctoo was
+described as a large city, but inferior to Houssa, and not comparable
+with Bornoo. The Moorish influence was said to be powerful, but not
+superior. A small river goes nearly round the town, overflowing in the
+rains, and obliging the people of the suburbs to move to an eminence in
+the centre of the town, where the King lives. This is, probably, the
+smaller river described by Sidi Hamet as close to the town. Leo says,
+when the Niger rises, the waters flow through certain canals to the
+city. There were very few muskets to be seen; the King, a Moorish Negro
+called Billabahada, had a few double barrelled guns, which were only
+fired at customs, and gunpowder was almost as valuable as gold. The two
+latter circumstances, besides the name of the river, were all that I
+recognised in their reports confirming the description given by Adams,
+which I conceive to be as inadequate as those collected by Mr. Jackson
+are extravagant.[35] The three last Kings before Billa, were Osamana,
+Dawoolloo, and Abass. Mr. Jackson says there was a King Woollo reigning
+in 1800, and a Moor who had come from Timbuctoo to Coomassie ten years
+ago, did not know King Woollo (Adams’s King) was dead, as he was
+reigning at the time he left Timbuctoo. Abass probably had a short reign
+like Saï Apokoo the second. This Moor also said that Woollo’s favourite
+wife (called by Adams, Fatima) was named Fatooma Allizato. The editor of
+Adams shews that the name of Fatima, affords in itself no proof that its
+possessor was Moorish, or even a Mohammedan woman. I think it is
+probably derived from a numeral, for it answers to five in the numerals
+of Garangi (a country described to be northwards of Jennë) which are
+
+ One Kerriminna.
+
+ Two Ferriminna.
+
+ Three Sowaninna.
+
+ Four Firrima.
+
+ Five Fahtima.
+
+ Six Tata.
+
+ Seven Mannima.
+
+ Eight Pirima.
+
+ Nine Missirĭma.
+
+ Ten Guahee.
+
+Numerals are frequently added to names in Ashantee.
+
+Perhaps the old ms. which I purchased with difficulty from a Jennë Moor,
+will recompense the translator by a fuller account, but I fear religion
+only is the subject. It contains thirteen pages, with some marginal
+notes in a different hand. I should have observed, that, generally
+speaking, I found the Moors very cautious in their accounts, declining
+to speak unless they were positive, and frequently referring doubtful
+points to others whom they knew to be better acquainted with them. I did
+not succeed in procuring the numerals of Timbuctoo, but the language is
+different from that of Houssa, as the words opposed to those recollected
+by Adams will shew:
+
+ _Timbuctoo._ _Houssa._
+
+ Man Jungo Motoo.
+
+ Woman Jumpsa Motee.
+
+ Camel So Rakoomee.
+
+ Dog Killab Karree.
+
+ Cow Fallee Saneä.
+
+ House Dah Garree.
+
+ Water Boca Looa.
+
+ Tree Carna Leeseeä.
+
+ Gold Or Jennarreä.
+
+ A Moor Seckar Bibay.
+
+From Timbuctoo[36] to Houssa is 20 journies; the three first through a
+woody country, and over the branch of the Niger to Azibbie, the frontier
+town. Houssa was said to be the largest city north or south of the
+Quolla, except Bornoo; the Moorish influence to have been established
+there beyond memory, and the King’s name Serragkee. Cabi is not the name
+of the kingdom, but of a large dependent town and district on the Niger.
+Mallowa, or Marrowa, as the Negroes pronounce it, (for they seemed
+invariably to substitute _r_ for the _l_ of the Moors, as Quorra for
+Quolla)[37] is the next extensive in its limits to Bornoo. It is, no
+doubt, the kingdom of Mellè, misplaced by Leo, and reported to Cadamosto
+in 1455, as 30 journies beyond Timbuctoo. Major Rennell observes, “we
+should naturally look for it on the eastward of Timbuctoo,” and it has
+only been placed south eastward, and south of the Niger, because Edrisi
+has a city called Malel thereabouts, though he calls the name of the
+kingdom of which it is the capital Lamlam, which Hartman would reconcile
+by supposing it to be a transposition of Malel, certainly a forced
+conjecture.[38] A large town called Mahalaba is the nearest I have found
+to Malel, to be noticed on the route from Dagwumba to the Niger.[39] In
+speaking of all fortified cities, the negroes of Mallowa invariably
+prefixed Berinnë or Brinnë to the name, as an indication that they were
+so; this was always the case in mentioning Houssa, Cabi, Cassina,
+Katinna, &c. &c. I shall place the numerals of Cassina, as written by
+Mr. Lucas after the Shereef Imhammed, to the right of those of Houssa or
+Mallowa, from their close affinity, perhaps identity; for this language
+is spoken far eastward, and the Shereef, as we shall presently see, was
+rather inaccurate in his recollection of the numerals of Bornoo.
+
+ One Daia Deiyah.
+
+ Two Beeyoo Beeyou.
+
+ Three Okoo Okoo.
+
+ Four Odoo Foodoo.
+
+ Five Beä Beat.
+
+ Six Seddah Sheedah.
+
+ Seven Becquay Bookai.
+
+ Eight Tacquass Takoos.
+
+ Nine Tarra Tarrah.
+
+ Ten Gwoma Goumah.
+
+Two large lakes were described close to the northward of Houssa, one
+called Balahar Soudan, and the other Girrigi Marragasee. Calculating the
+20 journies from Timbuctoo at 18 miles each, supposing two-thirds to be
+made good on the horizontal distance (equal to 212 g. miles) and the
+course N.E., I have placed Houssa, 18° 59′ N. and 3° 59′ E. This agrees
+pretty well with the account of its being 17 journies from the Niger, or
+Quolla, which give 306 B. miles, and the horizontal distance 176 g.
+miles. Houssa has hitherto been laid down about 2 journies N. of the
+Niger. I have an impression that the city of Houssa will be found to lay
+about E.N.E. of Timbuctoo, of course nearer the Gambaroo, which runs
+through its dominions, and thus account for the reports of its being
+situated upon the Niger. Leo certainly meant Mallowa and the Gambaroo,
+when he wrote, “Melli regio quæ extendit se ad flumen quoddam quod ex
+Nilo (i.e. Nigro) effluit trecenta millia passuum,” adding, “regnum
+opulentissimum, maximè artificum et mercatorum copia, frequentia templa,
+sacerdotes et populus qui Nigritas omnes civilitate antecedunt;” which
+they certainly appear to do: see a few of their articles for the British
+Museum. May not the Maurali of Ptolemy be the Melli of Leo, and the
+modern Mallowa or Marrowa? his large adjunct to the Niger to the south
+indicates the two rivers. Major Rennell seems to have expected the
+present discovery, when he writes (commenting on Mr. Park’s report that
+Houssa was 30 journies by land from Tombuctoo, and 45 by water)
+“Possibly it may be that Houssa is situated on a different river from
+that which passes by Tombuctoo (the Joliba,) but which may be an adjunct
+of it, and may run into it in the quarter of Tombuctoo.” In Dapper’s
+translation of the Description De l’Afrique du Flamand, 1686, I find
+“Cette contreé (Melli) s’etend environ cent lieuës _le long d’un bras_
+du Niger.”
+
+Tarrabaleese, 50 journies westward of north, was much spoken of from the
+number of its market places. This must be Tripoli, the Arabic corruption
+of which is Trabŏlis. The Moors gave me a route to Tunis or Toonis, but
+I cannot recognise any name in Major Rennell’s map, (which I could not
+procure until my return,) unless Sabbai be Sebba, and Mookanassa
+Mourzouk, in Fezzan. There is also another route eastward which I cannot
+trace. See Appendix.
+
+From Kabarra the Quolla, continuing its course southward of east, passed
+by Uzzalin, Googara,[40] Koolmanna, Gauw, Tokogirri, (perhaps the Tokrur
+of Edrisi and Gatterer) Askeä, Zabirmë, and Cabi to Yaoora, which I
+imagine to be the Youri of Major Rennell’s map.[41] De Lisle places a
+kingdom, Yaouree, south of the Niger. It is a very celebrated ferry,
+occurring in a variety of routes from the north of the Quolla to
+Ashantee, spoken of always as westward of Cassina, and with little
+variation as 25 journies from Timbuctoo. Now as the Moors called it one
+day’s journey from Sego to Sansanding, and Mr. Park made it scarcely
+more, I will assume this as the rule to calculate the distance from
+Timbuctoo to Yaooree, and afterwards consider its place according to the
+routes from Dagwumba, through it, to Cassina. Twenty five journies from
+Timbuctoo would place Yaoora about 70 miles above the Berrisa in Major
+Rennell’s map, but this makes the horizontal distance from Yaoora to
+Dagwumba about 850 B. miles, and therefore too great for 42 journies,
+the greatest number allowed in the routes from Dagwumba to Yaoora.
+
+I would not presume to investigate after Major Rennell, it would be
+absurd in me to expect to throw any new interest into the discussion,
+but by making clear the accounts I collected; to do which I must decline
+the course of the Niger from Cabi (Mr. Horneman writes it flows
+southward from Haoussa) even to a junction with the Bahr Kulla. For,
+placing Yaoora in 13° 30′ N. and 8° 30′ E. in conformity with its
+distance from Timbuctoo and a declining course to the Kulla, the
+horizontal distance to Yahndi, the capital of Dagwumba, will be 600 B.
+miles: now 42 journies, the greatest number allowed by the travellers,
+at 20 miles each, (rejecting one third, as heretofore, lost in the
+windings of the path) give the horizontal distance at 560 B. miles. This
+is certainly an additional argument to the similarity of the names
+Quolla and Kulla, for the identity of these rivers; but not so strong a
+one as that the routes both of Moors and Negroes, allow but 40 journies
+from Dagwumba to the point of crossing the Niger for Houssa. The course
+to this point was described by the Moors as a little to the eastward of
+north: now 40 journies on a N.N.E. course, by the former rule, places
+this ferry 15° 1′ N. and 3° 33′ E. agreeing very well with our previous
+position of Houssa, and proving that the course of the Niger must
+decline considerably, for more than two extra journies would otherwise
+be required for the north eastward route from Dagwumba to Yaoora. Major
+Rennell only writes that the course of the Niger is _probably_ to
+Wangara. Mr. Ledyard, in his comparatively minute description of that
+country, (which I shall notice in the route to Bornoo) says nothing of
+its bordering on the Niger. Major Rennell, in the construction of the
+geography of Mr. Horneman’s report, writes, “M. D’Anville also had an
+idea, and so describes it in his map of Africa, 1749 (possibly from
+actual information,) that the Niger declined to the south beyond Gana,
+so that the termination of it in the lake Semegonda was 3½ degrees of
+latitude to the south of Gana.” There is a kingdom called Kulla as well
+as a river, and there is also a kingdom Quollaraba: raba being probably
+no more than an adjunct equal to the prefix dar, and signifying a
+kingdom. Mr. Dupuis, in his notes on Adams, says of an intelligent
+Negro, “his account was chiefly curious from his description of a nation
+which he called Gallo or _Quallo_, which conveyed to me an idea of a
+people, more advanced in the arts, and wealthier than any that I had
+previously heard of: within three days journey of the capital was a
+large lake or river which communicated with the Wed Nile.” The commended
+arguments of the Quarterly Review, (which I have never had the advantage
+of reading,) must be in a great degree auxiliary, in arguing, to support
+the Congo hypothesis, a course of the Niger equally declined with that
+which I have followed for the identity of the Quolla and Kulla. The
+junction of the Quolla with the Bahr Abiad, or Nil, as the Moors called
+it, cannot be more descriptively expressed, according to every account I
+received, than in the words of Mr. Horneman. “Some days past I spoke to
+a man who had seen Mr. Brown in Darfoor, he gave me some information
+respecting the countries he travelled through, and told me that the
+communication of the Niger with the Nile was not to be doubted, but that
+this communication before the rainy season was very little.”[42]
+
+We will pursue the course of the Quolla from Yaoora (where I should
+judge from description it must be about 3 miles wide) before we apply
+the routes northward of it.[43] One journey eastward of Yaoora,
+(sometimes called Yawooree by the Negroes,) it passed Nooffie, doubtless
+the Nyffe of Mr. Horneman and others, and which De Lisle has written
+Nouffy: 3 journies thence it passed Boussa, which Amadi Fatouma
+reported, as it was to me also (see Diary) as the place of Mr. Park’s
+death, but I could hear nothing of the rock and door. Boussa is not in
+Major Rennell’s map, but I observed Bousa in the map of De Lisle before
+alluded to; it is probably the Berrisa of Edrisi. Twelve journies thence
+it passed Atagara, but, previously, Hoomee, and Rakkah.[44] Southward of
+the latter, they described an inland country called Koofee, possibly
+Kosie, a country I shall presently introduce, as visited by a mulatto,
+behind Lagos. Thirty journies from Atagara, it flowed through the
+kingdom of Quollaraba,[45] which thus falls precisely where Major
+Rennell has laid down the kingdom of Kulla. Six journies thence it
+passed Mafeegoodoo, and 13 journies beyond, the lake Cadee or Caudee.
+This I should consider to be the Cauga of Edrisi, which Major Rennell
+has identified with the Fittri of Mr. Brown, for into this the second
+large branch of the Niger, or the river Gambaroo, is said to run; but it
+is considerably too much to the southward for the Cauga in Major
+Rennell’s map, being, according to the accounts of the Moors, only 3
+journies northward of the Quolla: yet Edrisi writes “besides a river of
+the name of Nile or Neel _passes by_ Kauga.” What inclines me to think
+the Cauga may be more distant from Bornoo the capital, though not from
+the frontier of that kingdom, (15 journies being the number reported to
+me as well as to Mr. Brown) is, that the Negroes of that city were not
+so well acquainted with this lake as the Moors. My sketch in the map, of
+course, represents the sketches and descriptions of the natives. They
+described the Cadee or Caudee as an immense water, like a small sea,
+frequently overflowing the neighbouring country, and sometimes so
+convulsed as to throw up large quantities of fish and other contents;
+meaning, in short, a volcanic lake. The Moors called it also the Bahr el
+Noä, having a tradition that the waters of the deluge retired to, and
+were absorbed in it. A very high mountain was spoken of, at an equal
+distance between the Caudee and the Quolla.[46] Twelve journies from
+Caudee, the Quolla received the river Sharee from northward, which, I
+imagine, if not the Misselad, may be a river deriving its name from the
+Abu Shareb of Major Rennell’s map. The Quolla was said to pass to the
+southward of Bagarrimee, (the Baghermee of Mr. Brown.) Kalafarradoo, (I
+cannot find any name nearer to this than the Courourfa of De Lisle, and
+Kororfa, said in Mr. Beaufoy’s MSS. to be W. of Begarmee). Foör (Darfur,
+according to Mr. Brown, means the kingdom of Foör) and lastly to skirt
+Waddaï, the Waddey of Mr. Horneman, who wrote that it was east of
+Begharmee, and west of Darfoor; but, as it was reported to me east of
+Darfoor, by every person, and as Mr. Brown did not hear of it to adjust
+its position, I have placed it so.[47]
+
+The junction with the Nile having taken place, as Mr. Horneman before
+reported, south of Darfoor, they continued the course to a large country
+called Soonar,[48] indisputably the kingdom of Sennaar. Hence to
+Massar,[49] or Egypt, they did not always agree themselves in the
+various names, nor can I recognise any on the map, unless their Shewa
+Abenhassa be Bennassa, Minsoor, Misur, Gammeacha, Gammazie; Sooess,
+Sohaig; Kaheea, Kahoul; Zaragoo, Nayazoogoo; and their Lamabalara, in
+the country of Egypt, the Bahr be la ma of Mr. Horneman; of the latter
+there can be no doubt.[50]
+
+My friend, the Shereef Brahima had, as well as some others, been to
+Mecca and Medina. I place great reliance on this man’s information
+(invariably confirmed by the Negroes) from his caution and diffidence,
+and my experience of his character; for he was ultimately a valuable
+friend to the Mission: he was the only Moor who dared to refuse to be
+present at human sacrifices. The MS. No. 2. is his writing, and
+professedly the route from Dagwumba through Bornoo to Massar,[51] it
+consists of six pages well written. This would have been a valuable man
+to have engaged to travel through the interior, for he was capable of
+making circumstantial minutes, and I think he might have been engaged to
+do so by a moderate Fort pay. The Moors talk much of the King of
+Santambool,[52] as a powerful monarch and formidable to the Christians.
+
+It will excite surprise that I heard nothing of Wangara,[53] as was the
+case with Mr. Brown, not even after I had, contrary to my general
+custom, submitted the name: but I heard very much spontaneously of
+Oongooroo. Mr. Horneman called Wangara, Ungura, and De Lisle, Ouangara,
+we shall find it in the route from Yaoora to Bornoo or Barranoo. Bornoo
+was described to me about north-east from Yaoora, which agrees very well
+with Major Rennell’s position, established beyond all contradiction
+short of an observation, but, the horizontal distance, (lowering the
+place of Yaoora as I have done) thence to Bornoo would be upwards of
+1000 B. miles, whereas they described it to be but 51 journies, which
+allowing 20 miles to each, as the country was said to be much more
+favourable to travelling, and the path more direct than that we came,
+would give but an horizontal distance of 680 B. miles. Mr. Horneman
+heard that Bornu was but 15 journies from Kassina; I was told 33 if
+walked, 19 if rode. Major Rennell has made the distance about 30
+journies, considering the 15 journies applicable to the western
+boundaries of the empire, and not to the capital.
+
+We will now return to Yahndi and proceed northwards to Houssa. Nineteen
+journies from Yahndi is Matchaquawdie, six beyond is Goorooma, 10 thence
+Dolooë, subject to Goorooma, and only five journies from the Quolla,
+described as about two miles wide there. When Amadi Fatouma mentioned
+that he passed Gourouma, I should suppose he meant this kingdom of
+Goorooma, Dolooë, as subject to it, being probably included under that
+name. I must impress, however, that this northern route from Dagwumba to
+the Niger, being, with that from Kong to Jennë, the only ones
+unauthenticated, otherwise than by cross examination, I do not report
+them with the same confidence, which I do the others. Two journies from
+the northern bank of the Quolla is Gamhadi, to which three large towns
+belong, Dogondaghi, Toodonkassalee, and Toompasseä, and numerous
+dependent crooms. There were three routes from Gamhadi, the first
+northward to Houssa 15 journies, passing the large river Gambaroo the
+ninth, between which and Houssa is a district called Zessa. The second
+route is to Katinnee, a city and state of the Mallowa kingdom, one month
+from the Quolla. On this route the Gambaroo is crossed the tenth day,
+and Sowhoondë, Souoola, (perhaps Sala) Quattaraquassee, Doorooma, Soroo,
+Zabbakou, Dinka, Doochingamza, and Dammisamia were mentioned as large
+towns on the route. The third route was through the Fillanee country,
+(doubtless the Fullan[54] of Ben Ali) which had been frequently at war
+with Mallowa, to the kingdom of Kallaghee, 14 journies from the Quolla,
+the Gambaroo being passed the tenth. The numerals of Kallaghee are
+
+ One Gadee.
+
+ Two Sillil.
+
+ Three Quan.
+
+ Four Foolloo.
+
+ Five Vydee.
+
+ Six Zoodoo.
+
+ Seven Etkassa.
+
+ Eight Shiddowka.
+
+ Nine Woollaä.
+
+ Ten Woma.
+
+A country called Barrabadi was described eastward of Mallowa, between it
+and Bornoo; its numerals corresponded with those of Bornoo.
+
+We will now return again to Dagwumba, and follow the route thence, over
+the Quolla, through Yaoora to Bornoo. Gamba we have already described as
+five journies north eastward of Yahndi, thence two journies, over a high
+mountain called Yerim, and across a river running southwards (which the
+Moors called Mory, but which it would seem is the continuation of the
+Karhala) is Gooroosie, four journies thence Zoogoo, probably the Zeggo
+of Major Rennell’s map; 10 farther the kingdom of Barragoo. De Lisle has
+placed his kingdom of Bourgou thereabouts. North-westward of Barragoo is
+Koomba, the Kombah of Major Rennell’s map. The position of this kingdom
+is pretty well ascertained, because those who came from it, described
+Goorooma as its northern neighbour, and Barragoo to be the first kingdom
+passed through in their journies to the coast below Whydah. Eight
+journies from Barragoo is Toombeä, three beyond is Goodoobirree. A river
+running to the Quolla (as it was said, but more probably from it) called
+Leeäsa, flows close to the eastward of this path, and is crossed, going
+from Goodoobirree southwards, to a large kingdom called Yariba by the
+Moors, but Yarba more generally by the natives. Major Rennell has drawn
+a river communicating with the Niger close to Youri, so has De Lisle.
+This river Leeäsa is the only one I heard of, answering in the least
+degree to that of Sidi Hamet, but Wassana was a name unknown. Aquallie
+is the frontier town of Yariba, one journey from Goodoobirree, and one
+from Bootee, second only to the capital, Katanga, four journies beyond
+it. Yariba was described to be about 24 journies, through Hio, (its
+immediate neighbour) from Arătakassee or Alătakassee, which we shall
+hereafter recognise in Ardra: this determines its position pretty
+well.[55] Dahomey was said to be tributary to Yariba, as well as to Hio,
+which I have an impression is also tributary to Hio. From Hio to Dahomey
+is seven journies. The military are despotic in Hio, they always
+intercept the new King on his way to the palace, and demand his naming
+some neighbouring country for their invasion and plunder, before they
+confirm him. The King before the present, had named Dahomey, but after
+three years neglect of the fulfilment, he ordered the army against a
+northern neighbour. The army went, wasted and pillaged the country, but
+when within a day’s march of the capital on their return, they sent
+deputies to enjoin his abdication, as inevitable to a falsehood to them;
+he was obstinate; they arrived and cut off his head. The numerals of Hio
+are
+
+ One Innee.
+
+ Two Eygee.
+
+ Three Etta.
+
+ Four Ernee.
+
+ Five Aroon.
+
+ Six Effa.
+
+ Seven Eggay.
+
+ Eight Eggo.
+
+ Nine Essun.
+
+ Ten Eywaw.
+
+The Hio man, who gave me the above numerals, spoke of the Apaccas as a
+more powerful northern neighbour, but I never heard of them from any
+other person.
+
+Yariba must certainly be the Yarba of Imhammed, though he described it
+as 18 or 20 journies from Gonjah towards the N.W., for he is likely to
+have been incorrect in this, because we have proved him to be so, in
+stating, that Ashantee was the capital of Tonouwah, which appears to be
+a district or town of Dagwumba, the people of which kingdom are by no
+means warlike as he represented them, nor have they any notion of taming
+the elephant: he reported that Calanshee was a dependency of Ashantee,
+whereas no Ashantee knows the name; that Gonjah was 46 journies from the
+coast, when it is but 30. Major Rennell reasonably conceived the Yarba
+of Imhammed to be the Yarra of De Lisle, at the back of Sierra Leone,
+but as this country is not preserved in his own map, I presume it cannot
+be of much consequence, politically or commercially, whereas Yariba,
+indisputably eastward of Kong, is always announced to enquirers, both by
+Moors and Negroes, as a very powerful, and much frequented kingdom.
+Another argument is, that all the Moors I saw at Coomassie, were almost
+ignorant of the countries westward, only speaking of those their
+enquiries for the source of the Quolla had made known to them: indeed, I
+did not see one who had travelled westward, or south westward of
+Bambarra, but our Accra linguist told me that he had recognised a Moor
+at the Rio Pongos, whom he had seen in Coomassie (when sent there on the
+eve of the second Ashantee invasion) who told him that he had been two
+months travelling from Kong, and crossed a very large river. Imhammed’s
+Affow (if not Taffoo, or the Inta country) I conceive to be Afflou, a
+town and district of the Krepee or Kerrapay country, and a short walk
+from the sea by Quitta, westward of Yarba, as he says, but more than
+eight journies. The Kerrapay country, which is extensive and
+independent, will be described, in proceeding from Cape Coast Castle,
+along the coast, eastward.
+
+[Illustration: _London published as the Act directs by John Murray
+Albemarle Street 4th. Jany. 1819._
+
+_J. Walker Sculpt._]
+
+To return to the route from Yahndi to Yaoora, three journies from
+Goodoobirree towards the Quolla through Gillimakafoo, Garagaroogee, and
+Paänghee, is the large city of Kaiama, and four beyond it, through
+Mahalaba, (the nearest name to the Malel of Edrisi,) Marramoo, and
+across the small river Wooroo, (running to the Quolla) is the city of
+Wauwaw,[56] three journies from the Quolla. Ten journies from the
+northern bank, through Yaoora, and skirting the eastern limits of
+Zamfara, is Goobirree, so called by the Moors, and Goobur by the
+Negroes.[57] Mr. Beaufoy learned that Gubur was to the south of Wangara,
+and De Lisle writes it Goubour. Thence to Kassina, having crossed the
+large river Gambaroo, is eight journies. Eighteen journies, calculated
+at 18 miles each on a N.E. course, from the altered position of Yaoora,
+would place Kassina in 15° 43′ N. and 10° 43′ E., instead of 16° N. and
+11° 45′ E. Mr. Lucas learned that Kassina was five journies from the
+Niger, or about 100 miles from that water, which it is likely to be from
+the upper branch or the Gambaroo, which river skirting Kanoo, and
+Oongooroo, (or Wangara,) before it descends to the lake Cadee, (though I
+could not prove satisfactorily that it did so,) would account for
+Edrisi’s placing Kano, and Wangara, on the Niger.[58] From Kassina to
+Dawoorra is six journies: this must be the Daura of Mr. Horneman, though
+in the drawing of the Marrabut it is placed north of Kano. From Dawoorra
+to Kanoo is four journies. D’Anville placed it 90 miles to the N.E. of
+Kassina, and in the drawing just alluded to, it is placed inland
+northward of the Niger. The only authority for supporting Edrisi’s
+position of it, is what Mr. Matra was told at Marocco. The Moor who
+informed Mr. Beaufoy that boats went with the stream to Ghineä, (the
+Gano or Kano of Major Rennell) placed Jinnie between it and Houssa, so
+gross an inaccuracy as to justify our doubting him on the other point.
+The Ginea of Leo more probably meant Jennë, and he seems to write of
+that navigation as a distinct one from that to Melli eastward.[59] From
+Kanoo, through the large towns Madagee and Adagia, to Oongooroo is nine
+journies, but seven on a joma or camel, “Est iter octo dierum versus
+orientem” (Edrisi.) From Oongooroo to Barranoo is 15 journies on foot
+according to the Moors, nine on horseback according to the Negroes, by
+route No. 12. Bornoo or Barranoo was spoken of as the first empire in
+Africa,[60] the King’s name, according to the Moors, was Baba Alloo, but
+the Negroes called him Massinnama.[61] Kassina, and the intermediate
+countries on the route, were subject to him with many others. One
+district belonging to Bornoo was named Panaroo, and the vassal King or
+governor of it, Yandee Kooma. A small river, called Gaboöa[62] by the
+Negroes, ran southwards near Bornoo, and six journies eastward from it,
+close to Aweeac, a large one Zerrookoo Keroboobee. Mr. Horneman writes,
+the Wad el Gazel is not a river, but a large and fertile valley. The
+Negroes of Bornoo were well acquainted with Baghermee. Imhammed’s
+recollection of the numerals of Bornoo must have been very imperfect,
+for I have written them at least half a dozen times, both from Moorish
+and Negro inhabitants, and my spelling agreed with that of another
+person present. They are
+
+ _Imhammed’s._
+
+ One Leskar Lakkah.
+
+ Two Ahndee Endee.
+
+ Three Yaskar Nieskoo.
+
+ Four Deegah Dekoo.
+
+ Five Oöogoo Okoo.
+
+ Six Araskoo Araskoo.
+
+ Seven Tooloor Naskoo.
+
+ Eight Woskoo Tallóre.
+
+ Nine Likkar L’ilkar.
+
+ Ten Meeägoo Meikoo.
+
+Ben Ali said the language of the common people of Bornoo had a strong
+resemblance to that of the neighbouring Negroes. Mr. Lucas writes that
+no less than 30 languages are spoken in these dominions. The following
+are the numerals of Maïha, one month to the north-eastward, subject to
+Bornoo, and the King’s name Smaï Doonama.
+
+ One Lagen.
+
+ Two Indë.
+
+ Three Eäska.
+
+ Four Daäger.
+
+ Five Ohoo.
+
+ Six Araska.
+
+ Seven Tooloor.
+
+ Eight Weska.
+
+ Nine Likar.
+
+ Ten Inagoon.
+
+The Negroes called Kanem, Kandem; were well acquainted with Doomboo, and
+spoke much of the kingdom of Asben.
+
+We will now return to Cape Coast Castle, and seek the best descriptive
+authorities, in aid of the observations which have been made by the
+Commissioners and others, for the maritime geography from the river
+Assinee to Lagos.
+
+The latitude and longitude of Cape Coast (called by the natives Igwa,
+and in the Affettoo district) according to Messrs. Ludlam and Dawes, the
+Government Commissioners who surveyed the coast in 1810, is 5° 6′ N. and
+1° 51′ W. Elmina, the native name of which is Addĭna, is about seven
+miles to windward of Cape Coast. Twelve miles from Elmina is Commenda,
+an English fort, the town is called by the natives Akatayki, the Dutch
+fort was destroyed in the American war. Nine miles thence is Chama, or
+Assĕma, at the mouth of the Boosempra. Six hours pull up the river, is
+an island, where Attobra, one of the Warsaw caboceers, who supplies the
+Dutch with canoes, is building a large house to retire to; four hours
+above which is his croom. Colonel Starrenberg was pulled three days up
+the river in a canoe; his progress was much impeded by rocks, and at
+length arrested by a large cataract, which, being considered a powerful
+fetish by the natives, the canoe-men dared not to approach. Nine miles
+from Chama, where the Dutch have a fort called Sebastian, is Succondee,
+the first town in the Ahanta country. The English fort was destroyed by
+the French in the American war, but there is a settlement house. The
+Dutch fort is called Orange. Four miles from Succondee is Taccorary, and
+a Dutch fort. Nine miles beyond is Boutrie where the Dutch have a fort,
+formerly belonging to the Brandenburgh Company. Three miles from Boutrie
+is Dix-Cove, or Nfooma, and in the interval Boossooä, the capital of
+Ahanta, which is divided into three districts, Amanfoo, Adoom, and Poho.
+The first is about one journey (through Geämma) behind Boossooa, and one
+from the river Ancobra, the caboceer is of the next consequence to the
+King, whose power and means are extremely limited. The two latter
+districts are not more than half a journey behind Taccorary. The small
+river running into the sea at Boutrie, rises in the Adoom district,
+which is said to abound in gold, but the pits have not been worked for
+many years, from their fear of the Warsaws. Amanfee also abounds in very
+fine gold, which is generally found in quartz, and is ground upon stones
+arranged under large sheds for the purpose. In a respectable periodical
+publication of the last year, I observe, the King of Ashantee called
+King of Ahanta, Inta, or Ashantee; this is one of the many proofs of the
+indiscriminate ideas of that monarch before the Mission. Eighteen miles
+from Dix-Cove passing Achooma and Accoda, (where the Dutch have a fort,
+and which is close to Cape Three Points) are the ruins of Hollandia,
+formerly belonging to the Brandenburgh Company, and called Fort Royal
+Fredericksburg. Sixteen miles farther is Axim, where the Dutch fort
+Anthony, their Vice Presidency, is situated. The people of Axim speak a
+dialect of the Ahanta. About two miles westward is the mouth of the
+Ancobra, so called by the Portuguese from its windings, the native name
+is Seënna. Col. Starrenberg, who went up the river as far as the ruins
+of Elisa Carthago, the extreme navigable point, for any but a very small
+canoe, says, he cannot form any accurate idea of the distance, but
+supposes it was about 20 Dutch miles and the course N.E. Meredith says
+50 English: he was very careless and incorrect in writing, “the French
+built a fort on the right bank of this river, and at about 50 miles from
+its mouth; where they had a great gold trade, that soon excited the
+jealousy of the Dutch, who expelled them. The Dutch however did not long
+enjoy this acquisition, for the chief got embroiled with the natives,
+and betook himself to the desperate remedy of blowing up the fort.”
+Elisa Carthago was built by the Dutch governor Ruighaven, who died, as
+appears by his tomb stone at Elmina, before 1700. The French never had
+any but a small factory, almost at the mouth of the river, and the Dutch
+officer in charge of Elisa Carthago had enjoyed a good trade many years
+before the cupidity of the natives reduced him to the act of despair,
+related by Bosman, and still recorded by the natives, who narrated it to
+Col. Starrenberg. The following is from the Latin translation of Dr.
+Reynhaut: “The chief of Elisa Carthago being at variance with the
+natives, who invested the fort, and finding he could not resist them any
+longer” (for as the story goes, he had been reduced to fire pieces of
+rock gold from the want of bullets) “feigned to treat with them, and
+invited them for that purpose into the hall of the fort, under which he
+had placed several barrels of gunpowder, and a small boy with a match,
+ordering him to apply it directly he stamped his foot on the floor of
+the hall above. This he did, after reproaching the natives with their
+cupidity, and they were all blown up together. One of the servants of
+the fort had just before contrived to effect his escape with most of the
+papers.” In navigating from the mouth of the Ancobra or Seënna to Elisa
+Carthago, the following towns, on the banks, are passed, Boasso, Tarbo,
+Marmeresse, Ejujan, Tetchbrouw, Gura, Barnesoe, Uromanio, Afamkan, and
+Aduwa. Gura is a small state, the people of which speak the same
+language as those of Axim. From Aduwa there are three grand roads, one
+to the Aowin country, one to the Dankara, and one to Asankarie, a
+considerable town in Warsaw. From Aduwa to Dankara numerous small crooms
+are passed through, and the first large one of the latter country is
+Kenkoomabaraso, only three journies from Coomassie. The people of
+Dankara come to Axim to trade. From Aduwa to Aowin the first
+considerable town is Taqua. The Warsaw country is governed by four
+caboceers, independent of each other, of whose relation and power, the
+best idea I can give, is by comparing it with that of the tyrants Geron
+and Theron, who ruled at the same time in Sicily. Intiffa, the richest
+caboceer, and whose power extends the farthest, resides at Abbradie, one
+short journey from Elmina. Cudjo Miensa (Miensa is the numeral three) is
+his principal counsellor, and will succeed him. Nerbehin was formerly
+the residence of Quashee Jacon, another independent caboceer, but of
+Intiffa’s family; he was driven from thence by Esson Cudjo, who now
+rules there: he fled to Samcow (situated about one day’s journey on the
+frontier of Warsaw, behind Succondee) of which Musoe, a slave of his,
+has raised himself to be the caboceer, and now protects his master until
+Esson Cudjoe’s death. Attobra, another independent caboceer, lives at
+Dabroādie, on the Boosempra. The greatest breadth of the Warsaw country
+is supposed to be 60 B. miles, and the greatest length 100 or 120. About
+28 miles from the Ancobra, begins the kingdom of Amanaheä, in which the
+English fort Apollonia is situated: it extends about 100 miles along the
+coast, but not more than 20 in-land. The various numerals of the coast
+will be submitted in an essay on the Fantee language.
+
+Barely four miles eastward of Cape Coast is Moree, and the Dutch fort
+Nassau. Six miles from Moree is Annamaboe, the most complete
+fortification in the country; five miles thence Cormantine, the first
+fort possessed by the English, and built by them about the middle of the
+seventeenth century. It was taken afterwards by the Dutch, and being
+stormed, was almost destroyed by the Ashantee army, before it attacked
+Annamaboe: the position is very commanding. Tantumquerry, a small
+English fort, is about 18 miles from Cormantine, (crossing the small
+river Amissa, an hour’s walk in-land from which is Mankasim, the capital
+of the Braffoe district of Fantee) the natives call the town Tuam. Eight
+miles from Tantum is the town of Apam, where is a Dutch fort and a small
+river. Eight miles from Apam is Simpah or Winnebah. The people of Simpah
+are Fantees, but their language is called Affoottoo. They are in the
+district of Agoona. About nine miles from Simpah is the Dutch fort
+Berracoe, the natives call the town Seniah. Attah of Akim laid a
+contribution on this fort in March 1811. About 27 miles from Berracoe is
+Accra, or Inkran, once subject to Aquamboo, which people, according to
+Isert, formerly drove them to Popo. Meredith fully describes Accra and
+the environs, but he does not mention that according to the natives the
+Portuguese settled here first, (Isert writes in 1452) and exercising the
+greatest cruelties and enormities, were extirpated by the Accras (their
+town was then situated a little behind the present), who executed the
+governor and his countrymen, on a spot whence they still take the earth
+to rub a new born child, in commemoration of the event. Accra, according
+to the observations of the Commissioners, is in 5° 20′ N. and 10′ W. Mr.
+Meredith, after quoting this observation, placed it in his outline of
+the coast in 58′ E. Between two and three miles from the English fort,
+is Christiansburg Castle, the Danish head-quarters.
+
+We will follow[63] Isert in his route from Accra to the Volta, as he
+travelled it several times. “Two miles from Christiansburg is Labbodee,
+where there was formerly a fort: this is the residence of the grand
+fetish, and the Bishop. Two miles to Pessin, two to Temmen, where the
+Dutch had a small fort, abandoned in 1781, two (leaving Nimboe a little
+in the bush) to Ponee, a deserted Dutch fort, now a Dutch factory; two
+miles thence (crossing a brakke streek or low land, up to the shoulders
+in the rains, and 300 fathoms broad, sometimes called Ponee river) are
+great and small Pram Pram, where the English have a small fort or
+fortified factory. Two long miles thence is Friedensbourg fort at Ningo,
+the people of which speak a different language called Adampee, (the name
+given to their country,) a mixture of Ashantee, Kerrapee, and Accra; it
+is a republic.” Behind Adampee is the Crobo mountain, the people of
+which, though but a few hundreds, have hitherto baffled the Ashantees,
+by leaving their croom at the bottom of the mountain, which is of great
+height, rugged, accessible but by one narrow path, and with springs of
+water on the top, whence they roll down upon their enemies, the large
+stones and fragments of rock which abound. “From Adampee I went in one
+day to Addah, 12 miles. Two and a half from Ningo is a croom called Laï,
+the inhabitants of which have removed, some to Addah, some to Ningo: the
+English had a factory here, long gone to ruin. One mile west of the
+Volta, there was formerly a croom called Foutchi.” Reckoning four
+English miles to one Danish or Dutch, Addah would be 96 miles from
+Christiansburg, but Meredith makes it but 67, therefore we will take the
+medium and call it 87. From the Volta to Cape St. Paul’s is five leagues
+by sea, according to Dalzel, and 15 miles by land, according to Norris’s
+map of Dahomey and its environs. Quitta, about 12 miles from it
+(according to Norris) by the observation made in H.M.S. Argo in 1802, is
+in 5° 45′ N. and 1° 29′ 30″ E. by chronometer. Accra lies, according to
+the Commissioners, in 10′ W. Taking the medium between Isert and
+Meredith, Christiansburg Castle, about three miles eastward of the
+English fort, is 87 from Addah, but as that place is six miles from the
+mouth of the Volta, we will call it 81: allowing one mile for the
+breadth of the river and 18 miles for the difference of longitude
+between it and Quitta, (according to Norris,) the distance from English
+Accra to Quitta will be 103 B. miles, which being equal to 89
+geographical miles, place Quitta in 1° 19′ E. instead of 1° 29′ 30″ as
+by the observation of the Argo, and that supposing the whole distance to
+be made good horizontally, which is impossible. Wherefore I should think
+Isert, who had travelled it, was more likely to be correct in making the
+distance from Christiansburg to Addah 96 miles, than Meredith in calling
+it 67.
+
+Norris’s observation, placing Cape St. Paul’s in 5° 52′ N., I conceive
+to be incorrect, as that of the Argo must be preferred, which places
+Quitta in 5° 42′ N., instead of 6° 2′ N., as in Norris’s map. This
+should not have escaped Mr. Dalzel’s notice in the “New Sailing
+Directions,” where both observations are cited in the same page, without
+any remark on the inconsistency, for Quitta and not St. Paul’s, is thus
+made the Cape or western limit of the Bight, the eastern side of which
+is called the Bight of Benin, I regret, amongst other disadvantages,
+that of not having the opportunity to consult the chart of Mr. Demayne
+(the master of H.M.S. Amelia) which is said to be more accurate than any
+other.[64]
+
+Quitta is included in an independent state of Kerrapay, called Agwoona,
+which extends thence along the coast to the Volta; the towns from that
+river to Quitta are Attoko, Terrobee, Footee, Agwoona, Whiëe, and
+Tegbay. Agwoona lays half a mile from the shore, and about 15 miles from
+the Volta. The inhabitants of all the other towns are obliged by the law
+to bury their dead in Agwoona, the capital; the caboceer of which is
+supreme over the others, but not absolute. Between Quitta and Popo, lay
+the Kerrapay towns Egbiffeemee, to which several of the Quittas have
+retired, Edjenowah, Oöogloobooë, and Afflou or Afflahoo, a little way
+from the beach. These towns are governed by caboceers, independent of
+each other, as well as of Agwoona; and in the last a mixture of Adampë
+and Kerrapay is spoken, accounted for by the emigration of a large body
+of the former people. Another independent state of Kerrapay is
+Tettaytokoo, 2 journies behind Popo; the King is said to be despotic,
+and the capital composed of circular houses. There is also another
+smaller interior state, governed by a caboceer called Quaminagah. Tadoo,
+however, is allowed to be the largest kingdom of Kerrapay, 6 journies
+behind Popo, (which the Fantees call Inshan, but the natives Taun or
+Taum) described as a large town; and the Accra language is spoken there
+as well as the Kerrapay, in consequence of the temporary emigration of
+the former people in 1680. The Kerrapay numerals are
+
+ One Eddee.
+
+ Two Effee.
+
+ Three Eltong.
+
+ Four Ennay.
+
+ Five Altong.
+
+ Six Adday.
+
+ Seven Adrinnee.
+
+ Eight Ennee.
+
+ Nine Indee.
+
+ Ten Owoo.
+
+The Negroes of this country are of a much more daring and desperate
+character than their neighbours, and were always the most severely
+treated in the slave ships. Mr. Meredith, who writes it Crepee, placed
+it west of the Volta.
+
+Whydah, according to an observation of the Argo, is 6° 14′ N. 2° 31′ E.
+I do not recollect Dalzel to have mentioned that Anotto is produced in
+the neighbourhood of Whydah. I am not certain whether it is by the Bixa
+orellana; but the shrub at Whydah may be classed under Polyandria
+Monogynia. Lambe made it 200 miles from Whydah beach to Abomey; Norris
+112, Dalzel 96. By Mr. Norris’s own account of his journey, not more
+than 20 hours were occupied in travelling, which at 4 miles an hour, the
+greatest pace which I think the hammock men can average, would make the
+distance 80 miles. An officer in this service went to Dahomey, without
+hurrying, in 3 days; and considers a dispatch would reach it in 2: he
+thinks it can scarcely be 70 miles; but calling it 80 as above, and
+supposing 54, two thirds, to be the horizontal distance made good, equal
+to almost 47 G. miles, Abomey would lay in 7° 12′ N. Yet Mr. Dalzel
+writes it lays in about 7° 59′ N.: Whydah being in about 6° 25′ in the
+map affixed to his history; this requires 108 B. miles to be made good
+on the horizontal distance, whereas he calls that of the whole journey
+but 96, and Mr. Norris, who drew the map, 112. The public were certainly
+indebted to Mr. Dalzel for the History of Dahomey, but it was his duty,
+as an intelligent and considerate man, to correct such an error as this;
+and if the author of the preface had reflected, he would not have
+written, “The map, is that of Mr. Norris, with a few additions, which
+for the places on the coast, and the position of Abomey, is near enough
+to the truth.” Mr. Dalzel should have corrected a greater error in this
+map, the course of the Lagos river, for altering which I shall presently
+quote his own authority in addition to others.
+
+An officer in this service, who resided at Lagos three years, and is the
+only European resident who has survived of those who have made the
+attempt, enables me to correct the following errors. The Pelican bank is
+much smaller than it appears on the charts; the Doo island (which lays
+N.W. and not N. of Lagos town) where the natives go to make fetish, is
+not more than one mile in circumference; and there is no river of that
+name. The beach over which the Portuguese and French (who never cross
+the bar, where there are 3 fathoms water) transport their goods to the
+canoes, is not more than 100 yards wide, instead of one mile. In
+Norris’s map prefixed to Dalzel’s History, the Lagos river is made to
+cross the path to Dahomey near Torë. In the Sailing Directions for the
+Coast of Africa, to which Mr. Dalzel was the chief contributor, and who
+revised the work, we find, “River Lagos is the mouth not only of the
+river of that name, which runs to the _eastward from Ardrah_,” &c. and
+the river Mr. Norris crossed near Torë, which he calls pretty deep and
+rapid, but with a bridge over it, is by the account of other gentlemen,
+officers in this service, who have been to Dahomey, no more than a
+marsh. The gentleman before mentioned to have resided three years in
+Lagos, informs me the grand branch of that river flows from the
+northward of the island, where the pretended river Doo is placed, he
+found it so wide on entering it, that being in the middle, where there
+are 10 fathoms water, he could scarcely see the land on either side. The
+current is impetuous, and floating islands, and large masses of alluvial
+matter come down with such force, in the rainy season, as to trip
+vessels from their anchors in the English road. De Lisle makes the Lagos
+river flowing from the N., and the French are allowed to be much better
+acquainted with this part of the coast. That called the West river in
+Norris’s map, is only a creek; and what he calls the Lagos river, and
+draws running close to Bădaggry, Ardrah, and passing Torë, is the
+Western river. Bădaggry is not more than 5 or 7 miles from the beach,
+instead of 15, and the tide only ebbs and flows so far. Ardrah is from
+25 to 30 miles from the beach, instead of 18; and the river is crossed
+at about one-third of the distance from the sea: this is what we call
+Porto Novo, for there is not more than beachmen’s huts on the shore
+opposite the anchorage. The natives call Ardrah Aratakassee, or
+Allatakassee, and the country Essaäm, or the great. The river continues
+its course not more than 100 yards from the sea, at Whydah, and proceeds
+equally close (indeed frequently the ridge between them is covered with
+water) until passing Quitta, it falls into the Volta near the mouth.
+
+The above mentioned gentleman proves the informant of Adams’s editor
+incorrect, in stating that the Houssa traders were constantly to be met
+with at Lagos, previous to the abolition of the slave trade, for it has
+always been the policy of Kosie, a kingdom on the eastern bank of the
+river, and about 60 miles inland from the mouth, to prevent all
+intercourse between the traders of the interior, and those of Lagos, to
+secure to themselves the exorbitant profits they made as the brokers or
+medium. The Europeans who traded at Lagos, once meditated forcing a
+passage up the river in armed boats, and a vessel of 18 guns was got
+over the bar, and anchored close to Lagos town; but the project was
+abandoned as too perilous. Sometime afterwards the King of Kosie desired
+a European might visit him, to gratify his curiosity, and that of his
+people; but no one being willing, a mulatto, named Peter Brown, was
+dressed up and sent. This man, being now at Cape Coast, I have
+questioned. Several armed men were sent to conduct him, and relays of
+canoe men sufficient to continue brisk pulling; which they did from the
+evening till the next day, before he left the river to proceed by land;
+it was still very wide, and more than 4 fathoms deep; considerably, for
+aught he knew, for the bamboo poles of that length, with which the
+natives push the canoe forward, when they get close enough to the banks
+to do so, would not touch the bottom in the middle. Relays of hammock
+men then carried him at a brisk pace until evening, when he reached
+Kosie, which he described as a town of great extent, and the buildings
+to resemble those in the drawings of Coomassie. The King gave orders
+that the crowd should not intrude themselves into his house, treated him
+very handsomely, and dismissed him after three days. He only heard the
+people of Kosie speak of two great nations, the Hios, and the Awissees.
+
+The gentleman before mentioned has an impression, from all the enquiries
+he recollects to have made, of the slaves of the interior, that the
+merchants convey them by water the greater part of the way; and their
+reports were strengthened by his having an opportunity of seeing canoes
+brought from Kosie to Lagos, and purchased from the slave merchants of
+the interior. They were very superior in size and convenience to those
+of the coast, were covered in, with a distinct apartment for the trader
+and his wives, and would hold a hundred slaves. I never heard any slaves
+speak of being brought any part of the way by water, but I have not seen
+any who were brought to Kosie or Lagos.
+
+The Karhala is the only large river likely to communicate with, or to
+form that of Lagos; possibly the Karhala might run to the large lake in
+Hio, which Snelgrave says (from the information of the Portuguese
+mulatto he found at Abomey) “is the fountain of several large rivers
+which empty themselves into the Bay of Guinea.” The Lagos river may flow
+from this lake, but this is mere conjecture. The gentleman to whom I am
+indebted, places the Mahees north of Dahomey, instead of north-west as
+in Norris’s map, which is allowed to be far from discriminate in the
+interior parts, in the preface to Dalzel’s History, and this is also
+more probable, because about nine years ago, the King of Hio entirely
+conquered the Mahees, and upwards of 20,000 of them were brought for
+sale to Lagos.
+
+The Joös, inconsiderately reported to Adams’s editor as being, with the
+Anagoos and Mahees, the principal nations on the journey to the Niger,
+and nearer to the coast, avoiding Dahomey, are probably the Jaboos, who
+are about 40 miles westward of Kosie, and not behind Cradoo, as in
+Norris’s map. They are celebrated for the cloths of their name, of which
+the Portuguese have shipped such large quantities. The Anagoos, or
+Nagoos, are the north westward neighbours of Dahomey.
+
+The extent of Fantee is corrected from the conjectural enlargement of it
+by Mr. Meredith, and, with that of Ashantee, Akim, Assin, Warsaw,
+Ahanta, &c. &c. is sufficiently distinct in the present map. A more
+enlarged, and particular map of Fantee, &c. would not be interesting to
+the public, but as it might be desirable to geographers, I shall keep it
+in view as a duty, and, at some future time, endeavor to add to the
+observations of latitude and longitude which have been already made on
+the coast.
+
+I may not conclude without acknowledging the guidance, and assistance,
+which Major Rennell’s previous investigations have afforded me; without
+impressing, that had not some sketches of the interior been collected by
+the industry of the emissaries of the African Association, and
+afterwards connected and formed into a general outline, blended with the
+feeble lights of the ancients, my enquiries would neither have been
+excited or directed; and this present small contribution to our slender
+knowledge would have perished an embryo. When I reflect on the creative
+researches of the genius of D’Anville, and the acumen and erudition of
+Major Rennell, it is my greatest anxiety to make my deference in
+investigation, as manifest as the public duty which exacted the
+involuntary presumption; and I cannot conclude more appropriately, than
+by addressing the latter in the expressive lines of Virgil:
+
+
+ “Nec calamis solum æquiparas sed voce magistrum
+
+ Fortunate—tu nunc eris alter ab illo.
+
+ Nos tamen hæc quocunque modo tibi nostra vicissim
+
+ Dicemus.”
+
+
+[Footnote 15: “On the west of Aquamboe lies the powerful state of Akim,
+sometimes denominated Akam, Achem, and Accany, which occupies almost all
+the interior of the Gold Coast, and is supposed by the natives to extend
+to Barbary. The Accanese are represented as carrying on an extensive
+commerce with the interior kingdoms of Africa, particularly Tonouwah,
+Gago, and Meczara, by which Mourzouk the capital of Fezzan seems to be
+intended.”]
+
+[Footnote 16: “Reize van Koppenhagen naar Guinea, &c. Door den Heer
+Isert. Amsteldam, 1797. Naar het Hoog Duitsch.”]
+
+[Footnote 17: This induced me to think that In-ta and Ta-pah, as well as
+Assiantee might mean the same place, as we find of Mahee, Yahon,
+&c.—Dalzel.]
+
+[Footnote 18: “In the province of St. Jago, in Chili, there is a plant
+of this class and order (Didynamiæ gymnosperma) supposed to be a species
+of wild basil (Ocimum salinum), resembling the common basil so much as
+to be hardly distinguished from it, except that the flower stem is round
+and jointed, and its scent and taste not like the basil, but rather like
+the sea flag, or some marine plant. It is an annual, shooting forth in
+the spring, and continuing till the commencement of winter: every
+morning it is covered with hard and shining saline globules, resembling
+dew, which the countrymen shake off the leaves to serve them as common
+salt, and in some respects is thought to be of a superior quality. Every
+plant produces daily about half an ounce of this salt; but Molina, a
+scientific naturalist, to whom we are indebted for this information,
+says, that it is extremely difficult to account for this phenomenon, as
+the situation where he found these plants was in the most fertile part
+of the kingdom, and at a distance from the sea of more than seventy
+miles. When we see some plants secrete flint, separate and distinct from
+their fibres, as well as combined with their organic structure; and when
+we also know that plants secrete alkali, in every situation, I cannot
+perceive why Molina should consider the contiguity of the sea to be
+essential to the production of a neutral salt in the Ocimum salinum.”
+Linnæan System, London, 1816, vol. ii. p. 303.
+
+Riley, whose narrative has recently appeared, saw in the desert, “A
+dwarf thorn bush from two to five feet high with succulent leaves
+strongly impregnated with salt.”]
+
+[Footnote 19: In the Dutch copies of the old Portuguese charts, Xabunda
+(perhaps Banda) is placed as the capital of Ashantee, and two or three
+large Portuguese towns, one St. Lawrence, with several convents and
+crosses between it and the Coast.]
+
+[Footnote 20: Gago oppidum amplissimum nullis quoque cingitur muris,
+distat a Tumbuto meridiem versus quadringentes fere passuum millibus,
+inclinatusque fere ad Euroaustrum. Leo Af.]
+
+[Footnote 21: “To what degree the natives of Silla would have
+contradicted each other in their accounts of Tombuctoo, Park’s short
+stay there could not have allowed him time to ascertain, even if his
+knowledge of their language had enabled him to understand their accounts
+as well as he did those of the slatees on the Gambia.
+
+“Several instances of the contradictory testimony of the Negroes occur
+in Park’s travels, Jennië, for instance, is stated in his first Mission
+to be situated on the Niger, but on his second journey he renounces that
+opinion, on the apparently good authority of an old Somonie (canoe man)
+who had been seven times at Tombuctoo.” Adams’s Editor.]
+
+[Footnote 22: Mr. Hutchison writes, that from Inta to Jennë is said to
+be 41 journies. This Gentleman, the Resident at Coomassie, merely
+accompanied the Mission to act in that capacity in case the object could
+be accomplished, and was not instructed to report: the officer
+conducting the Mission being responsible to the extent of his industry,
+and the opportunities, for the various desiderata, excepting the
+Botanical and Medical, which were expected from the Surgeon, Mr. Tedlie.
+Mr. Hutchison’s time was much employed in making duplicates and copies
+of the frequent and voluminous dispatches to head quarters. The Moors
+disliking even a second European to be present at their geographical
+communications, Mr. Hutchison, through his obliging disposition, which
+accommodated itself to every thing auxiliary to the pursuits of the
+Mission, rendered me a great service, and quieted the uneasiness of the
+Moors by keeping watch, and diverting the various Ashantee visitors who
+would have intruded, with great patience and address. There was no time
+even for a communication of the data I had collected before the Mission
+left Coomassie, for we may be said to have lived in public the latter
+part of the four months, and Mr. Hutchison’s genius inclining more to
+the cultivation of the Ashantee and Arabic languages, which I had no
+doubt would yield to his great industry, I did not intrude less
+congenial pursuits on his attention, (the desiderata having been amply
+realized,) but merely requested he would let me know what any
+intelligent Moor, arriving after my departure, might say of the
+Interior, and, if possible, procure a chart from him, especially if he
+was not a native of Houssa or Bornoo, which two of the Moors who had
+drawn for me were. After I had finished my Geographical Report, Mr.
+Hutchison sent, with some other interesting particulars, added as notes
+with his initials, a chart drawn by a Jennë Moor just arrived,
+confirming all I had collected in the most satisfactory manner. The
+names of the countries from the source of the Niger to Egypt were
+written in Arabic, with Mr. Hutchison’s expression of the pronunciation
+in English opposite. I particularly recollect that his ear differed
+somewhat from mine, which accounts for the trifling differences in our
+spelling. I shewed Mr. Hutchison my charts as curiosities, but he took
+no minutes of the names, uninteresting from his never having had an
+opportunity of reading Major Rennell’s Dissertations, which would alone
+make them so to any one. He gives a better proof of this, than my own
+impression, by the following extract from his letter to me, accompanying
+the chart: “The Bornoo you used to talk about, you will find the same as
+the lake Chaudi, or Al Bahare Noohoo, or else you know a country I I do
+not recollect hearing of;” but, in the postscript, he writes, “On
+looking over my memoranda, I find Bornoo is the principal monarchy the
+Arabs alone stand in awe of, and one of the four kingdoms best known on
+the Quolla.” Mr. Hutchison _unconsciously_ confirming what I had
+learned, is even more satisfactory than if I had left him any basis for
+his enquiries; indeed, his own object, the acquirement of the language,
+was too important to be interrupted unnecessarily. Before I attach any
+quotation from this Gentleman’s letters, I must acknowledge the
+assistance I had previously derived from his spirited zeal as an
+officer, as well as that which has since resulted from his interest in
+intellectual pursuits.]
+
+[Footnote 23: The Moors particularly mentioned buying their writing
+paper there. One told me that the Joliba ran to a river called Hotaiba
+after it passed Yahoodee, which river ran towards Toonis. Several talked
+of vessels coming to Yahoodee, navigated by white men, but whence I
+could not learn, and Brahima had never visited it, though such reports
+were familiar to him.]
+
+[Footnote 24: The rivers Arauca and Capanaparo in Cumana form
+bifurcations similar to those of the Niger. The Arauca divides itself
+into two rivers, the northern one, the Arauquito, runs through the lake
+Cabullarito into the Orinoco, and the southern retaining the name of
+Arauca, also flows to the Orinoco. The Capanaparo falls into the Orinoco
+in two streams, the northern retaining the original name, and the
+southern acquiring that of Mina. See Humboldt’s map of the eastern part
+of the province of Verina.]
+
+[Footnote 25: See note, p. 189.]
+
+[Footnote 26: “No one who compares the maps of De Lisle and D’Anville
+with the materials then published, can doubt the excellent means of
+information with which they must have been supplied both by government,
+and by private individuals.” Murray.
+
+We find a remarkable instance of De Lisle’s accuracy in Major Rennell’s
+construction of the geography of Mr. Horneman’s expedition. “Mr.
+Horneman was informed that there are 101 inhabited places in Fezzan.” It
+is remarkable that this is precisely the number stated in M. Delisle’s
+map of Africa, drawn in 1707; and, according to Mr. Beaufoy’s informant,
+there are nearly 100.
+
+I have since found an older authority for the name _Gambaroo_, and which
+also shews that the name _Quolla_ and its connection with the Gambaroo,
+have not been wholly unknown hitherto. It is in the L’Afrique de Marmol,
+livre viii. chap. 3. “C’est une chose estrange que ce fleuve venant de
+si loin, car Ptolomée le fait venir du lac _Quélonide_, et de celui de
+Nuba, il n’entraine pas tant d’eaux par ce costé-là, et la marée ne
+monte pas si avant, _que par l’autre bras que l’on appelle Gamber_.” One
+may almost fancy Quolla and Quellonide to have been derived from the
+Chalonides of Ptolemy.]
+
+[Footnote 27: “The fact of a large lake like the Dibbie, discharging its
+waters by two streams flowing from distant parts of the lake, and re-
+uniting after a separate course of a hundred miles in length, has always
+appeared to us extremely apocryphal, at least we believe that the
+geography of the world does not afford a parallel case.” Adams’s
+Editor.]
+
+[Footnote 28: “According to these statements of the Moorish traders,
+Adams would seem to have mistaken the course of the stream at Tombuctoo.
+In fact, I do not recollect that he told me at Mogadore that it flowed
+in a westerly direction: but, I think, I am correct in saying, that he
+discovered some uncertainty in speaking upon this subject, (and almost
+upon this subject alone) observing, in answer to my inquiries, that he
+had not taken very particular notice, and that the river was steady,
+without any appearance of a strong current.” Dupuis on Adams.
+
+Adams’s name, La-mar-Zarah (for of course he did not attach _La_ mar to
+indicate water, but pronounced La-mar-Zarah, as an integral name) seems
+accounted for by his confounding or connecting the Arabic name of the
+river, _Lahamar_, with the Negro name _Yça_ (for we find these names in
+Marmol, tom. 3. liv. 8.) making _Lahamar-yça_, La-mar-Zarah.]
+
+[Footnote 29: Les Sénégurs le nomment Sénédec, les Jalofes Dengueh, les
+Turcorons qui sont plus au-dedans du pays Maye, les Saragoles qui sont
+plus haut Colle, et en un contrée plus vers l’orient Zimbale: au royaume
+de Tombut on le nomme Yça. Marmol, tom. 3, livre 8. The name Zimbale
+must be derived from Jimballa, by which country the river passes; it
+occurs in the route from Shégo to Timbuctoo. P. 194.]
+
+[Footnote 30: Kulla, in the Mallowa, if not in the Kassina language,
+means _child_; perhaps, allegory being the character of African
+language, the southern river may be called Quolla or Kulla, from being a
+_branch_ only of the great river which forms it and the Gambaroo.]
+
+[Footnote 31: See the account of the large interior river known at
+Gaboon, under the name of _Wole_ or _Wolela_.]
+
+[Footnote 32: “There is one thing that disagrees with Mr. Park’s
+account, they call the Niger Quolla at Jennë, Sansanding, &c. &c. and
+describe the Jolliba as falling into the Quolla east of Timbuctoo.” W.
+H.
+
+The Moors invariably reported to me that it ran from it. Mr. H. might
+perhaps have misunderstood the Jennë Moor, whose single authority cannot
+be opposed to the concurrence of several.]
+
+[Footnote 33: Illorum verò qui per interiorem Æthiopiam fluant, quique
+fontes et ostia in continente habent maximi sunt Gir et Nigir. (Lib. 2.
+E. 1. De maximis _fluminibus_.)]
+
+[Footnote 34: The Jennë Moor does not appear to have been so
+particularly acquainted with the source of the Niger. He has drawn two
+hills, from one of which springs a large river he could not name,
+running westward, the other is the source of the Quolla, and Mr.
+Hutchison has written its name Bieteerilmiloo. Between this source and
+Mala, the King of which he describes as a great monarch, he mentions no
+towns or kingdoms. This Mala is the Malay of the Moorish charts I
+procured, between the source and which five places or countries were
+written. Mr. Hutchison writes the course thus, without time or distance,
+Mala, Bambarra, Shego, Sansanding, Jena, Mashina, Dahleä (a small croom
+on the lake Dibber,) Kabarra: he adds, cannibals are close to the
+Joliba, and 30 journies from Timbuctoo, they eat their prisoners: the
+dead of their own people are put in the Joliba, in wooden coffins.]
+
+[Footnote 35: The following sentence in the description of Leo, conveys
+an idea of the decline or decay of the city. “Cujus domus omnes in
+tuguriola cretacea stramineis tectis _sunt mutatæ_.” Yet immediately
+after we receive the contrary impression on reading “Visitur tamen
+elegantissimum quoddam templum cujus murus ex lapidibus atque calce vivo
+est fabricatus: deinde et palacium quoddam regium quodam Granato viro
+artificissimo conditum. Frequentissimæ hic sunt artificum mercatorum
+præcipuè autem telæ atque gossypii textorum officinæ; huc mercatores
+Barbari pannum ex Europa adferunt.” In the Description de l’Afrique en
+Flamand, published about a century and a half afterwards, the author
+seems to be aware of the advanced decline or decay of Timbuctoo. “Les
+maisons étoient autrefois fort sumptueuses, mais elles ne sont
+maintenant que de bois enduites de terre grasse et couvertes de
+paille.”]
+
+[Footnote 36: “All the country from where the Joliba discharges itself
+into the Quolla is subject to the Sultan Malisimiel. What makes the
+Sultan of Timbuctoo so much talked of, is his being near the water side;
+but his master, the Sultan of Malisimiel considers him merely as a
+deputy or governor. The four greatest monarchs known on the banks of the
+Quolla, are Baharnoo, Santambool, Malisimiel, and Malla.” W. H. Malla is
+Mallowa.]
+
+[Footnote 37: “The Chaymas substitute _r_ for _l_, a substitution that
+arises from a defect of pronunciation, common in every zone. The
+substitution of _r_ for _l_ characterizes, for example, the Bashmouric
+dialect of the Coptic language. It is thus that the Caribbees of the
+Oroonoko have been transformed into Galibi, in French Guiana, by
+confounding _r_ with _l_, and softening the _c_. The Tamanach has made
+choraro (solalo) of the Spanish word soldado.” Humboldt’s personal
+narrative, book iii. chap. 9.]
+
+[Footnote 38: The position of Mellè is further confirmed in Dapper “Le
+Roi de _Tombut_ prend le nom d’Empereur de _Melli_.” This title seems to
+have been transferred to the King of Houssa from the decline of
+Timbuctoo, to which the aggrandisement of the former city is to be
+attributed.]
+
+[Footnote 39: The King residing in Houssa is the King of Malla; he has
+seven tributary Kings. W. H.]
+
+[Footnote 40: I did not hear of the Gotoijegee, Carmasse, or Gourmon of
+Amadi Fatouma; it is clear that he was not very correct in names. I
+never once heard Silla called Sellee, Dibbie, Sibbie, or Kabra,
+Rakbarra.]
+
+[Footnote 41: The Jennë Moor notices between Kabarra and Cabi, Gauw (a
+great kingdom) Quoülla, Askeä, Zabirma. Ptolemy has a city called Geua
+on the Gir.]
+
+[Footnote 42: The Jennë Moor told Mr. Hutchison, “the Quolla was the
+largest river in the world, and about 5 miles wide, having a very rocky
+channel, the banks on both sides very high, and rugged: in many parts
+canoes often take a day to cross, from the dangerous whirlpools, and
+sudden squalls; at other places the stream runs with great rapidity. The
+houses in its environs are either terraced or shingled, as thatch cannot
+resist the frequent high winds.”]
+
+[Footnote 43: The Jennë Moor has placed Gangë as an island in the Quolla
+just below Bousa. This must be the Gongoo of Imhammed, and Ben Ali,
+south of Cassina. Mr. Lucas writes “the width of the Niger is such, that
+even at the island of Gongoo, where the ferrymen reside, the sound of
+the loudest voice from the northern shore is scarcely heard.”]
+
+[Footnote 44: The Jennë Moor traces the course from Yaoora, thus:
+Boussa, Gangë, Wawa, Noofa, Quollaliffa, Atagara; the only difference
+being the position of the latter place, possibly an error of mine, as
+the name Atagara was not noticed in the charts I made the Moors draw,
+but only in the more particular enumerations of the countries the Quolla
+passed; the names of which I minuted from their utterance, and
+afterwards attached their remarks as interpreted to me.]
+
+[Footnote 45: The Jennë Moor calls this Quolla liffa. Mr. Hutchison, who
+has a servant, a native of it, describes it as a very powerful kingdom,
+as the Shereef Brahima described it to me, and as was the impression of
+Mr. Dupuis. Mr. H. adds, on Negro and Moorish authority, “it is to the
+King of Quallowliffa that the country in which Canna, Dall, and Yum Yum,
+where cannibals are, is subject.” Mr. Horneman mentions Yem Yems
+cannibals south of Kano 10 days; and the account is further confirmed in
+my subsequent geographical sketch of the interior of Gaboon. Mr.
+Horneman’s information that the Niger flowed towards the Egyptian Nile
+through the land of the Heathens, which Mr. Park quoted as an argument
+for the Congo hypothesis, doubtless referred to these cannibals.]
+
+[Footnote 46: “At times the water of this lake is hot, and it boils and
+bubbles with a great noise, often overflowing the surrounding country.
+The bones of fish thrown up by the volcano are so numerous, that the
+Arabs mix them in the swish of their houses. There are a great many
+islets in the lake, which is so extensive, that they cannot see the end.
+Between it and the Quolla rises a very high hill, from the top of which
+is an extensive view; it is a day’s journey from the water on either
+side. The Arabs eat black rice, corn, and sweet beans, called Tummer.”
+W. H.]
+
+[Footnote 47: The Jennë Moor has also placed it E. of Foor. Mr.
+Hutchison writes the course, after him, from Atagara, thus:
+“Maffagoodoo, Sharee, Lake Chadee, Phorr (beginning of Arabs) “Wadie.”
+Mr. Horneman writes “A great part of the people of Wadey, together with
+their King, are Arabs.”]
+
+[Footnote 48: Mr. Hutchison has written it Sooänar.]
+
+[Footnote 49: “Cairo is still called, in the figurative language of the
+East, Misr, without an equal; Misr, the mistress of the world.”
+Quarterly Review. Mr. Hutchison writes, that the Moors told him it was
+so called after Misraim, who settled there.]
+
+[Footnote 50: The following, in the left hand column, are the places or
+countries as written by Mr. Hutchison, after the Jennë Moor, agreeing
+with those the Moors reported to me.
+
+ Shuewa Shewa Abenassa.
+
+ Swiss Sooess.
+
+ Zall Zaloo.
+
+ Machazoogee Machawazoo.
+
+ Tabarbass, cultivation, volcano from
+ the Quolla two days, two days to the top, Tabarrabass.
+
+ Askanderee Askandaraia or Sakunderree.
+
+The latter place is Alexandria. The Moors called the Mediterranean Sea
+to me by two names, Baharlë Malee, and Sabbaha Bahoori. Mr. Hutchison
+writes it Baramela or Bahermale, and adds, “Seven rivers from Africa
+turn their course to it, but only two reach the shores, of which the
+Nile is one. The rush of the waters of the Nile when they meet the sea,
+is so great, that the waves are driven into the air with great force,
+and retire like waves against a rock. The Red Sea, they say, assumes
+various colours at different periods from seven streams pouring their
+course into it, salt water and fresh, red, blue, yellow, &c.”]
+
+[Footnote 51: “Half of the inhabitants of Massar are white, and half
+black; they have a Fort and Governor.” W. H.]
+
+[Footnote 52: Stambool is the Arabic pronunciation of the familiar or
+vulgar name of Constantinople, the etymology of which is ιϛαμαι πολιν.]
+
+[Footnote 53: Mr. Hutchison writes, “Wangara is the name of a region
+comprehending Mosee Kong, and other neighbouring countries south of the
+Niger (if not some to the north of it) but Oongooroo is the name of the
+country laying between Cassina and Bornoo.)” Mr. Park has _Wangeera_ in
+the route from Sego to the coast of Guinea.]
+
+[Footnote 54: “The dress of the people of Fullan (a country to the west
+of Kassina) resembles the cloth of which the plaids of the Scotch
+Highlanders are made.” Ben Ali.]
+
+[Footnote 55: Mr. Hutchison sends me this route, as given him by the
+Jennë Moor, thus, (supposing me not to have heard of Yariba) “from
+Goodaberry, over Lasa small water to Quolla, at Boussa; few hours walk
+to Yaraba; 28 days from Dahomey:” he adds, “recollect that the King of
+Dahomey is tributary to the King of Yaraba, who is the same in that
+quarter, as the King of Ashantee is here.”]
+
+[Footnote 56: The Jennë Moor gave this route thus: Wawa to Kiama, a
+great kingdom, 3 days; close to the eastward a desert; 1 day
+Garagroogee; 1 day Wala; 1 day Goodaberry.]
+
+[Footnote 57: “Guber est à cent lieuës de Gago vers l’Orient, et en est
+separé par un desert inhabitable à quatorze ou quinze lieuës du Niger.
+Cette contrée est entre de hautes montagnes, et toute pleine de
+villages; celui où le Prince tient sa Cour a quelque mille maisons.”
+Dapper.]
+
+[Footnote 58: I shall adjoin an outline of the great river in one of the
+maps of Dapper’s Description de l’Afrique, traduit du Flamand, because
+the book is very scarce, and I do not remember to have seen the Niger,
+the Gir, or the Congo so laid down in any other.]
+
+[Footnote 59: The removal of Cano from the banks of the Niger agreeable
+with every report I received, is supported by Dapper. “A cent soixante
+et dix lieuës d’Agadez et à deux cent du Niger on trouve ce royaume
+(Guber), au milieu du quel est la ville de Cano fermée de murailles de
+bois et de pierre, et qui a des maisons bâties de même.”]
+
+[Footnote 60: “The Mahometans of Senaar number Bornoo amongst the four
+most powerful monarchies of the world; the other three are Turkey,
+Persia, and Abyssinia: the sovereign of Bornoo is more powerful than the
+Emperor of Morocco.” Lucas.]
+
+[Footnote 61: Ce royame, qu’on croit avoir été la demeure des
+Garamantes, est une vaste Province au levant de Gangara, qui s’étend
+vers l’Orient l’espace de cent soixante dix lieuës et est éloignée du
+Niger de cinquante.]
+
+[Footnote 62: Mr. Hutchison heard of another river near Bornoo called
+Koomoodoo gaiguina: he could not hear of the Wad el Gazel.]
+
+[Footnote 63: I observe, in a modern publication, Dr. Isert’s described
+as a second visit to Africa, under the auspices of the Danish
+government, encouraged by his reports to attempt colonization in
+Aquapim, and that he died from anxiety and exertion. This was not the
+case, it was his first and only visit, the Danes never attempted
+colonization, and he embarked for the West Indies as I have before
+stated. Having read the above, however, I wrote to Dr. Reynhaut, who
+translated some passages from the Dutch into Latin for me, and the
+following is an extract from his letter in reply. “Quod attinet Iserti
+in Africam reditum, ibique ejus obitum, ficta hæc est fama. Verum est
+juxta Quitam post victoriam in Augnaeos populos reportatam, Danos arcem
+condidisse, cui nomen insigniverunt Prinzenstein; sed nullæ culturæ
+incubuerunt, nec colonias struxerunt, nec minus falsum est umquam
+Isertum in Africæ littoræ inferiora regis jussu rediisse, colonias
+extruendi gratia, nam præter opus Botanicum quod Floræ Guinensis titulo
+occurrit, nullum aliud de illo scriptum existit.”]
+
+[Footnote 64: Since I have been at sea I have drawn the maritime part of
+my map again, and laid down the Forts and other points according to the
+observations quoted in Norrie, (4th edition, 1816,) which agree so very
+nearly with those of the Commissioners in the two instances cited, that
+I conclude he has been allowed to copy the whole series from their
+papers, which I believe have never been published. Even in Dr. Mackay’s
+valuable publication, Cape Coast Castle is laid 1° 23′ too much to the
+eastward. I presume too that the observations made by H.M.S. Amelia, are
+part of those quoted by Norrie, although the Argo’s observations of the
+longitude of Quitta and Whydah are not confirmed. I observe a small
+error which makes 1′ 28″ N. and 7′ 24″ E. the difference between
+Kormantine and Annamaboe, the former is only 5 miles eastward of the
+latter.]
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER II.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ _History._
+
+
+To speak of the death of a former king, the Ashantees imagine to affect
+the life of the present equally with enquiring who would be his
+successor; and superstition and policy strengthening this impression, it
+is made capital by the law, to converse either of the one or the other.
+The inability of the natives to compute time, and the comparatively
+recent establishment of the Moors, may be pleaded as additional
+apologies for the imperfect history I have collected.
+
+According to a common tradition, which I never heard contradicted but
+once, the Ashantees emigrated from a country nearer the water side, and
+subjecting the western Intas, and two lesser powers, founded the present
+kingdom. These people being comparatively advanced in several arts, the
+Ashantees necessarily adopted a portion of their language with the
+various novelties; which probably created the limited radical difference
+between their language and that of the Fantees; for I could not find,
+after taking the greatest pains, more than 200 words unknown to the
+latter. The weights of the Inta country, in particular, were adopted
+with their names, by the conquerors, without the least alteration.
+
+The tradition, scanty in itself, is very cautiously adverted to, the
+government politically undermining every monument which perpetuates
+their intrusion, or records the distinct origins of their subjects: but,
+from the little I could collect, it appeared to have been an emigration
+of numerous enterprising or discontented families, to whom the parent
+state afterwards became subject. I am inclined to think, (the account of
+their coming from a country nearer the sea being too general for
+conjecture to revolt from,) that they emigrated from the eastward of
+south, where the territory admitted to be Ashantee proper is remote,
+compared with its extent southward, or westward of south, and the former
+consequence of Doompassie, and the towns eastward of it, support this:
+yet, the very few natives who pretended to any opinion on the subject,
+had an impression, that their ancestors emigrated from the neighbourhood
+of a small river, Ainshue, behind Winnebah: a croom called Coomadie is
+to be found there, but there is nothing else to countenance the report.
+
+The Ashantee, Fantee, Warsaw, Akim, Assin, and Aquapim languages are
+indisputably dialects of the same root; their identity is even more
+striking than that of the dialects of the ancient Greek: now the Fantees
+and Warsaws both cherish a tradition, which exists also in many Ahanta
+families, that they were pressed from the interior to the water side by
+the successful ambition of a remote power; whence it may be concluded,
+that the Ashantee emigration we are now considering, was posterior to a
+more important movement of the whole people, corresponding with that of
+their neighbours. I will not dilate upon this secondary subject by
+referring to internal evidence, there is nothing to recompense either
+the investigation or the perusal.
+
+One curious evidence however may be added of the former identity of the
+Ashantee, Warsaw, Fantee, Akim, Assin, Aquamboe, and part of the Ahanta
+nations; which is a tradition that the whole of these people were
+originally comprehended in twelve tribes or families; the Aquonna,
+Abrootoo, Abbradi, Essonna, Annŏna, Yoko, Intchwa, Abadie, Appiadie,
+Tchweedam, Agoona, and Doomina; in which they class themselves still,
+without any regard to national distinction. For instance, Ashantees,
+Warsaws, Akims, Ahantas, or men of any of the nations before mentioned
+will severally declare, that they belong to the Annŏna family; other
+individuals of the different countries, that they are of the Tchweedam
+family; and when this is announced on meeting, they salute each other as
+brothers. The King of Ashantee is of the Annŏna family, so was our Accra
+and one of the Fantee linguists; Amanquateä is of the Essonna family.
+The Aquonna, Essonna, Intchwa, and Tchweedam, are the four patriarchal
+families, and preside over the intermediate ones, which are considered
+as the younger branches. I have taken some pains to acquire the
+etymology of these words, but with imperfect success; it requires much
+labour and patience, both to make a native comprehend, and to be
+comprehended by him. Quonna is a buffalo, an animal forbade to be eaten
+by that family. Abrootoo signifies a corn stalk, and Abbradi a plantain.
+Annŏna is a parrot, but it is also said to be a characteristic of
+forbearance and patience. Esso is a bush cat, forbidden food to that
+family. Yoko is the red earth used to paint the lower parts of the
+houses in the interior. Intchwa is a dog, much relished by native
+epicures, and therefore a serious privation. Appiadie signifies a
+servant race. Etchwee is a panther, frequently eaten in the interior,
+and therefore not unnecessarily forbidden. Agoona signifies a place
+where palm oil is collected. These are all the etymologies in which the
+natives agree. Regarding these families as primæval institutions, I
+leave the subject to the conjectures of others, merely submitting, that
+the four patriarchal families, the Buffalo, the Bush Cat, the Panther,
+and the Dog, appear to record the first race of men living on hunting;
+the Dog family, probably, first training that animal to assist in the
+chase. The introduction of planting and agriculture, seems marked in the
+age of their immediate descendents, the Corn stalk and Plantain
+branches. The origin and improvement of architecture in the Red earth;
+and of commerce, probably, in the Palm oil: indeed, the natives have
+included the Portuguese, the first foreign traders they knew, in that
+family, alleging, that their long and more intimate intercourse with the
+blacks, has made the present race a mixture of the African and
+Portuguese. The Servant race reminds us of the curse of Canaan. This
+resembles a Jewish institution, but the people of Accra alone practise
+circumcision, and they speak a language, as will be shewn, radically
+distinct, yet not to be assimilated to the Intā, to which nation they
+are referred by the Fantees, merely because it is the nearest which
+practises circumcision. Accra is a European corruption of the word
+Inkran, which means an ant, and they say the name was either given or
+assumed on account of their numbers; this must have been before their
+wars with the Aquamboes.
+
+When Adokoo, chief of the Braffoes, a Fantee nation, consulted the
+venerable fetish men of the sanctuary, near Sooprooroo, on the Ashantee
+war, they answered, that nothing could be more offensive to the fetish,
+than the Fantees preventing the peaceable intercourse of their inland
+neighbours with the water side, because they were formerly all one
+family.
+
+The conduct of the later emigration of the Ashantees is ascribed to Saï
+Tootoo, who, assisted by other leading men of the party, and encouraged
+by superstitious omens, founded Coomassie, and was presented with the
+stool, or made King, from his superior qualifications. This account is
+supported by the mixed nature of the government, founded on equality and
+obligation, and the existence of a law, exempting the direct descendants
+of any of Saï Tootoo’s peers and assistants, (in whom the Aristocracy
+originated) from capital punishment.
+
+The Dwabin monarchy is said to have been founded at the same time by
+Boitinnë, who was of the same family as Saï Tootoo, being the sons of
+sisters. Boitinnë and his party, took possession of Dwabin, the largest
+of the aboriginal towns, (leaving Saï Tootoo to build Coomassie) whence
+it seems his followers were the more powerful; indeed I have heard it
+confessed by a few Ashantees, that Dwabin had formerly the pre-eminence,
+though they have always been firm allies in war, and equal sharers in
+spoil and conquest. This common interest, preserved uninterrupted more
+than a century, by two rising powers, close to each other, with the view
+of a more rapid aggrandisement, and their firm discretion in making many
+serious disagreements subservient to the policy, is one of the few
+circumstances worth considering in a history composed of wars and
+successions. I do not think there is such an instance in our heptarchy,
+nor do I recollect any other in history, but that of Chalcis and
+Eretria.
+
+Bakkee, who died, as I have related,[65] about a year ago, was the son
+of Saï Apokoo, the second king, and an infant at the breast at the time
+of his father’s death; he was a very old man when he incurred the
+present King’s displeasure, which supports the report of the Moors, that
+the kingdom has been founded about 110 years. Bosman and Barbot mention
+the Ashantees, as just heard of by Europeans, about the year 1700, which
+confirms this account. The anxiety of the Ashantee government for daily
+records, immediately on the establishment of the Moors, who were only
+visitors until the present reign, acknowledges the perplexities and
+deficiencies of their early history too candidly, to leave any
+encouragement to the researches of strangers. Records beyond half a
+century are not to be found in the archives either of Cape Coast, or
+Christiansburg Castles, so that the chronology can only be founded on
+that of the Moors, and circumstances.
+
+The Ashantee government concentred the mass of its original force, and
+making the chiefs resident in Coomassie and the few large towns they
+built in its neighbourhood, with titular dignities, conciliated those
+whom they subdued by continuing them in their governments, and checked
+them by exacting their frequent attendance at festivals, politically
+instituted. Military command seems to have been the sole prerogative of
+Saï Tootoo; his judicial and legislative power being controlled by the
+chiefs or aristocracy much more than at present, who, as in the Teutonic
+governments, directed the common business of the state, only consulting
+a general assembly on extraordinary occasions.
+
+Saï Tootoo defeated the Akims and Assins, subjected the Tufel country,
+and subdued many small states in the neighbourhood. He also conquered
+Dankara, the King of which, Intim Dakarey, was so considerable a trader
+in slaves, that the Dutch Governor General paid him a monthly note from
+his own purse, and assisted him with two or three small cannons, and a
+few Europeans, on the eve of the Ashantee invasion: the former are now
+placed as trophies in Coomassie, at the top of the street in which the
+Mission was quartered. Booroom was subjugated soon after.
+
+Saï Tootoo did not live to see all the streets of Coomassie completed,
+for war being declared against Atoä, a district between Akim and Assin,
+he invaded that country. The chief of the Atoas, unable to face such a
+power, dexterously insinuated his small force through the forest, until
+he reached the rear of the Ashantee army, which the King was following
+leisurely with a guard of a few hundred men, all of whom were destroyed
+by the Atoäs, who shot the King in his hammock. This happening near a
+place called Cormantee, (razed to the ground in vengeance,) and on a
+Saturday, the most solemn oath of the Ashantees, is “by Saturday and
+Cormantee;” (“Mĭminda Cormantee;”) and no enterprise has since been
+undertaken on that day of the week.
+
+1720. Saï Apokoo, brother of Saï Tootoo, was next placed on the stool.
+Had there been no brother, the sister’s son would have been the heir;
+this extraordinary rule of succession, excluding all children but those
+of a sister, is founded on the argument, that if the wives of the sons
+are faithless, the blood of the family is entirely lost in the
+offspring, but should the daughters deceive their husbands, it is still
+preserved.
+
+Saï Apokoo finished the building of Coomassie, and exchanged compliments
+with the King of Dahomey, since which there has been no intercourse; the
+latter, probably, as a despotic monarch, did not wish to give his people
+any opportunity of contemplating the greater freedom of the Ashantee
+government.
+
+Saï is the family name of the present race of Kings, some of their
+relatives bearing it as well. Innăna is also the cognomen of the Kings
+of Dagwumba.
+
+Apokoo invading the kingdom of Gaman, Abo, the King, fled to Kong,
+whither the Ashantee army pursued him. The King of Kong politically
+compelled Abo to meet his enemies on the frontier, least they might
+disturb a neutral kingdom. Abo being defeated, purchased a peace by
+presenting large sums of gold to the various chiefs, and consenting to
+an annual tribute. Apokoo next subjected Takima, whence the Fantees are
+said to have emigrated, and forced a second emigration of the people to
+Gomawa, at the back of Winnebah. He dispossessed the Akims of the
+English, Dutch, and Danish Accra notes.[66] The mortifying destruction
+of European records, confines me to the report of the more intelligent
+natives on the subject of these notes, who declare, that the people of
+Accra being deprived of them by the fraud of the Akims, when they were
+assisted by them against the Aquamboes, the Akims were in their turn
+obliged to yield them to their conquerors the Ashantees.
+
+Tribute being demanded from the neighbouring kingdom of Dagwumba, a war
+ensued, and its troops were defeated. The King of Dagwumba, convinced
+that his former reliance on a superior population was vain, from the
+military genius of the Ashantees, and the commercial disposition of his
+own people, dispirited from their want of fire arms,[67] prudently
+invited a peace, before a more decisive defeat left him no dignity, and
+his enemies no moderation for treating. As it was, they still respected
+his resources, and were content to secure him as a tributary, rather
+than exhaust their forces in his subjugation, in the infancy of their
+kingdom. A triumph in policy was in the view of the King of Dagwumba,
+equivalent to the small diminution of personal dignity; and at the
+expense of an inconsiderable tribute, he established a commercial
+intercourse, which, his markets being regularly supplied from the
+interior, was both an advantage and a security to him, from the great
+convenience to his warlike neighbours, whose superstition assenting to
+his great reputation for making saphies, and for augury, would not only
+augment his revenue, but insure him superior respect as a tributary.
+Intā had previously become tributary.
+
+I should have mentioned, that every subject state was placed under the
+immediate care of some Ashantee chief, generally resident in the
+capital, who seldom visited it but to receive the tribute from the
+native ruler, for whose conduct he was in a reasonable degree
+responsible. Thus Quatchi Quofie has now the care of Dankara, Odumata of
+Soota, Apokoo of Aquamboe, Oöosa Quantabisa of Daboia, &c. &c. Their
+policy, in short, not only in this particular, but in many others, seems
+to have been closely similar to that of the Persians, as described by
+Herodotus.
+
+Boitinnë, the founder of Dwabin, died in this reign.
+
+1741. Saï Apokoo was succeeded by his brother Saï Aquissi. I could not
+learn any particular exploits of his, excepting that he preserved the
+subjection of the states previously reduced. The King of Akim, in his
+time, (the last who had the power of governing without consulting the
+pynins or elders) desiring to go to war with his neighbours, was obliged
+to obtain permission from the Ashantee government, which he did by the
+promise of sending them half the spoil; but, gaining little or nothing,
+he did not do so. He soon afterwards heard of Aquissi’s intention, to
+demand his head; and knowing that King’s word was irrevocable, he
+summoned his ministers, and desired to sacrifice his life for the quiet
+of his people: his ministers insisted on sharing his fate; and a barrel
+of powder being brought for each to sit on, they drank a large quantity
+of rum, and blew themselves up with the fire from their pipes. Dr. Isert
+also heard of this in Akim.
+
+1753. Aquissi was succeeded by Saï Cudjo. The Aristocracy was retrenched
+and conciliated by this monarch, who raised his favourite captains to
+the vacant stools,[68] uniting three or four in one, and swearing that
+their lives should be equally sacred, (see p. 4,) to anticipate any
+doubts of his fidelity to the constitution.
+
+Saï Cudjo defeating the Warsaws and Assins more decisively than his
+predecessors, first compelled them to acknowledge their fealty to
+Ashantee. He also subjected Aquamboe, and Aquapim, quelled several
+revolts of other countries, and was esteemed a very great captain. The
+grandfather of Amanquateä Atooa, conquered Sawee, killing the king
+Boomancumma; and Bakkee, soon afterwards, subjugated Moinseä. In this
+reign Quama, king of Dwabin, died.
+
+1785. Saï Quamina succeeded his grandfather Saï Cudjo, at a very early
+age. The Akims revolted soon after his accession, under Ofoosoo, their
+most active ruler for many years: he engaged several smaller states in
+alliance, and defeated the Ashantees repeatedly; at length the treachery
+of his followers procured Quatchi Quofie, the Ashantee general, his
+head; with which he returned to Coomassie, the country having again
+submitted. The fame of Ofoosoo made Quatchi Quofie so vain of this
+achievement, that he had a figure of him made, with which his umbrella
+is still crowned, and before which he dances with every insulting
+gesture and vaunt, when he arrives on the ground at the various
+ceremonies. The present king has frequently been heard to say, that it
+was a great pity this old man did not know better, for the Akim
+caboceers generally attended his summons with alacrity and good will;
+but the sight of the insulted effigy of their favourite leader,
+disgusted them, and excited their revolt. These brave people have risen
+from their dependence at least eight times.
+
+The government finding a pretext to invade Banda, the King Odrasee
+vigorously opposed the Ashantee army; but at length, seeing he must
+inevitably fall into their hands, to prevent his head being found, which
+circumstance he knew would sorely disquiet the enemy,[69] and solace his
+own people, ordered, just before he killed himself, a woman to be
+sacrificed, and the abdomen being ripped, his head to be sewn up within
+it, and her body afterwards to be buried in the heap of the slain. It
+was discovered by bribes, and is now on one of the King’s great drums.
+Soota was also subjugated in this reign, occupying the army under
+Odumata ten years, during which period he was not allowed to see
+Coomassie. Odumata afterwards subdued Coranza, the larger part of his
+army being Gaman auxiliaries.
+
+Saï Quamina raised Apokoo to the stool of Assimadoo, to whom he had been
+a servant, in exclusion of the family.
+
+The Danish Governor-General, meditating the punishment of the Popos,
+applied to Saï Quamina for 5000 Ashantee auxiliaries; the request was
+granted, but while the troops were on their march down, the Governor
+died, and his successor prudently paid 250 ounces of gold, (alleged to
+have been advanced by the King for their subsistence on their march to
+Christiansburg Castle) rather than involve himself in the expenses and
+troubles of such an alliance.
+
+1798. Saï Quamina had remained twelve months on a visit at Dwabin, deaf
+to the remonstrances of various deputations urging his return, and
+infatuated beyond recovery by the arts of his mistress, Gyawa, the
+daughter of the King; when it was formally announced to him, that if he
+was not present at the approaching Yam custom, he would be deprived of
+the stool. It is said, that this woman refused to accompany him to
+Coomassie, either dreading the resentment of his mother, a woman of
+violent passions, and great ambition, or, which is more probable,
+influenced by her father to mingle this repugnance with her
+blandishments, to accelerate the ruin of Saï Quamina, which he was not
+without hopes might lead to his own aggrandisement. The form of the
+dethronement is interesting. Appia Danqua, whose power seems to have
+been equal to that of mayor of the palace, repaired to the King’s mother
+with the chief captains, and deliberately recounting the offences of her
+son, commanded her to remonstrate with him, as the daughter of their old
+king, and the parent to whom he owed his elevation. The mother, who no
+doubt had assisted in the private council, affecting to bewail her own
+misfortune and her son’s disgrace, confessed, with seeming reluctance,
+that her remonstrances had already been despised, that the king had even
+attempted her life, and begged them to raise her second son, Saï Apokoo,
+to the stool the elder had forfeited. This was complied with, and they
+sent Saï Quamina a few of his women and slaves, desiring him to retire
+into the bush and build himself a croom, and on his death, which
+happened soon after, as it was said, from the poignancy of his feelings,
+they made the greatest custom for him which had ever been known. The
+sable Cleopatra died soon after him. It was whispered, that those he had
+formerly injured incessantly insulting him in his retirement, even to
+abusing his wives before his face, he had a private interview with the
+present King, communicated several schemes of conquests, invoked him to
+distrust, and, if possible, to punish those who had forsaken him, and
+implored death; which was inflicted (as the blood of the royal family
+could not be shed, and as he could not be privately drowned in the
+sacred river) by fixing his feet on the ground, bending his body
+backwards with a prop in the small of his back, and suspending several
+large teeth of ivory from a noose around his neck, which, hanging from
+the prop, strangled him.
+
+1799. Saï Apokoo did not live more than a few weeks after being elevated
+to the stool, and was succeeded by his brother Saï Tootoo Quamina, the
+present King, who must then have been about seventeen years of age. On
+this occasion, the general assembly of the captains, jealous of the
+aristocracy, and desirous of making a favourable impression on the young
+King, insisted that the remaining members of it, should propitiate the
+reign, by publicly disclaiming their exemption from capital punishment.
+
+The invasion of the Fantee kingdom in 1807 was the first important
+military act of the present reign, the circumstances and origin of
+which, being pretty accurately described by Mr. Meredith, in the extract
+in the Appendix, I need not repeat. Whilst the invasion was meditating,
+Baba, now the chief of the Moors, presented himself to solicit an asylum
+in Coomassie, having been driven from Gamba by the rapacity of the King,
+his near relative; and professing solely to desire the recovery of a
+large property with held from him, to make the King of Ashantee the heir
+to it. The King promised he would oblige the King of Gamba to do him
+justice, on his return from the Fantee war, if Baba and his companions
+were fortunate in their prayers and charms for his success. The King of
+Gamba did not think proper to resist the demand afterwards made through
+the Ashantee government.
+
+1807. Coonadua, the King’s mother, was left regent during his absence;
+this woman was a second Messalina, and many young captains who refused
+to intrigue with her, from fear or disgust, have been ultimately the
+victims of her artifice and vengeance.
+
+Yaboquorra, the King of Dwabin, died in this interval, and was succeeded
+by his grandson, Boitinnë Quama, now about twenty years of age.
+
+1811. Attah, caboceer or King of Akim, had followed the King to the
+first Fantee war, and behaved well. Apokoo being sent on an expedition
+against the Fantees of Winnebah and Berracoo, Attah received orders to
+join him with his contingency; instead of which, he sent a message to
+Apokoo, before he passed the Boosempra river, refusing to join him, and
+advising him not to attempt to pass through his country. Apokoo reported
+this immediately to the King, who, as is usual, sent to Attah to enquire
+if he had said so. He confessed that he had, without hesitation, adding,
+that the King treated him like a slave, in incessantly summoning him to
+attend his wars, and besides, that he never could forget that Saï Cudjo
+had cut off his grandfather’s head, and that he would fight with Apokoo
+whenever he came. Soon afterwards, Quamina Guma, (the father of Becqua,
+captain of Danish Accra,) and one of the King’s sons, returning to
+Coomassie with a large quantity of gold collected to make custom for the
+King’s mother, Attah intercepted, robbed, and murdered them and their
+party, with the exception of one, whom he desired to tell the King that
+this act would convince him he was in earnest, and determined to go to
+war with him. Apokoo was immediately ordered to proceed against Attah,
+who had engaged Quaw Saffătchee as a party in the revolt, who was weary
+of the same laborious vassalage. When Apokoo entered the Akim country,
+Attah was for attacking him immediately, and at sun rise, but Quaw
+impressing his doubts of their succeeding against the superior warfare
+of the Ashantees, begged him to stop until three o’clock, when the
+Ashantees generally ate and slept, and when they might be better able to
+retreat if worsted, as the enemy never pursued in the dusk. The attack
+was a surprise, but the fight continued obstinate and undecided until
+night, when Apokoo found he had lost so many men, that he immediately
+dispatched a messenger to summon the Accras to his aid, as vassals to
+the King. His messenger reached Accra the next day, and that people
+joined him on the following, on which the enemy retreated precipitately;
+Attah to windward, and Quaw to Adda. Apokoo followed the latter, who
+having escaped him after a tedious watchfulness, Apokoo, believing the
+Danish governor, Mr. Flindt, to have connived, made him his prisoner,
+and kept him with the army, which soon afterwards encamped in Aquapim,
+five months, during which time he was treated with kindness and respect,
+but his ransom amounted to nearly £400. Apokoo was soon after ordered
+back to Coomassie. He told me he brought the bell of Adda fort as a
+trophy.
+
+Appia Danqua had been sent, at the same time with Apokoo, with 6000 men
+against the Fantee states which were disposed to the revolters. He
+defeated them at Apam, and took Baffoo the Annamaboe caboceer prisoner,
+but whilst his army was before Tantum, intelligence of the approach of
+Attah, who had retreated from Apokoo, but whose name was as redoubtable
+as his disposition was rapacious, subdued his firmness, and under the
+plea of prudence, hurried him back to the interior.
+
+[Sidenote: 1814.]
+
+The path was afterwards shut for two years, through the vigilance, and
+from the terror of Cudjo Cooma, who had been elected to the stool of
+Akim, six months after the death of Attah, whose immediate successor
+(Quawko Ashantee) tyrannized so cruelly during that period, that he was
+commanded by the people to kill himself, and could only obtain the
+indulgence of a week’s respite, which he spent in singing and dancing,
+in fact in making his own custom Quaw Saffătchee had also leagued with
+the Fantees who attacked the Accra town, but were repulsed. The King
+suddenly determined to open the path to receive the arrears of pay due
+from the Forts, and sent Amanqua Abiniowa with an army of 20,000 men,
+charging him to offer no violence nor commit hostility, unless provoked
+by attack, but to receive the submission of the Akims and Aquapims, and
+merely to exact a fine to seal it. Appia Danqua was sent at the same
+time with a smaller army to the back of Winnebah and Tantum, to
+intercept the revolters if they fled to windward. Abiniowa proceeded to
+Aguiasso, one day’s march from Aquapim, unmolested, when one of his
+foraging parties was attacked by Cudjo Cooma and seven men killed. A
+general engagement took place the next morning, and after six hours
+fighting the Ashantees were victorious, and sent a jaw-bone and a slave
+to each of the Accra towns. Amanqua then marched to Accra to receive the
+King’s pay, and remained nearly twelve months in its neighbourhood. He
+then returned to Aquapim, where, after some time, he received a message
+from the King, with a large quantity of gold, advising him that he must
+not see his face again unless he brought the heads of Cudjo and Quaw.
+Amanqua did not immediately communicate this message to his captains,
+but ordered them to deposit their equipage and property in Accra, and
+then, making a large custom for three days, to propitiate the
+enterprise, he took fetish with all his captains that they would never
+return to Coomassie without the heads.
+
+1816. Appia Danqua had died in Assin in the interim, and was succeeded
+by his brother Appia Nanu, under whom Bakkee was the second in command.
+The King hearing nothing of his progress, and his indolence being
+reported to him, sent orders to Amanqua to join him, which he did at
+Essecooma, reproaching him for his cowardice. Soon after this, the
+skirmish at the salt pond near Cape Coast took place, the detachment was
+principally of Assins, and commanded by Quasheemanqua. Yokokroko soon
+afterwards joined the combined army, (which had marched to Abra,) with a
+few hundred men destined to attack Commenda.
+
+Not long after the palaver was settled at Cape Coast, and the army again
+divided, Cudjo Cooma was killed by a party of Appia Nanu’s at Insoom or
+Incoom near Essecooma; upon which, Appia, instead of marching to join
+Amanqua as had been concerted, returned to Coomassie, where he was
+coldly received, but not accused until the 12th of July last (see
+Diary). Adoo Danqua, the brother of Quaw Saffătchee, came to the Accras
+and concerted the delivering of him up, as he had tired him out with his
+wanderings. The Ashantees agreed to prevail on the King to give him the
+stool if he did. A few Accras and a few Ashantees accompanied him, and
+when he came near where his brother was hid, one day’s journey from
+Accra, he placed an ambush, and sitting down, expostulated with him, and
+recommended him to kill himself; but Quaw would not, alleging that he
+should eventually wear out the King’s patience in pursuing him; on this
+Adoo rose, and a shot was immediately fired at Quaw, who was brought
+down and rose again four times, exclaiming that his brother was his
+murderer, who reflected the reproach on his own obstinacy. The body was
+brought to Accra, and his head sent to Coomassie, and it is now a trophy
+at Bantama or the back town. Amanqua then returned to Coomassie, and
+arrived about six months before the Mission.
+
+The Aowins, to anticipate the ambitious views of the Ashantee
+government, lately sent an embassy with offers of service and tribute,
+but the amount of the latter has not yet been decided.
+
+The King had sent to demand the royal stool of Buntooko or Gaman which
+was thickly plated and embossed with gold; it was given up by Adinkara,
+the King, from fear; his sister, a woman of masculine spirit and talent,
+and the soul of the government, being absent. On her return, she
+reproached her brother severely, and ordered a solid gold stool to be
+made to replace it. That being also demanded, as the right of the
+superior, with a large gold ornament in the shape of an elephant, dug
+out from some ruins, the sister, receiving the ambassadors, replied,
+that the King should not have either, and added, impressing it with more
+force than delicacy, that her brother and she must change sexes, for she
+was most proper for a King, and would fight to the last rather than be
+so constantly despoiled. The King of Ashantee sent word that she was fit
+to be a king’s sister, and a strong woman, and he would give her twelve
+months to prepare for war. Several embassies have been sent however to
+negotiate; two during our stay, the latter, it was said, with an offer
+of 400 Bendas, (£3200.) but the aristocracy were obstinate, and urged to
+the King, that his other tributaries would laugh at him, if he did not
+get the King of Gaman’s head. The small pox was raging in Buntooko.
+
+It is clear, that the King of Ashantee contemplates the reduction of the
+King of Dwabin from an independent ally to a tributary. We witnessed one
+circumstance to the point. A messenger being sent to require gold of
+Dwabin, the King of which is a very weak young man, a captain of the
+royal family replied, that there was no war on foot to require gold, and
+as it could only be for the individual benefit of Ashantee, the
+government must be reminded that Dwabin had formerly exacted gold, and
+was not now to be subjected to imposition, because the right had been
+yielded from respect to the sister kingdom. This being reported to the
+King, he suppressed his anger, and sent a gold headed sword, with other
+marks of dignity and favour to this man, who, to his surprise, refused
+them, alleging, that the honours he already possessed at home became him
+better. The King still temporised. Some months after, at the full
+assembly convened for the proclamation of the treaty with the British
+Government, the mother of the King of Dwabin, who acts as regent, and
+over whom Saï is known to have much influence, suddenly, and no doubt at
+his instance, accused this captain of plotting to deprive her son of the
+stool. The accusation was supported by others, who prayed the King to
+judge the palaver. The King of Dwabin sat with the greatest
+indifference. The accused made an animated appeal to the assembly, and
+Saï affected to support him vehemently, and ordered the linguists to
+give him chalk, or acquit him. The man thanking him very earnestly,
+Adoosee was desired to tell him, that his ill-will to the King of
+Ashantee had been reported in a very aggravated manner; but as it was no
+longer believed, he was only required to take fetish, that he liked the
+King, and would do him all the good he could; this done, the man
+received several marks of favour and bounty.
+
+Saï Tootoo is considered to take better care of the treasury than any of
+his predecessors: he cautiously extends his prerogative, and takes every
+opportunity of increasing the number of secondary captains, by
+dignifying the young men brought up about his person, and still
+retaining them in his immediate service.
+
+Saï Acotoo, the King’s brother, and the heir to the stool, appeared to
+me very inferior in ability; but the Ashantees say otherwise.
+
+The King’s private character is amiable; the children of his brothers
+share the fondness and indulgence which endear him to his own, and his
+few moments of recreation are the liveliest of theirs. The circumstances
+connected with the various instances which we witnessed of his
+generosity to others, justify me in ascribing it to the benevolence of
+his disposition. His admiration of ingenious rather than splendid
+novelty, has frequently imposed the appearance of a covetousness,
+scarcely culpable from his reverence for invention, and the amazement
+its extent excited. To present him with the trifles which attracted his
+notice when he visited us, offended him, he told us we must only answer
+his questions, and let him examine them; to make dashes on the occasion
+of a private visit, was to vitiate the motive of the condescension,
+which could not be repeated unless we paid more respect to his dignity
+and friendship. The King is certainly capricious, and his liberality of
+mind is stained by prejudices against individuals which he confesses to
+be unaccountable; and to several of the principal actors in his
+brother’s deposition, (which, desirous to extend his prerogative, he
+would tacitly censure,) he has been unjustly severe. His humanity is
+frequently superior to his superstition and policy, he offended Quatchi
+Quofie, one of the four, by limiting the human sacrifices at his
+mother’s funeral, and resisted all the importunities, founded on
+precedent, for the allowance of a greater number. He dismissed us twice
+with apologies for not proceeding to business, confessing, the first
+time, that he had been unusually irritated just after he sent for us,
+and had not recovered his calmness; the latter, that some agreeable news
+had induced him to drink more than fitted him to hear great palavers
+like ours. In his judicial administration, a lie always aggravated the
+punishment, and truth generally extenuated, and sometimes atoned of
+itself for the offence: he invariably anticipated the temerity of
+perjury, where convicting evidence was to be opposed to the accused. The
+King’s manners are a happy mixture of dignity and affability, they
+engage rather than encourage, and his general deportment is conciliating
+though repressive. He speaks well, and more logically than most of his
+council, who are diffuse, but his superior talent is marked in the
+shrewd questions by which he fathoms a design or a narrative. He excels
+in courtesy, is wisely inquisitive, and candid in his comparisons: war,
+legislature, and mechanism, were his favourite topics in our private
+conversations. The great, but natural fault of the King is his ambition;
+I do not think it has ever proved superior to the pledge of his honour,
+but it certainly has, and that frequently, to his sense of justice,
+which is repressed rather than impaired by it. This sketch of his
+character being narrowed to my own knowledge, will be assisted by the
+following history of Agay, the second linguist.
+
+Agay, when a boy, carried salt from Aquoomo to Coomassie for sale; he
+was afterwards taken into the service of Aquootoo, caboceer of that
+place, against whom the government had instituted a palaver, but
+wrongfully. Agay accompanied the caboceer when he was sent for to
+Coomassie for judgment. After the King’s messengers had spoken,
+misrepresenting the case in preference to confessing the King to be in
+the wrong, and the caboceer was confused, this boy suddenly rose, and
+said, to use the words of the narrators, “King, you have people to wash
+you, to feed you, to serve you, but you have no people to speak the
+truth to you, and tell you when God does not like your palaver.” The
+assembly cried out unanimously, that the boy might be hurried away and
+his head taken off; but the King said, “No! let him finish;” and Agay is
+said to have spoken three hours, and to have disclosed and argued the
+palaver to the King’s conviction, and his master’s acquittal. He was
+retained to attend the King, but treated with no particular distinction.
+A serious palaver occurring between two principal men, it was debated
+before the council, who were at a loss to decide, but inclined to the
+man whom the King doubted; judgment was suspended. In the interim the
+King sent Agay, privately, to the house of each, to hear their palavers
+in turn, tête-à-tête; he did so, and when the King asked him who he
+thought was right, he confirmed his impression. “Now,” said the King, “I
+know you have a good head.” Agay was then made a Linguist, and presented
+with a house, wives, slaves, and gold. Sometime afterwards, the King
+confessing a prejudice against a wealthy captain, his linguists, always
+inclined to support him, said, “If you wish to take his stool from him,
+we will make the palaver;” but Agay sprung up, exclaiming, “No, King!
+that is not good; that man never did you any wrong, you know all the
+gold of your subjects is your’s at their death, but if you get all now,
+strangers will go away and say, only the King has gold, and that will
+not be good, but let them say the King has gold, all his captains have
+gold, and all his people have gold, then your country will look
+handsome, and the bush people fear you.” For this the King made him
+second linguist, and much increased his property. When Amanqua had the
+command of the army against Cudjo Cooma, the King asked him which
+linguist he would take, he replied, Adoosee or Otee; the King said, no!
+I will give you this boy, he has the best head for hard palavers.
+Amanqua urged that he was too young, the King told him he was a fool to
+say so. He then made Amanqua take fetish with him to report the merits
+of Agay faithfully, who distinguished himself so much, that he is always
+employed in difficult foreign palavers.
+
+The manners of the higher orders of captains, always dignified, are
+courteous and hospitable in private, though haughty and abrupt in
+public. I believe them to be jealous rather than tenacious of their
+honour, and their sophistry is as ingenious as their maxims are
+prepossessing. They consider that war alone affords an exertion or
+display of ability, and they esteem the ambition of their King as his
+greatest virtue. They have no idea of the aggrandisement of a state by
+civil policy alone. They are candid in acknowledging their defeats, and
+just to the prowess of their enemies, but they possess little humanity,
+and are very avaricious and oppressive. They listen to superstition with
+the most childish credulity, but they only cultivate it for the
+preservation of life and the indulgence of passion; beyond this, the
+Moors could never advance their enquiries; they are neither curious nor
+anxious about a future state, pretending to it from rank and achievement
+rather than domestic virtue; and believing, if the latter were outraged,
+the solemnities and sacrifices of their funeral customs would purchase
+their repose. Indeed, licensed as they are by the zealous conflicts of
+rival superstitions, (Moorish and Pagan,) their lives are moderate and
+benevolent to what might be expected, and merit more than our excuses.
+
+The lower order of people are ungrateful, insolent, and licentious. The
+King repeatedly said, he believed them to be the worst people existing,
+except the Fantees, and not comparable with many of their inland
+neighbours. Perhaps we should agree with Voltaire, “Je crois qu’il faut
+plutôt juger d’une puissante nation par ceux qui sont à la tête, que par
+la populace.”[70]
+
+
+[Footnote 65: See Diary.]
+
+[Footnote 66: See the explanatory list of words and the early dispatches
+in the First Part.]
+
+[Footnote 67: Fire arms are unknown to such of the nations on the south
+of the Niger as the Shereef has visited; and the reason which he assigns
+for it is, that the Kings in the neighbourhood of the coast, persuaded
+that if these powerful instruments of war should reach the possession of
+the populous inland states, their own independence would be lost, have
+strictly prohibited, and by the wisdom of their measures, have
+effectually prevented this dangerous merchandise from passing beyond the
+limits of their dominions. Lucas.]
+
+[Footnote 68: “To succeed to the stool,” does not mean to the seat in
+the council, but is the common expression for succeeding to a property
+even in private life. The same stool, or seat descends through many
+generations.]
+
+[Footnote 69: On the death of the late King of Amanaheä, two competitors
+for the stool appeared, one called Suikee or Suiquah; the other’s name I
+am ignorant of. Both collected their slaves and adherents, and fought.
+Suikee was obliged to fly, and hide himself in the bush; but the people
+being dissatisfied with the conqueror, Suikee re-appeared against the
+town. When his rival was reduced beyond all hope, he threw all his gold,
+which filled several jars, into the lake; and then collecting his wives
+and the different branches of his family, went with them into a remote
+part of the bush, and cut all their throats, with the exception of one
+son, whom he reserved to assist him in burying the bodies. He then made
+this son swear on his fetish, to kill and bury him, and never to
+discover where the bodies were laid: the son fulfilled the oath, and
+returned to Apollonia, but I am not certain what became of him. After
+Suikee had seated himself firmly on the stool, he by some means
+discovered where the bodies were concealed; he caused them to be dug up,
+and taken to Apollonia town; he then ranged them in a sitting posture,
+in a row along the beach, with stakes to extend their arms, and support
+their heads: this horrid spectacle was exhibited until even their bones
+had perished. One of Suikee’s first acts after his accession, was to
+consecrate his hiding place in the bush, making it death, or a heavy
+fine, for any one to swear by Suikee’s bush, and not to keep the oath.]
+
+[Footnote 70: The principal districts of Fantee, are, the Affettoo, the
+Braffoo, and the Essecoomah; Cape Coast is in the former. The Dey of
+Affettoo (a title probably introduced by the Portuguese) was formerly
+supreme in Fantee, so far as summoning the other kings and caboceers at
+pleasure, prescribing their political conduct, and being appealed to and
+sentencing in all cases of life and death, wherever or by whomsoever the
+crime may have been committed; witchcraft excepted. Upwards of a century
+ago the small pox almost depopulated Affettoo, then the largest town and
+capital of all Fantee, (it is about 10 miles inland from Cape Coast,)
+and all the immediate heirs to the stool being cut off, the supremacy
+was transferred to Mankasim. The present Dey, however, preserves a
+spiritual authority over the other kings and caboceers, and is esteemed
+as the superior fetish man; when they desire rain, for instance, they
+apply to him to procure it, and they look to him solely for their
+chronology, which he preserves by knotting strings. Mankasim then became
+the capital and largest town of Fantee, but it was almost destroyed by
+the Ashantees in their first invasion of 1807. Any Fantee caboceer who
+did not attend the summons of the King of Mankasim, was suspended by
+him, and afterwards displaced by the diet. Adoo, the last King of the
+Braffoos, despoiling all his subjects of their most valuable property,
+and countenancing the individuals of his family in the same assumption
+and violation, without any regard to persons; they were all seized, on
+his death, by a simultaneous rising of the people, and sold off the
+coast as slaves, to get rid of the race. Adookoo, one of the leading
+men, was then called to the care of the stool, with the title of
+caboceer only, it being still considered as an interregnum, but he
+exercised the same supremacy and privileges which the King had done, and
+was acknowledged by the whole country. During his retreat and wanderings
+in the bush, after several defeats by the Ashantees, the Fantee towns
+have assumed many political and judicial rights before centered in
+Mankasim; but Adookoo is now expected to summon them all, and re-
+establish the ancient order of things, which they deem too sacred to
+think of resisting. It was not the Braffoos, or the whole people of that
+district, who had the privilege of living abroad at the public expense,
+and who took whatever they pleased of the property of others, as Mr.
+Meredith has stated; but the state officers of that district called
+Brofoos, who acquired that name from the hide in which the tobacco is
+rolled, being formed into a seat peculiar to them, never using a wooden
+stool. They were the executors, and not the organs of the law, and
+always sat to the right and left of Adookoo, but had no voice. The
+number was twelve, and the dignity immemorially hereditary in as many
+families. These men were allowed to take whatever they pleased at home
+and abroad, but since Adookoo’s misfortunes, and inability to support
+them, they have been content to beg for their tithes in the large towns,
+and only exercise their rapacity in the small crooms of their own
+district.]
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER III.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ _Constitution and Laws._
+
+
+The King, the Aristocracy, now reduced to four, and the Assembly of
+Captains,[71] are the three estates of the Ashantee government.
+
+The constitution requires or admits an interference of the Aristocracy
+in all _foreign_ politics, extending even to a veto on the King’s
+decision; but they watch rather than share the _domestic_
+administration, generally influencing it by their opinion, but never
+appearing to control it from authority; and their opinions on civil
+questions, are submitted with a deference, directly in contrast to their
+bold declarations on subjects of war or tribute, which amount to
+injunction.
+
+The Ashantees advocated this constitution by the argument, that the
+interference of the Aristocracy in all foreign politics, makes the
+nation more formidable to its enemies, who feel they cannot provoke with
+impunity, where there are so many guardians of the military glory; who,
+by insisting on a war, become responsible in a great degree for the
+issue, and pledge an energy and exertion, in comparison with which, such
+as could be excited by a despotic monarch, must be deemed disinterested.
+They added, that an almost independent administration of the King, was
+better calculated for the domestic government, because the decrees of a
+monarch have naturally more force with the people, (over whom his power
+is unlimited) and, further, that a civil power in the Aristocracy could
+not be reconciled to the Assembly of Captains, to whom the former estate
+was already sufficiently invidious for the health of the constitution.
+
+In exercising his judicial authority, the King always retired in private
+with the Aristocracy to hear their opinions, to encourage their candor
+without diminishing his majesty in the eye of the people; and in using
+his legislative prerogative, he was said always to give them a private
+opportunity of defending the old law, rather than of objecting to the
+new; though, from the same state policy, the latter was announced to the
+Aristocracy as well as to the Assembly of Captains, before the people,
+as the sudden and arbitrary pleasure of the King.
+
+The general Assembly of the Caboceers and Captains, is summoned merely
+to give publicity to the will of the King and Aristocracy, and to
+provide for its observance; unless on state emergencies, or
+unprecedented occasions, such as the Treaty with the British Government.
+The following anecdote, related to me by many Ashantees, will illustrate
+the freedom of their constitution.
+
+A son of the King’s quarrelling with a son of Amanquateä’s, (one of the
+four) told him, that in comparison with himself, he was the son of a
+slave; this being reported to Amanquateä, he sent a party of his
+soldiers, who pulled down the house of the King’s son and seized his
+person. The King hearing of it sent to Amanquateä, and learning the
+particulars, interceded for his son, and redeemed his head for 20
+periguins of gold.
+
+The most original feature of their law, that of succession, has been
+mentioned in the History, with the argument on which it is founded: it
+is universally binding; the course is, the brother, the sister’s son,
+the son, the chief vassal or slave to the stool. In the Fantee country,
+the principal slave succeeds to the exclusion of the son, who only
+inherits his mother’s property, frequently considerable, and inherited
+from her family independently of her husband: the daughters share a
+small part of the fetish or ornamental gold, which is much alloyed with
+silver.
+
+The sisters of the King may marry or intrigue with whom they please,
+provided he be an eminently strong or personable man; that the heirs of
+the stool may be, at least, personably superior to the generality of
+their countrymen.
+
+The King is heir to the gold of every subject, from the highest to the
+lowest; the fetish gold and the cloths are generally presented by him to
+the successor to the stool, from which the slaves and other property of
+the deceased are inseparable. The King contributes to the funeral custom
+to validate his claim, and usually bestows ten periguins of the dust
+gold on the successor, (if of a rich man,) who is in all cases liable
+for the debts of the deceased, though the amount is generally made good
+to him sooner or later, if he has influence with those about the King,
+or recommends himself to his notice personally. This law is sometimes
+anticipated, by a father presenting his children with large sums of gold
+just before his death. Boiteëm, the father of Otee, one of the King’s
+linguists, is known to have done so, but the son discovers his wealth
+very deliberately.
+
+The gold buried with members of the royal family, and afterwards
+deposited with their bones in the fetish house at Bantama, is sacred;
+and cannot be used, but to redeem the capital from the hands of an
+enemy, or in extreme national distress; and even then, the King must
+avoid the sight of it, if he would avoid the fatal vengeance of the
+fetish or deity.
+
+If a slave seeks refuge from an ally or tributary, he is restored; if
+from an unconnected power, he is received as a free subject.
+
+The tributary state which distinguishes itself in suppressing the revolt
+of another, is rewarded by privileges at the expense of the offending
+power: thus if a subject of the former kills a subject of the latter,
+the price of a slave only can be recovered, instead of the fine
+otherwise attached to the death of a freeman; and the damages for other
+injuries are reduced in proportion.
+
+If the subjects of any tributary do not like the decision of their
+ruler, according to the laws of their own country, they may appeal to
+the King, and claim decision by the law of Ashantee. The commission
+allowed to the collectors of tribute or fine, is two periguins out of
+ten.
+
+The direct descendants of the noble families who assisted the enterprise
+of Saï Tootoo, the founder of the kingdom, are not subject to capital
+punishment, but can only be despoiled. There are now but four remaining,
+Ananqui, Assafee, (see Diary,) and two others, all beggars.
+
+We were present at the promulgation of the following law: “All persons
+sent on the King’s business shall no longer seize provisions in any
+country, whether tributary or otherwise, in his name; but requiring
+food, shall offer a fair price for the first they meet with, if this is
+refused, they shall then demand one meal, and one meal only, in the
+King’s name, and proceed. This extends to all messengers sent by the
+head captains, whose servants, as well as the King’s, have been long in
+the habit of extorting goods from traders, and tobacco and provisions in
+the market place, in the names of their masters, which they shall do no
+longer without incurring the same penalty which is attached to the
+former part of this law, 110 penguins.” The form of making this law,
+was, the linguists with their insignia advanced and announced it to each
+of the four members of the Aristocracy, then to the whole assembly;
+afterwards Cudjo Appăni, the chief crier, proclaimed it to the people,
+who shouted their thanks; his fee from the King was ten ackies, from the
+people twenty. This attachment of the penalty to the law (the chief
+merit of Zaleucus) manifests some advancement in polity, in securing the
+accused against arbitrary judgment.[72]
+
+The caboceers of Soota, Marmpon, Becqua, and Kokofoo, the four large
+towns built by the Ashantees at the same time with Coomassie, have
+several palatine privileges; they have an independent treasury, though
+subject to the demands of the government and a judicial power, with the
+reserve of an appeal to the King. They celebrate their own yam custom
+after they have attended that at Coomassie, at which all dependents and
+tributaries must be present, and which seems to have been instituted
+like the Panathenæa of Theseus, to unite such various nations by a
+common festival. These four caboceers, only, are allowed, with the King,
+to stud their sandals with gold.
+
+The blood of the son of a King, or of any of the royal family cannot be
+shed; but when guilty of a crime of magnitude, they are drowned in the
+river Dah, by a particular captain, named Cudjo Samfani.
+
+If a man swears on the King’s head, that another must kill him, which is
+understood to be invoking the King’s death if he does not, the other man
+must do so, or forfeit the whole of his property, and generally his
+life. This very frequently occurs, for the blacks in their ardor for
+revenge, do not regard sacrificing their own lives to bring a palaver on
+their murderer, which their families are sure to do.
+
+To be convicted of cowardice is death.
+
+A subject may clear any part of the bush for building a croom, or making
+a plantation, without paying any thing to the King as lord of the soil;
+but he must pay a small sum to the possessor of the nearest croom or
+plantation, through which his path runs.
+
+The government has no power to direct the traders to any particular
+market, though it interdicts the commerce with any power which may have
+offended it.
+
+All the King’s linguists take fetish to be true to each other, and to
+report faithfully.
+
+If any subject picks up gold dropped in the market place, it is death,
+being collected only by order of the government on emergencies; see
+Revenue.
+
+Theft of the King’s property, or intrigue with the female attendants of
+the royal family, or habitual incontinence, is punished by emasculation;
+but crim. con. with the wife of a man who has been so punished, is
+death: being considered an aggravated contempt of law.
+
+Interest of money is 33⅓ per cent. for every forty days, which is
+accompanied after the first period by a dash of liquor. When the
+patience of the creditor is exhausted, he seizes the debtor, or even any
+of his family, as slaves, and they can only be redeemed by the payment.
+This barbarous law was nearly the same in Athens.[73]
+
+In almost all charges of treason, the life of the accuser is at risk as
+well as that of the accused, and is forfeited on the acquittal of the
+latter. I understood this, from the best authorities, to be
+indispensible as a check on the palavers; envy, spleen, or covetousness
+would otherwise accumulate.
+
+The accuser is never discovered or confronted to the accused, nor the
+evidence revealed, until the latter has fully replied to the charge, as
+outlined by the King’s linguists.
+
+Palavers are frequently allowed to sleep even for years, as in the
+Fantee country, to make the damages sued for, the heavier: for instance,
+if a man stole a hen twelve months before, the value of the broods and
+eggs it would have produced, on a fair average, in the interval, would
+be shrewdly calculated, and sued for.[74] State palavers are also
+allowed to sleep for years, but that is to impose the confidence on the
+accused that the principal witnesses are dead, and the impression is
+artfully assisted by the policy of the council. The witnesses against
+Appia Nanu, who had reported his haughty message to the King, had not
+been seen for nearly twelve months before they burst before him on the
+day of his trial, having been sent into the bush on the most distant
+frontier.
+
+No man is punished for killing his own slave, but he is for the murder
+of his wife or child.[75] If he kills the slave of another, he must pay
+the value. If a great man kills his equal in rank, he is generally
+allowed to die by his own hands: the death of an inferior is generally
+compensated by a fine to the family, equal to seven slaves.[76]
+
+If a person brings a frivolous palaver against another, he must give an
+entertainment to the family and friends of the acquitted.
+
+If an aggry bead is broken in a scuffle, seven slaves are to be paid to
+the owner.
+
+Trifling thefts are generally punished by the exposure of the party in
+various parts of the town, whilst the act is published; but more serious
+thefts cannot be visited on the guilty by any but his family, who are
+bound to compensate the accuser, and punish their relative or not as
+they think fit; they may even put him or her to death, if the injury is
+serious, or the crime repeated or habitual.
+
+If a man cohabits with a woman without the house, or in the bush, they
+are both the slaves of the first person who discovers them; but
+redeemable by their families.
+
+It is forbidden, as it was by Lycurgus, to praise the beauty of another
+man’s wife, being intrigue by implication.
+
+A captain generally gives a periguin to the family on taking a wife, a
+poor man two ackies: the damages for intrigue in the former case are ten
+periguins; in the latter, one ackie and a half, and a pot of palm wine.
+
+If a woman involves herself in a palaver, she involves her family, but
+not her husband.
+
+None but a captain can sell his wife, and he, only, if her family are
+unable to redeem her by the repayment of the marriage fee.
+
+The property of the wife is distinct, and independent of the husband,
+though the King is the heir to it.
+
+None but a captain can put his wife to death for infidelity, and even
+then he is expected to accept a liberal offer of gold from the family,
+for her redemption. To intrigue with a wife of the King’s is death.
+
+If the family of a woman are able and willing, on her report of her
+dislike to her husband, or his ill-treatment of her, to tender him the
+marriage fee, he must accept it, and the woman returns to her family,
+but may not marry again.
+
+If a husband is not heard of by his wife for three years, she may marry
+again, and if the first husband returns, the claim of the second is the
+better; but all the children of the after marriage are considered the
+property of the first husband, and may be pawned by him.
+
+Those accused of witchcraft, or having a devil, are tortured to death.
+
+The good treatment of slaves is in some degree provided for, by the
+liberty they have of dashing or transferring themselves to any freeman;
+whom they enjoin to make them his property by invoking his death if he
+does not; an imperative appeal.
+
+
+[Footnote 71: It has been shewn in the history, that the Aristocracy was
+originally formed of the peers and associates of Saï Tootoo the founder
+of the monarchy, who owed his elevation not to his superior rank, but to
+his superior endowments and address. The Aristocracy has been gradually
+retrenched since Saï Cudjo pointed out the way.]
+
+[Footnote 72: By the laws of Ahanta, which are peculiar, if any subject
+or sojourner is in urgent want of provisions, he may seize the first he
+meets with, paying the owner the prices which have been fixed by the
+caboceers: this is similar to the law of Lycurgus. At the Contoom or
+annual Harvest Custom, the Ahantas revise their laws, as Solon enjoined
+the Athenians to do, annulling some and adding others.]
+
+[Footnote 73: In Ahanta, all old debts must be paid within six weeks
+from the commencement of the Contoom or Harvest Custom. The creditor can
+panyar or seize not only the family, but the townsmen of the debtor.]
+
+[Footnote 74: The Ahanta laws do not allow of these protracted palavers,
+and only award the intrinsic value of the articles stolen or destroyed.
+If a man robs a plantation of a yam, he must pay the owner a tokoo of
+gold, and take two more. In Fantee the pettiest theft frequently entails
+slavery.]
+
+[Footnote 75: In the kingdom of Amanaheä or Apollonia, the tenth child
+is always buried alive.]
+
+[Footnote 76: A person accidentally killing another in Ahanta, pays 5
+oz. of gold to the family, and defrays the burial customs. In the case
+of murder, it is 20 oz. of gold and a slave; or, he and his family
+become the slaves of the family of the deceased. If a man dashes himself
+to the fetish on the head of another, the other must redeem him. If a
+man kills himself on the head of another, the other must kill himself
+also, or pay 20 oz. to the family: in Fantee the sum is indefinitely
+great: this is frequently resorted to, when there is no other prospect
+of revenge.
+
+Adumissa, an extraordinarily beautiful red skinned woman of Cape Coast,
+possessed numerous admirers, but rejected them all. One of them, in
+despair, shot himself on her head close to her house. The family
+demanding satisfaction; to save her relations from a ruinous palaver,
+she resolved to shoot herself in expiation. She accordingly assembled
+her friends and relatives from various parts of the country, and
+sitting, richly dressed, killed herself in their presence with golden
+bullets. After the body had been exposed in state, it was buried with a
+profusion of cloths and gold. The beautiful Adumissa is still eulogised,
+and her favourite patterned cloth bears her name amongst the natives.]
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER IV.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ _Superstitions._
+
+
+The Negro tradition of the book and the calabash, cited by St. Pierre,
+is familiar to every native of these parts, and seems the source of
+their religious opinions. Impressed that the blind avarice of their
+forefathers inclined all the favour of the supreme God to white men,
+they believe themselves to have been committed to the mediating care of
+subordinate deities, necessarily as inferior to the primary, as they are
+to Europeans.
+
+As the Ashantee manner of relating this tradition differs a little from
+that of the Fantee, I will repeat it, on the authority of Odumata and
+other principal men. In the beginning of the world, God created three
+white and three black men, with the same number of women; he resolved,
+that they might not afterwards complain, to give them their choice of
+good and evil. A large box or calabash was set on the ground, with a
+piece of paper, sealed up, on one side of it. God gave the black men the
+first choice, who took the box, expecting it contained every thing, but,
+on opening it, there appeared only a piece of gold, a piece of iron, and
+several other metals, of which they did not know the use. The white men
+opening the paper, it told them every thing. God left the blacks in the
+bush, but conducted the whites to the water side, (for this happened in
+Africa) communicated with them every night, and taught them to build a
+small ship which carried them to another country, whence they returned
+after a long period, with various merchandise to barter with the blacks,
+who might have been the superior people.
+
+With this imaginary alienation from the God of the universe, not a shade
+of despondency is associated; they consider that it diminishes their
+comforts and their endowments on earth, but that futurity is a dull and
+torpid state to the majority of mankind.
+
+Their fetishes or subordinate deities, are supposed to inhabit
+particular rivers, woods, and mountains, as the imaginary deities of the
+Celts. They are venerated in proportion as their predictions (always
+equivocal) chance to be realized. The present favourite fetish of
+Ashantee is that of the river Tando. Cobee, a river in Dankara, and
+Odentee on the Adirree, are two of the others.
+
+The kings, caboceers, and the higher class, are believed to dwell with
+the superior Deity after death, enjoying an eternal renewal of the state
+and luxury they possessed on earth. It is with this impression, that
+they kill a certain number of both sexes at the funeral customs, to
+accompany the deceased, to announce his distinction, and to administer
+to his pleasures.
+
+The spirits of the inferior classes are believed to inhabit the houses
+of the fetish, in a state of torpid indolence, which recompenses them
+for the drudgery of their lives, and which is truly congenial to the
+feelings of the Negro. Those of superior wisdom and experience, are said
+to be endued with foresight after death, and to be appointed to observe
+the lives, and advise the good of those mortals who acknowledge the
+fetish; their state corresponding, in short, with that of the first race
+of men after death, as described by Hesiod. Those whose enormities
+nullify the mediation of the funeral custom, or, whom neglect or
+circumstances might have deprived of it, are doomed, in the imagination
+of others, to haunt the gloom of the forest, stealing occasionally to
+their former abodes in rare but lingering visits. Those who have
+neglected the custom, or funeral rites of their family, are thought to
+be accursed and troubled by their spirits.
+
+There are two orders of fetishmen. The first class dwell with the
+fetish,[77] who has a small round house, built generally at a distance
+from the town. They question the oracle respecting the future fortune of
+a state or an individual, convey its advice, and enjoin the attention of
+the _audible_ spirits of those, any member of their family would
+question respecting property or domestic circumstances:
+
+
+ “Auditur tumulo et vox reddita fertur ad aures.” Æn. vi.
+
+
+The inferior class pursue their various occupations in society, assist
+in customs and superstitious ceremonies, and are applied to as fortune
+tellers or conjurors are in Europe; especially in cases of theft; when,
+from a secret system of espionage, and a reluctance, frequently
+amounting to a refusal to discover the culprit, or to do more than
+replace the property whence it was taken, they are generally successful.
+The magical ceremony consists in knotting, confusing, and dividing
+behind the back, several strings and shreds of leather. They are also
+frequently applied to by slippery wives, to work charms to keep their
+husbands in ignorance of a projected intrigue, which they affect to do.
+
+The primary dignity is hereditary in families, as the priesthood was in
+Egypt, celibacy not being enjoined; their property is also hereditary,
+and they possess other immunities. The latter order is frequently
+augmented by those, who declare that the fetish has suddenly seized, or
+come upon them, and who, after inflicting great severities on
+themselves, in the manner of the convulsionists, are ultimately
+acknowledged. The fetish women, generally preferred for medical aid, as
+they possess a thorough knowledge of barks and herbs, deleterious and
+sanative, closely resemble the second class of Druidesses as described,
+I think by Mela: they seem licensed prostitutes, before and after
+marriage.
+
+The present state of these people referring them to a comparison with
+the nations of ancient Europe,[78] the close resemblance of many points
+of their superstition to relative particulars recorded of Greece and
+Gaul, recalls the following reflection of an eminent writer. “The truth
+is, there is hardly any thing more surprising in the history of mankind,
+than the similitude, or rather identity, of the opinions, institutions,
+and manners of all these orders of ancient priests, though they lived
+under such different climates, and at so great a distance from one
+another, without intercourse or communication. This amounts to a
+demonstration, that all these opinions and institutions flowed
+originally from one fountain.”
+
+Half the offerings to the fetish, are pretended to be thrown into the
+river, the other half belongs to the priests. The King’s offering is
+generally ten ounces, and three or four slaves: that of a poor subject
+about four ackies. Children are frequently vowed to the service of the
+fetish before their birth. A slave flying to the temple, may dash or
+devote himself to the fetish; but, by paying a fee of two ounces of gold
+and four sheep, any person shuts the door of the fetish house against
+all his run away slaves.[79]
+
+Every family has a variety of domestic fetishes, furnished by the
+priests, and answering to the Penates of the Romans; some are wooden
+figures, others of arbitrary shapes and materials; they receive
+offerings and libations at the yam custom, but are not brought out of
+the house.[80]
+
+In Ashantee there is not a common fetish day, as on the coast.[81]
+Different families solemnize different days of the week, by wearing
+white cloths, abstaining from palm wine and labour, as they do the day
+of the week on which they were born, which is in fact their second
+fetish day. The King’s family keep Tuesday as their fetish day.
+Odumata’s, Friday. Saturday was the King’s birth day, when, as well as
+on his fetish day, he always sat on a stool placed before his chair as a
+foot stool would be. Some families never eat beef, others abstain from
+pork. Fowls and beef are the fetish of the King’s family, and
+consequently never eaten by it.
+
+The Ashantees have their Fasti and Nefasti, or lucky and unlucky days,
+as the Romans had.[82] The former consecrated by some good fortune, the
+latter condemned from some national calamity, as Saturday, for instance,
+from the defeat and death of Saï Tootoo. They are also otherwise marked
+than by the week; for I was told, that our month of September contained
+fewer bad days than any other, and was besides deemed auspicious to
+travelling:
+
+
+ Ipsa dies alios alio dedit ordine Luna
+
+ Felices operum · · · ·
+
+ · · · · nona fugæ melior. Geor. I.
+
+
+I have known Ashantees thirty days coming with dispatches from Cape
+Coast Castle to Coomassie, in August; and in September, to have arrived
+in twelve.
+
+If the successor to a stool, or any rich inheritance is a child, they
+grind aggry beads into a powder, and rub him with it daily, after
+washing, believing that it hastens his growth and maturity. When any one
+denies a theft, an aggry bead is placed in a small vessel, with some
+water, the person holding it puts his right foot against the right foot
+of the accused, who invokes the power of the bead to kill him if he is
+guilty, and then takes it into his mouth with a little of the water, the
+rest being thrown on the ground, and crossed as he repeats the
+invocation: their superstition is generally superior to their
+resolution. I shall be expected to notice these aggry beads.
+
+The natives invariably declare that the aggry beads are found in the
+Dankara, Akim, Warsaw, Ahanta, and Fantee countries, the greater number
+in the former, being the richer in gold; they say they are directed to
+dig for them by a spiral vapour issuing from the ground, and that they
+rarely lay near the surface; the finder is said to be sure of a series
+of good fortune. The plain aggry beads are blue, yellow, green, or a
+dull red, the variegated consist of every colour and shade. The Fantees
+prefer the plain yellow bead, the Amanaheäns the blue and yellow, for
+which they will give double the weight in gold; those of inferior beauty
+frequently fetch a large price, from having been worn by some royal or
+eminent character. Dr. Leyden, who writes, “the aigris is a stone of a
+greenish blue colour, supposed to be a species of jasper, small
+perforated pieces of which, valued at their weight in gold, are used for
+money,” (which I never heard of,) rather describes the popo bead; though
+that is semi-transparent, (of a bright blue,) resembling carnelian,
+(which is frequently found in these countries) and said to be obtained
+in the same manner as the aggry bead. Isert writes, “they are a sort of
+coral, with inlaid work: the art of making beads is entirely lost, or
+was never known in these parts: it is not improbable, that in the golden
+age of Egypt, she had communication with the Gold Coast; indeed, it has
+been thought, and perhaps not without some reason, that the Gold Coast
+is the Ophir of Solomon.”
+
+The variegated strata of the aggry beads are so firmly united, and so
+imperceptibly blended, that the perfection seems superior to art: some
+resemble mosaic work, the surfaces of others are covered with flowers
+and regular patterns, so very minute, and the shades so delicately
+softened one into the other, and into the ground of the bead, that
+nothing but the finest touch of the pencil could equal them. The
+agatized parts disclose flowers and patterns, deep in the body of the
+bead, and thin shafts, of opaque colours, running from the centre to the
+surface. The natives pretend that imitations are made in the country,
+which they call boiled beads, alleging that they are broken aggry beads
+ground into powder, and boiled together, and that they know them because
+they are heavier; but this I find to be mere conjecture among
+themselves, unsupported by any thing like observation or discovery. The
+natives believe that by burying the aggry beads in sand they not only
+grow but breed.[83]
+
+To return to the superstitions of the Ashantees: when they drink, they
+spill a little of the liquor on the ground as an offering to the fetish;
+and on rising from their chairs or stools, their attendants instantly
+lay them on their sides, to prevent the devil (whom they represent to be
+white) from slipping into their master’s places.
+
+But the most surprising superstition of the Ashantees, is their
+confidence in the fetishes or saphies they purchase so extravagantly
+from the Moors, believing firmly that they make them invulnerable and
+invincible in war, paralyse the hand of the enemy, shiver their weapons,
+divert the course of balls, render both sexes prolific, and avert all
+evils but sickness, (which they can only assuage,) and natural death.
+The King gave to the King of Dagwumba, for the fetish or war coat of
+Apokoo, the value of thirty slaves; for Odumata’s, twenty; for Adoo
+Quamina’s, thirteen; for Akimpon’s, twelve; for Akimponteä’s, nine; and
+for those of greater captains in proportion. The generals being always
+in the rear of the army are pretty sure to escape, a circumstance much
+in favour of the Moors. The drawing of Adoo Quamina will convey the best
+idea of this dress, which has been described before, in our entrée; it
+is so weighty that old Odumata could scarcely move in his. Jannequin,
+who visited Mandingo in 1637, describes exactly the same sort of dress
+as worn by the chiefs of that country, and adds, “their bodies are so
+encumbered with these defences, that they are often unable to mount on
+horseback without assistance.” For a small fetish of about six lines,
+sewn in a case of red cloth, which the King presented to our Accra
+linguist, Baba charged and received six ackies. The man valued the gift
+highly; he had expended two pieces of cloth and a quantity of rum in
+fetish, at Accra, before he joined the Mission; but for which, he told
+me, he was convinced the Ashantees would have managed to poison him:
+yet, he was one of the most sensible natives I ever conversed with. A
+sheet of paper would support an inferior Moor in Coomassie for a month.
+Several of the Ashantee captains offered seriously to let us fire at
+them; in short, their confidence in these fetishes is almost as
+incredible, as the despondency and panic imposed on their southern and
+western enemies by the recollection of them: they impel the Ashantees,
+fearless and headlong, to the most daring enterprises, they dispirit
+their adversaries, almost to the neglect of an interposition of fortune
+in their favour. The Ashantees believe that the constant prayers of the
+Moors, who have persuaded them that they converse with the Deity,
+invigorate themselves, and gradually waste the spirit and strength of
+their enemies. This faith is not less impulsive than that which achieved
+the Arabian conquests.
+
+Neither the Ashantees or their neighbours have any tradition of a
+deluge, nor does Catcott, the only writer I recollect to have read on
+its universality, report any Negro tradition, though he submits that of
+the American tribes, with those of the other nations of the world. The
+Moors told me, that the waters of the deluge retired to, and were
+absorbed in the lake Caudi or Caughi, which they also called Bahar
+Noohoo, or the sea of Noah.
+
+Amongst other observations, I recollect the Moors to have said, that
+Moses spoke like God, that Abraham was the friend of God, that Jesus was
+a spirit of God, but that Mahomet was the best beloved of God. They
+added, that there were four books written by the inspiration of God, at
+different times. Moses wrote Tauratoo; David, Zaboura; Jesus, Lingheel;
+and Mahomet, Al Koran. Lightning, they said, was occasioned by God
+waving his hand to direct the courses of his angels. One Moor was a
+great etymologist; he told me, that Mahomet rushing between two armies,
+who were fighting, exclaimed to one party, “Toorek! Toorek!” (leave off!
+leave off!) and that those people were thenceforward called Turks. I
+questioned them concerning the origin of nations; they told me, that
+Japhet was the most active in covering the nakedness of his father,
+which Ham discovered, and thence the subjection of black men the
+descendants of Ham, to Europeans the descendants of Japhet. Shem, from
+whom they were themselves descended, they said, was neither so good or
+so bad as his brothers, and therefore his children enjoyed a medium of
+endowment and favour. They augured from the sacrifice of sheep, with
+which the King supplied them abundantly, and, excepting those who had
+made a pilgrimage to Mecca, (of which they told us wonderful tales) did
+not hesitate mingling the superstitions of the natives with their own,
+either for their profit or safety. They were tolerably expert in slight
+of hand tricks.
+
+
+[Footnote 77: At Nanampong (Nanan means a grand-father) near Mankasim,
+in the Braffoo country, there is a deep dell, inhabited by a number of
+aged fetish men, whom the Fantees believe to be immortal, and to have
+lived there beyond all memory, in close converse with the fetish, and
+ignorant of the world but by intuition. The spirits of the aged and wise
+are believed to dwell amongst them, and their prophecies and advice are
+revered as emanations from the fetish. Adookoo, the chief of the
+Braffoos, used sometimes to consult them in person, but generally
+through his head fetishman, and the Fantees now attribute the successes
+of the Ashantees, and their own defeats and misfortunes, to the
+disregard of what the oracle enjoined; for, whilst it was obeyed, they
+say the country always prospered; and, indeed, from the instances which
+have been reported to me, the responses appear to have directed a just
+and prudent policy, highly conducive to the welfare of Fantee. This dell
+is so impervious, and yet so capacious, that many hundred Fantees were
+secreted there, during the Ashantee invasions, which these priests had
+predicted. The house or temple of the principal fetish of the Ahanta
+country, called Checquoo, is at Apremmadoo, about four miles up the
+Takaradee river: upwards of fifty superior priests are resident there.]
+
+[Footnote 78: “And here I cannot but remark, that those accounts, when
+compared, shew how little manners and minds improve in Africa, and how
+long, and how much society has been there at a stand:—Jobson saw, in
+1620, exactly what Park saw in 1798.” Sir W. Young.]
+
+[Footnote 79: A slave dashing or devoting himself to Checquoo, the great
+fetish of Ahanta, is never redeemed; the impression of the superior
+power of that fetish being so awful, that the proprietor of the slave,
+would believe the death of all his family inevitable, were he to redeem
+him from the sanctuary.]
+
+[Footnote 80: The different states of the water side revere different
+animals as fetish: the hyæna is esteemed so at Accra, the alligator at
+Dix Cove and Annamaboe, and vultures universally; and with more apparent
+reason, as they consume all the offal of the neighbourhood, and thus
+contribute to its health and cleanliness. A black man killing a hyæna at
+Accra, would incur a serious penalty. A European is obliged to pay a
+case of neat rum and one piece of white baft, in which the head of the
+animal is wrapped, and afterwards buried by the natives. Almost every
+resident on the coast, can speak to the imitative powers of the hyæna,
+which Pliny has been ridiculed for reporting. In a fresh water pond at
+Dix Cove, there is an alligator, about twelve feet long, which always
+appears on the bank, at the call of the fetish men, who then throw it a
+white fowl. In a modern natural history, I read, “in this part of the
+world (Africa) also, as well as at Siam, the crocodile makes an object
+of savage pomp, near the palaces of their monarchs. Philips informs us,
+that at Sabi, on the slave coast, there are two pools of water near the
+royal palace, where crocodiles are bred as we breed carp in our ponds in
+Europe.” I never heard of any royal palaces, or of Sabi (probably
+Assaboo) on the Slave Coast; the alligator of Dix Cove may possibly be
+alluded to.]
+
+[Footnote 81: Tuesday is the common fetish day on the coast, when they
+neither fish or work in their plantations.]
+
+[Footnote 82:
+
+
+ Ille et nefasto te posuit die. Hor. 12, 13.
+
+
+Romani pariter quosdam atros et nefastos habuere, eo quod in iis clades
+acceperant; · · ·]
+
+[Footnote 83: The coloring matter of the blue beads has been proved, by
+experiment, to be iron; that of the yellow, without doubt, is lead and
+antimony, with a trifling quantity of copper, though not essential to
+the production of the color. The generality of these beads appear to be
+produced from clays colored in thin layers, afterwards twisted together
+into a spiral form, and then cut across: also from different colored
+clays raked together without blending. How the flowers and delicate
+patterns, in the body and on the surface of the rarer beads, have been
+produced, cannot be so well explained. Besides the suite deposited in
+the British Museum, I had the pleasure of presenting one of the most
+interesting kind to Baron Humboldt; and I have also sent one to Sir
+Richard Hoare, as it seemed to correspond so closely with the bead which
+he found in one of the barrows, and describes, as follows, in his
+History of Wiltshire. The notion of the rare virtues of the Glain
+Neidyr, as well as of the continued good fortune of the finder, accords
+exactly with the African superstitions. “A large glass bead, of the same
+imperfect petrefaction as the pully beads, and resembling also, in
+matter, the little figures that are found with the mummies in Egypt, and
+are to be seen in the British Museum. This very curious bead has two
+circular lines of opaque sky blue and white, which seem to represent a
+serpent entwined round a centre, which is perforated. This was certainly
+one of the Glain Neidyr of the Britons, derived from glain, which is
+pure and holy, and neidyr a snake. Under the word glain, Mr. Owen, in
+his Welsh Dictionary, has given the following article: “The Glain
+neidyr, transparent stones, or adder stones, were worn by the different
+orders of the bards, each having its appropriate color. There is no
+certainty that they were worn from superstition originally; perhaps that
+was the circumstance which gave rise to it. Whatever might have been the
+cause, the _notion of their rare virtues was universal_ in all places
+where the Bardic religion was taught. It may still be questioned whether
+they are the production of nature or art.” The beads which are the
+present object of my attention, are thus noticed by Bishop Gibson in his
+improved edition of Camden’s Britannia. “In most parts of Wales, and
+throughout all Scotland, and in Cornwall, we find it a common opinion of
+the vulgar, that about Midsummer eve (although in the time they do not
+all agree,) it is usual for snakes to meet in companies; and that by
+joining heads together, and hissing, a kind of bubble is formed like a
+ring, about the head of one of them, which the rest, by continual
+hissing blow on till it comes off at the tail; and then it immediately
+hardens, and resembles a glass ring, _which whoever finds (as some old
+women and children are persuaded) shall prosper in all their
+undertakings_. The rings which they suppose to be thus generated are
+called Gleinu Nadroedh, i.e. Gemmæ Anguinum, whereof I have seen at
+several places about twenty or thirty. They are small glass annulets,
+commonly about half as wide as our finger rings, but much thicker; of a
+green color, usually, though some of them are blue, and others curiously
+waved with blue, red, and white. I have also seen two or three earthen
+rings of this kind, but glazed with blue, and adorned with transverse
+streaks in furrows on the outside. There seems to be some connection
+between the Glein Neidyr of the Britons, and the Ovum Anguinum mentioned
+by Pliny,[a] as being held in veneration by the Druids of Gaul, and to
+the formation of which he gives nearly the same origin. They were
+probably worn as an insigne, or mark of distinction, and suspended
+around the neck, as the perforation is not sufficiently large to admit
+the finger.”
+
+The bead engraved in Tumulus No. 9, resembles closely a coarse sort of
+bead, still manufactured in Syria, brought over by Dr. Meryon. The glass
+globes dug up in Lincolnshire, and presented by Sir Joseph Banks to the
+British Museum, are very like a distinct sort of aggry bead, dug by the
+natives even more rarely than the others, but not larger than a moderate
+sized apple: they are more opaque than the other beads, and the ground
+or body is generally black, speckled confusedly with red, white, and
+yellow.
+
+_Aggry_ is the generic, not the abstract name; ‘_awynnee_’ is _bead_,
+but aggry is an exotic word no native can explain. When first I heard of
+similar beads having been lately dug in India, I associated for an
+instant the expectation that it might have been in the neighbourhood of
+Agra, and thus have thrown some light on the name; but it appears they
+were found in Malabar. I am indebted for the following account of this
+interesting discovery to a gentleman lately returned from India. “The
+bead you sent me is more like those I saw in India, than any I have seen
+before; but it is thicker and shorter; neither does the material of
+which it is formed exactly agree with those in India, which appear to be
+of a red glass, very like red carnelian (such, however, are frequent
+among the Aggry beads) with white lines of enamel, inlaid, as it were,
+in the body of the bead. I gave these to a friend in India, who promised
+to send them to the Asiatic Society in Calcutta. The circles of stone in
+which these beads have been found, abound most in Malabar, in the
+neighbourhood of Calicut; but I have seen them in other parts of India,
+and I am of opinion that they might be traced throughout the whole of
+the southern peninsula. They are formed of large masses of rough stones,
+placed round in irregular circles, some of very large extent, some of
+smaller: they appear so much like natural rocks, that most persons would
+pass them unobserved. Several of these circles about three years since
+were excavated, in the vicinity of Calicut, and in the centre of each of
+them we found, at the depth of about five feet, a large earthen jar of
+the same shape as those found in Wiltshire, as near as we could judge,
+for it was broken to pieces: it was about four or five feet deep, its
+mouth in general closed with a square piece of granite: the beads were
+found at the bottom of these jars with some pieces of iron, apparently
+parts of swords and spears. There was an iron javelin found in one of
+these places, tolerably perfect: it was about five feet long, with a
+large iron knob at one end of it. In the centre of one of the circles we
+came to a flight of seven steps, which led to a cave excavated in the
+rock; it measured 11 feet in diameter, and 7 feet in its highest part;
+the entrance to it was a square opening of about 18 inches, which was
+closed up by an immense block of granite. We found in this place a great
+number of earthen pots of very curious shape; in one of these there were
+the remains of bones, which appeared to have been but imperfectly
+calcined; in several of the larger jars there were the husks of rice,
+which dropped into dust immediately they were opened. We found here also
+an iron tripod, and a very curious stone, somewhat similar to what the
+Indians now use for grinding their curry powder on. The large stones
+forming the circles were set upright and capped with still larger ones.
+They are not of granite, but of the stone of the country in which they
+are situated; they are of different sizes; I have seen some of them 10
+or 12 feet high, and the large stone on the top from 10 to 12 feet in
+diameter, or perhaps more. Coimbatore is a district situated between the
+Coromandel and Malabar coasts; it is bounded on the east by the river
+Cavery, on the banks of which the tumuli are in general situated. In
+some, a few silver coins have been found, of a square figure, with
+characters on them, which none of the most learned Bramins have been as
+yet able to make out; it is in these also that remains of very large
+swords, &c. have been found. The Roman coins to the number of upwards of
+90 were all of gold, and Nero’s; each of them had a cut or slit in it.
+They were not found in one of these barrows, but were discovered in a
+garden by one of the natives when digging: they were in a small copper
+pot. Pandu Kuri literally means Pandu’s caves or holes. Pandu is a very
+celebrated personage in the Hindoo Mythology, and a great warrior; it is
+common in India to ascribe to him all great works of antiquity; this
+term therefore only shews that those places are very ancient, and that
+the present inhabitants are quite ignorant of their origin.”]
+
+[Footnote a: Præterea est ovorum genus in magna Galliarum fama, omissum
+Græcis. Angues innumeri æstate convoluti, salivis faucium, corporumque
+spumis artifici complexu glomerantur, anguinum appellantur. Druidæ
+sibilis id dicunt in sublime jactari, sagoque oportere intercipi ne
+tellurem attingat. Profugere raptorem equo. Serpentes enim insequi donec
+arceant amnis alicujus interventu. Experimentum ejus esse si contra
+aquas fluitet vel auro cinctum Insigne Druidis. Ad victorias litium ac
+regum aditus maxime laudat. Plinii Hist. Natural. L. 29. c. 3.]
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER V.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ _Customs._
+
+
+The Yam Custom is annual, just at the maturity of that vegetable, which
+is planted in December, and not eaten until the conclusion of the
+custom, the early part of September. All the caboceers and captains, and
+the majority of the tributaries, are enjoined to attend, none being
+excused, but such as the Kings of Inta, and Dagwumba, (who send
+deputations of their principal caboceers,) and those who have been
+dispatched elsewhere on public business. If a chief or caboceer has
+offended, or if his fidelity be suspected, he is seldom accused or
+punished until the Yam Custom, which they attend frequently unconscious,
+and always uncertain of what may be laid to their charge. The Yam Custom
+is like the Saturnalia; neither theft, intrigue, or assault are
+punishable during the continuance, but the grossest liberty prevails,
+and each sex abandons itself to its passions.
+
+On Friday the 5th of September, the number, splendor, and variety of
+arrivals, thronging from the different paths, was as astonishing as
+entertaining; but there was an alloy in the gratification, for the
+principal caboceers sacrificed a slave at each quarter of the town, on
+their entré.
+
+In the afternoon of Saturday, the King received all the caboceers and
+captains in the large area, where the Dankara canons are placed. The
+scene was marked with all the splendor of our own entré, and many
+additional novelties. The crush in the distance was awful and
+distressing. All the heads of the kings and caboceers whose kingdoms had
+been conquered, from Saï Tootoo to the present reign, with those of the
+chiefs who had been executed for subsequent revolts, were displayed by
+two parties of executioners, each upwards of a hundred, who passed in an
+impassioned dance, some with the most irresistible grimace, some with
+the most frightful gesture: they clashed their knives on the skulls, in
+which sprigs of thyme were inserted, to keep the spirits from troubling
+the King. I never felt so grateful for being born in a civilized
+country. Firing and drinking palm wine were the only divertissemens to
+the ceremony of the caboceers presenting themselves to the King; they
+were announced, and passed all round the circle saluting every umbrella:
+their bands preceded; we reckoned above forty drums in that of the King
+of Dwabin. The effect of the splendor, the tumult, and the musquetry,
+was afterwards heightened by torch light. We left the ground at 10
+o’clock; the umbrellas were crowded even in the distant streets, the
+town was covered like a large fair, the broken sounds of distant horns
+and drums filled up the momentary pauses of the firing which encircled
+us: the uproar continued until four in the morning, just before which
+the King retired. I have attempted a drawing, (No. 2.) it is by no means
+adequate, yet more so than description could be.
+
+[Illustration: _Drawn by T. E. Bowdich Esqr._
+
+_Engraved by R. Havell & Son._
+
+THE FIRST DAY OF THE YAM CUSTOM.
+
+_Published Decr. 2, 1818, by John Murray, Albemarle Street._]
+
+On the left side of the drawing is a group of captains dancing and
+firing, as described in our entré. Immediately above the encircling
+soldiery, is a young caboceer under his umbrella, borne on the shoulders
+of his chief slave; he salutes as he passes along, and is preceded and
+surrounded by boys (with elephants tails, feathers, &c.) and his
+captains, who, lifting their swords in the air, halloo out the deeds of
+his fore-fathers; his stool is borne close to him, ornamented with a
+large brass bell. Above is the fanciful standard of a chief, who is
+preceded and followed by numerous attendants; he is supported round the
+waist by a confidential slave, and one wrist is so heavily laden with
+gold, that it is supported on the head of a small boy; with the other
+hand he is saluting a seated caboceer, sawing the air by a motion from
+the wrist. His umbrella is sprung up and down to increase the breeze,
+and large grass fans are also playing; his handsomest slave girl
+follows, bearing on her head a small red leather trunk, full of gold
+ornaments, and rich cloths; behind are soldiers and drummers, who throw
+their white-washed drums in the air, and catch them again, with much
+agility and grimace, as they walk along. Boys are in the front, bearing
+elephants tails, fly flappers, &c. and his captains with uplifted
+swords, are hastening forward the musicians and soldiers. Amongst the
+latter is the stool, so stained with blood that it is thought decent to
+cover it with red silk. Behind the musicians is Odumata, coming round to
+join the procession in his state hammock lined with red taffeta, and
+smoking under his umbrella, at the top of which is a stuffed leopard. In
+the area below is an unfortunate victim, tortured in the manner
+described in the entré, and two of the King’s messengers clearing the
+way for him. The King’s four linguists are seen next; two, Otee and
+Quancum, are seated in conversation under an umbrella; the chief,
+Adoosey, is swearing a royal messenger, (to fetch an absent caboceer,)
+by putting a gold handled sword between his teeth, whilst Agay delivers
+the charge, and exhorts him to be resolute. The criers, all deformed and
+with monkey skin caps, are seated in the front. Under the next umbrella
+is the royal stool, thickly cased in gold. Gold pipes, fans of ostrich
+wing feathers, captains seated with gold swords, wolves heads and snakes
+as large as life of the same metal, depending from the handles, girls
+bearing silver bowls, body guards, &c. &c. are mingled together till we
+come to the King, seated in a chair of ebony and gold, and dressed much
+in the same way as described at the first interview. He is holding up
+his two fingers to receive the oath of the captain to the right, who,
+pointing to a distant country, vows to conquer it. On the right and left
+of the state umbrella are the flags of Great Britain, Holland, and
+Denmark. A group of painted figures are dancing up to the King, in the
+most extravagant attitudes, beating time with their long knives on the
+skulls stuck full of thyme. On the right of the King is the eunuch, who
+superintends the group of small boys, the children of the nobility,
+waving elephants tails, (spangled with gold,) feathers, &c.: behind him
+is the above mentioned captain and other chiefs dressed as in the left
+end of the drawing. Musicians, seated and standing, are playing on
+instruments cased or plated with gold. The officers of the Mission are
+next seen, their linguists in front, their soldiers, servants, and flag
+behind, at the back of whom is placed the King’s state hammock, under
+its own umbrella. Adjoining the officers is old Quatchie Quofie and his
+followers; at the top of his umbrella is stuck a small black wooden
+image, with a bunch of rusty hair on the head, intending to represent
+the famous Akim caboceer who was killed by him; vain of the action, he
+is seen according to his usual custom, dancing before and deriding his
+fallen enemy, whilst his captains bawl out the deed, and halloo their
+acclamations. The manner of drinking palm wine is exhibited in the next
+group, a boy kneels beneath with a second bowl to catch the droppings,
+(it being a great luxury to suffer the liquor to run over the beard,)
+whilst the horns flourish, and the captains halloo the strong names. The
+Moors are easily distinguished by their caps, and preposterous turbans.
+One is blessing a Dagwumba caboceer, who is passing on horseback, (the
+animal covered with fetishes and bells,) escorted by his men in tunics,
+bearing lances, and his musicians with rude violins, distinct from the
+sanko. The back of the whole assembly is lined with royal soldiers, and
+the commoner ones are ranged in front, with here and there a captain and
+a group of musicians, who, some with an old cocked hat, some with a
+soldier’s jacket, &c. &c. afford a ludicrous appearance. This
+description will be rendered more illustrative of the drawing, by
+referring to that of our entré.
+
+The next morning the King ordered a large quantity of rum to be poured
+into brass pans, in various parts of the town; the crowd pressing
+around, and drinking like hogs; freemen and slaves, women and children,
+striking, kicking, and trampling each other under foot, pushed head
+foremost into the pans, and spilling much more than they drank. In less
+than an hour, excepting the principal men, not a sober person was to be
+seen, parties of four reeling and rolling under the weight of another,
+whom they affected to be carrying home; strings of women covered with
+red paint, hand in hand, falling down like rows of cards; the commonest
+mechanics and slaves furiously declaiming on state palavers; the most
+discordant music, the most obscene songs, children of both sexes
+prostrate in insensibility. All wore their handsomest cloths, which they
+trailed after them to a great length, in a drunken emulation of
+extravagance and dirtiness.[84]
+
+Towards evening the populace grew sober again, the strange caboceers
+displayed their equipages in every direction, and at five o’clock there
+was a procession from the palace to the south end of the town and back;
+the King and the dignitaries were carried in their hammocks, and passed
+through a continued blaze of musketry: the crush was dreadful. The next
+day (Monday) was occupied in state palavers, and on Tuesday the diet
+broke up, and most of the caboceers took leave.
+
+About a hundred persons, mostly culprits reserved, are generally
+sacrificed, in different quarters of the town, at this custom. Several
+slaves were also sacrificed at Bantama, over the large brass pan, their
+blood mingling with the various vegetable and animal matter within,
+(fresh and putrefied,) to complete the charm, and produce invincible
+fetish. All the chiefs kill several slaves, that their blood may flow
+into the hole from whence the new yam is taken. Those who cannot afford
+to kill slaves, take the head of one already sacrificed and place it on
+the hole.[85]
+
+The royal gold ornaments are melted down every Yam Custom, and fashioned
+into new patterns, as novel as possible. This is a piece of state policy
+very imposing on the populace, and the tributary chiefs who pay but an
+annual visit.
+
+About ten days after the custom, the whole of the royal houshold eat new
+yam for the first time, in the market place, the King attending. The
+next day he and the captains set off for Sarrasoo before sun rise, to
+perform their annual ablutions in the river Dah. Almost all the
+inhabitants follow him, and the capital appears deserted; the succeeding
+day the King washes in the marsh at the south-east end of the town, the
+captains lining the streets leading to it on both sides. He is attended
+by his suite, but he laves the water with his own hands over himself,
+his chairs, stools, gold and silver plate, and the various articles of
+furniture used especially by him. Several brass pans are covered with
+white cloth, with various fetish under them. About twenty sheep are
+dipped, (one sheep and one goat only are sacrificed at the time,) to be
+killed in the palace in the afternoon, that their blood may be poured on
+the stools and door posts. All the doors, windows, and arcades of the
+palace, are plentifully besmeared with a mixture of eggs, and palm oil;
+as also the stools of the different tribes and families. After the
+ceremony of washing is over, the principal captains precede the King to
+the palace, where, contrary to usual custom, none but those of the first
+rank are allowed to enter, to see the procession pass. The King’s fetish
+men walk first, with attendants holding basins of sacred water, which
+they sprinkle plentifully over the chiefs with branches,[86] the more
+superstitious running to have a little poured on their heads, and even
+on their tongues. The King and his attendants all wear white cloths on
+this occasion. Three white lambs are led before him, intended for
+sacrifice at his bed chamber. All his wives follow, with a guard of
+archers.
+
+Another national custom is the Adaï, by the number of which the
+Ashantees appear to reckon their year, which began, I could not
+understand why, on the first of October. The common people pretend, or
+believe, that the time for repeating the Adaï, is marked by the falling
+of a fruit like a gourd, from a tree called Brebretim, and which
+generally takes place in about twenty days from its first appearance,
+all the birds and beasts in the neighbourhood crying out simultaneously.
+They further pretend, that from the fruit of this tree spring various
+kinds of vegetables. This account of the tree, known in Warsaw as well,
+is peculiar to Ashantee. The customs are alternately called the great
+and little Adaï, the former taking place always on a Sunday, the latter
+on a Wednesday; and it appeared to me, from calculation, that there were
+six weeks between each great Adaï, and six between each little one, so
+that the custom was generally held every twenty-one days.
+
+The large drum which stands at the entrance of the palace, adorned with
+skulls and thigh bones, is struck with great force at sun set the
+preceding day, as a signal; the whole of the establishment of the palace
+shout, and their shout is echoed by the people throughout the town.
+Music and firing generally beguile the night. The next morning the King
+goes to the fetish house, (Himma,) opposite the palace, and offers
+several sheep; the blood of this sacrifice is poured on the gold stool,
+to which extraordinary virtues are ascribed, being considered the
+palladium of the kingdom: the deposition of Saï Quamina was protracted
+from his having it in his possession at Dwabin. The caboceers and
+captains, many coming from towns two or three days distant, begin to
+march to the large yard of the palace about sun rise, to secure their
+places. We generally attended between nine and ten, when the King had
+just seated himself. The first ceremony was penetrating to the King,
+through the various state officers and attendants, to wish him good
+morning, at which he slightly inclined his head. The chiefs as they
+advanced to do so, were supported and followed by a few favourite
+attendants, who flourished their swords in the air, the gold handles
+upwards, and the band of each began to play as he left his seat. Young
+caboceers of five and six years of age, stalked by with interesting
+vanity. After this the King left his chair, which was turned upside
+down, and retired a few minutes into the palace. All the horns
+flourished as he made his exit and entrée; swords, feathers, elephants
+tails, were waved rapidly, and the drums beaten with deafening effect.
+After he was seated, the linguists, preceded by their gold canes and
+insignia, presented a sheep, a flask of rum, (drank on the ground,) and
+ten ackies of gold to each superior captain, and somewhat less to the
+others. Another flourish proclaimed the dispensation of the King’s
+bounty. Five or six men then rose; and chaunted his deeds and titles for
+about ten minutes. I regret exceedingly that this chaunt was not noted,
+it was so harmonious. I observed them put something between their teeth
+before they began. The same tedious form of saluting the King was now
+repeated to return thanks. Any new law was afterwards promulgated, which
+occurred but twice during our stay, and the levee broke up on the King’s
+leaving his chair. Not unfrequently the whole took place during heavy
+rain. It was computed that the King dashed or presented forty pereguins
+of gold (£400.) every Adaï custom.[87]
+
+The decease of a person is announced by a discharge of musketry,
+proportionate to his rank, or the wealth of his family. In an instant
+you see a crowd of slaves burst from the house, and run towards the
+bush, flattering themselves that the hindmost, or those surprised in the
+house, will furnish the human victims for sacrifice, if they can but
+secrete themselves until the custom is over. The body is then handsomely
+drest in silk and gold, and laid out on the bed, the richest cloths
+beside it.[88] One or two slaves are then sacrificed at the door of the
+house. I shall describe the custom for Quatchie Quofie’s mother, which
+we witnessed August the 2d.; it was by no means a great one, but it will
+give the most correct idea of these splendid, but barbarous ceremonies.
+The King, Quatchie Quofie, and Odumata each sacrificed a young girl
+directly the deceased had breathed her last, that she might not want for
+attendants until the greater sacrifice was made. The retainers,
+adherents, and friends of the family then sent contributions of gold,
+powder, rum, and cloth, to be expended at the custom; the King, as heir,
+exceeding every quota but that of the nearest relative, who succeeded to
+the stool and slaves. The King also sent a sum of gold, and some rich
+cloths to be buried with the deceased, in the basket or coffin. I could
+not learn the various sums of gold dust with sufficient accuracy to note
+them, but the following were the quantities of powder presented on the
+occasion:
+
+ Quatchie Quofie 20 oz. (of gold) kegs.
+
+ King 4
+
+ King’s brother 2
+
+ Amanquateä 2
+
+ Odumata 2
+
+ Apokoo 1
+
+ Otee 1
+
+ Yapensoo 1
+
+ Amanqua Abiniowa (the nephew) 2
+
+ (Name illegible) 1
+
+ Adoosey 1
+
+ Jessinting 1
+
+ Saphoo 1
+
+ Ooshoo 1
+
+ Inferior retainers 4
+ --
+ 44 nearly 12 barrels.
+
+The inferior retainers of Quatchie Quofie gave four ackies of gold, and
+eight fathoms of cloth each. I was told these contributions were
+unusually small, from the command of the King that the greatest economy
+should be observed in every expenditure of powder, on account of the
+approaching war.
+
+We walked to Assafoo about twelve o’clock; the vultures were hovering
+around two headless trunks, scarcely cold. Several troops of women, from
+fifty to a hundred in each, were dancing by in movements resembling
+skaiting, lauding and bewailing the deceased in the most dismal, yet not
+discordant strains; audible, from the vast number, at a considerable
+distance. Other troops carried the rich cloths and silks of the deceased
+on their heads, in shining brass pans, twisted and stuffed into crosses,
+cones, globes, and a fanciful variety of shapes only to be imagined, and
+imposing at a small distance the appearance of rude deities. The faces,
+arms, and breasts of these women were profusely daubed with red earth,
+in horrid emulation of those who had succeeded in besmearing themselves
+with the blood of the victims. The crowd was overbearing; horns, drums,
+and muskets, yells, groans, and screeches invaded our hearing with as
+many horrors as were crowded on our sight. Now and then a victim was
+hurried by, generally dragged or run along at full speed; the uncouth
+dress, and the exulting countenances of those who surrounded him,
+likening them to as many fiends. I observed apathy, more frequently than
+despair or emotion, in the looks of the victims. The chiefs and captains
+were arriving in all directions, announced by the firing of muskets, and
+the peculiar flourishes of their horns, many of which were by this time
+familiar to us; they were then habited plainly as warriors, and were
+soon lost to our sight in the crowd. As old Odumata passed in his
+hammock, he bade us observe him well when he passed again: this prepared
+us in a small degree. Presently the King’s arrival in the market place
+was announced, the crowd rolled towards it impetuously, but the soldiery
+hacked on all sides indiscriminately, and formed a passage for the
+procession. Quatchie Quofie hurried by, plunging from side to side like
+a Bacchanal, drunk with the adulation of his bellowing supporters; his
+attitudes were responsive to the horror and barbarism of the exultations
+which inspired them. The victims, with large knives driven through their
+cheeks, eyed him with indifference; he them with a savage joy, bordering
+on phrenzy: insults were aggravated on the one, flattery lavished on the
+other. Our disgust was beguiled for an instant by surprise. The chiefs
+who had just before passed us in their swarthy cloths, and the dark
+gloomy habits of war, now followed Quatchie Quofie, glistening in all
+the splendor of their fetish dresses; (see drawing, No. I.) the
+sprightly variety of their movements ill accorded with the ceremony. Old
+Odumata’s vest was covered with fetish, cased invariably in gold or
+silver. A variety of extraordinary ornament and novel insignia, courted
+and reflected the sun in every direction. It was like a splendid
+pantomime after a Gothic tragedy.
+
+We followed to the market place. The King, and the chiefs not
+immediately connected with Quatchie Quofie, were seated under their
+canopies, with the usual insignia and retinue, and lined about the half
+of a circle, apparently half a mile in circumference; the soldiery
+completed it, their respective chiefs situated amongst them. Thirteen
+victims, surrounded by their executioners, whose black shaggy caps and
+vests gave them the appearance of bears rather than men, were pressed
+together by the crowd to the left of the King. The troops of women,
+before described, paraded without the circle, vociferating the dirge.
+Rum and palm wine were flowing copiously, horns and drums were exerted
+even to frenzy. In an instant there was a burst of musketry near the
+King, and it spread and continued incessantly, around the circle, for
+upwards of an hour. The soldiers kept their stations, but the chiefs,
+after firing, bounded once round the area with the gesture and
+extravagance of madmen; their panting followers enveloping them in
+flags, occasionally firing in all the attitudes of a scaramouch, and
+incessantly bellowing the strong names of their exulting chief, whose
+musket they snatched from his hands directly he had fired. An old hag,
+described as the head fetish woman of the family, screamed and plunged
+about in the midst of the fire as if in the greatest agonies. The
+greater the chief the heavier the charge of powder he is allowed to
+fire; the heaviest charge recollected, was that fired by the King on the
+death of his sister, 18 ackies, or an ounce avoirdupoise. Their
+blunderbusses and long guns were almost all braced closely with the
+cordage of the country; they were generally supported by their
+attendants whilst they fired, several did not appear to recover it for
+nearly a minute; Odumata’s old frame seemed shaken almost to
+dissolution. Many made a point of collecting near us, just within the
+circle, and firing as close as possible to startle us; the frequent
+bursting of their muskets made this rather alarming as well as
+disagreeable. The firing abated, they drank freely from the bowls of
+palm wine, religiously pouring a small quantity on the ground before
+they raised them to their lips.[89]
+
+The principal females of the family, many of them very handsome, and of
+elegant figures, came forward to dance; dressed, generally, in yellow
+silk, with a silver knife hung by a chain round their necks; one with a
+gold, another with a silver horn; a few were dressed as fetish women; an
+umbrella was held over the grand daughter as she danced. The Ashantees
+dance incomparably better than the people of the water side, indeed
+elegantly; the sexes do not dance separately, as in Fantee, but the man
+encircles the woman with a piece of silk which he generally flirts in
+his right hand, supports her round the waist, receives her elbows in the
+palms of his hands, and a variety of figures approximating, with the
+time and movement, very closely to the waltz.
+
+A dash of sheep and rum was exchanged between the King and Quatchie
+Quofie, and the drums announced the sacrifice of the victims. All the
+chiefs first visited them in turn; I was not near enough to distinguish
+wherefore. The executioners wrangled and struggled for the office, and
+the indifference with which the first poor creature looked on, in the
+torture he was from the knife passed through his cheeks, was remarkable:
+the nearest executioner snatched the sword from the others, the right
+hand of the victim was then lopped off, he was thrown down, and his head
+was sawed rather than cut off; it was cruelly prolonged, I will not say
+wilfully. Twelve more were dragged forward, but we forced our way
+through the crowd, and retired to our quarters. Other sacrifices,
+principally female, were made in the bush where the body was buried. It
+is usual to “wet the grave” with the blood of a freeman of
+respectability. All the retainers of the family being present, and the
+heads of all the victims deposited in the bottom of the grave, several
+are unsuspectingly called on in a hurry to assist in placing the coffin
+or basket, and just as it rests on the heads or skulls, a slave from
+behind stuns one of these freemen by a violent blow, followed by a deep
+gash in the back part of the neck, and he is rolled in on the top of the
+body, and the grave instantly filled up. A sort of carnival, varied by
+firing, drinking, singing, and dancing, was kept up in Assafoo for
+several days; the chiefs generally visiting it every evening, or sending
+their linguists with a dash of palm wine or rum to Quatchie Quofie; and
+I was given to understand, that, but for the approaching war and the
+necessary economy of powder, there would have been eight great customs
+instead of one, for this woman, one weekly, the King himself firing at
+the last. The last day, all the females in any way connected with the
+family (who are not allowed to eat for three days after the death,
+though they may drink as much palm wine as they please,) paraded round
+the town, singing a compliment and thanks to all those who had assisted
+in making the custom.
+
+On the death of a King, all the Customs which have been made for the
+subjects who have died during his reign, must be simultaneously repeated
+by the families, (the human sacrifices as well as the carousals and
+pageantry) to amplify that for the monarch, which is also solemnised,
+independently, but at the same time, in every excess of extravagance and
+barbarity. The brothers, sons, and nephews of the King, affecting
+temporary insanity, burst forth with their muskets, and fire
+promiscously amongst the crowd; even a man of rank, if they meet him, is
+their victim, nor is their murder of him or any other, on such an
+occasion, visited or prevented; the scene can scarcely be imagined. Few
+persons of rank dare to stir from their houses for the first two or
+three days, but religiously drive forth all their vassals and slaves, as
+the most acceptable composition of their own absence. The King’s Ocras,
+who will be mentioned presently, are all murdered on his tomb, to the
+number of a hundred or more, and women in abundance. I was assured by
+several, that the custom for Saï Quamina, was repeated weekly for three
+months, and that two hundred slaves were sacrificed, and 25 barrels of
+powder fired, each time. But the custom for the King’s mother, the
+regent of the kingdom during the invasion of Fantee, is most celebrated.
+The King of himself devoted 3000 victims, (upwards of 2000 of whom were
+Fantee prisoners) and 25 barrels of powder.[90] Dwabin, Kokoofoo,
+Becqua, Soota, and Marmpong, furnished 100 victims, and 20 barrels of
+powder, each, and most of the smaller towns 10 victims, and two barrels
+of powder, each. The Kings, and Kings only, are buried in the cemetery
+at Bantama, and the sacred gold buried with them; (see Laws;) their
+bones are afterwards deposited in a building there, opposite to which is
+the largest brass pan I ever saw, (for sacrifices,) being about five
+feet in diameter, with four small lions on the edge. Here human
+sacrifices are frequent and ordinary, to water the graves of the Kings.
+The bodies of chiefs are frequently carried about with the army, to keep
+them for interment at home, and eminent revolters or enemies also, to be
+exposed in the capital. Boiteäm, (the father of Otee the fourth
+linguist,) who accompanied the army of Abiniowa in his political
+capacity, dying at Akrofroom in Aquapim, during the campaign, his body
+was kept with the army two months before it arrived at Coomassie. I
+could not get any information on their treatment of the corpse, beyond
+their invariable reply that they smoked it well over a slow fire.
+
+The laws of Ashantee allow the King 3333 wives, which number is
+carefully kept up, to enable him to present women to those who
+distinguish themselves, but never exceeded, being in their eyes a
+mystical one. Many of these reside in a secluded part of the King’s
+croom, or country residence, at Barramang; a greater number in a croom,
+at the back of the palace, immediately in the marsh; and the remainder
+in two streets of the capital. Many, probably, the King has never seen.
+The streets as well as the croom, are inhabited by them exclusively, and
+never approached but by the King’s messengers, or their female
+relatives, who only communicate with them at the entrances, which are
+closed at each end with bamboo doors, where there is always a guard. If
+the King _consaws_ or marries an infant at the breast, which is not
+unfrequent, she is thenceforth confined to the house, and rigorously
+secluded from the sight of any but the female part of her family. The
+King has seldom more than six wives resident with him in the palace. On
+the occasion of signing the treaty, as explained in the public letter,
+about 300 were assembled, and none but the King’s Chamberlain, and the
+deputies of the parts of the government, were allowed to be present:
+they were addressed through their own linguist, a very decrepid old man;
+many of them were very handsome, and their figures exquisite. When they
+go out, which is seldom, they are encircled and preceded by troops of
+small boys with thongs or whips of elephants hide, who lash every one
+severely who does not quit their path for another, or jump into the bush
+with his hands before his eyes; and sometimes the offenders are heavily
+fined besides. The scrambling their approach occasioned, in the more
+public parts of the city, was very diverting; captains, caboceers,
+slaves, and children tumbling one over another. I was told what it cost
+the King daily to support them, but it has escaped me; they are said to
+live as daintily as himself. None but the chief eunuch, an immense
+creature, is allowed to bear a message to the King when in the seraglio
+of the palace.
+
+It has been mentioned before, that the King’s sisters are not only
+countenanced in intrigue, with any handsome subject, but they are
+allowed to choose any eminently so, (however inferior otherwise,) as a
+husband; who is presently advised by the King of his good fortune; thus
+they consider they provide for a personal superiority in their monarchs.
+But if the royal bride dies before the husband, unless his rank be
+originally elevated, he is expected to kill himself on the occasion, and
+also if the only male child dies: if he hesitates, he is peremptorily
+reminded that as either are his superiors, to whom he is to be
+considered as a slave, so he must attend them wherever they go; and when
+a male child is born, the father does it homage and acknowledges his
+vassalage in the most abject manner.
+
+The Ocra’s are distinguished by a large circle of gold suspended from
+the neck; many of them are favourite slaves, many, commoners who have
+distinguished themselves, and who are glad to stake their lives on the
+King’s, to be kept free from palavers and supported by his bounty, which
+they are entirely; some few are relatives and men of rank. All of the
+two former classes, excepting only the two or three individuals known to
+have been entrusted with the King’s state secrets, are sacrificed on his
+tomb. The royal messengers, and others of the suite have been described
+in the processions; they are sometimes fed in the palace, but they have
+a free seat at the table of every subject.
+
+The King has a troop of small boys, who carry the fetish bows and
+arrows, and are licensed plunderers; they are so sly and nimble, that it
+is very diverting to watch them in the market place, which they infest
+every morning. Whatever they can carry off is fair game, and cannot be
+required or recovered; but the loser, if he can catch them before they
+arrive at the palace, may beat them as severely as he pleases, short of
+mortal injury; however, they bear it as obdurately as young Spartans.
+Sometimes one party trips up a person with a load of provisions, whilst
+another scrambles them up: the anxious alarm of the market people,
+sitting with sticks in their hands, and the comic archness of these boys
+threading the crowd in all directions, is indescribable. Some of the
+earliest European travellers in Abyssinia met with a similar troop of
+royal plunderers, and I believe suffered from them; our property was
+always respected by them, but they used to entertain themselves with
+mimicking our common expressions and our actions, which they did
+inimitably: whilst sketching, they buzzed about me like musquitoes. The
+Ashantees are without exception the most surprising mimics I have ever
+heard. I have known a captain, called Adoo Quamina, repeat a sentence
+after I had finished it, of at least a dozen words, which he knew
+nothing about, and had not heard before. The King has a sort of buffoon,
+whose movements were as irresistibly comic as those of Grimaldi.
+
+The King appeared to have nearly a hundred negroes of different colors,
+through the shades of red and pink to white; they were collected for
+state, but were generally disgusting objects, diseased and emaciated;
+they always seemed as if going to shed their skins, and their eyes
+blinked in the light, as if it was not their element.
+
+About twenty pots of white soup, and twenty pots of black (made with
+palm nuts) are cooked daily at the palace, (besides those for the
+consumption of the household,) for visitors of consequence, and a
+periguin of gold is given daily to Yokokroko, the chamberlain, for palm
+wine. This would have appeared too large a sum, had I not witnessed the
+vast consumption and waste of it; for the vigour of an Ashantee being
+estimated by the measure of the draught he can drink off; nearly half is
+generally spilt over his beard, which it is his greatest pride and
+luxury to draw through his fingers when wet. The King was very proud of
+the superior length of his beard. A large quantity of palm wine is
+dashed to the retinues of all the captains attending in the course of
+the day; much is expended in the almost daily ceremony of drinking it in
+state in the market place; and our party was always well provided for in
+the course of the evening. The palm wine at the palace was seldom good,
+but a zest was excited by the exquisite polish of the plate in which it
+was served. Apokoo, Odumata, and others, sent us some daily that was
+excellent.
+
+It is to be observed that the King’s weights are one third heavier than
+the current weights of the country; and all the gold expended in
+provision being weighed out in the former, and laid out in the latter,
+the difference enriches the chamberlain, cook, and chief domestic
+officers of the palace, as it is thought derogatory to a King avowedly
+to pay his subjects for their services. In the same manner the linguists
+derive the greater part of their incomes, (their influence being
+occasionally purchased,) for all the dashes or presents of gold the King
+makes in the year, are weighed out by the royal weights, and re-weighed
+by them in the current ones. The law allows a debtor to recover of a
+reluctant or tardy creditor, in the King’s weights, besides the
+interest, (noticed in the laws,) if he is esteemed enough by Apokoo the
+treasurer, to be trusted with them; or rather, if he can afford to bribe
+him, or engages to share the profit with him.
+
+After a subject is executed for crime, the body and head are carried out
+of town by some of the King’s slaves, appointed for that purpose, and
+thrown where the wild beasts may devour them; but if the deceased be of
+any consequence, some of his friends conceal themselves near where they
+know the body will be carried, and purchase it, and the right of burial,
+of these domestics, generally for eight ackies. There are a number of
+fine large sheep, decorated with bells and other ornaments, about the
+palace. If any person gets into an ordinary palaver, and wishes the
+King’s interference in his favor, he goes to the captain who has the
+charge of these sheep, pays him 20 ackies for one, and sends or takes it
+to the King, as a dash, who commits it again to the care of the captain.
+
+When the King sends an ambassador, he enriches the splendor of his suite
+and attire as much as possible; sometimes provides it entirely; but it
+is all surrendered on the return, (except the additional wives) and
+forms a sort of public state wardrobe. The King’s system of espionage is
+much spoken of (for its address and infallibility) by Apokoo and others,
+who abet it. A shrewd but mean boy is attached to, or follows the
+embassy, (sometimes with a trader,) in the commonest capacity and
+meanest attire; and he is instructed to collect every report as he
+passes, and to watch the motions of the embassy as closely as possible.
+As the extortions of these deputies are always loudly and publicly
+complained of by the injured inhabitants of the dependent or tributary
+crooms they pass through, (perhaps being aware they will reach the
+King’s ears,) the particulars are easily acquired. The messengers who
+were sent with our first dispatches to Cape Coast, excusing the length
+of the time, (forty days) by alleging that it was found necessary to
+collect a session of the Fantee caboceers at Paintree; the King replied,
+“You tell me a lie; you fined a captain there four ounces for breaking
+an Ashantee law, and you waited to procure and expend the gold, not
+intending it should be known.” The men instantly confessed, and were put
+in irons; one was the brother of Yokokroko, who paid six ounces for his
+release, after several days.
+
+When the King spits, the boys with the elephants tails sedulously wipe
+it up, or cover it with sand; when he sneezes, every person present
+touches, or lays the two first fingers across the forehead and breast,
+as the Moors did when they pronounced a blessing, and the Ashantees,
+invariably, to propitiate one. These troops of boys who carry the
+elephants tails, are the sons of men of rank and confidence; for
+whenever the King dignifies a deserving subject, with what may be termed
+nobility, he exchanges some of his own sons or nephews, (from eight to
+fourteen years of age,) for those of the individual, who maintains them,
+and for whom they perform the same offices, as his own and others do for
+the King. Thus the present King (the short reign of his brother Saï
+Apokoo being unanticipated) carried an elephants tail before Apokoo,
+whose kindness and indulgence to the child secured the preference of the
+monarch.
+
+It is a frequent practice of the King’s, to consign sums of gold to the
+care of rising captains, without requiring them from them for two or
+three years, at the end of which time he expects the captain not only to
+restore the principal, but to prove that he has acquired sufficient of
+his own, from the use of it, to support the greater dignity the King
+would confer on him. If he has not, his talent is thought too mean for
+further elevation. Should he have no good traders amongst his
+dependents, (for if he has there is no difficulty) usury and worse
+resources are countenanced, and thought more creditable than a failure,
+ascribed to want of talent rather than to a regard of principle.
+
+The fees to the King’s household on a captain being raised to a stool,
+are generally eight ounces. I saw two instances of the King paying them
+himself; the individuals, very suddenly elevated for extraordinary
+courage, being too poor to do so. They were immediately dispatched to
+collect tributes, the per centage on which, (see Laws,) and the
+douceurs, which may be judged of by the amount provided for them in the
+settlement of the Commenda palaver, would possess them of a good sum to
+begin with.
+
+The interference of Amanquateä, Quatchie Quofie, Odumata, and Apokoo, is
+purchased at a most extravagant rate by offenders, whether foreigners or
+subjects; it is irresistible with the King; Apokoo is generally
+preferred; minor influence is purchased in proportion. No subject can
+sit in public with a cushion on his stool, unless it has been presented
+to him by the King, or one of the four, who, as well as all the other
+superior captains, receive a periguin of gold for every oath the King
+exacts of them.
+
+During the minority, or the earlier part of the reign of a monarch, the
+linguists and oldest counsellors visit him betimes every morning, and
+repeat, in turn, all the great deeds of his ancestors. The greatest
+deference seemed to be paid to aged experience or wisdom.
+
+Apokoo is the keeper of the royal treasury, and has the care of all the
+tributes, which are deposited, separately, in a large apartment of the
+palace, of which he only has the key. Numerous and various as the sums
+are, he disposes of them by a local association which is said to be
+infallible with him, for the Moorish secretary, (who resided some time
+at Hio,) only records the greater political events. Apokoo holds a sort
+of exchequer court at his own house daily, (when he is attended by two
+of the King’s linguists, and various state insignia,) to decide all
+cases affecting tribute or revenue, and the appeal to the King is seldom
+resorted to. He generally reclined on his lofty bed, (of accumulated
+cushions, and covered with a large rich cloth or piece of silk,) with
+two or three of his handsomest wives near him, whilst the pleadings were
+going forward. He was always much gratified when I attended, and rose to
+seat me beside him. I observed that all calculations were made,
+explained, and recorded, by cowries. In one instance, after being
+convinced by a variety of evidence that a public debtor was unable to
+pay gold, he commuted sixteen ounces of gold, for twenty men slaves.
+Several captains, who were his followers, attended this court daily with
+large suites, and it was not only a crowded, but frequently a splendid
+scene. Before the footoorh or treasury bag is unlocked by the weigher,
+though it be by the King’s order, Apokoo must strike it with his hand in
+sanction.
+
+In all public trials, the charges are preferred, in outline, against the
+criminal by the King’s linguists, and he is always heard fully, and
+obliged to commit or exculpate himself on every point, and to take the
+various primary oaths, before the witnesses are confronted with him; of
+whom he is kept as ignorant as possible until the moment of their
+appearance. The oaths, sometimes four or five, are progressive,
+generally beginning by the King’s foot, or some arbitrary form, and are,
+apparently, not considered awful or decisive; such perjuries being
+commutable by fine. But when the oath, “by the King’s father,” is
+administered, every one looks serious, and if, “by Cormantee and
+Saturday” (see History) is resorted to, there is a gloomy silence; but
+this is seldom ventured, if the witnesses, (hurried in with a sort of
+stage effect between that and the former oaths,) confound or perplex the
+accused.
+
+There are various ways of taking fetish; the two I observed, were,
+licking a white fowl twice or thrice, and drinking a nauseous vegetable
+juice without coughing: it was administered by the linguists out of a
+brass pan in a folded leaf of the plant. If the accused is cleared, he
+comes forward, and is marked with white chalk by the linguists, after
+which he bows to, and thanks all the great men in the council. Taking
+doom is the infallible test, when they consider the case to be too
+doubtful for human decision. The bark of that tree is put into a large
+calabash with water, so as to make a strong infusion; it is stirred up
+whilst the suspected parties sip in turn. It operates, instantaneously
+and convulsively, as a most violent emetic and purge; those who sip
+first may recover, and the dregs are frequently left designedly for the
+obnoxious.[91]
+
+The criers, upwards of a hundred, who always attend the linguists, are
+all deformed or maimed, to make them more conspicuous; they wear a
+monkey skin cap, with a gold plate in front, and the tail hanging down
+behind. Their common exclamations are, Tehoo! Tehing! Odiddee! Be
+silent! Be quiet! Pray hear! and these are so incessantly uttered, that
+they are themselves the only interruption. Several less interesting
+peculiarities are represented in the drawings of the Yam Custom, and
+associated with other subjects.
+
+A general is appointed to the command of an army by receiving a gold
+handled sword of the King’s from his hand, (who strikes him gently with
+it three times on the head,) swearing to return it encrusted with the
+blood of his conquered enemies. One of the King’s linguists always
+accompanies an army of any consequence, to whom all the politics of the
+war are entrusted, and whose talent and intelligence in negotiating, are
+expected to mature the fruits of the military genius of the general, and
+to reimburse the expense of the war by heavy fines and contributions.
+The Ashantees are as superior in discipline as in courage to the people
+of the water side, though their discipline is limited to the following
+precautions. They never pursue when it is near sun set; the general is
+always in the rear; the secondary captains lead the soldiers on, whilst
+those in command, with a few chosen individuals, urge them forward from
+the rear with their heavy swords, and cut any man down who retreats
+until the case is desperate. The first object of the Ashantee in close
+fight, is, to fire and spring upon the throat of his enemy; to advance
+every time he fires he feels to be imperative, if his commander thinks
+it possible, who would, otherwise, if he escaped death in the action,
+inflict it on him directly it was over. It is one of the sentences of
+the most popular song in Coomassie, “if I fight I die, if I run away I
+die, better I go on and die.” They are as the antient Spaniards have
+been described, “prodiga gens animæ et properare facillima mortem.” The
+general has his umbrella spread in the rear, and, besides his guard, has
+several extra muskets ready loaded for those soldiers who may be driven
+to him in case of reverse. His band plays all the time, and in his
+assumed contempt for the enemy, it is the etiquette for him to divert
+himself at some game, whilst the heads of the slain of any rank in the
+hostile army are sent to him to put his foot on. When the result of an
+important action is expected, even with an anxiety by no means sanguine,
+and the messengers are known to be near the capital, the King is always
+seated in public, with his golden worra board before him, playing with
+some dignitary; and thus receives the news, to impress the people with
+confidence by his affected indifference to victory or defeat, when
+superstition had revealed and fated inevitable success ultimately.
+
+All the superior captains have peculiar flourishes or strains for their
+horns, adapted to short sentences, which are always recognised, and will
+be repeated on enquiry by any Ashantee you may meet walking in the
+streets, though the horns are not only out of sight, but at a distance
+to be scarcely audible. These flourishes are of a strong and distinct
+character. The King’s horns uttered, “I pass all Kings in the world.”
+Apokoo’s, “Ashantees, do you do right now?” Gimma’s, “Whilst I live no
+harm can come.” Bundahenna’s, “I am a great King’s son.” Amanqua’s, “No
+one dares trouble me.” This will be further noticed in the chapter on
+Music. These peculiar flourishes are more particularly for their
+government in action, for all the soldiery, indeed I might say all the
+women and children, being familiar with every flourish, the positions of
+the various chiefs are judged of when they cannot be seen; whether they
+are advancing, falling back, or attempting to flank the enemy by
+penetrating the woods, is known, and the movements of all the others
+become co-operative, as much as possible. The King’s horns go to the
+market place every night, as near to midnight as they can judge, and
+flourish a very peculiar strain, which was rendered to me, “King Saï
+thanks all his captains and all his people for to-day.”
+
+Several of the hearts of the enemy are cut out by the fetish men who
+follow the army, and the blood and small pieces being mixed, (with much
+ceremony and incantation,) with various consecrated herbs, all those who
+have never killed an enemy before eat a portion, for it is believed that
+if they did not, their vigor and courage would be secretly wasted by the
+haunting spirit of the deceased. It was said that the King and all the
+dignitaries partook of the heart of any celebrated enemy; this was only
+whispered; that they wore the smaller joints, bones, and the teeth of
+the slain monarchs was evident as well as boasted. One man was pointed
+out to me, as always eating the heart of the enemy he killed with his
+own hand. The number of an army is ascertained or preserved in cowries
+or coin by Apokoo. When a successful general returns, he waits about two
+days at a short distance from the capital, to receive the King’s
+compliments, and to collect all the splendor possible for his entrée, to
+encourage the army and infatuate the people. The most famous generals
+are distinguished by the addition of warlike names, more terrific than
+glorious, as they designate their manner of destroying their prisoners.
+Apokoo was called Aboäwassa, because he was in the habit of cutting off
+their arms. Appia, Sheäboo, as he beats their heads in pieces with a
+stone. Amanqua, Abiniowa, as he cuts off their legs.
+
+The army is prohibited during the active parts of a campaign, from all
+food but meal, which each man carries in a small bag at his side, and
+mixes in his hands with the first water he comes to; this, they allege,
+is to prevent cooking fires from betraying their position, or
+anticipating a surprise. In the intervals, (for this meal is seldom
+eaten more than once a day,) they chew the boossee or gooroo nut. This
+meal is very nourishing and soon satisfies; we tried it on our march
+down. Ashantee spies have been stationed three and four days in the high
+trees overlooking Cape Coast Castle, with no other supply than this meal
+and a little water, before the army has shewn itself. There is always a
+distinct body of recruits with the army, to dispatch those with their
+knives whom the musket has only wounded, and they are all expected to
+return well armed from despoiling the enemy, or they are not esteemed of
+promise, and dismissed to some servile occupation. I could not find that
+they had any idea of fortifications, though undoubtedly common to the
+large cities on the Niger.
+
+It is the invariable policy of Ashantee to make the contingency of the
+power last subdued, the revolters recently quelled, or the allies last
+accepted, the van of their army throughout the campaign, and very
+frequently there are no Ashantees but captains with the army; but it is
+composed entirely of tributaries and allies. Thus Odumata subdued Banda
+with an army of Gamans. In the Ashantee body of the army, which is
+always that of reserve, the youngest or last made captain marches and
+engages first, and the others follow seriatim, until Odumata precedes
+Quatchie Quofie, Amanqua follows him, and Apokoo precedes the King. Were
+the country generally open, I have no doubt, necessity and their
+military genius would have suggested greater arrangement and compactness
+in their movement, which is nevertheless very orderly. Two divisions of
+an army are rarely allowed to go the same path, lest, being in want of
+supplies, the neighbourhood should prove inadequate. Aboidwee, our house
+master, (see correspondence on the Ashantee suicide) who has 1700
+retainers, always precedes the King’s or Apokoo’s division, (which will
+exclusively occupy the Banda path in the invasion of Gaman) to raise a
+bamboo house for the King’s reception when he comes up.
+
+Infants are frequently married to infants, for the connection of
+families; and infants are as frequently wedded by adults and elderly
+men. The ceremony is to send the smaller piece of cloth, worn around the
+middle, to the infant, and a handsome dash of gold to the mother, as her
+care then ceases to be a duty, but becomes a service performed to the
+husband, who also sends frequent presents for the support of the child.
+Apokoo told me it was a good plan for a man to adopt who wished to get
+gold, for as the circumstance was seldom generally known, the most
+innocent freedom when the girl became ten or eleven years old, grounded
+a palaver against the individual, though he might consider he was but
+fondling a child, and be wholly ignorant of her marriage. I afterwards
+understood from several others, that this view was the leading
+motive.[92]
+
+It frequently happens, when the family of the wife is too powerful for
+the husband to venture to put her to death for intrigue, that he takes
+off her nose as a stigma and punishment, and makes her the wife of one
+of his slaves. A wife who betrays a secret is sure to lose her upper
+lip, and, if discovered listening to a private conversation of her
+husband’s, an ear. Women so maimed are to be met with in all parts of
+the town. Prostitutes are numerous and countenanced. No Ashantee forces
+his daughter to become the wife of the man he wishes, but he instantly
+disclaims her support and protection on her refusal, and would persecute
+the mother if she afforded it; thus abandoned, they have no resource but
+prostitution. During the menses, the women of the capital retire to the
+plantations or crooms in the bush.[93]
+
+In visiting, the chief always gives his principal slaves a few sips of
+the liquor offered to him, not for security, for it is more frequently
+after than before he has drank, but as a mark of his favour. He will
+frequently give his daughter in marriage to a confidential slave, but
+where there are a few thus distinguished and indulged, (apparently as a
+political check upon a heterogeneous populace,) there are thousands
+barely existing.
+
+Their principal games are Worra[94] (see drawing, No. 10.) which I could
+not understand, and Drafts, which both Moors and Negroes play well and
+constantly. Their method resembles the Polish, they take and move
+backwards and forwards, and a king has the bishop’s move in chess. They
+have another game, for which a board is perforated like a cribbage
+board, but in numerous oblique lines, traversing each other in all
+directions, and each composed of three holes for pegs; the players begin
+at the same instant, with an equal number of pegs, and he who inserts or
+completes a line first, in spite of the baulks of his adversary, takes a
+peg from him, until the stock of either is exhausted.
+
+
+[Footnote 84: The description of the siege of Pondicherry in Voltaire
+occurred to me; it will assist the imagination of the reader: “De grands
+magasins de liqueurs fortes y entretenaient l’ivrognerie et tous les
+maux dont elle est le germe. C’est une situation qu’il faut avoir vue.
+Les travaux, les gardes de la tranchée étaient faits par des hommes
+ivres · · · · · · · · De-là les scènes les plus honteuses et les plus
+destructives de la subordination et de la discipline. On a vu des
+officiers se colleter avec des soldats et mille autres actions infâmes,
+dont le détail, renfermé dans les bornes de la vérité la plus exacte,
+paraîtrait une exagération monstreuse.”]
+
+[Footnote 85: In Ahanta, at the Contoom or Harvest custom, each family
+erects its rude altar, composed of four sticks driven in the ground, and
+twigs laid across the top; the whole is then covered with fresh pulled
+leaves. A hog, a sheep, a goat, or a fowl is killed, according to the
+means of the family, and the most delicate parts laid on the altar, a
+mixture is made of eggs, palm oil, palm wine, the blood of the animal
+slain, and other ingredients, and also dedicated to the fetish, in small
+pots placed on the altar. In a few days these altars become so offensive
+as to render it disagreeable to pass them, but they are never removed.]
+
+[Footnote 86:
+
+
+ “Idem ter socios purâ circumtulit undâ,
+
+ Spargens rore levi et ramo felicis olivæ.” Æn. VI.
+
+
+]
+
+[Footnote 87: The Ahanta’s divide time into periods of three weeks. The
+first week is called Adaï, and is termed the good week, in which much
+work is done; and traders visit the markets more frequently in this week
+than at any other time, supposing all they do in it must prosper. The
+second week is Ajamfoe, or the bad week, in which no work or trade is
+done, the natives believing every thing undertaken in it must fail. The
+third week is Adim, or the little good week, in which they both work and
+trade, but not as much as in the Adaï.]
+
+[Footnote 88:
+
+
+ · · · Tum membra toro defleta reponunt,
+
+ Purpureasque super vestes, velamina nota,
+
+ Conjiciunt;
+
+ Æn. VI.
+
+
+In Fantee they dress the body richly, and usually prop it erect in a
+chair, exposing it until it is dangerous to do so any longer: they bury
+it in their house, with as many gold ornaments as they can afford to
+dedicate. The men called the town drummers are only allowed to die
+standing, and when expiring are snatched up, and supported in that
+posture. In Ahanta they frequently exhibit the body chalked all over.]
+
+[Footnote 89:
+
+
+ “Hic duo rite mero libans carchesia Baccho
+
+ “Fundit humi.
+
+ Æn. V.
+
+ “Οἶνον δ’ἐκ δεπάων χαμάδις χέον, οὐδέ τις ἔτλη
+
+ “Πρὶν πιέειν, πρὶν λεῖψαι ὑπερμενέϊ Κρονίωνι.”
+
+ Ομηρ. η.
+
+
+The Ashantees do so not only on solemn occasions, but invariably; and it
+would seem that the Greeks did, from the following words of Hecuba to
+Hector,
+
+
+ “Ἀλλὰ μέν’, ὄφρα κέ τοι μελιηδέα οἶνον ἐνείκω,
+
+ Ὡς σπείσῃς Διῒ πατρὶ καὶ ἄλλοις ἀθανάτοισι
+
+ Πρῶτον· ἔπειτα δέ κ’αὐτὸς ὀνήσεαι, αἴ κε πίῃσθα·”
+
+ Ομηρ, ζ.
+]
+
+[Footnote 90: Suetonius tells us that Augustus sacrificed 300 of the
+principal citizens of Perusia, to the manes of his uncle Julius. We read
+in Prevost, that 64080 persons were sacrificed, with aggravated
+barbarity, in the dedication of a temple in Mexico.]
+
+[Footnote 91: In the Warsaw country there is said to be a more dreadful
+poison called Sabë: if it is thrown upon the skin, it is absorbed by the
+pores, and has nearly the same instantaneous mortal effect as when given
+internally.]
+
+[Footnote 92: On the Coast, the bride’s character is very notoriously
+published, for part of the husband’s present to her family being a flask
+of rum, and that not sent until the next day; whether it is brimful, or
+somewhat wanting, indicates her virginity, or early frailty.]
+
+[Footnote 93: The women of Ahanta, on the same occasion, are prohibited
+from entering any inhabited place; and if they attempt to go into a
+house, are heavily fined or punished. If the family is respectable, they
+generally erect a temporary shed to shelter her; the poorer class are
+forced to endure the inclemencies of the weather without any retreat.]
+
+[Footnote 94: This game is said to be played in Syria also.]
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER VI.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ _Architecture, Arts, and Manufactures._
+
+
+The construction of the ornamental architecture of Coomassie reminded me
+forcibly of the ingenious essay of Sir James Hall, (in the Edinburgh
+Philosophical Transactions,) tracing the Gothic order to an
+architectural imitation of wicker work. The drawings will serve to shew
+the various and uncommon character of their architectural ornaments,
+adopted from those of interior countries, and, confessedly, in no degree
+originating with themselves.
+
+In building a house, a mould was made for receiving the swish or clay,
+by two rows of stakes and wattle work, placed at a distance equal to the
+intended thickness of the wall; as two mud walls were raised at
+convenient distances, to receive the plum pudding stone which formed the
+walls of the vitrified fortresses in Scotland. The interval was then
+filled up with a gravelly clay, mixed with water, with which the outward
+surface of the frame or stake work was also thickly plastered, so as to
+impose the appearance of an entire thick mud wall. The houses had all
+gable ends, and three thick poles were joined to each; one from the
+highest point, forming the ridge of the roof, and one on each side, from
+the base of the triangular part of the gable; these supported a frame
+work of bamboo, over which an interwoven thatch of palm leaves was laid,
+and tied with the runners of trees, first to the large poles running
+from gable to gable, and afterwards, (within,) to the interlacing of the
+bamboo frame work, which was painted black and polished, so as to look
+much better than any rude cieling would, of which they have no idea; a
+small part appears in the houses in the drawing of Adoom-street (No. 9.)
+The pillars, which assist to support the roof, and form the proscenium
+or open front, (which none but captains are allowed to have to their
+houses) were thick poles, afterwards squared with a plastering of swish.
+The steps and raised floor of these rooms were clay and stone, with a
+thick layer of red earth, which abounds in the neighbourhood, and these
+were washed and painted daily, with an infusion of the same earth in
+water; it has all the appearance of red ochre, and from the abundance of
+iron ore in the neighbourhood, I do not doubt it is.
+
+The walls still soft, they formed moulds or frame works of the patterns
+in delicate slips of cane, connected by grass. The two first slips (one
+end of each being inserted in the soft wall) projected the relief,
+commonly mezzo: the interstices were then filled up with the plaster,
+and assumed the appearance depicted. The poles or pillars were sometimes
+encircled by twists of cane, intersecting each other, which, being
+filled up with thin plaster, resembled the lozenge and cable ornaments
+of the Anglo-Norman order; the quatre-foil was very common, and by no
+means rude, from the symmetrical bend of the cane which formed it. I saw
+a few pillars, (after they had been squared with the plaster) with
+numerous slips of cane pressed perpendicularly on to the wet surface,
+which being covered again with a very thin coat of plaster, closely
+resembled fluting. When they formed a large arch, they inserted one end
+of a thick piece of cane in the wet clay of the floor or base, and
+bending the other over, inserted it in the same manner; the entablature
+was filled up with wattle work plastered over. Arcades and piazzas were
+common. A white wash, very frequently renewed, was made from a clay in
+the neighbourhood. Of course the plastering is very frail, and in the
+relief frequently discloses the edges of the cane, giving however a
+piquant effect, auxiliary to the ornament. The doors were an entire
+piece of cotton wood, cut with great labour out of the stems or
+buttresses of that tree; battens variously cut and painted were
+afterwards nailed across. (See drawing, No. 5.) So disproportionate was
+the price of labour to that of provision, that I gave but two tokoos for
+a slab of cotton wood, five feet by three. The locks they use are from
+Houssa, and quite original; one will be sent to the British Museum.
+Where they raised a first floor, the under room was divided into two by
+an intersecting wall, to support the rafters for the upper room, which
+were generally covered with a frame work thickly plastered over with red
+ochre. I saw but one attempt at flooring with plank, it was cotton wood
+shaped entirely with an adze, and looked like a ship’s deck. The windows
+were open wood work, carved in fanciful figures and intricate patterns,
+and painted red; the frames were frequently cased in gold, about as
+thick as cartridge paper.
+
+What surprised me most, and is not the least of the many circumstances
+deciding their great superiority over the generality of Negroes, was the
+discovery that every house had its cloacæ, besides the common ones for
+the lower orders without the town. They were generally situated under a
+small arch way in the most retired angle of the building, but not
+unfrequently up stairs, within a separate room like a small closet, (see
+drawing No. 3.) where the large hollow pillar also assists to support
+the upper story: the holes are of a small circumference, but dug to a
+surprising depth, and boiling water is daily poured down, which
+effectually prevents the least offence. The rubbish and offal of each
+house was burnt every morning at the back of the street, and they were
+as nice and cleanly in their dwellings as in their persons.
+
+[Illustration: ODUMATA’S SLEEPING ROOM.
+
+_No. 5._]
+
+[Illustration: _Drawn by T. E. Bowdich Esqr._
+
+_No. 6._
+
+INNER SQUARE of APOOKOOS HOUSE.
+
+_Published Decr. 2, 1818, by John Murray, Albemarle Street._]
+
+[Illustration: THE OLDEST HOUSE in COOMASSEE.
+
+_No. 3._]
+
+[Illustration: _Drawn by T. E. Bowdich Esqr._
+
+_No. 4._
+
+PART of the QUARTERS of the MISSION.
+
+_Published Decr. 2, 1818, by John Murray, Albemarle Street._]
+
+Drawing No. 3, is one of the oldest houses in Coomassie, inherited by
+the unfortunate Bakkee, and part of the quarters of the Mission. Its
+comparative rudeness is evident.
+
+No. 4, is a more modern part of the same house, being one side of a
+small area about 15 feet square, allotted to the chief officer of the
+Embassy. These areas are all distinct, and a house consists of an
+indefinite number of them, some 36 feet square, with several long
+courts. In paying a visit to a principal man, the state was to detain us
+some minutes at the door of each area, as he generally received us in
+the innermost. The figure is one of the King’s body guards, which have
+been described before. The figures are introduced to shew the proportion
+of the buildings, and to give some idea of the costume.
+
+No. 5, is the exterior of a bed room of Odumata’s, which is one side of
+an oblong area in a very retired angle of his house, about 25 feet by 8.
+The cloth suspended to the left of the door on the top of the steps,
+hides the bloody stools which are in the recess. The small gallery in
+front of the upper room is only wide enough for one person to walk in.
+The recess and small room below accommodate confidential slaves. The bed
+room was very small, about 8 feet square, but being hung round with a
+variety of gold and silver ornaments, had a very rich appearance. The
+bed is generally about 5 feet high, and composed entirely of large silk-
+cotton pillows piled one above another. The King of Gaman, we were
+assured, had steps of solid gold to ascend to his bed. A man wearing a
+crier’s cap, is playing the sanko.
+
+No. 6, is a perspective view of the entrance area to Apokoo’s house; the
+fourth side is an open fronted building like those on the right and left
+for attendants to wait in, and for the hearing of palavers. The opposite
+closed side is a bed room. The figure is playing the bentwa (see Music.)
+
+[Illustration: PART of a PIAZZA in the PALACE.
+
+_No. 7._]
+
+[Illustration: _Drawn by T. E. Bowdich Esqr._
+
+_No. 8._
+
+PART of a PIAZZA in the PALACE.
+
+_Published Decr. 2, 1818, by John Murray, Albemarle Street._]
+
+[Illustration: _Drawn by T. E. Bowdich Esqr._
+
+_No. 9._
+
+PART of ADOOM STREET.
+
+_Published Decr. 2, 1818, by John Murray, Albemarle Street._]
+
+[Illustration: _Drawn by T. E. Bowdich Esqr._
+
+_No. 10._
+
+THE KINGS SLEEPING ROOM.
+
+_Published Decr. 2, 1818, by John Murray, Albemarle Street._]
+
+No. 7, is a part of a piazza, which lines the interior of the wall
+secluding the palace from the street. The piazza is 200 yards long, and
+inhabited by captains and other attendants on the King; above is a small
+gallery. Piles of skulls, and drums ornamented with them, are frequent
+in this piazza. The figure is a common soldier of Ashantee, his belt
+ornamented with red shells, and stuck full of knives.
+
+No. 8, is the upper end of the piazza, which is more ornamented, and
+appropriated to the superior captains, who have each a suite of rooms,
+marked by the small doors under the piazza. A woman is dancing whilst a
+man plays the flute and rattle.
+
+No. 9, is a view of part of Adoom-street: each open front denotes the
+residence of a captain, being used for talking palavers, receiving
+strangers, observing or superintending customs, and evening recreation.
+The dwelling is entered by the small door at the side, which generally
+leads through a narrow passage or court to a large area like No. 6, and
+thence by various intricate ways to smaller and more retired areas like
+No. 4 and No. 5. A fetish woman has just quitted the centre house; she
+has on a white cloth, and various pieces of rich silk are hanging round
+her girdle, her breasts are confined with a scarf, a fillet encircles
+her head, in each hand she waves a horse’s tail, and she continues
+yelling and swinging round and round until she is quite stupified. A
+weaver and loom are on her right, and a market woman under her shed on
+the left.
+
+No. 10, is the exterior of the King’s bed room, being one side of an
+inner area, about 30 feet square. The stunted silk-cotton and the
+manchineal tree are fetish or sacred, as are the white and red rags at
+the top of the pole, and the small brass cups supported by the forked
+sticks. The colored bags hanging over the round doors (the chequering of
+which is in relief,) contain Moorish charms. The carving of the left
+hand window is cased in silver, of the right hand, in gold. The two men
+are playing at Worra. The King made frequent enquiries about the
+architecture of England, of which we gave him some idea by drawings. He
+was very fond of referring to a project ascribed to Saï Cudjo, and which
+he declared he would carry into effect directly the Gaman war was over.
+This was to build a house for his own immediate residence, roofed with
+brass pans, beaten into flat surfaces, and laid over an ivory frame work
+appearing within. The windows and the doors to be cased in gold, and the
+door posts and pillars of ivory. Whether the Moors originated or
+encouraged this extravagance by the descriptions in their tales, for
+some of the stories of the Arabian Nights were commonly in their mouths,
+or whether it was the scheme of his own disposition, prone to
+magnificence and novelty, the King dwelt ardently on the intention, and
+by their frequent conversations on the subject, his chiefs appeared
+scarcely less anxious for the execution than himself. He meditated great
+improvements and embellishments in his capital, on his return from the
+war, when it was intended that every captain should be presented with an
+extraordinary sum out of the public treasury, for adorning or enlarging
+his house. The ruined streets between Asafoo and Bantama were to be
+rebuilt, and the six or seven small crooms between Coomassie and
+Baramang, (the King’s country residence,) were to be pulled down, and
+the inhabitants to occupy a wide street to extend from the city to that
+croom. This was the darling design of the King; he had already made a
+sound, broad, and almost direct road, and numerous labourers were
+continuing to bring it as near as possible to a straight line.
+
+The Ashantee loom is precisely on the same principle as the English; it
+is worked by strings held between the toes; the web is never more than
+four inches broad. A weaver is represented in the drawing, No. 3, and a
+small loom complete is amongst the articles for the British Museum. They
+use a spindle, and not a distaff, for spinning, holding it in one hand,
+and twisting the thread, (which has a weight at the end,) with the
+finger and thumb of the other. The fineness, variety, brilliance, and
+size of their cloths would astonish, could a more costly one be
+exhibited; in the absence of which, that for the Museum will doubtless
+be admired for the two first qualities, and for having precisely the
+same appearance on both sides. I shall notice in the Chapter on Trade,
+that the richest silks are unravelled to weave into them. The white
+cloths, which are principally manufactured in Inta and Dagwumba, they
+paint for mourning with a mixture of blood and a red dye wood. The
+patterns are various, and not inelegant, and painted with so much
+regularity, with a fowl’s feather, that they have all the appearance of
+a coarse print at a distance. I have seen a man paint as fast as I could
+write. There will be a very fair specimen in the British Museum, the
+price of painting which was one ackie.
+
+They have two dye woods, a red and a yellow, specimens of which I
+brought down; they make a green by mixing the latter with their blue
+dye, in which they excel; it is made from a plant called acassie,
+certainly not the indigo, which grows plentifully on the Coast. The
+acassie rises to the height of about two feet, and according to the
+natives, bears a red flower, but the leaf is not small, fleshy, or soft,
+nor is it pale or silvery coloured underneath; it is a thin acuminate
+leaf about five inches long, and three broad, of a dark green.[95] I
+regret to add, our best specimens of this plant perished in the
+disasters of our march, and no drawing was made of it, as it bore no
+flower in that season; it grows abundantly in the woods, and produces a
+fast and beautiful colour without requiring a mordant. They gather a
+quantity of the leaves, bruise them in a wooden mortar, and spread them
+out on a mat to dry, this mass is kept for use, a proportion of it is
+put into a pot of water and remains six days previous to immersing the
+thread, which is left in six days, drying it once every day in the sun,
+it is then a deep lasting blue colour. When a light blue is wished for,
+the thread is only allowed to remain in the dye pot three days.
+
+They excel in pottery, as the pipes for the Museum will shew; they are
+rested on the ground when smoked; the clay is very fine, polished (after
+baking) by friction, and the grooves of the patterns filled up with
+chalk. They have also a black pottery which admits of a high polish.
+
+The people of Dagwumba surpass the Ashantees in goldsmith’s work, though
+the latter may be esteemed proficients in the art. The small articles
+for the Museum, a gold stool, sanko, bell, jaw bone, and drum, are not
+such neat specimens as I could wish; the man who made them having too
+much costly work on hand for the King, to pay our trifles his wonted
+attention; unfortunately too, he was committed to prison before they
+were quite finished; however, they will give an idea. I weighed out
+nineteen ackies and a half of gold dust for making these articles, one
+third of an ackie was lost in melting, and five was the charge of the
+goldsmith. We lost a beautiful silver pipe in the bustle. Bees wax for
+making the model of the article wanted, is spun out on a smooth block of
+wood, by the side of a fire, on which stands a pot of water; a flat
+stick is dipped into this, with which the wax is made of a proper
+softness; it takes about a quarter of an hour to make enough for a ring.
+When the model is finished, it is enclosed in a composition of wet clay
+and charcoal, (which being closely pressed around it forms a mould,)
+dried in the sun, and having a small cup of the same materials attached
+to it, (to contain the gold for fusion,) communicating with the model by
+a small perforation. When the whole model is finished, and the gold
+carefully enclosed in the cup, it is put in a charcoal fire with the cup
+undermost. When the gold is supposed to be fused, the cup is turned
+uppermost, that it may run into the place of the melted wax; when cool
+the clay is broken, and if the article is not perfect it goes through
+the whole process again. To give the gold its proper colour, they put a
+layer of finely ground red ochre, (which they call Inchuma,) all over
+it, and immerge it in boiling water mixed with the same substance and a
+little salt; after it has boiled half an hour, it is taken out and
+thoroughly cleansed from any clay that may adhere to it. Their bellows
+are imitations of ours, but the sheep skin they use being tied to the
+wood with leather thongs, the wind escapes through the crevices,
+therefore when much gold is on the fire they are obliged to use two or
+three pair at the same time. Their anvils are generally a large stone,
+or a piece of iron placed on the ground. Their stoves are built of swish
+(about three or four feet high) in a circular form, and are open about
+one fifth of the circumference; a hole is made through the closed part
+level with the ground, for the nozzle of the bellows. Their weights are
+very neat brass casts of almost every animal, fruit, or vegetable known
+in the country. The King’s scales, blow pan, boxes, and weights, and
+even the tongs which hold the cinder to light his pipe, were neatly made
+of the purest gold that could be manufactured.
+
+Their blacksmith’s work is performed with the same sort of forge as the
+above, but they have no idea of making iron from ore, as their interior
+neighbours do. Their swords are generally perforated in patterns like
+fish trowels; frequently they make two blades springing parallel from
+one handle, which evince very fine workmanship. The needles and
+castanets will only give some idea of their progress. The iron stone is
+of a dark red colour, spotted with gray, and intermixed with what had
+all the appearance of lava, they cut bullets out of it for the army,
+when lead is scarce. I have brought some arrows of native iron. They
+have no idea of making a lock like the people of Houssa and Marrowa.
+
+They tan or dress leather in Ashantee, but they do this, and dye it, in
+a very superior manner in Houssa and Dagwumba; see the sandals and
+cushion in the British Museum, the former varied and apparently
+stitched; doubting that there could be such stitching, I undid a part,
+and discovered that they perforated the surface, and then stuck in the
+fine shreds of leather. The curious will observe, that the patterns of
+the stool cushion are all produced by paring the surface. They make
+their soldiers belts and pouches out of elephant or pig skin, ornamented
+with red shells. (See drawing, No. 7.)
+
+Of their carpenter’s work the stool is a fair specimen, being carved out
+of a solid piece of a wood called zesso, white, soft, and bearing a high
+polish; it is first soaked in water. They sell such a stool for about
+three shillings, in Accra or Fantee it would fetch twenty. The umbrella
+is even more curious, the bird is cut almost equal to turning, and the
+whole is so supple that it may be turned inside out. This, only a
+child’s umbrella, is a model of the large canopies I have described in
+the procession; I gave a piece of cloth value twenty shillings for it.
+The sanko or guitar is also neatly made, and the chasteness and Etruscan
+character of the carving is very surprising. The surface of the wood is
+first charred in the fire, and then carved deep enough to disclose the
+original white in the stripes or lines of the patterns.
+
+Numbers of workmen are employed in breaking, rounding, and boring the
+snail shells, as big as a turkey’s egg generally, and sometimes as large
+as a conch. They are first broken into numerous pieces, then chipped
+round, the size of a sleeve button, and afterwards bored with a bow and
+iron style fixed in a piece of wood. Lastly they are strung, and
+extended in rows on a log of wood, and rubbed with a soft and bluish
+gray stone and water, until they become perfectly round.
+
+Their pine apple thread is very strong, and is made from the fineness of
+a hair to the thickness of whip cord, it bleaches to a beautiful
+whiteness, and would answer for sewing any strong material, but, when
+muslin is stitched with it, it is liable to be cut from the harshness.
+The women frequently join their cloths, and ornament their handkerchiefs
+with a zigzag pattern, worked with unravelled silks of different
+colours. The fetish case is a specimen of their needle work, in the
+manner of chain stitch.
+
+
+[Footnote 95: It is a shrub with opposite leaves, no stipules, and
+having a certain degree of resemblance to _Marsdenia suave-olens_ (the
+indigo of Sumatra) but as the leaves are toothed in the acassie, it
+probably does not belong even to the same natural order.]
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER VII.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ _Climate, Population, Revenue, City, Market, &c._
+
+
+The climate will be best judged of by the account of the thermometer
+(from May to February) in the Appendix. During the first two months, May
+and June, it rained about one third of the time, throughout July and
+August it rained nearly half, and abrupt tornadoes were frequent in the
+evening, just after sun set, ushered in by a strong wind from the south-
+west. The heaviest rains were from the latter end of September to the
+beginning of November, they fell even in more impetuous torrents than
+are witnessed on the coast.[96] The influence of the harmattan was
+described as very powerful. Generally speaking, from the elevation of
+Ashantee, (unfortunately we had no barometer,) it was much cooler in
+Coomassie than at Cape Coast; indeed, from four to six in the morning,
+there was a severity of cold unknown on the coast.
+
+I can only calculate the population of the kingdom of Ashantee, small in
+itself, from its military force, of which the following is the most
+moderate of the estimates I received.
+
+ Coomassie district (extending to the northern frontier) 60,000
+
+ Dwabin ditto 35,000
+
+ Marmpon ditto 15,000
+
+ Soota ditto 15,000
+
+ Kokoofoo ditto 15,000
+
+ Becqua ditto 12,000
+
+ Adiabin ditto (between Coomassie and the lake) 12,000
+
+ Aphwagwiasee ditto 10,000
+
+ Daniasee ditto (southwards of Coomassie) 8,000
+
+ Koontarasie ditto (on the lake) 8,000
+
+ Gamasie ditto 8,000
+
+ Amafoo ditto 6,000
+ -------
+ 204,000
+
+This appears an extravagant force, until we recollect that it is
+probably one fifth of the whole population.[97] The Romans when they
+were a nation of warriors, which these people are, raised a military
+force equally great in proportion to their population. Barbot heard of
+the Ashantees losing 50,000 men in two actions, an exaggeration which,
+nevertheless, serves to argue great military resources. Since the
+Ashantee invasions, their disposable force has been estimated by old
+residents in public reports, as upwards of 150,000. From the above
+particular statement, the population may be estimated at one million,
+which I believe is little more than half the population of Scotland, the
+area of which must be more than double that of Ashantee, which certainly
+does not contain more than 14,000 square miles. Amanquateä, Quatchie
+Quofie, Odumata, and Apokoo’s forces alone amounted to 25,000. The
+contingencies at command from tributaries, (21 in number) are too
+indefinite to attempt to detail. Neither Inta or Dagwumba furnish any,
+the Ashantees pretending to despise their troops too much to use them.
+The following, which are known to be pretty correct, have generally been
+the first called into action:
+
+ Coranza 10,000
+
+ Assin 8,000
+
+ Takima 6,000
+
+ Dankara 5,000
+
+ Warsaw 7,000
+
+ Booroom 12,000
+
+ Sawee 4,000
+
+ Akim 4,000, before their later destructive revolts 16,000
+
+ Aquapim, &c. 1,000
+
+Though polygamy is tolerated to such an excess amongst the higher
+orders, I do not think, from observation, that the proportion of women
+to men is two to one. Most of the lower order of freemen have but one
+wife, and very few of the slaves (the greater proportion of the military
+force) any. The following calculation is the only one I can think of,
+and it supports my impression after five months residence.
+
+ 204,000 Men able to bear arms, about one-fifth of the
+ whole population 1,000,000
+
+ 101,000 Or one-fourth, children under ten years of age as
+ found in Great Britain.
+
+ 50,000 Boys above that age not capable of bearing arms.
+
+ 7,000 Or one in about 28 incapacitated by old age or
+ accidents, as found in Great Britain.
+ -------
+ 362,000 Males 362,000
+ -------
+ Females 638,000
+
+The men are very well made, but not so muscular as the Fantees; their
+countenances are frequently aquiline. The women also are generally
+handsomer than those of Fantee, but it is only amongst the higher orders
+that beauty is to be found, and amongst them, free from all labour or
+hardship, I have not only seen the finest figures, (which the ease of
+their costume and habits may account for,) but, in many instances,
+regular Grecian features, with brilliant eyes set rather obliquely in
+the head. Beauty in a Negress must be genuine, since complexion
+prejudices instead of imposes, and the European adjudges it to the
+features only, which appeared in this class to be Indian rather than
+African; nor is it surprising, when we recollect that they are selected
+from, or are the daughters of the handsomest slaves or captives; or are
+expressly chosen by their interior neighbours, to compose part of their
+tribute to the King of Ashantee, who retains but a small proportion.
+
+Both men and women are particularly cleanly in their persons, the latter
+washing themselves, and the former being washed by them daily on rising,
+from head to foot, with warm water and Portuguese soap, using afterwards
+the vegetable grease or butter, which is a fine cosmetic. Their cloths,
+which are beetled, are always scrupulously clean. The lowest orders are
+generally dirty. Occasionally, small delicate patterns in green or white
+paint are traced on their cheeks and temples. The Moorish negresses
+darken the edges of their eye lids with lead reduced to a fine powder.
+The ore was brought from Mallowa and is very rich. The powder is
+moistened a little, and kept in small boxes, like bodkin cases with a
+bulb at the end, and prettily covered with cow’s hair, within which is a
+metal stylus to apply the powder, as the women of India do antimony for
+this purpose. Top-cloths are generally worn, and not by the higher order
+only as in Fantee. They are commonly of a coarse silk bought at
+Dagwumba. They wear little or no antiffoo, a sort of cushion projecting
+from just below the small of the back in the Fantee women, by the size
+of which, frequently preposterous, and at all times unsightly, their
+rank, or the number of their children is known. The bosoms of girls of
+thirteen and fourteen are frequently models, but the young women
+sedulously destroy this beauty for what is considered a greater, wearing
+a broad band tight across their breasts, until ceasing to be globular
+they project conically. Their heads are shaved in fanciful elaborate
+patterns, having as intricate an appearance as a rich carpet.
+
+The food of the higher orders is principally soup of dried fish, fowls,
+beef, or mutton, (according to the fetish,) and ground nuts stewed in
+blood. The poorer class make their soups of dried deer, monkeys flesh,
+and frequently of the pelts of skins. Yams, plantains, and foofoos, (see
+the kouskous of Mr. Park) are commonly eaten, and they do not make
+cankey of their corn, (a coarser sort of kouskous not cleared from the
+husk) as the Fantees do, but they roast it on the stalk, and when young
+the flavour closely resembles that of green peas. Besides palm wine they
+drink Pittō, made from dried corn, which I think must have been the beer
+Lieutenant Martyn relished so much, for it is quite as pleasant as a
+brisk small ale. They are forbidden eggs by the fetish, and cannot be
+persuaded to taste milk, which is only drank by the Moors. Their stews
+and white soups are excellent, and my companions reported their black
+soups (made with palm oil) to be equally so.
+
+I cannot pretend to calculate the variable revenue of Ashantee, nor
+indeed to report its optional sources; I noted a few particulars.
+
+1. The dust gold of all deceased and disgraced subjects. Boiteäm, the
+father of Otee, left five jars (said to hold about four gallons each)
+and two flasks. On Appia Nanu’s disgrace three jars were seized.
+
+2. A tax in gold upon all slaves purchased for the coast.[98] Customs
+paid in gold by all traders returning from the coast, levied near Ansa
+in Assin.
+
+3. A tax on the elephant hunters.
+
+4. The small pits in Soko, which with the washings were reported to
+yield, sometimes 2,000 ounces per month, at others not more than 700.
+
+5. The daily washings throughout Dankara, and the hills dividing Akim
+and Assin; very rich in gold.
+
+6. A tax on every chief increasing the number of his gold ornaments.
+Apokoo paid 20 periguins to the King on melting 100.
+
+7. The soil of the market place (see Laws) has been washed but twice
+during the present reign. I was told it produced about 800 ounces of
+gold each time. During our stay a heavy rain washed down a large
+quantity, which was replaced and carefully covered with the soil, by the
+Captain in charge of the market place. It was very easily seen after
+rain.
+
+The tributes of the various nations they had subdued, were in some
+instances fixed, but more frequently indefinite, being proportioned to
+the exigencies of the year; indeed from various conversations with
+Apokoo and others, and my own observations during state palavers, it
+appeared that the necessities and the designs of the Ashantee government
+were the superior considerations, and the rule in levying tribute every
+where. I made the following memoranda.
+
+Inta and Dagwumba never pay in gold, which though plentiful from
+commerce, is not found there, cowries being the circulating medium.
+Their capitals and all their large towns send the following tribute
+annually, and the smaller in proportion.
+
+ 500 Slaves.
+
+ 200 Cows.
+
+ 400 Sheep.
+
+ 400 Cotton cloths.
+
+ 200 Ditto and silk.
+
+Takima a smaller proportion of the same kind.
+
+Coranza is generally excused, from fidelity, and a long series of
+military services.
+
+ Sawee 200 periguins annually.
+
+ Moinseän 50 bendas ditto.
+
+ Gaman had paid, (besides all large
+ pieces of rock gold,) 100 periguins ditto.
+
+Akim, Assin, Warsaw, Aowin, &c. &c. were taxed indefinitely by crooms.
+
+Coomassie is built upon the side of a large rocky hill of iron stone. It
+is insulated by a marsh close to the town northwards, and but a narrow
+stream; half a mile distant from it N.W., and 60 yards broad; close to
+it N.E., E., S.E., and S., and about 100, 20, 70, and 50 yards broad at
+these points. In many parts depth after heavy rains was five feet, and
+commonly two. The marsh contains many springs, and supplies the town
+with water, but the exhalation covers the city with a thick fog morning
+and evening, and engenders dysentery, with which the natives of the
+coast who accompanied us were almost immediately attacked, as well as
+the officers. It is a little extraordinary that we never saw a musquito
+in Ashantee. I could find none but birds eye views of the city, which
+were uninteresting, presenting nothing but the thatch of the houses; it
+was encircled by a beautiful forest, which required more time than I
+could spare, and a more expressive pencil to pourtray. Coomassie is an
+oblong of nearly four miles in circumference, not including the suburbs
+of Assafoo nor Bantama, (the back town,) half a mile distant, and
+formerly connected by streets with the city, as is evident from the
+numerous ruins of houses on the path. The slaughter of constant warfare,
+and the extinction or removal of several ill affected chiefs with their
+adherents, account for this even in a rising state. The ruins in the
+interval to Bantama were indeed accounted for by Amanquateä (who holds
+his court there, as Quatchie Quofie does at Assafoo) informing us, that
+almost all the Ashantees killed before Annamaboe (about 2000 by the most
+moderate computation) belonged to him, as it was his division which
+marched along the beach from Cormantine, exposed to the cannon of the
+fort. Four of the principal streets are half a mile long, and from 50 to
+100 yards wide. I observed them building one, and a line was stretched
+on each side to make it regular. The streets were all named, and a
+superior captain in charge of each; ours for instance, was Aperremsoo,
+big gun or cannon street, because those taken when Dankara was
+conquered, were placed on a mound at the top of it, near Adoo Quamina’s
+house. The area in which we had our first audience was called Daëbrim,
+the great market, in distinction to a lower street called Gwaba, or the
+small market. The street above where we lived was called Osamarandiduüm,
+meaning literally, “with 1000 muskets you could not fight those who live
+there.” One street was named after Odumata, and there was another near
+it, whose title I forget, but it was equal to prison street. The palace
+was situated in a long and wide street running through the middle of the
+town, from which it was shut out by a high wall, terminating at each end
+at the marsh, where it was discontinued, that being a sufficient
+boundary. It included Odumata’s and the King’s brothers residences, and
+two or three small streets, (besides the several areas and piazzas,) for
+the King’s relief and recreation when the superstitions of the country
+confine him to the palace. I reckoned twenty seven streets in all, which
+I have laid down in a ground plan of the town. The small grove at the
+back of the large market place was called Sammonpomë or the spirit-
+house, because the trunks of all the human victims were thrown into it.
+The bloody tracks, daily renewed, shewed the various directions they had
+been dragged from, and the number of vultures on the trees indicated the
+extent of the recent sacrifice; the stench was insupportable, and the
+visits of panthers nightly. Several trees were individually scattered
+about the town for the recreation of the inhabitants of those quarters,
+and small circular elevations of two steps, the lower about 20 feet in
+circumference, like the bases of the old market crosses in England, were
+raised in the middle of several streets, on which the King’s chair was
+placed when he went to drink palm wine there, his attendants encircling
+him.
+
+[Illustration: _Ichnographical Sketch of_ COOMASSIE, _with the principal
+Streets and the Situations of remarkable Houses._
+
+ 1. Entrance from Fantee and Assin.
+
+ 2. Agwabu or the small market.
+
+ 3. King’s eldest Sister’s house.
+
+ 4. —— Goldsmith’s ditto.
+
+ 5. Appia Nanu’s ditto.
+
+ 6. Otee’s (3d Linguist) ditto.
+
+ 7. Odumata’s (1 of the 4) ditto.
+
+ 8. King’s youngest Sister’s ditto.
+
+ 9. Adoom Street.
+
+ 9.* Baba’s house and the Crambos (Moors) Street.
+
+ 10.* Aboogaywa or place of execution.
+
+ 10. Palace.
+
+ 11. King’s wives Croom.
+
+ 12. Marsh.
+
+ 13. Entrance from Dwabin.
+
+ 14. ——— Barramang.
+
+ 15. King of Dwabin’s temporary Court.
+
+ 16. King’s Blacksmith’s Croom.
+
+ _a._ Himma or the King’s fetish temple.
+
+ _b._ Apokoo’s (1 of the 4) house.
+
+ _c._ Adoocee’s (chief linguist.)
+
+ _d._ Apirremsoo Street.
+
+ _e[Symbol]._ Aboidwee’s house, the quarters of the Embassy.
+
+ _f._ Adoo Quamina’s (chief Captain) house.
+
+ _g._ Osarramandiduum Street.
+
+ _h._ King’s Umbrella maker’s Croom.
+
+ _i._ Entrance to the high street of Bantama.
+
+ _k._ Croom.
+
+ _l._ Ditto.
+
+ _m._ Ditto.
+
+ _n._ Long irregular suburb, and road to Dankara.
+
+ _o._ Sammonpome or the Spirit Grove.
+
+ _p._ Adooebrim, the large market place.
+
+ _p*._ Small Market.
+
+ _q._ High Street of Assafoo. Course of the procession of the Embassy
+ on its entré.
+
+ _r._ Halted to witness the war dance.
+
+ _s._ Halted to pass the baggage and presents.
+
+ _t._ Halted to witness the human sacrifice.
+
+ _u._ Presented to the King and Chiefs.
+
+ _w._ Seated to see them march home.
+
+_T. E. Bowdich_, 1817.]
+
+The Ashantees persisted that the population of Coomassie, when
+collected, was upwards of 100,000. I think it likely to be much greater
+than that of Sego, (which Mr. Park reported as 30,000,) from the
+extended masses of crowd I observed on festivals, when the plantations
+of the environs are almost wholly deserted. I compared them in my
+recollection with the crowds I have seen collected in the secondary
+cities of England, on similar occasions of public curiosity; the only
+criterion, as I had not time to finish reckoning the number of houses. I
+say when collected, because the higher class could not support their
+numerous followers, or the lower their large families, in the city, and
+therefore employed them in plantations, (in which small crooms were
+situated,) generally within two or three miles of the capital, where
+their labours not only feed themselves, but supply the wants of the
+chief, his family, and more immediate suite. The middling orders station
+their slaves for the same purpose, and also to collect fruits and
+vegetables for sale, and when their children become numerous, a part are
+generally sent to be supported by these slaves in the bush. Perhaps the
+average resident population of Coomassie is not more than from 12 to
+15,000.
+
+The markets were held daily from about eight o’clock in the morning
+until sun set. The larger contains about sixty stalls or sheds, (a small
+square frame covered with cotton cloth with a pole from the centre,
+stuck into the ground, see drawing, No. 9.) besides throngs of inferior
+venders, seated in all directions. Amongst the articles for sale, were
+beef, (to us about 8_d._ per lb.) and mutton, cut in small pieces for
+soup, wild hog, deer, and monkey’s flesh, fowls, pelts of skins; yams,
+plantains, corn, sugar-cane, rice, encruma, (a mucilaginous vegetable,
+richer than asparagus, which it resembles,) peppers, vegetable butter;
+oranges, papaws, pine apples, (not equal to those on the coast,)
+bananas; salt and dried fish from the coast; large snails smoke dried,
+and stuck in rows on small sticks in the form of herring bone; eggs for
+fetish; pittō, palm wine, rum; pipes, beads, looking-glasses, sandals,
+silk, cotton cloth, powder, small pillows, white and blue cotton thread,
+calabashes, &c. &c. See Chapter on Trade.
+
+The following are the comparative prices of the markets of Coomassie and
+Yahndi, the capital of Dagwumba:
+
+ _Coomassie._ _Yahndi._
+
+ A fat bullock £.6 0 0 £.1 0 0
+
+ A sheep 0 15 0 0 4 0
+
+ A fowl 0 1 8 0 0 5
+
+ A horse 24 0 0 8 0 0
+
+ Yams 0 0 8 for two 0 0 8 for ten.
+
+The surprising exorbitance of the former is to be accounted for by the
+abundance of gold, yet labour and manufacture was moderately purchased.
+In Mallowa, provision is dearer than in Dagwumba, but the articles of
+trade much cheaper; they manufacture very little cloth, the Moorish
+traders supplying it so abundantly. The cattle we saw in Ashantee were
+as large as the English, unlike those on the coast, which resemble the
+Jersey. The sheep are hairy in Ashantee, but woolly in Dagwumba, an open
+country, where they manufacture a coarse blanket. The horses in Dagwumba
+are generally small, some were described to be 15 hands high, but these
+were never parted with, and the Ashantees did not desire them, for I
+never saw but one who rode fearlessly. The horses I saw were like half
+bred galloways, their legs lathy, with a wiry hair about the fetlock,
+only requiring to be pulled. Their heads were large; dun and mouse
+colours were said to be common; they were never shod, and their hoofs
+consequently in the eye of the European, though not in nature,
+disproportionate; they were fed on guinea grass, occasionally mixed with
+salt, and sal-ammoniac was frequently dissolved in the water. The
+saddles were Moorish, of red leather, and cumbersome; the bridles of
+twisted black leather thongs, and brass links, with a whip at the end;
+the bit severe, with a large ring hanging from the middle, and slipped
+over the under jaw instead of a curb chain; the stirrups were like large
+blow pans, and hung very short. Some of the Moors rode on bullocks, with
+a ring through the nose.
+
+The extent and order of the Ashantee plantations surprised us, yet I do
+not think they were adequate to the population; in a military government
+they were not likely to be so. Their neatness and method have been
+already noticed in our route up. They use no implement but the hoe. They
+have two crops of corn a year, plant their yams at Christmas, and dig
+them early in September. The latter plantations had much the appearance
+of a hop garden well fenced in, and regularly planted in lines, with a
+broad walk around, and a hut at each wicker gate, where a slave and his
+family resided to protect the plantation.
+
+All the fruits mentioned as sold in the market grew in spontaneous
+abundance, as did the sugar cane: the oranges were of a large size and
+exquisite flavour. I believe this fruit has hitherto been considered
+indigenous to India only. We saw no cocoa nut trees, nor was that fruit
+in the market. Mr. Park’s route was through a very different
+country.[99] In the marshy ground, a large species of fern is very
+abundant, there are four varieties of it; in shady places that have been
+cultivated, various tribes of urtica; and the leontodon grows abundantly
+to the north of Coomassie. The miraculous berry, which gives acids the
+flavour of sweets, making limes taste like honey, is common.[100] The
+castor oil, (ricinus communis) rises to a large tree, I have only seen
+it as a bush about three feet high on the coast; and the wild fig is
+abundant, though neither of them are used by the natives. The cotton
+plant is very plentiful, but little cultivated. The only use to which
+they apply the silk cotton, is to the stuffing of cushions and
+pillows.[101] Mr. Park observed the tobacco-plant, which grows
+luxuriantly in Inta and Dagwumba, and is called toah. The visitors from
+those countries recognised it in a botanical work. They first dry the
+leaves in the sun, then, having rubbed them well between their hands,
+mix them with water into oval masses, as will be seen; it is further
+noticed in the Trade Report.
+
+Lions are numerous on the northern frontiers of Inta, elephants (assoon,
+F. A. soorer, B.[102]) are remarkably numerous in Kong, but they are
+also found in Ashantee, with wild hogs (yambo, F. A.) hyænas (patacoo,
+F. A. boofooree, B.,) cows (anantwee, F. A. B.,) sheep (ygwan, F. A.
+tsan, B.,) goats (apunkie, F. A. terrie, B.,) deer (wonsan, F. A. B.,)
+antelopes (ettwan, F. A. B.,) dogs (boddum, etcha, F. tweä, A. opooree,
+B.,) approximating to the Danish, cats (agramwaw, F. A. B.,) extremely
+sharp visaged and long necked, Gennet cats (essoor, F. A. B.,) pangolins
+(appra, F. A. aypra, B.,) alligators (dankim, F. A. B.,) &c. &c. &c. The
+rhinoceros (năree) is found in Boroom, and the hippopotamus (shonsa, A.
+tchoosooree, B.) in the Odirree river.
+
+The Ashantees say, that an animal called sissah or sissirree, will
+attack every other however superior in size. The Fantees who had never
+seen it, had imbibed a tremendous idea of it, from the stories in their
+own country. I doubt its being so formidable to all other animals, for
+the skin I saw was not more than three feet long, and the legs short, it
+resembled that of a boar, but the natives said it was between a pig and
+a goat. I enquired of the people of Inta and Dagwumba if they had ever
+heard of a unicorn; one replied, yes! in the white man’s country. It is
+extraordinary that the gnoo, (antelope gnu,) which is found behind the
+Cape of Good Hope, is known in Inta by the same name.[103] Where the
+beds were not an accumulation of cushions, the skin of the gnoo was
+nailed to a large wooden frame, raised on legs about a foot from the
+ground, and stretched as we would sacking. It was a revered custom that
+no virgin of either sex should sleep on this kind of bed. Another
+animal, called otrum, was described by the inhabitants of the eastern
+frontier as having one very long horn on one side of the head and a
+short one on the other; it is much larger than the gnoo. We met with a
+spotted animal of the cat kind (gahin, F. A. B.,) very common, and
+allied to the leopard or panther, but whether referable to either of
+those species, or to be considered as distinct, we could not determine,
+owing to the very vague and unsatisfactory character by which
+naturalists have attempted to distinguish them, the kind and number of
+the rows of spots; which we have observed in individuals of the same
+decided species, to present almost an infinity of variation.
+
+The vulture (pittay, F. A. epraykee, B.,) which I have before mentioned
+to be venerated by the natives, for the same reason which the Egyptians
+venerated the Vulturus Percnopterus, is the Vulturus Monachus, figured
+by Le Vaillant. Green pigeons (assam) are found, and crows with a white
+ring round their necks, probably the corvus scapularis figured by Le
+Vaillant. There were several small birds of beautiful plumage, which
+sung melodiously; two in particular, the one like a blackbird, and the
+other of the same colour as the English thrush, but larger. Also a
+variety of parrots beautifully spangled with different colours. M.
+Cuvier was misinformed when he wrote (Regne animal, tom. i. p. 108)
+“Macaque est le nom générique des singes à la côte de Guinée.” The name
+is unknown there as well as in the interior. Dokoo is the generic name.
+The Simia Diana (effoor, F. A. B.,) which has the most beautiful skin of
+any monkey, is found in Ashantee as well as in Warsaw. All the natives
+agree that they do not know of any monkies which dare to attack men, but
+the akonëson, which they describe as small, and always seen in troops.
+
+Snakes (aboïtinnee, F. A. ewaw, B.,) green, and of all colours;
+scorpions, lizards, &c. &c. were found as on the coast, with a curious
+variety of beetles, and the most beautiful butterflies. A few specimens
+preserved in spirits will be sent to the British Museum,[104] as the
+best apology for my ignorance rather than neglect of natural history.
+
+
+[Footnote 96: At Cape Coast in 1815 there was scarcely any rain fell in
+its season, from May to August. In 1816, the rains were heavy, but no
+fogs succeeded. In 1817, there was but little rain, but a protracted
+succession of slight fogs. The climate has been observed, by old
+residents, to alter as unaccountably within these few years as that of
+Europe.]
+
+[Footnote 97: “My friend Mr. Morton Pitt, M.P. has proved, by the
+enumeration of the inhabitants of a country parish in Dorsetshire, that
+the men of an age capable of bearing arms are one fourth of the whole
+community. Mr. Horneman, if I understand him rightly, states the number
+of actual warriors to be 1500; so that we ought, perhaps, to multiply
+that number by 5, to get nearer to the total amount of the population.”
+_Major Rennell_.]
+
+[Footnote 98: Issert mentions this being levied in Akim and other
+tributary states.]
+
+[Footnote 99: “It is observable, however, that although many species of
+the edible roots which grow in the West India islands, are found in
+Africa, yet I never saw, in any part of my journey, either the sugar
+cane, the coffee, or the cocoa tree; nor could I learn, on inquiry, that
+they were known to the natives. The pine apple, and the thousand other
+delicious fruits, which the industry of civilized man (improving the
+bounties of nature,) has brought to such great perfection in the
+tropical climates of America, are here equally unknown. I observed,
+indeed, a few orange and banana trees, near the mouth of the Gambia; but
+whether they were indigenous, or were formerly planted there by some of
+the white traders, I could not positively learn. I suspect that they
+were originally introduced by the Portuguese.” Park’s First Mission.]
+
+[Footnote 100: The curious fruit mentioned in the introduction, and to
+which I have given the name of oxyglycus, I find was known to Des
+Marchais, who describes it as a little red fruit, which, being chewed,
+gives a sweet taste to the most sour or bitter things. Dalzel’s
+Dahomey.]
+
+[Footnote 101: Cotton of the cotton tree (or _silk_ cotton) _Bombax
+Pentandrium_ _Lin._ This cotton is not made into thread, but is used
+for making pillows and beds. It is also, from its catching fire so
+easily, commonly put into tinder boxes, and employed in the preparation
+of fire works. Ainslie’s Materia Medica of Hindostan.]
+
+[Footnote 102: F. A. affixed to assoon, denote that to be the native
+name in the Fantee and Ashantee languages, as B. represents Boroom.]
+
+[Footnote 103: C’est probablement lui qui a donné lieu à leur
+_catoblepas_. Voyez Pline, lib. 8, c. 32, et Ælien, lib. 7, c. 5,
+Cuvier. The gnoo is almost always _looking down_.]
+
+[Footnote 104: See Dr. Leach’s notice in the Appendix.]
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER VIII.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ _Trade._
+
+
+The currency of Ashantee is gold dust, that of Inta, Dagwumba, Gaman,
+and Kong, cowries. Mr. Lucas writes, “to the merchants of Fezzan who
+travel to the southern states of the Negroes, the purchase of gold,
+which the dominions of several, and especially those of Degombah,
+abundantly afford, is always the first object of commercial
+acquisition.” I could not learn that any gold was dug or collected in
+Dagwumba, though considerable quantities are imported, from its
+extensive commerce. Sixteen ackies make an ounce or newemeën, 36 a
+benda, 40 a periguin: eight tokoos (a small berry) are reckoned to the
+ackie, but it will not weigh more than seven: there are eight distinct
+names for quantities of gold dust from one to eight ackies. Five strings
+or 200 cowries are equal to a tokoo, as at Accra. The clearest manner of
+shewing the articles, prices, and profits of the Ashantee, Inta, and
+Dagwumba markets, will be by a table with remarks; substituting, for the
+greater convenience, English monies calculated at the currency of gold
+here, which is £4. the oz.
+
+ [Q.: Quantity.; P.: Profit.; P. pC.: Profit. per Cent.;
+ Pce.: Piece.; Gll.: Gallon.; Brl.: Barrel.; fth.: fathom.;
+ hdk.: hdkchf.; chg.: charge.]
+
+ +------------------------------+------------------+------------------+
+ | _Cape Coast._ | _Coomassie._ | Sallagha and |
+ | | | Yahndi. |
+ +---------------+--+--+--+-----+--+--+--+-----+---+--+--+--+-----+---+
+ | Articles. |£ |s.|d.| Q. |£.|s.|d.| Q. |P. |£.|s.|d.| Q. |P. |
+ | | | | | | | | | |pC.| | | | | |
+ +---------------+--+--+--+-----+--+--+--+-----+---+--+--+--+-----+---+
+ |(_a_) Silk, |4 | | | per | |5 | | 1 |175| | | | | |
+ |India | | | |Pce. | | | |span.| | | | | | |
+ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ | —— Fezzan | | | | |2 | | | 1 |100|1 | | | 1 | |
+ | | | | | | | | |fth. | | | | |fth. | |
+ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ |(_b_) |1 |10| | | |2 |6 | 1 |400| | | | | |
+ |Sarstracunda | | | | | | | |span.| | | | | | |
+ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ |(_c_) Glasgow |1 |10| | | |5 | | 1 |75 | | | | | |
+ |Dane | | | | | | | |hdk. | | | | | | |
+ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ |(_d_) Romal |1 | | | |1 |5 | |pce. |20 | | | | | |
+ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ |(_e_) Guinea | |10| | | |15| | |33 | | | | | |
+ |Stuff | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ |(_f_) Silesia | |10| | | |15| | |33 | | | | | |
+ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ |Dagwumba | | | | | |5 | | sq. |100| |2 |6 | sq. | |
+ |white Cotton | | | | | | | |yard.| | | | |yard.| |
+ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ |Rum | |10| |Gll. | | |7½|dram.|400| | | | | |
+ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ |(_g_) Tobacco, |6 | | |Roll.|10| | |roll.|75 | | | | | |
+ |Portuguese | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ | | | | | | | |7½|span.| | | | | | |
+ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ | —— Inta | | | | | |2 |6 | lb. |150| | | | lb. | |
+ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ |(_h_) Gunpowder|4 | | | ¼ | | |7½| 1 |400| | | | | |
+ | | | | |Brl. | | | |chg. | | | | | | |
+ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ |Iron |1 | | |Bar. |1 |15| |bar. |75 |3 | | |bar. |200|
+ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ |Lead | |10| | | | |7½| ½ |75 | | | | | |
+ | | | | | | | | |inch.| | | | | | |
+ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ |Flints | |5 | | 100 | | |¼ |each.|600| | | | | |
+ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ |(_i_) Spanish | |5 | | ea. | |5 | | | | | | | | |
+ |Dollar | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ |(_k_) Sandals | | | | | |10| |pair.|100| |5 | |pair.| |
+ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ |Cushions | | | | |1 | | | ea. |100| |10| | ea. | |
+ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
+ |Marrowa Locks | | | | | |5 | | |100| |2 |6 | | |
+ +---------------+--+--+--+-----+--+--+--+-----+---+--+--+--+-----+---+
+
+(_a_) The red taffetas (11 yards in each piece) are unravelled by the
+Ashantees, and wove into the cloths of their own manufacture: they
+unravel a few of the fancy silks, but these are generally bought for
+wear, though they prefer those from Fezzan for that purpose, because the
+colours are more shewy. Coarse thick scarves are also brought from the
+interior, equal in substance to a double wove ribbon. One ackie a span
+was the price in the public market, where it was retailed in these small
+quantities, for the convenience of the weavers, who did not require, or
+could not afford to purchase more: the price of a piece was uncertain,
+as the person who could purchase so much, generally sent a trusty
+servant to the foreign market, and seldom bought of the traders but when
+they were necessitated to sell at little more than prime cost. The
+richest silks, I saw, were worn by the Moors, who had bought them at
+Yahndi and Houssa.[105] Reckoning nine inches to a span, there are eight
+spans in a fathom, which is the Ashantee measure; but the fathom of Inta
+and Dagwumba, contains only six spans. Even if the Ashantee traders give
+twenty shillings a fathom, in barter of boossee, salt, rum, iron, &c.;
+it is considerably cheaper to them than ours, considering that they get
+100 per cent. on it at Coomassie. Mr. Lucas mentions “silk wrought and
+unwrought amongst the articles exported from Fezzan to Kassina. Apokoo
+and several others related to me, that Saï Cudjo bought a piece of silk
+at Yahndi, so very fine, that although it could be compressed between
+two hands, it was nevertheless larger than any cloth I had seen the
+present King wear, and his appeared monstrous. Apokoo added, that six
+slaves were paid for it, which would have produced £160. at the water
+side.
+
+(_b_) This is a highly glazed British cotton of bright red stripes with
+a bar of white: it is bought solely for the red stripe, (as there is no
+red dye nearer than Marrowa) which they weave into their own cloths,
+throwing away the white. There are 280 inches in a piece. A cloth of
+Ashantee manufacture will be sent to the British Museum, and, I expect,
+the size, fineness, and variety will surprise.
+
+(_c_) This is also a highly glazed British cotton of more colours, and
+in handkerchiefs; ten of which are in a 30_s._ piece.
+
+(_d_) This is an unglazed India cotton, not much in demand, and yielding
+the least profit. The Manchester cotton called Tom Coffee is preferred.
+
+(_e_) This is India cotton unglazed, for all of which there is, in
+proportion, but a small demand. The Ashantees invariably prefer cloths
+of the Dagwumba, or their own manufacture, and we rarely saw any others
+worn in Coomassie.
+
+(_f_) These are white cottons, six yards in a piece, but narrow, they
+are bought for fetish cloths; but the next article, the white cotton
+cloth of Dagwumba, is preferred, a piece of which, painted, will be sent
+to the British Museum.
+
+(_g_) These are the wholesale and retail prices at Coomassie, the
+average length of a roll is 42 fathoms.
+
+(_h_) Powder is retailed for customs or festivals: those who purchase it
+for war, or can afford a ¼ barrel, send to the water side for it. A ¼
+barrel contains 25 lbs. and the Ashantee charge weighs 16 ackies, equal
+to ¾ of an ounce avoirdupoise.
+
+(_i_) This was owing to their brisk intercourse with the Spanish and
+Portuguese slave ships, a dollar generally fetches two ackies or 10_s._
+Mr. Park writes, from £1. 5_s._ to £2. 10_s._ at Sansanding.
+
+(_k_) Sandals and a cushion will be sent to the British Museum. In
+Marrowa they decoct a good red dye from a tree called mossarātee.
+
+The reason green ells are purchased by the Warsaws only, is, that they
+must be the wedding garment of the females of that country: if they are
+fast colours, and will not change to a blue with lime-juice, they will
+not look at them.
+
+Most of the slaves in Coomassie, were sent as part of the annual tribute
+of Inta, Dagwumba, and their neighbours, to Ashantee; very many were
+kidnapped, and for the few who were bought, I was assured by several
+respectable Ashantees, 2000 cowries, or 1 basket of Boossee was the
+greatest price given; so full were the markets of the interior. I have
+brought some pods of the Boossee; it is astringent, and the natives chew
+it to excite a flow of saliva, and allay the sensation of hunger.
+The[106] Boossee must be the Gooroo nut, which Mr. Lucas describes as
+one of the articles of trade between Fezzan, Kassina, Bornoo, and the
+states south of the Niger. He writes, “Gooroo nuts, which are brought
+from the Negro states on the south of the Niger, and which are
+principally valued for the pleasant bitter that they communicate to any
+liquor in which they are infused,” and again “a species of nut—which is
+much valued in the kingdoms to the north of the Niger, and which is
+called Gooroo. It grows on a large and broad leafed tree, that bears a
+pod of about 18 inches in length, in which are inclosed a number of nuts
+that varies from 7 to 9. Their colour is a yellowish green; their size
+is that of a chesnut, which they also resemble, in being covered by a
+husk of a similar thickness, and their taste, which is described as a
+pleasant bitter, is so grateful to those who are accustomed to its use,
+and so important as a corrective to the unpalatable or unwholesome
+waters of Fezzan, and of the other kingdoms that border on the vast
+Zahara, as to be deemed of importance to the happiness of life. They
+are purchased at the rate of 12_s._ for 100 pods.”
+
+Sal ammonia is found abundantly in Dagwumba: in the Ashantee market, a
+lump the size of a duck’s egg, was sold for 2_s._: they grind it to mix
+with their snuff, (of which they take large quantities,) as it gives it
+a pungency agreeable to them. They also dissolve it in the water they
+give to their cattle, and sometimes drink it themselves for pains in the
+bowels. The Tamool practitioners in the East Indies suppose it to be a
+useful remedy in certain female obstructions, and morbid uterine
+enlargements. Mr. Lucas writes, “No commercial value appears to be
+annexed to the fleeces which the numerous flocks of the Negro kingdoms
+afford; for the cotton manufacture, which, the Shereef says, is
+established among the tribes to the south of the Niger, seems to be the
+only species of weaving that is known among them.” In Dagwumba, however,
+they manufacture a coarse kind of blanket from sheep’s wool. There is a
+white grease, which has long been called Ashantee grease by the natives
+on the coast, who supposed it to be produced in that country. They use
+it daily to anoint their skins, which otherwise become coarse and
+unhealthy. The Ashantees purchase it from the interior, and make a great
+profit by it: it is a vegetable butter, decocted from a tree, called
+Timkeëä: it is doubtless the Shea butter of Mr. Park.[107] Mr. Lucas
+mentions, “small Turkey and plain Mesurata carpets,” among the articles
+exported from Fezzan to Kassina: a small carpet fetches 2 oz. of gold at
+Coomassie. The Ashantees procure most of their ivory from Kong, where
+they give 8 ackies, or 40_s._ in barter, for a very large tooth.
+
+“The preference of the Ashantees for the Dagwumba and Inta markets, for
+silk and cloth, results not merely from their having been so long
+accustomed to them, but because they admit of a barter trade. The
+Boossee or Gooroo nut, salt, (which is easily procured, and affords an
+extravagant profit,) and small quantities of the European commodities,
+rum, and iron,[108] yield them those articles of comfort and luxury,
+which they can only purchase with gold and ivory from the settlements on
+the coast. Gold they are all desirous of hoarding; even those less
+covetous than is generally their nature, that they may be prepared for
+the purchase of guns and powder to a large extent, on any sudden war,
+and thus ingratiate themselves with the king and the government. Were
+the Ashantees a commercial people, they might be the brokers between the
+interior and Europeans, or, purchasing supplies more adequate to the
+demands of their neighbours for European commodities, which would be
+bought with avidity, realize large properties. But they have no idea of
+buying more of the various articles than will supply themselves; and
+leave a small residue to barter for the cloth, silk, and tobacco in the
+Inta and Dagwumba markets. They are as little commercial as the Romans
+were in their infancy, and their government would repress rather than
+countenance the inclination, (believing no state can be aggrandized but
+by conquest,) lest their genius for war might be enervated by it, and
+lest, either from the merchants increasing to a body too formidable for
+their wishes to be resisted, or too artful from their experience to be
+detected, they might sacrifice the national honour and ambition to their
+avarice, and furnishing Inta, Dagwumba, or any of their more powerful
+neighbours (who have yielded to circumstances rather than force) with
+guns and powder (which are never allowed to be exported from
+Ashantee,[109]) break the spell of their conquests, and undermine their
+power. The chiefs are fed bountifully by the labours of their slaves,
+and sharing large sums of the revenue, (the fines their oppression has
+imposed on other governments,) with incalculable fees for corruption or
+interference, refine upon the splendor of equipage even to satiety, and
+still possess a large surplus of income daily accumulating. Were they to
+encourage commerce, pomp, the idol of which they are most jealous, would
+soon cease to be their prerogative, because it would be attainable by
+others; the traders growing wealthy, would vie with them; and for their
+own security, stimulated by reflections they have now too little at risk
+to originate, they would unite to repress the arbitrary power of the
+Aristocracy; and even if they did not, inevitably (as the chiefs
+conceive) divert the people’s genius for war.
+
+It will occur that even to furnish the necessities or luxuries of the
+Ashantees alone, in cloth, silk, &c. would, considering the extent of
+the kingdom, considerably augment the returns of our commerce in this
+part of the world; and therefore it would be well to wean them,
+gradually, from the markets of the interior, by inducing their
+cultivation of cotton, which grows abundantly, is of a superior quality,
+and which, offered in quantities, in addition to the ivory, would lessen
+the balance of trade now in our favor, and by enabling them, in some
+degree to purchase with produce instead of gold dust, remove the present
+comparative disadvantage in trading with Europeans entirely. This
+occurred to me, and I explained the view not only to the king, but to
+the more enterprising and reflecting natives: but they had no idea of a
+quantity, and immediately concluded cotton to be so desirable to us,
+that 40 or 50 lbs. would be received in barter for twenty times its
+value; and they required one tokoo and a half per lb. for it, (say one
+shilling,) even in gold, and on the spot. When I urged that they must
+clear the ground, form plantations, and superintend the labours of their
+slaves; they replied, that the Boossee or Gooroo nut grew spontaneously,
+and required no labour, that salt was brought to their frontier by
+poorer nations, and sold for little without the trouble of fetching it;
+and these articles, with the value, their prevention of all intercourse
+but their own with the water side nations, attached to a little rum and
+iron in the interior, furnished them with silks and cotton cloths at a
+much easier rate, pattern and quality.
+
+A serious disadvantage opposed to the English trade, is that the
+Ashantees will purchase no tobacco but the Portuguese, and that eagerly
+even at 2 oz. of gold the roll. Of this, (the Portuguese and Spanish
+slave ships regularly calling at Elmina,) the Dutch Governor-General is
+enabled to obtain frequent supplies, in exchange for canoes, two of
+which, though they cost him comparatively nothing, fetch 32 rolls of
+tobacco; and the General has sometimes received 80 oz. of gold a day
+from the Ashantees for tobacco only. If they cannot have this tobacco,
+they will content themselves with that grown in the interior, of which I
+have brought a sample. A preference for the Dutch has long been natural
+to the Ashantees, from an earlier though limited intercourse with them,
+and from the natural impression, that the English settling amongst their
+enemies, the Fantees, have encouraged and assisted their provocations
+and resistance. With this bias in his favor, though the Dutch market,
+destitute of supplies, had not been visited for many years, the talent
+of General Daendels, “callidum quicquid placuit,” would no doubt have
+again raised it to a level with the English, cæteris paribus; and his
+unlimited importation of powder and guns in the first place, with the
+still more valuable supplies of Portuguese tobacco he receives at
+present, as superior advantages, have, of course, possessed the Dutch
+market of superior inducements.
+
+It is to be lamented, the indifference of the Dutch and Danes to their
+settlements here, being evident from their neglect and reduction of
+them, that the British government did not take advantage of the
+disregard, and add them to their own. Elmina is a much finer position
+for head quarters than Cape Coast; the Dutch fort at Succondee, the best
+point for the Warsaw trade, and where we have but a house, is strong,
+admirably situated, and might be put in good condition for £1000. in
+addition to which, Axim, near the mouth of the Ancobra, would be the
+only fort to windward worth keeping; and the Danish head quarters,
+Christiansburg Castle at Accra, with their fort at Adda, (to secure the
+navigation of the Volta,) would have answered every purpose and view to
+leeward. One system could then have been acted upon towards the natives,
+the commerce, confined to the English, would have grown from wholesome
+regulations, which no other settlers could counteract by selfishness,
+jealousy, or by facilitating the illegitimate trade we would crush; and
+the benevolent views of the British government for the improvement and
+civilization of the natives, would not be defeated by those, who,
+holding their private interest superior to views in which their own
+government has evinced no interest, militate against them by fostering
+suspicions to bar our progress in the interior, and by indulging those
+habits and customs of the natives, which it must be our first step to
+correct and divert.
+
+In addition to the obstacles which the inconsistent and selfish conduct
+of the different European powers towards the natives presents to
+intercourse and civilization, the continuance of the slave trade under
+the Spanish flag, is one more serious: no one can imagine the stubborn
+impediment it was to our negotiations at Ashantee, where the native
+emissaries from these slave ships arrived not long after us. It not only
+injures the British commerce here, almost to annihilation, but, slaving
+being the natural trade of the natives, because it is the most indolent
+and the most lucrative, the opposition, which is insinuated and believed
+to proceed from the English alone, conveys a disagreeable impression of
+us to the interior, as inauspicious to our intercourse and progress, as
+the even partial continuance of such a trade is to legitimate commerce
+and civilization. One thousand slaves left Ashantee for two Spanish
+schooners or Americans under that flag, to our knowledge, during our
+residence there, doubtless the whole number was much greater; since our
+return it must have been very considerable, for the slave trade was
+never more brisk than it is at this moment under the cloak of the
+Spanish flag, and great risk has been incurred, in consequence, of
+offending our new friend and formidable neighbour the King of Ashantee,
+from the firm resistance of his strong intreaties to the Governor in
+Chief, to allow the return of a powerful mulatto slave trader to Cape
+Coast town, whence he had been expelled under the present government, as
+the most daring promoter of that commerce. It is a great pity, in the
+infancy of our intercourse with this great interior power, that there
+should have been occasion either for the request or refusal; which there
+would not have been had the slave trade been abolished, instead of
+crippled, at the expense, probably, of our own interests and views in
+the interior, and, which is worse, of the happiness and improvement of
+the natives. For it is certainly our duty, because it is the most
+acceptable and the only efficient acknowledgment we can make of the
+superior blessings and endowments by which we are so indulgently
+distinguished from these nations, to extend the influence and the
+participation, both by enterprise and policy, even if our commerce may
+not be benefitted; and if we gain no other recompense than the
+satisfaction of our own minds in the ameliorated condition of others,
+and the opportunity we have made to ourselves of exemplifying our own
+gratitude.[110] Whilst one slave ship is allowed to visit this coast,
+the great convenience and the great profits of the trade will recur, and
+be perpetuated amongst the Ashantees; they will linger in the hope of
+its entire renewal, and view the English invidiously, as the enemies to
+what they conceive to be their only natural commerce; this is another
+advantage to the Dutch, added to the inherent bias in their favour; and,
+from the reception and facilities which slave ships meet with at Elmina,
+our odium is aggravated instead of being participated. “Delenda est
+Carthago.”
+
+Let us suppose this irreconcilable obstacle to be annihilated, as no
+doubt it will be, and resume our reflections on a commercial intercourse
+with the interior. The people of Inta and Dagwumba, being commercial
+rather than warlike, the object, deliberately to be obtained, is an
+intercourse with them, which would in fact be an intercourse with the
+interior as far as Timbuctoo and Houssa northwards, and Cassina, if not
+to Bornoo, eastwards. The wealth, civilization, and commerce of
+Dagwumba, Mr. Lucas has before reported. Now, in effecting such an
+intercourse through the Ashantees, who are indisputably the greatest and
+the rising power of western Africa, and who, having acquired their
+present extent of influence and command in little more than a century,
+may be expected to aggrandize their empire considerably; in seeking this
+connection through them, there are these adverse circumstances, their
+policy, their jealousy, and their inaptitude to commerce. It has been
+suggested to the King, and urged with all the address of General
+Daendels, to open a path to the interior through his kingdom, and to
+receive a duty or tax on all the merchandize transported, which would
+afford him a certain and considerable addition to his revenue; but even
+this appeal to the avarice of the Ashantee government has had no
+influence. It would be dangerous as well as impolitic to offend the King
+of Ashantee at any time, with the present garrisons of the forts,
+madness; and though his influence through that of Dagwumba, which is at
+his command, would extend to the Niger, yet, I think our anxiety to
+explore so far should be suppressed for two or three years, until he is
+satisfied that commerce and not ambition is the impulse. But in the
+interim, it would be desirable gradually to approach Inta and Dagwumba,
+by establishing a settlement up the Volta, which has been shewn to run
+close to Sallagha, the grand emporium of Inta, and is navigable within
+four days of it; and possibly might be made so even nearer. The Danes
+would no doubt relinquish their claim to the navigation of the Volta,
+for it is a doubtful one. Dalzel writes, “the Danes claim the exclusive
+navigation of the Volta, which is disputed by the English, who have a
+settlement near it, called Loy.” The great prices the Ashantees get for
+rum, iron, &c. from the people of Inta and Dagwumba, and the avidity
+with which they purchase their small supplies, leave no doubt of the
+eagerness with which they would resort to our market; and the silks they
+obtain from Fezzan being dearer than our own, I should think we could
+induce a preference. Our Manchester cloth and cotton manufactures would
+be novel and useful to them, as those I saw wore vests and tunics. But
+here I must observe, that whenever our commerce with the interior may be
+established, the returns of it, in my opinion, will fall short of the
+general idea and expectation.
+
+The King of Ashantee viewing our settlements on the Volta, would, I have
+no doubt, be reconciled by our undertaking to sell neither guns or
+powder to any but his own people; a measure due to humanity as well as
+policy, for the preponderance of one great nation is auspicious to the
+civilization as well as the tranquillity of Africa; but for that, the
+slaughter of the human species would be incalculable; there would be a
+constant warfare between the numerous states, naturally querulous, and
+our passage to the interior would be impossible, not only on that
+account, but because there would be no powerful monarch to recommend or
+protect us. If the King of Ashantee were not satisfied with our new
+settlement confining the trade of guns and powder to himself, he would
+certainly be repressed by the alarming reflection, that it was at our
+discretion, (depending on his behaviour,) to supply Inta and Dagwumba
+with both, and thus to undermine his empire; for it is well known, and
+has been confessed, that the greater population of these countries,
+could they but procure fire-arms, would give them a superiority over the
+Ashantees, to which their greater civilization seems to entitle them.
+Our force and establishments should be respectable; not to arrogate or
+to intrude, but to protect the legitimate commercial views, sanctioned
+and invited by the voice of less arbitrary powers, and also to make
+their first impression of the English imposing and preservative.
+Residencies should be established at these courts, and young men of
+talent, temper, and discrimination be found to fill them, collecting the
+geographical and statistical desiderata, and forwarding them to be
+investigated and digested into one report at head quarters, before they
+were transmitted to England. One or two intelligent Moors might also be
+engaged to trade by different routes, and minute the directions,
+distances, and descriptions of the several places; thus paving the way,
+and lessening the difficulties of a future Mission to the Niger. If the
+working of gold mines were also an object, the vicinity of the Ancobra
+affords a rich field; and a small district might either be purchased of
+the natives, or they might receive a dividend of the proceeds, which
+would produce them much more than their present inadequate researches,
+suppressed by their more powerful neighbours the Warsaws.
+
+The benevolent and politic views of the British Government, would thus,
+by making use of what we have or might easily get, be more probably, if
+not more speedily realized, than by the perilous, desultory, and limited
+enterprises of two or three individuals.
+
+
+[Footnote 105: Since my return to England I have seen some silk brought
+from Aleppo, and manufactured there, precisely resembling these, which
+were frequently enriched by gold threads interwoven.]
+
+[Footnote 106: Sterculia acuminata _Palis de Beauvais Flore d’Oware_, 1.
+_p._ 41, _tab._ 24.]
+
+[Footnote 107: See Sketch of Gaboon.]
+
+[Footnote 108: Though iron is manufactured in Dagwumba, that from Europe
+is preferred for finer purposes. The former is an imperfect steel
+containing a mechanical mixture of unreduced ore.]
+
+[Footnote 109: “Fire arms are unknown to such of the nations on the
+south of the Niger as the Shereef has visited; and the reason which he
+assigns for it is, that the kings in the neighbourhood of the coast,
+persuaded that if these powerful instruments of war should reach the
+possession of the populous inland states, their own independence would
+be lost, have strictly prohibited, and by the wisdom of their measures
+have effectually prevented this dangerous merchandize from passing
+beyond the limits of their dominions.” Lucas.]
+
+[Footnote 110: The dissuasion from barbarities of which millions are now
+the victims, as the descriptions of the customs of Ashantee and the
+interior have shewn, and the interests of science, render this duty more
+imperious. It has been well observed, “apologies for our present
+ignorance of every thing that regards geography, &c. might be pleaded by
+mercantile speculators, but can have little weight with those who have
+the interests of science at heart, or the national honour and fame,
+which are intimately connected with those interests. It was not with a
+view to any immediate commercial advantages, that this liberal
+encouragement for the discovery of the north-west passage was held out,
+but with the same expanded objects that sent Cook in search of a
+southern continent.”
+
+Voltaire’s remark on India is now only applicable to Africa, “Plusieurs
+y ont fait des fortunes immenses, peu se sont appliqués à connoître ce
+pays.” I would even recommend indulging the wish of the King of Dahomey
+to renew and perpetuate his connection with the English, not indeed by
+resuming the fort, that would be a useless expense, as there is no trade
+but in ivory, but by establishing a Residency at his capital, the most
+frugal method of collecting the various accounts of the interior of that
+neighbourhood for geographical investigators, besides supplying the
+naturalist. Geographical discoveries in Africa have long been ardently
+emulated between England and France, and they have stimulated a generous
+rivalry of investigation between the men of science of both countries.
+An Englishman first penetrating to the Niger, and determining its course
+at the moment a learned investigator of the other kingdom had concluded
+it to be a contrary one, was one of those rational and illustrious
+triumphs which adorn the historical pages of a nation much more than
+those of war; for the gratification and the benefit is shared by both,
+and such successes cease to be invidious when the interests of science
+are thus mutually at heart. The following immortal tribute from a
+classic of a rival nation, should stimulate us to challenge as
+illustrious a record of intellectual research,
+
+
+ · · · · “monumentum ære perennius,
+
+ Regalique situ pyramidum altius;”
+
+
+by a correspondent pursuit of intelligence in Africa.
+
+“Un Anglais, détruit tout ce vain amas d’erreurs dont sont remplies nos
+histoires des Indes, et confirme ce que le petit nombre d’hommes
+instruits en a pensé.” Voltaire.]
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER IX.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ _Language._
+
+
+The hypothesis I have met with, I think in Parsons’s Remains of Japhet,
+that the confusion of languages at Babel was a visitation on the family
+of Ham only, which spread itself over Africa, is certainly supported
+(considering the radical affinities which have been traced between the
+Arabic the Russ and the Greek, the Persian and the German, the Qquichua,
+or language of the Incas, and the Sanscrit, and many others[111]) by the
+variety of languages in Africa which cannot be assimilated in the least
+degree to each other, and which would, I think, resist the laborious
+ingenuity of the philologist.
+
+I have heard about half a dozen words in the Fantee, which might be said
+to be not unlike the same nouns in the Welsh language; and this is the
+only affinity which has been imagined. Two words only in the Accra
+language have struck me as assimilating to those of any other, the
+conjunction “_kay_” (_and_), which with a broader sound would answer the
+corresponding Greek conjunction και; and _fai_ (_to do_,) pronounced as
+the perfect participle of the same verb in French, and which is spelled
+_fai_ in the old songs of Richard the first, and the troubadour Faydit.
+The Fantee word _umpa_ (_true, indeed_,) may be imagined to resemble the
+Greek εμπας, which has the same meaning; but it is a solitary instance.
+
+From Apollonia or Amănăheä to the Volta, about 300 miles, six languages
+are spoken: the Amanaheä, Ahanta, Fantee, Affoottoo, Accra, and the
+Adampë. The numerals of which will appear, collaterally with others
+hitherto unknown, at the end of this chapter.
+
+The Ashantee, in comparison with the Fantee, Warsaw, &c. &c. from its
+refinement of idiom, oratory being so much more cultivated, may be
+considered as the Attic amongst the dialects of the Greek, but it owes
+its superior euphony, striking to any ear, to the characteristics of the
+Ionic, an abundance of vowel sounds, and a rejection of aspirates:
+
+ _Fantee._ _Ashantee._
+
+ Key Sāfie Saphwooa.
+
+ Lock Karradacoo Karradoo.
+
+ Night Adayfwa Adagio.
+
+ Day Aweeabil Aweeabillee.
+
+ Gun Etoorh Oteuh.
+
+Vocabularies of these languages would not be interesting to the public,
+especially as no affinity can be traced; and I know not how to acquit
+myself of every thing like indifference to the curiosity at home,
+(without the dulness of the subject proving more irksome than a
+disappointment,) unless I endeavour to give an idea of the philosophy of
+the languages,[112] and submit their progress, collaterally with that of
+the arts and manners. The genius of the Accra language differing the
+most essentially from that of the Ashantee or Fantee, examples from both
+will be instanced for illustration. I have principally consulted two
+gentlemen, natives of the country, but educated in Europe: the one
+resident between forty and fifty years; the other, who has a respectable
+knowledge of the grammar of the English and French languages, returned
+from England about ten years back, and both are as fluent as the Negroes
+in the Fantee and Accra, the latter being their vernacular tongue.
+
+Impressed with the ingenious hypothesis of the learned author of the
+Diversions of Purley, my first care has been to investigate the
+particles of the Fantee and Accra, considering the languages of
+uncivilised people, to be least advanced or removed from the primeval
+simplicity, to which Mr. Horne Tooke’s system refers. I found, however,
+both the Accra and Fantee languages more complete than I expected in
+conjunctions, and seldom using verbs instead of them, which I presumed
+they might do. Yet I have no doubt, their half dozen of conjunctions, if
+examined etymologically by a person thoroughly conversant in the
+languages, might be traced, and shewn to be the contracted imperatives
+of the most recurrent verbs, as Mr. Tooke has proved those of our own
+language to be. Neither the Accra or Fantee have conjunctions answering
+to each of ours; the distinction between many is neither comprehensible
+or necessary to them. I will submit their conjunctions, with those
+investigated in the first volume of the Diversions of Purley.
+
+ _Fantee._ _Accra._
+
+ Onee and Kay
+
+ { if
+ Sey { Kedgee
+ { unless
+
+ { still
+ Emphee { Shee
+ { but
+
+ { because Nooyĕwon
+ Interah {
+ { since Nunnë
+
+ { notwithstanding
+ Namoo { Nemoolay
+ { though
+
+ { otherwise
+ Anna { Noollay
+ { or
+
+There are no adverbs in either language. There are but two in our own
+which may not be expressed by a verb or an adnoun, _still_ and _since_;
+and these they express by the conjunctions _but_ and _because_. “I
+intreated, but (still) he would not,” “because (since) it is so,” as the
+Latins frequently used prepositions for the Greek adverbs. Indeed
+_since_ is expressible by a verb, being derived according to Mr. Tooke
+from the Saxon _sithan_, seeing that. They express the adverb _much_ by
+the adjective _many_; _ago_ by a verb, “_it passes_ ten years;” _almost_
+by the verb _it wants_, “_it wants_ to rain;” and _when_ by a noun,
+“_the time_ I was there,” coincident with Jones’s derivation of
+ὁτε.[113] _Nooyĕwon_, (_because_) in Accra, is literally, “_for the sake
+of_.” _Intērah_, the corresponding word in Fantee, “on the head of,”
+(_tirree_ is head) thus, they would say, “I do this on your head,” or
+because you told me. Lest, which is considered by Mr. Horne Tooke to be
+the past participle of the Saxon verb leyan, to dismiss, is not to be
+found either in the Accra or Fantee: in the former they would say,
+“_Menkaw hauh ebbēbărădi_,” “do not go there, you fall down;” and in the
+latter, “_Kaiheah djai nee oheäbwayshee_,” “do not go there, and (or
+for) you fall down.” The use of the noun for the adverb is frequent in
+Demosthenes, (“εϛι δικαιος εχειν,” “he justly deserves”) and can only be
+accounted for in a prose writer, who does not need poetical licenses, as
+an archaism, disused generally, through invention or refinement. The
+term adverb is not a just indication of the origin of that part of
+speech, for, although they are derived from verbs as well as nouns, yet,
+in our own language, as well as in the Greek, following Mr. Horne Tooke,
+the greater number are derived from nouns: and those (of which there are
+some in the Greek) which may be indifferently derived from a noun, or a
+verb, may be referred to the former; because, many of the adnouns from
+which adverbs are derived in the Greek, have been pointed out as
+disused; and therefore the verbs from which adverbs are exclusively
+derived, are likely to be derived themselves from obsolete adnouns,
+which cannot be recalled; for it has been philosophically advanced, that
+originally there could have been but one sort of words, that is, nouns,
+or the names of the objects of our sensations and ideas.[114]
+
+I consider the absence of adverbs, participles, and prepositions,
+certainly the least indispensible parts of speech, and favouring
+copiousness rather than energy, to be a proof of the almost genuine, or
+primeval simplicity of the Accra and Fantee languages, which have not
+advanced or altered, even in the small degree of their arts or manners;
+for these have only been ameliorated by commercial intercourse with
+strangers, who not understanding their language could not have suggested
+improvements, and from whose languages, they being equally
+unintelligible, amendments could not have been copied. We find
+Portuguese nouns, and nouns only, adopted in the Fantee; and that, of
+necessity, as Saxon nouns were adopted in the Welsh or Celtic, because
+they had no words to designate novelties they had never before seen or
+heard of; and, therefore, they called them as those did who introduced
+them. These primitive languages being, nevertheless, thoroughly adequate
+to oratory as well as the commoner purposes of speech, is a strong proof
+that language was revealed, as Johnson, Blair, Warburton, and others
+have maintained, and that it was not the fruit of human invention or
+industry, as Lucretius, Horace, and most of the antients imagined.
+
+Neither the Accra or Fantee distinguish genders, the name of the person,
+or the context, is the only explication; they have not even a third
+person feminine, but one pronoun serves for _he, she, it_.
+
+The Accra has a definite and indefinite article, but both are affixed to
+the noun, as “_minna nooleh_,” I saw the man; “_minna nookoo_,” I saw a
+man. The indefinite article “_koo_” is the contraction of numeral one,
+“_ekoo_,” so that I saw a man, is literally “I saw man one.” _An_ is
+simply another form of the numeral one, still used in North Britain
+under the form ane; and in the French, the numeral and the article
+corresponding to one, are the same. The Fantee, like the Greek, has no
+indefinite article, or according to Mr. Harris’s expression, on which
+Mr. Horne Tooke is so pleasant, “supplies it by a negation of the
+definite,” which is “_noo_,” affixed, as “_mehoon nimpanoo_,” I saw the
+man.[115]
+
+In the Accra, the plural is formed by inflection, epenthesis, paragoge,
+and apocope: these changes are almost peculiar in every noun; the more
+frequent inflections are, ai, ay, and ee.
+
+ _Singular._ _Plural._
+
+ A woman yeo yeay.
+
+ A box adikka adikkai.
+
+ A stone teh tai.
+
+ Ground shepong shepongee.
+
+ A hyæna krang krangee.
+
+ A father tchay tchaymë.
+
+ A liar amallalo amallaloi.
+
+ A gun toon tween.
+
+ A vessel lelen ledgenë.
+
+ A man noon nhal.
+
+ A house tchoon tchuë.
+
+In the Fantee the plural number is distinguished by the prefix _en_,
+though generally, if they can, (in a glance whilst speaking) discover
+the number of objects, they use a numeral with the noun singular; or, if
+they cannot be so precise in the instant, they substitute _many_ to mark
+an indefinite number. The Chinese also, are said to drop their plural
+adjunct “_min_,” when there is another word of plurality attached to the
+noun.
+
+Neither language has prepositions, and of course peraphrasis is
+generally resorted to: conjunctions are sometimes substituted, as _and_
+for _with_; occasionally verbs, as “the King _to give_ his captain,” for
+_to his captain_; and, sometimes, they are presumed from the tone or the
+context. Mr. Horne Tooke, who values prepositions very much, has traced
+all but five, of our own language, to nouns and verbs; and of these
+five, three have since been traced to nouns and a numeral; so that _out_
+and _off_, only, are unaccounted for. Jones, in his Greek Grammar,
+writes, “the roots of prepositions are nouns and verbs,” and,
+accordingly, he derives απο from the Hebrew, _ab_, a stem, περι from the
+Arabic _pera_, eminence, υπερ from the Hebrew _aber_, sky, or the
+Persian _ober_, a cloud: the inseparable prepositions had been traced to
+nouns and verbs long before.
+
+Degrees of comparison are not expressed by adjectives or adverbs, in
+either language: but, for he is richer than he, the Accras would say,
+“_eh phay leh ne_;” the Fantees, “_aw tchen adee_,” he _passes him_ (in)
+things: neither language has an adjective answering to rich or wealthy,
+but “_ne_,” and “_adee_,” in both, correspond exactly in meaning and use
+with the _res_ of the Latins: the superlative would be expressed by “_he
+passes all_.” The antient idiom of comparison, antecedent to the general
+use of inflections or adverbs, was probably similar, judging from the
+following, and many other sentences in the Greek, “Παῥ ἑαυτὸν μηδένα
+ἐπιτὴδειον ἡγεῖτο, he thought no body fitter than himself;” “πλείονος
+δοξης παρὰ Μωσῆν ἠξίωται, Heb. xiii. he was counted of more glory, or
+more glorious than Moses.” Here παρα, so frequently expressing
+comparison, being derived from the verb περαω, _to pass_, is identical
+with the Accra and Fantee expression.
+
+I observed before that the Accra and Fantee have no adjective answering
+to rich, they are also deficient in many others, which they supply by a
+second substantive in the same manner. This idiom is found in the Greek,
+“Το σωμα της ταπεινωσεως ἠμων, our humiliated body, the body of our
+humiliation; Αιρεσεις απωλειας. destructive heresies, &c. &c.” and it
+is said to be both a Hebrew and Celtic idiom; primeval languages, and
+the latter, I presume, as rude as those we are investigating.
+
+In the Accra, the personal pronouns are
+
+ I me
+
+ thou boh
+
+ he, she, it lheh
+
+ we whah
+
+ you nnheay
+
+ they amăy
+
+_Me_ is generally reduplicate before verbs, as “_me me yay_” I eat.
+_Boh_ before verbs generally suffers aphæresis as “_oh yay_,” thou
+eatest, but sometimes not, as “_boh fai_,” thou doest: this is also the
+case with _lheh_ as “_heh yay, lheh fai_.” _Me_ is added, as _met_ in
+Latin, to make these pronouns compound. In Fantee the personal pronouns
+are
+
+ I me
+
+ thou awaw
+
+ he, she, it narra
+
+ we yarra
+
+ you awoo
+
+ they warra;
+
+the latter is used as a possessive pronoun also; _woodde_ is affixed to
+make them compound; they are irregularly contracted before verbs.
+Considering these barbarous languages of primitive simplicity, and
+recollecting the original and philosophical deduction of pronouns from
+verbs, by the Greek professor of Glasgow, as εγω or εγων (which is the
+more ancient) from λεγων, ipse from επω, I particularly enquired for
+verbs resembling their pronouns; but, after a long and diligent
+recollection, neither of my authorities could furnish me with any to the
+point. It is curious to observe, that the _me_ represents the pronoun I,
+in both these rude languages,[116] as it does, though not in the
+nominative case, in most other primitive languages, and in the modern
+ones derived from them: it would seem to be the natural and involuntary
+expression for that pronoun.
+
+There is only an active voice in the Accra or Fantee; the passive is
+expressed by a circumlocution, as he loves, or they love me, for I am
+loved, &c.[117] It appears erroneous to consider the infinitive mood as
+the root of the verb, when it has a separable or distinguishing
+termination, and _mong_ is as distinctly the verbalizing adjunct in the
+Accra language, as _ere_ or _are_ in the Latin, ειν in Greek, or an in
+the Anglo-Saxon. If we consider the imperative as the divested
+fundamental form of the verb, it is still difficult in these languages
+to get at the root, for the use of the infinitive for the imperative,
+occasional in the Greek, is, in the Accra, so general, that for some
+time I thought it unexceptionable, and that it had not the two moods.
+
+The Accra has the neuter verb _to be_ in the present, perfect, and
+future tenses, but in the perfect, it is irregular.
+
+ I am I have been I shall be
+
+ meyeh metay mahyeh
+
+The Fantee only has it in the present, “_oh yea_, he is.” It is
+remarkable that even the linguists of our forts, who speak English
+fluently, never understand or use our neuter verb _to be_, but
+substitute _live_ for it, and that, whether they speak of animate or
+inanimate things; a servant would say, “your keys live in your pocket.”
+
+The imperative mood has a present tense complete in each language.
+
+They express the potential mood by adding auxiliary verbs, such as our
+can, may, &c., have been shewn to be derived from.
+
+The termination of the infinitive in the Accra is generally _mong_,
+which is rejected in conjugating. In the Fantee it is not distinguished
+from the first person present, or root. The use of the infinitive mood,
+even in Accra, is very circumscribed, for it is not found even in the
+most natural case when two verbs come together, as I want to eat, for
+which they say, “_metōn meyay_,” I want I eat. The infinitive is
+generally used for the imperative in the Accra, but, otherwise, it only
+occurs in an idiom almost peculiar to that language, for instance, for
+are you walking now, they say,
+
+ “_Neo_mong oh _neo_ neh,”
+
+ “To walk are you walking now.”
+
+For I am straightening it,
+
+ “_Jadjumong_ me _jadjio_ leh.”
+
+ “To straighten I am straightening it.”
+
+Verbs are invariably used thus, interrogatively, and, generally, in
+replies. I said almost peculiar, because I think this pleonasm is
+identified in the Greek idiom, “Ουχι μενον σοι εμενε. Remaining, did it
+not remain to thee.”
+
+The Accra has the present, imperfect, perfect, and future tenses: the
+imperfect and future being distinguished by the prefixes _bleh_ and
+_ah_, the one before, the other after the pronoun.
+
+ “me yāyne. bleh me yayne. me yăy. m’ahye.”
+
+ I eat it. I was eating it. I eat. I will eat.
+
+But the imperfect tense is never used, unless a sentence precedes it, as
+
+ “Bennay heh bă bleh me yay.”
+
+ “When he came I was eating.”
+
+Otherwise, they use the perfect for the imperfect, never replying to a
+question even, in the latter. The perfect is only distinguished from the
+present by being pronounced short. These explicative particles, _bleh_
+and _ah_, would, no doubt, be found to be remnants of verbs of
+appropriate signification, as the _ai_ of the French future is derived
+from _avoir_, were any philologist sufficiently acquainted with the
+languages to investigate them. _Ne_, signifying it or thing, is adjoined
+to many verbs, frequently in the present tense only, like the
+explicative particle _en_ conjugated with “_aller_.”
+
+The Fantee has a present, perfect, and pluperfect: as “me dedee,” I eat,
+“me adee,” I have eaten, “me waya dedee,” I had eat. It has no future,
+yet the time is marked precisely, by adding _soon_, _to-morrow_, &c. to
+the present.
+
+Neither language has participles; for, I see him coming, the Accras
+would say, according to their idiom,
+
+ “Minnā eh ba’lheh.”
+
+ “I see his coming.”
+
+_Ba_ being a noun, with the definite article _lheh_ affixed. The Fantees
+would say,
+
+ “Mehoon deh orraba.”
+
+ “I see that he comes.”
+
+Many verbs in the Accra language are conjugated like reflectives, though
+they are not so in their nature, as
+
+ “Me nakoo me fai lheh
+
+ I not I did it, for I did not do it.
+
+In the Accra, _ko_, the contraction of _nakoo_, (not,) is added to verbs
+as a negative, as “_meyayko_,” I did not eat; yet, in some instances,
+they have distinct verbs to express the negative of the action, as
+“_mahttay_,” I will go, “_meyang_,” I will not go.
+
+The Fantee prefixes _neën_, not, as “_me dedee_,” I eat, “_me neën
+dedee_,” I do not eat; and they have also, apparently, distinct negative
+verbs, as “_me becko_,” I go, “_me’nkoko_,” I do not go.
+
+The Accra resembles the Greek in the nice distinctions of some of its
+verbs and nouns.
+
+ Gnăghmong To salute in the morning.
+
+ Cotaghmong To roll up.
+
+ Balbaghtoomong To draw towards
+
+ Tehtemong To gather up
+
+ Kakow The tooth ache (_nanyong_ a tooth)
+
+ Kodjomong To talk a palaver
+
+ Song To work as a smith }
+ } neechoomong to work
+ Ghnāmong mechanic }
+
+ Ninnamong To separate weeds from earth
+
+The Accra and Fantee interjections are generally parts of sentences, as,
+Mr. Horne Tooke has shewn most of our own to be: “_minnannako_,” what do
+I see now, “_me ä whoo!_” I die, “_màdja!_” oh my father, equally
+responsive to grief, joy, or surprise; and used as involuntarily, and as
+frequently as the two syllables _boh_, _hah_, which answer to our _oh_,
+and _ah_, and which, of course, cannot be called words. An Ashantee
+striking his foot against a stone, or any thing in his way, exclaims
+“the thing is mad.”
+
+I was surprised to find little, or no inversion in the Accra or Fantee
+prose[118]; the substantive precedes the adjective, but there is
+scarcely any other trace of it: yet, it is one of their poetical
+licenses, as may be instanced in the following line of a Fantee song;
+
+ “Abirrikirri croom ogah odum.”
+
+ Foreign town fire put in,
+
+for “the foreign town is set on fire.” In addition to this inversion, so
+many peculiar additives, (generally vowels,) and inflexions are allowed,
+as well as the figures Synæresis, Diæresis, Metathesis, and Anastrophe,
+in their poetry, and in their poetry only, (making it unintelligible
+even to those who can converse fluently with them) that both languages
+may be said to have a Prosody. From the following song, I imagined the
+Fantees (for the Accra’s are said to possess none but fetish hymns in
+their own language) to have some idea of rhyme, considering the
+inversion of the first line as forced, and expressly accommodated to the
+metre,
+
+ Abirrikirri croom ogah odum,
+
+ Ocoontinkiï bonoo fum,
+
+ Cooroompun,
+
+ Coom agwun,
+
+but I have not met with any other instance.
+
+The Ashantees generally use much and vehement gesture, and speak in
+recitative: their action is exuberant, but graceful; and from the
+infancy of the language,[119] nouns and verbs are constantly repeated,
+for force, and distinction, as _one one_, for, _one by one_, or, _each_;
+_one tokoo one tokoo_, for, _one tokoo a-piece_. They frequently are
+obliged to vary the tone, in pronouncing a word which has more than one
+meaning, as the Chinese do. They have no expression short of you are a
+liar, and the king was surprised, when I told him we made a great
+difference between a mistake and a lie; he said the truth was not spoken
+in either case, and, therefore, it was the same thing; they did not
+consider the motive but only the fact.
+
+Like the American languages, those of this part of Africa, are full of
+figures, hyperbolical and picturesque.[120] One of the kings of the
+interior, whose territories the Ashantees had long talked of invading,
+sent forty pots of palm oil to Coomassie, with the message, that, “he
+feared they could not find their way, so he sent the oil to light them.”
+The Accras instead of good night, say “_wooäu d’tcherrimong_,” sleep
+till the lighting of the world: one of their imprecations against their
+enemies, is, “may their hiding place be our flute,” that is, “our
+plaything:” when they speak of a man imposing on them, they say, “he
+turned the backs of our heads into our mouths.” Having occasion, whilst
+at Coomassie, to protest against the conduct of an individual, the king
+replied, through Adoosee, “The horse comes from the bush, and is a fool,
+but the man who rides him knows sense, and by and by makes him do what
+he wishes; you, by yourself, made the horse, who was a fool, do better
+the other day, therefore, three of you ought to teach a man, who is not
+born a fool, and does not come from the bush, to do what you know to be
+right by and by, though I see he does wrong now.” Other instances will
+appear in their songs.
+
+I shall transfer the imperfect Vocabularies which I formed, and the
+incidental observations, to the Appendix; as they may not be indulged
+with so much attention by the generality of readers, as the
+investigation of the structure.
+
+
+[Footnote 111: The eastern and western branch of this polar race, the
+Eskimoes and the Tschougazes, notwithstanding the enormous distance of
+800 leagues which separates them, are united by the most intimate
+analogy of languages. This analogy extends, as has been recently proved
+in the most evident manner, even to the inhabitants of the north-east of
+Asia; for the idiom of the Tschouktshes at the mouth of the Anadin has
+the same roots, as the language of the Eskimoes who inhabit the coast of
+America opposite to Europe. The Tschouktsches are the Eskimoes of Asia.
+Humbolt, P. N. v. 3, p. 291.]
+
+[Footnote 112: “I am aware that languages are much more strongly
+characterised by their structure and grammatical forms, than by the
+analogy of their sounds and of their roots; and that their analogy of
+sounds is sometimes so disfigured in the different dialects of the same
+tongue, as not to be distinguishable; for the tribes into which a nation
+is divided, often designate the same objects by words altogether
+heterogeneous. Hence it follows, that we are easily mistaken, if,
+neglecting the study of the inflexions, and consulting only the roots,
+for instance the words which designate the moon, sky, water, and earth,
+we decide on the absolute difference of two idioms from the simple want
+of resemblance in sounds.” Humboldt’s Personal Narrative, vol. iii. p.
+251.
+
+I am gratified to find, since my return to England, and consequent
+perusal of the Congo publication, that my investigations of these
+languages have happened to be consonant with the instructions of Mr.
+Marsden in his letter to Captain Tuckey, as appears from the following
+extract. “Where a longer residence admits of freer intercourse, and a
+means of acquiring a more perfect knowledge of the language, it will be
+desirable, besides attempting to fill up the larger vocabulary, that
+pains should be taken to examine its grammatical structure, and to
+ascertain, for instance, how the nominative and subjunctive words in a
+sentence are placed with respect to the verb; how the adjective with
+regard to the substantive; how plurals and degrees of comparison are
+formed; whether there is any kind of inflexion or variation of syllables
+of the same word, according to its position in the sentence and
+connection with other words; whether the pronouns personal vary
+according to the rank or sex of the person addressing or person
+addressed; and whether they are incorporated with the verb; and to
+observe any other peculiarities of idiom, that the language may present;
+noting the degree of softness, harshness, indistinctness, intonation,
+guttural sounds, and the prevalence or deficiency of any particular
+letters of the alphabet, as we should term them, such as R and F. The
+extent of country over which a language is understood to prevail should
+also be a subject of investigation; and, by what others it is bounded on
+every side. Also, whether there may not be a correct language of
+communication between nations, whose proper languages are distinct.” I
+think the very frequent use of _q_ is one distinguishing character of
+African languages: the _r_ and _f_ are very frequent, the latter
+especially; the former as a liquid is frequently substituted for _l_, as
+I have illustrated in the Chapter on Geography. Their pronunciation of
+_z_ approximates to that of the _aspro z_ of the Italians. I hope to
+have leisure and opportunity hereafter for paying this subject more
+attention. I have not yet had time to make sufficient progress in German
+to read Vater’s Mithridatis, which will no doubt assist my
+observations.]
+
+[Footnote 113: “From the Hebrew עתה, ote, _time_, has flowed ὁτε,
+_when_; which τ, π, οπ, being prefixed, becomes τοτε, ποτε, ὁποτε.”]
+
+[Footnote 114: “Every verb consists of a pronoun, expressing an agent,
+and of a noun, or the substitute of a noun, expressing an object. Thus,
+οινος and εγω joined and abbreviated is οινοω; and this term would be
+sufficient to express _I drink wine_, though originally it meant only
+_wine I_; association supplying to the speaker and the person addressed
+the intermediate notion _of drinking_.” Jones.]
+
+[Footnote 115: The word _caboceer_ (_chief_,) which I have used in the
+correspondence, history, and other parts of this work, as the only title
+familiar to Europeans, (being always substituted, even by native
+interpreters for the vernacular,) was of course introduced by the
+Portuguese, and consequently unknown in the interior. It is applied to a
+chief who has the charge or government of a town, (_croom_.) Such
+however are indiscriminately called _ōhen_ or _king_, in Fantee.
+Throughout Ashantee the monarch only is called _ōhennie_ or _king_, and
+the chiefs who have the care or government of the towns of his
+dominions, _sāf ĕhen_. _Sāfie_ or _saphwooa_, means _key_, and the last
+syllable of the compound, _hen_, is evidently an abbreviation of
+_ōhennie_. _Safie_, a _charm_, is without doubt identical in a
+figurative sense with _sāfee_, _key_; and should, on consideration, be
+spelt as such, and not _saphie_ as I have generally written it hitherto.
+A Moor is called _Crambo_ by the Negroes of the interior, which bears
+the same interpretation as _Pongheme_, a Spaniard, in the Tamanack, i.e.
+_a man clothed_.]
+
+[Footnote 116: It is also found in the Empoönga, and other African
+languages.]
+
+[Footnote 117: “The distinction of active and passive is not essential
+to verbs. In the infancy of language, it was in all probability not
+known; in Hebrew, the difference but imperfectly exists, and in the
+early periods of it, possibly did not exist at all. In Arabic, the only
+distinction which obtains, arises from the vowel points, a late
+invention compared with the antiquity of that language. And in our own
+tongue the names of active and passive would have remained unknown, if
+they had not been learnt in Latin.” Jones.]
+
+[Footnote 118: “He (the savage) would not express himself according to
+our English order of construction, Give me fruit, but according to the
+Latin order, Fruit give me, Fructum da mihi, for this plain reason, that
+his attention was wholly directed towards fruit, the desired object.
+This was the exciting idea; the object which moved him to speak, and of
+course would be the first named. Such an arrangement is precisely
+putting into words the gesture which nature taught the savage to make,
+before he was acquainted with words; and therefore it may be depended
+upon as certain, that he would fall most readily into this arrangement.
+· · · · · · We might therefore conclude, à priori, that this would be
+the order in which things were most commonly arranged at the beginning
+of language, and accordingly we find, in fact, that in this order words
+are arranged in most of the antient tongues; as in the Greek and the
+Latin; and it is also said, in the Russian, the Sclavonic, the Gaelic,
+and several of the American tongues.” Blair.
+
+The arrangement of words in the Chayma is such as is found in every
+language of both continents, which has preserved a certain air of youth.
+The object is placed before the verb, the verb before the personal
+pronoun. The object on which the attention should be principally fixed,
+precedes all the modifications of that object.
+
+The American would say; “liberty complete love we;” instead of we love
+complete liberty; “Thee with happy am I”—instead of I am happy with
+thee. Humboldt’s Personal Narrative, vol. 3, p. 261.]
+
+[Footnote 119: “In the infancy of language, while words were yet scanty,
+the most natural way, whereby a writer or speaker might give an
+additional force to his discourse, was to _repeat_ such terms as he
+wished to render _emphatic_. The more ancient any language is, the more
+numerous appear the traces of such repetitions; and next to the Hebrew,
+they form a remarkable feature in the Greek tongue. This μαω μαω, I
+desire desire, blended into one word, become μιμαω, and mean, I greatly
+desire. βαω βαω, I walk walk, βιβαω, I stride, &c. &c. &c. See Jones.]
+
+[Footnote 120: “The messenger concluded this insulting notification by
+presenting the king with a pair of iron sandals, at the same time
+adding, that until such time as Daisy had worn out these sandals in his
+flight, he should never be secure from the arrows of Bambarra.” Park’s
+1st Mission.]
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER X.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ _Music._
+
+
+The wild music of these people is scarcely to be brought within the
+regular rules of harmony,[121] yet their airs have a sweetness and
+animation beyond any barbarous compositions I ever heard. Few of their
+instruments possess much power, but the combination of several
+frequently produces a surprising effect. The flute is made of a long
+hollow reed, and has not more than three holes; the tone is low at all
+times, and when they play in concert they graduate them with such nicety
+as to produce the common chords. Several instances of thirds occur,
+especially in one of the annexed airs, played as a funeral dirge; nor is
+this extraordinary considering it is the most natural interval; the
+addition of fifths, at the same time, is rare. The natives declare they
+can converse by means of their flutes, and an old resident at Accra has
+assured me he has heard these dialogues, and that every sentence was
+explained to him.
+
+On the Sanko (see Drawing No. 5, and Specimen in the Museum) they
+display the variety of their musical talents, and the Ashantees are
+allowed to surpass all others. It consists of a narrow box, the open top
+of which is covered with alligator, or antelope skin; a bridge is raised
+on this, over which eight strings are conducted to the end of a long
+stick, fastened to the fore part of the box, and thickly notched, and
+they raise or depress the strings into these notches as occasion
+requires. The upper string assimilates with the tenor C of the piano,
+and the lower with the octave above: sometimes they are tuned in
+Diatonic succession, but too frequently the intermediate strings are
+drawn up at random, producing flats and sharps in every Chromatic
+variety, though they are not skilful enough to take advantage of it. I
+frequently urged this by trying to convince them they were not playing
+the same tune I had heard the day before, but the answer was invariably,
+“I pull the same string, it must be the same tune.” The strings are made
+from the runners of a tree called Enta, abounding in the forests. All
+airs on this instrument are played very quick, and it is barely possible
+to make even an experienced player lessen the time, which quick as it
+is, is kept in a surprising manner, especially as every tune is loaded
+with ornament. They have a method of stopping the strings with the
+finger, so as to produce a very soft and pleasing effect, like the Meyer
+touch of the harp.
+
+The horns form their loudest sounds, and are made of elephant’s tusks,
+they are generally very large, and, being graduated like the flutes,
+their flourishes have a martial and grand effect. It has been mentioned
+in the Military Customs of the Ashantees, that peculiar sentences are
+immediately recognised by the soldiers, and people, in the distinct
+flourishes of the horns of the various chiefs: the words of some of
+these sentences are almost expressible by the notes of the horns; the
+following, uttered by the horns of a captain named Gettoä, occurs to me
+as an instance
+
+ “O Saï tĭntĭntoo, ma yūāyĭä pa pa.”
+
+ O Saï great king! I laud thee every where, or exceedingly.
+
+The Bentwa (see Drawing No. 6.) is a stick bent in the form of a bow,
+and across it, is fastened a very thin piece of split cane, which is
+held between the lips at one end, and struck with a small stick; whilst
+at the other it is occasionally stopped, or rather buffed, by a thick
+one; on this they play only lively airs, and it owes its various sounds
+to the lips.
+
+The Mosees, Mallowas, Bournous, and natives from the more remote parts
+of the interior, play on a rude violin: the body is a calabash, the top
+is covered with deer skin, and two large holes are cut in it for the
+sound to escape; the strings, or rather string, is composed of cow’s
+hair, and broad like that of the bow with which they play, which
+resembles the bow of a violin. Their grimace equals that of an Italian
+Buffo: they generally accompany themselves with the voice, and increase
+the humour by a strong nasal sound.
+
+The Oompoochwa is a box, one end of which is left open; two flat bridges
+are fastened across the top, and five pieces of thin curved stick,
+scraped very smooth, are attached to them, and (their ends being
+raised,) are struck with some force by the thumb. I can compare it to
+nothing but the Staccado nearly deprived of its tone.
+
+The Ashantees have an instrument like a Bagpipe, but the drone is
+scarcely to be heard.
+
+The rest of the instruments can hardly be called musical, and consist of
+drums, castanets, gong-gongs, flat sticks, rattles, and even old brass
+pans.
+
+The Drums (see Drawing No. 7.) are hollow’d trunks of trees, frequently
+carved with much nicety, mostly open at one end, and of many sizes:
+those with heads of common skin (that is of any other than Leopard skin)
+are beaten with sticks in the form of a crotchet rest; the largest are
+borne on the head of a man, and struck by one or more followers; the
+smaller are slung round the neck, or stand on the ground; in the latter
+case they are mostly played with the inside of the fingers, at which the
+natives are very expert: amongst these drums are some with heads of
+leopard skin, (looking like vellum,) only sounded by two fingers, which
+are scraped along, as the middle finger is on the tamborine, but
+producing a much louder noise. The gong-gongs are made of hollow pieces
+of iron, and struck with the same metal. The Castanets are also of iron.
+The Rattles are hollow gourds, the stalks being left as handles, and
+contain shells or pebbles, and are frequently covered with a net work of
+beads; the grimaces with which these are played make them much more
+entertaining to sight than hearing.
+
+I was fortunate enough to find a rare instance of a native able to play
+the radical notes of each tune; he is the best player in the country,
+and I was enabled to collect the airs now offered: with some of the
+oldest date I have also selected a few of the latest compositions. Their
+graces are so numerous, some extempore, some transmitted from father to
+son, that the constant repetition only can distinguish the commencement
+of the air: sometimes between each beginning they introduce a few
+chords, sometimes they leave out a bar, sometimes they only return to
+the middle, so entirely is it left to the fancy of the performer. The
+observation made on the time of the Sanko may be extended to almost
+every other instrument, but it is always perfect, and the children will
+move their heads and limbs, whilst on their mother’s backs, in exact
+unison with the tune which is playing: the contrasts of piano and forte
+are very well managed.
+
+The singing is almost all recitative, and this is the only part of music
+in which the women partake; they join in the chorusses, and at the
+funeral of a female sing the dirge itself; but the frenzy of the moment
+renders it such a mixture of yells and screeches, that it bids defiance
+to all notation. The songs of the Canoe men are peculiar to themselves,
+and very much resemble the chants used in cathedrals, but as they are
+all made for the moment, I have not been able to retain any of them.
+
+To have attempted any thing like arrangement, beyond what the annexed
+airs naturally possess, would have altered them, and destroyed the
+intention of making them known in their original character. I have not
+even dared to insert a flat or a sharp.
+
+No. 1. is the oldest air in the whole collection, and common both to
+Ashantees and Warsaws; I could trace it through four generations, but
+the answer made to my enquiries will give the best idea of its
+antiquity; “it was made when the country was made.” The key appears to
+be E minor.
+
+The old and simple air No. 2, is almost spoiled from the quick method of
+playing it, but when slow it has a melancholy rarely found in African
+music, and it is one of the very few in which the words are adapted to
+the tune. I think it is decidedly in the key of C major. The noun
+aganka, an orphan, is from the verb agan to leave. Oboïbee is a bird
+that sings only at night, for which I know no other name than the
+Ashantee. The Warsaw air, No. 3, also in C major, was composed in
+consequence of a contest between the two principal caboceers of that
+country, Intiffa and Attobra; one extremely thin and the other very fat;
+Attobra ran away, and is derided by Intiffa in the following satirical
+words:
+
+ Asoom cōōcŏŏrŏŏcōō ŏninny ăgwanny.
+
+Asoom is a dolphin, which, as a beardless creature, is an epithet of the
+strongest contempt. The literal translation is,
+
+ The big dolphin runs away from the small man.
+
+No. 5, which I should conjecture to begin in E minor, and to end in D
+minor, was occasioned by an English vessel bringing the report of a
+battle, in which the French were defeated and their town burned. The
+words are allegorical.
+
+ Abirrikirri croom ogah odum;
+
+ French town fire put in;
+
+ Ocoontinkii bonoo fum;
+
+ Great fighting man, wolf take you away;
+
+ Cooroompun coom agwun.
+
+ Cooroompun kills all goats.
+
+Abirrikirri applies indiscriminately to all nations beyond the sea, as
+Dunko does to all nations far in the interior. Cooroompun is a very
+large insect of the genus mantis (soothsayer) frequently met with here,
+and the natives believe that it kills the sheep and goats by
+fascination, standing with its eyes fixed on those of the object, and
+swinging its head and body from side to side without moving its feet,
+until the animal falls in fits and dies.[122] Agwun is a noun of
+multitude, comprehending all the goat kind.
+
+A long tale accompanies No. 6. An Ashantee having been surprised in an
+intrigue with another man’s wife, becomes the slave of the King, and is
+obliged to follow the army in a campaign against the celebrated Attah,
+the Akim caboceer mentioned in the history. The Ashantee army having
+retired, this man either deserted or could not join his division, and
+after concealing himself some time in the forest, was taken by a party
+of Attah’s, whom he addresses in the following words:
+
+ Eqqwee odin ahi,
+
+ Panther bush here (belongs to)
+
+ Minăwoo! Minăwoo!
+
+ I die! I die!
+
+ Me’din adoo croom,
+
+ Bush now my croom,
+
+ Minăwoo! Minăwoo!
+
+ I die! I die!
+
+ Babisseäche Minăwoo! Minăwoo!
+
+ For woman’s sake I die! I die!
+
+ Attah m’incomie! Attah m’incomie!
+
+ Attah don’t kill me! Attah don’t kill me!
+
+The man’s life, it was added, was preserved when he urged that he
+understood how to make sandals. The key appears to be E minor.
+
+No. 7, in G major, seems to convey the moral, that riches prompt mankind
+to wickedness, the word “_makes_” is understood.
+
+No. 9, became a common song in March last in praise of the present
+Governor in Chief; who, in consequence of the famine occasioned by the
+preceding invasion from the Ashantees, daily distributed corn to the
+starving multitude: the words are even more incoherent and figurative
+than the others, therefore I have not written them, but the meaning to
+be gathered is, “Poor woman and poor child got no gold to buy kanky;
+good white man gives you corn.” It will be observed that the air much
+resembles No. 11, wherefore I suspect it is an alteration, and not a
+composition; although the key seems to be G major, and it is impossible
+to attach any key to the latter.
+
+The dirge, No. 12, certainly in the key of C major, has been mentioned
+before, but here I must add, that in venturing the intervening and
+concluding bass chord, I merely attempt to describe the castanets, gong-
+gongs, drums, &c. bursting in after the soft and mellow tones of the
+flutes; as if the ear was not to retain a vibration of the sweeter
+melody.
+
+No. 13, in D minor, is played by only two flutes, and is one of the
+softest airs I have met with.
+
+No. 14, is an Accra fetish hymn, sung by one man and one woman, or more,
+at Christmas:
+
+ Afĭnaïē pweë,
+
+ The year’s ends have met,
+
+ Gnōr woorra
+
+ Somebody’s child
+
+ Mŏrbee.
+
+ Take blessing.
+
+“Somebody’s child,” means the child of a person of consequence,
+reminding us of Hidalgos, “the son of somebody,” so applied in Spanish.
+Its regularity is surprising, and its transition from G major to C major
+is very harmonious.
+
+No. 15, in G major, is a specimen of the Kerrapee or Kerrapay music,
+which I have made a point of preserving, as it appeared to me superior
+even to Ashantee. A young man acknowledges a crime he had attempted to
+conceal:
+
+ Kennĕödvay nooblou adomevai,
+
+ Oh pity! the palaver is spoiled,
+
+ Noodooloo adomevai,
+
+ It is found, it is spoiled;
+
+ Ēnnŏblou;
+
+ Think for me;
+
+ Dootŏh mĕ pŏ mĕ blōh,
+
+ Elders, settle it for me,
+
+ Adăn vō,
+
+ I am at a loss,
+
+ Iëe!
+
+ Oh!
+
+The following is a translation of a long Ashantee song, with little or
+no air. The men sit together in a line on one side, with their sankos
+and other instruments; and the women in a line opposite to them.
+Individuals rise and advance, singing in turn.[123]
+
+ _1st Woman._ My husband likes me too much,
+
+ He is good to me,
+
+ But I cannot like him,
+
+ So I must listen to my lover.
+
+ _1st Man._ My wife does not please me,
+
+ I tire of her now;
+
+ So I will please myself with another,
+
+ Who is very handsome.
+
+ _2nd Woman._ My lover tempts me with sweet words,
+
+ But my husband always does me good,
+
+ So I must like him well,
+
+ And I must be true to him.
+
+ _2nd Man._ Girl you pass my wife handsome,
+
+ But I cannot call you wife;
+
+ A wife pleases her husband only,
+
+ But when I leave you, you go to others.
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+The oldest ASHANTEE and WARSAW AIR.]
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+A very old ASHANTEE AIR.
+
+ Aganka oshoom noofa Oboibee oshoom noofa Aganka oshoomnoofa
+
+ Orphan cries at night · · · cries at night Orphan cries at night
+
+ wekirree wekirree oimiyow wekirree wekirree oimiyow wekirree
+
+ sad thing sad thing I’m sorry sad thing sad thing I’m sorry sad thing
+]
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+WARSAW AIR.]
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+ASHANTEE AIR.]
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+FANTEE AIR.]
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+AN ASHANTEE AIR.]
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+AN ASHANTEE AIR.
+
+ Onoompah yahpah onompah yahpah onoompah yahpah
+
+ (Makes) Person do bad · · · · · · · · · ·
+
+ sicca sicca onoompah yahpah onoompah yahpah
+
+ gold gold (makes) person do bad · · · · · · · ·
+
+ onoompah yahpah Akim sicca onoompah yahpah.
+
+ · · · · · · Akim gold (makes) person do bad.
+]
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+MODERN FANTEE AIR.]
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+MODERN FANTEE AIR.]
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+ASHANTEE AIR.]
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+ASHANTEE AIR.]
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+A FANTEE DIRGE.]
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+AN ASHANTEE AIR.]
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+AN ACCRA FETISH HYMN.
+
+ Afinaiepwaëe gnorwoorra afinaiepwaëe
+
+ gnorwoorra gnorwoorra
+
+ gnorwoorra afinaiepwaëe gnorwoorra morbee gnorwoorra
+
+ gnorwoorra gnorwoorra morbee gnorwoorra
+]
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+A KERRAPEE SONG.
+
+ Kenneovay nooblou adomevai Kenneovay nooblou adomevai
+
+ noodooloo adomevai ennoblou Dootoh me po me bloh adanvo Iëe
+]
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+FANTEE AIR.]
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+FANTEE AIR.]
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+ASHANTEE AIR.]
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+MALLOWA AIR.]
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+MOSEE AIR.]
+
+
+[Footnote 121: “A few melodies in national music have been found
+incapable of harmony; such as the two first bars of the second part of
+the Irish tune called The Fair Hair’d Child.” Dr. Crotch.]
+
+[Footnote 122: The power of fascination by the eyes, is believed and
+dreaded in those parts of Africa as mortal, whether exercised by the
+fetish priests against men, or by the cooroompun against animals. The
+idea prevailed in Pliny’s time, but it was ascribed to the voice. “In
+libro quodam Plinii naturalis historiæ legi esse quasdam in terrâ Africâ
+familias hominum voce atque linguâ effascinantium. Qui si impensiùs
+fortè laudaverint pulchras arbores, segetes lætiores, infantes
+amœniores, egregios equos, pecudes pastu, atque cultu optimas,
+emoriantur repentè hæc omnia.” A cooroompun will be found amongst the
+specimens for the British Museum.]
+
+[Footnote 123: I never heard this sung without its recalling Horace’s
+beautiful little dialogue ode, (9. lib. 3) “Donec gratus eram tibi.”]
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER XI.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ _Materia Medica and Diseases._
+
+
+The report of the Materia Medica and Botany of Ashantee, was the only
+one which I was not required to furnish. It was afforded by Mr. Henry
+Tedlie, assistant surgeon, whose subsequent death has mingled a regret
+with the recollection of the Embassy, which the recall of my own
+sufferings, and the family affliction it entailed on me, could never
+have exacted. The intelligence reached me in England, to correct the
+pride of success by associating misfortune with it; for the recollection
+of Mr. Tedlie’s social virtues, of his enterprise and ability, makes it
+a severe one to myself, and to the world. Mr. Tedlie suffered severely
+from intermitting dysentery during the Mission, but I had hoped it would
+have been eradicated after his return. He had previously attended the
+expedition to Candy, and expired at Cape Coast Castle in the 27th year
+of his age. Throughout the Mission he indulged the feelings of the
+natives, in his professional capacity, with a patience few could have
+exerted; whether labouring under sickness himself, or disturbed in the
+moments of a scanty rest; he awed and conciliated the people by the
+importance of his cures, and thus contributed to the success of the
+enterprise.
+
+“During the earlier part of our residence at Coomassie, the season was
+tolerably favourable to the gathering of plants, but we were then
+allowed to go out but seldom, and never beyond the town. Latterly, when
+better impressions succeeded, and our walks were unrestrained by limits
+or attendants, the rains not only checked, but generally disappointed my
+researches, by presenting the subject flowerless, (or in an unfit state
+for preservation,) and consequently not admitting their classification,
+as is too evident in the following list of such plants as are used as
+medicines by the Ashantees.
+
+1. Cutturasuh. ([124]_Chrysanthellum procumbens_. _Persoon. syn._ 2.
+_p._ 471, _Verbesina mutica_ _Willd._) A small plant, a decoction of
+which is purgative, before boiling it should be bruised.
+
+2. Adumba, (a species of Ficus.) The bark and fruit are pounded with
+Mallaguetta pepper and a small plant called awhinteywhinting, boiled in
+fish soup: two doses in the third month of gestation are said to cause
+abortion.
+
+3. Koofoobah (_Gloriosa superba_. _Linn._) is bruised with Mallaguetta
+pepper (lesser cardamom seeds) and applied to the ancle or foot when
+sprained.
+
+4. Tandoorue (_perhaps a_ _Cupania_ _or_ _Trichilia_.) The bark is
+pounded and boiled with Mallaguetta pepper; used for pain in the belly,
+and acts as a purgative.
+
+5. Bissey. (_Sterculia acuminata_. _Palis. de Beauvois, Flore d’Oware_
+1. _p._ 41. _tab._ 24.) The fruit is constantly chewed by the Ashantees,
+especially on a journey; it is said to prevent hunger and strengthen the
+stomach and bowels; has a slight bitter aromatic astringent taste, and
+causes an increase of the saliva while chewed.
+
+6. Attueh. (_Blighia sapida_. _Hort. Kew. ed._ 2. _vol._ 3, _p._ 350.
+_Akeesia africana_ _Tussac Flor. des Antilles_ 66.) A decoction of the
+bark is said to be anti-venereal. The fruit is eaten.
+
+7. Ricinus Communis _Linn._ Castor oil nut tree, 30 feet high here, and
+not a bush as on the coast: not used as medicine by the natives.
+
+8. Apooder. (_Two species of_ _Leucas_, _of which one is hardly
+different from_ _L. Martinicensis_ _Hort. Kew. ed._ 2. _vol._ 3, _p._
+409, _the other is perhaps new._) A mixture of the bruised leaves with
+lime juice is applied to inflammations.
+
+9. Hooghong. (A species of Urtica) is bruised, mixed with chalk, and
+drank by pregnant women to correct acidity in the stomach, heartburn,
+&c.
+
+10. Accocottocotorawah. (_Heliotropium indicum_. _Linn._) The juice
+expressed from this plant is snuffed up the nostrils in cases of severe
+head-ach. They also inhale the smoke of it into the nose.
+
+11. Crowera (_Acalypha ciliata_. _Willd. sp. pl._) is bruised with
+lesser cardamom seed, and rubbed on the chest and side when pained.
+
+12. Enminim (_a species of_ _Vitis_.) A climbing plant. The juice
+expressed from the leaves is dropped into the eyes when affected with
+opthalmia or pain.
+
+13. Secoco. (_Leptanthus_?) A small marshy plant. Is pounded with lime
+juice and rubbed on the body to cure the crawcraws; a severe and
+obstinate species of itch.
+
+14. Ammo.—The juice is applied to cuts and bruises.
+
+15. Petey (_possibly a_ _Piper_.) The leaves are pounded and applied as
+a plaister to inflammatory swellings and boils.
+
+16. Abromotome.—The bruised leaves are used to discuss boils.
+
+17. Yangkompro. (_A syngenesious plant related to_ _Cacalia_.) The
+pounded leaves are applied to cuts and contusions.
+
+18. Oeduema. (_Musanga cecropioides_ _Br. See Tuckey’s Congo, p._ 453.)
+The hairy sheath or stipule of a large palmated leaved tree; it
+resembles a skin, is boiled in soup, and used as a powerful emmenagogue.
+
+19. Semeney, (_probably a species of_ _Aneilema_.) The leaves are
+pounded and applied as a plaister to favour the discharge of boils and
+collections of pus.
+
+20. Wowwah (_perhaps a_ _Sterculia_.) The inner bark of this tree is
+scraped fine and mixed with Mallaguetta pepper, and drank for colic and
+other pains in the belly.
+
+21. Anafranakoo.—The bruised leaves are applied to discuss boils and
+other inflammatory swelling.
+
+22. Kattacaiben (_Leea sambucina_.) A decoction of the leaves is drank
+every morning by pregnant women when they experience any uneasiness in
+the abdomen. The bark of the tree powdered is rubbed on chronic
+swellings.
+
+23. Aserumbdrue (_a species of_ _Piper_ _related to_ _umbellatum_.) The
+leaves are used in soup to allay swellings of the belly.
+
+24. Ocisseeree.—The bark of this tree is used to stop the purging in
+dysentery and diarrhoea.
+
+25. Gingang. (_Paullinia africana_ _Br. See Tuckeys Congo, p._ 427.) The
+bark of this tree is used internally and externally, mixed with
+Mallaguetta pepper for pain in the side.
+
+26. Cudeyakoo.—A very small plant. The leaves and stalk pounded are
+applied to eruptions on the head. A mixture of it with lime juice is
+applied to the yaws.
+
+27. Affeuah (_unknown_) and Nuinnuerafuh (_Hedysari species_.) A mixture
+of the bruised leaves of these plants with Mallaguetta pepper, is rubbed
+on the body and limbs when swelled or pained: a decoction of them, with
+an addition of the plant Comfany (_Alternantheræ, sp._) is used
+internally in the same cases.
+
+28. Adummah. (_Paullinia africana_. _The same as No._ 25.) A decoction
+of the bark of this tree, reduced to powder with Mallaguetta pepper,
+drank once a day, stops the discharge of blood and cures the dysentery.
+
+29. Tointinney (_probably a_ _Menispermum_.) Is chewed with Mallaguetta
+pepper as a cure for a cough.
+
+30. Apussey. (_A leguminous plant, probably allied to_ _Robinia_.)
+
+The bark of this tree pounded with Mallaguetta pepper is applied to the
+head in cases of head-ach.
+
+31. Thuquamah.—The bark is pounded and drank in Palm wine, with
+Mallaguetta pepper, for pain in the belly.
+
+32. Conkknoney, a dark purple coloured Toadstool, the size of a hazel
+nut, rubbed with Mallaguetta pepper and lime juice, it purges briskly.
+To stop the purging, a mess of boiled Guinea corn meal and lime juice
+should be eaten.
+
+33. Suetinney.—(_Brillantaisia owariensis_. _Palis. de Beauvois Flor.
+d’Oware_, 2. _p._ 68 _tab._ 100, _fig._ 2.) A decoction of the leaves is
+drank for pain in the belly.
+
+34. Soominna, (Tetandria Monogynia,) is bruised with lime juice and used
+to abate cough.
+
+35. Thattha (_Scoparia dulcis_. _Linn._)—The expressed juice of this
+plant is dropped into the ears when pained.
+
+36. Aquey (_Melia Azedarach_. _Linn._) A decoction of the leaves of this
+tree is used with Palm wine as a corroborant.
+
+37. Dammaram (_Mussænda fulgens_. _nov. spec._)
+
+The diseases most common in the Ashantee Country are the Lues, Yaws,
+Itch, Ulcers, Scald-heads, and griping pains in the bowels. Other
+diseases are occasionally met with, I should suppose in the same
+proportion that they occur in civilized countries; but I do not know to
+what cause to assign the prevalence and frequency of one of the most
+unsightly diseases that can occur in any country: it is an obstinate
+species of ulcer, or, Noli me tangere, which destroys the nose and upper
+lip; it attacks women chiefly, although men are not exempt from it;
+there are more than 100 women in Coomassie who have lost the nose or
+upper lip from this cause alone: it commences with a small ulcer in the
+alæ nasi, or upper lip, the size of a split pea, excavated, with the
+edges ragged and turned inwards, it proceeds by ulcerating under the
+skin; the bottom of the ulcer is uneven, covered with a foul slough, of
+a very disagreeable smell, and the discharge is thin, watery, and very
+irritating: it seldom cicatrices before the alæ nasi and lip are
+completely destroyed; when it does cease, the skin is puckered and
+uneven, and has a very disagreeable appearance; the only remedy which
+the natives use, is an external application of bruised leaves; they seem
+to let it take its course, without being very anxious about a cure.
+
+Framboesia, the Yaws, is a very frequent disease with the children of
+the poor and slaves: before the eruption takes place they are severely
+afflicted with pains in the joints, and along the course of the muscles
+of the superior and inferior extremities; in young persons, hard, round
+bony excrescences, the size of a walnut, form on each side of the nose
+under the eyes. The Natives either are not acquainted with a remedy for
+this enlargement of the bones, or if they are, they do not put it in
+practice. I administered alterative doses of calomel and antimonial
+powder with success, as it stopped the enlargement of the bones and
+caused them to be absorbed, and relieved the pain in the arms and legs
+particularly; during the exhibition of the alterative pills, a foul
+ulcer on the head got well: the natives apply a mixture of the plant
+Cudey-akoo, with lime juice, to the eruption, but apparently with very
+little benefit.
+
+Psora, the itch, a very severe species of which, called craw craw, is a
+frequent disease, and is very contagious; it is most commonly met with
+in children, few of the Dunko slaves are without it, from their poor
+diet and extreme dirtiness; they do not seem to experience much
+uneasiness from it, as they seldom apply any remedy; sometimes they use
+a rubefaciant, made of a plant called secoco, bruised and mixed with
+lime juice.
+
+Gonorrhœa is of rare occurrence, two cases came under my care, the
+patients had never used injections, they drank decoctions of leaves and
+bark, but could not tell me the plants they used; one of the
+ingredients, was a small plant call Cutturasuh, of a purgative nature.
+The disease is allowed to take its course by the natives, as they are
+unacquainted with any method to stop it.
+
+Tinea Capitis, the scald head, is a common disease with the poorer sort
+of Ashantees and slaves, arising from their neglect of cleanliness; the
+applications which they use to cure it have seldom the desired effect.
+They apply plaisters of pounded leaves and charcoal, but do not wash the
+head. In one case, where a boy was placed under my care, he got well in
+eight days, by having his head very well washed with a brush, soap, and
+warm water; then a strong infusion of tobacco, applied with a sponge,
+and when the head was dry, a composition of resinous and mercurial
+ointment was rubbed on it.
+
+Hydrocele occasionally occurs; they attempt to cure it by frictions of
+the castor oil nut, burnt and bruised with Mallaguetta pepper, but
+without any benefit. I drew off the water from one hydrocele, but, from
+our want of stimulants, could not perform any radical cure. Their
+applications to Inguinal hernia are equally ineffectual. They never
+attempt the reduction of umbilical hernia, although some are very large,
+and the disease very frequent.
+
+When a fracture of the leg or arm happens, the part is rubbed with a
+soft species of grass and palm oil, and the limb bound up with splints.
+“If God does not take the patient he recovers in four months,” as they
+say.
+
+I have not seen a single instance of fracture in the Ashantee country.
+Gun-shot wounds of the extremities, when the bone is fractured, are
+generally fatal, or, where a large blood vessel is wounded, as they are
+unacquainted with any method of stopping the hæmorrage; in fact they pay
+little attention to their wounded men; if they are not able to travel,
+they are abandoned. One of the King’s criers had his thigh dislocated at
+the hip joint with an anchylosis of the knee; the limb was considerably
+longer than the other, and the accident must have occurred a long time
+ago, as he walks very well.
+
+During the time we remained in Coomassie, and from our first entrance
+into the Ashantee country, I was every day applied to for advice and
+medicines by those who were afflicted with diseases, of which the number
+was great, and in the capital more especially, from its very unhealthy
+situation, being entirely surrounded by an extensive tract of swampy
+ground, and the natives consequently very subject to dysentery and
+fever. On first entering the country I was applied to by numbers of
+patients, many of them miserable objects, from the effects of the
+venereal disease: to as many of those as applied, during our halt in a
+town, I gave boxes of pills and strict directions for their use, and
+told them if they came to Coomassie during my residence there, I would
+do every thing in my power to cure them. Many availed themselves of my
+offer, and attended me on my arrival. To those who had ulcers or wounds,
+I applied the proper dressings, and left with them lint, adhesive
+plaister, and ointment. Most of them as a mark of their gratitude, sent
+presents of fowls, fruit, palm oil, wine, &c. to me after I had arrived
+in the capital. One man in Assiminia, who was nearly in the last stage
+of existence from a complication of disorders, originating from lues
+venerea, after I had seen him, sent every week to Coomassie for
+medicines, and completely recovered. Another in Sarrasoo who had the
+worst looking ulcers of the inferior extremities, that I have ever seen,
+did the same, and with the same success. A great many caboceers attended
+me every morning with their slaves and children affected with dropsy,
+crawcraws, yaws, fever, bowel complaints, &c. and expressed the most
+unbounded thanks for the medicine and advice they received.
+
+At the King’s particular request, I attended his own brother, the heir
+apparent, who had oedematous feet: by the use of friction, a roller, and
+an alterative course of calomel, and diuretics, he soon recovered.
+
+The King’s uncle, heir to the crown after the brother, was severely
+tormented with stricture of the urethra; he could only pass urine, drop
+by drop; three weeks passing the catheter, enabled him to make it in a
+full stream; when he immediately requested some powerfully stimulating
+medicine to correct impotency, which it was not in my power to grant.
+
+The captain whose office it is to drown any of the King’s family who
+have offended, had an ulcer two inches long in the palate bone; when he
+drank, part of the fluid passed out of his nose, and his speech was very
+unintelligible; the sides of the opening were scarified, and the
+granulations touched every third or fourth day with lunar caustic until
+they united; he got well in one month.
+
+The only unfortunate case I attended, was our guide Quamina Bwa; shortly
+after we arrived in Coomassie he was attacked with remittent fever; by
+the use of febrifuge medicines, the cold bath, bark, &c. he recovered,
+and was able to attend his usual duty of waiting on us, when we visited
+the king; he went into the country, and I did not see him for six weeks;
+at the end of that time, he sent for me, and I found him labouring under
+a severe bilious dysentery, and liver complaint. I was unable to prevent
+the formation of matter in his liver; it formed a large swelling with
+distinct fluctuation, and as he hesitated to have it discharged by
+puncturing with a trochar, it burst internally, and he died. I had one
+case of cancer of the upper lip, although the disease is said rarely to
+occur in that part. This case had all the marks of a true cancer; I
+dressed it every day during the whole time I remained in Coomassie, but
+the effect flattered and disappointed me by turns.
+
+The most importunate man for medicine, especially of an invigorating
+kind, in the whole Ashantee country, was old Apokoo, the treasurer and
+chief favourite. He was afflicted with inguinal hernia: I wrote to Cape
+Coast for a truss, which I applied, and it gave him immediate relief and
+satisfaction. He would take the most nauseous drug with pleasure. I
+generally gave him bark and peppermint water, which he regularly either
+sent or came for every day, during the two last months of our residence,
+and earnestly requested me to leave plenty of medicine with Mr.
+Hutchison, the British resident there. Most of the chief men were very
+earnest in their solicitations for me to give them stimulating
+medicines. I always assured them that it was impossible, that the
+English never used any, and that nothing astonished me more than that
+they should ask for such things. Their answers were, “they knew that the
+English had good heads and knew every thing, and must know that too, but
+I did not wish to give them any.”
+
+ _A List of the Diseases which I have seen in the Ashantee country._
+
+ Febris remittens 2 cases
+
+ Hepatitis 1
+
+ Dysenteria mucosa 6
+
+ Colica 1
+
+ Anasarca 3
+
+ Ascites 3
+
+ Scrophula many cases
+
+ Syphilis many
+
+ Gonorrhœa 2
+
+ Stricture 3
+
+ Cataract 2
+
+ Staphyloma 5
+
+ Ectropium 1
+
+ Bronchocele many
+
+ Cephalagia many
+
+ Odontalgia 10
+
+ Ulcers 8
+
+ Framboesia many
+
+ Psora many
+
+ Hernia inguinal 1
+
+ Umbilical (hernia) many
+
+ Dracunculus 7
+
+ Tinea capitis many
+
+ Hydrocele many
+
+ Cancer 1
+
+ Elephantiasis 1
+
+ Lepra 7
+
+
+[Footnote 124: I am indebted to Mr. Brown’s knowledge for the names and
+references in the parentheses.]
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER XII.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ _Mr. Hutchison’s Diary._
+
+
+September 26. After we left the palace this morning, Apokoo invited me
+home to take some refreshment. He entered into a long conversation
+concerning the slave trade: he heard, he said, that an English vessel
+had arrived at Cape Coast, and had brought out a letter from the King of
+England to the Governor-in-Chief, ordering a renewal of the slave trade,
+and asked me, if I had received any letter. I said I had not, but if
+such a thing had taken place, I thought I should have early accounts. He
+enquired what were the objections we had to “buy men?” I told him what I
+conceived to be proper; he laughed at our ideas, and enquired if the
+king of Dahomey had not sent a “book four moons ago to Cape Coast,
+inviting the English to trade again, in his kingdom.” I replied there
+was a message sent, but I could not say exactly in what words, as I was
+at Dix Cove at the time. “England,” he said, “was too fond of fighting,
+her soldiers were the same as dropping a stone in a pond, they go
+farther and farther:” at the same time he described an enlarging circle
+with his hand, and shook his finger and head significantly at me. He was
+anxious for me to write a “proper book” on the slave trade, many slaves,
+he told me, had revolted, and joining the Buntokoo standard were to
+fight against them; there were too many slaves in the country, (an
+opinion I tacitly acquiesced in), and they wanted to get rid of some of
+them. There might be a deal of trouble from them; he alone had one
+slave, who had 1000 followers at arms, and he might trouble them as
+Cudjo Cooma did, who was a slave of his when he revolted, and whose
+adherents alone were 10,000, independent of runaways, &c.
+
+In the afternoon the King sent me a ceremonious message, with his
+compliments, saying he would be glad if I attended him in his customs,
+&c. when he should sit in public. I replied that I would be happy to do
+so, as it was the King’s wish, except when human sacrifices were
+offered, but then it would be contrary to my inclinations, my religion,
+and my instructions.
+
+Shortly after I was told the King was in the market-place drinking palm
+wine. I went for the first time and took my seat on his left. The King
+made me a present of a pot of wine, as did several of his chiefs. When
+he drank, the whole of the music played, while the executioners, holding
+their swords with their right hands, covered their noses with their
+left, whilst they sung his victories and titles. About half a dozen
+small boys stood behind his chair, and finished the whole with a fetish
+hymn. The King enquired how many servants I had, and several questions
+of the same kind. After sitting about half an hour the assembly broke
+up, the King rising first, which is the signal to retire.
+
+Since the mission departed I have not been annoyed by any boys calling
+after me. After seeing Messrs. Bowdich and Tedlie through the town, on
+their going away, as I returned home the crowds thanked me as I passed,
+for staying. I suppose they hardly imagined, when it came to the last,
+that I would do so: indeed when I returned to my lodgings I found them
+solitary enough; and, in the night time, three men found their way into
+the house; one of my servants awakening, shouted out; I struck at one of
+them with my sword, but missed him: in the morning it was discovered
+that he had succeeded in stealing nearly half a sheep, a quantity of
+kankey belonging to the boys, and a table knife. I am not sanguine
+enough to imagine I shall be long allowed to take my walks unmolested;
+when the novelty of my remaining alone passes away, they will return to
+their old insolencies.
+
+Monday 29. Paid Apokoo a visit, and dashed him a razor. Several people
+were there talking palavers, and wishing him to interest the King for
+them; among others, an old captain complained heavily of Quamina Bwa,
+our guide, but since dead, who he said had stolen a slave from him and
+sold him during the Fantee war; he had unavailingly applied to the
+family, he therefore wished it to be brought before the King.
+
+Apokoo complained of head-ach, and one of his women brought a decoction
+of herbs, which she poured into a hollow piece of wood with two tubes,
+these were inserted in the nostrils, and the liquor poured in, while the
+head was held back, and afterwards spit out by the mouth; I have seen
+the same poured into the ear for a like complaint. He wished me to try a
+little of it; I of course declined it. He called one of his daughter’s,
+and wished me to consaw, or espouse her; I told him she was too young;
+he said that was nothing, as he would keep her for me: he added, the
+Ashantee custom was, if a great man’s wife with child took another man’s
+fancy, he consawed the child in the womb, and if born a girl, when she
+grew up she became his wife; if a boy, it was his to serve and attend on
+him, and he took care of it. Four ounces of gold it generally cost to
+consaw a girl. I said he was a rich man; “true,” he replied, “but it
+sometimes costs eight or ten ounces, sometimes only two.” Observing a
+bow and arrows standing in the room, I began to amuse myself with
+shooting them; he told me these were only for play, but when they went
+to fight, they tipped them with iron, and put a deadly poison on it,
+which caused almost instant death; the poison is made from vegetables
+boiled in a large pot, and the arrows steeped in it. He shewed me the
+marks of two arrow wounds which he received in battle. He then began to
+consult his fetish, by a quantity of strings, with various ornaments on
+one end to denote their good or evil qualities; these were mixed
+promiscuously together, and taking them in his right hand, he put them
+behind his back, and drew out one with his left; this was repeated about
+20 times. A wicker basket was then brought on a small stool covered with
+a silk cloth, in it were two lumps like pincushions, made of eggs, palm
+oil, &c.: he then turned up the bottom of his stool, and making three
+holes in it with something like a cobler’s awl, he drove in three pegs
+with a stone, muttering to himself all the time, and waving each string
+round his right ear; an egg was then brought in broken at one end, and
+placed alternately on the lumps in the basket, and crushed on the stool
+where the pegs were put in: this he did every morning before he went
+out, to keep him out of bad palavers through the day.
+
+Tuesday 30. This morning Apokoo invited me to take a share of his
+umbrella, and attend the King, who went to finish his ablutions. We
+walked along through an immense crowd; the streets were lined with the
+chiefs and their respective suites. We went down to the place where the
+King washes; a low platform was erected where the stools were laid on
+their sides. The linguists and officers of the household stood on one
+side holding gold rods and canes, the fetishmen formed a crescent to the
+north side. The King performed the ceremony of laving the water over
+himself, sprinkling the various articles the same as on Saturday, and
+the procession concluded as before.
+
+On walking back Apokoo wished to try on one of my gloves, and as usual
+put it on the wrong hand; his gold castanets pinched him when the glove
+was on, which made him shout out rather lustily, and stop short, I
+called out “you stop the King;” “never mind,” said he, and his
+attendants pulled to get the glove off. The King sent to know what
+occasioned the stoppage, Apokoo held up his hand compressed, exclaiming,
+“_Gamphnee_,” (it hurts me,) and stopped till it was got off.
+
+In the afternoon I called on Odumata, who said he was angry that I had
+not called before. I told him I came to thank him for allowing a slave
+boy he has, to do any thing for me; he said I might have him so as I fed
+him, I replied I would do so. He entered into conversation concerning
+the power of England over other nations, and the danger of going to sea;
+he had lived three years at Apollonia when a young man, and had seen
+many Portuguese, but did not like them, “as they were all wenches!” He
+seemed pleased that I did not like them either. He wished me to purchase
+a horse from him for eight ounces, I said I would give him four.“ “I
+must not want one, or I would not offer him so,” was his reply. I said
+that I had no place to ride it in, the country being all bush, and the
+King did not like me to go very far; he replied, they were soon going to
+fight, and, as I should go with them, it would be better for me to have
+a horse to ride than to walk. I answered, I should lay hold of some wild
+boar and gallop it; this observation struck him with astonishment, and
+stroking down his beard, he asked my servant if he thought I could do
+so, who replied, if I took it in my head I certainly would. Odumata said
+the people would think the devil was come among them. This he told me is
+the last day of the year, according to their calculation, but from what
+reason I do not know. In the Sarem countries, he told me, they work iron
+from the stone, and silver, gold, &c. into trinkets, better than in
+Ashantee. I enquired why they did not make iron here, as they have
+plenty of ore; his reply was truly African; “why should they do so, when
+they had plenty of gold to buy it, and could get it so near.” I told him
+of England’s resources from her own manufactories; he said it was not
+good for white men to know so much; if black men knew those things they
+would all run to England. When I got home I sent him a present of a
+razor, he sent two messengers to thank me, such is their fashion; and
+for even the smallest article they return thanks the next day. Odumata
+enquired why I did not get drunk sometimes, and come to see him then, I
+told him, were I to get drunk in Ashantee, I ought to have my sword
+broke over my head, that I had indeed got tipsey the evening before I
+came away, with my friends, and might perhaps do so when I returned, but
+not till then. He gave me some palm wine, and looked amazed at my
+swallowing only half a tumbler full, “he would drink three pots before
+he went to bed!” (about 15 gallons.)
+
+Wednesday, October 1. The King dictated a letter to the Governor at Cape
+Coast, stating, that the King of Cape Coast had broken the law by
+insulting an Ashantee man, who swore, by the King of Ashantee’s head,
+that if the Cape Coast King did not kill him, he must pay 110 periguins
+of gold to the King. This practice, though it savours of madness, is yet
+often resorted to for revenge, as it is almost sure to end in the ruin
+of the other party. The Cape Coast King had threatened, that the
+Governor would put the Ashantee man in the slave hole till he died,
+which appeard to irritate the King very much.
+
+The King then enquired if I had any yams at home; I told him I had a few
+of his last present; he told me he would send more to the house for me,
+which he did, and gave me 5½ ackies gold; then pressed me to take some
+gin and water; on his being told that it must be very little, for I was
+afraid of an attack of spleen and liver, and eat little and walked much,
+he said that was proper.
+
+Thursday 2. Through this and the afternoon of yesterday I felt very
+feverish, not being able to get any sleep for the rats at night. I kept
+my room all day; the King sent a pot of palm wine in the evening. Adoo
+Quamina called.
+
+Friday 3. Whilst writing letters, Apokoo sent his compliments and would
+be happy to see me; I went, and he said he was sorry he had not seen me
+for some days. I told him I was sick the two former days, and to-day was
+writing to my family how I liked Ashantee; he hoped I would give the
+King a good name in England. I should tell truth. He enquired if I would
+like to see his croom (village.) I replied yes! He was going there this
+evening, and if no palaver came, he would send his people for me in the
+morning, to carry me. He asked if I was not for one of his daughters,
+that he might be called my father. He then enquired why I did not wear
+my hair tied, and let my beard grow; he recollected Colonel Torrane and
+Mr. White having tails at the siege of Annamaboe, and they looked very
+handsome. He requested me to show him the skin of my arm, he gazed on it
+with seeming pleasure, begged I would allow him to touch it; on
+receiving permission, he rubbed his hand over it, exclaiming “_Papa
+Taffia_,” (very handsome) and repeated his invitation to go to the
+croom. I took my leave.
+
+As I was going home I met a man white-washed, carrying a vessel covered
+over with a white cloth: this I have been often told is Tando fetish,
+but can learn nothing more. Music and a great crowd went with it to Adoo
+Quamina’s house, at the front of which they put it down, and sacrificed
+a child of Cudjoo Cooma’s, the Akim revolter, over it, as an annual
+sacrifice of the King’s.
+
+Saturday 4. Apokoo sent his people for me in the morning, who took me to
+his croom, about three miles S.W. of Coomassie. The road was in good
+order, and newly cut on account of my going; his slaves all turned out
+to see me, many of them never having seen a white man before. Apokoo
+came to the entrance of the croom, which is small, to meet me, and took
+me into the place where he lives himself; it is like all country houses
+here, a square lined with palm leaves and thatched with grass; his own
+room, raised on the floor, painted with red inchuma or ochre, and at one
+end of it, his couch raised on wood with plaited palm leaves, and
+covered with large cotton cushions. Near his head hung three strings of
+fetish, made of gold, red earth, horn, and bone, in the shape of thigh
+bones, horns, jaw bones, &c. &c. One side of the square was fitted up
+with a forge and bellows to work gold; another served as a cooking
+place, and the fourth for his sons to sleep in. About 11 o’clock he went
+to one of the side places to eat, that he might not trouble me in his
+room, as he said. Before he began, small pieces of yam were laid on his
+fetish; a small table was then set before him, and clean water poured
+into a brass pan, with which he washed his right hand, and then eat with
+it:—they are careful not to touch victuals with their left hand. A large
+pot of yams and another of fish being boiled, he satisfied himself
+first; the remainder was then divided into as many lots as there were
+persons to partake; when the door was opened, and about twenty sons and
+daughters, with their calabashes, received each their mess. He had given
+my servant two fowls, some fish and yams, and told him to make any thing
+I could eat; I told him to make a soup of the fowls. When I was eating,
+Apokoo said he thought I was ashamed, and requested I would let him put
+down the screen; I told him I dared not eat much through the day, being
+afraid of sickness. He enquired if I wished to go to sleep, for his
+couch was at my service. I declined the offer, and he went to sleep
+himself. Shortly after, four of his wives came from town with a mess for
+him; he was awaked to know if they were to have admittance, as usual: he
+ordered them to set down the meat and go away; they pretended to do so,
+but sat down under one of the sheds, and began to annoy the slaves, but
+their stifled laughter soon awoke Apokoo, who stretched out his neck,
+and seeing them, told them in a passion, it was because I was there that
+they wished to stop, and that they had better be off; they took the hint
+and made their retreat. He got up to shew me his gold ornaments, which
+weighed 146 bendas (£1168.) and made his people kindle the forge fire to
+melt some rock gold to make a fish; but the mould not being perfect, it
+was spoiled. He enquired if ever I had been in a yam plantation; on my
+replying in the negative, we went to see one; he asked if I would allow
+him to ride in my hammock, I gave him leave; it was better than his
+basket, he said, except that he did not like his legs hanging down. He
+wished me to dig up a yam; the people brought me a long pointed stick,
+which is forced into the earth to loosen the yam, afterwards the fibres
+are cut with a knife. After I had dug up ten, he hoped I would accept of
+them as a present; yams are set like potatoes in Europe, they are put in
+the ground about December, so that they are nine months growing to
+maturity. He said he should not go to Coomassie that night, as he had to
+decorate his drums with tigers skins, but that he would be in on
+Tuesday. If I wished to come out and see him before that time he would
+send people for me, and be glad. I said I should come out some other
+time, but not so soon. I set off for Coomassie about six o’clock, having
+spent a very agreeable day.
+
+About seven o’clock the King sent for me; on my going, he would trouble
+me, he said, to read a book he had that day found in a man’s possession.
+It proved to be a Danish note to the King for three ounces per month,
+dated August 1, 1811; it seemed as if a seal had been affixed to it, but
+the impression had disappeared, and it was very much worn. The King said
+he never knew of it; that an Ashantee captain had received and kept it,
+but he would enquire about it. His majesty wished me to drink something,
+I declined it; he hoped I was not sick, I said no, but drinking made my
+head ach; he hoped I would sleep sound, paid me many compliments that I
+cannot repeat; enquired of my servant if I was a good master, with other
+questions of the like nature.
+
+Saturday 11. The King sent for me, and on going to the palace I found
+them in full council talking palavers. Adoosee was ordering a messenger
+to go to Quamina Bootaqua, to make him proceed to Cape Coast, and inform
+the Governor that Payntree had sworn by the King and had broke his oath,
+Bootaqua having sent word to the King of it; but they did not mention
+any thing to me. After this, Adoosee informed me, that messengers have
+gone from Amanfoo, sent by Sam Brue, to complain that the Cape Coast
+people had come armed against him to kill him. After hearing a long
+statement of grievances, they told me I must write to the Governor about
+it; I said I would, at the same time I assured the King that Sam Brue
+was a slave trader, and not to be tolerated at Cape Coast, his conduct
+was so infamous; they then called on his messenger to know what reason
+Sam had to leave Cape Coast; he entered at great length into the
+grievances experienced by Brue from the Governor in Chief and officers,
+because he owed eight ounces of gold; I was called in to reply, which I
+said I could not condescend to do, until I heard from the Governor in
+Chief, as they had sent messengers to complain to him. Adoosee charged
+four messengers with what they were to tell the Governor, making them
+take fetish and other formalities usual only on great occasions, thereby
+giving the affair an importance it did not merit. The King, on the
+breaking up of the council, said he would send for me shortly after, to
+write an account of the affair to the Governor; when I returned home, I
+did communicate the whole to the Governor, as the King’s letters are so
+hurried.
+
+I heard nothing from the King all day, but at night a Fantee man called
+on me, who had been taken by the Ashantees in last year’s war, and whom
+I had been trying to liberate by speaking in his behalf to the King, and
+concerning four ounces of gold that had been taken. The captain
+concerned in it, to get quit of the palaver, had urged one of his wives
+to swear the man had lain with her; she accordingly made a formal
+complaint; the man was put in irons in the bush and only released
+yesterday morning as they thought to catch the King when he had some
+palavers pending, which would make him angry; they therefore brought it
+before the King yesterday morning, thinking he would order the man’s
+head to be cut off; but he told the King that this palaver was brought
+against him because I had spoken for him; the woman was called, who
+insisted the man had lain with her, the man denied it, and on being
+offered fetish he cheerfully took it, and swore by the King to the
+contrary. The woman would not do so, and the King ordered the irons to
+be taken from the man, and put on the woman, telling her, she had not
+looked at the man properly, as it must be some other person.
+
+Tuesday 14. This morning a man was beheaded at the door of the house
+where I live, by Aboidwee, the house master: it appears, the man in
+question was brother to a caboceer, and presumptive heir to his
+property; tired of waiting so long he made fetish incantations, and
+other ceremonies peculiar to them, to destroy his brother; this coming
+to the brother’s ears, and also, that he had enjoyed one of his wives
+five times, he complained to the King and requested he would put the
+offender to death to save his own life; the King complied, and ordered
+Aboidwee to put the sentence in execution.
+
+Wednesday 15. The Adaï custom. I went as usual with flags, and first
+received the usual offering of rum, and ten ackies of gold instead of a
+sheep. I called on Baba, the chief of the Moors, in the afternoon, who
+said he would teach me Arabic if I would teach him English; I said I
+would; but I am afraid he is too old for progress. I called on Odumata
+in my way back, who annoyed me as usual to drink palm wine, although it
+gives me a head ache. Akotoo, the King’s brother, was there, who said he
+had only seen me four times since the mission went away, and wished me
+to call on him. The conversation turned on the King’s going to war, and
+his anxiety for me to go and see how they killed their enemies, and he
+would give me gold to feed me. I was told by a Fantee man, that Sam Brue
+had procured 200 guns and a quantity of powder for the King, for slaves
+he had sold to the Spaniards now on the coast.
+
+Friday 17. Deputies from the Warsaw states arrived a few days ago, to
+settle the differences between them and the Ashantees. It is thought, a
+fine to the King and future tribute may compromise the matter. Odumata
+informed me, that the slave ship has 600 slaves on board; and that,
+through Sam Brue’s exertions; he confirmed the report of the guns and
+powder.
+
+Sunday 19. The heaviest rain, thunder, and lightning I ever saw, and has
+continued for several days and nights. About 7 o’clock A.M. the King’s
+drums announced his going to the market-place, where all his chiefs went
+and were drenched with wet till 2 o’clock P.M. when the King sent for
+rum and palm wine and dismissed them drunk and dirty. On Monday the
+scene was continued till the slaves had got the house covered in.
+
+Tuesday 21. Agay the linguist returned from Assin, where he had been
+four months; and brought with him a number of Fantees and their
+families, as slaves. During the eruption of the Fantees in 1816, many of
+them ran to the Assin country to try and elude the vigilance of the
+King, but he heard of it, and sent Agay to demand them, who, after a
+long negociation, succeeded. A council was held at Abrassoo on the
+Barramang road, and the slaves were sent to Barramang to build a new
+croom for the King.
+
+Sunday, November 2. The King has been busy for the last twelve days
+making fetish, &c. for the success of the war; the Moors going every
+morning to the palace for prayer and sacrifice: to day being Adaï
+custom, I went as usual, and received ten ackies of gold and a flask of
+rum, the foremost in the assembly, which was numerous.
+
+Friday 7. A serious palaver has arisen between the King and Adoosee the
+chief linguist, he having taken a bribe from some person to misrepresent
+a palaver to the King; this coming to the King’s ear, he sent in a fury
+to Adoosee, who, on being charged with it, thought his life would be the
+forfeit, and sent an express to Apokoo to come and intercede for him;
+Apokoo being at his croom, it has been several times talked before the
+King, but no settlement, has taken place.
+
+Several people have been making application to me to demand them of the
+King, as belonging to the forts, having been detained as slaves during
+the Fantee war, and when Winnebah fort was destroyed. They are commonly
+very old, and of the female sex.
+
+Saturday 8. Adoosee has got his palaver settled by paying twenty ounces
+of gold, and six or eight sheep to the King; Adoosee’s friends alleged
+that he ought not to pay any thing, because when any palaver comes he
+settles it at once; but if he is not there, they have to go to council,
+which in fact is true; but notwithstanding his abilities, and that he
+takes his seat as usual, the King looks at him with a gloomy eye. The
+King has been busy making human sacrifices for the success of the war,
+at Bantama, Assafoo, and Aduma, in the evenings; and the Moors make
+their offerings of sheep in the palace in the mornings according to the
+moslem ritual. Though the zealous Christian may lament that the Gospel
+has not taken place of the fetish, yet the friends of humanity will
+rejoice that the King favours the Moors, as many lives have been saved
+that would otherwise have been destroyed at the present crisis. To day a
+bullock was offered up in the chief market-place, previous to the
+entrance of the chiefs, caboceers, &c. into the town, to meet in
+council, and determine on the method of conducting the war: in the
+afternoon, Boitinnë Quama, King of Dwabin, sent his compliments to me to
+announce his arrival. Shortly after, the various bands of music declared
+the arrival of the tributaries, &c.; the King of Ashantee took his seat
+in the market-place, and received their compliments as they passed
+before him. About nine o’clock at night Boitinnë, King of Dwabin paid me
+a private visit, and brought me a present of two curious Gennet cats.
+
+Sunday 9. At day break the firing of guns, music, &c. announced a custom
+for the husband of the King’s sister (the second woman in the kingdom),
+he having died in the bush on Friday, about 7 o’clock; the King went to
+the market-place to make custom, and sacrificed two men; several others
+were killed by various caboceers. In the evening Apokoo and the other
+captains who are to exhibit their gold, paraded the streets, firing
+musketry, &c.; the crowd was great. At 8 o’clock, his majesty of Dwabin
+came with the messengers he sent to Cape Coast to have a suit of
+clothes, he said two trunks were at his house and he brought a sword to
+shew me, which the Governor had sent.
+
+Friday 14. Before I got up, I was annoyed with a crowd of captains who
+began to annoy me for liquor. I ordered them out and desired a boy to
+keep the door fast. I sent a dash of wine, rum, sugar, soap, butter, and
+perfumery to the king, who was highly pleased. To all the principal
+captains, a dash of rum, wine, and sugar, till I had nearly expended my
+stock: the whole day was a continual annoyance from visitors, troubling
+me for drink, but as I was resolved to give to those only who were
+worthy, many of them were disappointed. This week past Apokoo and
+several of the captains have been making an exhibition of their riches;
+this is generally done once in life, by those who are in favour with the
+King, and think themselves free from palavers. It is done by making
+their gold into various articles of dress for show. Apokoo, who sent for
+me before his uproar began, shewed me his varieties, weighing upwards of
+800 bendas of the finest gold; among the articles, was a girdle two
+inches broad. Gold chains for the neck, arms, legs, &c. ornaments for
+the ancles of all descriptions, consisting of manacles, with keys,
+bells, chairs, and padlocks. For his numerous family of wives, children,
+and captains, were armlets and various ornaments. A superb war cap of
+eagle’s feathers, fetishes, Moorish charms, &c. Moorish caps, silk
+dresses, purses, bags, &c. made of monkey skin. Fans, with ivory
+handles, made of tiger skin, and decorated with silk. New umbrellas made
+in fantastical shapes, gold swords and figures of animals, birds,
+beasts, and fishes of the same metal; his drums, and various instruments
+of music, were covered with tiger skin, with red belts for hanging them.
+Ivory arrows and bows, covered with silk and skins, and many other
+weapons of war or fancy, such as the mind in a like situation would
+devise. Apokoo was anxious that I should come and see him when out, but
+from the noise, I judged that they were too turbulent for me to venture
+without a chance of being insulted.
+
+Saturday 15. Again annoyed by the people wishing for drink. Apokoo
+called with his retinue to thank me; for the Governor had given his
+people a flask of Jamaica rum. He had got three days to play, as he
+called it, and was sorry that he had not seen me. I told him I had very
+seldom been out, except when there was no noise, as the people were so
+unruly in the evening.
+
+Monday 17. In the afternoon Apokoo sent a message, saying he was come to
+the door of the house to play and shew me his gold, hoping I would come
+out. I went and found a Moorish carpet spread, at one end of which I was
+seated under an umbrella, while Apokoo and his wives, children, and
+captains danced by turns before me. Some of his young wives were dressed
+with great taste, a rich silk cloth with a bag made of fine fur, slung
+over the shoulder, studded with gold ornaments: on the left shoulder
+they held a pistol, and in the right hand a silver bow and arrow. During
+the dance, if Apokoo was pleased with them he took the bow and hung it
+on some of the ornaments, when she retired from the dance; this was a
+strong mark of approbation, if I may judge from the applause that
+followed: to some he gave a little gold. Several times he took from
+their necks various ornaments which he placed on my knees and over my
+left shoulder; this was the greatest mark of honour he could shew me;
+and his band played a tune in praise of England, and of our abilities in
+settling differences. Many of the captains sent him presents of gold and
+rum. I gave him a large flask of wine, which he said pleased him more
+than all the others, as it would shew the people I thought him a good
+man.
+
+Thursday 20. The Moorish caboceer of Alphia called to day, requesting I
+would allow him to bring his brother and nephew who had arrived, as they
+wished to see me: on receiving my permission he sent for them, and as
+they immediately made their appearance, they must have been waiting at
+the door. I shewed them a compass, sand-glass, quadrant, some
+phosphorus, and several other things; at the sight of each they bent
+their heads to the ground, exclaiming “Allahoo Akabir!” God is great. I
+gave the caboceer a wax candle, piece of a perfumed soap (which he was
+going to eat!) a flask of Jamaica rum, and some sugar; things he had
+never seen before: he begged to be allowed to touch my hand, and
+continued calling out Ah! bielane Wasieh! Ah Nasara! Ah white visier! Ah
+Christian. He said he had a sister whom he would make me a present of,
+if I would have her. The caboceer of Alphia is brother to the caboceer
+of Premehinie, east of Ashantee, in the Sarem region, and subject to Saï
+Tootoo; it is 14 days journey to Alphia, one day to Brookoom, where the
+head fetish of that country dwells, and one day more to Crumassia and
+Sodie, a range of high hills.
+
+I told him I would buy his horse if he would put a reasonable price on
+it, and would give him a note to get powder, rum, &c. at the Cape: he
+said the Ashantees brought rum to Sarem, but they boiled pepper in water
+and sold it to them; he never tasted such good adrue (medicine) as mine.
+
+I have been learning Arabic this last month, principally from the
+Shereef Abraham, who comes from Boussa, where Mungo Park was drowned,
+and he, as he says, was an eye witness to it; his great sanctity made
+the King of Ashantee send for him to pray and make sacrifice for the
+success of the war. The other Moors here look on him with an evil eye,
+because he will not wear fetishes as they do, and be present at human
+sacrifice. This place now presents the singular spectacle of a Christian
+and Mahometan agreeing in two particulars, rejecting fetishes, and
+absenting themselves from human sacrifices and other abominations: the
+rest of the people, of whatever country they may be, when the King’s
+horns announce any thing of the kind, strive who will get there first to
+enjoy the agonies of the victims. The Shereef told me to-day, that the
+reason he came so seldom to see me, was, that the King had heard he was
+teaching me the Koran, but he wished him not to do so, he did not wish
+me to know how “to call on God;” but, said Abraham, I shall teach you as
+much as I can, that when you go to your own country you may give the
+Moors a good name, for I told the King you knew Arabic before you saw
+me, and we sometimes spake together in that language. He had a beautiful
+copy of the Koran which he intended to leave me, but the King had told
+him he must have it, that when any trouble came he might hold it up to
+God, and beg his mercy and pardon: but he would try and get a small one
+for me.
+
+Saturday 22. This morning a slave belonging to the house master swore by
+the King’s head that he must kill him to-day. A great uproar ensued,
+while they put him in irons, and they got out the family stools and
+sacrificed fowls and sheep, pouring the blood on them to propitiate the
+wrath of the King from the family. The King was then told of it, who
+said as that was his fetish day he could not kill a man that day, but
+to-morrow he would behead him.
+
+It appears he had connection with one of his brother’s wives, who,
+hearing of it, cautioned him from doing so again, or else he would tell
+the King and make him kill him: he was again found with the woman, and
+his brother went to the King to complain. Hearing this, and fearing the
+torture, he swore by the King that he must shoot him with eight muskets.
+The King on being told this, said he would put such small shot into the
+muskets as only to wound him, and then he should torture him; hereby
+fulfilling his own law, which he considers sacred.
+
+Sunday 23. About 12 o’clock sent for by the King, whom I found scolding
+his sister for disobedience in one of her slaves. After sitting some
+time talking on indifferent subjects, the King said he should go to
+council, about what he was going to say to me. Shortly after he sent one
+of his sons to say his father was going to eat and wash, if I would be
+kind enough to return home. I heard that messengers from Elmina had
+arrived the evening before, and expected to hear of some complaint of
+breaking the law, as they style it: although I could not reconcile it
+with an observation I had made; a pair of razors I had presented to the
+King were invariably sent to me to sharpen, as the King wished to shave
+with them, when any favourable affair was to be talked, and that morning
+they came as usual.
+
+I was again sent for, and the King announced in a formal manner his
+intention of going in person to make war on Adinkara, the King of
+Buntookoo, and wished me to announce it to the Governor. I therefore
+wrote a letter of the King’s dictating, stating this to the Governor,
+and requesting him to give on trust 300 oz. kegs, powder, and 300
+muskets, and sending to the Governor in Chief six periguins of gold, and
+to the Governor of Annamaboe four periguins, to purchase a cloth for
+him, the handsomest they could find, and inviting them to send him a
+dash and make the town’s people do the same, for the prosperity of the
+war. His Majesty was very lavish in his compliments of the generosity of
+the English, and their great riches; he then enquired if I was willing
+to go to fight, I replied certainly, if I could obtain the Governor’s
+permission, I should like it very much: he thanked me very warmly. I
+heard, on my return to the house, that the Dutch General had sent as a
+present to the King 60 oz. kegs powder, and the Elmina people 40, which
+caused this stir.
+
+Monday 24. Sent for again to write the Governor word that the King sent
+down 30 men to be clothed as soldiers, if the Governor could spare
+clothes, one of them to be as captain and one a serjeant, with a flag.
+His Majesty also wished to have arrow root, Port wine, sugar, candles,
+and a few other things for the campaign. I was then told to write a
+letter to the Danish Governor in Chief to the same effect, and to ask
+him for payment of what was due on his note. I foresaw this would make
+an uproar; and on the note being handed to me to know what was due on
+it, when I told the King that nothing was on it, he got into the
+greatest rage I have yet seen him in, with the captain who receives the
+pay. This man had been sent down to Accra about three months ago, to
+receive what pay was due, Mr. Bowdich writing to the Danish Governor in
+Chief to know, for the King’s satisfaction, what was sent. On his
+return, the latter stated that the King’s note was paid up to the
+ensuing Christmas. There being a great deficiency between what was
+stated in the letter, and what the captain produced, he charged Mr.
+Bowdich with mis-stating what was in the letter; Quashie Apaintree, the
+linguist, was sworn on the King’s fetish to interpret proper; the
+Ashantee still insisted, and to clear himself, said the book was _not_
+paid to Christmas. The King and linguists remembered this, and when they
+heard that the note was actually paid to the end of the year, every one
+tried who would be loudest in their accusations against him. Apokoo, who
+is his chief, was loudest against him, he said he had used him
+disrespectfully, and never gave him any of the dashes he received;
+besides he had given the lie to an English officer, and at the same time
+he cheated the King; he therefore left him to the mercy of his Majesty.
+The King said he must return him all the gold back he had lent him; and
+as for the fort at Accra, he might take the pay when he pleased. A hat,
+certainly a bad one, was brought in, and the King asked me if I thought
+it worth the price charged for it. I replied I was not a judge, as such
+hats were not sent out for us; but if I were, I must positively decline
+interfering in the King’s affairs with his servants. By degrees the King
+worked himself to such a height of passion, that throwing his cloth
+around him, and hastily rising, he ordered the captain’s arrest. The
+King’s sons seized on him, and he stood appalled, as the silver cane
+fell from his hand. I once thought the King would have committed some
+extravagance, none of the chiefs daring to rise; Agay at length arose,
+and in his energetic manner requested that his majesty would recollect I
+was present. The King ordered his sons to go with the captain to his
+house, and bring him all the gold they found; he then withdrew, but I
+heard him storming in his apartments. Shortly after, Odumata’s brother
+came to say, that the chiefs might thank me, as were it not for my sake,
+every one of them would have been turned out of the palace by the
+slaves. Agay, who was the only one who followed the King, came to
+apologise for the abrupt departure of his Majesty: he hoped I would not
+be offended, and requested I would go home and dine, as it was late, and
+the King would send for me soon.
+
+Tuesday 25. The King sent for me to write another letter to the
+Governor, saying he had sent down three pieces of rock gold as a pawn
+for powder; they were the largest I have yet seen, one of them weighing
+about 20 ounces. I gave his Majesty a packet of letters to be forwarded
+to Cape Coast: he rallied me on the size of it, and said he supposed I
+wrote the Governor and Mr. Bowdich every palaver in town.
+
+To-day the stool of Alphia was declared in abeyance; the son of the
+caboceer Premehinia having brought a complaint against the caboceer of
+Alphia, who is brother to the former; his sable highness came on a
+beautiful Arabian, of a very small size; at the sound of drums and horns
+he danced and went through various evolutions.
+
+Friday 28. To-day the caboceer of Alphia was deposed, and his brother
+the caboceer of Premehinia had the stool attached to his other
+possessions. In the afternoon whilst I was out, the Moorish prince, with
+a large retinue, called to pay me a visit, I found one of his attendants
+sitting at the door with a gold sword, who, on receiving permission,
+went and told him I was come home; shortly after he came, and expressed
+great wonder at all he saw. He said I had too many silver spoons, and
+modestly requested I would give him one or two; his attendant who fanned
+him thought so too, as he attempted to steal one, but one of the
+servants happening to pass, he threw it under the table. I wished him to
+sell me his horse, but he said he was too great a man to walk home, and
+the ground hurt his feet.
+
+Sunday 30. The King paid me a long visit, he heard, he said, that my
+horse had died, and had come to see me least I should think he forgot
+me, but he had so much fetish to make, and so many palavers to settle,
+that he had little time. The conversation then turned on the travels of
+Englishmen, and the white men drowned in the Quolla (Niger.) I explained
+to his Majesty the objects of the expeditions sent from England to the
+interior of Africa, and expressed how anxious I was to get Mr. Park’s
+books and papers for the King of England; his Majesty promised to aid me
+in doing so, and before he went away, desired me to point out to him
+what I conceived the proper method.
+
+The King then began to talk about my living with him, and if I liked to
+do so; he said I was like a king, and wished his people to treat me with
+respect, and every one run to see me when I went out, as they run to see
+him. I said that some of his people wished to accuse me of treason for
+putting buckles in my shoes at the Adaï custom. The King said that none
+dared do so, but those whom he ordered, any other would have their heads
+cut off: but I was different, and he knew Englishmen did what was
+proper. His majesty took his leave with many expressions of personal
+attention, which, whether they were sincere or not, were at least to be
+received with politeness.
+
+Monday, December 1. One of the King’s nephews came to see me, but was
+terribly afraid to pass the man in irons who swore on the King, least he
+should swear that when the King killed him, he must also kill his
+nephew, which would cost a deal of gold; for such is the sacredness of
+the law, that in that case the King must do it. I had a key of a door
+where I could privately let him out, without passing through the courts
+of the house, by which he gladly made his escape. This man has been no
+small annoyance, as no person of rank will venture to call on me, least
+they should be brought into trouble by his swearing on their heads.
+
+Tuesday 2. The King to-day made a present of 10 periguins of gold to the
+Moors in town for their services, and they were to divide it themselves.
+This created no small altercation among them; those belonging to the
+town wished to keep it all, and not give the Shereef Abraham any, who
+came from the banks of the Niger; as the King had that morning told him
+he wished him to accompany him to the war, he told them it was of no
+consequence, as he should not accompany the King unless he was looked on
+with the same degree of rank as Baba, as, indeed, he was superior from
+his knowledge, and belonging to Mahomet’s family. On this they gave him
+three periguins, the same that Baba had: all were then pleased with
+their portion except one, called Aboo, who only had 10 ackies; he
+consoled himself by making the usual exclamation, “God is great! he
+never dies, he never sleeps,” and said he left the palaver in his hands.
+
+Thursday 4. Apokoo paid me a visit to thank me for some medicine I had
+given him, being sick after his great custom; he enquired if I heard
+that Fantee messengers were come to this place, I said no, but I
+expected them soon to take the King’s fetish, as he wished them to do
+so, previous to his going to war; he then told me that the King heard
+there were some on the path, and could not think what their message was;
+I told him they must either be those the Governor was sending up, or
+Fantees with the King’s tribute; on his going away, he requested I would
+let him out by the door I had the key of, as he also was afraid of the
+man in irons swearing on his life, and was glad he could avoid passing
+him.
+
+Friday 5. This was the coldest morning I have felt since I came to
+Africa, being scarcely able to take breakfast, I was so chilly; the
+thermometer stood at 65°.
+
+I was desired to write a letter to General Daendels, telling him the
+King had lost his notes for the Dutch forts, and requesting him to give
+new ones to Akimpon. The King’s father had conquered the Akim chief, who
+held a note for Dutch Accra; he also conquered the King of Adinkara, who
+had the Elmina note, both of which were given up to him; he would not
+take them both in one note as the General wished, but he must have one
+payable at Elmina and one at Accra. When the King weighed out the gold
+for his messengers expences, he weighed 10 ackies for me, which I hoped
+his Majesty would take back, as I did not wish for them, and requested
+he would not think I wished payment for writing a letter for him. My
+scruples were laughed at by them all, and the King said “that white men
+were very singular, as they gave gold or a good dash to any one who did
+any thing for them, yet they would not take any: he wished to do
+something like white men, and when any one did any thing for him he gave
+them something, and he wished me to take this to shew his good will.”
+Odumata, who is the greediest man in Coomassie for gold, whispered, if I
+did not like it, I might send it to him when I got home. I did not
+exactly understand him, or I would have offered it to him then with
+pleasure, to expose his avarice.
+
+The captain who was arrested last week for peculation on Danish Accra,
+appeared in his place to day; he had promised Amanquateä and Quatchie
+Quophie, the two chief captains, a large present if they would settle
+the affair for him, which they did, and he received the letters to
+proceed to the fort as usual.
+
+Apokoo having told the King of the inconvenience arising to any chief
+coming to me, from the culprit in irons being in the way, he was removed
+to a private part of Apokoo’s house, where he could annoy no one, till
+the Adaï custom, when he is to be beheaded, as the affair cannot be
+settled without.
+
+Sunday 7. Several of the Moorish caboceers came to take leave, as they
+were going to-morrow to their own country previous to the war, and were
+to meet the King on the road when he went, and consequently would not
+see me again for some time; on my enquiring how long the King was to be
+absent, they replied, God had told them seven months would finish the
+war; they enquired if I should like to see them at Cape Coast, as they
+should come and see me, to which I said I should. After drinking coffee,
+&c. they took a hurried leave, as one of the King’s people came to tell
+me one of his Majesty’s daughters was dead, and shortly after, constant
+discharges of musketry announced the custom. The King in the afternoon
+came to the market place close to the house, to make custom with his
+chiefs. I understood that human sacrifices were to be offered, and
+walked out to avoid the uproar.
+
+On my way I paid a visit to Baba, who was performing ablution; he said
+he was going to prayer, but would soon have done, I told him I would sit
+down till he had finished. Cow hides were spread in rows for the
+worshippers, in the front was a large hide for Baba. All having taken
+off their sandals and prostrated themselves with their faces to the east
+(to Mecca,) the service began by one of them chaunting the usual call to
+prayer; the chorus of Allahoo Akaber! (God is great) was well performed
+by the others.
+
+There was something solemn and affecting in it, contrasted with the
+heavy discharges of musketry and shouts of the populace in the distance,
+which proclaimed the bloody sacrifice was begun, while the vultures and
+crows wheeled in mazy circles expecting their usual share of the
+banquet, and the sun shot his last gleams through the heavy fogs that
+encircled the town.
+
+As I went home I passed the headless trunks of two female slaves, laying
+neglected and exposed in the market place, that had been sacrificed, one
+by the King and one by the deceased’s family. The vultures were
+revelling undisturbed amidst the blood.
+
+I happened to-day to throw down a tumbler of wine and water with my
+foot, having placed it on the ground, while the Moorish Shereef was with
+me; he bent his head to Mecca, pronouncing “God is great!” and told me
+it was my good angel who had done so, for who might tell but there was
+poison in the cup to destroy me? he said man had always two angels
+attending him, one on his right hand as his good angel, and one on his
+left as his evil one; whatever good he did was prompted by the former,
+and whatever ill by the latter one. I have never found them without a
+reason for every thing, or a name, except to the mother of Moses, whom
+they say nobody knows on earth; the Shereef gravely enquired if I knew
+the name of Aboobaker’s father, I assured him I did not; he told me many
+of the Moors could not tell, but as he was of Mahomet’s family he knew
+more things, and told me it was _Kahābata_.
+
+I heard from the Sarem Moors that they fight with bows and arrows
+steeped in deadly poison, the least scratch of which is instant death.
+They gather scorpions tails, snakes heads, and the poisonous parts of
+any reptile that affects man; this, with several vegetable substances
+which they would not name, are put in a pot, and set over the fire at
+sun rise; they boil it all day and must not eat or drink, but stir it
+about repeating incantations, and shaking a pair of iron castanets,
+without which, the charm would be incomplete. I saw an old hag at this
+work on the Bantama road, who would not answer my question as to what
+she was doing, but made many wry faces, and squint looks, for me to be
+gone and not spoil her work, and while I stood, she stirred, and
+muttered, and clattered the castanets with greater fury.
+
+My attention being anxiously turned towards information concerning the
+Niger and its course, all enquiries end in making the Nile its
+continuation. An old Moor from Jennë told me, unasked, that while he was
+at Askanderee (Alexandria) twenty-six years ago he saw a fight at the
+mouth of the Nile between ships, and one of them was blown up in the air
+with a terrible explosion. This must have been the battle fought by Lord
+Nelson, although there is a mistake in the date of seven years; he
+surely could not invent such a story. He states also, that returning to
+Masser (Grand Cairo) the European armies advanced to that place; the
+first army took every thing they wanted and would not pay: but when the
+second European and Turkish army got possession of it, they paid for
+whatever they wanted. All the Moors were ordered to retire to one
+quarter of the city, and not allowed to mix with the soldiers; this
+agrees with Sir Robert Wilson’s account of the Egyptian campaign. I
+shewed him a seal I have, of Pompey’s pillar, which he said he knew; he
+had travelled from Jennë to Masser on a joma (camel) and drew me a map
+of the Quolla and Nile from its source to its emptying itself into the
+sea at Alexandria. There is one thing that disagrees with Mr. Park’s
+account, they call the Niger Quolla at Jennë, Sansanding, &c. and
+describe the Jolliba as falling into the Quolla to the east of
+Timbuctoo. When I told them of the conjectures that the great river of
+Africa emptied itself into a large lake, they laughed at such an idea,
+and reasoned so as to put wiser heads to the blush. “God,” say they,
+“made all rivers to run to the sea, you say that small rivers go there:
+the Quolla is the largest river in the world, and why should it not go
+there also? Was it to lose itself in the lake, where could the waters go
+to?” They describe the Quolla as about five miles in breadth, and having
+a very rocky channel, the banks on both sides very high and rugged; in
+many places, canoes often take a day to pass a short distance, from the
+dangerous whirlpools, and sudden squalls: at other places, the stream
+runs with great rapidity.
+
+They think the Mediterranean sea to be circular, without mixing with the
+ocean; seven rivers from Africa turn their course to it, but only two
+reach the shores, of which the Nile is one. The rush of the waters of
+the Nile, when they meet the sea is so great, that the waves are driven
+into the air with great force, and retire like waves against a rock.
+They call the Mediterranean sea Bahare Mall. The Red sea, say they,
+assumes various colours at different periods, from seven streams pouring
+their course into it, red, blue, yellow, &c. Hence they call it Majumaal
+Bahare, or the confluence of streams. They are very fond of mystical
+numbers, and often quote seven. The lake Caudie they call Bahare Nohoo,
+or the water of Noah, from the tradition that the deluge broke out from
+thence. They describe it as encompassed with rocks, within which is a
+bed of sand, and then the water. This we may allow to be a little
+fanciful, as I have seen a map of the earth drawn by Baba, where the
+world is supposed to be round, and encompassed with a rocky girdle, the
+sea is supposed to flow between this and the earth, which is placed in
+the centre. They are not singular in this idea; as all rude nations form
+the same notions of the globe: but though we reject, with reason, their
+foolish notions of many things, it would be no great sign of wisdom to
+refuse every information from them.
+
+Man is a reasoning animal, and enquires into the nature of things in a
+rude, as well as in a civilised state; and if he cannot give a just,
+will at least give a plausible reason for many things.
+
+The Moors say “That the noise people hear, when they stop their ears
+with their hands, is the rolling of the waters of libation in paradise,
+where Mahomet purifies all those he saves from hell, before they enter
+into the state of the blessed. It is for this reason they perform
+ablution before they pray; the fire burning other parts of their bodies,
+while their face, hands, feet, &c. remained untouched, hence Mahomet
+when he looks for them, knows them from Jews, Christians, &c. They have
+also a sentence written on their foreheads, “Hooalie Jahanamoo naataka
+raboo baskafaatee Mahomada roosoola lahee sallee allahoo alahe
+wasalame.”
+
+Inoculation for the small pox is practised in the Moorish countries;
+they take the matter, and puncture the patient in seven places, both on
+the arms and legs. The sickness continues but a few days, and rarely any
+person dies of it. It is also done in Ashantee. Seven is their mystical
+number.
+
+Monday, December 8. To day the King killed a man on account of his
+daughter who died yesterday, and to be out of the way, I called on
+Odumata, whom I found well charged with palm wine: his usual discourse
+of the greatness of the King and the manner of the Ashantees fighting
+took up his time: he said that when white men wished to fight, they sent
+a book to the other party, telling them they would meet them on such a
+day, but the Ashantees took their enemies by surprise, which shortened
+their wars. I told him he had repeated the same story about fifty times
+in two months, and wished to know if the English did so at Annamaboe,
+where fifteen white men killed thousands of Ashantees; this put him on
+the fidget, as I knew it would, and he said that it was on him the
+English fired first, and he fought them without the King’s leave, who
+was angry when he heard that they had returned the fire of the fort; I
+told him it was a fine excuse to cover their defeat. He enquired if I
+thought they could not have taken the fort? I told him if they could
+have done it they would. He said, if the King says we must do any thing,
+we must do it. I asked him, if the King told them to pull down the moon,
+if they could do it? He then got up from his chair and began to
+manoeuvre how he and Apokoo were to have made a breach in Annamaboe
+fort, to the no small enjoyment of several of his wives, captains, and
+slaves, who were present; they were to have burned the gates, and with
+axes to have cut through the walls. He said they had Dutch and Danish
+flags, which they had taken from forts; why, I enquired, did they not
+show the English trophies? They had none, he said: and the King had told
+them, that were he to kill white men from England, he might as well kill
+all the cocks in the kingdom; the one told the hour, and when to rise in
+the morning; the other brought them good things from England, and
+learned them sense; besides, if any of their slaves did ill, they told
+them they would sell them to the whites, which made them better. I told
+him black men had the eyes of a thief, the paws of a tiger, and the
+belly of a hog, for they were never satisfied; he said I was right, for
+they were now going to war, and would take whatever they could find; he
+thought 30,000 Ashantees would be killed, but that was nothing. He then
+locked up his wives because I put evil in their heads, by saying that
+Englishmen allowed every one a husband. I then took my leave.
+
+Monday 15. Baba, the chief of the Moors, having told me that a Moor was
+going to Jennë, I took the opportunity of writing a letter to two
+Europeans who reside there, and, I suppose, belonged to Mungo Park’s
+expedition, seven soldiers being unaccounted for, who were in good
+health when they were separated from Mr. Park. There are also two white
+men at Timbuctoo, who have been there several years. The Moors are
+confident that the letter will reach them, which is much to be desired,
+as some information may be obtained of that celebrated traveller. Baba
+came, and the old Moor with him, to whom I delivered the letter; he
+received it from Baba with much ceremony, and to induce him to forward
+an answer, I promised him a suitable reward[125]. The whole of the Moors
+came in a body with drums, muskets, horns, and all the attendant pomp of
+chiefs; they had just taken leave of the King, and came to do the same
+to me. Having remained about half an hour, and drank some wine, they set
+out for their journey with noisy clamour.
+
+Sunday 21. Apokoo called and told me he was going to morrow, with the
+King, to the camp, on the Barramang path, to make fetish, and would
+return on Wednesday: he seemed to expect that I would say I would go
+also; but as the King had not sent to me, I did not express any wish. A
+boy brought some milk covered up, and he lifted the lid to look what it
+was, some of it touched his fingers, and he sent for water, herbs, and
+different things to purify his fingers; he said he would give me a
+present if I would give over drinking milk: I told him if he sent me an
+ounce of gold daily, I would not do it; he cursed the milk, and the boy
+for bringing it. Thus many of them are so particular, they will not stay
+where eggs are, another shuns a fowl, one hates beef, and many mutter a
+charm if they meet a pig. The Moorish Shereef discovered a piece of pork
+one day in the boy’s room, and made such a noise, that I thought one had
+struck him, nor would he cease till I ordered it away.
+
+Monday 22. The King, and almost all the captains, set out early this
+morning, with great bustle for the camp, many sent their compliments
+previous to going.
+
+Wednesday 24. The King and all the people returned in the evening, and
+went to the upper market place; where the King seeing me at the door,
+ordered them to pass down the street to the palace, the chiefs all
+saluting as they passed. The King, who was the only one that did not
+walk, made his people halt, and held out his hand to me, which I took,
+and bade him welcome to his capital; he enquired if I was well, and
+after he passed, he looked round with a smile and shook his finger at
+me: I suppose because I did not follow him to the camp. His Majesty
+afterwards sent his compliments, as did several of the chiefs.
+
+Thursday 25. This being Christmas day, I displayed the flag, and paid
+every attention to it that I possibly could; many of the chiefs hearing
+of it, sent their compliments, expecting a present, but of course were
+disappointed.
+
+Friday 24. Baba called, and began an oration about Sam Brue, hinting
+that he should like if I could get Brue, the slave trader, back to Cape
+Coast. He was my good friend, I was his friend, the Governor was my
+friend, Brue was his friend, and a long genealogy fit to puzzle a
+Scottish or Welch family herald. I told him no person must interfere in
+such affairs. He had that morning received from Brue, powder, guns, and
+cloth for slaves he had sent down; he brought me a piece of the cloth to
+shew me, it was very coarse with large red figures on it. I told him
+when he washed it, he would need to take his staff and put on his
+sandals to hunt after the colours; he told me he had found that out; for
+he had washed a piece, and he could not tell what colour it was. He then
+began a dissertation on the _good_ the slave trade did them, and what
+changes he had seen since he came here; he thought God intended to
+change the power of white men, and give it to the blacks and Moors. I
+told him he was going to make Mahomet a liar, as the Alkoran told them
+that the whites were to have sovereign dominion to the end, because of
+Noah’s sons’ behaviour to him when drunk; and if God was inclined to
+hide his face from white men, because of any ill they did, I did not
+think he would transfer it to Africans for any good they had done; he
+said I was right, and when they thought wrong the Christians could put
+them right. Seeing a Prayer Book on the table, he enquired if that was
+“Lingeel,” the name they give the New Testament; I replied it was the
+form of worshipping God in English Churches; he wished me to read a
+little of it to him, as he had heard that white men prayed to God so—and
+muttered in a form, it must be allowed, too often resorted to by lazy
+clergymen. They conceive to worship God in any other way than chaunting
+or singing is absurd. I have had more than once to sing (if I may
+presume to call it so) from the psalms of David, and chaunt the
+responses of the service, to convince them that there is something more
+than mere muttering in prayer, were it properly performed, besides
+describing the organ used in churches to assist the harmony. They have
+often asked me about the high priest at Rome, and whether or not we had
+any thing shaped out that we called god. I told them the English
+abhorred all representations of the Eternal, and that nothing was
+adequate to represent him. They are very tenacious on this point, and as
+scrupulous as any Protestant may wish, conceiving it an inexcusable
+crime to have any thing of the kind. They have many times enquired if we
+offer any sacrifice to God. I told them that our Scriptures do not allow
+the shedding of blood of any kind; the last great expiation of the
+Christians being performed by Jesus when he died on the cross, in
+commemoration of which, the offering of bread and wine formed the
+sacrifice. Neither did we pour out libations[126] before drinking,
+because any thing poured forth before drinking, or victuals set apart
+before eating, is an offering to devils.
+
+The Shereef Abraham coming in with one or two more, I enquired about
+Solomon’s Al Genii, and whether or not they knew any thing of free
+masonry. I had questioned them several times before, and knew none of
+them were free masons; they now told me that there was such a sect in
+Arabia, and conceived them to be magicians, as they controlled the
+spirits of air. They were much astonished to hear that I was one, and
+eagerly enquired if I knew about Solomon’s seal, the building of the
+temple, and other matters, which universal belief endows free masons
+with,—matters, I told them, I might not speak of. They told me they knew
+we kept some of our genii on a floating island in the sea; if any ships
+came near it, the genii were instructed to laugh at them, and the island
+disappeared; with other such stories. One of the boys told them I had a
+stuff (phosphorus) which they supposed gave me such power; they wished
+to see it, and laughed at first at the idea of any thing in water
+producing fire, or that I could confine that element and dare to keep it
+in a trunk; I put it to the proof, by burning a piece of cloth, paper,
+and mat, and told them if they were not satisfied they might have some
+on their skins, but they did not choose it, and called out in wonder,
+“Houa Kahina iakul naroo malekaneran,” “he is a magician and eats fire,
+he is the King of fire;” be it remembered that this last appellation is
+peculiar to the devil. The Shereef after thinking some time, enquired if
+that stuff was not made from the bones of genii? I told him bones were
+in the composition. He wished to know if we killed genii and took their
+bones, I told him blood was never shed in England but for great crimes;
+true, he said, but none could see _us_ do so. I told him there was an
+eye that never sleeps, at which he bent his head, pronouncing “God is
+great.” The Moors then held a conversation in Arabic, by which they
+settled that I must be in the secrets of Solomon, and the Shereef
+Abraham related one of the Arabian tales, by which Balkes or Bilkis,
+Queen of Sheba, is made out to be the child carried away by the dog in
+one of the stories of that work. Balkis, according to them, adored the
+sun, and Solomon made her turn and worship God; he commanded the genii
+to transport her palace from her own country to Jerusalem, and the three
+palaces he built for her in Arabia Felix had gold mixed with the mortar
+with which they were formed. They wished to know if I could move a
+house? I told them, such was the mystery attached to our concerns, that
+it was difficult to answer them; any thing not concerned with masonry, I
+might answer; this, they said, was what the people in their country
+said. Abraham said he was sure the Arabian magicians made use of bones
+from genii to make fire and control them. It would be a curious
+circumstance to know that phosphorus, and inoculation, existed in Arabia
+in the days of its splendour, and continue now; as they are considered
+as two of the most eminent among modern European discoveries. After they
+were gone, I called on Odumata, whom I found all talk as usual. He said
+he knew I wished to take some of the King’s sons to Cape Coast for
+education, but the captains had represented to his Majesty, that they
+did not wish it. If the King wanted gold, and they had it, they would
+give it him; and were always ready when he called them, to receive his
+foot on their necks, and swear to do whatever he wished them, or never
+to return. The reason he gave, was, that they were afraid of being
+discovered when they cheated the King, which they made no secret of
+avowing, and having their heads cut off. I told him he did not like a
+white man to live here then; yes, he said, they all liked that; but he
+was sufficient to settle all palavers between the King and the English,
+without any of the King’s people knowing English. He began to boast of
+the many wives and children he had, more than Englishmen. I told him
+there was a possibility of an Englishman knowing his father; but no
+black man could tell his; they were all slaves, and rendered incapable
+of inheriting their father’s property; none of his children need to
+thank him, he neither could give them any thing while alive, nor leave
+them any thing when dead, and many of them kept wives, while their
+slaves enjoyed them. He said I spoke very true, but that I could not
+show keys with him; he produced two large bunches, and I offered him an
+ounce of gold if he would shew me a lock for each key; he evaded this: I
+took them in my hand, and found many of them broken, and various
+articles of lead and iron to make the bunches large; his people, and
+some chiefs that were with him, enjoyed his perplexity, if I might judge
+from their chuckling.
+
+Several of the King’s brother’s slaves appeared in pursuit of two of
+their fellows, flogging them with whips; one of the culprits bounding
+over every obstacle, threw himself at Odumata’s feet, which saved him
+from their flogging; the man who had charge of him appeared, and in a
+long and animated harangue, with many gestures, stated the trouble he
+had had from the runaway, and concluded by swearing, the man must be
+given up to him in the morning to go and work. It is customary for
+slaves, when they fall under their master’s displeasure, to take shelter
+in some other chief’s house, who tries to get them excused.
+
+Saturday 27. The King sent for me, to give me letters which had arrived;
+and on my opening them, two small packages of gold tumbled out. The King
+asked, if they were for me or him. I enquired if he expected gold from
+any one at Cape Coast, he said, no. I told him, it was unlikely gold
+would be sent to any one but me. The King, turning to his captains, said
+the Governor was a good man, sending me gold whenever I asked for it,
+and I eat a great deal of gold. I told him, I never wished a present of
+gold from any one; what I got was my pay, as Englishmen did not give
+gold to one another. He intended returning his messengers on Tuesday, as
+he said, two of them having come up in English uniforms, as the Governor
+was to fit out thirty at the King’s request. His Majesty wished me to
+taste a bottle of tincture of rhubarb the Governor had sent him; I did
+so, lest he should think there was something bad in it. I had then to
+taste some tincture of cinnamon he had received some time ago; I
+swallowed them with great distaste, as I had felt very unwell the
+preceding day, and that morning, and had taken medicine just before the
+King sent, and not eaten any breakfast.
+
+In the afternoon Apokoo called; he had heard Adoo Bradie had been on
+board a ship, and that 400 flags were hoisted to receive him;[127] that
+was the reason, he said, they did nor wish any of the King’s people to
+learn to read and write, they became white men, and saw so many fine
+things, they never thought of returning to Ashantee. I told him if it
+was disagreeable, it would be given over. Every one was pleased, he
+said, to think any Ashantee great man was well used at Cape Coast; but
+it turned their heads, not being accustomed to it. The King would give
+Adoo Bradie fetish when he came back, and if he told the King lies, the
+fetish would catch him, and where would be the good? The English would
+have all their trouble for nothing.
+
+His Majesty, some years ago, took one of Apokoo’s daughters to wife; she
+is now one of the finest women in Coomassie, and must have been a great
+beauty. It was discovered by the chief eunuch that she had intrigued
+with one of the attendants. It was told the King that one of his wives
+had proved false; “let her die instantly,” said he in a rage; the slave
+whispered him “it is Apokoo’s child.” He rose in silence, and went to
+the harem, and the culprit being sent for, the King turned his head
+away, while he folded his cloth around him, and lifting the curtain to
+let her pass, he exclaimed “go, you are free! your father was my
+father,[128] he is my friend, and for his sake, I forget you; when you
+find any man good enough for you, let me know and I will give him gold.”
+Her father has not allowed her to marry again.
+
+When any public execution, or sacrifice, is to take place, the ivory
+horns of the King proclaim at the palace door, “wow! wow! wow!” “death!
+death, death, death!” and, as they cut off their heads, the bands play a
+peculiar strain, till the operation is finished.
+
+The greatest human sacrifice that has been made in Coomassie during my
+residence, took place on the eve of the Adaï custom early in January. I
+had a mysterious intimation of it two days before, from a quarter not to
+be named. My servants being ordered out of the way, I was thus
+addressed, “Christian, take care and watch over your family; the angel
+of death has drawn his sword, and will strike on the neck of many
+Ashantees; when the drum is struck, on Adaï eve, it will be the death
+signal of many. Shun the King if you can, but fear not.” When the time
+came to strike the drum, I was sitting thinking on the horrors of the
+approaching night, and was rather startled at a summons to attend the
+King. This is the manner he always takes to cut off any captain or
+person of rank; they are sent for to talk a palaver, and the moment they
+enter, the slaves lay hold of them, and pinion them, and throw them
+down; if they are thought desperate characters, a knife is thrust
+through their mouth to keep them from swearing the death of any other,
+when they are charged with their crime, real or supposed, and put to
+death or torture.
+
+Whilst I was with the King, the officers, whose duty it is to attend at
+sacrifices, and are in the confidence of the King, came in with their
+knives, &c. and a message was sent to one chief to say, that the King
+was going to his mother’s house to talk a palaver, and shortly after his
+Majesty rose, and proceeded thither, ordering the attendants to conduct
+me out by another door.
+
+This sacrifice was in consequence of the King imagining, that if he
+washed the bones of his mother and sisters, who died while he was on the
+throne, it would propitiate the fetish, and make the war successful.
+Their bones, were therefore taken from their coffins, and bathed in rum
+and water with great ceremony; after being wiped with silks, they were
+rolled in gold dust, and wrapped in strings of rock gold, aggry beads,
+and other things of the most costly nature. Those who had done any thing
+to displease the King, were then sent for in succession, and immolated
+as they entered, “that their blood might water the graves.” The whole of
+the night, the King’s executioners traversed the streets, and dragged
+every one they found to the palace, where they were put in irons: but
+(which is often the case) some one had disclosed the secret, and almost
+every one had fled, and the King was disappointed of most of his
+distinguished victims. Next morning being Adaï custom, which generally
+brought an immense crowd to the city, every place was silent and
+forlorn; nothing could be found in the market, and his Majesty proceeded
+to the morning sacrifice of sheep, &c. attended only by his confidents,
+and the members of his own family. When I appeared at the usual time, he
+seemed pleased at my confidence, and remarked that I observed how few
+captains were present. He appeared agitated and fatigued, and sat a very
+short time.
+
+As soon as it was dark, the human sacrifices were renewed, and, during
+the night, the bones of the royal deceased were removed to the sacred
+tomb at Bantama, to be deposited along with the remains of those who had
+sat on the throne. The procession was splendid, but not numerous, the
+chiefs and attendants being dressed in the war costume, with a musket,
+and preceded by torches; the sacred stools, and all the ornaments used
+on great occasions, were carried with them; the victims, with their
+hands tied behind them, and in chains, preceded the bones, whilst at
+intervals, the songs of death and victory proved their wish to begin the
+war. The procession returned about three P.M. on Monday, when the King
+took his seat in the market place with his small band, and “death!
+death! death!” was echoed by his horns. He sat with a silver goblet of
+palm wine in his hand, and when they cut off any head, imitated a
+dancing motion in his chair; a little before dark, he finished his
+terrors for that day, by retiring to the palace, and soon after, the
+chiefs came from their concealment, and paraded the streets, rejoicing
+that they had escaped death, although a few days might put them in the
+same fear. I had been attacked by a violent fit of ague in the morning,
+from having stood so long in the sun the day before while with the King,
+it being unusually hot. I dared not send out my people to procure any
+thing, least they should be murdered, and in fact there was nothing in
+the market to be had: there was not even a drop of water in the house.
+The sacrifice was continued till the next Adaï custom, seventeen days.
+
+
+[Footnote 125: “Mr. Wm. Hutchison, British Resident at Coomassie, the
+capital of Ashantee, hearing there are two Europeans at Jennë, takes the
+opportunity of a Moor returning to that place, to write to them. It is
+earnestly requested, that some information will be sent to Cape Coast
+Castle, whether or not, those, to whom this is addressed, belonged to
+the expedition of Captain Mungo Park, or by what means they reached
+Jennë. As no certain accounts have reached England of the fate of that
+gentleman and his companions, any particulars will be interesting; also,
+whether or not the Niger is the river known here by the name of Quolla,
+Joliba, or any other appellation unknown in Europe. Also, its course,
+and the opinions among the natives as to its termination, with the names
+of any towns or countries it may run through. It is also reported that
+there are two white men at Timbuctoo: should it be possible to render
+any assistance to either, it will be done from Cape Coast Castle on
+accounts being received of the certainty of their situation; and the
+means which may be found to make the Europeans on the Quolla revisit
+their native country: in the mean time, any information will be
+anxiously expected, as to the fate of their companions; and whether they
+have heard of an English expedition, lately arrived at the Niger. Two
+notices in English and Arabic accompany this, offering a reward for
+information.
+
+December 9th.]
+
+[Footnote 126: I have observed some of the Moors who have been a long
+time in Ashantee pour forth a little of any thing before drinking. It
+may be remarked, that all the worshippers of the fetish do this, and
+also set apart some of their victuals before they eat.]
+
+[Footnote 127: The signals happened to be drying on board H.M.S. Cherub,
+Captain Wills, then lying in the roads of Cape Coast.]
+
+[Footnote 128: It will be remembered, that the present King carried an
+elephant’s tail before Apokoo, until he unexpectedly succeeded to the
+stool.—See page 295.]
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER XIII.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ _Sketch of Gaboon, and its Interior._
+
+
+The River Gabon, or Gaboon, as the English pronounce it, is placed by
+some, N. 30’, E. 8° 42’, by others, on the equator and E. 9° 23’: the
+former longitude is certainly the more correct; judging from three
+reckonings of the vessel in which I visited it; unfortunately, I had not
+the requisites for an observation. The former latitude also, is,
+doubtless, the correct one of Cape Clara; for an observation, taken as
+we were beating in by Round Corner, gave 23’ N.; and another, taken
+about 35 miles up the river, 15’ N. From Cape Clara (which is not ‘very
+high land,’) to Sandy point, being an oblique line, may be about 25
+miles, but the direct width of the mouth of the river, cannot be more
+than 18. From 22 to 25 miles up the river, lay Parrot and Konig islands,
+called by the natives Embenee and Dambee; the former (on which ships
+have been hauled to careen) 1¾ miles in circumference and uninhabited,
+the latter considerably larger, and having a village on the hill. The
+natives mentioned the ruins of a Portuguese fort there. Konig island is
+not more than a mile from Rodney’s or Oweëndo point, where there is a
+large bight; which, with the one opposite, within Eghirrighee point,
+makes the width of the river nearly thirty miles in this part. From
+these points it seems to form an inner basin, the greatest width of
+which, just above Goombena creek, is about twelve miles, judging from
+shots; for the work of the ship being heavy whilst in the river, and the
+crew suffering from the climate, (the first mate and carpenter dying,)
+no assistance could be spared for a survey. There are several large
+creeks in the river, Goöngway is the most so, and Goombena the second.
+
+These names, being, of themselves, as uninteresting as the list of
+bearings would be, I shall reserve both the one and the other, with the
+outline of the river adjusted to them, for the Portfolio of the African
+Association; and also two or three sketches of the different parts of
+the river, not worth publishing, but, possibly, useful for the
+introduction of more accurate observers.[129]
+
+About forty-five miles from the mouth, the river forms two arms. The one
+runs north eastwards, by a point called Ohlombompole by the natives of
+Gaboon, and Gongoloba by the Shekans or interior people; the entrance is
+about four miles wide. The other, runs apparently S.S.E. by a point
+called Quawkaw, and Quanlie by the two nations, and is about two miles
+broad. It was an inconsiderate observation of Mr. Maxwell’s, “If the
+Niger has a sensible outlet, I have no doubt of its proving the Congo,
+knowing all the rivers between Cape Palmas and Cape Lopez to be
+inadequate to the purpose.” The Volta may be thought so, but the Lagos
+certainly cannot, nor the Danger, or Gaboon; and, surely, the rivers del
+Rey, and Formoso are not; which are thus noticed, within a few pages of
+Mr. Maxwell’s observation, by the judicious Editor of Mr. Park’s last
+mission, “The Rio del Rey and the Formoso, are stated to be of
+considerable size, being each of them seven or eight miles broad at the
+mouth; and the supposed Delta, estimated by the line of coast, is much
+larger than that of the Ganges: consequently, the two streams, if
+united, must form a river of prodigious magnitude.”
+
+There being little prospect of the ship completing her cargo (red wood
+and ebony) within two months, I determined to divert such a tædium under
+an insalubrious climate, by investigating and compiling the interior
+geography, as far as I could from the reports of the slaves, and
+traders. The most enterprising of the latter, and the greatest
+travellers in the interior, living on board the vessel during her
+loading, I conversed with them constantly, as they spoke good English;
+and I went on shore twice, passing a night the latter time, to Naängo or
+George’s Town, two miles up the romantic creek of Abaäga, about forty-
+five miles from the mouth of the river. I found the Governor (so his
+title was interpreted) a very hospitable and intelligent native, and
+speaking good English. He had travelled much in the interior, when
+young, was still very inquisitive for particulars, and produced me a
+troop of slaves for questioning, which furnished a native of almost
+every country I could hear of. I saw two young negroes, the sons of
+native rulers, who spoke and wrote French fluently. The one had been
+sent to that country for education, and the other in his voyage to
+England for the same purpose, was taken and carried to France, and
+generously educated and maintained by the owner of the privateer.[130]
+Each remained in France upwards of eight years before they were sent
+back to Gaboon, and professed to be very anxious to return to it,
+depicting the native habits not only as uncongenial, but disgusting to
+them. The Congo hypothesis, the primary stimulus to my enquiries, making
+geographical particulars the most desirable, I will defer those on other
+subjects, and submit the compilation of seven weeks investigation and
+inquiry under the above advantageous circumstances.
+
+The native name of the country of Gaboon, is Empoöngwa; it dos not
+extend above the branching of the river, or more than forty miles in
+length; and is about thirty in breadth, including the river, which they
+call Aroöngo. We will pursue the north-eastern arm first. There is a
+sand-bank in the middle of the entrance, and three small islands,
+Soombëä, Ningahinga, and Ompoöngee, are just beyond it, where the water
+becomes fresh. About two miles further, is a larger island called
+Cheēndue, inhabited, and the women of which are constantly employed in
+fishing for white mullet, being abundant. They dress them with a kind of
+chocolate, which I shall notice presently. Several large trees grow out
+of the water, one, eminently high, is directly in the middle of the
+river; they are called Intinga, or the iron tree. The eastern banks of
+this arm are inhabited by the Sheekans, who, with all the nations of the
+interior, are called Boolas by the Gaboons, a term synonymous with Dunko
+in Ashantee. Adjoining Sheekan are the Jomays, who speak a dialect of
+the same language. The Sheekans bury their dead within the house, under
+their beds. The Gaboons prohibit these people from visiting the coast,
+lest they should deprive them of their profits, as the medium between
+the interior and shipping, whether for slaves or manufactures.
+
+The Sheekans, like their neighbours, only reckon from 1 to 5, conjoining
+these numerals afterwards, as Mr. Park has shewn the Feloops and the
+Jaloffs to do.
+
+ One Ilwawtoe
+
+ Two Ibba
+
+ Three Bittach
+
+ Four Binnay
+
+ Five Bittah
+
+ Ten Ducoom
+
+ Twenty Eboomebba
+
+ Hundred Kama
+
+The source of the north-eastern arm is unknown, it probably flows from
+the River Danger, called by the natives Moöhnda, which flows very far
+from the interior; and, though not so wide, is considerably deeper than
+the Aroöngo or Gabon. There is a creek passing Quaw Ben’s town in the
+River Gabon, which runs inland, within a short distance of the Moöhnda,
+so that traders proceeding so far by it, carry their canoes over the
+interval to that river. The Nokos, Apooks, and Komebays, inhabit the
+lower space between the Rivers Gaboon and Danger.
+
+Having pulled up the N.E. arm for two days and nights, they land,
+leaving the river about one mile broad; and after two journies,
+(skirting Sheekan,) reach Samashialee, the capital of the country of
+Kaylee, (sometimes called Kalay,) and the residence of the King Ohmbay.
+Samashialee, is described as a considerable town, and Asāko, as the
+second to it; their houses are all of bamboo. The Kaylees manufacture
+iron from the ore, which abounds every where in this part of Africa; but
+they are very careful not to let the coast people see them do so, as
+knives, spears, mats, and bamboo cloth, are their articles of barter
+with them, for brass rods, cottons, and other European commodities. I
+procured some of the knives and spear heads, of their own iron. The
+bamboo-cloth has the appearance of coarse brown Holland. Their mats are
+very fine, and much varied in colors and patterns. It is remarkable,
+that the latter do not partake at all of their own wild character, but
+are of that chaste, simple outline which would be called elegant by
+civilized nations. These people are cannibals, not only eating their
+prisoners but their dead, whose bodies are bid for directly the breath
+is out of them. A father has frequently been seen to eat his own child.
+Fowls abound in their country, but they never eat them, nor will they
+goats, which are equally numerous, whilst human flesh is to be had. Salt
+fetches an enormous price. The people of Gaboon would be afraid to
+venture amongst them, even as traders, but for their musquets, and a
+strong body of Sheekans, always engaged to accompany them. Their country
+is mountainous and woody. There are people inhabiting a mountain close
+to the north-eastward of Kalay, who are said to see best in the night
+time, when they travel and work, sleeping most of the day, because the
+light hurts their eyes, which are remarkably brilliant. Ivory is
+plentiful. The Kaylee seems to be a dialect of the Sheekan.
+
+ One Woto
+
+ Two Ibba
+
+ Three Battach
+
+ Four Binnay
+
+ Five Bittan
+
+ Ten Duëoom
+
+Northward of Kaylee, two journies, is Imbekee, adjoining the Moöhnda or
+Danger. One moon distant, in the same direction, passing through the
+countries, Beesoo (three journies from Imbeekee) Aösa, and Hetan, are
+the larger kingdoms of Badayhee, and Oongoomo; the King of the latter is
+Enjukayamoo, and the capital Mattadee, described as a very large town.
+The numerals assimilate to those of Kaylee.
+
+ One Woötta
+
+ Two Beeba
+
+ Three Bittach
+
+ Four Binnay
+
+ Five Bitten
+
+Travelling (still northward,) through the small states of Oondamee and
+Bolaykee, in six journies they reach the extensive countries of Paämway,
+and Shaybee, which adjoin each other; and on their northern frontier is
+Bayhee, through which kingdom the River Wola or Wole flows; the largest
+river they had ever seen or heard of, and running eastward. My friend
+the Governor, always impressed on me, that this was the largest river in
+the world, and ran, to use his own words, “farther than any one, except
+God, knows, farther than Indee; all the great rivers in this country
+come from Wole.” The Moöhnda, he had always understood in the long
+course of his enquiries, to flow from it; but he could not speak so
+positively of that, as of the junction of the Ogooawai and the Wole, as
+he had himself been to a considerable distance up the Ogooawai, which,
+returning to Gaboon, we shall proceed to. All the nations on this route
+were said to be cannibals, the Paämways not so voraciously so as the
+others, because they cultivate a breed of large dogs for their eating;
+this seems the favourite meat in most parts of Africa.
+
+Those who travel eastward, pull for a day and a half up the right hand
+or south-eastern arm of the Gaboon or Aroöngo, which arm is formed by
+the junction of several small streams, about sixty miles from its
+confluence with the north-eastern arm. Landing about thirty-five miles
+up it, two and a half journies are occupied in travelling over an
+uninhabited country, described as savannah, and called Woongawoonga; it
+is entirely open, and buffaloes are numerous. Here they reach the
+Ogooäwai, a rapid river, frequently as wide, and, generally,
+considerably deeper than the Gaboon; and which, as we shall presently
+see, runs to the Congo, of itself insignificant. One day up the
+Ogoöawai, is the small kingdom of Adjoomba, consisting but of four
+towns. One journey beyond, on the Ogooäwai, and north-eastward, is
+Gaelwa, a kingdom of more importance, its length three journies. The
+King’s name is Roiela, and the capital, a considerable town, Inkanjee:
+Goondemsie is second to it. Adjoining Gaelwa is Eninga, where the river
+widens considerably; this country is larger than Adjoomba, very
+populous, and composed of several small governments. The river winds
+very much; frequently they save time by carrying their canoes over the
+peninsulas; they are also opposed by impetuous currents. Hitherto the
+language is the same as the Empoöngwa or Gaboon. Twenty journies from
+the frontier of Gaelwa and Eninga, through the small state of Okota, is
+the kingdom of Asheera; and ten beyond it, that of Okandee, the greatest
+they know. The King’s name is Adoomoo, the capital extensive, and kept
+particularly clean: their law forbids any native of Okandee to be sold
+as a slave. None of the nations on the Ogooäwai are cannibals. On the
+eastern confines of Okandee this river is described to join or flow from
+the Wōla. The countries between the Moöhnda and Ogooäwai, are called
+Sappalah, Koomakaimalong, and Okaykay, and described as vast extents of
+savannah. Deeha was spoken of as a large country in the neighbourhood of
+the Wōla. I could not make these interior natives, or the people of
+Gaboon, understand what I meant by a Moor; there are none but pagan
+negroes throughout. The slaves recently arrived viewed me with affright;
+they said none in their country would believe there were white men.
+
+I could hear of no great controlling kingdom, like Ashantee, in these
+parts of the interior, nor do I think any such exists eastward of
+Yarriba, or other than numerous small states, as far behind Dagwumba and
+its neighbours in civilization, as they are behind Europeans. The
+name,[131] situation, magnitude, and course of the Wōla, leave little
+doubt of its being the Kulla or Quolla; though I am not clear that they
+said there was a country of the name of the river, nor did I recognize
+the name of any of the countries I had before heard of, as being in its
+neighbourhood. With those on the northern banks of this large river they
+did not profess to be acquainted, and those on the southern may be
+intermediate between the Moöhnda and Ogooawai routes, which diverge from
+Empoöngwa, the former northward, the latter north-eastward. Forty
+journies from the Empoöngwa frontier to the Bahr Kulla agree very well
+with the distance. A strong argument, in addition to the above, for the
+Wōla and the Quolla being the same river, (recollecting my description
+of the Paämways, and all the nations on the line of the Moöhnda, as
+cannibals,) is suggested by the reperusal of the following remarks of
+Mr. Horneman, and Mr. Hutchison, already quoted in page 202: “The Yem
+Yems, cannibals, are south of Kano, ten days,” which agrees very well
+with the lowered course of the Niger, which I have been obliged to lay
+down. “It is to the King of Quallowliffa that the country in which
+Canna, Dall, and Yum Yum, where cannibals are, is subject.” It is true,
+that the character only, and not the names of the nations visited from
+Empoöngwa, can be identified with Mr. Hutchison’s Canna, Dall, and Yum
+Yum; but the Moorish pronunciation, or writing of negro names,
+especially those only known to them by report, is very incorrect and
+capricious. To Mr. Horneman, they were called Yem Yems; to Mr.
+Hutchison, Yum Yums, and sometimes Jum Jums. The names Bapoonoo,
+Okobella, Banginniga, Oonbamba, and Asango, may possibly be identified
+hereafter amongst the countries approximating to the Wōla.
+
+We will return to Adjoomba, where the Ogooäwai divides itself; the
+smaller arm called Assazee runs to Cape Lopez, which is in the kingdom
+of Oroöngoo; the monarch, Ogoöla, from his power surpassing every other
+in the neighbourhood of the coast, has acquired the name of Pass-all
+with the traders who speak English. Between Oroöngoo and Adjoomba is the
+kingdom of Oongobai. The King’s name is Pendanga, and the numerals are,
+
+ One Rappeek.
+
+ Two Ramboise.
+
+ Three Mittasee.
+
+ Four Binnay.
+
+ Five Bittan.
+
+ Six Sambal.
+
+ Seven Bittooba.
+
+ Eight Bissamen.
+
+ Nine Bwoi.
+
+ Ten Deëoom.
+
+An intelligent native of this country had fled to Gaboon to avoid
+execution.
+
+The larger arm of the Ogooäwai, flowing south-eastward, as wide as the
+Gaboon, through the country of Tanyan, (the western frontier of which is
+five journies from that of Adjoomba,) runs into the Congo, (which is
+comparatively small before the confluence,) about ten days pull from the
+mouth of that river. A very intelligent man who acts as interpreter or
+trade man to the vessels which frequent the river Gaboon, confirming
+this account of the slaves and traders, I enquired into the
+circumstances to which he owed his knowledge. He is the son of the
+principal trader in Gaboon, called Tom Lawson, who speaks English
+fluently. Eight years ago, this young man, Wondo, went from Gaboon to
+the Congo, in the Nimble, Everett master. After the vessel had traded
+some time, as high up in the river as she might safely venture, the
+captain sent him and three or four other negroes in a boat with goods,
+to go up as much higher as they could. His account was, that they passed
+Evehelee and Cormee, when they came to a fall of water upwards of twenty
+feet high. A native, who preceded them in his canoe, directed them to
+enter a small channel to the east, which, by a considerable sweep,
+avoided it, but the natives, he persisted, both pulled their canoes up,
+and let them down this fall, by long fibrous roots twisted into cordage,
+and affixed to the large trees above; frequently, however, the most
+expert were victims to their intrepidity, generally in the descent;
+their canoes were made purposely in the shape of a bow. I expressed my
+doubts, questioned him with seeming indifference, at many different
+times, on this subject, and requested others to do the same; his account
+never varied. He was naturally very cautious in what he said, by no
+means given to the marvellous in recounting his travels, but a corrector
+of that disposition in others. To the last moment he persisted in this
+report. Just beyond this fall is the confluence of the Ogooawai and the
+Congo, which takes place in Tanyan.[132] From this point he described
+the latter as gradually dwindling to its source, (not more than six days
+distant, by Encombë and Eveheea,) so that the Congo owed its magnitude
+and rapidity entirely to the Ogooawai.[133] He mentioned a chief named
+Mangoff, to have been a principal man in the Congo, and he sung his boat
+chorus as a specimen of the language, “Malava napa, malava mabootay,
+mabootay.” He said, Mangoff lived at Barrima. He spoke of a place called
+Ohlobe, but I omitted to minute the particulars.
+
+The master of a Liverpool ship, laying in Gaboon river, having visited
+the Congo annually for many years, I availed myself of an opportunity of
+conversing with him also. He mentioned Bōma as the principal place of
+trade, but he did not consider it more than forty miles up the river; it
+was so called after a chief, whose son has now succeeded him. Binda, a
+secondary place of trade, he reckoned to be ninety miles from the
+entrance of the river, on the north side; but there are so many arms or
+branches there, that it is very difficult to distinguish the Congo
+itself, which he had always understood to terminate soon
+afterwards.[134] The houses he described as wretched, and transportable,
+so that a trader buying one for a trifle, could have it moved to any
+part of the banks he pleased. Sea horse teeth were to be bought
+plentifully, they buried them with their dead, dedicating them as the
+Ashantees do gold, and generally sticking one erect on the grave, as a
+sort of monument. He spoke very ill of them from his own experience;
+they had frequently attempted to poison the water on board his vessel. A
+few months back they cut off a Portuguese vessel, destroyed the crew,
+and plundered her. I anxiously anticipate the perusal of Captain
+Tuckey’s journal.
+
+Tom Lawson, who has as much, if not more influence than his brother the
+King, says he would provide an escort headed by his son Wondo, and
+guarantee the safety of any exploratory party to the river Ogooawai, and
+five days up it; that is as far as Okota. Two hundred pounds laid out in
+goods, I think, would defray the expenses, and presents, en passant,
+handsomely, and there are many opportunities by which two officers might
+be sent from Cape Coast to Gaboon for the purpose, and by way of the
+islands, return to it. A man of war might convey them, and call for
+them, on her cruise.
+
+Kings are numerous in Gaboon, and scarcely comparable even with the
+petty caboceers of Fantee. The greatest trader, or the richest man of
+almost every small village assumes the title, and frequently suffers
+gross indignities from his subjects, from not having the power to punish
+them. The King of Naängo seems of acknowledged superiority, and is
+comparatively respectable, both in means and power; he is known to
+trading vessels by the name of King George. The brother succeeds before
+the son. The legislative and judicial power is vested in the Governor,
+controlled by the King, who may order the death of a man; but, if he
+assigns no good reason, the offensive party is generally allowed to
+retire elsewhere. All children share the property of the father in equal
+portions, except the eldest son, who has about half as much again as any
+other. If a man kills another, he has a public trial; and, if he cannot
+justify the act, which it seems he may in many instances, his own death
+is inevitable. If he kills one of his wives, (his rank is designated by
+the number,) he pays a fine to her family, who, and not the husband, are
+involved in all her palavers. The acknowledged heir to a property may
+bring a palaver against his father, or whoever may be possessor of it,
+for killing a slave unjustly, or otherwise injuring the property, and
+oblige him to make good the injury.
+
+A man may not look at, or converse with his mother-in-law, on pain of a
+heavy, perhaps a ruinous fine; this singular law is founded on the
+tradition of an incest. It is a common custom to lend their wives to one
+another; if a man evades a promise of this kind, the Governor awards
+heavy damages to the plaintiff. If an applicant is refused, and is
+detected in intrigue, the whole of his property is forfeited to the
+husband of the woman, who, if it is not speedily delivered, may kill the
+man, and burn his house. I heard of no law so barbarous or disgusting,
+as this any where in the interior of the Gold Coast. They assured me
+they never made human sacrifices.
+
+A man of consequence never drinks before his inferiors, without hiding
+his face from them, believing that at this moment only, his enemies have
+the power of imposing a spell on his faculties, in spite of the
+guardiance of his fetish. When a man dies, the door of his house is kept
+shut seven days. The whiskers of the men, and the side locks both of
+them and the women, hang down in narrow braids, sometimes below their
+shoulders, the ends commonly tipped with small beads, and the front
+locks are generally braided to project like horns. The women wear a
+number of thick brass rings (the trade brass rod twisted) round their
+legs. A woman of consequence has a succession of them from the ancle to
+the knee, which announce her approach when walking, and jingle when she
+dances. The female slaves support even the heaviest burdens from a broad
+band or string around the temples. Like other negroes, different
+families have different fetish, some will not eat a cock, nor others a
+hen. I could not discover any distinct ideas of the creation, or of a
+future life. They believe implicitly in the superior fetish of
+individuals from Sappalah and other countries in the interior.
+
+Tom Lawson’s ‘fetish man,’ a native of Sappalah, has so thoroughly
+persuaded his master, by his address and fortuitous circumstances in
+war, that no bullet can injure him, strike him where it will, (either
+rebounding, or penetrating to be thrown from the stomach at pleasure)
+that this old man, who has lived almost the whole of his life in
+European vessels, always presses every stranger to become equally
+convinced by firing at him. His son bribed this man to endue him with
+the same fetish, and eagerly making trial of its virtue, received a
+musket ball, which fractured the small bone of his arm. The address of
+the fetish man accounted for this, to the entire satisfaction of every
+body, by declaring (being the most probable crime he could guess in the
+emergency) that it was at that instant revealed to him by the offended
+fetish, that this young man once had a stolen intercourse with his wife
+at an improper season; it was immediately confessed as a truth, and they
+are as obstinate believers as ever.
+
+Naängo consists of one street, wide, regular, and clean. The houses are
+very neatly constructed of bamboo, and afford a ground floor of spacious
+and lofty apartments. They sleep on bedsteads encircled with musquito
+curtains of bamboo cloth. The manners of the superiors are very pleasing
+and hospitable, and a European may reside amongst them, not only with
+safety, but with comfort and dignity. I do not think the old and new
+town contain 500 inhabitants between them. From the sickness which
+prevailed on board the vessel, the climate must be very insalubrious.
+The density of the atmosphere from exhalation was even more oppressive
+than the heat, which was intense before the setting in of the sea-
+breeze, and at all times sensibly much greater than I had experienced on
+the Gold Coast, or in the interior: there was no thermometer on board.
+The Empoöngwa is the softest negro language I have ever heard, being
+characterized by the duplication of vowels, separately pronounced. Their
+numerals are;
+
+ One Hemoödee
+
+ Two Mban
+
+ Three Ntcharoo
+
+ Four Nahee
+
+ Five Nchanee
+
+ Six Oroöba
+
+ Seven Ragginnoömoo
+
+ Eight Ennanakee
+
+ Nine Enogoöm
+
+ Ten Hegoöm
+
+They do not possess a single manufacture, depending for all their
+comforts and conveniences on the superior ingenuity of their inland
+neighbours, and the supplies of shipping. They plant but handfuls of
+corn, and rear a few goats and fowls. Cotton grows spontaneously. They
+make a good black dye from the mangrove and ebony shavings. They reduce
+the red wood to a very soft powder, by breaking a soft species of stone,
+and sprinkling the finest particles of it on a flat piece of red wood,
+which they rub violently against another flat piece; the mixed powders
+are then thrown into water, and that of the wood floating on the surface
+is strained and dried. They rub children with this powder for cutaneous
+eruptions.
+
+The African Ourang-outan (Pithecus Troglodites) is found here, the one I
+saw was two feet and a half high, but said to be growing. I offered a
+fair price for it, considering they are not rare there, and would not
+give more when I heard of one being already in England. The native name
+is Inchego: it had the cry, visage, and action of a very old man, and
+was obedient to the voice of its master; its agony on espying the
+panther on board was inconceivable.[135] There is a curious variety of
+monkeys. The favourite and most extraordinary subject of our
+conversations on natural history, (which I introduce merely to excite
+enquiry) was the Ingēna, compared with an Ourang-outan, but much
+exceeding it in size, being generally five feet high, and four across
+the shoulders; its paw was said to be even more disproportionate than
+its breadth, and one blow of it to be fatal; it is seen commonly by
+those who travel to Kaylee, lurking in the bush to destroy passengers,
+and feeding principally on the wild honey, which abounds. Their death is
+frequently accelerated by the silliness which characterizes most of
+their actions: observing men carry heavy burthens through the forest,
+they tear off the largest branches from the trees, and accumulating a
+weight (sometimes of elephants teeth,) disproportionate even to their
+superior strength, emulously hurry with it from one part of the woods to
+another, with little or no cessation, until the fatigue, and the want of
+rest and nourishment, exhausts them. Amongst other of their actions,
+reported without variation by the men, women, and children of Empoöngwa
+and Sheekan, is that of building a house in rude imitation of the
+natives, and sleeping outside or on the roof of it; and also of carrying
+about their infant dead, closely pressed to them, until they drop away
+in putrefaction.[136] The larger birds in the creeks were uncommon, if
+not unknown. Pelicans abounded.
+
+Chamelions were plentifully caught, but none lived more than a month on
+board the vessel, whether fed with flies, or not at all. The changes of
+those I watched seemed confined to the shades between a very dark, dusky
+green, and a bright yellow; when placed on any black substance they
+became the former, and when any thing light approached them, they
+changed to a bright green, which hue, if the substance was yellow, was
+interspersed with the most brilliant spots of that colour. I could not
+discern that they ever acquired a tinge of blue or red; when at rest in
+their cage, their color was dark green, mottled with still darker spots.
+
+In my rambles about the environs of Naängo, I formed some idea of the
+general face of vegetation in Empoöngwa. Being the rainy season, of
+course it did not possess its usual beauty. The red wood trees abounded,
+with many which were new to me. The Mangroves clothed the banks of the
+creeks and river, even growing some yards from the banks in the water,
+and their lower branches frequently covered with oysters. The palm wine
+tree was plentiful. Like most parts of Western Africa, the woods were so
+covered beneath with shrubs and plants, that they seemed impenetrable.
+Immense runners, twisting together, dropped from the branches like large
+cables, generally covered with parasites; sometimes adhering to the
+parent stem, they became themselves a tree, and at others, shooting
+across to the branches of neighbouring trees, seemed to connect the
+forest in a general link. The climbing plants contributed to this
+entanglement, for, interlacing their tendrils amongst the trees, they
+enwreathed them in the most beautiful flowers, or dropping in festoons,
+formed a splendid drapery to the sober green of the canopy: amongst
+these the convolvolus cairicus was conspicuous, from its extreme
+variety, the flowers being not only of that beautiful lilac, so much
+esteemed in England, but of the brightest blue, dark brown, pale yellow,
+white, pink, buff with a purple eye, and all the shades which an opening
+flower presents from budding to decay.[137] I gathered a few specimens
+of the plants as I walked along, which may be acceptable to botanists. I
+can only lament that so many circumstances conspired to render my
+account of them imperfect; the rainy season, my slight knowledge of
+botany, and the absence of all instruments which might have enabled me
+to examine the very minute flowers which frequently presented
+themselves; but I am convinced many new species might be discovered. I
+will submit a few which were remarkable for their different virtues, and
+of which drawings or specimens are preserved.
+
+The Cosa Cosa grew upon a tree about ten feet high, the flowers in
+clusters, but rarely two fully blown at the same moment, the corolla
+white, tube shaped, but cleft to the bottom, tinged at the top with
+crimson and yellow; a slightly tinged glutinous petal was fixed within
+the corolla, and adhered firmly to it; when separated, I found the two
+anthera fastened to it, without filaments, and between them laid the
+style, the stigma having a small hook at the back to fasten it between
+the two anthera. The juice is used for curing inflammations of the eyes.
+
+The Endaägoo (_Cyperas articulatus_. _Linn._) had the appearance of a
+grass, the bulbous root was used as a worm medicine.
+
+The Owallifa was not in blossom, the prickly leaf was applied to
+swellings when they wished to reduce them by bleeding; flogging the part
+affected, as boys frequently do their chilblains with holly.
+
+The Edjamba (_a species of_ _Urtica_) bears a multitude of minute green
+flowers, the leaves wear the appearance of nettles, and when laid on the
+skin produce blisters.
+
+The Eninda Aboönee (_Leea sambucina_) is an umbelliferous plant, the
+infusion of which is said to correct nausea.
+
+The Oonkoolankolee (_Aneilema bracteolata_. _Br._) bears a very delicate
+lilac blossom, with only two petals, which fly back and expose the other
+parts of the flower; the least breath of air will disturb them. The
+natives wash their children with its infusion, if they are backward in
+walking.
+
+The Econda Boomba (_Bidens_, probably a new species, but too imperfect
+to be determined) is anti-venereal, as an infusion; the flower resembles
+the chamomile.
+
+The Shewawono bears a spike with leaves resembling those of Hedysarum.
+The decoction is said to cure rheumatism.
+
+The tobacco grows spontaneously, but I do not consider this so strong a
+proof of its being indigenous to Africa, as that it grows in Inta. The
+Portuguese have probably introduced it into Gaboon.
+
+The natives here as well as elsewhere have a number of fetish plants;
+the most remarkable seems the Ewelly welly, (the Aserumbdrue of
+Ashantee, a species of Piper related to Umbellatum) the broad leaf of
+which, when rubbed on a fetish man, is said to render him invisible.
+
+The Eroga, a favourite but violent medicine, is no doubt a fungus, for
+they describe it as growing on a tree called the Ocamboo, when decaying;
+they burn it first, and take as much as would lay on a shilling.
+
+The medicine they most prize is the Neoöndoo; a small quantity was
+spared to me reluctantly. Four nuts grow in a pod on a very large tree
+of the hardest wood; it is purchased greedily, only growing on the
+frontier of Empoöngwa, and is used successfully by those afflicted with
+gravel.
+
+In killing elephants they use two poisons, both of which are the milky
+juices of the stalks of plants. Inquaw indjoo (a plant belonging to the
+natural order _Aroidea_, and referable to the Linnean genus _Arum_)
+bears a hard white berry in a spiral cluster. The Ygwan agwan berries
+are red, and in perfection at the time that the flowers are budding.
+These juices are rubbed on the muskets balls, spears, arrows, and
+knives, and the effect on the elephant is described as almost
+instantaneous.
+
+They make bird lime from a tree called Epoowa.
+
+Besides the pine apple, the common thread of Africa, they use that of
+two other plants, the Ezoönee (_Triumfitta elliptica_, _Nov. Sp._) and
+the Naängoo, an _Urtica_, or genus nearly allied to it. The former bears
+a yellow flower, too minute for my inspection. The top of the latter is
+surmounted by five or six delicate flower stalks; the blossoms were
+exceedingly minute, and of a lively green.
+
+The governor of the town brought me two or three very harsh rough
+leaves, which he said were from the plant Egoögoo (a species of _ficus_)
+not then in blossom; they are used in planing wood, polishing and
+cleaning various articles of household furniture, and feel like emery
+paper. At the same time he gave me what they are very fond of chewing, a
+delicate little mimosa, (_Abrus precatorius_. _Linn._) the taste of
+which resembles liquorice.
+
+A beautiful red pod, the blossom of which was out of season, contains
+small black seeds, in taste exactly resembling the cardamom. The natives
+of this place, and also of the interior, are very fond of them. In
+Booroom the plant is called Booroomma, and at Gaboon, Entoöndo.
+
+The Caoutchouc is to be met with here; the natives describe it as the
+product of one tree only,[138] the olamboo; their method of collecting
+it is curious. After the incision is made in the tree, whence it oozes
+like a glutinous milk, they spread it over their arms and breasts with a
+knife, (having first shaved themselves, that the hair of the skin may
+not be torn up when it is taken off,) in the form of a plaister. It is
+either rolled up in balls to play with, or stretched over the heads of
+drums; they do not seem to apply it to any other use.
+
+They make their torches from the wood (odjoo) of which they form their
+canoes, the resinous parts are broken in small pieces, and tied closely
+in very long leaves; the smaller end is fixed to an upright stick placed
+in the ground of the apartment; they afford a brilliant light, and the
+resin, when burning, emits a grateful odour.
+
+The Odica, from which they make a kind of chocolate, is a very high and
+large tree, bearing an acuminate shining leaf. The nuts, which are
+white, are contained in a round pod with a bulb at the end, twice as
+large as a man’s fist, green without, and yellow within; the parts
+surrounding the nuts are squeezed into water, which they sweeten like
+honey. The kernels are strung and smoke dried, and then beat in water
+into large masses, having the appearance of coarse chocolate, but the
+flavour of a rank gross gravy. It might be more palatable otherwise
+prepared.
+
+The vegetable butter (which certainly belongs to the natural order
+_Sapoteæ_) brought to the Ashantee market, is here well known by the
+name of Onoöngoo: it is a large tree, and the nuts are enclosed in a
+round red pod, containing from four to six: the flower is also red, from
+description. My servant, a native of Booroom, called the tree
+Kirrimkoon, and the butter Incoom; the Ashantees call the latter
+Sarradee; in Mallowa the tree is called Timkeëä. The nut is first
+boiled, and the oil or butter afterwards expressed; in Booroom and
+Mallowa it is skimmed from the surface. It tasted quite as good as fresh
+butter before any salt is added, and we relished the meat fried in it
+exceedingly. Being the rainy season I could neither get a sight of the
+flower or the pod of this or the odica, but I procured the nuts and
+produce of both. The curious may compare this butter with the specimen
+of the Ashantee grease. Before I understood them to be distinct trees, I
+concluded the odica and the butter both to be the produce of the cacao-
+nut, but the butter answers closely to Mr. Park’s description of the
+shea-tolu, though the tree did not resemble the American oak.
+
+The Kolla nut grows on one of those trees which are supposed to sow
+their own seed; it is round, and the size of an Orleans plum, having a
+very hard shell, the kernel is white, and, after being exposed to the
+sun for a few days, becomes even sweeter than a filbert. The natives
+frequently soak them in salt water for a few weeks, and relish the rank
+flavour they then acquire. They form the principal food of the lower
+orders. They have a round orange coloured fruit, called Incheema, the
+size varies from that of a small cocoa nut to a large one; the capsule
+is very thick, and when cut yields a milky juice; a number of hard, dark
+brown seeds, surrounded by a pulp, are found within, the latter only is
+eaten, and when gathered fresh from the tree, is of a very delicious
+flavour, not unlike that of a green gage. If the fruit is suffered to
+fall from the tree, the bruise renders it unwholesome and unpalatable.
+
+Every dark night, Tom Lawson was sure to direct me to look in the
+direction of what some foolish Europeans had persuaded him must be a
+diamond mountain. It lays about three days eastward of Empoöngwa in
+direct distance, but from the fear of the intervening people, he had
+been obliged to visit it by a circuitous route, which occupied seven
+days; he lost the pieces he procured, in a skirmish on his return; they
+illuminated a great circumference. It is considered a powerful fetish,
+and described as a very high mountain. I must admit, that when there was
+no moon, a pale but distinct light was invariably reflected from a
+mountain in that quarter, and from no other.
+
+The red and yellow ochres brought to me, were dug in the neighbourhood
+of a savannah three journies south-eastward of Empoöngwa, where they
+insisted there were large pits of strata, not only of red and yellow,
+but of other colours. They believe, that if a man attempts to carry off
+different colours at the same time, he is paralyzed on the spot. Gold
+has never been found in this part of Africa.
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+EMPOÖNGWA SONG.]
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+EMPOÖNGWA SONG.]
+
+[Illustration: Music score
+
+Notes sung by the white Negro from Imbeekee.]
+
+The music of Empoöngwa is, generally, very inferior to that I have
+before noticed. The enchambee, their only peculiar instrument, resembles
+the mandolino, but has only five strings, made from the root of the palm
+tree; the neck consists of five pieces of bamboo, to which the strings
+are fastened, and, slipping up and down, are easily, but not securely
+tuned; it is played with both hands; the tones are sweet, but have
+little power or variety. Long stories are recited to the enchambee in
+the moon-light evenings, in a sort of recitative; a favourite one, is an
+account of the arts by which the Sun gained the ascendancy over the
+Moon, who were first made of coeval power by their common father.
+
+No. 1, (which, I imagine, commences in F major, and ends in G major) is
+an Empoöngwa air played on the enchambee. I do not know if the inversion
+of words is common in their conversation as well as in their songs. A
+native envies a neighbour, named Engaëlla, who has ivory to barter with
+a vessel.
+
+ Amorill injanja Engaëlla; impoongee m’adgillinjanja.
+
+ A brass pan he has got Engaëlla; ivory, I have got none.
+
+Here again we find _me_ answers to the personal pronoun I.
+
+No. 2, in G major, is a song in which the men sing the air alone, and
+the women join in the chorus. It is an old one, and the subject the
+first appearance of a white man. One verse will be quite enough to
+satisfy others and exculpate myself. At least half a dozen followed it.
+
+ Ma bengwoo ma bengwa baïa.
+
+ A fine strange thing, A fine strange thing, my mother.
+
+ Deboonga sai camberwoona nayennee.
+
+ Like the leaf of the fat tree,[139] true I say, so it is.
+
+ Sangwa moochoo, baïa.
+
+ I make you look to-day, my mother.
+
+ Baï yamgwan boonoo.
+
+ My mother fears this fetish man.
+
+My patience during a series of dull Empoöngwa songs, was recompensed by
+the introduction of a performer, as loathsome as his music was
+astonishing. It was a white negro from the interior country of Imbeekee;
+his features betrayed his race, his hair was woolly, and of a sandy
+colour, with thick eye brows of the same; his eyes small, bright, and of
+a dark grey; the light seemed to hurt them, and their constant quivering
+and rolling gave his countenance an air of insanity, which was confirmed
+by the actions of his head, and limbs, and the distortions of his mouth.
+His stature was middling, and his limbs very small; his skin was
+dreadfully diseased, and where it was free from sores bore the
+appearance of being thrown on, it hung about him so loose and so
+shrivelled; his voice was hollow, and his laugh loud, interspersed with
+African howls. His harp was formed of wood, except that part emitting
+the sound, which was covered with goat skin, perforated at the bottom.
+The bow to which the eight strings were fixed, was considerably curved,
+and there was no upright; the figure head, which was well carved, was
+placed at the top of the body, the strings were twisted round long pegs,
+which easily turned when they wanted tuning, and, being made of the
+fibrous roots of palm wine tree, were very tough and not apt to slip.
+The tone was full, harmonious, and deep. He sat on a low stool, and
+supporting his harp on his knee and shoulder, proceeded to tune it with
+great nicety; his hands seemed to wander amongst the strings until he
+gradually formed a running accompaniment (but with little variety) to
+his extraordinary vociferations. At times, one deep and hollow note
+burst forth and died away; the sounds of the harp became broken;
+presently he looked up, pursuing all the actions of a maniac, taking one
+hand from the strings, to wave it up and down, stretching forth one leg
+and drawing it up again as if convulsed, lowering the harp on to the
+other foot, and tossing it up and down. Whilst the one hand continued
+playing, he rung forth a peal which vibrated on the ear long after it
+had ceased; he was silent; the running accompaniment served again as a
+prelude to a loud recitative, uttered with the greatest volubility, and
+ending with one word, with which he ascended and descended, far beyond
+the extent of his harp, with the most beautiful precision. Sometimes he
+became more collected, and a mournful air succeeded the recitative,
+though without the least connection, and he would again burst out with
+the whole force of his powerful voice in the notes of the Hallelujah of
+Handel. To meet with this chorus in the wilds of Africa, and from such a
+being, had an effect I can scarcely describe, and I was lost in
+astonishment at the coincidence. There could not be a stronger proof of
+the nature of Handel, or the powers of the negro.
+
+I naturally enquired if this man was in his senses, and the reply was,
+that he was always rational but when he played, when he invariably used
+the same gestures, and evinced the same incoherency. The accompanying
+notes were caught whilst he was singing; to do more than set them down
+in their respective lengths, was impossible, and every notation must be
+far inadequate.
+
+As regards the words, there was such a rhapsody of recitative, of
+mournful, impetuous, and exhilarated air, wandering through the life of
+man, throughout the animal and vegetable kingdom for its subjects,
+without period, without connection, so transient, abrupt, and
+allegorical, that the Governor of the town could translate a line but
+occasionally, and I was too much possessed by the music, and the
+alternate rapture and phrenzy of the performer, to minute the half
+which he communicated. I can only submit the fragments of a melancholy
+and a descriptive part.
+
+Burst of a man led to execution,
+
+ Yawa yawa wo wo oh
+
+ Yawa waï yawa
+
+ What have I done? what have I done?
+
+Bewailing the loss of his mother,
+
+ Yawa gooba shangawelladi yaisa
+
+ Wo na boo, &c.
+
+ My mother dies; who’ll cry for me now
+
+ When I die? &c.
+
+ Pahmbolee gwoongee yayoo, &c.
+
+ Which path shall I seek my love?
+
+ Hark! I know now,
+
+ I hear her snap the dry sticks,
+
+ To speak, to call to me.
+
+Jiggledy jiggledy, jiggledy, too too tee too, often invaded or broke off
+a mournful strain; it was said to be an imitation of the note of a bird,
+described as the wood-pecker.
+
+Three Portuguese, one French, and two large Spanish ships, visited the
+river for slaves during our stay, and the master of a Liverpool vessel
+assured me that he had fallen in with 22 between Gaboon and the Congo.
+Their grand rendezvous is Mayumba. The Portuguese of St. Thomas’s and
+Prince’s islands send small schooner boats to Gaboon for slaves, which
+are kept after they are transported this short distance, until the coast
+is clear for shipping them to America. A third large Spanish ship, well
+armed, entered the river the night before we quitted it, and hurried our
+exit, for one of that character was committing piracy in the
+neighbouring rivers. Having suffered from falling into their hands
+before, I felicitated myself on the escape. We were afterwards chased
+and boarded by a Spanish armed schooner, with three hundred slaves on
+board; they only desired provisions.
+
+
+[Footnote 129: I believe no instructions for entering the River Gabon
+are in print, the following were compiled from the log-book of the Lord
+Mulgrave, which has been laden in the river the three successive years
+she has been chartered as a store-ship by the African Committee, and
+beat into it this time. When standing for the river, from the southward,
+it is best to give Round Corner a good birth, as a shoal or sand-bank
+runs off between that and Sandy point, and also in case of being
+becalmed, as the ground is foul and bad for anchoring. A channel goes in
+by Sandy point, but it is rarely used but by small vessels. Leave Round
+Corner about three leagues, and stand over for Cape Clara until you have
+the river well open, then steer for a bluff point about two miles inside
+of the Cape, where you will find from eight to ten fathom water. You may
+stand in, till you are about two miles from the above point, and then
+steer up the river, keeping the north shore aboard, and steering for the
+highest land you see, which lies above Quaw Ben’s town. In mid-channel,
+you will find nine fathoms, until you bring Sandy point on a line with
+Cape Clara bearing S.S.E. You are then in the narrowest part of the
+channel, which is not more than two or three miles wide, and your
+greatest soundings will be six fathoms. When you are well inside these
+bearings you may haul off from the shore at your leisure, and steer for
+Parrot Island. When athwart of Quaw Ben’s town, and about five miles off
+shore, you will find twelve and thirteen fathoms. In standing up from
+Quaw Ben’s, give Prince Glass’s town a good birth, as a shoal runs off
+to some distance, your soundings will be from seven to nine fathoms; you
+may anchor on any part of the north side, without danger. Between Konig
+and Parrot Islands, is very good anchorage in seven fathoms, and a soft,
+muddy, bottom; thence to Abraham’s town, you will have from seven to
+four fathoms at low water; and small vessels may go a considerable way
+up the river, for there are three fathoms at Naängoo or George-Town
+creek, about forty-five miles up the river. If you are turning into the
+river, when you are within the Cape, stand no further off than into five
+fathoms, for as you close the middle ground, the soundings are very
+irregular; you may have five fathoms; and, before the next cast, the
+ship may be ashore. The widest part of the channel, is not more than
+about 5½ miles, until you are nearly athwart of Quaw Ben’s town, when
+you may stand over to the south side, as you are then inside the bank.
+There is a very good watering-place at Rodney’s point. Ships
+unacquainted, may anchor off the Cape and wait for the sea breeze, which
+generally sets in before noon.]
+
+[Footnote 130: I am sorry to say those whom their parents have been
+persuaded to entrust to English vessels for the same purpose, have
+invariably been sold as slaves, in violation of every assurance; an
+infamy of which the French have never been guilty in a single instance.]
+
+[Footnote 131: Wōla is probably the Empoöngwa corruption of the original
+name Quolla or Kulla, for, presuming that name to be given to it in the
+Mallowa or Houssa country,[a] to denote its being a branch or arm of the
+great river, dividing into it and the Gambaroo after leaving the lake
+Dibbir, (Kulla being _child_ in the Mallowa,) it doubtless retains the
+same name in the country known at Gaboon; not only because Mr. Brown
+first reported the river Kulla (_Bahr Kulla_) and the kingdom (_Dar
+Kulla_) to be situated thereabouts, but because from the following
+observation of Mr. Hutchison’s, received since I wrote my geographical
+chapter, it appears, that the language of the kingdom which bears the
+name of the river, is at least a dialect of the Mallowa language. “I
+send you the numerals of Quolla liffa, as given me by the servant boy I
+have got lately, who comes from that country, which is near the
+cannibals:” see Appendix, Language.]
+
+[Footnote a: The Jennë Moors however called it Quolla, which inclined me
+at first to derive its name from _Killi_, the numeral _one_ in the
+Bambarra, as if to denote it the first or greatest river; as Yahndi, the
+name of the capital of Dagwumba, implies its pre-eminence; _Yahndi_
+being _one_ in the language of the country.]
+
+[Footnote 132: “The information received here (at Mavoonda) of the
+upward course of the river, was more distinct than any we have yet had;
+all the persons we spoke to agreeing that after ten days in a canoe, we
+should come to a large sandy island, which makes _two channels, one to
+the north west, and the other to the north east; that in the latter
+there is a fall, but that canoes are easily got above it_; that twenty
+days above the island, the river issues by many small streams from a
+great marsh or lake of mud.” Captain Tuckey’s Narrative. In a map,
+“Regna Congo et Angola,” in Dapper’s Description de l’Afrique, 1686, a
+large arm is laid down, about two hundred and fifty miles up the Zaire,
+running to or coming from the north-east. As this book is scarcely
+known, there being but one copy in England, it may be interesting to the
+reader to see a description of the Congo and its source, according to
+the geographical opinions, a century and a half ago, for 1686 is the
+date of the translation from the German. Refer first to my copy of a
+part of one of the many maps in Dapper’s work, p. 211. Au midi de cette
+riviere (Niger) est le Zaire, ou la grande riviere de Congo qui prend sa
+source de trois lacs, au sentiment de Pigaser. Le premier se nomme
+Zambre d’où procede le Nil, le second Zaire d’où sortent les rivieres de
+Lelunde et de Coanze, et le troisiême est un lac formé par le Nil. Mais
+le principal est le Zambre qui est comme le centre d’où les fleuves de
+nord le Nil, au levant Cuama et Coavo, au midi Zeila et Manice ou
+Manhessen, et au couchant la riviere de Zaire, qui par divers bras
+arrose toute la partie occidentale de l’Afrique, situé au delà de la
+ligne, les royaumes de Congo, d’Angola, de Monomatapa, de Matamam, de
+Bagamadiri et d’Agasymba jusqu’au cap de bonne-esperance; pendant que le
+Nil, Cuama, Coavo, Zeila, et Manice traversent l’Abyssinie et tous les
+pais qui sont entre la mer-Rouge et Cuama. L’embouchure de Zaire est à
+cinq degrez quarante minutes de latitude Meridionale. Elle a trois
+milles de large et se décharge dans l’ocean avec tant d’impetuosité, que
+l’impression qu’elle donne à la marée, dont elle rend le cours ouëst-
+nord-ouëst et nord-ouëst au nord se ressent en pleine mer, à douze
+milles de la côte. Quand on a perdu la terre de vue, on découvre une eau
+noire, de la verdure, des cannes et des roseaux qui ressemblent à de
+petites îles, et que la violence de la marée entraine après soi du haut
+des ecœuils. De sorte qu’à moins d’un vent d’arrière il est fort
+difficile de resister au courant et d’aller jetter l’ancre dans la rade
+de Cabo Padron. On ne sauroit remonter ce fleuve plus de vint ou vint
+cinq lieues au-dessus de son embouchure, à cause des cascades qui sont
+au milieu de son lit et qui s’élancent du haut des rochers avec tant de
+bruit qu’on l’entend à deux ou trois lieues de là. Plusieurs ruisseaux
+se déchargent ou sortent de ce fleuve et arrosent le pais: ce qui est
+fort commode pour les marchands et les habitans qui peuvent aller
+commodément d’un village à l’autre sur des canots. Les peuples qui
+demeurent le long de ces ruisseaux sont des gens de petite taille.]
+
+[Footnote 133: The following, which Baron Humboldt sketched before me,
+(and which is only laid down in Walker’s Map of the World on the
+globular projection) is a more extraordinary concatenation of rivers;
+considering the opposite courses of the Orinoco and Amazon when
+connected by the Casiquaire, which is more curiously situated than the
+south eastern branch of the Ogooawai, flowing, through Tanyan, into the
+Zaire.
+
+[Illustration]
+]
+
+[Footnote 134: “Captain Tuckey could only learn that the paramount
+Sovereign was named Blindy N’Congo, and resided at a banza named Congo,
+which was six days journey, in the interior from the ‘Tall Trees,’
+where, by the account of the negroes, the Portuguese had an
+establishment, and where there were soldiers and white women. This place
+is no doubt the St. Salvador of the Portuguese. The following is the
+description in Dapper: La province de Pembo est la plus considerable de
+tout le royaume dont elle contient la ville capitale, et forme comme le
+centre. Cette ville porte le nom de banza chez les Ethiopiens, les
+Portugais la nomment présentement S. Salvador, et Marmol l’appelloit
+Ambas Congo. Elle est presque au milieu de la province, située sur une
+roche fort haute, _à 76 lieues de France ou 150 milles de la mer_, au
+sud-est de la riviere de Zaire, et ombragée de Palmiers, de Tamarins, de
+Bacoves, de Colas, de Limoniers et d’Orangers. Le côtau sur lequel elle
+est bâtie est si haut, que de dessus son sommet on porte la vue aussi
+loin qu’elle se peut étendre, sans qu’aucune montagne l’arrête. Il n’y a
+point de murailles autour de cette ville, si ce n’est d’un côté de
+devers le Midi, que le premier roi chrétien donna aux Portugais pour les
+mettre à couvert des insultes. Il fit aussi fermer de murailles son
+palais et toutes les maisons royales qui sont aux environs, laissant une
+place vuide où l’on bâtit ensuite un palais et un cimétiere. La cime de
+la montagne est occupé par des maisons baties fort près l’une de
+l’autre: les personnes de qualité en possedent la plus grande partie, et
+sont des enceintes de bâtimens qui ressemblent à une petite ville. Les
+habitations des personnes du commun sont rangées de file, en diverses
+rues, elles sont assez grandes, mais les murailles ne sont que de
+paille; excepté quelques unes que les Portugais ont faites, dont les
+murs sont de brique & le toit de chaume. Le palais du roi est aussi
+grand qu’une ville ordinaire; il est fermé de quatre murailles, celle
+qui regarde sur le quartier des Portugais est de chaux & de pierre, les
+autres ne sont que de paille, mais travaillée fort proprement. Les
+murailles des sales & des chambres sont orneés de tapisseries de paille
+nattées avec beaucoup d’art. Dans l’enceinte interieure du Palais, il y
+a des jardins & des vergers embellis de berceaux & de pavilions fort
+beaux pour le pais, quoiqu’au fond ce ne soit pas grande chose. Il y a
+dix ou douze Eglises, la Cathedrale, sept chapelles dans la ville &
+trois Eglises dans le chateau du Prince. Il y a aussi un couvent de
+Jesuites, où trois ou quatre de ces Peres sent tous le jours le
+Catechisme au peuple, & des écoles où l’on enseigne le Latin & le
+Portugais. Il y a deux fontaines, l’une dans la rue de St. Jaques &
+l’autre dans une cour du Palais, qui fournissent abondance d’eau
+fraiche, sans qu’on se donne la peine de refaire les aqueducs ou de les
+entretenir. Outre cela il y a un bras de la riviere Lelunde, qu’on nomme
+Vese, qui sort au pié de la montagne, au Levant de la ville; son eau est
+fort bonne, le peuple en va puiser, & elle sert à arroser & rendre
+fertiles les campagnes d’alentour. On y a des pourceaux & des chevres;
+mais peu de moutons & boeufs; on les renferme la nuit dans des parcs qui
+sont dans la ville près des maisons.]
+
+[Footnote 135: This panther or leopard, was sent to the Governor-in-
+Chief by the King of Ashantee, and was so perfectly tame as never to be
+tied up, but strolled at liberty through the apartments, playing with
+the servants and children. It was presented to the Duchess of York, and
+died at Exeter ’Change, a short time after it landed, of an inflammation
+on the lungs. The extraordinary playfulness and good humour of the
+animal, and the preservation of its health and tameness during a four
+months voyage, (during the colder part of which he banquetted
+sumptuously on dead parrots) made the loss very mortifying.]
+
+[Footnote 136: The description the natives give of this animal agrees
+extraordinarily with that of the Quoja Morrou in Dapper.
+
+Les Quojas Morrou, dont on a parlé dans le royaume de Quoja, naissent
+dans le royaume d’Angola. Comme cet animal tient beaucoup de l’homme,
+bien des gens ont cru qu’il étoit issu d’un homme & d’un singe, mais les
+Negres même rejettent cette opinion. Il y a trente ou quarante ans qu’on
+apporta en Hollande un de ses animaux, dont on fit present à son Altesse
+le Prince Frederic Henri. Il étoit de la grandeur d’un enfant de trois
+ans, _mais il avoit bien le double d’épais, étant d’une taille carreé_,
+fort vigoureux & agile: _car il levoit des choses fort pesantes & les
+portoit d’un lieu en un autre_. Le devant de son corps étoit nud, mais
+le dos étoit couvert de poil noir. Sa face avoit quelque chose d’humain,
+mais son nez étoit plat & retroussé. Ses oreilles, son sein, et ses
+mamelles, ses coudes ses mains, le bas de son ventre & ses parties
+naturelles, ses jambes & ses pieds resembloient parfaitement à ceux
+d’une femme, parce que c’étoit un animal femelle. _Il se tenoit debout &
+marchoit souvent tout droit; il buvoit fort proprement, portant, d’une
+main le pot à la bouche et le soutenant de l’autre; il se couchoit de
+même, mettoit sa tête sur un chevet, ajustoit la couverture sur son
+corps, & à le voir ainsi étendu on l’auroit pris pour un homme_. Aussi
+les Negres rapportent-ils des choses prodigieuses de cet animal; ils
+assurent qu’il force des femmes & des filles, _& qu’il ose s’en prendre
+à des hommes armez_. Et selon toutes les apparences c’est là ce Satyre
+si celebre chez les Anciens, dont Pline & les poëtes ont tant parlé par
+oui-dire & sur des rapports incertains.]
+
+[Footnote 137: “Les Botanistes remarquent même très fréquemment ces
+accidens de couleurs dans les plantes venues en lieux agrestes. Je n’en
+citerai qu’un exemple entre mille. Sur les rives sauvages du Volga et du
+Samara, Pallas a trouvé l’_Anemone patens_ chargé de périanthes tantôt
+bleus, tantôt blancs, tantôt jaunes.”—Mirbel 1ère partie, p. 264.]
+
+[Footnote 138: “India rubber is obtained from the milky juice of
+different plants in hot countries. The chief of these are, the Jatropha
+elastica and Urceola elastica. The juice is applied in successive
+coatings on a mould of clay, and dried by the fire or in the sun, and
+when of a sufficient thickness the mould is crushed and the pieces
+shaken out.” Nicholson.
+
+“It has been discovered that caoutchouc is not exclusively the produce
+of the Heven caoutchouc, but that it is furnished by several other
+plants. We know it to be obtained in large quantities from the Jatropha
+elastica of South America, and Dr. Roxburgh has given us a description
+of an Indian plant (Urceola elastica) which affords a juice that when
+thickened has all the properties of the caoutchouc. We moreover know
+that the milky exudations of the Jack tree (Artocarpus integrifolia) the
+Banyan tree (Ficus Indica) and also that of the Arasum tree (Ficus
+religiosa) possess nearly similar qualities.” Ainslie’s Materia Medica
+of Hindoostan.]
+
+[Footnote 139: The vegetable butter.]
+
+
+
+
+ CHAPTER XIV.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ _Suggestions for future Missions to the Interior of Africa._
+
+
+A mission to Dagwumba is of the first importance. See Geography, p. 178.
+The commercial genius and opulence of its people, their disinclination
+and inaptitude to war, their superior civilization, and the numerous
+caravans which frequent this emporium, from the most remote parts of the
+interior, make a treaty of intercourse most desirable, both for commerce
+and science. But it is more imperiously desirable, or rather this
+enterprise becomes a duty, from the recollection, that, from this King’s
+proverbial repute for sanctity, if he were persuaded by the deliberate
+remonstrance of a British Resident, at least to mitigate, if not
+ultimately to abolish human sacrifices, his example would naturally be
+followed by the several neighbouring monarchs who make him their oracle.
+
+Mr. Hutchison’s courage, his love of enterprise, and his interest in
+intellectual pursuit, to say nothing of a feeling towards myself, which
+I cannot but be proud of, would, I am sure, lead him to anticipate my
+wishes and strengthen my hopes of success, by having him again as a
+companion; and his diary must have proved, though very imperfectly,
+compared with a personal acquaintance with him, how well he is qualified
+for an appointment, so important to the interests of commerce, science,
+and humanity, by his discretion, zeal, and benevolence.[140]
+
+A third officer (and a zealous and able successor to Mr. Tedlie has
+presented himself) should accompany this mission, to proceed under the
+King of Dagwumba’s guarantee and recommendation, which is omnipotent to
+the Niger, to Wauwaw (on the banks of that river where Mr. Park was
+buried; for no plea could be less suspicious, than the King of England’s
+natural anxiety to send an officer to the Sultan of Wauwaw, to learn the
+particulars of Mr. Park’s death, and to enquire for his papers,
+especially as a Moorish emissary passing through Yahndi, was instructed
+to do so, directly we heard of the circumstance in Ashantee. The officer
+alluded to (who is a medical man, well acquainted with natural history,
+and an accurate draftsman) should be content with a sight of the Niger,
+and remain at Wauwaw collecting and observing, until an exchange of
+letters with Cape Coast, through the Resident at Yahndi[141]; when it
+would be seen how far it might be prudent, (having replaced him at
+Wauwaw) to allow him to proceed to Cassina, Houssa, or Timbuctoo; that
+is, if the Sultan of Wauwaw would guarantee his safety, under the same
+promise of reward previously held out to the King of Dagwumba.
+
+No moment could be more auspicious than the present for this enterprise
+to Dagwumba, since the King of Ashantee’s absence and perplexity in the
+Gaman war bars his molestation or hindrance; though I have no
+expectation that he would offer either, were he at liberty, or aware of
+the occasion: see page 342.
+
+If the trade of Dagwumba be so extensive as was invariably reported to
+us (and to Mr. Lucas at Mesurata on the Mediterranean) it might then
+become desirable to establish a British market up the Volta; but this is
+an after consideration. Geographical circumstances are much more in
+favour of a mission to Dagwumba than they were in that to Ashantee,
+(besides, that there are no irritating political retrospects to be
+debated on arrival,) for the Volta or Adirree is navigable from the sea
+to within eight days march of Yahndi; (see page 176;) even if we do not
+calculate on the reported junction of the river Laka, which would bring
+us close to Yahndi.
+
+The presents should all be ingenious novelties, rather than costly
+apparel, for they are not only more acceptable and more imposing, but,
+which is very important, much more portable; and would require so few
+carriers, as to diminish the expense of conveyance as much as the
+expense of purchase. The negroes have more than anticipated our
+_portable_ displays of splendour, from the pageantry and descriptions of
+the Moors; and we have had the advantage of witnessing what kind of
+presents made the most auspicious impression on the King of Dagwumba’s
+powerful neighbour, which were certainly all of the class of ingenious
+novelty. I should recommend, therefore, a few pieces of tissue and rich
+silk, with gold thread interwoven, to shew that our manufactures can be
+accommodated to their taste; see note page 331.
+
+Pieces of worked muslin.
+
+One piece of ditto, worked with gold thread.
+
+Scotch damask.
+
+Palampours, with gold and silver leaf.
+
+Manchester cottons, of rich pattern.
+
+Red, blue, and yellow broad cloth.
+
+Raw silk, of various colours; see page 331.
+
+Of the foregoing, only small quantities as presents to the King and
+principal Moors, by way of samples of our manufactures.
+
+Two pair of richly cut glass decanters.
+
+A small silver bowl embossed.
+
+A handsome lamp.
+
+A military saddle and bridle, with pistols, &c.
+
+Two musical snuff boxes.
+
+A good bird organ.
+
+Two or three common violins, being the instrument of the country.
+
+Pandean pipes.
+
+Cymbals.
+
+Two bugles.
+
+Kaleidescopes.
+
+An inferior gold repeater for the King.
+
+Two or three common silver watches.
+
+A telescope.
+
+Camera obscura.
+
+Magic lantern.
+
+Microscope.
+
+Pocket compasses.
+
+Boxes of phosphorous matches.
+
+Arabic Bibles, and Arabic literature.
+
+Two or three landscapes, in sympathetic ink.
+
+A port-folio of engravings of English costume and public buildings, with
+a set of the drawings of this work.
+
+A copying writing apparatus for the chief Moor.
+
+Wax, seals, pencils, Indian rubber.
+
+Two boxes of water colours.
+
+Drawing and writing paper, and vellum.
+
+Razors, scissors, knives.
+
+A handsome double barrelled gun.
+
+Two boxes of carpenters tools.
+
+A small turning lathe.
+
+A small plough.
+
+A made up turban of gold tissue, with a gilt circle for the head, set
+with false stones, for the chief Moor.
+
+A silk union flag.
+
+An air gun.
+
+Candles and perfumed soap.
+
+Bark, and other medicines.
+
+The officers of the mission should be provided with Troughton’s pocket
+sextant, Dollond’s 32 feet telescope, the new barometers, &c. &c.
+
+The Danes having deserted their fort (Adda) at the mouth of the Volta,
+their government, on being solicited, would surely not only not
+obstruct, but favour so important a scientific enterprise, and not
+compel us to reach the river over land, as we could do, by marching
+through Aquapim and Quaoo. The man of war on the station might convey
+the mission to the mouth of the Volta, and one of her boats accompany
+the canoes (which should be brought from Cape Coast) a day or two up the
+river.
+
+It would be well to be prepared with several impressions of a manifesto
+(in Arabic,) explanatory and impressive of the legitimate and benevolent
+views of the British government, as an introduction to the King of
+Dagwumba, preparatory to our negociation, and also to serve the same
+purpose at Wauwaw, and to circulate through the interior. Numerous
+impressions of the certificates circulated in behalf of Major Peddie,
+should also be circulated, Mr. Ritchie’s name being substituted, and the
+reward for an act of kindness acknowledged in a letter from that
+gentleman, being made payable (after an authority from Cape Coast) at
+either of the British Residencies, Coomassie, Yahndi, or Dahomey; for as
+there are many officers to spare at Cape Coast, the expressed wish of
+the latter monarch should be immediately gratified, and our intercourse
+renewed by a Residency. See note, p. 340.
+
+I think all the objects of the Dagwumba mission could be effected in
+four months; when I should feel impatient to visit the river Gaboon, for
+the purpose of penetrating to the Ogooawai, and going as far up it as I
+might with prudence. See p. 436. The discovery of so large a river in
+this situation is very important.
+
+Arrangements could probably be made at Eninga or Okota (p. 429.) for the
+guarantee of an after mission to Asheera: also for one from Gaboon to
+Kaylee; and, which is most important, for the south-eastern navigation
+(from Adjoomba, p. 431) of the branch of the Ogooawai running through
+Tanyan into the Congo.
+
+But there is another enterprise which should not be forgotten, the
+navigation of the Lagos river to the highest point, (p. 224) and a visit
+to Kosie, (p. 225,) a Residency at which court would doubtless lead to a
+similar establishment in the powerful and commercial kingdom of Yarriba.
+See p. 209.
+
+The Residents at the various courts, who, as I have impressed before,
+should be young men of acquirement, patience, and address, should
+receive occasional instructions from head quarters, directing their
+enquiries and observations to the geographical and scientific
+desiderata, more peculiarly belonging to or expected from their
+different neighbourhoods, which would be suggested from the closer study
+of these subjects by the individual at the head of a department of
+discovery at head quarters, and also by the scientific Societies in
+England according to their peculiar pursuits.
+
+The Residents should make quarterly reports, accompanied by specimens of
+natural history, to be digested into one annual report at head quarters,
+(with the various geographical improvements and discoveries, adjusted
+and embodied in one large chart) for forwardance to England.
+
+All Residents and Conductors of Missions, should be provided with small
+copying apparatuses, so that they might forward their original dispatch,
+and one duplicate, to Cape Coast, by two different opportunities, always
+retaining the other copy, in case of accident, or until the receipt were
+acknowledged.
+
+If it could be afforded, a medical officer should afterwards be added to
+the more important Residencies, to attach and relieve the natives.
+
+Botanical and Mineralogical excursions, (taking sextants, telescopes,
+and barometers,) into Ahanta, Aowin, Warsaw, Akim, and Aquapim, small
+surveys, &c. &c. should be undertaken, ad interim, not only from the
+smallness of the expense and the great comparative benefit, (as we know
+nothing of these countries beyond their position,) but to qualify the
+younger officers (of congenial disposition and acquirement,) for future
+missions and residencies.
+
+The young men soliciting appointments in England, should be required to
+make themselves acquainted with the grammar of the Arabic language, and
+practical astronomy, before they receive their commissions; and one or
+two intelligent Moors from the interior, should be invited, by a pay, to
+settle at Cape Coast Castle, to perfect these officers in writing and
+speaking the language. The Fantee language should also be cultivated, as
+it is a dialect of the Ashantee.
+
+The soldiers of the settlements should no longer be enlisted from the
+mulattoes and Fantees of the neighbourhood, making the present paltry
+force the more inefficient, from local and family attachments,
+inseparable from human nature, and preventing their acting cordially, if
+at all, on emergencies for the rescue of human victims, or the
+punishment of their relatives and townsmen, for insult, or contempt of
+the British legislation for the abolition of the slave trade, &c. The
+Negroes captured in the illicit Spanish and Portuguese slave ships, of
+whom there must be a number unemployed at Sierra Leone, would form the
+most desirable military force, even preferable to European, which has
+recently been adopted by the Dutch. These rescued Negroes would possess
+no attachment, beyond that which the considerate kindness and good
+conduct of their officers might induce; the climate would be natural to
+them; and they would prove valuable companions, if not intelligent
+guides, in future missions to the interior. There should at least be two
+hundred and fifty of these soldiers at head quarters, (one company being
+trained as artillery by European serjeants) and fifty at each other
+settlement, if but two.
+
+The three missions, to Dagwumba, Wauwaw, and Ogooawai, would not cost
+above a thousand pounds, judiciously expended in England; which is not
+so much as the annual expense of either of the six paltry out-forts
+(exclusive of the head quarters, and the vice presidency, which is but 9
+miles from Cape Coast, and, since the abolition of the slave trade, an
+useless and absurd position;) the mere existence of which, although it
+may excite astonishment, and reflect credit on the mercantile ingenuity
+and economy of the African Committee, is notoriously a disgraceful
+caricature on the British name.
+
+Three respectable establishments, one at Cape Coast Castle, one at
+Accra, (a rich and open country,) and one at Succondee, (if we could not
+purchase Axim, which commands the navigation of the Ancobra,) with an
+allowance of a thousand a year for a progress in the interior,
+(beneficial to commerce, science, and humanity,) would be productive of
+fame and honour, and probably of wealth, to our nation.
+
+
+[Footnote 140: This gentleman being already superseded by Mr. Dupuis
+(formerly Vice-consul at Mogadore, and now Consul at Coomassie) is of
+course at liberty to indulge his disposition for enterprise.]
+
+[Footnote 141: The King of Dagwumba should be promised additional
+presents on the receipt at Cape Coast Castle of the first dispatch from
+the Niger.]
+
+ * * * * *
+ APPENDIX.
+ * * * * *
+
+
+ APPENDIX. No. I.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ _Extract from Meredith’s Account of the Gold Coast._
+
+
+ _Origin and History of the Ashantee War._
+
+
+The Assin country lies at the rear of the Fantee, and borders on the
+Ashantee country. It was divided into two states: the one governed by
+King Cheboo and Quacoe Apoutay; and the other by King Amoo. Apoutay,
+although not elevated to the dignity of King, held equal sway with
+Cheboo; but they were each subordinate to the King of Ashantee. A man of
+opulence died in Amoo’s town; and, as is customary on such occasions,
+gold and other valuable articles were deposited with the body in the
+grave. On this occasion, one of Cheboo’s people was present, and seeing
+what was done, watched an opportunity to rob the grave; which he
+effected, and escaped with the treasure. Amoo his neighbour sought
+redress of Cheboo and Apoutay, but without success: he then laid the
+affair before the King of Ashantee; who summoned all the parties before
+him, gave them an impartial hearing, and awarded in favour of Amoo.
+Quacoe Apoutay was detained as a hostage until restitution should be
+made: but he, in a short time, contrived to make his escape, and, when
+at liberty, refused to accede to the award made by the King of Ashantee.
+On this Amoo attacked the town in which Cheboo and Apoutay resided, and
+routed his opponents: after this, at the instigation of the King of
+Ashantee, the parties met to settle the dispute; but Quacoe Apoutay
+acting treacherously on the occasion, sent privately to Cheboo for an
+armed force to support him: and a battle was the consequence, which
+ended in the death of the man who had committed the theft, and the total
+defeat of Apoutay and his forces. At this crisis the King of Ashantee,
+willing to bring about a peace, again interfered. He sent two gold
+manillas, the one to Amoo, the other to his adversary, directing them to
+cease all hostilities; to which both parties agreed, and took the
+manillas. Amoo obeyed the King; but Quacoe Apoutay attacked Amoo, and
+drove him in his turn from his town. Amoo, indignant at the repeated
+deceptions of Apoutay, obtained succours, and overthrew his treacherous
+opponent. The King of Ashantee still anxious to reconcile his
+neighbours, and unwilling to draw his sword, presented two gold swords
+and an axe to Amoo, and recommended him to conciliate Quacoe Apoutay,
+and terminate their quarrels. Amoo consented to obey the King, but in
+the mean time was again attacked by his implacable foe, and totally
+defeated, and lost in the contest the golden sword and hatchet. His
+opponent committed ravages wherever he came, killing messengers, and
+every man who fell into his hands, not sparing even the King of
+Ashantee’s messengers! A war with the King of Ashantee followed
+hereupon: Quacoe Apoutay and Cheboo dreading his vengeance, fled to the
+Fantee country: in consequence of which the King sent a message to
+Acoom, the caboceer or mayor of Assecoomah (a small state tributary to
+the King of Ashantee,) accompanied by a present of twenty ounces of
+gold; stating the necessity of his pursuing his enemies to the Fantee
+country, but giving assurance of the King’s pacific disposition towards
+the Fantees, and that his only object was to get into his possession
+Cheboo and Apoutay: the Fantees would not interfere, nor allow the
+Ashantee forces to come into their country. Upon this answer, Appey
+Dougah,[142] the King of Ashantee’s general, collected, by command of
+his master, a large force, and gave the enemy battle at Buinka in
+Fantee; he displayed great gallantry, and defeated the two Kings, in
+conjunction with the Fantee forces that had joined them. Next day Cheboo
+and Apoutay having rallied their forces, and formed a junction with a
+fresh Fantee force, gave Appey Dougah battle; but were totally defeated,
+with the loss of many killed and made prisoners: among the latter was
+Atia,[143] the caboceer of Abrah, the principal town of Fantee. A large
+sum was offered for his ransom, but refused; and he was committed to the
+care of Acoom, the caboceer of Assecoomah, in whom the King had great
+confidence; but this person betrayed his trust, and liberated the enemy.
+Quacoe Apoutay, baffled at all points, sent to the King of Ashantee to
+accept his conditions, provided he would discharge his debts on his
+return home. To this proposal the King agreed, and, in token of his
+friendship, sent various presents to Cheboo and Apoutay; who, instead of
+receiving them with gratitude, beheaded the messengers. This wicked and
+unprovoked act roused the indignation of the King of Ashantee, and he
+vowed eternal war against the aggressors. Acoom (who had been forgiven
+by the King for his treachery in suffering Atia to escape,) being in
+possession of a large quantity of provisions, was applied to by the King
+of Ashantee for a supply, which he with seeming cheerfulness granted:
+six times he delivered faithfully those that were contracted for, but,
+the seventh time, he betrayed about one thousand men who had been sent
+for them, and sold them in March or April, 1806. In consequence of this
+conduct Acoom became involved in the war: very shortly afterwards the
+King of Ashantee defeated him, and made rapid progress with his army
+towards the coast in search of Cheboo and Apoutay. The Fantees opposed
+his march, but were defeated in every onset, and the Braffoes were
+nearly extirpated by the Ashantees in their march. The Annamaboes,
+instigated by the remaining Braffoes, were impudent enough to receive
+and protect Cheboo and Apoutay; which proved fatal to them. At this
+period the Governor of Cape Coast Castle, being under some apprehension
+for the safety of the British settlements, was inclined to send a flag
+of truce with a message to the King of Ashantee, who was now (May, 1806)
+at Abrah, and only fifteen or twenty miles from the coast. The
+Annamaboes (who were consulted on the measure) objected to it, and the
+design was consequently suspended. The Governor was anxious to know upon
+what terms the King would consider the British, and wished to become a
+mediator; but the Annamaboes, who placed a vain dependence on their name
+and strength, fully expected that the King and his army would be
+conquered; and that if not the whole, the greater part of the army would
+fall into their hands; and hence were not disposed to pacific measures,
+nor would they permit the Governor’s messenger to proceed inland.
+Shortly after this, a division of the Ashantee army made its appearance
+at Cormantine, and routing the inhabitants from the town, completely
+destroyed it. The captain of this division contrived to get into the
+Dutch fort, and having pillaged it of a number of articles, took up his
+residence there. It was now time to become acquainted with the King’s
+intentions; and for that purpose the Governor of Annamaboe fort sent a
+messenger with a flag of truce to the commander of this division,
+intimating a wish to be acquainted with the King’s motives for marching
+an army to the coast, and proposing himself as a mediator. This message,
+we may suppose, was conveyed to the King; and on the following day three
+men were observed coming from Cormantine with a white flag displayed,
+and (Mr. White) the Governor, expected they were the bearers of some
+agreeable and satisfactory intelligence: in this however he was much
+disappointed; for the commander of that division of the Ashantee army
+being in possession of fort Amsterdam, was elated with his success,
+particularly in getting to the sea side; (a circumstance which inspired
+him with such joy, that he went to the beach and dipped his sword three
+times in the sea, some of which he had conveyed to the King as a proof
+of his success:)—whether those circumstances stimulated him to try the
+disposition of the English chief, we know not; but the message he sent,
+imported a degree of haughtiness by no means agreeable to Mr. White, and
+was to this effect: that when the Governor would send him twenty barrels
+of gunpowder, and one hundred muskets, he would be told what the King’s
+designs were. To comply with this demand would be acknowledging too much
+submission, and would doubtless give the King a very indifferent opinion
+of the British character. Mr. White behaved politely to the people, gave
+them some refreshment, and told them that he regretted that the King, or
+their master, did not appear inclined to come to an explanation, or to
+conciliate matters: that if the King would point out in what manner the
+Annamaboes had offended, he would use his authority to have satisfaction
+given: that until he was assured of their having transgressed, or having
+injured his Majesty, they were entitled to the protection of the fort,
+if they sought for it: and that, finally, if the King’s army should come
+with any hostile intentions near the fort, it would be fired upon.
+
+After this two or three of the heavy guns were fired with shot, for the
+purpose of giving them an idea of the destructive power of artillery;
+and they were preparing to depart, when private information was
+received, that the flag of truce would be violated in its return, and
+the men murdered. Whereupon Mr. White and Mr. Wilson (a gentleman not in
+the service,) escorted them, and left them in safety within a short
+distance from their quarters. The Governor now anxiously looked for a
+definitive reply from the King, and every assiduity was used to place
+things in a defensive position; and the towns-people having heretofore
+placed a firm reliance on their strength, became alarmed, and were
+solicitous to be assured of the Governor’s protection. Mr. White
+informed them, that if the King of Ashantee intended to attack the town,
+he would give them all the assistance and protection in his power; at
+the same time advised them of the most prudent measures to be employed
+for their safety and defence. He instructed them, in the first instance,
+to have strong parties on the look-out, and to guard every avenue
+leading into the town; and, on the first alarm, or approach of the
+enemy, to send the old men, women, and children to the fort, where they
+would be received; and as many as the fort would not accommodate, to
+come close to the walls, where they would be under the protection of the
+guns.
+
+At this crisis Mr. White and the inhabitants of the town were ignorant
+as to the strength of the Ashantee forces, and had but an imperfect idea
+of the bravery and intrepidity of the men who composed the King’s army.
+It was supposed that the Ashantees partook of the dispositions of the
+natives on the coast, who in general cannot stand against a regular and
+determined fire, and often creep into some concealed hole, when cannon
+or musket shot are heard to whiz among them; or, if the Ashantees were
+superior, it was little imagined that their courage, or ardour for
+conquest, would carry them to the very muzzles of the guns, and
+consequently expose them to inevitable destruction.
+
+About a week had elapsed, and no news from the King; which was no
+favourable indication of pacific measures. The commander of the division
+at Cormantine, and who proved to be the King of Dinkara, sent forward a
+party to ascertain the strength of the town of Annamaboe, and succeeded
+in gaining possession of a village called Agah, situated upon a point of
+land about one mile eastward from Annamaboe; whence every movement of
+the Annamaboes on that side could be observed. This was considered an
+annoyance, and on the 14th of June a strong body (indeed almost the
+whole of the town’s people) marched out for the purpose of dislodging
+the Ashantees. The action was clearly seen from the fort. The Annamaboes
+were received in the most gallant and spirited manner by nearly a third
+of their force, and for some time the contest was doubtful. The
+Ashantees fired with more regularity than could be expected, and their
+muskets were well directed; whereas the Fantees kept up a confused fire
+without taking aim; they however succeeded, and the Ashantees retreated
+in excellent order, keeping possession of part of the village which lay
+concealed in a valley, and where the Annamaboes did not think proper to
+proceed. The Annamaboes were either too confident of their strong
+position, or thought too insignificantly of their opponents, to attend
+to the advice given them by Mr. White; for while they were amused by
+this small party, the King, with the main body, was vigilant in securing
+the different passes leading to the town, and was at this time only
+three miles to the rear of it.
+
+Early on the 15th those who were on the look-out observed the Ashantee
+army in motion: the alarm was given, and every man who was able to carry
+a musket, repaired to meet the enemy. As the town was situated at the
+rear of the fort, and extended some distance inland, no prospect of the
+contending parties could be obtained; smoke was seen to arise from
+different parts of the surrounding country, and heavy discharges of
+musketry were distinctly heard. Alarm and confusion now prevailed
+throughout the town, and the women, children, and old men, made the best
+of their way to the fort, the area of which they soon filled, after
+which the gates were closed. The volleys of musketry were advancing very
+fast, and the Fantees were retreating in great disorder: one or two
+great guns were fired over the town with a view to impel terror on the
+assailants, but they were too much elated with hopes of conquest, and
+too resolute to be affrighted: about eleven o’clock the musket balls
+were heard to whistle in every part of the fort, and the Ashantees
+entered the town in every direction, pursuing the vanquished to the
+beach, where the slaughter was great.
+
+The Annamaboes conceived, that with the aid of their canoes and their
+knowledge of swimming, they should be able to escape, but they were
+pursued too closely by the Ashantees, whose fury appeared to be
+insatiable; men, women, and children were followed by indiscriminate
+destruction. During this work of carnage, the Governor was very active
+with his small garrison to repel the assailants; a twenty-four pounder,
+that pointed along the beach to the westward, several times discharged
+grape-shot among them, whereby vast numbers must have fallen: a three-
+pounder likewise, which flanked the gate on the east side was frequently
+fired with grape, notwithstanding fresh parties came on much quicker
+than they could be repelled; and at length they came under the walls for
+the purpose of carrying away the women who could not be received into
+the fort. About this period the Governor[144] was wounded in two places;
+one ball struck his mouth and carried away four of his teeth, another
+ball passed through his left arm; and nearly at the same time an officer
+and two men were wounded, and one man killed.
+
+Things assumed now a more serious and dangerous aspect than was
+apprehended, and gave the garrison a strong assurance of the disposition
+of the enemy, who, it was evident, intended to bend his utmost efforts
+against the fort. The Ashantees were confident that by gaining
+possession of it, a large booty would be obtained. However, the small
+number which composed the garrison of Annamaboe at this period,
+consisting of Governor White, Messieurs Meredith, Swanzy, Smith, and
+Baines; also four free mulattoes and twenty men, including soldiers,
+artificers, and servants, were confident of the severity of their
+situation. The walls being high, and accurately flanked, and the gates
+sound and well barricadoed; the Governor, from the nature of his wounds,
+from great debility in consequence of much effusion of blood, being
+constrained to retire, and the command of the fort having devolved on
+the senior officer, who perceiving that the cannon in one quarter could
+not be used with effect, for the enemy fired with such precision as to
+cut off every man who was exposed at an embrasure, depended solely on
+the musket; and another man having been killed about noon, and two more
+wounded:—the garrison was now reduced to the small number of eight,
+including officers, who could be depended upon, and the Ashantees were
+using every effort to force the western gate; but were twice repulsed
+with no small loss. A third time they attempted it, and endeavoured to
+apply fire to the gate; but the man who brought the materials for that
+purpose, extinguished the fire by falling a corpse upon it. In all their
+attempts they were defeated with musketry alone, and notwithstanding
+that their efforts to gain an entrance into the fort proved ineffectual,
+the contest was continued till six o’clock. After this cessation, and
+before total darkness came on, the garrison used all possible energy in
+repairing injuries, and preparing for the defensive, in case of
+hostilities being renewed in the night.
+
+On the following day a scene replete with the horrors of war exhibited
+itself:—heaps of dead and wounded around the walls, and for a mile along
+the eastern shore, tossed about by a violent surf:—houses unroofed, and
+others on fire:—the sorrowful countenances of the old men, who sought
+refuge in the fort; the mournful lamentations of the women, and the
+pitiable cries of the children, presented a picture of exquisite feeling
+and of the greatest distress! Of the number the town contained, and
+which we will calculate to have been at least fifteen thousand souls, we
+may suppose that two-thirds of that number perished. The fort afforded
+refuge to about two thousand of every description, and about two hundred
+escaped to a rock surrounded by the sea, and at pistol-shot from the
+beach, where they remained unmolested, and notwitstanding the vigilance
+of the Ashantees, we may suppose that two or three thousand effected
+their escape. Without going into further enquiry, we may venture to
+state that eight thousand Fantees were destroyed; and although they were
+attacked by at least three times their number, yet if they were actuated
+by one-third of the bravery of their opponents, they would have
+committed some execution, and doubtless would have checked that
+intrepidity and ardour which were so pre-eminently conspicuous in their
+enemy. Their resistance was very feeble; terror seized them at the
+commencement of the attack, and it impressed them so forcibly, that the
+sea formed but an indifferent barrier to their precipitate flight.
+
+When the fury of the Ashantees against the Fantees was a little
+diminished, they turned part of their force against the fort with great
+coolness and resolution, advancing with shouts expressive of their
+loyalty and courage, to the very muzzles of the guns. At the east side
+of the fort, two three pounders, which were well served, destroyed
+numbers of them with every discharge of grape: but at the west side, the
+cannon which flanked the gate could not be rendered useful, in
+consequence of advantages the enemy possessed, and which were not to be
+found on the opposite quarter, where the musket alone was to be
+dependended upon: and we have the authority of the gentleman who
+commanded (after Mr. White was wounded) of stating, that he and another
+officer (Mr. Swanzy) fired nearly three hundred rounds of ball-cartridge
+in keeping the gate clear, and protecting those who were under the
+walls. Mr. Swanzy was so injured with the recoil of his musket, that he
+could not use his right arm for some days without much pain, and the
+other officer (Mr. Meredith) was nearly in the same state.
+
+What loss the Ashantees sustained cannot be precisely laid down: the
+King, prior to his departure from Annamaboe, said, he lost three
+thousand men: but in that number he probably included those who were
+carried off by disease. His men however suffered very severely; for
+their approach was made with such large bodies, that twenty, thirty, or
+perhaps more, fell with every discharge of grape-shot; and the musket
+not only killed, but very often wounded at the same time, so close were
+the enemy.
+
+At this period (the 16th of June,) the fort was in an awkward
+state,—completely blockaded on the land-side, and a very imperfect
+communication by sea, and only a few weeks provisions for the number it
+contained; add to which, the effluvia from the dead bodies, which were
+approaching fast to a putrid state, excited very uneasy apprehensions.
+These circumstances demanded some extraordinary effort, which the
+garrison, from its weakness, could not attempt. Every person, from great
+exertion and constant exposure to a vertical sun on the 15th, and from
+solicitude and want of rest, was much fatigued. Nevertheless things wore
+a more promising appearance; whenever plunder was attempted, which now
+and then was the case, it met with resistance. There was not, however,
+any desire manifested by the Ashantees to renew hostilities, and every
+motion indicated a wish for peace. The garrison too was very desirous of
+such an event, but did not wish to be the first to yield, or to offer
+any terms without orders from the chief-governor. The King, from his
+late successes, had a high opinion of his power and the bravery of his
+army. On the other hand the small garrison, notwithstanding its reduced
+state, had no mean opinion of itself, and wished to confirm in his
+Majesty an idea of the superior skill of Europeans.
+
+The Governor at Cape Coast was apprised of the state of affairs at
+Annamaboe, and lost no time in sending assistance. Two ships were
+provided for the purpose, which sailed from the Cape on the morning of
+the 16th: but, from unavoidable circumstances, the re-inforcement the
+ships brought could not be landed before four o’clock in the afternoon.
+This re-inforcement consisted of twelve men and four officers; and their
+arrival in the fort afforded much satisfaction. This party was landed
+under cover of the smoke of some heavy guns, and was not fired at; but
+the canoe, on returning, was fired upon and one man wounded. It was the
+Governor’s order that a flag of truce should be sent to the King, to
+endeavour to bring about an amicable understanding. A white flag was
+accordingly lowered over the wall, accompanied with the national
+colours; and when the emblem of peace was observed, it is impossible to
+express sufficiently the joy that diffused itself among the people: the
+multitude which crowded around the flags was inconceivably great, and it
+was with difficulty that the King’s officers, who were known by golden
+swords and axes, could clear the way leading to his quarters: the air
+resounded with acclamations in praise of their King, and expressive of
+their satisfaction at the prospects of peace.
+
+And here we cannot forbear remarking, that although the Ashantees are so
+remote from polished or civilized nations, they seem not to be
+unacquainted with the customs of a civilized people, as they are
+connected with the rules of war; for they paid every respect to the flag
+of truce: a few indeed of them were making towards the rock on which
+were a number of Fantees, but they well understood the signal of recall,
+when a musket or two were fired over their heads. The flag of truce
+returned about seven o’clock, with three messengers from the King; and
+they, in order to justify the King for his proceedings against the
+Fantees, entered into a long detail of the origin of the war, which we
+have been attempting to describe. The King was pleased that the flag of
+truce was sent, and expressed his satisfaction by giving the two
+soldiers who were the bearers of it a fat sheep. After a conference that
+continued beyond two hours, the messengers departed.
+
+A communication was thus established with the King and his army; but it
+was considered prudent to keep the gates closed until a perfect
+understanding was effected. It appeared, however, that this could not be
+done, without a meeting between the chief Governor and the King. To
+accomplish this Mr. Meredith tried to persuade the King to go to Cape
+Coast, but in this he was disappointed; he however gained his Majesty’s
+consent to send some of his confidential and chief men to wait upon the
+Governor, and to hear his sentiments.
+
+It will, we doubt not, be gratifying to the reader, if we here subjoin
+the correspondence between Mr. Meredith and Mr. Torrane, the Governor in
+Chief, on this occasion.
+
+
+ _Annamaboe Fort, June 17_, 1807.
+
+ SIR,
+
+MR. WHITE directs me to acknowledge the receipt of your letter to the
+Governor of Elmina. The state Mr. White is in, being much weakened with
+loss of blood and other causes, prevented him paying that attention to
+your letters which they demanded, and my duty was such, that I could not
+spare a moment to write you fully. I had a conference with three of the
+King’s messengers last night, and at this instant there are two men with
+his Majesty; when they return, you shall be acquainted with the result.
+I have already mentioned to the King that Cheboo would be given up, and
+if it was agreeable for him to send his cane, and one or two of his
+gold-headed swords, I would engage their security by going to Cape Coast
+with them. The message received from the King was of a favourable
+tendency; and I trust he will perceive the expediency of putting an end
+to this sanguinary war. Be assured we are all so employed on various
+duties, it debars me more particularly of giving you a further detail of
+our proceedings. But I trust, by a messenger this evening, to relate
+fully every circumstance attending this very severe contest. The party
+were landed in safety, viz. twelve privates, one corporal, with Messrs.
+Bold, Galloway, and Woolbert. Both ships will remain here until to-
+morrow. I am well pleased with the attention and assistance afforded us
+by Captain Coley.
+
+ I am, &c.
+
+ HENRY MEREDITH.
+
+ _Colonel Torrane, Governor in Chief, &c. &c. &c._
+ _Cape Coast Castle._
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+ _Annamaboe Fort, June 17_, 1807.
+
+ SIR,
+
+I WROTE you this morning, acknowledging the receipt of your letters,
+and, agreeably to my intentions then, I take the liberty of stating more
+particularly the occurrences in this garrison on the 15th and subsequent
+to it. I beg leave to remind you, that we were prepared for any attack
+that might be made upon us, by any body of men unaccustomed to the shock
+of artillery; and I believe Mr. White assured you of the confidence he
+placed in the officers and men under his command, and every soul was
+animated with a desire to do his duty.
+
+[Here follows a description of the battle as before related.]
+
+The re-inforcement you was pleased to send, got on shore without any
+opposition about four o’clock P.M.; and I assure you we were very glad
+to receive them, as, from the severe duty we had undergone the preceding
+day, we were much cut up by fatigue. About six P.M. the flag of truce,
+with a corporal and private from the detachment you sent, were conveyed
+to the King; and as they proceeded, they were warmly greeted by the
+Ashantees. The message the King returned was modest; he said, it was not
+his intention to commence hostilities with the fort, nor to distress any
+of the whites; his enemies were the Assins and Fantees, and he now
+conceived his anger against them pretty well assuaged. This morning
+(17th) according to agreement, his messengers came, and said, that the
+King wished to see the same person that conveyed the flag of truce, that
+they might hear from his own lips what he had to deliver. Accordingly I
+sent them with Dutton, a man of quick understanding, to hear more
+particularly the sentiments of his Majesty. After remaining some time
+hearing the opinion of his counsellors they returned, and after some
+preliminary discourse, they informed me that the King had deputed six of
+his principal men, with six deputed by the men of power in his train, to
+repair to Cape Coast to hear what you have to say, and to negotiate. In
+course of their communication the King deplored the number of lives that
+were lost in consequence of the fire from the fort.
+
+As the messengers mean to repair to Cape Coast, I will forbear relating
+every particular. The King seemed to say that he must have those who
+sought protection in the fort: this he only hinted at, and probably the
+same may be hinted to you; but in giving them up, we ought to be assured
+of their being used kindly. I send a canoe with this, and have agreed
+with the messengers, that you will send canoes and a guard for their
+protection. Mr. White’s travelling canoe is in good order, therefore be
+pleased to send eleven canoe-men for her. This canoe, with three more
+from the Cape, will, in my opinion, be fully sufficient to convey the
+whole twelve messengers with their guard. The number of persons here are
+reducing our provisions very fast, and if not removed soon, some of them
+will be most likely starved, or will be the cause of some serious
+malady: the sooner we are rid of them the better. But if you can gain
+their protection, it will be a humane act. Mr. White, who I am happy to
+say is in a fair way, desires his respects.
+
+ I am, &c.
+
+ (Signed) HENRY MEREDITH.
+
+ _Colonel Torrane, Governor in Chief,
+ &c. &c. &c._
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ SIR,
+
+BOTH your letters of yesterday’s date I have received; the latter has
+given me particular satisfaction, not only as it affords every prospect
+that this war will be terminated, but also as it removes great anxiety
+from my mind respecting the state of Mr. White’s wounds. The assurances
+you now give me that he is in a fair way of recovery, are highly
+gratifying. I dispatch eleven canoe-men for Mr. White’s canoe; and I
+also send three other canoes. I trust the King will appoint persons of
+sufficient consequence to negotiate with me: I have an earnest wish to
+see the King: make this desire known to him; tell him I think it may
+essentially lead to the arrangement of affairs of much importance; that
+I have greatly to deplore with him this war; that although these events
+cannot always be guarded against, they may even ultimately bring future
+good consequences; and herein I think much depends on our meeting.
+Assure the King, that notwithstanding the steps I have taken to give
+protection to the Fantees, I have ever held him in the highest respect,
+from the many reports I have heard of him, and that, had I seen any
+messenger from him antecedent to his attack on Annamaboe, I am of
+opinion we should have avoided the blow in that quarter. The King I
+understand to be a man of strong mind: it will naturally suggest itself
+to him, that a meeting between us may be of vast importance to the
+country. Assure him I have too high a consideration for my own
+character, as well as his consequence, to suffer the smallest indignity
+to be offered to him; that if he will come to the castle I shall be
+proud to shew him every honour, and that I will give every possible
+security for his personal safety. I have apartments ready for him, and
+officers shall be sent to attend him here. On receipt of this, send your
+accustomed messenger to the King, saying, that you have a letter from
+me, and that an officer will wait personally on him to explain the
+contents. This officer with this letter in his hand, you will send (say
+Mr. F. L. Swanzy) as early as you shall receive the King’s reply. I know
+not whether you have a good flag for the occasion; I therefore send one.
+Mr. F. L. Swanzy will have two flag-bearers, one with a white flag, the
+other carrying the union; and he will be very particular in explaining
+every part of this letter, and do his utmost to persuade the King to
+visit the Cape. He may also add, that a ship can be procured, if he (the
+King) prefers coming that way, and that an officer of distinction shall
+be sent to accompany him. In a few words, Mr. F. L. Swanzy will do his
+utmost to persuade the King to visit the castle. An officer should come
+here, with the guard you send to protect the messengers. You must let me
+know of what consequence the messengers are, that I may treat them
+accordingly, and this it will be advisable to acquaint me of before
+their arrival.
+
+ I am, &c.
+
+ (Signed) GEORGE TORRANE.
+
+_To Henry Meredith, Esq._
+
+Although these men proceeded to the Cape, it was found that nothing
+important could be transacted without an interview with the King, and
+for this purpose Colonel Torrane was obliged to go to Annamaboe, and a
+day was fixed for a conference. To give as favourable and as respectable
+an opinion as possible of the British, a number of articles as presents
+were sent to the King, and as many officers and soldiers as the service
+could afford, were assembled to attend the Governor on the day
+appointed; but previous to those preparations, and a few days after the
+flag of truce was received by the King, Cheboo (one of the men who was
+the cause of the war) was secured by the Governor at Cape Coast and sent
+to Annamaboe, to be delivered up to the King, in expectation that any
+further effusion of blood would be prevented, and that it would be the
+means of saving the Fantees from entire destruction. These benevolent
+purposes were not realized: the King had proceeded so far in the war,
+that he could not recede without displeasing those auxiliaries he had
+with him, and who expected a vast deal of plunder; and besides, Apoutay
+and Acoom were again in arms, and collecting all the Fantees they could
+to oppose the King’s progress. On the day appointed for the interview,
+the Governor and his party were put in motion, and although the
+procession was not very numerous, it was arranged with taste, and made
+no despicable appearance. About twenty of the Company’s artificers,
+habited in a neat manner, marched in front; a guard of forty men, and a
+band of music followed them; next walked the Governor, followed by ten
+officers, two and two, and some gentlemen traders (who were enticed from
+the Cape by curiosity), brought up the rear. When the procession had got
+a short distance it was met by a principal man, who was sent by the King
+to conduct the Governor, and to keep off the multitude, which was
+assembling in great numbers, some of whom had never seen a white man.
+Notwithstanding the authority of this person, and the exertions of his
+attendants, the curiosity of the people was so great that every avenue
+was crowded; which, by preventing the circulation of air, augmented the
+natural heat of the day, and this inconvenience was farther increased by
+the putrid smell from the dead bodies, and the vast swarm of flies. The
+Governor was obliged to visit each man of rank, before he could be
+received by the King; a ceremony that could not be prudently denied, and
+which occupied some time: for those men had their several courts, and
+collectively had formed an extensive circle. Every one of them was
+seated under a huge umbrella, surrounded by attendants and guards, with
+young persons employed in fanning the air and dispersing the flies,
+which were numerous and troublesome. One of those men and his attendants
+excited some curiosity and attention: his dress and appearance were so
+different from those of the others, that it evidently proved he must
+have come from countries situated a considerable distance inland. He was
+a tall, athletic, and rather corpulent man, of a complexion resembling
+an Arab or an Egyptian. His dress was heavy, and by no means adapted to
+the climate. He wore a cap that came down below his ears, and being made
+of yellow cloth, it did not contribute to diminish his tawny complexion.
+He was a follower of the Mohammedan religion, possessed much gravity;
+but was communicative, condescending, and agreeable. He had about him a
+great number of sentences from the Alkoran, which were carefully incased
+in gold and silver, and upon which he set a high value. He was a native
+of Kassina, a country that appears to be situated to the south of east
+from Tombuctou. He said he had been at Tunis and at Mecca; had seen many
+white men and ships, and described the method of travelling over the
+great desert. This person commanded a body of men who fought with
+arrows, as well as muskets: four of the arrows were found in the fort;
+they were short and pointed with barbed iron. He had many persons in his
+train who were of the same colour, but varied a little as to dress: they
+were all habited in the Turkish manner, but did not wear turbans. After
+the ceremony of visiting those persons was over, the Governor was
+conducted towards the King, who was surrounded by a number of
+attendants, whose appearance bore evident signs of riches and authority:
+chains, stools, axes, swords, flutes, message-canes, &c. were either of
+solid gold, or richly adorned with that metal: those dazzling
+appearances, added to damask, taffety, and other rich dresses, gave a
+splendour to the scene highly interesting. When the Governor approached
+the King, and when an interchange of compliments had passed, the air
+resounded with the noise of musical instruments, such as drums, horns,
+and flutes. After some conversation, during which much politeness was
+observed in the behaviour of the King, the Governor wished this
+ceremonial visit to be returned; which was agreed to, and a convenient
+place was found to receive the King and his train. The Governor, his
+officers, and attendants, were formed in a half-circle, and seated under
+the shade of some trees, and a passage of sufficient breadth was formed
+by the soldiers for the King and his attendants to pass through. It was
+full two hours before his Majesty was announced, so numerous was his
+train. Each man of rank, as he advanced, paid the necessary compliments
+agreeably to the custom of his country, and then filed off. It was
+previously directed, that the King should be received with arms
+presented and the grenadiers march when passing the soldiers. This mark
+of distinction and respect appeared to give him much satisfaction: he
+halted to observe the orderly behaviour and uniform appearance of the
+soldiers; and the martial air that was playing, seemed to produce the
+most agreeable sensations on his mind. The writer had an opportunity of
+seeing this man. He was of the middle size, well formed, and perfectly
+black, with regular features and an open and pleasing countenance. His
+manner indicated understanding and was adorned with gracefulness; and in
+all respects he exceeded the expectations of every person. His dress was
+plain: it consisted of a piece of silk wrapt loosely about him; a wreath
+of green silk ornamented his head: his sandals were neatly made, and
+curiously studded with gold. He was not distinguished by any gold
+ornaments, as his attendants were. One man who was dressed in a
+grotesque manner, and who appeared to act the buffoon, was, literally,
+loaded with gold.
+
+As this was a visit of ceremony, no business of consequence was
+transacted. The King politely enquired after Mr. White, and expressed a
+hope that he would soon be well of his wounds. He said he would move
+from Annamaboe soon, as his army felt ill effects from the water, and
+from the dead bodies. After this visit, every confidence was placed in
+the King and his army, and as the gates were now opened, a free
+admittance was allowed: various conferences of a favourable nature were
+carried on between both parties; but peace with the Fantees was
+considered impracticable. Apoutay had escaped the King’s vigilance; and
+Acoom was at the head of a strong party, and marching towards Annamaboe
+to give the King battle. The King assured the Governor, that after he
+had subdued his enemies to leeward, he would return to Annamaboe for the
+purpose of making arrangements relative to the future welfare of the
+country, and the regulations of trade.
+
+It was agreed, that those residing under British forts, provided they
+observed a neutrality, should not be molested, and that every respect
+should be paid to the British flag. The Governor likewise procured the
+release of those who sought refuge in the fort, although the King
+contested his right to them; for this reason, that as he destroyed the
+town, he had a claim to every person and to every thing belonging to it.
+On report of Acoom being in arms and making preparations to attack the
+Ashantees, the King ordered his army to collect and march to meet him.
+Two days subsequent to the King’s departure (3d July,) Acoom’s party and
+the advanced guard of the Ashantee’s met; a battle was the consequence,
+which ended in the defeat of Acoom, who, with his party, would have been
+cut off, if a river, that was in their rear, had not favoured their
+flight; the fordable parts of which were known to them, but not to the
+Ashantees. After this defeat, the King’s enemies dared not shew
+themselves in the field in any force; they however supported a kind of
+predatory warfare, and were sometimes successful in cutting off small
+foraging parties. As the Ashantees proceeded to leeward, desolation
+accompanied them; almost every town and village were laid in ruins; but
+disease, which got among them at Annamaboe, and which spread rapidly,
+carried off vast numbers. This unexpected calamity altered the King’s
+intentions: he could not return to Annamaboe without risking the loss of
+his whole army; prudence therefore directed him to face towards his
+kingdom, leaving at Accra a sufficient force to dispose of prisoners,
+and to convey them in safety to Ashantee.
+
+Cheboo and Apoutay, who appeared inseparable friends at the commencement
+of this war, and throughout it, fled to Cape Coast with about five
+hundred followers, as soon as they perceived the Ashantees approaching
+towards Annamaboe, on the 15th of June. The Cape Coast people were
+willing to afford them protection and assistance, but when the Governor
+heard how things were at Annamaboe, he warned them of the danger, and
+advised them to be neutral. When an account arrived at Cape Coast of the
+desperate attack made on Annamaboe fort, the Governor came to the
+resolution of securing, if possible, both these men, and delivering them
+up to the King as the most probable means of not only putting an end to
+the war, but of securing the King’s friendship. A party was accordingly
+selected for that purpose; but Apoutay, after a warm contest, wherein
+some were killed on both sides, effected his escape. Cheboo was not so
+fortunate; he was secured and sent to the King, as we have already
+mentioned; his followers too made a precipitate flight, leaving behind
+them some bulky articles, among which were the whole of Cheboo’s
+regalia, which were carefully lodged for the King; and it had the effect
+on his disposition that was intended; it gave a favourable opinion of
+the British, and assured him of the Governor’s friendship, and at the
+same time it abated the desire he encouraged, to be revenged for the
+loss his army had sustained on the 15th. For he concerted a design to
+attempt the fort by storm, and Wednesday the 17th was the day appointed
+for this enterprise. The plan was not badly arranged; and was to be
+conducted in the following manner. Six thousand men were to be selected;
+half of them destined not only to mount the walls, but to apply a
+quantity of gunpowder under them; the explosion from which was expected
+to shake the fort very much, and likewise to create such a confusion
+within as to cause the garrison to be off its guard; the other half were
+to keep up a continued firing. The plan was averted by the prudent
+policy of the Chief Governor, not only by his securing Cheboo, but by
+his alacrity in demanding a truce, whereby the King’s resentment was
+cooled, and his inclinations diverted towards pacific measures.
+
+
+[Footnote 142: This should be Appia Dunqua; he was the elder brother of
+Appia Nanu, an account of whose disgrace is in the Diary.]
+
+[Footnote 143: This should be Atta.]
+
+[Footnote 144: Mr. White, who, after an absence of twenty seven years
+from his native country, expired a few hours after he landed in it.]
+
+
+
+
+ APPENDIX. No. II.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+ _Translations of a Manuscript descriptive of Mr. Park’s Death._
+
+
+ MR. SALAME’S TRANSLATION.
+
+[The words in italics, so distinguished at that Gentleman’s request, not
+ being in the original.]
+
+A literal translation of a Declaration, written in a corrupted Arabic,
+from the town of Yaúd in the interior of Africa.
+
+ In the name of God the Merciful and the Munificent.
+
+This Declaration is issued from the town called[145] Yaúd in the Country
+of Kossa[146].—We (the writer,) do witness the _following_ case;
+(statement.) We never saw, nor heard of the sea (River) called[148]
+Koodd; but we sat to hear (understood) the voice (report) of some
+persons _saying_, “We saw a ship, equal to her we never saw before; and
+the King of Yaúd had sent plenty of every kind of food, with cows and
+sheep; _There_ were two men, one woman, two male slaves and two maids in
+the ship;[149] _The_ two white men _were_ derived from the race (_sect_)
+of Nassrí; (Christ or Christianity.) The King of Yaúd asked them to come
+out to him; (to land[150]; and they refused coming out, (landing,) and
+they went to the _King of the_ Country of[151] Bassa, who is greater
+than the King of Yaúd; And _while_ they _were_ sitting in the ship and
+gaining a position (rounding) over the Cape of Koodd, and _were_ in
+society with the people of the King of Bassa, the ship reached (struck)
+a-head of Mountain which took (destroyed) _her_ away,[152] and the men
+and women of Bassa all together, with every kind of arms; (goods); And
+the ship could find no way to avoid the mountain; And the man who _was_
+in the ship, killed his wife, and threw all his property into the Sea,
+(River), and _then_ they threw themselves _also_ from fear[153]:
+Afterwards they took one _out of the_ water till the news reached the
+town of Kanji,[154] the country of the King of Wawí, and the King of
+Wawí heard of it, he buried him in his earth, (grave), and the other we
+have not seen[155]; perhaps he is in the bottom of the water.”—And God
+knows best. Authentic from the mouth of Sherif Abrahim.—Finis.
+
+
+ MR. JACKSON’S TRANSLATION.
+
+[Of this Gentleman’s considerate politeness in anticipating my wishes by
+a spontaneous offer to translate this MS., I shall have occasion to
+repeat my acknowledgments in the Geographical Appendix.]
+
+ In the name of God the Merciful and Clement.
+
+This Narrative proceeds from the territory in Housa[146] called[145]
+Eeauree. _We observed_ an extraordinary event or circumstance[147], _but
+we neither saw nor heard of the River which is called[148] Kude_, and as
+we were sitting, we heard the voice of children and _we saw a vessel_
+the like to which in size we never saw before; and, _we saw_ the King of
+Eeauree send cattle and sheep, and a variety of vegetables in great
+abundance: and there were two men and one woman, and two slaves, and
+_they tied or fastened them in the vessel_.[149]
+
+There were also in the vessel, two white men of the race called
+Christians (N’sarrah) and the Sultan of Eeauree called aloud to them to
+come out of the vessel,[150] but they would not.
+
+They proceeded to the country of Busa, which is greater than that of the
+Sultan of Eeauree, and as they were setting in the vessel, they hung or
+were stopped, by the Cape or Head Land of Kude.[151]
+
+And the people of the Sultan of Busa called to them, and poured their
+arms into the vessel, and the vessel reached the head-land or cliff, and
+became attached or fixed to the head of the mountain, and could not pass
+it. Then the men and women of Busa collected themselves hostilely
+together, with arms of all descriptions, when the vessel being unable to
+clear or pass the Cape, the man in the vessel killed his wife[153] and
+threw the whole of her property into the river: they then threw
+themselves into the river, fear seizing them (the news of this
+occurrence was then conveyed to the Sultan Wawee) until it reached by
+water the territory of Kanjee,[154] in the country of the Sultan Wawee,
+and we buried it (a male body) in its earth, and one of them, we saw not
+at all in the water,[155] and God knows the truth of this report. From
+the mouth of the Shereef Ibrahim.—The end.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+I have sent the original MS. to the African Association, the following
+is Mr. Jackson’s transcript of it. I regret that Mr. Salamé did not also
+furnish a transcript of this MS.
+
+ بسم الله الرحمن الرحيم
+
+هذه الوثيقه خرج من بلد حوسا يقال يَور ونحن راينا الامر لم نري ولانسمع في
+البحر الذي يقال كوض انما نحن جلسنا نسمع صاخ صبيان لرايت السفينه لم نري
+مثله قط فارسل سلطان يَور لرايته مع البقر والكبس مع انواع الطعام كثيرِ
+هما رجلان وامراة واحدة والعبدان وعقدان في السفينة رجلان بيضان خرجوا من
+نسب نصري ويدعوهو سلطان يور الي ان خرجوا اليه وابوا خروج ومشوا الي بلد
+بسا وهوا كبر من سلطان يور وهم يجلسون ويعلكون ملوك علي راس كُوض ويصاخور
+اهل سلطان بُسا لرايته وهم ركوب في السفينة بلغ السفينة راس جبل وياخد
+الجبل السفينة ورجال بُسا والنساه بسا يجمعون كلهم مع انواع السلاح
+والسفينة لم يجد طريق المنع الجبل ورجل الدي في السفينة قتل امراته ورمي
+ماله كله في البحر ورموا نفسهما في البحر لخوف ثم ياخدوا بلغ خبر الي سلطان
+واوي حتي بلغ ماه به الي بلد كنجي بلد سلطان وَاوَيَ ودفنه في قرابه وواحد
+منهما لم نره اقل في قهر الماه والله اعلم صح في فَم شريف اِبراهيم * تمت *
+
+
+[Footnote 145: Sir William Ouseley (who very obligingly communicated a
+hurried translation from Crickhowel, although the original had been but
+two hours in his possession) read this Yaur or Yaôur.]
+
+[Footnote 146: Sir Wm. writes Husa or Haousa: the latter is occasionally
+the Moorish pronunciation, but Houssa is invariably the negro. I
+certainly never once heard that Houssa included Yawoorie, which has a
+distinct Sovereign, who is mentioned in the MS.: Perhaps it may be
+accounted for, from Yawoorie being one of the seven kingdoms tributary
+to Houssa or Mallowa.]
+
+[Footnote 147: Mr. Jackson has preserved this apparent contradiction in
+his fidelity to the original, according to his reading. He considers, it
+may be reconciled by presuming that the writer only saw the vessel pass
+Yawoorie, and did not witness the ultimate catastrophe at Boussa, where
+he imagines the river may first receive the name of Kude, as African
+rivers frequently have a different name in every country through which
+they flow. This interpretation does not make the writer a mere reporter
+as in the other translation, but a witness of all that happened at
+Yawoorie, although not afterwards. I never understood the river to have
+any other name than Quorra or Quolla, from Shego to Foör, yet of this we
+ought not to feel positive.]
+
+[Footnote 148: It is very extraordinary that the name of the Quolla
+should always be written Kude, Koad, or Koada, and that Mr. Hutchison,
+who was learning Arabic of the Moors, in Ashantee, should be taught to
+write and pronounce as Quolla, the same Arabic word which every European
+proficient reads as above. I cannot help thinking that, from bad
+writing, ignorance, or perhaps some occidental difference, the _d_ is
+put for the _l_,[a] and that it should be Kule or Koala, especially as
+there appears to be a town called Kula on its banks, (see routes in
+Appendix) which comes very close to Kulla, Mr. Brown’s river. The
+identity of the Quolla and Kulla, seems confirmed by Mr. Dupuis reading
+the name of the kingdom, as written by the Moors, Koora, which seems as
+if they had written it for once, according to the negro pronunciation,
+(Quorra,) for as I have observed (p. 196) that the negroes always
+substitute r for the Moorish _l_ (a defect also characterising a dialect
+of the Coptic, the Chayma, the Tamanack, &c. &c., and common, as Baron
+Humboldt observes, to every zone) Koora becomes Koola, for the same
+reason which the Quorra of the negroes was always pronounced Quolla by
+the Moors; and Koola, it will be allowed, is very near to Mr. Brown’s
+Kulla.]
+
+[Footnote a: I recollect one, but only one instance of the negroes
+substituting _d_ for the Moorish _l_, which was in Toppodo for Toppollo,
+a town of Bornoo.]
+
+[Footnote 149: Mr. Jackson writes وعقدان في السفينة Uakkadan fee sfeena,
+i.e. and tied or bound them in the vessel or ship, adding, that he is at
+a loss to imagine how it can have been converted into “two maids in the
+ship.”[a] Sir Wm., however, in his hurried notice, rendered it ‘female
+slaves.’]
+
+[Footnote a: _Ockdan fi ássafinat_, means either “_Two maids_, or _two
+female slaves_, in the ship,” and no otherwise.—A. S.]
+
+[Footnote 150: “Invited (or entertained them) until they left him,” Sir
+Wm.]
+
+[Footnote 151: Sir William, in his hurried perusal, read this, “and went
+on to the country of Besa, and (the Sultan of) this country is greater
+than the Sultan of Yaour: there they settled or halted, above Ras (Cape)
+Koumen. The people belonging to the Sultan of Besa saw the boat, and
+they went into the boat, and it reached the Mountain Cape, (or
+Headland,) and was there stopped.”]
+
+[Footnote 152]
+
+[Footnote 153: “And _the man who was_[a] in the boat slew his woman
+(امراة) and threw every article of his property into the river, and then
+cast _themselves_ into the river through fear.]
+
+[Footnote a: I translate this in the singular, yet afterwards, there
+seems a confusion with the plural.” Sir Wm. This act, which appears very
+improbable, and which I never heard of in the oral accounts which I
+received whilst in Coomassie, (Diary, p. 91) if it was committed, must
+have been by Lieut. Martyn, recollecting the difference of his and Mr.
+Park’s dispositions, and Amadi Fatouma’s anecdote of the former wishing
+to kill him for preventing him from firing any more at the people of the
+King Gotoijege, I should observe here, that Amadi Fatouma’s _Poul_
+nation can be no other than the Fillani, (p. 207) the Fullan of Ben Ali,
+for though it has been translated Poul, there is no _p_ in the Arabic,
+and the Moors in Ashantee always wrote _f_ for the negro _p_, as _fon_
+for _pon_. As Col. Maxwell merely observes in his letter, that “Isaaco’s
+Arabic Journal was translated into English, by a person resident in
+Senegal, who probably had but an ordinary or colloquial knowledge of
+Arabic, it is to be regretted that the original was not transmitted with
+it, as a more careful perusal of it by Sir William Ouseley or some
+Arabic scholar in England, would probably reconcile the two accounts, at
+least in the names of places, if not in the circumstances, more than
+they can be from the translation remitted.]
+
+[Footnote 154: See note; p. 202.]
+
+[Footnote 155: “And the other did not,——from the violence of the
+water.”—Sir Wm.]
+
+
+
+
+ APPENDIX. No. III.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+ ROUTES.
+
+ 1.
+
+ To Dwabin.
+
+ Seepa
+
+ Marmpon
+
+ Pakooroo
+
+ Aquooquamong
+
+ Okimdaia
+
+ Weterkroom
+
+ Bunkooroo
+
+ Boomfeea
+
+ Kinnesoo
+
+ 2.
+
+ To Quaoo.
+
+ 1. Assiempong
+
+ 2. Thro’ Amoom R. to Oseemadoo
+
+ 3. Obogoo, Frontier Quaoo town.
+
+ 4. Adumpong, the Government of the C. Coast Captain
+
+ 5. Assebanasoo
+
+ 6. Minidasoo, Famous for Palm Oil.
+
+ 7. Assoona
+
+ 8. Wantomo
+
+ 3.
+
+ To Accra.
+
+ 1. Odossoo
+
+ 3. Kroofoofroom, Two hours from the lake.
+
+ 4. Obirribee, The 1st Akim town
+
+ 5. Assinee
+
+ 6. Over Boosempra to Gawasee
+
+ 7. Meeasee
+
+ 8. Monasa
+
+ 9. Over the Aninnee, (rising in a hill called Quomshoo, 1 day to the
+ W.) on a tree
+
+ 10. Ashoosoo
+
+ 11. Aquapong
+
+ 12. Over Birrim to Measa
+
+ 13. Asheeaqua
+
+ 14. Kookrantoom
+
+ 15. Aguiesso
+
+ 16. Marmpon and Aboödee, Visited by Issert, who calls it 24 miles from
+ Christiansburg Castle.
+
+ 4.
+
+ To Accra.
+
+ 1. Ashiedumpong
+
+ 2. Assaboo
+
+ 3. Assuennie
+
+ 5. Antarranaï
+
+ 6. Ammoonoom
+
+ 7. Akropong
+
+ 9. Abirriwantoo
+
+ 10. Aradntem
+
+ 11. Kookrantoom
+
+ 13. Aguiesso.
+
+ 5.
+
+ To Elmina.
+
+ 1. Thro’ the towns Akasee, Kankawasee, Odasoo, Adiabin, Asakkraka,
+ Adoonko, Agafrompon, to Adoomasa
+
+ 2. Fiasee, Bonechumay, Asanasoo, to Becquoi
+
+ 3. Inshuentem, (_between waters_) Abimpingua, to Atobiasee
+
+ 4. Thro’ Hoomassie, Assekosoo, Edoomassie, Akoorkerry, Akotokee,
+ Yankeren, to Abateä, the frontier town of Dankara
+
+ 5. Thro’ Sewooterasee, (_put your head lower_) Aboposoo, the frontier
+ Tufel town, to Ensuaguesoo, (_woman’s town_) the capital of Tufel
+
+ 6. Morobim
+
+ 7. Thro’ Akoontarrem, (the 1st Warsaw town) Amodai, over Bopoquaw, (a
+ high hill where there was formerly a large croom, now deserted) &
+ Apachamba, to Kaïrakoo
+
+ 8. Over Pra to Demamba
+
+ 9. Dadiasoo
+
+ 10. Asseecooma, Abannasoo, Abrādi, Elmina, or, as the natives call it,
+ Addĭna.
+
+ 6.
+
+ To Dankara.
+
+ 1. Dakoon
+
+ 2. Terraboöom, the frontier town of Dankara
+
+ 3. Thro’ Mosiasoo to Enquanta
+
+ 4. Thro’ Ofoo, Amasoo, to Dankara.
+
+ 7.
+
+ To Buntookoo.
+
+ 1. Barree [156]or to Passaroo
+
+ 2. Beamasoo, or to Dooniantiffee
+
+ 3. Ensoota
+
+ 4. Quanta
+
+ 5. Across Tando, to Odomassee
+
+ 6. Suaterree
+
+ 7. Birrakoomee
+
+ 8. Yammee
+
+ 9. Kirribeeö
+
+ 10. Kickiwerree
+
+ 11. Buntookoo
+
+ 8.
+
+ To Banda.
+
+ 1. Tafoo
+
+ 2. Ofeesoo
+
+ 3. Abofoo
+
+ 4. Kinkawasoo
+
+ 5. Akomada
+
+ 6. Tandosoo
+
+ 7. Koontoosoo
+
+ 8. Takima
+
+ 9. Weäkee
+
+ 10. Aousa
+
+ 11. Soko
+
+ 12. Namasa
+
+ 13. Coransoo
+
+ 14. Bimma
+
+ 15. Banda
+
+ 9.
+
+ To Boopee.
+
+ 1. Esansoo, or Medima
+
+ 2. Through Ofim, which rises close to the E. to Bümsoo or Akimakasie
+
+ 3. Soodroo
+
+ 4. Takimenteä, or Quamang
+
+ 5. Akommadeä, or Boomang
+
+ 6. Boisoo
+
+ 7. Coranza
+
+ 8. Boibin
+
+ 9. Koonquoontee
+
+ 10. Dawdaw
+
+ 11. Akrofroom
+
+ 12. Oboosmosoo
+
+ 13. Moboäsoo
+
+ 14. On the path
+
+ 15. Over Adirri
+
+ 16. Boopee
+
+ 10.
+
+ To Sallagha.
+
+ 1. Marmpon
+
+ 2. Aphwaguiasee
+
+ 3. Gammasee a fetish temple
+
+ 4. Akrofroom
+
+ 5. Intonnasoo (Cloth Town)
+
+ 6. Quanasee or Troabirree
+
+ 7. Agwoona
+
+ 8. Adoogan
+
+ 9. Over rivers and mountains to Aguirra, or Poorra
+
+ 10. Through Sennee to Amanting
+
+ 11. Pattooda
+
+ 12. Atoboboo
+
+ 13. Weasee
+
+ 14. Pannangha
+
+ 15. Yadjee
+
+ 16. Over Adirri to Sallagha
+
+ 11.
+
+ To Source of Sennee.
+
+ 1. Agamachasee
+
+ 2. Aboiman
+
+ 3. Yatirrim
+
+ 4. Oweeamasee
+
+ 5. Anyanasue
+
+ 6. Assekadoomasee
+
+ 12.
+
+ To Odentee ferry.
+
+ 1. Kokoofoo
+
+ 2. Guia
+
+ 3. Weeäsee
+
+ 4. Bassa
+
+ 5. Tarrisoo
+
+ 6. Over Sennee, to ferry
+
+ 13.
+
+ From Yahndi to Daboia
+
+ 1. Through Patinga to Duetuem
+
+ 2. Tampeūn
+
+ 3. Through Nantong to Kompoongo
+
+ 4. Through Boö to Dindinno
+
+ 5. Daboia
+
+ Large Towns on the Route from Boornoo to Oongoora.
+
+ Deeagarra
+
+ Digza
+
+ Gellaroo
+
+ Rakah
+
+ Zaghgah
+
+ Ariggum
+
+ Madellarie
+
+ Zogogdo
+
+ Doobba
+
+ Toppollo, or Toppodo
+
+ Garaga
+
+ Gaskaia
+
+ Matchella
+
+ Goozirrinkoorra
+
+ Dumgabalo
+
+ Potuskum, or Kuskum
+
+ Dawaso
+
+ Woodbo
+
+ Gummo
+
+ Zega
+
+ Adagia, Mallagee, and Katanga, lay between Oongoora, and Kassina.
+
+ Towns adjoining, or laying close to the right and left of the above
+ Route.
+
+ Serrakeelaia
+
+ Dakum
+
+ Lismaroo
+
+ Goobilwa
+
+ Gobookalashee
+
+ Dazakou
+
+ Danga
+
+ Likhalalie
+
+ Looha
+
+The following transcripts of the most intelligible of the MSS. I
+brought, according to the different readings, with the Negro
+pronunciation as it was familiar to me in Ashantee, will show how
+careless or incapable the Moors are of writing the names of Negro
+kingdoms accurately according to the expression of the natives. The
+original MSS. will be sent to the African Association, to whom I had
+hoped to present the interesting itinerary of Shereef Brahima from
+Dagwumba to Mecca, but this valuable MS. which it had cost me so much
+pains to procure, after being kept three months by one gentleman before
+he discovered that he had not time to translate it, was lost or mislaid
+by another in the course of doing so, and I have the mortification of
+being unable to submit any other than the mere skeleton of it. See
+Geography, p. 205.
+
+
+ CHART No. I.
+
+ _Course of the Niger or Quolla (by a Houssa Moor.)_
+
+ Negro pro- Mr. Jackson’s reading Mr. Dupuis’ reading and
+ nunciation. and transcript. transcript.
+
+ Gebowa Gebawa جباو
+
+ Toro Futa Jelua فوت جلوا Foota Joolaba فُوتَ جلوب
+ Jollabi
+
+ Fota Tora Futa Tura فوت طورَ Foota Tooroo فُوتَ طُورُ
+
+ Hasoo Kassua خَصوا Khassoua خَصُوا
+
+ Jaoona Jäun جَعونْ Jafoona جفون
+
+ Gammoe G¯remua غموا Ghemoua غمُوا
+
+ Mallaia Maly Faly مَلَي فَلي Malia مَلي
+
+ Shego Shag¯ru شاغُ Shagho شاغُ
+
+ Sansandin Sansandia سَنسَندي Sansandia سَنسَندي
+
+ Jennie Janni جَان Jinnie جَان
+
+ Mashina Masheena مَاشِنَ Mashena مَاشينَ
+
+ Jimballa G¯rimbala غِمْبَلَ [157]Ghimballa غِمْبَلَ
+
+ (G¯r nearest sound
+ to غ.)
+
+ Kabarra Kabra كَبرَ Kabara كَبَرَ
+
+ Timbuctoo Timbuctoo ثمْبَكْتُ
+
+ Jolliba Jilab Karihua جلاب كريهوا Jilleb Kareho جلاب كريهوا
+
+ (or Garihua.[158])
+
+ Uzzabin Asabin احبن Azbene ازبن
+
+ Gaw G¯raheh غاي Ghou غاو
+
+ Kabi Keb كب Kabi كب
+
+ Yaoora Eüra يورَ Yaoury يور
+
+ Hooman حمن
+ (Dhooman)
+
+ Raka Baka بَكا Raka رَكَا
+
+ Quarraraba Kurauabee كرَوبَي Koorawaba كْرَوَبَ
+
+ Mafeegoodoo Mafikadoo مَافِقُدَ Mafhygodo مَافْقِغُدُ
+
+ Cadie, Shad شد Shada شَدَ
+ Caudee,
+ and Chadi
+
+ Sharee R. Shar شر Sharry شَرِ
+
+ Foor Fure فور Foor فُوُرْ
+
+ Weddai Wadan وادان Wadana وَادَانَ
+
+ (i.e. two rivers.)
+
+ Soonar Sanar سَنَارْ Sanar سَنَارْ
+
+ Shuar Sheua شوَا بنَسر Shewa ben شوَا بن حسن
+ Benassa benasser Hassan
+
+ Shousuad شوسواد Shousooda شوسواد
+
+ Doulamba دُلَنْبَ
+
+ Kalen or فالن or كالن Kalana كالن
+ Falen
+
+ Jefeesgo Jafag¯r جَفَغْ Jafegh جفغ
+
+ Massar Mass’r مصر Massir مصر
+
+
+ MS. No. I.
+
+ _Route from Boussa to Yarriba._
+
+ Wauwaw Wou واوْ
+
+ Kaiama Kima كيما
+
+ Godoobirrie Khudubar خدوبار
+
+ Gamba Khamba خَمْبَ
+
+ Kroomie Yarriba Kurmi Yarabia كُرْم يَرَبي
+
+ Ageasee Abashee ابَشي
+
+A more familiar illustration of the difficulty or carelessness of the
+Moors in writing Negro names, is the following route to Sallagha, to
+which there are many paths, containing several Ashantee towns, which I
+have laid down in the map. I rather think, however, the corrupt Arabic
+of the interior is not quite understood.
+
+
+ MS. No. II.
+
+ Negro pronun- Mr. Jackson’s reading and transcript.
+ ciation.
+
+ Jemakashee جماكاشي
+
+ Gammasee Khemashee or خماشي
+ Ghemashee
+
+ Akrofroom Kukerume or كوقروم or كوكروم
+ Kuferume
+
+ Ber kaleela (a برقليلا
+ narrow or close
+ country)
+
+ Soota U badha Shta }
+ }
+ } وبعده شتا
+ }
+ And afterwards Shta or an }
+ alluvial country }
+
+ The people of Sudi in the وحيل اسود كان في بلد شتا
+ territory of Shta
+
+ Marmpon U badha Mamefm و بعده مَمفم
+
+ Aduarrie Kennie D’keen Adjar دكين ادجار
+
+ Aguira Ajuee or Ajree اجري or اجوي
+
+ Antonasoo Anteenee عنتيني
+
+ Akakuee اككوي
+
+ Patooda (no P Ketdee كتدي
+ in Arabic)
+
+ Atoboo Atab اتاب
+
+ Weasee Hooashee or جومشي or حوعشي
+ Weeashu
+
+ Feneeueekee فنيويقي
+
+ Perhaps meaning Bure بور
+ frontier of
+ Booroom
+
+ Sallagha Salag~r سلغ
+
+I shall submit more translations or transcripts of routes and charts in
+Arabic, adding the Negro pronunciation, as the situations of most of the
+places were not so clearly confirmed as to enable me to insert them in
+my map, and consequently it is important to enable future travellers to
+refer to them; such outlines being a great assistance in directing and
+checking enquiry (which they frequently originate) and investigation.
+The original MSS. will be sent to the African Association, in case a
+further examination may be desirable hereafter.
+
+
+ MS. No. III.
+
+ _Course of the Niger or Quolla (by a Bornoo Moor.)_
+
+ Negro Mr. Jackson’s reading Mr. Dupuis’ reading and
+ pronunciation. and transcript. transcript.
+
+ Bambooch Banbug~r بَنبُغ الدي Banboogho بَنْبغ
+ eladi eeakul ياكل
+
+ el Ham Abn الحم ابن ادم
+ Adam
+
+ Banbug~r, who eat the flesh of men.
+
+ Firmagr~a فرمَغَ Fermagha فرمَغَ
+
+ Hasoo Hâsu حاسُ Hasoo حَاسُ
+
+ Jaoona Jahunu جَاحُنُ Jahoonoo جَاحُيُ
+
+ Gamoo Jamu جَمُ Jamoo جَمُ
+
+ Malay or Mallaia Mali مَلي Malabi مَلبي
+
+ Shego Shaegru شَيْغُ Shagho شَيْغُ
+
+ Sansandin Sansandy سَنسَندِ Sansadia سَنسَدَ
+
+ Jennie Jany جَنِ Jinnie جني
+
+ Mashina Masina مَاسَنَ Massina مَاسنَ
+
+ Timbuctoo Tunbûktu تُنبَقْتُ Timbuctoo تمبقْتُ
+
+ Gauw G¯rau غَاوْ Ghaou غاوْ
+
+ Kolomanni Kulman كُلْمَنِ Koolmani كُلْمَن
+
+ Zinberme Dtanberma ذَنبرْمَ Danberma ذَنْبرْمَ
+
+ Cabi Kabi كَبِ Kabi كَبِ
+
+ Yawoorie or Eauri يَاوُرِ Yaouri يَاوُرِ
+ Yaoora
+
+ Noofee Nufy نُفي Noufee نفي
+
+ Boussa Busâa بوسَا Boussa بوسا
+
+ Rakka Raka رَاقَا Rakka رَاقَا
+
+ Bornoo B’rn Bernu برن Bornou برن
+
+ Chadee L. (The lake drawn, but the name not written.)
+
+ Bagarrimee Bag¯rarm باغرو Baghroom باغرم
+
+ Kalamfarradoo Kaferk or كافرد or Kaferda كافرد
+ Kaferd كافرك Kalferka
+
+ Weddaï Wadana (two وَدَان Wadai وَدَان
+ rivers)
+
+ Soonar Surnar سُرنَرْ Soonar سُونَرْ
+
+ Siua سيوا Sewa سيوا
+
+ Schweess Suis سويس Souisa سويس
+
+ Zaloo Jal جال Jaloo جال
+
+ Kataëba Katab قَتَب Kataibi فَتَيب
+
+ Makidzue Mek’duh مقدوح Mokad مقدوح
+
+ Mertabass M’rtabas مرتباس Mertabas مرتباس
+
+ Hoodayba Mamudeeb مَموديب Haoudeba هوديي
+
+ Taiboos Teesuse تيسوس Tesoos تيسوس
+
+ Jarooba Jerub جروب Jarouba جروب
+
+ Tabarrabass Tidburse or تدبرس or Tarbasa ترباس
+ Tidfurse تدفرس
+
+ Gedda. J’da جدا Jidda جدا
+
+ Geddook J’duk جدوخ Jidoukh جدوخ
+
+ Limbarr’ Linbabahr لنبَبَحر Linbahar لنبحر
+
+ Tarrowm Term ترم Taroom ترم
+
+ Massar M’nser منصر Minsor منصر
+
+ Sakunderree or Skender, a سكندر مرج Sakundria, سْكَنْدَرِ
+ Askandarie swamp lake Alexandria
+
+ _Route from Timbuctoo to Ferjan (from the same MS.)_
+
+ Tuan توان Toowano توان
+
+ M’brûk مبروك Mobaruka مبَرْوك
+
+ Jeerban حيربن Joojebani اجوجبن
+
+ Abugiberk ابوجبرخ Kheerabi خيربي
+
+ Tehekeem تحكيم Tahkema تحكيم
+
+ Bageeacha }
+ }
+ Hootailee }
+ }
+ Goosaicha } not written, but position marked, and thus pronounced.
+ }
+ Hayloon }
+ }
+ Barrahese }
+
+ Ferjan فرجان Ferjan فَرْجَانْ
+
+ _From Timbuctoo to Tunis (from the same Chart.)_
+
+ Ziggie Jak, Jik, or جق Jagha جغ
+ Juk
+
+ Arowalla Arun or Arul عرول or عرون Aaroon عرون
+
+ Tarrabaleese Trahesen ترهيسن Trabolas ترهبليس
+
+ Mooquinassa M’kenas ممكناس Mookanassa مَكْنَاس
+
+ Hass Has حَاسْ Hhas حَاسْ
+
+ Landoloos Lindalsu لَندَلْسُ Lankalsoo لَنكَلْسُ
+
+ Toonis Tunis تونس Tunis تونس
+
+ Near the sea كباله بحر
+
+Other towns named on this route were
+
+ Hassaladee
+
+ Hassazedeed
+
+ Hassat
+
+ Omattaras
+
+ Dizzaela
+
+ Dazeleel
+
+ Katerbaîlie
+
+ Bahadzai
+
+ Maratooph
+
+ Swamach
+
+
+ MS. No. IV.
+
+ _Course of the Niger or Quolla (by a Jennie Moor who had been to
+ Egypt.)_
+
+ Negro Mr. Jackson’s reading Mr. Dupuis’ reading and
+ pronun- and transcript. transcript.
+ ciation.
+
+ Mallaia Malh ملح Mahh مَاحْ
+
+ Shego Shak سك Shako سكُ
+
+ Sansandin Sansandee سنسدَي Sansandia سنسنديَ
+
+ Jennie Jin جن Jinnie جنِ
+
+ Massina Masheen ماشين Mashina ماشين
+
+ Tinbuctoo Tinbut تنبت Tinbuctoo تنبت
+
+ (Here he draws the Jolliba flowing from or into the Quolla by
+ Timbuctoo.)
+
+ Gauw Gru غو Ghou غو
+
+ Quoälla Kula كولا Koualla كولا
+
+ Askeä Assaëe اَساَي Askea اسكي
+
+ Zabirma Zabuaä زبوعا Zaberma زبرما
+
+ Cabi Keb كب Kaby كبا
+
+ Yaoora Eeurë يور Yeory يور
+
+ Boussa B’sa بسا Bussu بسا
+
+ (Here he branches off a southern route to Yarriba with precisely the
+ same names as in MS. I, by the Houssa Moor.)
+
+ Noofee }
+ }
+ Quolla-liffa }
+ }
+ Atagara } not written, but position marked, and thus
+ } pronounced.
+ Sharee R. }
+ }
+ Chadee L. }
+
+ Foor Foo فوُ Sour صُره
+
+ Weddai Wadaee وداي Wadai وداي
+
+ Joonar Jusenaw جوسناو Joosnou جوسناو
+
+ Shewa Shuee شوي Shouy سوي
+
+ Sooeess Siuse سُوسْ Sweis سُوسْ
+
+ Zale Zal زاَل Zal زاَل
+
+ Zaedooma Zeehwam زيهوم Zeedouma زيدوم
+
+ Lachtamoo Lahellam لاحلام Lakhtamo لاخطام
+
+ Makagoodoo Mehed’twa محذوْع Mohadzou محذوْع
+
+ Dalooba Deeluba ديلوبا Djaoba دجاوبا
+
+ Tarbass Tubas توباس Terbasa ترباس
+
+ Jaheesoo Jekeesee جخيس Jakhesa جخيس
+
+ Latooha Lituh or ليعوح or ليطوح Letouh ليطوح
+ Liauh
+
+ Mabanoos M’benuse مبنوس Mabanouso مَبَنُوس
+
+ Itkhame Atekam اتخام Etakhamo اطخدَمُ
+
+ Massar Missu مصو Massir مصر
+
+ Sooryada Sueed سويد Sourida سُويد
+
+ Nezoogoo Teeawa تياوع Nezugh نيزوخح
+
+ Kataramoo Kateram كترام Kateramo كترام
+
+ Dahloomoo D’helume دحلوم Dhalomo دحلوم
+
+ Hateboo Heteeb حتيب Hhateba حتيب
+
+ Haheenie Heneen حنين Hahhene ححين
+
+ Hajamie Khejam خجام Hajame حجام
+
+ Tapasooloo Tefawn تفعون Tafsoona تفصون
+
+ Askandarie Askundria اسكندري
+
+ Bahar Mela (Bahar Melhah the Bahar al Malah
+ salt sea)
+
+
+ MS. No. IV.
+
+This was written by an old Moor, a native of the Mallowa country, but
+unfortunately just as he had finished (for I made them all write at the
+moment in my own apartment, however hurried, rather than allow them to
+go home and compose for me) and was beginning to explain what he had
+written, a summons from the King obliged me to quit him, and he left
+Coomassie before I could procure another visit from him. In the absence
+of all explanation, I can only conclude from some few names that are
+familiar to me, that it is a route from Berragoo over the Quolla, and
+then westward to Bergoo, known to Mr. Brown. I am only induced thus to
+preserve a transcript of this ms. from its fortunate co-incidence in
+several names with the valuable lost itinerary of my friend Brahima, as
+far as can be collected from a mere sketch of a translation, which was
+made in anticipation of the perfect one. I shall submit them
+collaterally, as they assist to elucidate each other, and agree very
+well in the relative positions of places, although the parties never saw
+each other, which is some satisfaction under the disappointment.
+
+ _Outline of Brahima’s MS. No. IV.
+ Itinerary._
+
+ Mr. Dupuis’ reading and Mr. Jackson’s reading Other readings.
+ transcript. and transcript.
+
+
+ Bazao بَزاوُ (بَراوُ) Burg¯ru بُرْغُ Bouroughoo
+ (Barao)
+
+ Babigry بَبِغي Babaghe
+
+ Kaikshi كَيَقشي Keekesh كيقش Keekash
+
+ Droo دروو Serkune سركون Serkoon
+
+ Mashooko مَشوُكوْ
+
+ Banghoo بَانْغُوا Banaka بانعقا
+
+ Toonooma تُونُومُ Tuee توي
+
+ Yajoury يَجُورِ Tenbykukmaetunby تنب كوك مَيتُنْب
+ (doubtless
+ Yawoorie)
+
+ Kenbua كنبوا Kanboo
+
+ Dendawy دنداوي Danadoo
+
+ Belg¯rua بلغوا Balaghou
+
+ Jabdgho جَبْذْغُ Jebeng¯rua جبنغوا Jabadghoo
+
+ Keemba or كمْبَا (كصْبَا) Kamba كمبه
+ Keerba
+
+ Kadarkoo اَلجركَدَرْكُ Kedug¯reh R. كَدوغه Kadarko
+ R.
+
+ Doodirba ذُذْرْبَا Dtedterba R. ذذربا Dodarba
+ R.
+
+ Uwawfeh وواوفه
+
+ Mhaka Kury محكا كوري
+ (arrival at
+ Kury)
+
+ Saffer سفر
+
+ Aäu Khashah اعَوو كحاشه
+
+ Shawanka اشَوَنْكَا Shawangra شاوَنْغَ
+
+ Ghoufel غوفل Jafu جافُو Japhoo
+
+ Simmer سمر
+
+ Yarkoo يركو
+
+ Daghm دغم
+
+ Bannanao بَنَنَوْا
+
+ Doonkee دُنْقيْ Dunka دُنقَيْ Doonkot
+
+ Ghodau غوضا G¯ru’w غووَ Ghouwa
+
+ Salamo سَلَمْوُا
+
+ Janboodoo جَانْبُدُوا Jabendu جابندوا
+
+ Soosoo سُسُوْا Susu سُوسُوْا
+
+ Kooreree كُرر Koos كوصْ
+
+ Barghoowa برغَوَا Berg¯rua برغوا
+
+ Nak or نك
+ Naka
+
+ Water of وض
+ Wada
+
+ Douga ضوغا
+ (probably
+ Donga)
+
+ Mazim مزم
+
+ Kal كل
+
+ Makji مقجي
+
+ Tafkat تفقت
+
+ Shal L. شل
+
+ Koad or كوض
+ Koada
+
+ Here the writer signified that he went back to _Kateen_, as appeared
+ to the transcriber, but more probably_Kassina_, and thence proceeded
+ to
+
+ Kano كَن
+
+ Bornou برنو
+
+ Sher R. شر
+
+ Shadda L. شاد
+
+ Foor فر
+
+ Wada وداء
+
+ Massir مصر
+
+ Makata مكة
+ (Mecca)
+
+ Madina مدينه
+
+ Shem شام
+ (Damascus)
+
+ Jerusalem, بيت المقدس
+ &c. &c.
+
+
+[Footnote 156: When _or_ appears between two names, it means that each
+town is equally close to the path, and indifferently visited.]
+
+[Footnote 157: Mr. Dupuis renders the Arabic غ g¯h agreeable to
+Richardson. Mr. Jackson has insisted on preferring g˘r throughout. Mr.
+Dupuis, having sailed for Africa, has not had the advantage of
+correcting the press for himself, but every care has been taken.]
+
+[Footnote 158: Sir W. Ouseley remarks, that the letter _k_ is frequently
+softened into _g_.]
+
+
+
+
+ APPENDIX. No. IV.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+ REPTILIA. (REPTILES.)
+
+_Gen._ MONITOR, _Cuvier._
+
+ _Sp._ 1. _Pulcher_, _Leach._
+
+ M. Supra niger albo pulcherrime zonatus et maculatus: zonis
+ dorsalibus e maculis effectis, ventre albido nigro transversim vage
+ lineato, cauda compressa carinata.
+
+ This elegant species was found in Fantee. The whole upper parts of
+ the body, the legs and tail, are black, most beautifully banded and
+ spotted with white. The bands on the tail are alternately wide and
+ narrow; the wider bands are each much and abruptly dilated above
+ into a kind of spot, whilst the narrow ones become gradually wider
+ in the inverse direction. The legs are spotted above with white; the
+ under parts of them, as well as of the belly and throat, are also of
+ the same colour with the spots.
+
+_Gen._ CHAMÆLEON, _of authors._
+
+ _Sp._ 1. _Dilepis_, _Leach._
+
+ Ch. Capite supra sub plano utrinque bicarinato: carinis antice
+ conniventibus, occipite utrinque squama magna instructo, dorso
+ subspinoso-carinato.
+
+ This species may readily be distinguished from all that have been
+ hitherto discovered, by the two large scales, affixed one on each
+ side to the back part of the head. These scale-like processes, are
+ covered by the same scaly integuments which cover the head and body.
+
+_Gen._ ACONTIAS, _Cuvier._
+
+ _Sp._ 1. _Punctatus_, _Leach._
+
+ A. Supra brunneo-fuscus obsolete purpurascens, squamis postice
+ macula ventreque fulvescentibus.
+
+ Fantee.
+
+_Gen._ MACROSOMA, _Leach._
+
+ 1. _Elegans, Leach._
+
+ Coluber elegans, _Shaw._
+
+ Fantee.
+
+_Gen._ COLUBER, _Cuvier._
+
+ 1. _Bicolor_, _Leach._
+
+ C. Supra badio-niger subtus albidus, squamis dorsalibus elongatis
+ gradatim angustioribus; apice obtusiusculis.
+
+ Fantee.
+
+ 2. _Irroratus_, _Leach._
+
+ C. Badio-fuscus, gula pallida, squamis pulcherrime albido irroratis;
+ dorsalibus subelongatis apice rotundatis.
+
+ Fantee.
+
+ 3. _Irregularis_, _Leach._
+
+ C. Azureo-virescens, ventre albido, squamis simplicibus
+ irregularibus: dorsalibus ovatis: lateralibus superioribus superne
+ truncatis; inferis subhexagonis.
+
+ Fantee.
+
+ The above three species of _Coluber_ are decidedly new, as well as
+ the _Acontias_; the latter is more particularly interesting, since
+ it encreases the species of a very limited genus.
+
+
+ ARACHNOÏDA.
+
+_Gen._ SCORPIO, _of authors._
+
+ _Sp._ 1. _Afer_, _Fabr._
+
+_Gen._ MYGALE, _Latreille._
+
+ The only specimen was too mutilated to enable me to make out its
+ specific character.
+
+
+ MYRIAPODA.
+
+ Of this class you found two species in Fantee; a _Scolopendra_, and
+ a gigantic _Julus_; neither of which are in a sufficiently good
+ state to enable me to make out whether they be described or not.
+
+
+ INSECTA.
+
+_Gen._ TEFFLUS, _Leach_, new genus.
+
+ Generic character.
+
+ CAPUT. _Mandibulæ_ æquales edentulæ. _Palpi labiales_ et _maxillares
+ externi_ articulo ultimo elongato-securiformi.
+
+ THORAX hexagonus antice et postice rectus. _Alæ_ nullæ. _Elytra_
+ coalita abdomen tegentia apicem versus utrinque sinuata. _Tibiæ_
+ anticæ latere interiore apicem versus emarginatæ calcare elevato
+ instructæ. _Tarsi antici_ MARIS articulis duobus primis tenuiter
+ dilatatis.
+
+ Habitus et Antennæ Carabi.
+
+ _Sp._ 1. _Meyerlei_.
+
+ Carabus Meyerlei, _Fabr. Syst. Eleut._ i. 169.—_Voet. col._ ii.
+ _tab._ 39, _f._ 49.
+
+_Gen._ ODONTOMERUS, _Dahl._
+
+ _Sp._ 1. _Serratus_.
+
+ Buprestis serratus, _Fabr._
+
+ Fantee.
+
+_Gen._ CETONIA, _of authors._
+
+ _Sp._ 1. _Marginata_, _Fabr._
+
+ Fantee.
+
+_Gen._ PHYLLOTOMA, _Wm. MacLeay, MSS._
+
+ _Sp._ 1. _Reflexa_.
+
+ Melolontha reflexa, _Fabr._
+
+ Fantee.
+
+_Gen._ HELOPS, _Fabr._
+
+ _Sp._ 1. _Marginatus_, _Olivier_.
+
+ Fantee.
+
+_Gen._ UPIS? _Fabr._
+
+ _Sp._ 1. Cuprea.
+
+ Tenebrio Cupreus, _Fabr._
+
+ Fantee.
+
+_Gen._ LAMIA, _Fabr._
+
+ _Sp._ 1. Tri-fasciata, _Fabr._
+
+ Fantee. This species is also found at Sierra Leone, and in the Back
+ Settlements of the Cape of Good Hope.
+
+_Gen._ PETROGNATHA, _Leach._
+
+ Character
+
+ _Caput_ thorace paulo latius. _Antennæ_ (_maris_ corpore duplo
+ longiores et ultra,) articulo secundo longiore flexuoso. _Labrum_
+ lineare transversum nudum utrinque rotundatum. _Mandibulæ_ petrosæ
+ (MARIS interne apicem versus obtuse unidentatæ,) infra et externe
+ irregulariter carinatas. _Palpi maxillares_ et _labiales_ articulo
+ ultimo basi subattenuato, apice externe oblique truncato-acuminato.
+
+ THORAX transversus utrinque 1-spinosus. _Elytra_ humeris 1-spinosis,
+ apiceque ad saturam spinoso-subproducto.
+
+ _Sp._ 1. _Gigas_.
+
+ Lamia Gigas, _Fabr._
+
+ Fantee.
+
+_Gen._ CALLICHROMA, _Latreille._
+
+ _Sp._ 1. _Festivum_.
+
+ Cerambyx festivus, _Oliv. Fabr._
+
+ Fantee.
+
+_Gen._ MANTIS.
+
+ _Sp._ 1. _Superstitiosa_, _Fabr_.
+
+ Fantee
+
+ This species, as well as its congeners, is an object of
+ superstitious veneration amongst the natives of north-western
+ Africa, Syria, and India. It agrees in all points with the original
+ specimen of _Superstitiosa_, so named by Fabricius in the Banksian
+ Cabinet.
+
+_Gen._ GRYLLUS, _Fabr._
+
+ _Sp._ 1. _Squarrosus_, _Fabr._
+
+ Fantee.
+
+_Gen._ REDUVIUS, _Fabr._
+
+ _Sp._ 1. _Barbicornis_, _Fabr._
+
+ Fantee.
+
+ I have received this species from the Cape of Good Hope.
+
+_Gen._ CANOPUS, _Rodhe._
+
+ _Sp._ 1. _Punctatus_, _Leach._
+
+ Supra olivaceo-ater impresso-punctulatus rubro punctatus, subtus
+ ruber segmentis marginibus stigmatibus tibiis tarsisque nigris,
+ capite rubro irrorato.
+
+ Gaboon.
+
+
+
+
+ APPENDIX, No. V.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+ _Mr._ TEDLIE’S _Account of the Thermometer._
+
+ Date. | A.M. | M. | P.M. | Weather.
+ | | | |
+ April 28 |6 74 | | |
+ | | | |
+ 29 |7½ 75 | | |
+ | | | |
+ |11 80 | | |
+ | | | |
+ 30 | | |2 88½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 82½ |
+ | | | |
+ May 1 |8 77 | | |
+ | | | |
+ 2 |8 76½ | |1 91 |
+ | | | |
+ 3 |6 76 |12 89 | |
+ | | | |
+ May 4. |The Thermometer was broken last night at Asharaman.
+ | | | |
+ At Coomassie, from the 7th June to the 11th, it varied from 80 to 85,
+ between 12 and 2.
+ | | | |
+ June 15 | | |1 82 |
+ | | | |
+ 16 |10 79 | | |
+ | | | |
+ 17 | |12 82 | |
+ | | | |
+ 18 |9 79 | |2 84 |
+ | | | |
+ 19 |7½ 73 | |2½ 78 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |5 78 |
+ | | | |
+ 20 |10 78 | |1 81 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |2½ 82 |
+ | | | |
+ 21 |8 74 | |2½ 82 |
+ | | | |
+ 22 |8 76 |12 82 |1 74 |Tornado.
+ | | | |
+ 23 |8½ 74 | |1 81 |Tornado.
+ | | | |
+ 24 |11½ 76 | |2 73 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ 25 |9 75 | |1 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 26 |9 76 |12 76 |2 78 |
+ | | | |
+ 27 |8½ 79 | |3½ 80 |
+ | | | |
+ 28 |8½ 74 |12 77 | |
+ | | | |
+ 29 |9½ 74 | |2 77 |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ 30 |9 77 | |1 80 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ July 1 |9 76 | |1 80 |
+ | | | |
+ 2 |8 73 |12 78 | |
+ | | | |
+ 3 |9 78 | |1 78 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 4 |8 72 |12 74 | |
+ | | | |
+ 5 |8 72 | |1 78 |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ 6 |6 71 |12 76 | |
+ | | | |
+ 7 |6 71 | |2 80 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 8 |6 72 |12 78 | |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |3 80 |Tornado.
+ | | | |
+ 9 |6 72 | | |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |1 79 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ 10 |7 73 | |2½ 81 |
+ | | | |
+ 11 |8 73 | |2 81 |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 72 |
+ | | | |
+ 12 |6 72 | |2½ 80 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 13 |8 77 | | |
+ | | | |
+ |11 73 | |3 77 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ 14 |8 71 | |2 77 |
+ | | | |
+ 15 |8 70 |12 74 |6 72 |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ 16 |7 69 | |2 78 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 73 |
+ | | | |
+ 17 |7 69 | |2½ 79 |
+ | | | |
+ 18 |8 71 | |3 79 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 19 |6 70 | | |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2½ 76 |Fair,
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 20 |8 72 | |2½ 78 |
+ | | | |
+ 21 |7½ 71 |12 75 |2½ 78 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6½ 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 22 |6 70 | |2 78 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 73 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ 23 |6 70 | |2 78 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 72 |
+ | | | |
+ 24 |8 70 | |2 74 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 72 |
+ | | | |
+ 25 |8 69 | |1 74 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 72 |
+ | | | |
+ 26 |7 70 | |2 75 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 27 |7 68 | |3½ 80½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 71 |
+ | | | |
+ 28 |8 70 | | |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |3 77 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7½ 73 |
+ | | | |
+ 29 |7 70 | |2 78 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 73 |
+ | | | |
+ 39 |7 66½ | |2 78 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 73 |
+ | | | |
+ 31 |8 70 |12 76 |2 78 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 73 |
+ | | | |
+ Aug. 1 |7 70 | |2 77 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 73 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ 2 |7 71 | |2 73 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 70 |
+ | | | |
+ 3 |7 69½ |12 72 |3 73 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 70½ |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ 4 |7 70 | |2 78 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 5 |7 71 | |2 79 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 75 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ 6 |7 70 | | |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 78½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 73 |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ 7 |7 71 | |2 78 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 8 |6 70 |12 73 |2½ 77 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 73 |
+ | | | |
+ 9 |6 70 | |2½ 78 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 10 |7 71 | |2 76 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 74 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ 11 |7 71 | |2 78 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 73 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ 12 |7 70½ | |3 76 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 73 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 71 |
+ | | | |
+ 13 |7 70 | |2 77 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 73 |
+ | | | |
+ 14 |7 70 | |2 74 |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 73 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 71 |
+ | | | |
+ 15 |7 70 | |2 72 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 73 |
+ | | | |
+ 16 |7 70 | |2 75 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 73 |
+ | | | |
+ 17 |7 70 | |2 80 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 18 |7 71 |12 77 |2 80½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |3 81 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 77 |
+ | | | |
+ 19 |7 71 | |2 75 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 73 |
+ | | | |
+ 20 |7 68½ | | |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 72½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 71 |
+ | | | |
+ 21 |6 69 | | |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |1 77 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 22 |6 68 |12 73 |2 77 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 71 |
+ | | | |
+ 23 |7 68 | |1 76 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 73 |
+ | | | |
+ 24 |7 69 | |3 74 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 71½ |
+ | | | |
+ 25 |6 68 | |6 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 26 |6 68 | |3 78½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 27 |7 69 | | |Hazy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |1 72 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |3 72 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 70½ |
+ | | | |
+ 28 |6 69 ½ | | |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 74 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 72 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ 29 |7 70 | |3 78 |Fair
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 77 |
+ | | | |
+ 30 |7 70 | | |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2½ 76 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 73 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ 31 |7 70½ | |3 77 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 73 |
+ | | | |
+ Sept. 1 |7 71 | | |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |3 80 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 77 |
+ | | | |
+ 2 |6 71 | | |Hazy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 75 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 74 |Slight showers
+ | | | |
+ 3 |6 71 |12 74 | |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |1 80 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 4 |7 71 |12 77 |7 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 5 |5 71 | |3 79 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 76 |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ 6 |6 70 | |2 74 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 73 |
+ | | | |
+ 7 |8 71 | |3 76 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 73 |Slight showers
+ | | | |
+ 8 |7 71 |12 76 | |
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 80 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 73 |
+ | | | |
+ 9 |6 71 | |2 80 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 10 |7 71 | | |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |3 80 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 11 |6 72 | | |Heavy rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 77 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |10 72 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ 12 |7 72 |12 78 |3½ 80½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |10 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 13 |7 22 | |2 78 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |3½ 80 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |9 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 14 |7 72 | | |Hazy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2½ 79 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 76 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 15 |5 71 | |3 80 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 16 |7 72 | |2½ 80 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 17 |7 72 |12 78 |2½ 81 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |9 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 18 |7 72 | |2 77 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 73 |
+ | | | |
+ 19 |7 71 | |3 81 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |9 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 20 |7 72 | |2 79 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 21 |7 72 | |2½ 81 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 72 |
+ | | | |
+ 22 |8 71 | | |Hazy.
+ | | | |
+ |12½ 71 | |2 82½ |
+
+ _Mr._ HUTCHISON’S _Account of the Thermometer, after the Departure of
+ Mr. Tedlie._
+
+ Date. | A.M. | M. | P.M. | Weather.
+ | | | |
+ Sept. 23 |8 73 | | |Thunder, with rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 80 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 24 |6 72 | | |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | |12 78 | |
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 82 |Fair, but cloudy
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 75 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ 25 |6 71½ | | |
+ | | | |
+ |10 76 | | |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | |12 83 | |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 75 |Violent tornado
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 71½ |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ 26 |6 70 | | |
+ | | | |
+ | |12 73 | |Hazy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 80 |Cloudy
+ | | | |
+ | | |4 77 |Wind
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 71 |Heavy rain.
+ | | | |
+ 27 |6 73 | | |
+ | | | |
+ |10 75 | | |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | |12 80½ |6 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 28 |6 71 | |2 81½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 29 |6 71½ | |2 82 |
+ | | | |
+ 30 |6 73 | | |Cloudy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 80 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 71½ |
+ | | | |
+ Oct. 1 |6 72½ | |2 82 |
+ | | | |
+ |10 70 | |8 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 2 |6 70 | |2 79 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 78 |Sultry.
+ | | | |
+ 3 |6 71 | | |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 82 |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 80 |
+ | | | |
+ 5 |6 72 | |2 79 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 6 |6 72 | | |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 79 |Much rain, thunder.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 7 |6 72 | |2 79 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 8 |6 71 |12 79 |2 73 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 71 |
+ | | | |
+ 9 |6 71 | |2 79 |Sultry and cloudy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 78 |
+ | | | |
+ 10 |6 73 | | |
+ | | | |
+ | |12 78 | |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 71½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 73½ |Much rain, thunder.
+ | | | |
+ 11 |6 73 | | |Heavy fog.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 76½ |Fair, cloudy.
+ | | | |
+ 12 |6 71½ | | |Sultry, foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 80½ |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 78 |
+ | | | |
+ 13 |6 73 | | |Foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | |12 78 | |Sultry.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 79 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 77 |Rain, thunder.
+ | | | |
+ 14 |6 74½ | | |Rain, foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 78½ |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 15 |6 72½ | | |Rain, foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 74 |Hazy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 73 |
+ | | | |
+ 16 |6 72½ | | |Foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 80½ |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 17 |6 73½ | | |Rain, foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 78 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 74½ |
+ | | | |
+ 18 |6 73 | | |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 80 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 75 |Rain and thunder.
+ | | | |
+ 19 |73½ | | |
+ | | | |
+ |71½ | | |Much rain.
+ | | | |
+ 20 |6 70½ | | |Dense fogs.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 73 |Foggy, with showers.
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 21 |6 72½ | | |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 79 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 78½ |
+ | | | |
+ 22 |6 73 |12 77 | |Foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 82½ |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 23 |6 72½ | | |Foggy, with thr. showers.
+ | | | |
+ | |12 80 |2 83 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 77 |
+ | | | |
+ 24 |6 73 | | |Foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | |12 80 | |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |3 78½ |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 25 |6 74½ |12 82 | |Foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 82 |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 26 |6 72½ | | |Foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 80 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |78 |Rain, thunder.
+ | | | |
+ 27 |6 72 | | |Foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 80 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 76 |Thunder shrs.
+ | | | |
+ 29 |6 7 | | |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 82 |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 30 |6 73 | | |Foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 83 |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 78 |
+ | | | |
+ 31 |6 72½ | | |Foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 82 |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 76 |
+ | | | |
+ Nov. 1 |6 72½ | | |Foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 81 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 80 |Sultry.
+ | | | |
+ 2 |6 73 | | |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 81½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 75 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ 3 |6 73 | | |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 82½ |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 78 |
+ | | | |
+ 4 |6 72 | |2 78 |Rain, foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 74½ |Sultry.
+ | | | |
+ 5 |6 72½ | |2 79½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 78 |
+ | | | |
+ 6 |6 74 | |2 80½ |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 79 |Rain, sultry.
+ | | | |
+ 7 |6 72½ | |2 82½ |Fair, thunder
+ | | | |
+ | | |3 79 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 77 |
+ | | | |
+ 8 |6 72 | |2 78½ |Thunder.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 75 |Hazy.
+ | | | |
+ 10 |6 71 | | |Foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 82 |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 11 |6 72½ | | |Foggy.
+ | | | |
+ |2 81½ | | |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 78 |
+ | | | |
+ 12 |6 74½ | |2 79 |Cloudy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 78 |Sultry.
+ | | | |
+ 13 |6 73 | |2 83½ |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 14 |6 69 | |2 78½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 15 |6 70½ | |2 82½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 79 |
+ | | | |
+ 16 |6 69 | |2 82 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 80 |
+ | | | |
+ 17 |6 70½ | |2 82½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 79 |
+ | | | |
+ 18 |6 72 | |2 82½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 80 |
+ | | | |
+ 19 |6 72½ | |2 80½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 78 |
+ | | | |
+ 20 |6 70½ | |2 81 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 21 |6 72½ | |2 83½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 79 |
+ | | | |
+ 22 |6 72 | |2 83 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 78 |
+ | | | |
+ 23 |6 75 | |2 82 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 78 |Foggy.
+ | | | |
+ 24 | | |6 72 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 81 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 26 |6 71 | |2 83 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 27 |6 73 | | |Slight showers.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 80 |Foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 28 |6 70 | |2 80½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 29 |6 78 | |2 82 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 75½ |
+ | | | |
+ 30 |6 78½ | |2 81 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 76 |
+ | | | |
+ Dec. 1 | | |6 78 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 80½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 2 |6 77½ | |2 80 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 3 |6 68½ | |2 79 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 74 |Fair.
+ | | | |
+ 4 |6 67 | |2 81 |Foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 77 |
+ | | | |
+ 5 |6 68 | |2 80½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 77 |
+ | | | |
+ 6 |6 65 | |2 78 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 7 |6 63 | |2 80 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 77 |
+ | | | |
+ 8 |6 70 | |2 78½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 9 |6 63 | |2 79 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 10 |6 71 | |2 79 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 11 |6 73 | |2 80½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 12 |6 74 | |2 81 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 13 |6 74½ | |2 79½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 77 |
+ | | | |
+ 14 |6 72 | |2 79 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 15 |6 73¼ | |2 79 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 16 |6 74 | |2 80½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 17 |6 73½ | |2 80 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 18 | | |6 71½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 79 |Tornado.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 19 |6 68 | |2 79½ |Foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 20 |6 64½ | |2 79 |Foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 21 |6 75 | |2 80 |Tornado.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 78 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ 22 |6 76 | |2 81 |Foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 78 |
+ | | | |
+ 23 |6 76½ | |2 83½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 80 |
+ | | | |
+ 24 |6 79 | |2 84 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |4 82 |Thunder.
+ | | | |
+ | | |7 80 |Tornado.
+ | | | |
+ 25 |6 78 | | |Foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |2 81 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 78 |Tornado.
+ | | | |
+ 26 |6 69 | |2 81 |Foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |6 80 |Tornado.
+ | | | |
+ 27 |6 70 | |2 82 |Foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 28 |6 74 | |2 82 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 78 |
+ | | | |
+ 29 |6 73 | |2 80½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 76½ |
+ | | | |
+ 30 |6 74 | |2 79 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 31 |6 72 | |2 81 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 78 |
+ | | | |
+ Jan. 1 1818. |6 70½ | |2 81 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 78 |
+ | | | |
+ 2 |6 72 | | |
+ | | | |
+ 3 |6 72 | |2 85 |Thunder.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 76 |Rain.
+ | | | |
+ From sickness, the Thermometer was not attended to till the 10th,
+ during the interval the weather was excessive cold, and the fogs
+ very dense.
+ | | | |
+ 10 | | |2 74 |Foggy.
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 68 |
+ | | | |
+ 11 |6 62½ | |2 76 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 70½ |
+ | | | |
+ 12 |6 60 | |2 77 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 70 |
+ | | | |
+ 13 |6 61½ | |2 74½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 68 |
+ | | | |
+ 14 |6 58 | |2 74 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 66 |
+ | | | |
+ 15 |6 60 | |2 75½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 70 |
+ | | | |
+ 16 |6 61½ | |2 76 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 72½ |
+ | | | |
+ 17 |6 62 | |2 76½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 71 |
+ | | | |
+ 18 |6 60 | |2 74 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 73 |
+ | | | |
+ 19 |6 62½ | |2 79 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 75 |
+ | | | |
+ 20 |6 64 | |2 78½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 21 |6 64½ | |2 79 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 22 |6 66 | |2 80 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 78 |
+ | | | |
+ 23 |6 64 | |2 82 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 76 |
+ | | | |
+ 24 |6 62 | |2 82½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 74 |
+ | | | |
+ 25 |6 64 | |2 84 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 80 |
+ | | | |
+ 26 |6 68 | |2 83½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 67½ |
+ | | | |
+ 27 |6 68½ | |2 84 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 80½ |
+ | | | |
+ 28 |6 72 | |2 84¼ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 78 |
+ | | | |
+ 29 |6 72 | |2 85 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 80 |
+ | | | |
+ 30 |6 74 | |2 85 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 80 |
+ | | | |
+ 31 |6 76 | |2 86 |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 80 |
+ | | | |
+ Feb. 1 |6 74 | |2 84½ |
+ | | | |
+ | | |8 79 |
+ | | | |
+ 2 |6 73½ | |2 86½ |
+
+
+
+
+ APPENDIX. No. VI.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+
+I will now submit the numerals of 31 nations, which, with the exception
+of three, the Fantee, the Accra, and the Bornoo, (and those but
+imperfectly,) have never been reported before. I will arrange them
+according to their geographical approximation, remarking any apparent
+affinity which occurs to me, in notes. I shall place the Inta first,
+because it is the most remote, inland, which can be assimilated to the
+Fantee, Ahanta, Aöwin, and Amanaheä; and may, probably, from that
+circumstance, be the root of these languages; as it has been shewn, in
+the history, that the nations of the water side have been gradually
+pressed down, or have emigrated from the interior, and it is
+consequently to be expected that the etymology of the names of these
+countries are not to be found in the languages of the people who _now_
+inhabit them, but more probably in the languages of their southern
+neighbours. Thus,
+
+_Inta_ is likely to be derived from the _Booroom_ word _inta_, _water_,
+as it has been noticed as an alluvial country.
+
+_Yngwa_, a northern province of Dagwumba, from the Ashantee _anggwa_,
+_fat, rich_, or the Booroom, _yngia_, _a wood_.
+
+_Soko_ from _Soko_, _one_, in the Badaggry (below Dahomy) as _Yahndi_
+the capital of Dagwumba was so called from _yahndo_ the numeral _one_,
+to indicate its pre-eminence.
+
+_Assin_ from the Ashantee _Assoon_, an elephant. But this expectation is
+not further supported in the two or three other probable etymologies
+which occur to me, as _Takima_ from the Ashantee _takramma_, tongue.
+_Akim_ (formerly the greatest trading country,) from the Booroom
+_Akimmie_, cloth; _Booroom_ from _boora_, full, in that language.
+
+It is curious how nearly the _word_ for _God_ in the Malemba,
+_M’Poungoo_, approaches the native name, _Empoongwa_, of the country
+Europeans call _Gaboon_. _Wonga_ is fear in the Malemba, and _Woonga-
+woonga_ is the name of an uninhabited savannah of three days extent,
+between Empoöngwa and Adjoomba.
+
+ 1. _Inta._ 2. 3. 4. _Aöwin._ 5.
+ _Booroom._ _Ashantee._ _Amanaheä._
+
+ One Koko Ekoo Akoon Aconë Aconë
+ (_a_)
+
+ Two Anyoe Enoo Anoo Enyow Enyow
+ (_b._)
+
+ Three Assa Essa Mensa Inza Insa
+ (_c_)
+
+ Four Anna Enna Ennung Inna Enna
+ (_d_)
+
+ Five Annoo Annoo Ennoom Noo Enoo
+ (_e_)
+
+ Six Assee Esseä Inseëä Inzeah Inseah
+ (_f_)
+
+ Seven Assoonno Assoono Inshong Inzoo Insoon
+ (_g_)
+
+ Eight Adoobrooa Aquiay Woquee Motteä Mottuay
+ (_h_)
+
+ Nine Digrakoono Akonno Oonkonnong Ongoona Ongona
+
+ Ten Koodoo Edoo Edoo Boloo Booloo
+ (_i_)
+
+ 6. _Ahanta_ 7. _Fantee_ 8. 9. 10.
+ _Affootoo_ _Inkran_ _Adampë_
+ [159]
+
+ One Akoon Akoor Achoomee Ekkoo Kakee
+
+ Two Ayue Abeeën Ennuë Ennuë
+
+ Three Assan Abiasseh Assah Ettayh
+
+ Four Arra Anan Annah Edjuë
+
+ Five Aoonoo Ennoom Ennoo Ennoomó
+
+ Six Ayshing Asseeä Isshin Eghpah
+
+ Seven Assooa Ashong Isshennooh Paghwooh
+
+ Eight Awotchay Awotwee Ettchee Paghnue
+
+ Nine Awonna Akoon Assan Nahoon
+
+ Ten Boonoo Edoo Eddoo Nongmah
+
+ 11. 12. 13. _Yngwa_ 14. _Hio_ 15. _Mosee_
+ _Kerrapay_ _Dagwumba_
+
+ One Eddee Yahndo Lakoo Innee Yimbo
+
+ Two Effee Ayee Ayee Eygee Ayeeboo
+
+ Three Eltong Attah Attah Etta Ataboo
+
+ Four Ennay Nasee Anāhee Ernee Annasee
+
+ Five Altong Ennoon Leerennoo Aroon Annoo
+
+ Six Adday Yohbee Ayoboo Effa Ayobee
+
+ Seven Adrinnee Poice Ayapaï Eggay Owhi
+
+ Eight Ennee Nehenoo Annee Eggo Ennee
+
+ Nine Indee Wyhee Awai Essun Aïhopoi
+
+ Ten Owoo Edoo Peä Eywaw Peega
+
+ 16. 17. _Gaman_ 18. _Kong_ 19. _Fobee_ 20.
+ _Kumsallahoo_ _Callana_
+
+ One Yumbo Tah Kiddee Koroom Kodoom
+
+ Two Yeebo Noo Filla Nalay Naboolla
+
+ Three Tabo Sah Sowa Poompevarra Nawedazoo
+
+ Four Nasee Nah Nanoo Leetaynalee Nabonaza
+
+ Five Annoo Taw Looroa Kakwassee Nabonoa
+
+ Six Yobo Torata Wora Mannassa Lodoo
+
+ Seven Poihee Toorifeenoo Ooranfilla Noottoosoo Logwa
+
+ Eight Nehee Toorifeessa Leeaygee Borafay Littaïzoo
+
+ Nine Wahee Toorifeena Konunto Pirrifay Nako
+
+ Ten Pega Noonoo Tah Nanooa Yewoo
+
+ 21. 22. 23. 24. 25.
+ _Bambarra_ _Garangi_ _Mallowa_ _Kallaghee_ _Bornoo_
+
+ One Killi Kerriminna Daia Gadee Leskar
+
+ Two Foolla Ferriminna Beeyoo Silill Ahndee
+
+ Three Sabba Sowaninna Okoo Quan Yaskar
+
+ Four Nani Firrima Odoo Foolloo Deegah
+
+ Five Looroo Fahtima Beä Vydee Ooögoo
+
+ Six Wora Tata Seddah Zoodoo Araskoo
+
+ Seven Worroola Mannima Becquay Etkassa Tooloor
+
+ Eight Sagi Pirima Tacquass Shiddowka Woskoo
+
+ Nine Konunto Missirima Tarra Woollaä Likkar
+
+ Ten Ta Gwahee Gwoma Woma Meeägoo
+
+ 26. _Maïha_ _Quolla- _Badaggry_ 27. 28.
+ liffa_ by Mr. _Sheekan_ _Kaylee_
+ by Mr. Hutchison.
+ Hutchison.
+
+ One Lagen Da Soko Ilwawtoe Woto
+
+ Two Indë Bue Auwee Ibba Ibba
+
+ Three Eäska Okoo Atong Bittach Battach
+
+ Four Daäger Hodoo Inna Binnay Binnay
+
+ Five Ohoo Bakwee Ato Bitta Bittan
+
+ Six Araska Shida Trukoo
+
+ Seven Tooloor Bockwa Chauto
+
+ Eight Weska Sidda Quouie
+
+ Nine Lekar Tarra Kennee
+
+ Ten Inagoon Goman Owoo Duëoom Duëoom
+
+ Twenty Emboomebba
+
+ Hundred Kama
+
+ 29. 30. 31.
+ _Oongoomo_ _Oongobaï_ _Empoöngwa._
+ See p.
+ 439 for
+ character.
+
+ One Wootta Rappeek Hemoödee
+
+ Two Beeba Ramboise Mban
+
+ Three Bittach Mittasee Ntcharoo
+
+ Four Binnay Binnay Nahee
+
+ Five Bitten Bittan Nehanee
+
+ Six Sambal Oroöba
+
+ Seven Bittooba Ragginnoömoo
+
+ Eight Bissamen Ennanahee
+
+ Nine Bwoi Eno go öm
+
+ Ten Deëoom Hegoöm
+
+(_a_) The words for the numeral one assimilate in the specimens 1, 2, 3,
+4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9: again, but distinctly, in 14, 12, 15, 16: also in 26,
+25, 13: in 21, 18, 20, 19: in 27, 28, 29, (making apparently five
+roots), but they remain solitary in 11, 17, 22, 23, 24 30 and 31. The
+numeral one in 14 is not unlike the two in 8, 9, 2, 3, and the one in
+12, would, with the prefix of y, be precisely the same as the two of 25.
+Excepting _Kakee_, _one_, the Inkran numerals seem to have been adopted
+as those of Adampë, for the convenience of trade and intercourse, but I
+will add a few words, to show that the languages are radically
+different:
+
+ _Adampë._ _Inkran._
+
+ House Aoosoo Wheay.
+
+ Fire [160]Odja Lla.
+
+ Man Ossa Noon.
+
+ Woman Ossĕ Yeo.
+
+ Victuals Odë Neeaynee.
+
+ Father Attay Tchay.
+
+ Mother Awoo Nneay.
+
+(_b_) The numeral _two_ is the most general word, and may be assimilated
+in 2, 3, 8, 9, 4, 5, 1, 6, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17. There is little
+difference between the numerals _two_ and _five_ in most of these, and
+_five_ in 15 and 16, precisely answers to _two_ in 1 and 2.
+
+(_c_) _Three_ may be assimilated in 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 13, 14, 15,
+16, 17. In 12, 13, 14, 16, it approaches to the Congo and Mozambique
+_tatoo_ and _atatoo_.
+
+(_d_) I have observed that in most African languages there is less
+distinction in the words for four and five, than between any other of
+the numerals and that frequently the word for _five_ in one language, is
+identical with that for _four_ in another, geographically remote. _Four_
+may be assimilated in 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 11, 6, 14, for the two latter
+deviate only in the substitution of one liquid for another, which is as
+common in the languages of Africa as in those of America. The words for
+four in the above suite do not seem of a different root from those in
+12, 13, 14, 15, 16, and 21, from which it only varies in 20 by the
+prefix of _nabo_. With the difference of a single letter, the same word
+for _four_ is found in the Yngwa (13) and the Empoöngwa (31) which are
+1000 miles distant. Four in Congo is _m’na_, in Empoöngwa, _nahee_.
+_Sanu_, the Kaffer _four_, is approached in 18.
+
+(_e_) Five may be assimilated from 1 to 17, (11 excepted) one liquid
+being substituted for another in 14, an _leer_ being prefixed in 13. It
+is remarkable too that we again identify this numeral in the Malemba,
+Embomma, and Empoöngwa languages, by removing the prefixes _t_, _to_,
+and _neh_, from the words _tanoo_, _toanoo_, and _nehanee_. Below five,
+the numerals in the Inkran lose all identity with those of the languages
+with which it has been hitherto assimilated.
+
+(_f_) _Six_ assimilates from 1 to 9, in 12 to 17 (14 excepted) in 20,
+23, 24, in 17 and 22; but remains distinct in all the others. The Sanbal
+of Oöngobai (30) approaches the Sambanoo of the Embomma.
+
+(_g_) _Seven_ assimilates in 1 to 9; in 12, 13, 16, but in no others.
+
+(_h_) _Eight_ assimilates in 2, 3, 6, 7; in 11 to 17, (14 excepted) all
+of which, with 31, approximate to E’nana, the word for eight in the
+Malemba.
+
+(_i_) _Ten_ assimilates in 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 12, in 4, 5, 6, in 17, 19, 25,
+26, 29, in 13, 15, and in 14, 20, 22, 23, 24.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+The following is the skeleton of a _Vocabulary_, of which the enlarged
+or perfect copy was blown out of the cabin-window, in a sudden squall,
+(with some specimens of music), during my voyage home.
+
+ |_English._| _Ashantee._ |_Fantee_[161].| _Booroom._ | _Various._
+ | | | | |
+ |Above |wattefee | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Advice |matoorh | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Afraid |osooroh | |efweedammee |
+ | | | | |
+ |Afternoon |inumirree |ingubirh |ennie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Again |impray | |meära |
+ | | | | |
+ |Alike |oninnisie | |minnamata |
+ | | | | |
+ |Alive |nannuwomie |uannekan |issaboobwaw |n’chema
+ | | | | |Malemba
+ | | | | |Inchema a
+ | | | | |fruit in
+ | | | | |Empoöngwa.
+ | | | | |
+ |All |nenarra | |inkaken |
+ | | | | |
+ |Alone |waunkoo | |ohwoorie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Angry |mōbwaf |moboäf |moobiaf |
+ | | | | |
+ |Another |ebissoo | |ekoo |
+ | | | | |
+ |Arm |wabow | |serrekoonkoo |
+ | | | | |
+ |Ashamed |wennatoo | |woifarrie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Asleep |werda |wadda |awdirrie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Awake |waihen | |otinnie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Back |wakee | |atterra |
+ | | | | |
+ |Bad |omoo | |ohmara |
+ | | | | |
+ |Bead |aoonee | |aboroo[162] |
+ | | | | |
+ |Beard |aboidwee | |annoque |the same
+ | | | | |as _chin_,
+ | | | | |a frequent
+ | | | | |surname.
+ | | | | |
+ |Beat |whaoonoo |wabomë |babeëm |
+ | | | | |
+ |Bed |empa | |kerray |
+ | | | | |
+ |Before |wawquoorasoo |waw_quan_ |oïyo |ovetide
+ | | | | |_quande_.
+ | | | | |Malemba.
+ | | | | |
+ |Beg |ekkaydie |_empoikeöw_ |dibbim |_mpanou_.
+ | | | | |Malemba.
+ | | | | |
+ |Behind |owakee | |odioterra |the noun
+ | | | | |_back_ with
+ | | | | |_o_ & _odia_
+ | | | | |prefixed
+ | | | | |
+ |Below |asnadie | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Big |kookrookoo | |otchwaw |
+ | | | | |
+ |Bird |anima | |abooree |for names of
+ | | | | |animals, see
+ | | | | |p. 328.
+ | | | | |
+ |Bite |whakum | |inkadooa |
+ | | | | |
+ |Black |tintoom | |oboobie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Blind |frafoo | |atenna |
+ | | | | |
+ |Blood |mugga | |moogga |menga. Mal.
+ | | | | |Emb.
+ | | | | |
+ |Boil |woaroo |wooworh |ohfoo |
+ | | | | |
+ |Bone |ebiou | |ebou |
+ | | | | |
+ |Boy |afra | |ayebee |
+ | | | | |
+ |Burn |whahim | |ohwho |
+ | | | | |
+ |Buy |mekoto | |meashoor |
+ | | | | |
+ |Call |aferen |afren |ateëm |
+ | | | | |
+ |Carry |atooron | |dumta |
+ | | | | |
+ |Catch |makin | |mekeeram |
+ | | | | |
+ |Change |wahseesun | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Cheeks |wafoon | |afeehe |
+ | | | | |
+ |Child |ebbah | |obee |
+ | | | | |
+ |Clean |wafie | |aulay |
+ | | | | |
+ |Cloth |ettum |entama |_akim_mie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Cold |oiwoo | |afoo |differs
+ | | | | |little from
+ | | | | |_boil_
+ | | | | |
+ |Come |rraba | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Cry |oroosoor | |orissoo |
+ | | | | |
+ |Cut |witwa | |wawtung |
+ | | | | |
+ |Dance |saw | |attcha |
+ | | | | |
+ |Dark |oiheesoom | |mayoo |
+ | | | | |
+ |Daughter |mebăbā | |mebee |_coomba_. Em.
+ | | | | |which is a
+ | | | | |common female
+ | | | | |name in Fantee
+ | | | | |
+ |Day[163] | | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Dead |wow | |ohoo |
+ | | | | |
+ |Deaf |nasheeasie |teetĭfoo |sinteelaboo |
+ | | | | |
+ |Deep |eboonie | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Devil |ayen[164] | | |Amoonie a
+ | | | | |proper name
+ | | | | |
+ |Dig |amoonna | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Door |aboo | |ebunabooná |
+ | | | | |
+ |Drink |noom | |noo |_noa_. Mal.
+ | | | | |_noi_. Em.
+ | | | | |
+ |Drop |wawto |awtarradi |otore |
+ | | | | |
+ |Drown |eboon | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Drunk |wassoo |wawboo |hassoo |
+ | | | | |
+ |Ear |assoor | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Eat |edee | | |_dea_. Mal.
+ | | | | |
+ |Egg |kessua |kirrifooa |akaddie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Empty |eppun | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Enough |ojëay | |obahrìe |
+ | | | | |
+ |Eye |wunnie |ennua |ennyass |
+ | | | | |
+ |Eyebrow |wunnĕwee |entun | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Face |wynim | |anyasirra |
+ | | | | |
+ |Far |akirh’ | |aterh’ |
+ | | | | |
+ |Fat |anggwa | |oomfoä |
+ | | | | |
+ |Father |aggáh | |missee |
+ | | | | |
+ |Fear |sooroo | |efweedam |
+ | | | | |
+ |Feather |takirrie | |eetta |
+ | | | | |
+ |Feel |_soom_whay | |kirrada |_seem_bede.
+ | | | | |Mal.
+ | | | | |Kirradee,
+ | | | | |a river of
+ | | | | |Booroom.
+ | | | | |
+ |Fetch |ekkoon | |becquaw |a town in
+ | | | | |Booroom
+ | | | | |
+ |Fifty |edoonoom | | |10. 5.
+ | | | | |
+ |Fight |orrokoo | |obuquooa |
+ | | | | |
+ |Fill |eënnama | |boorra |
+ | | | | |
+ |Find |maoo |maoon |maioom |
+ | | | | |
+ |Finger |insa | |eserrĭbee |
+ | | | | |
+ |Fire |ogiäh |egah |ogha |boogoom. Mosee
+ | | | | |
+ |Fish |enum | |eyay |
+ | | | | |
+ |Flower |nadjua | |ewooda |
+ | | | | |
+ |Fly |watoo | |oqueshoo |
+ | | | | |
+ |Fool |woigimmie |_abooa_ |woigimmie |booba. Mal.
+ | | | | |
+ |Foot |wannunsa | |aīah |
+ | | | | |
+ |Forget |moorafie | |sessĕro |
+ | | | | |
+ |Forgive |edimămoo | |inkawffinsow |
+ | | | | |
+ |Fowl |akoo | |karrabee |
+ | | | | |
+ |Friend |ankoo | |oonkoosĭba |
+ | | | | |
+ |Fruit |quadiäteä |impooa |quadiateä |
+ | | | | |
+ |Girl |bisēä | |otchay |
+ | | | | |
+ |Give |fummum | |tāsămi |
+ | | | | |
+ |Glad |yam |yamma |amirra |
+ | | | | |
+ |Go |kaw | |narry |
+ | | | | |
+ |God |yankoompon | |oodoobwarrie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Gold |sikkă | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Good |oëyay | |obwārie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Green |boioöma | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Grow |owynee |oeen |ohodan |
+ | | | | |
+ |Hair |hewhee | |hemoonie |Amoonie, a
+ | | | | |proper name.
+ | | | | |
+ |Half |effeh | |baggah |
+ | | | | |
+ |Hand |mensa | |assaddie |Mensa, a
+ | | | | |proper name.
+ | | | | |
+ |Handsome |oia | |obweefay |
+ | | | | |
+ |Hang |osesan | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Hard |oiătin | |oöqua |
+ | | | | |
+ |Head |tirrie | |egnoon |
+ | | | | |
+ |Hear |matr’ | |maynoon |
+ | | | | |
+ |Heart |akoomo | |akirrăbie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Heavy |oiadoor | |obodoor |
+ | | | | |
+ |Here |hah | |oomboh |
+ | | | | |
+ |Hide |mōhoo | |manghoo |
+ | | | | |
+ |High |essoor | |oskasoor |
+ | | | | |
+ |Hill |cooqua | |iffoo |
+ | | | | |
+ |Hit |aboor | |odum |
+ | | | | |
+ |Hold |soom | |karrara |
+ | | | | |
+ |Hole |watchoo | |osarrie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Horn |aben | |abay |
+ | | | | |
+ |Horse |panquaw | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Hot |oiayue | |owuegua |
+ | | | | |
+ |House |efee |odan |eban |paseebah,
+ | | | | |Kumsallahoo.
+ | | | | |deeo,
+ | | | | |Dagwumba.
+ | | | | |gidda,
+ | | | | |Mallowa.
+ | | | | |koopella,
+ | | | | |Mosee.
+ | | | | |Kokoopella,
+ | | | | |capital of
+ | | | | |ditto.
+ | | | | |
+ |Hundred |ehha | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Hungry |oquandummie |comagin |aquandum |
+ | | | | |
+ |Husband |mookoon | |mookooddie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Idle |nehuff | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Iron |dadee | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Jump |oroo | |fay |
+ | | | | |
+ |Keep |intamaseea |ysee |afeeërra |
+ | | | | |
+ |Kick |chayche | |orraychum |
+ | | | | |
+ |Kill |coom | |bamoem |
+ | | | | |
+ |King |ohennie | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Knot |eppo | |ippo |
+ | | | | |
+ |Know |innim | |nayoom |
+ | | | | |
+ |Lame |opakkie | |ebbeä |
+ | | | | |
+ |Land |fum |dadi |sebooroo |tenga. Mosee
+ | | | | |kaisa Mallo.
+ | | | | |
+ |Last |naddou | |afoorinay |
+ | | | | |
+ |Laugh |sicroo |sroo |orroomuss |
+ | | | | |
+ |Law |widdooffoo | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Lead |soomwie | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Learn |akirren | |ekērow |
+ | | | | |
+ |Leg |asirrie | |inwoonnie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Lie (down)|daoo | |oyadee |
+ | | | | |
+ |Lie |etwapō | |afoorenie |
+ |(falsity) | | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Little |kakra |kakrabi |bahttee |
+ | | | | |
+ |Long |ohwar’ | |ohbissay |
+ | | | | |
+ |Look |fway | |kaye |
+ | | | | |
+ |Love |poopa | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Mad |same as | | |
+ | |‘fool’ | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Man |binin | |oninnie |pagga, Kums.
+ | | | | |boodasa, Dag.
+ | | | | |noon, Accra.
+ | | | | |nedda, Mosee.
+ | | | | |moottanee,
+ | | | | |M. moontau,
+ | | | | |Male. muntu,
+ | | | | |Mozam.
+ | | | | |
+ |Many |peenarra | |otuä |
+ | | | | |
+ |Market |egwass |egoom |ebiass |
+ | | | | |
+ |Mat |keraw |empa |kerray |
+ | | | | |
+ |Mend |pam | |bărā |
+ | | | | |
+ |Moon |serrānee |boossoom |ofoorie |wattacha,
+ | | | | |Ku. marraga,
+ | | | | |Dag. oöota
+ | | | | |Mallowa.
+ | | | | |choogoo, Mos.
+ | | | | |
+ |More |mambissoo | |samoko |
+ | | | | |
+ |Mother |mna |minna |minnee |nneay, Accra.
+ | | | | |
+ |Mouth |wannoom |ennoom |annoo |
+ | | | | |
+ |Much |dooroo | |otchoo |
+ | | | | |
+ |Nails |oomboiray | |ungwarrie |‘_unguis_’
+ | | | | |
+ |Name | |dgin | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Neck |ekkone | |ekkoona |
+ | | | | |
+ |Nest |anĭmaboo | | |anĭma,
+ | | | | |a bird.
+ | | | | |Annămāboo, a
+ | | | | |Fantee town.
+ | | | | |
+ |Net |ebbwau | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Never |dabbiada | |as _no!_ |
+ | | | | |
+ |New |fofoor | |ofroofoo |
+ | | | | |
+ |No |dabbi | |an |
+ | | | |inarticulate |
+ | | | |noise with |
+ | | | |the lips |
+ | | | |closed |
+ | | | | |
+ |Noise |deddie | |boolāo |
+ | | | | |
+ |Nose |ewhin | |ewhoonie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Oil |engoo | |oomfwaie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Old |quodda | |aquŏdā |
+ | | | | |
+ |Open |boi | |booë |
+ | | | | |
+ |Owe |mintēka |dinnekow |indāqua |
+ | | | | |
+ |Pay |tchamkou | |kamëquow |
+ | | | | |
+ |Play |agoor’ | |feearee |
+ | | | | |
+ |Poison |otoowādoo | |otoowādoo |
+ | | | | |
+ |Poor |haynil | |ohēä |
+ | | | | |
+ |Pot |quonsun | |adinna |
+ | | | | |
+ |Pregnant |orrŏhoo | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Present |wahoo | |okōë |
+ |(gift) | | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Pull |twin | |sheeay |
+ | | | | |
+ |Quarrel |irriquaw |orriyow |batōë |
+ | | | | |
+ |Quick |tetimrĭka | |serrie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Quiet |gyaë |yafoo |yaië |
+ | | | | |
+ |Rain |osoorăba |yankoom |bwārie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Rat |quissie | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Red |memmia |betcheä |okooquaw |
+ | | | | |
+ |Ring |inkaä | |apateä |
+ | | | | |
+ |River |bāk | |oboom |
+ | | | | |
+ |Rob |odomādi | |odoiyā |
+ | | | | |
+ |Round |kandinginnŭma| |koorookooddie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Run |gwan | |serrie |as ‘_quick_,’
+ | | | | |B. sirr, run,
+ | | | | |Arabic.
+ | | | | |
+ |Salt |inkkim | |imfoorie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Sand |aghweä | |issay |
+ | | | | |
+ |Say |assie |ass |aberrie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Sea |eppoo | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |See |aweeh | |akayh |
+ | | | | |
+ |Sell |tum | |fah |
+ | | | | |
+ |Send |wahsmum | |ocheow |
+ | | | | |
+ |Shake |wosoo | |ediddie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Shell |oorabba | |owoora |
+ | | | | |
+ |Short |takoteä |tchaba |akoteä |
+ | | | | |
+ |Shut |toom | |toroo |
+ | | | | |
+ |Sick |yirrie |yarrie |mimmielal |
+ | | | | |
+ |Silver |gwettay | |odume |
+ | | | | |
+ |Sing |enyoom | |ennum |
+ | | | | |
+ |Sister |akirrawa |akirrăba |moofwa |
+ | | | | |
+ |Sit |tinnahoe |kooaugh |tchinna |
+ | | | | |
+ |Sleep |waughda | |oädie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Smell |gwooa | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Smoke |wishshue | |djessie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Soft |mirrou | |omooqua |
+ | | | | |
+ |Son |ebba | |ebee |
+ | | | | |
+ |Sorry |oimiyow | |boomega |
+ | | | | |
+ |Speak |akas | |osasin |
+ | | | | |
+ |Stand |ginnaoh |ginnah |yerrie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Steal |wawwoo |weyweädie |oëwee |windega, Kum.
+ | | | | |wintanga,
+ | | | | |Dag. lana,
+ | | | | |Mallowa.
+ | | | | |
+ |Strong |waginna |ohwidein |oshoneyöo |
+ | | | | |
+ |Sun |ayowea | |oöe |As an
+ | | | | |exclamation
+ | | | | |of wonder.
+ | | | | |
+ |Swear |shua | | |
+ | | | | |
+ |Sweet |oiaday |oiadow |obooding |
+ | | | | |
+ |Swim |abhoorh | |abboor |
+ | | | | |
+ |Soil |afoonna | |affung |
+ | | | | |
+ |Tail |dooah | |odoo |
+ | | | | |
+ |Take |afwa | |maytah |
+ | | | | |
+ |Tell |abim | |aiyow |
+ | | | | |
+ |Thief |krumfoe |aiwee |ohwie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Throat |komen | |ekoonnie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Throw |too | |ohtoo |
+ | | | | |
+ |Tie |tittieh |kikhieh |keay |
+ | | | | |
+ |To-morrow |otchinna |akinna |otchay |
+ | | | | |
+ |Tongue |takramma | |dannoo |
+ | | | | |
+ |Tooth |essie | |engyie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Touch |kah | |tah |
+ | | | | |
+ |Town |croom | |eban |
+ | | | | |
+ |Tree |dooa | |assah |dawgo, Kums.
+ | | | | |dawro, Dagw.
+ | | | | |rahoo, Mosee.
+ | | | | |ittachee,
+ | | | | |Mall. chee,
+ | | | | |Embom.
+ | | | | |
+ |True |umpa | |kerram |
+ | | | | |
+ |Turn |dahen | |darie |
+ | | | | |
+ |Twenty |eddooän | |edooh |
+ | | | | |
+ |Wake |wyen | |otinnie |
+ | | | | |
+ |[165]Walk |nanchoo | |narree |
+ | | | | |
+ |Warm |oyahue | |obiguh |
+ | | | | |
+ |Wash |gwarr | |orrohooroo |
+ | | | | |
+ |Water |inshoo |insoo |inta |kome, Kumsal.
+ | | | | |looa,
+ | | | | |Mallowa.
+ | | | | |quom, Mosee.
+ | | | | |
+ |Weep |oroosoo |oroosoo |oreesh |
+ | | | | |
+ |White |foofoo | |intoofoofoorie|Intiffa, a
+ | | | | |proper name.
+ | | | | |
+ |Wife |ayerh | |mekkah |
+ | | | | |
+ |Wild |wadoohem |wadoohem |dooafay |
+ | | | | |
+ |Wind |ooframma | |affoo |
+ | | | | |
+ |Wing |ataban | |ittay |
+ | | | | |
+ |Woman |bisea | |tchee |
+ | | | | |
+ |Work |adjooma | |orilaloo |adawwah, Ku.
+ | | | | |matah, Mallow.
+ | | | | |
+ |Year |affrieyay | |otee |
+ | | | | |
+ |Yes |yeö | |matee |
+ | | | | |
+ |Yesterday |endodra |ennida |indeay |
+
+
+ * * * * *
+ London: Printed by W. Bulmer and Co.
+ Cleveland-row, St. James’s.
+
+
+[Footnote 159: _Inkran_, an _ant_, is the native name of the country
+Europeans call _Accra_, which name was probably given by the Portuguese
+to their settlement there (the earliest they made according to the
+traditions of the natives) to commemorate the voyage of Hanno; Accra
+being one of the five cities raised by him between the Soloe Promontory,
+or Cape Bojador, and the River Lixus or Ouro.]
+
+[Footnote 160: This word approximates to _ogha_, _ogiah_, and _egah_,
+the words for _fire_ in the Booroom, Ashantee, and Fantee: but all the
+other Adampë words I have ever heard, cannot be assimilated to those
+which denote the same objects in any other African language.]
+
+[Footnote 161: Where there is no word in the Fantee column, it is the
+same as the Ashantee.]
+
+[Footnote 162: I have before stated (Superstitions, p. 270.) that
+_aggry_ is a generic name, probably exotic, of the derivation of which
+the Negroes are wholly ignorant. It is remarkable that the Boorooms call
+these beads _sikka koonkoorie_, and never use the common word for _bead_
+(aboroo,) when they speak of them: this name imports their value
+(_sikka_ being _gold_) and one would fancy something connected with
+their locality, _Koonkoorie_ being a range of hills seven days northward
+of Kong, (see p. 182.) but I never could obtain the least explanation on
+this subject from the natives.]
+
+[Footnote 163: They distinguish different times of the day, thus
+
+ Morning, or before 12. napa.
+
+ Mid-day, or 12. aweeabillee aweeabil emfass.
+
+ Afternoon, 4. ingubee noobwawss.
+
+ Evening, 6. adiasa adjasa eybeen.
+
+ Night noofa aniaberra.
+]
+
+[Footnote 164: This reminds me that I ought to have noticed, in the
+Superstitions of Ashantee, that they believe the devil to be a wandering
+evil spirit, occasionally entering into a human being, immediately to be
+destroyed for the safety of mankind.]
+
+[Footnote 165: It is curious that in both these radically distinct
+languages, the verb _walk_ should assimilate so closely to the noun
+_cow_.]
+
+
+
+
+Transcriber's note:
+
+
+ The changes in the ERRATA regarding the text have been made.
+
+ Inconsistent chapter numbering between Contents and Part I of the text
+ has been left as is.
+
+ pg 19, Changed: "place 1° 46′ 30′ W. and" to: "30″"
+
+ pg 22, Changed: "The courses N. ½ N. N. W. ¼ N. b W. ⅛." to: "N.½,
+ N.N.W.¼, N.bW.⅛."
+
+ pg 23, Changed: "the courses N. ⅓ N. b W. ⅕." to: "N.⅓, N.bW.⅕."
+
+ pg 36, Changed: "their long Danish mukets" to: "muskets"
+
+ pg 40, Changed: "minors, or young caboceeers" to: "caboceers"
+
+ pg 45, Changed: "and again,) “that he thanked" to: "and again,) that
+ he thanked"
+
+ pg 49, Changed: "my captains. “The Dutch" to: "my captains. The Dutch"
+
+ pg 63, Changed: "an ouline of the Fantee war" to: "outline"
+
+ pg 94, Changed: "inauspicious circumstance has been unvoidable" to:
+ "unavoidable"
+
+ pg 98, Added ” after: "he will do you good:"
+
+ pg 108, Changed: "I sent a cane to Adooçee" to: "Adocee"
+
+ pg 110, Changed: "promised that I shoul hear from him" to: "should"
+
+ pg 132, Changed: "into every trivial occurrrence" to: "occurrence"
+
+ pg 145, Changed: "have more to-morrow ”" to: "have more to-morrow;”"
+
+ pg 151, Changed: "I had exeprienced whilst" to: "experienced"
+
+ pg 196, footnote 37, Added “ before "The Chaymas"
+
+ pg 204, footnote 47, Changed: "of Arabs) “Wadie." to: "of Arabs)
+ Wadie."
+
+ pg 253, Changed: "exercising his judical authority" to: "judicial"
+
+ pg 256, Changed: "accused against arbitary judgment" to: "arbitrary"
+
+ pg 268 (270), footnote 83, Changed: "inlaid, at it were, in the body"
+ to: "as it were"
+
+ pg 268 (271), footnote 83, Added ” after "ignorant of their origin."
+
+ pg 279, Changed: "the tribatary chiefs who pay but" to: "tributary"
+
+ pg 288, Changed: "discharge of muketry, proportionate" to: "musketry"
+
+ pg 322, Changed: "with 1000 mukets you could not" to: "muskets"
+
+ pg 333, Changed: "as a corrective to the unplatable" to: "unpalatable"
+
+ pg 345 (346), footnote 112, Changed: "we are asily mistaken" to:
+ "easily"
+
+ pg 348, footnote 113, Added “ at the start.
+
+ pg 352, Changed: "corsespond exactly in meaning" to: "correspond"
+
+ pg 419, Changed: "wow!” “death! “death" to: "wow!” “death! death"
+
+ pg 433, footnote 132, Changed: "spoke to agreeing tha after" to:
+ "that"
+
+ pg 451, Changed: "and phrenzy of the perfomer" to: "performer"
+
+ pg 469, Changed: "clompletely blockaded on the land-side" to:
+ "completely"
+
+ pg 473, Changed: "bring future good conse-sequences" to:
+ "consequences"
+
+ pg 479, footnote 149, Changed: "or ship, “adding, that" to: "or ship,
+ adding, that"
+
+ pg 479-480, The footnote 152 referred to in the text is missing.
+
+ pg 484, footnote 157, Changed: "had the advanage of correcting" to:
+ "advantage"
+
+ pg 487, Changed: "Shagho — شَيْعُ" to: "شَيْغُ"
+
+ pg 487, Changed: "Rakka — رَافَا" to: "رَاقَا"
+
+ pg 491, Changed: "Yajoury (doubtlels Yawoorie)" to: "doubtless"
+
+ pg 492, Changed: "Massir — سصر" to: "مصر"
+
+ Minor changes in punctuation have been done silently.
+
+ Other spelling inconsistencies have been left unchanged.
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 77375 ***
diff --git a/77375-h/77375-h.htm b/77375-h/77375-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8cb1ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/77375-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,36443 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html lang="en">
+<head>
+<title>Mission from Cape Coast Castle to Ashantee | Project
+Gutenberg</title>
+<meta charset="utf-8">
+<link rel="icon" href="images/cover.jpg" type="image/x-cover">
+<style>
+body {
+ margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+}
+h1
+{
+ text-align: center;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ font-weight: normal;
+ line-height: 2;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 0;
+ clear: both;
+}
+h2 {
+ font-size: 110%;
+ text-align: center;
+ font-weight: normal;
+ line-height: 1.1;
+ margin-top: 2em;
+ page-break-before: always;
+ clear: both;
+}
+h2.nopb {
+ page-break-before: avoid;
+}
+h3 {
+ font-size: 110%;
+ margin-top: 2em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ font-weight: normal;
+ text-align: center;
+ page-break-before: avoid;
+ clear: both;
+}
+hr.chap {
+ color: Gray;
+ background-color: Gray;
+ width: 65%;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 2em;
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+ clear: both;
+}
+hr.decor {
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+ clear: both;
+}
+hr.decordb {
+ border-bottom: 5px double black;
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+ clear: both;
+}
+hr.decordb2 {
+ border-top: 5px double black;
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+ clear: both;
+}
+hr.spaced2 {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+hr.spaced3 {
+ margin-top: 1.5em;
+ margin-bottom: 1.5em;
+}
+.pb {
+ page-break-before: always;
+}
+.x-ebookmaker hr.chap { display: none; visibility: hidden; }
+.spaced2 {
+ line-height: 2;
+}
+.spaced17 {
+ line-height: 1.7;
+}
+.space-above1 {
+ margin-top: 1em;
+}
+.space-above15 {
+ margin-top: 1.5em;
+}
+.space-below1 {
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+.letter-spaced {
+ letter-spacing: 0.05em;
+}
+.letter-spaced01 {
+ letter-spacing: 0.1em;
+}
+.letter-spaced02 {
+ letter-spacing: 0.2em;
+}
+.letter-spaced03 {
+ letter-spacing: 0.3em;
+}
+.word-spaced03 {
+ word-spacing: 0.3em;
+}
+.word-spaced10 {
+ word-spacing: 1.6em;
+}
+a.tnoteref {
+ text-decoration: none;
+}
+.tnoteref:after {
+ content: '¶';
+}
+.nind {
+ text-indent: 0;
+}
+p.dcap {
+ text-indent: 0
+ }
+p.dcap:first-letter {
+ font-size: 150%;
+ }
+.ind {
+ text-indent: 1.5em;
+}
+.hang0 {
+ text-indent: -1em;
+ padding-left: 1em;
+ }
+.hang1 {
+ text-indent: -1em;
+ padding-left: 1em;
+ }
+.hang2 {
+ text-indent: -1em;
+ padding-left: 4em;
+ }
+.hang4 {
+ text-indent: -1em;
+ padding-left: 5em;
+ }
+.publisher {
+ margin-top: 3em;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ line-height: 1.5;
+ letter-spacing: 0.1em;
+ text-align: center;
+ text-indent: 0;
+}
+p {
+ text-align: justify;
+ text-indent: 1.5em;
+ line-height: 1.2;
+ max-width: 1200px;
+ margin: auto;
+ margin-top: .51em;
+ margin-bottom: .49em;
+}
+.xxlarge {
+ font-size: 170%;
+}
+.xlarge {
+ font-size: 140%;
+}
+.large {font-size: 110%;}
+.less {font-size: 95%;}
+.med {font-size: 85%;}
+.small {font-size: 75%;}
+.bold {font-weight: bold;}
+.omis {
+ word-spacing: 0.3em;
+}
+.arabic {
+}
+.sc {
+ font-variant: small-caps;
+ }
+.sc2 {
+ font-variant: small-caps;
+ font-size: 80%;
+ }
+.center {
+ text-align: center;
+ text-indent: 0;
+ }
+.pad20pc {
+ padding-left: 20%
+ }
+.pad2 {
+ padding-left: 2em
+ }
+.pad3 {
+ padding-left: 3em
+ }
+.pad4 {
+ padding-left: 4em
+ }
+.pad6 {
+ padding-left: 6em
+ }
+.pad-right2 {
+ padding-right: 2em
+ }
+.pad-right4 {
+ padding-right: 4em
+ }
+.pad-right6 {
+ padding-right: 6em
+ }
+.pad-right8 {
+ padding-right: 8em
+ }
+.pad-right12 {
+ padding-right: 12em
+ }
+.right {
+ text-align: right;
+ }
+.sch1 {
+ text-indent: 0;
+ text-align: center;
+ font-size: 90%;
+ margin-bottom: 1.5em;
+}
+.sch2 {
+ font-size: 110%;
+ text-indent: 0;
+ text-align: center;
+}
+.sch3 {
+ font-size: 90%;
+ text-indent: 0;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ text-align: center;
+}
+.sch4 {
+ font-size: 100%;
+ text-indent: 0;
+ text-align: center;
+}
+.footnotes {
+ border: dashed 1px;
+ max-width: 1200px;
+ margin: auto;
+}
+.footnote {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+ margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 5%;
+ font-size: 90%;
+}
+.note {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+ margin-left: 5%;
+ margin-right: 5%;
+}
+.footnote .label {
+ float: left;
+ margin-left: -12%;
+ text-align: right;
+}
+.subft {
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+ margin-left: 17%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+ font-size: 90%;
+}
+.subft .label {
+ float: left;
+ margin-left: -12%;
+ text-align: right;
+}
+.fnanchor {
+ vertical-align: super;
+ font-size: .8em;
+ text-decoration: none;
+ font-style: normal;
+ font-weight: normal;
+}
+.pagenum {
+ position: absolute;
+ left: 92%;
+ font-size: small;
+ text-align: right;
+ font-style: normal;
+ font-weight: normal;
+ font-variant: normal;
+ letter-spacing: normal;
+ color: silver;
+ text-indent: 0;
+}
+.sidenote {
+ width: 10em;
+ float: left;
+ margin-left: -11em;
+ margin-top: 0;
+ margin-right: 0;
+ padding: 0 0 0 0;
+ font-size: 75%;
+ text-indent: 0;
+ text-align: center;
+ line-height: 1.1em;
+ clear: left;
+ }
+@media screen and (max-width: 1300px) {
+.sidenote {
+ width: 6em;
+ margin-left: -7em;
+ font-size: 65%;
+ }
+}
+@media screen and (max-width: 800px) {
+.sidenote {
+ font-size: 65%;
+ font-weight: bold;
+ width: 6em;
+ max-width: 6em;
+ min-width: 6em;
+ margin: .7em 1em 0 0;
+ padding: .2em .2em .2em .3em;
+ }
+}
+.x-ebookmaker .sidenote {
+ font-size: 65%;
+ font-weight: bold;
+ width: 6em;
+ max-width: 6em;
+ min-width: 6em;
+ margin: .7em 1em 0 0;
+ padding: .2em .2em .2em .3em;
+ }
+.linegrp-container {
+ text-align: center
+ }
+.linegrp {
+ display: inline-block;
+ text-align: left;
+ font-size: 90%;
+ }
+.linegrp .group {
+ margin: 1em 0 1em 0
+ }
+.linegrp2 {
+ display: inline-block;
+ text-align: left;
+ }
+.linegrp2 .group {
+ margin: 0 0 0 0
+ }
+.line {
+ padding-left: 3em;
+ line-height: 1.4em;
+ }
+.indent-4 {
+ text-indent: -5em
+ }
+.indent-2 {
+ text-indent: -4em
+ }
+.indent0 {
+ text-indent: -3em
+ }
+.indent2 {
+ text-indent: -2em
+ }
+.indent4 {
+ text-indent: -1em
+ }
+ul.simple1 {
+ list-style-type: none;
+ padding: 0.5em;
+ text-align: left;
+ max-width: 50em;
+ margin: auto;
+}
+ul.simple1 > li {
+ padding-top: 0.1em;
+ text-indent: -1em;
+ padding-left: 1em;
+}
+ul.simple2 {
+ list-style-type: none;
+ padding: 0.5em;
+ text-align: left;
+ max-width: 40em;
+ margin: auto;
+}
+ul.simple2 > li {
+ padding-top: 0.1em;
+ text-indent: -3em;
+ padding-left: 3em;
+}
+ul.simple3 {
+ list-style-type: none;
+ padding: 0.5em;
+ text-align: left;
+ max-width: 25em;
+ margin: auto;
+}
+ul.simple3 > li {
+ padding-top: 0.1em;
+ text-indent: -1em;
+ padding-left: 1em;
+}
+div.margins {
+ width: 1200px;
+ max-width: 100%;
+ margin: auto;
+}
+.cols {
+}
+.divcol1 {
+ width: 50%;
+ float: left;
+ padding-right: 0.3em;
+ border-right: thin solid;
+ display: inline-block;
+}
+@media screen and (max-width: 800px) {
+.divcol1 {
+ width: 100%;
+ float: none;
+ border-right: none;
+ margin-bottom: 2em;
+}
+}
+.x-ebookmaker .divcol1 {
+ width: 100%;
+ float: none;
+ border-right: none;
+ margin-bottom: 2em;
+}
+.divcol2 {
+ width: 49%;
+ float: right;
+ display: inline-block;
+}
+@media screen and (max-width: 800px) {
+.divcol2 {
+ width: 100%;
+ float: none;
+}
+}
+.x-ebookmaker .divcol2 {
+ width: 100%;
+ float: none;
+}
+div.page {
+ text-align: center;
+ page-break-before: always;
+}
+div.titlepage {
+ text-align: center;
+ page-break-before: always;
+ page-break-inside: avoid;
+ margin: auto;
+ margin-top: 4em;
+}
+@media screen and (max-width: 1500px) {
+div.titlepage {
+ font-size: 85%;
+}
+}
+.x-ebookmaker div.titlepage {
+ font-size: 80%;
+}
+.transnote {
+ background-color: #E6E6FA;
+ color: black;
+ font-size:smaller;
+ padding:0.5em;
+ font-family:sans-serif, serif;
+}
+table {
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+ font-size: 100%;
+}
+table.toc {
+ max-width: 40em;
+ font-size: 90%;
+}
+table.toi {
+ max-width: 40em;
+ font-size: 90%;
+}
+table.toc td, table.toi td {
+ padding-top: 0.25em;
+ padding-bottom: 0.25em;
+ padding-right: 0.4em;
+ word-spacing: 0.1em;
+}
+.blb {
+ border-left-width: 1px;
+ border-left-style: solid;
+ border-bottom-width: 1px;
+ border-bottom-style: solid;
+}
+.liner {
+ border-right-width: 1px;
+ border-right-style: solid;
+}
+.blt {
+ border-left-width: 1px;
+ border-left-style: solid;
+ border-top-style: solid;
+ border-top-width: 1px;
+}
+.brb {
+ border-right-width: 1px;
+ border-right-style: solid;
+ border-bottom-width: 1px;
+ border-bottom-style: solid;
+}
+.brt {
+ border-right-width: 1px;
+ border-right-style: solid;
+ border-top-style: solid;
+ border-top-width: 1px;
+}
+table td.gap05 {
+ height: 0.5em;
+}
+table td.width-brace1 {
+ width: 0.5em;
+}
+table.bd-collapse {
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+}
+.tabw60 {
+ width: 60em;
+ max-width: 100%;
+}
+.x-ebookmaker .tabw60 {
+ width: 100%;
+}
+.tabw50 {
+ width: 50em;
+ max-width: 100%;
+}
+.x-ebookmaker .tabw50 {
+ width: 100%;
+}
+.vocab1 {
+ width: 50em;
+ max-width: 100%;
+}
+.vocab1 td {
+ padding-left: 1em;
+}
+.x-ebookmaker .vocab1 {
+ width: 100%;
+}
+.tabw40 {
+ width: 40em;
+ max-width: 100%;
+}
+.x-ebookmaker .tabw40 {
+ width: 100%;
+}
+.tabw30 {
+ width: 30em;
+ max-width: 100%;
+}
+.x-ebookmaker .tabw30 {
+ width: 100%;
+}
+table.borders1 {
+ margin: 1em auto 1em auto;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ border: thin solid;
+}
+table.borders1 td {
+ padding: 0.3em;
+ border-right: thin solid;
+}
+.x-ebookmaker table.borders1 td {
+ padding: 0;
+ font-size: 70%;
+}
+table.borders2 {
+ margin: 1em auto 1em auto;
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+}
+table.borders2 td, table.borders2 th {
+ padding: 0.3em;
+ border-right: thin solid;
+}
+.borders2 td:last-child, .borders2 th:last-child {
+ border-right: none;
+}
+.borders1 td:last-child {
+ border-right: none;
+}
+.borders1 th {
+ border-right: thin solid;
+ border-bottom: thin solid ;
+}
+.x-ebookmaker .borders1 th {
+ padding: 0;
+ font-size: 60%;
+}
+.borders1 th.bdless-right, .borders1 td.bdless-right {
+ border-right: none;
+}
+.borders2 th.bdless-right, .borders2 td.bdless-right {
+ border-right: none;
+}
+.x-ebookmaker table.xwide td {
+ padding: 0;
+ font-size: 70%;
+}
+.x-ebookmaker table.xwide th {
+ padding: 0;
+ font-size: 70%;
+}
+table td.sect2 {
+ padding-top: 2em;
+ padding-bottom: 1.5em;
+}
+th.sect2 {
+ padding-top: 0.75em;
+ padding-bottom: 0.5em;
+}
+table td.pad-right1 {
+ padding-right: 1em;
+}
+table td.pad-right2 {
+ padding-right: 2em;
+}
+table td.pad2 {
+ padding-left: 2em;
+}
+div.sign1 {
+ width: 14em;
+ margin-right: 0;
+ margin-left: auto;
+}
+div.sign1 > p {
+ text-align: left;
+ text-indent: 0;
+}
+table.sign2 {
+ margin-right: 0;
+ margin-left: auto;
+}
+table.sign2 td:first-child {
+ padding-right: 2em;
+}
+div.sign3 {
+ width: 15em;
+ margin-left: 0;
+ margin-right: auto;
+}
+div.sign3 > p {
+ text-align: center;
+ text-indent: 0;
+}
+div.sign4 {
+ width: 25em;
+ max-width: 100%;
+ margin-left: 0;
+ margin-right: auto;
+}
+div.sign4 > p {
+ text-align: center;
+ text-indent: 0;
+}
+table.ptab {
+ margin-left: 0;
+ margin-right: auto;
+}
+table.ptab2 {
+ margin-left: 4em;
+ margin-right: auto;
+}
+table.padded1 td:first-child {
+ padding-right: 2em;
+}
+table.padded1b td:first-child {
+ padding-right: 1em;
+}
+table.padded2 td:first-child, table.padded2 th:first-child {
+ padding-right: 2em;
+}
+table.padded2 td:nth-child(2), table.padded2 th:nth-child(2) {
+ padding-right: 2em;
+}
+table.padded3 td, table.padded3 th {
+ padding-right: 2em;
+}
+table.paddedcol4 td:nth-child(4) {
+ padding-left: 2em;
+}
+table.paddedcol5 td:nth-child(5) {
+ padding-left: 2em;
+}
+table.paddedcols3-5 td:nth-child(3) {
+ padding-left: 2em;
+}
+table.paddedcols3-5 td:nth-child(5) {
+ padding-left: 2em;
+}
+table.paddedcol5 td:nth-child(5) {
+ padding-left: 2em;
+}
+th {
+ font-weight: normal;
+ text-align: center;
+}
+th.hang1 {
+ text-align: left;
+ text-indent: -1em;
+ padding-left: 1em;
+}
+.x-ebookmaker th.hang1 {
+ text-align: center;
+ text-indent: 0;
+ padding-left: 0;
+}
+td, td > p {
+ margin-top: 0.25em;
+ line-height: 1.1em;
+}
+.bt {
+ border-top: thin solid black;
+}
+.tdl-top {
+ text-align: left;
+ vertical-align: top;
+ }
+.tdl-bot {
+ text-align: left;
+ vertical-align: bottom;
+ }
+.tdr-top {
+ text-align: right;
+ vertical-align: top;
+ }
+.tdr-bot {
+ text-align: right;
+ vertical-align: bottom;
+ }
+.tdl {text-align: left;}
+.tdr {text-align: right;}
+.tdc {text-align: center;}
+.width-full {
+ width: 100%;
+}
+.width20 {
+ width: 20em;
+}
+.width15 {
+ width: 15em;
+}
+.width12 {
+ width: 12em;
+}
+.width10 {
+ width: 10em;
+}
+.width8 {
+ width: 8em;
+}
+.width6 {
+ width: 6em;
+}
+.col1 { width: 40%; }
+.col2 { width: 20%; }
+.col3 { width: 17%; }
+.col4 { width: 16%; }
+.col5 { width: 15%; }
+.col6 { width: 10%; }
+.col7 { width: 5%; }
+div.plate {
+ page-break-before: always;
+ margin: auto;
+ margin-top: 2em;
+ margin-bottom: 2em;
+ text-align: center;
+}
+.x-ebookmaker div.plate {
+ margin-top: 0;
+}
+div.figcenter {
+ margin: auto;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ text-align: center;
+ max-width: 100%;
+}
+figure {
+ display: inline-block;
+ margin: 0 auto;
+ text-align: center;
+ max-width: 100%;
+}
+figure p {
+ text-indent: 0;
+ margin-top: 0;
+ margin-bottom: 0;
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+ }
+figure p.cp1 {
+ margin-top: 0.3em;
+ text-align: center;
+ font-size: 90%;
+}
+figure p.cpmu {
+ margin-top: 0.3em;
+ text-align: center;
+ font-size: 100%;
+}
+figure p.ipubb {
+ text-align: center;
+ font-size: 65%;
+ margin-top: 0;
+}
+table td.ipub {
+ font-size: 65%;
+ width: 33%;
+}
+figure p.ipub {
+ text-align: center;
+ margin-top: 0.3em;
+ font-size: 65%;
+}
+figure p.ipubr {
+ text-align: right;
+ margin-top: 0.3em;
+ font-size: 65%;
+}
+.ipubr {
+ text-align: right;
+ margin-top: 0.3em;
+ font-size: 65%;
+}
+figure p.cpr {
+ text-align: right;
+ margin-top: 0;
+ font-size: 70%;
+}
+figure p.cpm1 {
+ text-align: center;
+ margin-top: 0.1em;
+ font-size: 100%;
+ border-bottom: thin dashed gray;
+}
+figure p.cpm2 {
+ text-align: center;
+ font-size: 90%;
+}
+figure p.cpm3 {
+ margin-bottom: 0.3em;
+ text-align: center;
+ font-size: 100%;
+}
+ul.cplist {
+ list-style-type: none;
+ padding: 0.5em;
+ text-align: left;
+ margin: auto;
+}
+ul.cplist > li {
+ font-size: 85%;
+ padding-top: 0.1em;
+ text-indent: -1em;
+ padding-left: 1em;
+}
+img {
+ width: inherit;
+ max-width: 100%;
+}
+.iwsym1 { width: 0.75em; }
+.iwsym2 { width: 0.5em; }
+.iw1 { width: 900px; }
+.iw2 { width: 830px; }
+.iw3 { width: 575px; }
+.iw4 { width: 575px; }
+.iw5 { width: 350px; }
+.iw6 { width: 500px; }
+</style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<div style='text-align:center'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 77375 ***</div>
+<div class="margins">
+
+<div class="transnote x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<p class="center">Large-size versions of illustrations are available by
+clicking on them.</p>
+</div>
+<p class="space-above15 x-ebookmaker-drop"></p>
+<div class="page">
+<hr class="decordb width15">
+
+<p class="center spaced2"><span class=
+"letter-spaced02">MISSION</span><br>
+<span class="small">TO</span><br>
+<span class="large"><span class=
+"letter-spaced03">ASHANTE</span>E.</span>
+</p>
+
+<hr class="decordb2 width15">
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<div class="plate">
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="map1">
+<p class="cpm1">A Map<br class="x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<em>shewing the</em><br class="x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<em><span class="med"><span class="sc">Discoveries &
+Improvements</span></span></em><br class="x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<em>in the</em> Geography <em>of</em><br class="x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<span class="sc xlarge">Western Africa</span><br class=
+"x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<em>resulting from the</em><br class="x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<em><span class="sc">Mission</span> to <span class=
+"sc">Ashantee</span></em><br class="x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<em>by</em><br class="x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<em>T. E. Bowdich</em><br class="x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<em>Conductor</em><br class="x-ebookmaker-drop">
+1817</p>
+
+<p class="cpm2"><em><span class="sc">Reported
+Courses</span></em><br class="x-ebookmaker-drop">
+of the<br class="x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<span class="sc">Niger</span> to the <span class=
+"sc">Nile</span>,<br class="x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<span class="sc">Gambaroo</span> to <span class=
+"sc">Caudee</span>,<br class="x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<span class="sc">Oogooawai</span> to the <span class=
+"sc">Congo</span>.</p>
+<a href="images/map1_large.jpg"><img src='images/map1.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+<table class="width-full">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl ipub"><em>London published as the Act directs by
+John Murray Albemarle Street 4<sup>th</sup>. Jan<sup>y</sup>.
+1819.</em>
+</td>
+<td class="tdr ipub"><em>J. Walker Sculpt.</em>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</figure>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="titlepage">
+<h1><span class="xlarge letter-spaced02">MISSION</span><br>
+<span class="large letter-spaced01">FROM CAPE COAST
+CASTLE</span><br>
+<span class="small">TO</span><br>
+<span class="xxlarge bold"><span class=
+"letter-spaced02">ASHANTE</span>E,</span>
+</h1>
+
+<p class="center spaced2"><span class="small">WITH A</span><br>
+<span class="less">STATISTICAL ACCOUNT OF THAT KINGDOM,</span><br>
+<span class="small">AND</span><br>
+<span class="letter-spaced01">GEOGRAPHICAL NOTICES OF OTHER
+PARTS</span><br>
+<span class="small">OF THE</span><br>
+<span class="large letter-spaced01">INTERIOR OF AFRICA.</span>
+</p>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8">
+
+<p class="center spaced17"><span class="letter-spaced">BY T. EDWARD
+BOWDICH, ESQ.</span><br>
+<span class="small">CONDUCTOR.</span>
+</p>
+
+<hr class="decordb2 width8">
+
+<p class="center small space-above15">“Quod si præ metu et
+formidine pedem referemus, ista omnia nobis adversa futura
+sunt.”</p>
+
+<p class="publisher"><span class="large">LONDON:</span>
+</p>
+
+<hr class="decordb width6">
+
+<p class="center spaced17"><span class="letter-spaced">JOHN MURRAY,
+ALBEMARLE-STREET.</span><br>
+<span class="less">1819.</span>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="page">
+<div class="sign3">
+<hr class="decor width15">
+
+<p class="small">London: printed by W. Bulmer and Co.<br>
+Cleveland-Row, St. James’s.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2 class="large"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_v">[v]</span><a id="intro"></a><span class=
+"letter-spaced01">INTRODUCTIO</span>N.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8">
+
+<p class="dcap space-above15">A <span class="sc">curiosity</span>
+throughout Europe, proportionate to the ignorance of the Interior
+of Africa, exacts the publication of the proceedings and researches
+of every Exploratory Mission, from its Conductor, as a duty to the
+Public: “mandat fieri sibi talia.”</p>
+
+<p>The Public, in acknowledgment of the performance of the duty,
+reflecting that it constrains literary efforts which the Author
+otherwise might never have presumed to expose, should sympathise in
+his diffidence and anxiety, and receive and review them as a task
+imposed, and not as a spontaneous essay.</p>
+
+<p>If this indulgence is due even to gentlemen who have had the
+most enviable opportunities of qualifying themselves at the expense
+of a liberal Government, it is surely secure to one who never
+enjoyed those advantages; but, being suddenly called to the
+immediate conduct of a Mission, originated by a public Board of
+very contracted means, when estranged from all facilities, had no
+resource to aid his realization of the scientific desiderata,
+beyond the acquirements common to most private gentlemen.</p>
+
+<p>The vessel in which I am making my passage to England having
+been chartered to trade in the River Gaboon, which is immediately
+on the Line, I diverted a tedious delay of seven weeks in
+so<span class="pagenum" id="Page_vi">[vi]</span> unhealthy a
+situation, by visiting Naängo, a town about fifty miles from the
+mouth of the River, where I collected Geographical Accounts of the
+Interior, from several intelligent traders, and numerous slaves
+from different countries. I have added this compilation, (as it may
+borrow some interest from the adjacency of the Congo,) with a few
+notices of the customs and productions of this ruder part of
+Africa.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_vii">[vii]</span><a id=
+"toc"></a><span class="letter-spaced02">CONTENT</span>S.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8">
+
+<table class="toc">
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2" class="tdc sect2 large">PART I.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">Chap.</span> I.—The
+Objects and Departure of the Mission.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#p1c01">3</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">Chap.</span> II—The
+Route and Reception of the Mission.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#p1c02">14</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">Chap.</span>
+III.—Proceedings and Incidents until the Third Dispatch to Cape
+Coast Castle.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#p1c03">42</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">Chap.</span>
+IV.—Proceedings and Incidents until the Signing of the
+Preliminaries to a General Treaty.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#p1c04">101</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">Chap.</span>
+V.—Proceedings and Incidents until the Ratification of a General
+Treaty.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#p1c05">118</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">Chap.</span>
+VI.—Proceedings and Incidents until the completion of the Mission
+and its return to Cape Coast Castle.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#p1c06">131</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2" class="tdc sect2 large">PART II.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">Chap.</span>
+I.—Geography.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#p2c01">161</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">Chap.</span>
+II.—History.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#p2c02">228</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">Chap.</span>
+III.—Constitution and Laws.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#p2c03">252</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">Chap.</span>
+IV.—Superstitions.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#p2c04">261</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">Chap.</span>
+V.—Customs.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#p2c05">274</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">Chap.</span>
+VI.—Architecture, Arts, and Manufactures.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#p2c06">304</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">Chap.</span>
+VII.—Climate, Population, Revenue, City, Market, &amp;c.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#p2c07">315</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">Chap.</span>
+VIII.—Trade.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#p2c08">330</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">Chap.</span>
+IX.—Language.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#p2c09">344</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">Chap.</span>
+X.—Music.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#p2c10">361</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">Chap.</span> XI.—Materia
+Medica and Diseases.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#p2c11">370</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">Chap.</span> XII.—Mr.
+Hutchison’s Diary.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#p2c12">381</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">Chap.</span>
+XIII.—Sketch of Gaboon, and its Interior.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#p2c13">422</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">Chap.</span>
+XIV.—Suggestions for future Missions to the Interior of
+Africa.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#p2c14">453</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2" class="tdc sect2 xlarge letter-spaced02">
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_viii">[viii]</span>APPENDIX.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">No.</span> I.—Extract
+from Meredith’s Account of the Gold Coast.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#app1">463</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">No.</span>
+II.—Translations of an Arabic MS. Descriptive of Mr. Park’s
+Death.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#app2">478</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">No.</span> III.—Arabic
+Routes.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#app3">482</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">No.</span> IV. Dr.
+Leach’s Notice of Reptiles, Insects, &amp;c.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#app4">493</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">No.</span>
+V.—Thermometer Account.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#app5">497</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="sc">No.</span>
+VI.—Vocabularies.</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#app6">504</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2 class="less"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_ix">[ix]</span><a id="toi"></a>DIRECTIONS FOR PLACING THE
+PLATES.</h2>
+
+<table class="toi bd-collapse">
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="width-brace1">
+</td>
+<td>Map</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#map1"><em>to front the
+Title.</em></a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr-top">1.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>A Captain in his War-dress</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#i01"><em>to face p.</em> 32</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Arabic Circular</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#i11">128</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Map from Dapper</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#map2">211</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr-top">2.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>The first Day of the Yam Custom</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#i02">275</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr-top">3.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>The oldest House in Coomassie</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#i03">307</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr-top">4.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Quarters of the Chief of the Embassy</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#i04"><em>ib.</em></a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr-top">5.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Odumata’s sleeping room</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#i05">307</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr-top">6.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Inner square of Apokoo’s house</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#i06"><em>ib.</em></a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr-top">7.</td>
+<td class="brt">
+</td>
+<td rowspan="2">Piazzas of the palace</td>
+<td rowspan="2" class="tdr"><a href="#i07">308</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr-top">8.</td>
+<td class="brb">
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr-top">9.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Part of Adoom Street</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#i09"><em>ib.</em></a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr-top">10.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Exterior of the King’s bed room</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#i10"><em>ib.</em></a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Ichnographical Sketch of Coomassie</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#map3">323</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Ashantee Music</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#music01">365</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Empoöngwa Music</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot"><a href="#music21">449</a>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8">
+
+<p class="center less space-above15"><a id="err"></a>ERRATA.</p>
+
+<ul class="simple1">
+<li class="less"><a href="#map1">Map.</a>—Affix the name Leeasa to
+the river flowing from the Niger by Boussa.</li>
+
+<li class="less"><a href="#Page_9">Page 9.</a>—After Frederick
+James, Esq. add, Member of Council, and Governor of Accra.</li>
+
+<li class="less"><a href="#Page_72">Page 72.</a>—For dated, read
+<em>dictated</em>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_x">[x]</span><a id=
+"glos"></a><span class="letter-spaced01">GLOSSAR</span>Y.</h2>
+
+<ul class="simple2">
+<li>Croom. A town or village.</li>
+
+<li>Caboceer. A chief or magistrate.</li>
+
+<li>Pynin. An elder or counsellor.</li>
+
+<li>Palaver. A dispute, debate, argument, or suit.</li>
+
+<li>Book or Note. A certificate of a monthly pension of the African
+Committee, paid in trade to the Fantee Kings and Chiefs in the
+neighbourhood of the British settlements, in consideration of their
+attachment, influence, and services; which Books or Notes were
+claimed by the King of Ashantee, as his by right of conquest.</li>
+
+<li>Stool. Throne, seat in council, inheritance.</li>
+
+<li>Custom. A festival, carnival, public ceremony, funeral
+rite.</li>
+
+<li>Panyar. To seize or kidnap.</li>
+
+<li>A Benda. Two ounces four ackies, or £9. currency.</li>
+
+<li>A Periguin. Two ounces eight ackies, or £10. currency.</li>
+
+<li>An Ackie. Five shillings currency.</li>
+
+<li>A Tokoo. Ten pence.</li>
+
+<li>A Dash. A present.</li>
+
+<li>Fetish. A charm, amulet, deity. Any supernatural power or
+influence. Any thing sacred.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<div class="page">
+<hr class="decordb width10">
+
+<p class="center spaced2 space-above15 space-below1"><span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_1">[1]</span><a id="p1"></a><span class=
+"large"><span class="letter-spaced01">MISSION TO
+ASHANTE</span>E.</span><br>
+PART I.</p>
+
+<hr class="decordb width10">
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<p class="center large spaced2 pb"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_3">[3]</span><span class="letter-spaced01">MISSION TO
+ASHANTE</span>E.</p>
+
+<hr class="decordb width20">
+
+<h2 class="nopb"><a id="p1c01"></a><span class=
+"letter-spaced01">CHAPTER</span> I.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8 spaced3">
+
+<p class="sch1"><em>The Objects, and Departure of the Mission.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="dcap"><span class="sc">Bosman</span> and Barbot mention
+the Ashantees as first heard of by Europeans about the year 1700;
+the latter calls it Assiantee or Inta, and writes, that it is west
+of Mandingo, and joins Akim on the east; he asserts its
+pre-eminence in wealth and power. Issert, a physician in the Danish
+service, who meditated a visit to Ashantee, writes, “this mighty
+king has a piece of gold, as a charm, more than four men can carry;
+and innumerable slaves are constantly at work for him in the
+mountains, each of whom must collect or produce two ounces of gold
+per diem. The Akims formerly dug much gold, but they are now
+forbidden by the King of Ashantee, to whom they are tributary, as
+well as the Aquamboos, previously a very formidable nation.” Mr.
+Dalzel heard of the Ashantees at Dahomey, as very powerful, but
+imagined them, the Intas, and the Tapahs, to be one and the same
+nation. Mr. Lucas,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_4">[4]</span> when
+in Mesurata, was informed that Assentai was the capital of the
+powerful kingdom of Tonouwah. In Mr. Murray’s enlarged edition of
+Dr. Leyden’s discoveries in Africa, we find, “the northern border
+of Akim extends to Tonouwah, denominated also Inta, Assientè, or
+Assentai, from its capital city of that name, which stands about
+eighteen days journey from the Gold Coast.”</p>
+
+<p>In 1807 an Ashantee army reached the Coast for the first time. I
+would refer the reader to the extract in the Appendix, from Mr.
+Meredith’s account of the Gold Coast, as the particulars are
+introductory as well as interesting; and also serve to correct the
+misstatement in the work last quoted, that in 1808 the King of
+Ashantee destroyed the English fort of Annamaboe; originating,
+probably, from the storm of the Dutch fort at Cormantine, at that
+time.</p>
+
+<p>The Ashantees invaded Fantee again in 1811, and the third time
+in 1816. These invasions inflicted the greatest miseries on the
+Fantees. Few were slain in battle, for they rarely dared to
+encounter the invaders; but the butcheries in cold blood were
+incredible, and thousands were dragged into the interior to be
+sacrificed to the superstitions of the conquerors. Famines,
+unmitigated by labour, succeeded the wide waste of the Fantee
+territory, the wretched remnant of the population abandoning itself
+to despair; and the prolonged blockade of Cape Coast Castle in the
+last invasion, engendered so much distress and hazard, that the
+Government having averted imminent danger by advancing a large sum
+of gold on account of the Fantees, earnestly desired the Committee
+to authorise and enable them to venture an Embassy, to deprecate
+these repeated calamities, to conciliate so powerful a monarch, and
+to propitiate an extension of commerce. By the store ship which
+arrived in 1817, the African Committee forwarded liberal and
+suitable presents, and associated scientific with the<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_5">[5]</span> political objects of the Mission,
+in their instructions, which I submit in explanation.</p>
+
+<p>“In order to enable you to redeem the promise to the King of
+Ashantee (and as we are sanguine in our hopes of the good that may
+result from it), we send you sundry articles as presents for him,
+to which you may add such others from the public stores as you may
+deem desirable, provided they will not materially increase the
+expense. The Committee are extremely anxious (and in this respect
+the wishes of all classes of people in this country go with them)
+that no exertions should be spared to become better acquainted with
+the Interior of Africa; and we consider the existing state of
+things to be most favourable for undertaking an exploratory Mission
+into the dominions of the King of Ashantee. If, therefore, nothing
+shall have transpired in the interim of this dispatch being
+received by you, to make the measure objectionable, we wish you to
+obtain permission from the King to send an Embassy to his capital:
+if granted, you will select three Gentlemen (one of them from the
+medical department<a id="FNanchor_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1"
+class="fnanchor">[1]</a>) for that service; and let them be
+accompanied by a respectable escort, you giving them the fullest
+instructions for their government. In particular, it will be
+necessary for them to observe, and report upon, the nature of the
+country; its soil and products; the names, and distances, and the
+latitude and longitude of the principal places; and its most
+remarkable natural objects: the appearance, distinguishing
+characters, and manners of the natives; their religion, laws,
+customs, and forms of government, as far as they can be
+ascertained; and by whom each place is governed. When at Ashantee,
+they should<span class="pagenum" id="Page_6">[6]</span> endeavour
+to obtain the fullest information of the countries beyond, in each
+direction; particularly whether any high mountains, lakes, or large
+rivers are known; and the width, depth, course, and direction of
+the latter; and whether the water, as well of the lakes as the
+rivers, is salt or fresh: and how far, and under what
+circumstances, white men may travel with safety, especially in a
+northerly direction. They should collect the most accurate
+information possible of the extent, population, and resources of
+the Ashantee dominions, and should report fully their opinion of
+the inhabitants, and of the progress they may have made in the arts
+of civilized life. They should be directed also, to procure and
+bring away (with the consent of the chiefs) any specimens of
+vegetable and mineral productions they may be able: and to
+ascertain where and how the natives collect the gold, and the
+extent to which the trade in that article, and in ivory, might be
+carried on. It would, we conceive, be a most important advantage,
+if the King of Ashantee, and some of his chiefs, could be prevailed
+upon to send one or more of their children to the Cape, to be
+educated at the expense of the Committee (to be attended by their
+own servants, if required), under the guarantee of the Governor and
+Council for their personal safety, and that they should be sent
+back when required.</p>
+
+<p>“Another great object would be, to prevail upon the King to
+form, and keep open, a path not less than six feet wide, from his
+capital, as far as his territories extend towards Cape Coast, you
+engaging on the part of the Committee, to continue it from that
+point to Cape Coast, which we presume may be done at a very small
+expense, by means of monthly allowances to the chiefs of such
+villages as be in that line; upon condition that they shall not
+allow the path to be overgrown with underwood, or otherwise
+obstructed.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_7">[7]</span>“It may perhaps be
+found, that high mountains, or a large river, may be not many days
+journey beyond Ashantee; in which case, if the Gentlemen composing
+the Embassy feel themselves secure in the attempt, they may
+probably be disposed to proceed so far. In such event, we authorize
+you to pay their drafts for any moderate sums which they may find
+it necessary to expend, as well as for the general objects of the
+Mission.</p>
+
+<p>“Besides the escort of which we have spoken, we think it
+necessary, or at least extremely important, that the Embassy should
+be accompanied by natives of character and consequence, conversant
+with the Ashantee language, in whom you have perfect confidence,
+selected, one from each of the towns of Cape Coast, Accra, and
+Apollonia, to whom you may make reasonable allowances for their
+time and trouble.</p>
+
+<p>“We have said that you should obtain the permission of the King
+of Ashantee to send the Embassy: we have doubts of the expediency
+of requiring hostages; but, we presume you will concur with us in
+thinking, it will be necessary, before it leaves Cape Coast, that a
+man of consequence should be specially sent down by the King, to
+serve as a guide and protector; and who, on his journey to Cape
+Coast, may arrange with the messenger whom you may send to the
+King, respecting the places at which the Embassy may stop to
+refresh, and give directions to open the paths that may be
+overgrown.</p>
+
+<p>“The Gentlemen whom you may select, will of course be well
+advised by you not to interfere with any customs of the natives,
+however absurd; or in any way to give them offence. And they cannot
+too strongly impress upon the minds of the King and people of
+Ashantee, that the only objects his Britannic Majesty has in view,
+are, to extend the trade with that country; to prevent all
+interruption to their free communication with the
+waterside;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_8">[8]</span> and to
+instruct their children in reading, writing, &amp;c. from which, as
+may be easily pointed out, the greatest advantages must arise to
+the Ashantees.</p>
+
+<p>“From what has been said, you, Gentlemen, will perceive, that in
+selecting the Embassy, it is important that one of the persons
+composing it should be able to determine the latitude and longitude
+of places, and that both shall be seasoned to the climate; of
+ability, physical and mental; of cool tempers, and moderate habits;
+and possessed of fortitude and perseverance; and that in the
+selection of their escort also, regard be had to the qualifications
+of the parties in those respects. Among them there should be a
+bricklayer, carpenter, blacksmith, gunsmith, and cooper, with
+proper tools; if these persons can be spared for the purpose. We
+wish also they should take with them a number of <em>certificates
+regarding Major Peddie</em>, and his companions, to be circulated
+as distinctly as possible in the Interior; for though the period
+may be past when they might have been useful to those travellers,
+it is yet possible that they may be of use in making generally
+known the object of Government in sending white men to explore that
+country.”</p>
+
+<p>The suggestion of hostages was wholly impracticable, for there
+was not even time for a communication with the King. A variety of
+circumstances conspired to urge the immediate dispatch of the
+Mission; our interests, to say the least, imperiously demanded its
+early interference; and had we waited for a formal permission from
+the King to relieve the difficulties of the enterprise, the rainy
+season would have been too far advanced, and the critical moment
+have escaped us. The Governor thought it more advisable to dispatch
+the Mission without an escort, and two native soldiers only were
+added to the bearers of the baggage. The perusal of the Governor’s
+instructions will be satisfactory to the reader:</p>
+
+<p class="right less space-above15"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_9">[9]</span><em>Cape Coast Castle, April 19th</em>, 1817</p>
+
+<p class="center space-above1"><span class="sc">Frederick James,
+Esq.</span> Member of Council, and Governor of Accra.</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Sir,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><span class="sc">In</span> accepting your voluntary
+offer of conducting the Embassy to the King of Ashantee, I have
+every reason to believe, that from your long experience in this
+country, and your knowledge of the manners and habits of the
+natives, it will terminate in a manner highly creditable to
+yourself, and eventually prove of the greatest importance to the
+commercial interest of Great Britain, which is the more immediate
+object of the Mission; however, as many subjects of scientific
+research may be associated with it, they are particularly
+recommended to your attention. For this purpose Mr. Bowdich will
+accompany you; and I have no doubt he will be found perfectly
+qualified to make the necessary observations, in which you will
+afford him every facility and assistance. He is provided with
+instruments for determining the latitude and longitude of places.
+Mr. Hutchison, writer, and Mr. Tedlie, assistant surgeon, will also
+be attached to the expedition.</p>
+
+<p>The Ashantees, who are appointed your guides, have been selected
+by the Ashantee Captain who is now here. They will, I hope, aid and
+assist you in every thing that lays in their power.</p>
+
+<p>In addition to the Committee’s instructions, a copy of which you
+have herewith, you will attend to the following:</p>
+
+<p>On the subject of your journey, I have nothing to observe
+further, than, that I hope you will take every opportunity of
+travelling when there will be the least exposure to the sun, as the
+officers who accompany you have been but a short time in the
+country, and every precaution will be necessary for the
+preservation of their health.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as may be convenient after your arrival at the
+Ashantee<span class="pagenum" id="Page_10">[10]</span> capital, you
+will of course see the King, and deliver him the various presents
+in the name of the African Company, to be received by him as
+pledges of the harmony and friendship which is ever to subsist
+between them; and also of his good will towards the natives
+residing under the protection of their different forts. You will
+not fail to impress upon his mind, the great power, wealth, and
+consequence of the British nation, and how much it is the interest
+of himself and his subjects, to promote and perpetuate their
+present free intercourse with the water side. In the course of your
+interview many circumstances will doubtless occur, which will
+suggest various other matters proper to be mentioned to the King,
+all which I shall leave entirely to your own discretion.</p>
+
+<p>You will acquaint the King, that in order to secure a correct
+communication between him and myself, I request his permission to
+allow an officer to reside constantly at Commassey, who will defray
+all his own expenses, and for whom you will build a house without
+loss of time. A carpenter, bricklayer, and cooper are sent with
+you, and you will leave them with Mr. Hutchison, who will remain as
+Resident. On your departure you will give him full instructions in
+writing for his future government, a copy of which you will deliver
+me upon your return.</p>
+
+<p>You will keep an exact diary of every circumstance possessing
+the least interest, a copy of which you will transmit me by every
+opportunity.</p>
+
+<p>In the course of your stay in the Ashantee country, you will
+embrace every occasion of becoming acquainted with the politics of
+that nation, of ascertaining its extent and boundaries, the power
+of the King over the lives and property of his subjects, the
+probable force he could bring into the field, the number of his
+allies, the sources and amount of his revenues. Whether he is
+tributary to any other power, and what nations in his neighbourhood
+are<span class="pagenum" id="Page_11">[11]</span> tributary to him?
+The amount of tribute, and in what articles paid? The rule of
+succession to the throne? What are the punishments for crimes of
+all descriptions? Who are the persons of most consequence next to
+the King? The names of their offices, and the extent of their
+power: by whom, or how paid? What are the most prominent features
+in the character, manners, and habits of the people, &amp;c.
+&amp;c. &amp;c.?</p>
+
+<p>Are any human sacrifices made? Upon what occasions, and to what
+extent? How are prisoners of war now disposed of?</p>
+
+<p>Of what nation are the Moors that frequent the Ashantee country,
+and for what purpose do they go there?</p>
+
+<p>Ascertain the current medium of exchange, whether gold, or
+cowries; also the usual prices at which the Ashantees sell the
+goods they purchase from the Europeans on the sea coast; and the
+extent of their commercial relations with the Interior.</p>
+
+<p>You will enquire whether any European travellers have ever been
+seen or heard of in any of the countries to the northward; and what
+became of them? Whether any thing be known of the river Niger, or
+Joliba, as it is called by the natives? This information you will
+probably obtain from the Moors.</p>
+
+<p>Ascertain the position of the Doncoe country, and the city of
+Kong; also the mountains of that name. Refer to Park’s Travels, and
+acquire as much information as possible of the regions lying
+between Ashantee and the last places he visited. In short, leave
+nothing undone that may add to our present imperfect geographical
+knowledge of the Interior.</p>
+
+<p>You will receive herewith copies of certificates relative to
+Major Pedde’s expedition, which you will distribute amongst any
+persons you find travelling into the Interior from Ashantee.</p>
+
+<p>It would be of the first importance to have a road cut directly
+down to Cape Coast; and this you will urge to the King in
+the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_12">[12]</span> strongest manner.
+Your observations will, of course, enable you to point out the
+proper directions.</p>
+
+<p>I inclose a sketch of a treaty, and it would be highly desirable
+if you could procure its ratification by the King. He might perhaps
+make some objection at first, but may be persuaded at length, by
+your address, and reasoning. If he wished any trifling alteration
+made, you might use your discretion in this respect.</p>
+
+<p>You will acquaint the King, it is my wish that in future he
+receive his company’s pay at this Castle, and not at Accra, as
+formerly. Should he say any thing of an increase to his present
+allowance, you may give him hopes that it will be granted to a
+reasonable extent, provided the objects of this Mission be
+fulfilled, and after twelve months experience shall have proved the
+sincerity of his friendship to the British Government, and to the
+natives resident under its protection at the various forts on the
+Coast.</p>
+
+<p>From the jealous disposition of the natives of Africa, it is
+highly probable, that in the prosecution of your enquiries, you
+will be subject to many unfavourable suspicions. These you will
+take all possible care to remove, by the most candid explanations
+on every point that may be required.</p>
+
+<p>You will particularly explain to the King, the ill treatment the
+people of Cape Coast have experienced from those of Elmina, which
+has added very much to the distresses they have for some time
+suffered from the extreme scarcity of provisions; and there is
+reason to believe, that this unjust persecution has been induced,
+from their presuming on their connection with the Ashantees. Being
+perfectly aware that it has been done without the concurrence of
+the King; I have no doubt but he will, by a proper representation
+of the affair from you, exert his influence, and prevent what is at
+present to be apprehended, and what the<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_13">[13]</span> Elminas are endeavouring to provoke—a war
+between the two people.</p>
+
+<p>In all cases not provided for in these Instructions, you have of
+course a discretionary power, which I am convinced you will make
+use of with deliberation and prudence, and with becoming zeal for
+the service upon which you are employed.</p>
+
+<p>Wishing you a prosperous journey and a safe return,</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right4 space-above1">I am, Sir, your most
+obedient Servant,</p>
+
+<p class="right space-above1">JOHN HOPE SMITH.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftp1c01">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1"><span class=
+"label">[1]</span></a>We recommend his being well supplied with
+dressings, &amp;c. for wounds, and bruises, so that he may be able
+to assist any natives whom he may meet with requiring his aid:
+services of this sort give Negroes an exalted idea of white men,
+and are always gratefully remembered.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_14">[14]</span><a id=
+"p1c02"></a><span class="letter-spaced01">CHAPTER</span> II.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8 spaced3">
+
+<p class="sch1"><em>The Route, and Reception of the Mission.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="dcap"><span class="sc">The</span> Mission left Cape Coast
+Castle on the morning of the 22d of April, with the intention of
+quitting the water side at Moree, three miles and a half to the
+eastward; but on reaching it, we were told that the path thence to
+Payntree’s croom, always bad, was then impassable from the rains;
+and that we must proceed to Annamaboe before we struck into the
+bush for the Interior.</p>
+
+<p>The reluctance of the carriers, who had been pressed into the
+service by the authorities of the town, became thus early almost
+insuperable; the consideration of pay and subsistence, and the
+reflection, that the dearth inflicted by the invasions the Mission
+was to deprecate, allowed them but a bare existence at home, were
+entirely lost in their aversion to the undertaking, which was
+equally influenced by jealousy and indolence: eleven deserted the
+first day; and the slender authority of the King and caboceers of
+Annamaboe, delayed the procuring of others to replace them until
+the next evening. One party was then started, attended by a soldier
+and a messenger, as they persisted in laying down their loads, even
+in the town; and many of the Annamaboes who had been procured,
+after lifting their packages, which were of moderate weight, walked
+off again, with the most insolent indifference. The devices by
+which these people displayed their ill will were
+peculiarly<span class="pagenum" id="Page_15">[15]</span> their own,
+and none could be more ingeniously tormenting. At four o’clock on
+Thursday morning we started the remainder of the packages, and
+followed them at half past six. Proceeding about two miles in a
+N.N.W. direction, we descended a steep hill, a quarter of a mile in
+length, and entered a beautiful valley, profusely covered with
+pines, aloes, and lilies; and richly varied with palm, banana,
+plantain, and guava trees: the view was refreshed by gentle risings
+crowned with cotton trees of a stupendous size. I never saw soil so
+rich, or vegetation so luxuriant.</p>
+
+<p>The first croom we reached was Quama’s, about three miles and a
+half from Annamaboe; it presented but a few hovels; and we passed
+through three others, Simquoi, Taphoo, and Nasmam, just as wretched
+and insignificant, before we reached Booka, romantically situated
+amidst the luxuriant foliage of a high hill, terminating the
+valley. Abra is about three miles eastward of this croom: it has
+been entirely deserted since the last invasion, the Ashantee army
+under Appia Nanu having made it their head quarters. It formerly
+exceeded Annamaboe, but the little that now remains is in ruin, the
+inhabitants having retired to the small crooms of their caboceer,
+or Captain Quaggheree.</p>
+
+<p>Passing through Tachradi, which scarcely existed but in name, we
+ascended a gentle rising, with a small croom, called Acroofroom, on
+the left hand. The astonishment of its miserable inhabitants
+engaging our attention, the extensive area of the summit burst upon
+us with the more effect. It was environed by small groves; and
+clumps of cotton trees rose so happily in frequent spots, as to
+afford all the scenery of a romantic little park; the broken rays
+of the sun stealing through the small trees in the distance, to
+make the deep shade of the foreground more imposing. The path then
+became more hilly, and the landscape fuller of wood: our descents
+and risings frequently through long vistas, so<span class="pagenum"
+id="Page_16">[16]</span> richly gilded with the sun on the summits,
+that, impressed with the description of Issert, we naturally
+yielded to the expectation, in ascending each eminence, that it
+would afford us the delightful prospect of an open country; but we
+were disappointed, and passing through Dunnasee and Assoquah, both
+small crooms, the latter situated on a long level, about three
+miles and a half from Acroofroom, we shortly after arrived at
+Payntree’s.</p>
+
+<p>On the higher hills the soil was generally gravel, with large
+stones; on the lesser, white flint and whinstone abounded: the
+levels presented few stones, and the earth was black, strong, and
+rich, producing grass from four to ten feet high. The country was
+very thinly inhabited, and more sparingly cultivated, the cassada
+frequent, but producing little from the want of cultivation.</p>
+
+<p>I made Payntree’s croom barely fifteen miles from Annamaboe;
+judging from time, it was guessed to be eighteen or twenty; but the
+impediments which the path almost incessantly presented to a
+hammock, the inequalities of the ground, and many delays which
+insensibly consumed the time, conspired to make such a calculation
+of distance very fallacious. The plan I adopted throughout, though
+laborious, entitled me to more confidence; and the observations
+confirmed the pretension. Mr. Tedlie, who was always just ahead of
+myself, took the angles of the path by his compass, which I
+pencilled as he uttered them, with their several lengths, allowing
+four yards and a half for every six paces. It is allowed too by the
+natives to be an easy four hours walk. Several hours elapsed before
+all the carriers came up; most of those who had been started by us
+the preceding day, slept in the bush, and one more had
+deserted.</p>
+
+<p>The prevailing courses and their proportions were N.¼; N.bW.⅛;
+N.N.W.⅛; N.N.E.⅛; the rest of the distance being made up of small
+lengths, in every point of the compass, from S.W. to
+S.E.;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_17">[17]</span> the variation
+17¾° W. The latitude of Payntree, by two altitudes of the sun, was
+5° 20′ 30″ N.; the longitude, by the course and distance, as
+afterwards corrected, 1° 47′ W.</p>
+
+<p>We received the compliments of Payntree and several caboceers,
+under a large tree, and were then conducted to a neat and
+comfortable dwelling, which had been prepared for us: a small
+square area afforded a shed for cooking in on one side, and a
+sleeping room in each of the others, open in front, but well
+thatched, and very clean: from this we passed to our sitting room,
+the floor of which was elevated about two feet from the ground.</p>
+
+<p>The croom was prettily situated on a level, encircled by very
+fine trees, and consisted of a very broad and well cleaned street
+of small huts, framed of bamboo, and neatly thatched. Just beyond
+the north end of the croom, there was a stream running to the N.N.E
+and more than a mile of marshy ground was distinguished by the
+deeper shade and luxuriance of the foliage. We observed a great
+number of small birds, which were even more beautiful from their
+delicate symmetry, than their brilliant plumage; they were
+generally green, with black wings, and their nests hanging from the
+trees.</p>
+
+<p>The Ashantee captain, who expected to continue there some
+months, on the king’s business, sent us a sheep, pleading the
+scarcity, and his being a stranger, as apologies for so small a
+present. Old Payntree was attentive and obliging; he dashed us some
+fowls, yams, and palm wine. We remained there the next day, to
+allow our people to procure four days subsistence, as they would
+not be able to meet with provision on the path during that
+period.</p>
+
+<p>I walked with Mr. Tedlie along a very neat path well fenced, and
+divided by <em>stiles</em>, to a corn plantation of at least twenty
+acres, and well cultivated. Payntree’s farm house was situated
+here, and afforded superior conveniences; a fowl house, a pigeon
+house, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_18">[18]</span> a large
+granary raised on a strong stage. As we returned we paid him a
+visit, and were refreshed with some excellent palm wine: his
+dwelling was a square of four apartments, which were entered from
+an outer one, where a number of drums were kept; the angles were
+occupied by the slaves, and his own room, which had a small inner
+chamber, was decked with muskets, blunderbusses, cartouch belts
+fantastically ornamented, and various insignia. The order,
+cleanliness, and comfort, surprised us; the sun had just set, and a
+cheerful fire on a clean hearth supported the evening meal. The old
+man was seated in his state chair, diverting himself with his
+children and younger wives, the elder one was looking on from the
+opposite apartment with happy indifference; it was the first scene
+of domestic comfort I had witnessed among the natives. There was a
+small plantation or garden neatly fenced in, near the house, for
+the supply of the family.</p>
+
+<p>On Saturday the 26th we left Payntree’s croom, and proceeded
+through two romantic little valleys, with a few huts in each: the
+variety of trees increased with the number, and ornamented the
+hills with almost every tint and character of foliage: the path was
+frequently covered with water. Just before we reached
+Cottacoomacasa, a most beautiful landscape opened, the fore-ground
+darkly shaded with large cotton trees, and the distance composed of
+several picturesque little hills; their fanciful outlines, and the
+beautiful variety of fresh and sombre tint of the small groves
+which encircled them, forcibly reminded me of the celebrated ride
+by Grongar hill, from Carmarthen to Llandilo.</p>
+
+<p>Cottacoomacasa is about six miles and a quarter from Payntree’s
+croom, and consisted but of a few miserable huts and sheds, which
+scarcely afforded shelter, and were close and filthy. I took the
+angles of a cotton tree near us, and the height proved to be 139
+feet; generally speaking, those we had passed were, to
+appearance,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_19">[19]</span> much
+higher. The bearers had all settled themselves here, and not
+contented with a long rest, refused for some time to proceed until
+the next day; several were intoxicated with the rum from some
+ankers they had designedly broken. We started again however about
+half past three, and almost immediately entered a large forest
+impervious to the sun; the risings were frequent but gentle; the
+path, crooked and overgrown, presented such constant obstacles to a
+hammock, that Mr. Hutchison, Mr. Tedlie, and myself, were glad to
+dismount, and found it was much more comfortable as well as more
+expeditious to walk; the only inconvenience was the troops of large
+black ants, which were too thick to be avoided, and stung us sadly.
+We passed two little streams running E.N.E. About six miles from
+Cottacoomacasa we found all the baggage, the people making their
+fires, and settling themselves for the night; it was almost dark;
+Quamina, our Ashantee guide, had gone on without us, and Mr. James
+we knew must be far behind; we therefore determined to halt for the
+night, and our hammocks were slung to the trees. The distance
+marched this day was twelve miles. The longitude of Cottacoomacasa
+was one mile E. of that of Payntree by account, that of our resting
+place 1° 46′ 30″ W. and the lat. 5° 28′ N.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning we continued our march through the same dark
+solitude, and passing three small streams running E. we reached
+Mansue soon after ten o’clock. We had scarcely seated ourselves
+under a tattered shed, which could not defend us from the burning
+sun, when we were encircled by the cooking fires of the party, and
+nothing but violence could remove them to a proper distance.</p>
+
+<p>Mansue had been the great Fantee market for slaves from the
+Interior, and its former consequence was evident from the extent of
+its site, over which a few sheds only were now scattered.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_20">[20]</span>We proceeded again
+at one o’clock, and passing through a small river, Assooneara,
+running eastward, we came to a second, called Okee, running in the
+same direction to the Amissa, which falls into the sea between
+Annamaboe and Tantum. We passed five or six swamps, one nearly half
+a mile long; in these the soil was a dark clay, but otherwise
+gravelly. We halted in the woods at a spot where our guide Quamina
+was busied in cutting down the underwood to accommodate himself and
+his women; the bearers, resolute in their perverseness, had gone on
+with our provisions and clothes. The ground of our resting place
+was very damp, and swarmed with reptiles and insects; we had great
+difficulty in keeping up our fires, which we were the more anxious
+to do after a visit from a panther: an animal which, the natives
+say, resembles a small pig, and inhabits the trees, continued a
+shrill screeching through the night; and occasionally a wild hog
+bounced by, snorting through the forest, as if closely pursued.
+This day’s distance was eight miles, and the course N.¼N. b. E.⅙.
+Lat. and long. by account 5° 34′ N. and 1° 48′ W. Thermometer in
+shade 6 A.M. 74.</p>
+
+<p>We started the next morning at seven o’clock, and after three
+miles and a half crossed a small river called Gaia, and sometimes
+Aniabirrim, from a croom of that name being formerly in its
+neighbourhood; it was ten yards wide and two feet deep, and ran to
+the E. just across the path, but afterwards N.N.E. to the Amissa.
+Here Mr. Hutchison waited for Mr. James to come up, whilst Mr.
+Tedlie and myself walked on to overtake the people. The doom and
+iron-wood trees were frequent; the path was a labyrinth of the most
+capricious windings, the roots of the cotton trees obstructing it
+continually, and our progress was generally by stepping and jumping
+up and down, rather than walking; the stems or caudices of these
+trees projected from the trunks like flying buttresses, their
+height frequently 20 feet. Immense trunks<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_21">[21]</span> of fallen trees presented constant barriers
+to our progress, and increased our fatigues from the labour of
+scaling them: we were also frequently obliged to wait the cutting
+away of the underwood before we could proceed, even on foot. The
+large trees were covered with parasites and convolvuli, and the
+climbing plants, like small cables, ascending the trunks to some
+height, abruptly shot downwards, crossed to the opposite trees, and
+threaded each other in such a perplexity of twists and turnings,
+that it soon became impossible to trace them in the general
+entanglement. We passed through two small streams running S. and
+several swamps, richly covered with palm trees. Parrots and crown
+birds were numerous. At the end of ten miles we came to a small
+river called Quatoa, four yards wide, also running eastward to the
+Amissa; and immediately after to a few sheds bearing the same name,
+where we found the last party of the bearers all lying down, and a
+soldier ineffectually endeavouring to rouse them: we started them
+with difficulty. A mile and a half thence we met with the Okee
+again, running over its rocky bed in a transparent stream, which
+reflected the richest foliage; its course S.W.½W., the breadth nine
+yards, and we stepped across it from rock to rock. We soon
+afterwards walked through the Antoonso, a smaller river running
+W.S.W., which probably crossed the path to the eastward in one of
+the small streams near Cottacoomacasa, as every report confirmed
+its also running to the Amissa; it was very near Fousou, where we
+had scarcely arrived, before the Fantees, such was their
+perverseness, insisted upon going on, the Cape Coast messengers
+either had no influence or would not exert it; we soon stopped them
+with the assistance of Quamina, our Ashantee guide, Mr. James not
+coming up until late in the evening. Fousou was formerly a large
+town, but had been destroyed by the Ashantee invasion of 1807; it
+presented but a few sheds, in one of which we observed<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_22">[22]</span> the Ashantee traders to deposit
+yams and plantains to subsist them on their return; so severe was
+the scarcity in the Fantee country: we could purchase nothing, and
+were admitted to the best hovel with reluctance. This day’s
+distance was 14 miles. The courses N.½, N.N.W.¼, N.bW.⅛. The
+latitude of Fousou by observation, was 5° 43′ 20″ N. and the
+longitude by account 1° 52′ W.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning, the 29th of April, we marched seven miles to
+Ancomassa, a name given to half a dozen sheds; the path was still
+of the same rugged nature, and the gloom unvaried. A strong
+fragrance was emitted from the decaying plants and trees of the
+mimosa kind, whilst others in the same incipient state of
+putrefaction were very offensive. We passed through two small
+rivers, Bettensin and Soubin, six yards wide, and shallow; they
+both ran eastward to the Owa, of which I could not learn more than
+that it emptied itself into the Boosempra.</p>
+
+<p>We proceeded at four o’clock, and had not gone two miles on our
+gloomy route before it became dark. The path was level, but very
+swampy, and generally covered with water. The fire-flies spangled
+the herbage in every direction, and from the strength of their
+light, alternately excited the apprehension of wild beasts, and the
+hope that we approached the resting place our guide, whom we never
+saw after starting, had told us of in the morning. The greatest
+fear of the people was of the spirits of the woods, (whom Mr.
+Park’s interpreter, Johnson, propitiated by a sacrifice between
+Jing and Gangaddi) and the discordant yells in which they rivalled
+each other to keep up their courage, mingled with the howls and
+screeches from the forest, imposed a degree of horror on this
+dismal scene, which associated it with the imaginations of Dante.
+Three or four times we suddenly emerged from the most awful gloom
+into extensive areas, on which the stars shed a brilliancy of light
+gradually softened into the deep shade which<span class="pagenum"
+id="Page_23">[23]</span> encompassed them; they were the sites of
+large and populous crooms destroyed in the Ashantee invasions.
+About nine o’clock we discovered a few miserable sheds, which the
+noise of the bearers, who had long arrived, convinced us to be
+Accomfodey. We had passed two small rivers, the Aprinisee and
+Annuia, both running to the Boosempra. This day’s distance was 11
+miles, and the courses N.⅓, N.bW.⅕. The lat. and long. by account
+5° 49′ N. and 1° 55′ W. Thermometer 11 a.m. 80.</p>
+
+<p>We marched early the next morning. The scenery of the forest,
+excepting on the banks of the small rivers, was very naked of
+foliage, and only presented a harsh and ragged confusion of stems
+and branches intricately blended. We passed a small river soon
+after leaving Accomfodey, bearing the same name and running
+eastward; and shortly after another, six yards wide and two feet
+deep (the Berrakoo), running N.E. to the Boosempra. The path was
+sometimes trackless, and appeared to have been little used since
+the invasion of 1807; several human skulls were scattered through
+this dark solitude, the relics of the butchery. We halted about two
+o’clock by Mr. James’s direction, and passed the night in the
+forest. This day’s distance was eight miles, the prevailing courses
+N.¼, N.bW.⅛, N.N.W.⅛, N.bE.⅛. The latitude and longitude by account
+5° 53′ N. 1° 55′ W. Thermometer 2 p.m. 88½, 7 p.m. 82½.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning we passed some sheds, on the sites of the
+crooms Dansamsou and Meakirring. At the end of five miles and a
+quarter, the herbage to the right disclosed the cheerful
+reflections of the sun from the water; and we descended through a
+small vista of the forest, to the banks of the Boosempra or Chamah
+river. Nothing could be more beautiful than its scenery: the bank
+on the south side was steep, and admitted but a narrow path; that
+on the north sloping; on which a small Fetish house, under the
+shade of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_24">[24]</span> a cachou
+tree, fixed the eye; whence it wandered over a rich variety of tint
+and foliage, in which light and shade were most happily blended:
+the small rocks stole through the herbage of the banks, and now and
+then ruffled the water: the doom trees towering in the shrubbery,
+waved to the most gentle air a rich foliage of dark green, mocking
+the finest touch of the pencil; the tamarind and smaller mimosas
+heightening its effect by their livelier tint, and the more piquant
+delicacy of their leaf: the cotton trees overtopped the whole,
+enwreathed in convolvuli, and several elegant little trees, unknown
+to me, rose in the background, intermixed with palms, and made the
+coup d’oeil enchanting. The bright rays of the sun were sobered by
+the rich reflections of the water; and there was a mild beauty in
+the landscape, uncongenial to barbarism, which imposed the
+expectation of elegance and refinement. I attempted a sketch, but
+it was far beyond my rude pencil; the expression of the scene could
+only have been traced in the profile of every tree; and it seemed
+to defy any touches, but those of a Claude or a Wilson, to depict
+the life of its beauty. I took two angles from a base on the south
+side, which gave the width of the river, forty three yards; the
+depth was 7 feet, and the course N.W.½W. with a very strong
+current. A small river called Nimeä, ran into it, close to our
+right as we landed: we crossed in the hollow trunk of a tree,
+thirty feet long, the ends plastered up with sticks and swish.</p>
+
+<p>Mansue was said to have been the last town of the Fantee
+territory; but we had no opportunity for comparison until we passed
+the river, the country thitherto presenting all the gloom of
+depopulation, and the forest fast recovering the sites of the large
+towns destroyed in the Ashantee invasions. The inhabitants of the
+few wretched hovels, remotely scattered, seemed as if they had fled
+to them as outcasts from society; they were lost even to curiosity,
+and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_25">[25]</span> manners were
+brutal and sullen.<a id="FNanchor_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2"
+class="fnanchor">[2]</a> We could purchase nothing for our
+subsistence.</p>
+
+<p>The scene brightened from our crossing the Boosempra; the path
+improved, and Prasoo, the first town, only three quarters of a mile
+from the river, presented a wide and clean street of tolerably
+regular houses; the inhabitants clean and cheerful, left their
+various occupations to gratify their curiosity, and saluted us in a
+friendly and respectful manner: indeed the Assins may be
+considered, collectively, a more mannerly and orderly people than
+the Ashantees. Kickiwherree, one mile and a half distant, was a
+larger town, not so regular, but presenting the same neat
+appearance, improved by the white-washing of many of the houses. We
+halted here under the ganian<a id="FNanchor_3"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a> tree, used, generally
+speaking, for recreation only, palavers being talked in the open
+fronts of the houses. We were conducted to a comfortable dwelling,
+affording us four very clean rooms, about 12 feet by 7, in which
+there were shelves containing many articles of superior domestic
+comfort; a curtain or skreen of bamboo let down in the open front,
+and the floors raised about a foot and half from the ground, were
+washed daily with an earth of the neighbourhood, which coloured
+them Etruscan red. The iron stone abounded. Kickiwherree was 7
+miles from the previous resting place, and the prevailing courses
+N.¼ N.b.W.⅐. The latitude by observation was 5° 56′ 40″ N; the
+longitude by account 1° 57′ W. Thermometer 8 a.m. 77; 1 p.m.
+91.</p>
+
+<p>My observations had not been so frequent as I wished; the nature
+of the country, and the season of the year were both
+very<span class="pagenum" id="Page_26">[26]</span> unfavourable to
+them. I worked the double altitudes, invariably by Dr. Pemberton’s
+rule in Keith’s trigonometry, which requires no assumed latitude,
+and is in all cases accurate.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. James having determined to rest the next day at
+Kickiwherree, we did not proceed until Saturday the 3rd of May. We
+passed through a small river close to the town, called the Ading,
+six yards wide and two feet deep; and soon after a second, the
+Animiasoo, nine yards wide, and three feet deep, both running to
+the Boosempra; close to the latter was a large croom of the same
+name, the seat of Cheboo’s government. Pagga and Atobiasee were
+also large crooms near each other, and within four miles of
+Kickiwherree. At Atobiasee was a small river called Prensa, five
+yards wide, and two feet deep, which ran E.S.E. to the Boosempra:
+two miles thence we came to Becquama, a very old croom, with a
+river nine yards wide, called Prapong, running E. by S. to the
+Boosempra; and at the end of nine miles we halted at Asharaman, a
+small croom on an eminence, where the Assins under Apootey and
+Cheboo, first engaged the Ashantees in 1807. There was a small plot
+of corn near this croom, the first we had seen since we left
+Payntree, though every croom was surrounded by a tract of
+cultivated land, or plantation of plantains. The path continued
+through forest. Distance 8 miles. Courses N.¼. Latitude by
+observation, 5° 59′ 20″. Longitude by course and distance 1° 57′
+40″ W. Thermometer 6 a.m. 76, p.m. 89.</p>
+
+<p>The next day we passed through Ansa, a large croom, where Amoo
+had governed; north-west of which, at a little distance, was
+Aboiboo, the residence of his enemy Apootey. A small river near
+Ansa, called Parakoomee, eleven yards wide, and three feet deep,
+ran south to a larger, called Ofim or Foom, which rises six days
+northward of Coomassie, and falls into the Boosempra some miles
+westward of our crossing. The path was very swampy, and
+we<span class="pagenum" id="Page_27">[27]</span> did not reach
+Akrofroom until three o’clock: this was by far the largest croom we
+had seen. The heavy rains during the night floated us in our
+lodgings, and, as Quamina reported, rendered the path to Moisee
+impassable for the next day; consequently we did not proceed until
+Tuesday the 6th. Distance 12 miles. Courses N.⅕, N.N.W.¼. Latitude
+by observation, 6° 5′ 40″. Long: C and D 2° 2′. W. The path still
+through forest, presented frequent acclivities, and the iron stone,
+and a soft grey rock abounded; the soil was sometimes gravelly, but
+generally of a red coloured clay used in the native pottery. We
+passed the Parakoomee again twice, and at the end of 11 miles
+halted at Moisee,</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">“Cingebant silvæ; quem collibus undique
+curvis,”</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p class="nind">the last Assin town, at the foot of three high
+hills covered with wood, bearing W.N.W., N., and N.N.E.; the
+barriers of the Ashantee kingdom. Course N.⅕, N.W.b.N.⅐, N.b.E.⅛.
+Latitude by observation 6° 8′ 50″ N. Longitude C and D 2° 4′ 20″ W.
+The thermometer was broken on the 4th.</p>
+
+<p>We passed the northern boundary the next morning; the ascent was
+a mile and a half in length, and very rocky; a small river called
+the Bohmen ran S.W. to the Jim, which falls into the Ofim: the
+water of the Bohmen is said to instil eloquence, and numerous
+Ashantees repair annually to drink of it: it flowed in a very clear
+stream, over a bed of gravel, and was three feet deep, and eight
+yards broad. The expectation of an open country was again
+disappointed; I bore several eminent points, in the hope of being
+able to do so again at some distance, and of thus, with the
+intermediate course, checking the distance computed by paces; but
+the forest soon shut them out entirely. The first Ashantee croom
+was Quesha; and we soon after passed through Fohmannee, which had
+been a very considerable town. We stopped there awhile at the
+request of a venerable old man, who regaled us with<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_28">[28]</span> some palm wine and fruit: his
+manners were very pleasing, and made it more painful to us to hear
+that his life was forfeited to some superstitious observances, and
+that he only waited the result of a petition to the king to
+commiserate his infirmities so far as to allow him to be executed
+at his own croom, and to be spared the fatigue of a journey to the
+capital: he conversed cheerfully with us, congratulated himself on
+seeing white men before he died, and spread his cloth over the log
+with an emotion of dignity rather than shame: his head arrived at
+Coomassie the day after we had. On ascending the hill, the soil
+became a dark brown clay, and very productive. We passed the first
+large plantation of corn we had seen since we left Payntree, and
+halted at Doompassee. Distance 6 miles. Courses N.⅓, N.N.W.⅕,
+N.W.⅙. Latitude by observation, 6° 11′ 30″.</p>
+
+<p>Doompassee had been a very large croom, but the caboceer having
+intrigued with one of Sai Cudjoe’s wives, who had permission to
+visit her family in this place, the greater part of it was
+destroyed in consequence, and the caboceer decapitated: the woman
+possessing irresistible art in practising upon the numerous
+admirers of her beauty, the king spared her life, and employed her
+thenceforth to inveigle those distant caboceers, whose lives or
+properties were desirable to him. It was the most industrious town
+on the path; cloths, beads, and pottery were manufacturing in all
+directions, and the blacksmiths’ forges were always at work. The
+intelligence of the beginning of the King’s fetish week, and Mr.
+James’s attack of fever, delayed us at Doompassee, and a messenger
+was dispatched in the interim to announce our approach. During our
+stay, I observed an eclipse of Jupiter’s first satellite, which
+gave the longitude 2° 6′ W.</p>
+
+<p>We did not leave Doompassee until the 14th of May; after two
+miles, passing a small stream running N.W. we ascended a
+high<span class="pagenum" id="Page_29">[29]</span> hill, on which a
+large croom, called Tiabosoo, was situated. I looked into a pit
+here six feet deep; the first stratum was vegetable mould, the
+second gravel, the third, a kind of potter’s clay, and the
+remaining of brittle stone of a reddish brown, resembling that they
+call cabouc in the East Indies. The next croom was Sanquanta, where
+the path took an easterly direction, and about seven miles from
+Doompassee we passed Datiasoo, where large quantities of pottery
+were manufacturing, exclusively: it was not more than a mile
+distant from Dadawasee, where we found a messenger from the king,
+expressing his regret that we had come up in the rainy season, as
+he had heard it was a very unhealthy one for white men, and
+appointing us to enter the capital on the Monday following; he sent
+us a present of a sheep, forty yams, and two ounces of gold for our
+table; he had also given six ackies to our messenger, who returned
+at the same time. The path had been cleared by the king’s order,
+the plantations became more frequent and extensive, and numerous
+paths branching off from that we travelled, shewed that the country
+was thickly inhabited, and the intercourse of the various parts
+direct and necessary for an interchange of manufacture and produce:
+the crooms hitherto had appeared insulated. The Acassey or blue dye
+plant grew profusely. Distance seven miles. Courses N.¼, N.bW.⅐,
+N.N.W.⅐, N.N.E.⅙. Latitude by observation 6° 16′ 20″ N. long: C and
+D 2° 7′ 30″ W.</p>
+
+<p>The next day, leaving Dadawasee, close to which was another
+large croom called Modjawee, we descended a very steep hill, and
+passed the Dankaran or Mankaran, a small river, in the rainy season
+eleven yards wide and four feet deep, running to the Birrim: not
+far from this river was Sahnfoo, and a short distance from that
+croom, a smaller river called Yansee, running N.N.W. We then passed
+through Korraman, near which was the small river Dansabow, running
+westward, and three other large crooms,<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_30">[30]</span> Aquinasee (having a neatly fenced burial
+ground,) Amafou, and Agabimah; crossing another small river called
+Soubirree, near the latter, we reached Assiminia, distant eight
+miles from Dadawasee. The path was frequently eight feet wide, and
+kept as neatly as that of a garden in the environs of the crooms,
+which now disclosed themselves very prettily at some distance.
+Courses N.⅕, N.bE.⅙, N.N.E.⅙. Latitude by observation 6° 22′,
+longitude C and D 2° 7′ 50″ W.</p>
+
+<p>There was a violent tornado in the night, during almost the
+whole of which the rain continued in torrents, increasing the small
+streams near the town from ancle to three feet deep. Almost all the
+inhabitants were employed in weaving the staple manufacture of
+Assiminia, which was formerly of much greater extent. Mr. James
+rested here the whole of the next day, and on Saturday we proceeded
+through Boposoo (on a very high hill), Agemum, Yoko, and Abountum;
+near which we crossed the Biaqua, running west to the Jim, and
+about seven yards wide and two feet deep; between this and
+Sarrasou, where we halted, were two large crooms, Pootooaga and
+Fiasou.</p>
+
+<p>The path was continually well cleared: each croom presented one
+wide central street, with the ganian or cachou trees at the
+extremities. The soil ceased to be sandy, and became a reddish
+earth: we observed some quartz, but silex prevailed. Distance 11
+miles. Courses N.¼, N.N.E.⅕. Lat. by observation, 6° 30′ 20″. Long.
+C. and D. 2° 6′ 30″.</p>
+
+<p>The river Dah runs close to Sarrasou, rising at Sekooree near
+Dwabin, and falling into the Ofim at Measee in the Warsaw path; it
+is generally about sixteen yards wide, and four feet deep. There
+was an ingenious fishing weir in this river; two rows of very
+strong wicker work were fixed across it, supported against the
+rapidity of the stream by large stakes, driven into the
+ground<span class="pagenum" id="Page_31">[31]</span> obliquely on
+each side of them, and connected above and below by the trunks of
+two large trees. The funnel-shaped baskets, thickly inserted at the
+bottom, were of split cane, and about twelve feet long. There are
+large plantations of corn around Sarrasou, which is a great nursery
+for pigs. We left it on Monday morning, the 19th, and passing
+through a small croom, Oyoko, stopped at another, Agogoo, about
+four miles distant, to dress ourselves in full uniform. The soil
+from Sarrasou was a rich black mould, and there were continued
+plantations of corn, yams, ground nuts, terraboys, and encruma: the
+yams and ground nuts were planted with much regularity in
+triangular beds, with small drains around each, and carefully
+cleared from weeds.</p>
+
+<p>Two miles from Agogoo, we crossed the marsh which insulates
+Coomassie; the breadth at that part forty yards, and the depth
+three feet. Being within a mile of the capital, our approach was
+announced to the king, who desired us by his messengers to rest at
+a little croom, called Patiasoo, until he had finished washing,
+when captains would be deputed to conduct us to his presence.
+Distance 6½ miles. Courses N.⅙, N.N.W.⅙.</p>
+
+<p>We entered Coomassie at two o’clock, passing under a fetish, or
+sacrifice of a dead sheep, wrapped up in red silk, and suspended
+between two lofty poles. Upwards of 5000 people, the greater part
+warriors, met us with awful bursts of martial music, discordant
+only in its mixture; for horns, drums, rattles, and gong-gongs were
+all exerted with a zeal bordering on phrenzy, to subdue us by the
+first impression. The smoke which encircled us from the incessant
+discharges of musquetry, confined our glimpses to the foreground;
+and we were halted whilst the captains performed their Pyrrhic
+dance, in the centre of a circle formed by their warriors; where a
+confusion of flags, English, Dutch, and Danish, were waved and
+flourished in all directions; the bearers plunging and
+springing<span class="pagenum" id="Page_32">[32]</span> from side
+to side, with a passion of enthusiasm only equalled by the
+captains, who followed them, discharging their shining
+blunderbusses so close, that the flags now and then were in a
+blaze; and emerging from the smoke with all the gesture and
+distortion of maniacs. Their followers kept up the firing around us
+in the rear. The dress of the captains (see drawing, <a href=
+"#i01">No. I.</a>) was a war cap, with gilded rams horns projecting
+in front, the sides extended beyond all proportion by immense
+plumes of eagles feathers, and fastened under the chin with bands
+of cowries. Their vest was of red cloth, covered with fetishes and
+saphies<a id="FNanchor_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4" class=
+"fnanchor">[4]</a> in gold and silver; and embroidered cases of
+almost every colour, which flapped against their bodies as they
+moved, intermixed with small brass bells, the horns and tails of
+animals, shells, and knives; long leopards tails hung down their
+backs, over a small bow covered with fetishes. They wore loose
+cotton trowsers, with immense boots of a dull red leather, coming
+half way up the thigh, and fastened by small chains to their
+cartouch or waist belt; these were also ornamented with bells,
+horses tails, strings of amulets, and innumerable shreds of
+leather; a small quiver of poisoned arrows hung from their right
+wrist, and they held a long iron chain between their teeth, with a
+scrap of Moorish writing affixed to the end of it. A small spear
+was in their left hands, covered with red cloth and silk tassels;
+their black countenances heightened the effect of this attire, and
+completed a figure scarcely human.</p>
+
+<div class="plate">
+<div class="figcenter iw3">
+<figure id="i01"><a href="images/i01_large.jpg"><img src=
+'images/i01.jpg' alt=''></a>
+<table class="width-full">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl ipub"><em>Drawn by T. E. Bowdich
+Esq<sup>r</sup>.</em>
+</td>
+<td class="tdr ipub"><em>N<sup>o</sup>. 1.</em>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="cp1"><span class="sc">Captain</span> in his <span class=
+"sc">War Dress</span>.</p>
+</figure>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p>This exhibition continued about half an hour, when we were
+allowed to proceed, encircled by the warriors, whose numbers, with
+the crowds of people, made our movement as gradual as if it had
+taken place in Cheapside; the several streets branching off to the
+right, presented long vistas crammed with people, and those on the
+left hand being on an acclivity, innumerable rows of
+heads<span class="pagenum" id="Page_33">[33]</span> rose one above
+another: the large open porches of the houses, like the fronts of
+stages in small theatres, were filled with the better sort of
+females and children, all impatient to behold white men for the
+first time; their exclamations were drowned in the firing and
+music, but their gestures were in character with the scene. When we
+reached the palace, about half a mile from the place where we
+entered, we were again halted, and an open file was made, through
+which the bearers were passed, to deposit the presents and baggage
+in the house assigned to us. Here we were gratified by observing
+several of the caboceers pass by with their trains, the novel
+splendour of which astonished us. The bands, principally composed
+of horns and flutes, trained to play in concert, seemed to soothe
+our hearing into its natural tone again by their wild melodies;
+whilst the immense umbrellas, made to sink and rise from the
+jerkings of the bearers, and the large fans waving around,
+refreshed us with small currents of air, under a burning sun,
+clouds of dust, and a density of atmosphere almost suffocating. We
+were then squeezed, at the same funeral pace, up a long street, to
+an open-fronted house, where we were desired by a royal messenger
+to wait a further invitation from the king. Here our attention was
+forced from the astonishment of the crowd to a most inhuman
+spectacle, which was paraded before us for some minutes; it was a
+man whom they were tormenting previous to sacrifice; his hands were
+pinioned behind him, a knife was passed through his cheeks, to
+which his lips were noosed like the figure of 8; one ear was cut
+off and carried before him, the other hung to his head by a small
+bit of skin; there were several gashes in his back, and a knife was
+thrust under each shoulder blade; he was led with a cord passed
+through his nose, by men disfigured with immense caps of shaggy
+black skins, and drums beat before him; the feeling this horrid
+barbarity excited must be imagined. We were soon released
+by<span class="pagenum" id="Page_34">[34]</span> permission to
+proceed to the king, and passed through a very broad street, about
+a quarter of a mile long, to the market place.</p>
+
+<p>Our observations en passant had taught us to conceive a
+spectacle far exceeding our original expectations; but they had not
+prepared us for the extent and display of the scene which here
+burst upon us: an area of nearly a mile in circumference was
+crowded with magnificence and novelty. The king, his tributaries,
+and captains, were resplendent in the distance, surrounded by
+attendants of every description, fronted by a mass of warriors
+which seemed to make our approach impervious. The sun was
+reflected, with a glare scarcely more supportable than the heat,
+from the massy gold ornaments, which glistened in every direction.
+More than a hundred bands burst at once on our arrival, with the
+peculiar airs of their several chiefs; the horns flourished their
+defiances, with the beating of innumerable drums and metal
+instruments, and then yielded for a while to the soft breathings of
+their long flutes, which were truly harmonious; and a pleasing
+instrument, like a bagpipe without the drone, was happily blended.
+At least a hundred large umbrellas, or canopies, which could
+shelter thirty persons, were sprung up and down by the bearers with
+brilliant effect, being made of scarlet, yellow, and the most shewy
+cloths and silks, and crowned on the top with crescents, pelicans,
+elephants, barrels, and arms and swords of gold; they were of
+various shapes, but mostly dome; and the valances (in some of which
+small looking glasses were inserted) fantastically scalloped and
+fringed; from the fronts of some, the proboscis and small teeth of
+elephants projected, and a few were roofed with leopard skins, and
+crowned with various animals naturally stuffed. The state hammocks,
+like long cradles, were raised in the rear, the poles on the heads
+of the bearers; the cushions and pillows were covered with crimson
+taffeta, and the richest cloths hung over the sides.<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_35">[35]</span> Innumerable small umbrellas, of
+various coloured stripes, were crowded in the intervals, whilst
+several large trees heightened the glare, by contrasting the sober
+colouring of nature.</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">“Discolor unde auri per ramos aura
+refulsit.”</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p>The king’s messengers, with gold breast plates, made way for us,
+and we commenced our round, preceded by the canes and the English
+flag. We stopped to take the hand of every caboceer, which, as
+their houshold suites occupied several spaces in advance, delayed
+us long enough to distinguish some of the ornaments in the general
+blaze of splendour and ostentation.</p>
+
+<p>The caboceers, as did their superior captains and attendants,
+wore Ashantee cloths, of extravagant price from the costly foreign
+silks which had been unravelled to weave them in all the varieties
+of colour, as well as pattern; they were of an incredible size and
+weight, and thrown over the shoulder exactly like the Roman toga; a
+small silk fillet generally encircled their temples, and massy gold
+necklaces, intricately wrought; suspended Moorish charms, dearly
+purchased, and enclosed in small square cases of gold, silver, and
+curious embroidery. Some wore necklaces reaching to the navel
+entirely of aggry beads; a band of gold and beads encircled the
+knee, from which several strings of the same depended; small
+circles of gold like guineas, rings, and casts of animals, were
+strung round their ancles; their sandals were of green, red, and
+delicate white leather; manillas, and rude lumps of rock gold, hung
+from their left wrists, which were so heavily laden as to be
+supported on the head of one of their handsomest boys. Gold and
+silver pipes, and canes dazzled the eye in every direction. Wolves
+and rams heads as large as life, cast in gold, were suspended from
+their gold handled swords, which were held around them in great
+numbers; the blades were shaped like round bills, and rusted in
+blood; the sheaths were of leopard skin, or the shell of a fish
+like shagreen.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_36">[36]</span> The
+large drums supported on the head of one man, and beaten by two
+others, were braced around with the thigh bones of their enemies,
+and ornamented with their skulls. The kettle drums resting on the
+ground, were scraped with wet fingers, and covered with leopard
+skin. The wrists of the drummers were hung with bells and curiously
+shaped pieces of iron, which gingled loudly as they were beating.
+The smaller drums were suspended from the neck by scarves of red
+cloth; the horns (the teeth of young elephants) were ornamented at
+the mouth-piece with gold, and the jaw bones of human victims. The
+war caps of eagles feathers nodded in the rear, and large fans, of
+the wing feathers of the ostrich, played around the dignitaries;
+immediately behind their chairs (which were of a black wood, almost
+covered by inlays of ivory and gold embossment) stood their
+handsomest youths, with corslets of leopard’s skin covered with
+gold cockle shells, and stuck full of small knives, sheathed in
+gold and silver, and the handles of blue agate; cartouch boxes of
+elephant’s hide hung below, ornamented in the same manner; a large
+gold handled sword was fixed behind the left shoulder, and silk
+scarves and horses tails (generally white) streamed from the arms
+and waist cloth: their long Danish muskets had broad rims of gold
+at small distances, and the stocks were ornamented with shells.
+Finely grown girls stood behind the chairs of some, with silver
+basins. Their stools (of the most laborious carved work, and
+generally with two large bells attached to them) were conspicuously
+placed on the heads of favourites; and crowds of small boys were
+seated around, flourishing elephants tails curiously mounted. The
+warriors sat on the ground close to these, and so thickly as not to
+admit of our passing without treading on their feet, to which they
+were perfectly indifferent; their caps were of the skin of the
+pangolin and leopard, the tails hanging down behind; their cartouch
+belts (composed of small gourds<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_37">[37]</span> which hold the charges, and covered with
+leopard or pig’s skin) were embossed with red shells, and small
+brass bells thickly hung to them; on their hips and shoulders was a
+cluster of knives; iron chains and collars dignified the most
+daring, who were prouder of them than of gold; their muskets had
+rests affixed of leopard’s skin, and the locks a covering of the
+same; the sides of their faces were curiously painted in long white
+streaks, and their arms also striped, having the appearance of
+armour.</p>
+
+<p>We were suddenly surprised by the sight of Moors, who afforded
+the first general diversity of dress; there were seventeen
+superiors, arrayed in large cloaks of white satin, richly trimmed
+with spangled embroidery, their shirts and trowsers were of silk,
+and a very large turban of white muslin was studded with a border
+of different coloured stones: their attendants wore red caps and
+turbans, and long white shirts, which hung over their trowsers;
+those of the inferiors were of dark blue cloth: they slowly raised
+their eyes from the ground as we passed, and with a most malignant
+scowl.</p>
+
+<p>The prolonged flourishes of the horns, a deafening tumult of
+drums, and the fuller concert of the intervals, announced that we
+were approaching the king: we were already passing the principal
+officers of his houshold; the chamberlain, the gold horn blower,
+the captain of the messengers, the captain for royal executions,
+the captain of the market, the keeper of the royal burial ground,
+and the master of the bands, sat surrounded by a retinue and
+splendor which bespoke the dignity and importance of their offices.
+The cook had a number of small services covered with leopard’s skin
+held behind him, and a large quantity of massy silver plate was
+displayed before him, punch bowls, waiters, coffee pots, tankards,
+and a very large vessel with heavy handles and clawed feet, which
+seemed to have been made to hold incense; I<span class="pagenum"
+id="Page_38">[38]</span> observed a Portuguese inscription on one
+piece, and they seemed generally of that manufacture. The
+executioner, a man of an immense size, wore a massy gold hatchet on
+his breast; and the execution stool was held before him, clotted in
+blood, and partly covered with a cawl of fat. The king’s four
+linguists were encircled by a splendor inferior to none, and their
+peculiar insignia, gold canes, were elevated in all directions,
+tied in bundles like fasces. The keeper of the treasury, added to
+his own magnificence by the ostentatious display of his service;
+the blow pan, boxes, scales and weights, were of solid gold.</p>
+
+<p>A delay of some minutes whilst we severally approached to
+receive the king’s hand, afforded us a thorough view of him; his
+deportment first excited my attention; native dignity in princes we
+are pleased to call barbarous was a curious spectacle: his manners
+were majestic, yet courteous; and he did not allow his surprise to
+beguile him for a moment of the composure of the monarch; he
+appeared to be about thirty-eight years of age, inclined to
+corpulence, and of a benevolent countenance; he wore a fillet of
+aggry beads round his temples, a necklace of gold cockspur shells
+strung by their largest ends, and over his right shoulder a red
+silk cord, suspending three saphies cased in gold; his bracelets
+were the richest mixtures of beads and gold, and his fingers
+covered with rings; his cloth was of a dark green silk; a pointed
+diadem was elegantly painted in white on his forehead; also a
+pattern resembling an epaulette on each shoulder, and an ornament
+like a full blown rose, one leaf rising above another until it
+covered his whole breast; his knee-bands were of aggry beads, and
+his ancle strings of gold ornaments of the most delicate
+workmanship, small drums, sankos, stools, swords, guns, and birds,
+clustered together; his sandals, of a soft white leather, were
+embossed across the instep band with small gold and silver cases
+of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_39">[39]</span> saphies; he was
+seated in a low chair, richly ornamented with gold; he wore a pair
+of gold castanets on his finger and thumb, which he clapped to
+enforce silence. The belts of the guards behind his chair, were
+cased in gold, and covered with small jaw bones of the same metal;
+the elephants tails, waving like a small cloud before him, were
+spangled with gold, and large plumes of feathers were flourished
+amid them. His eunuch presided over these attendants, wearing only
+one massy piece of gold about his neck: the royal stool, entirely
+cased in gold, was displayed under a splendid umbrella, with drums,
+sankos, horns, and various musical instruments, cased in gold,
+about the thickness of cartridge paper: large circles of gold hung
+by scarlet cloth from the swords of state, the sheaths as well as
+the handles of which were also cased; hatchets of the same were
+intermixed with them: the breasts of the Ocrahs, and various
+attendants, were adorned with large stars, stools, crescents, and
+gossamer wings of solid gold.</p>
+
+<p>We pursued our course through this blazing circle, which
+afforded to the last a variety exceeding description and memory; so
+many splendid novelties diverting the fatigue, heat, and pressure
+we were labouring under; we were almost exhausted, however, by the
+time we reached the end; when, instead of being conducted to our
+residence, we were desired to seat ourselves under a tree at some
+distance, to receive the compliments of the whole in our turn.</p>
+
+<p>The swell of their bands gradually strengthened on our ears, the
+peals of the warlike instruments bursting upon the short, but sweet
+responses of the flutes; the gaudy canopies seemed to dance in the
+distant view, and floated broadly as they were springing up and
+down in the foreground; flags and banners waved in the interval,
+and the chiefs were eminent in their crimson hammocks, amidst
+crowds of musquetry. They dismounted as they arrived within thirty
+yards of us; their principal captains preceded them with
+the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_40">[40]</span> gold handled
+swords, a body of soldiers followed with their arms reversed, then
+their bands and gold canes, pipes, and elephants tails. The chief,
+with a small body guard under his umbrella, was generally supported
+around the waist by the hands of his favourite slave, whilst
+captains holla’d, close in his ear, his warlike deeds and (strong)
+names, which were reiterated with the voices of Stentors by those
+before and behind; the larger party of warriors brought up the
+rear. Old captains of secondary rank were carried on the shoulders
+of a strong slave; but a more interesting sight was presented in
+the minors, or young caboceers, many not more than five or six
+years of age, who overweighed by ornaments, were carried in the
+same manner, (under their canopies), encircled by all the pomp and
+parade of their predecessors. Amongst others, the grandson of
+Cheboo was pointed out, whom the king had generously placed on the
+stool of his perfidious enemy. A band of Fetish men, or priests,
+wheeled round and round as they passed with surprising velocity.
+Manner was as various as ornament; some danced by with irresistible
+buffoonery, some with a gesture and carriage of defiance; one
+distinguished caboceer performed the war dance before us for some
+minutes, with a large spear, which grazed us at every bound he
+made; but the greater number passed us with order and dignity, some
+slipping one sandal, some both, some turning round after having
+taken each of us by the hand; the attendants of others knelt before
+them, throwing dust upon their heads; and the Moors, apparently,
+vouchsafed us a blessing. The king’s messengers who were posted
+near us, with their long hair hanging in twists like a thrum mop,
+used little ceremony in hurrying by this transient procession; yet
+it was nearly 8 o’clock before the king approached.</p>
+
+<p>It was a beautiful star light night, and the torches which
+preceded him displayed the splendor of his regalia with a
+chastened<span class="pagenum" id="Page_41">[41]</span> lustre, and
+made the human trophies of the soldiers more awfully imposing. The
+skulls of three Banda caboceers, who had been his most obstinate
+enemies, adorned the largest drum: the vessels in which the boys
+dipped their torches were of gold. He stopped to enquire our names
+a second time, and to wish us good night; his address was mild and
+deliberate: he was followed by his aunts, sisters, and others of
+his family, with rows of fine gold chains around their necks.
+Numerous chiefs succeeded; and it was long before we were at
+liberty to retire. We agreed in estimating the number of warriors
+at 30,000.</p>
+
+<p>We were conducted to a range of spacious, but ruinous buildings,
+which had belonged to the son of one of the former kings, and who
+had recently destroyed himself at a very advanced age, unable to
+endure the severity of disgrace: their forlorn and dreary aspect
+bespoke the fortune of their master, and they required much repair
+to defend us from the wind and rain, which frequently ushered in
+the nights.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftp1c02">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2"><span class=
+"label">[2]</span></a>Every account I received afterwards,
+confirmed the boundary of the Fantee and Assin territories to be
+between Mansue and Fousou; also that Ancomassa, Accomfodey,
+Dansamsou, Meakirring, &amp;c. &amp;c. had all been large Assin
+crooms, destroyed with many others in their neighbourhood, in the
+Ashantee invasion of 1807.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3"><span class=
+"label">[3]</span></a>This is the same tree as the banian or India
+fig.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4"><span class=
+"label">[4]</span></a>Scraps of Moorish writing, as charms against
+evil.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_42">[42]</span><a id=
+"p1c03"></a><span class="letter-spaced01">CHAPTER</span> III.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8 spaced3">
+
+<p class="sch1"><em>Proceedings and Incidents until the Third
+Dispatch to Cape Coast Castle.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="right less space-above15"><em>Coomassie, May 22nd</em>,
+1817.</p>
+
+<p class="center space-above1"><span class="sc">To the Governor and
+Council, Cape Coast Castle.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Gentlemen,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="dcap"><span class="sc">The</span> important objects of
+the Mission, and the safety and prosperity of the Settlements, have
+this day demanded our public dissent from our superior officer, Mr.
+James; to prove the act tutelary to these objects, can be our only
+justification.</p>
+
+<p>The Mission has engrossed our thoughts and exertions from the
+moment we were honoured by the appointments; we have felt that the
+credit of the Committee, the character of the service, and the good
+of our country were associated in the enterprise; and that we were
+personally responsible for these important objects, to the extent
+of our industry, fortitude, and ability. Our reflections naturally
+associated obstacles commensurate with the importance of the
+objects affected; and to overcome the former in a manner auspicious
+to the latter, we conceived to be the duty expected from us, as
+composing a Mission originated to remove a portion of the
+formidable barriers to the interior of Africa. We anticipated
+prejudice, intrigue, and difficulty, as inevitable; as obstacles to
+invigorate and not to sicken our exertions.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_43">[43]</span>At Dadasey, on
+Wednesday the 14th instant, we received a present from the King, of
+two ounces of gold, a sheep, and thirty yams, with a second
+appointment to enter his capital the succeeding Monday. When within
+a short distance, the messenger who announced us, returned, to
+desire us to wait at a croom until the King had washed. We were
+permitted to enter soon after two o’clock, and the King received us
+with the most encouraging courtesy, and the most flattering
+distinction. We paid our respects in turn, (passing along a
+surprising extent of line) to the principal caboceers, many of
+remote, and several of Moorish territories; and all of these
+encircled by retinues astonishing to us from their numbers, order,
+and decorations. We were then requested to remove to a distant tree
+to receive their salutes; which procession, though simply
+transient, continued until past eight o’clock. It was indescribably
+imposing from the variety, magnificence, and etiquette: its faint
+outline in Mr. Bowdich’s report, will impart our impression of the
+power and influence of the monarch we are sent to conciliate. The
+King as he passed, repeated his former condescensions.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning (Tuesday) the King sent to us to come and speak
+our palaver in the market place, that all the people might hear it:
+we found him encircled by the most splendid insignia, and
+surrounded by his caboceers: we were received graciously. Mr.
+James, through his linguist, declared to the King’s, (who are alone
+allowed to speak to him in public) that the objects of the Mission
+were friendship and commerce; impressed the consequence of our
+nation, and the good feelings of the Committee and Governor towards
+the King, as would be testified by our presents; he submitted the
+wish of a Residency, and of a direct path. The King enquired if we
+were to settle the Commenda palaver; the reply was, no! He
+rejoined, “that he wished the Governor of Cape Coast<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_44">[44]</span> to settle all palavers for him
+with the people of the forts, and that he had thought we came to
+make all things right, and so to make friends with the Ashantees.”
+The King had previously observed, as literally rendered, that “the
+forts belonged to him,” meaning (as the context, and the whole of
+his sentiments and conduct have confirmed) nothing humiliating to
+our dignity and independence; but simply, that the advantages
+derived by the Fantee nations from the forts, should now be his. He
+desired the officer to be pointed out to him who was to be the
+Resident; and then enquired if that was all our palaver, he was
+told yes: he said he would give us his answer the next day.</p>
+
+<p>Soon after we returned to our house, the King’s linguist
+delivered this message. “The King knows very well the King of
+England has sent him presents; if you wish to be friends with him
+you must bring these presents to his own house, and shew them to
+him and his friends, and not give them before all the people.”
+This, in our judgment was a policy, to prevent any favourable bias
+of the body of caboceers and people anticipating the King’s and his
+councils satisfaction of our motives and professions.</p>
+
+<p>We attended: all the curiosity the packages excited could not
+incline the King to regard them, until he had desired distinctly to
+understand who had sent them, the King of England, or the Governor.
+He was told, the Company to whom the forts belonged under the King;
+the interpreter seemed to render it the King individually; it was
+more intelligible, and the agreeable impression it made was
+striking. The presents were displayed. Nothing could surpass the
+King’s surprise and pleasure, but his warm yet dignified avowal of
+his obligations. “Englishmen,” said he, admiring the workmanship of
+the different articles, “know how to do every thing proper,”
+turning to his favourites with a smile as auspicious to our
+interests, as mortal to the intrigues of our rival. Much
+of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_45">[45]</span> the glass was
+broken; Mr. James expressed his regret, and offered to procure
+more; the King replied, “the path we had come was bad and
+overgrown, that we had many people to look after;” and waved our
+excuses with superior courtesy. He desired the linguists to say,
+“this shewed him that the English were a great people, that they
+wished to be friends with him, to be as one with the Ashantees;
+that this made him much pleasure to see, (and to repeat again and
+again,) that he thanked the King of England, the Governor at Cape
+Coast, and the officers who brought the presents much, very much.”
+He made very liberal presents of liquor to our people, and
+delivered the distinct presents to his four principal caboceers in
+our sight.</p>
+
+<p>We learned from Quashie, the Accra linguist, the favourable
+reports he had collected through his intimacy with some of the
+principal men. All the caboceers, he said, had thought we had come
+for bad, to spy the country; the King thought so too a little, but
+much fetish was made, and all shewed that we meant well, and now
+the King thought so; the mulatto sent by General Daendels, directly
+after Mr. Hydecoper, and who arrived just before us, had sent to
+the King for a pass to go back, and the King told him, that he
+would give him this message, “that the King had thought to do good
+to the Dutch, but now he sees their white mens faces, he should do
+good to the English.” This mulatto man (who is not in the service,
+but a free man of Elmina town) visited us afterwards, and his
+complaints and sentiments confirmed these reports in our
+favour.</p>
+
+<p>On Wednesday morning the King’s sisters (one the caboceer of the
+largest Ashantee town near the frontier) paid us a visit of
+ceremony, and retired to receive our’s in return; their manners
+were courteous and dignified, and they were handed with a
+surprising politeness by the captains in attendance.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_46">[46]</span>Mr. James being
+indisposed, we went by invitation to see the chief captain’s horse,
+when the King sent to us to say, he was walking that way, and
+requested us to get our chairs and wait, that he might bid us good
+morning. Directly he saw us he ordered the procession to alter its
+course, and stopped to take us by the hand. The procession
+consisted of about 2000 men, and was marked by all the suit and
+parade of royalty. The caboceers that day in attendance appeared as
+warriors, being divested of the rich silks of the preceding day;
+the executioner, the master of the bands, and the cook, were in the
+train, with suits which shewed the importance of their offices; the
+latter was preceded by a massy service of plate. Mr. Bowdich’s
+report will be more particular.</p>
+
+<p>The king sent his messenger this morning to repeat, that he
+thanked the King of England and the Governor very much for
+yesterday.</p>
+
+<p>The King was much pleased when Quashie, the Accra linguist (who
+is our only intelligible medium,) attempted to describe the use of
+the sextant; consequently, when Mr. Bowdich saw the King’s chief
+captain this morning, he offered to shew it to the King, with the
+camera obscura and telescope; the captain said it would please the
+King, and reported, that the King was much pleased with us, that he
+liked to be friends with the English, that he wished to make
+pleasure with us, and would send for us by and by to do so. We have
+been particular in these lesser circumstances, as they are the
+evidence of the King’s good feelings, and of the fair prospect of
+the consummation of the Mission, superior to all the prejudice and
+intrigue opposed to it.</p>
+
+<p>We were sent for to the King’s house; he was only attended by
+his privy counsellors; he expressed much delight at the camera
+obscura and instruments. He said, “the Englishmen knew more than
+Dutchmen or Danes—that black men knew nothing.” He<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_47">[47]</span> then ordered our people to be
+dismissed, said he would look at the telescope in a larger place,
+that now he wished to talk with us. He again acknowledged the
+gratification of Tuesday, and desired Mr. James to explain to him
+two notes which he produced, written by the Governor in Chief at
+the request of Amooney, King of Annamaboe, and Adokoo, Chief of the
+Braffoes, making over to Saï, King of Ashantee, four ackies per
+month of their company’s pay, as a pledge of their allegiance and
+the termination of hostilities. The impression seemed instantly to
+have rooted itself in the King’s mind, that this was the Governor’s
+individual act, or that he had instanced it; his countenance
+changed, his counsellors became enraged, they were all impatience,
+we all anxiety. “Tell the white men,” said the King, “what they did
+yesterday made me much pleasure; I was glad we were to be friends;
+but to day I see they come to put shame upon my face; this breaks
+my heart too much. The English know, with my own powder, with my
+own shot, I drove the Fantees under their forts, I spread my sword
+over them, they were all killed, and their books from the fort are
+mine. I can do as much for the English as the Fantees, they know
+this well, they know I have only to send a captain to get all the
+heads of the Fantees. These white men cheat me, they think to make
+’Shantee fool; they pretend to make friends with me, and they join
+with the Fantees to cheat me, to put shame upon my face; this makes
+the blood come from my heart.” This was reported by his linguist
+with a passion of gesture and utterance scarcely inferior to the
+King’s; the irritation spread throughout the circle, and swelled
+even to uproar.</p>
+
+<p>Thus much was inevitable; it was one of our anticipated
+difficulties; it was not a defeat, but a check; and here originates
+our charge against Mr. James, whom we declare to have been
+deficient in presence of mind, and not to have exerted those
+assurances and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_48">[48]</span>
+arguments which, with a considerate zeal, might at least have
+tended to ameliorate the unjust impression of the King, if not to
+have eradicated it. Mr. James said, “the Governor of Cape Coast had
+done it, that he knew nothing about it, that he was sent only to
+make the compliments to the King, that if the King liked to send a
+messenger with him, <em>he was going back and would tell the
+Governor all that the King said</em>.” This was all that was
+advanced. Was this enough for such a Mission to effect? the King
+repeated, “that he had expected we had <em>come</em> to settle all
+palavers, and to <em>stay</em> and make friends with him; but we
+came to make a fool of him.” The King asked him to tell him how
+much had been paid on these notes since his demand—that he knew
+white men had large books which told this. Mr. James said he had
+seen, but he could not recollect. Nothing could exceed the King’s
+indignation. “White men,” he exclaimed, “know how many months pass,
+how many years they live, and they know this, but they wont tell
+me; could not the other white men tell me.” Mr. James said, “we
+never looked in the books.”</p>
+
+<p>We were not so indiscreet as to expect or wish Mr. James to
+commit himself by <em>promising the satisfaction</em> of the King’s
+wishes; but dwelling on the expense and importance of the Mission,
+on the expectations it had excited, and feeling the reason of the
+King’s argument, that its object should be to settle all palavers
+if we wished to be good friends, we conceived we but anticipated
+the feeling of the Council and of the Committee, in our anxiety for
+Mr. James to offer to communicate with the Governor by letter, and
+to wait his reply, with a confidence that his good feeling towards
+the King, his instructions from England, and his own disposition,
+would lead him to do every thing that was right to please him.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. James’s embarrassment had not only hurried him to extricate
+himself as an individual at the expense of his own
+dignity<span class="pagenum" id="Page_49">[49]</span> and
+intellect, but, which was worse, he had thrown the whole onus of
+this invidious transaction on the shoulders of the Governor in
+chief, against whom the King’s prejudice would be fatal to all, and
+whose interest in his honour was most flattering to the King, most
+auspicious to us, and the hopes of the Mission; not only the future
+prosperity, but the present security of the Settlements hung upon
+this, and the dagger was at this moment suspended from a cobweb.
+Mr. Bowdich urged this in the ear of Mr. James, urged the danger of
+leaving the King thus provoked, the fatal sacrifice of every object
+of the Mission, the discredit of the service, the disgrace of
+ourselves; Mr. James replied, “he knew the Governor’s private
+sentiments best.” The Moors of authority seized the moment, and
+zealously fanned the flame which encircled us; for the King looking
+in vain for those testimonies of British feeling which presence of
+mind would have imposed, exclaimed, as he turned his ear from the
+Moors, “I know the English come to spy the country; they come to
+cheat me; they want war, they want war.” Mr. James said “No! we
+want trade.” The King impatiently continued, “They join the Fantees
+to put shame upon my face; I will send a captain to-morrow to take
+these books, and bring me the heads of all the Fantees under the
+forts; the white men know I can do this, I have only to speak to my
+captains. The Dutch Governor does not cheat me; he does not shame
+me before the Fantees; he sends me the whole 4 oz. a month. The
+Danes do not shame me, and the English 4 ackies a month is nothing
+to me; I can send a captain for all; they wish war.” He drew his
+beard into his mouth, bit it, and rushing abruptly from his seat
+exclaimed, “Shantee foo! Shantee foo! ah! ah!” then shaking his
+finger at us with the most angry aspect, would have burst from us
+with the exclamation, “If a black man had brought me this message,
+I would have had his head cut off before me.” Mr. James was
+silent.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_50">[50]</span>Gentlemen! imagine
+this awful moment, think what a fatal wound menaced the British
+interests; the most memorable exertion of the Committee, the pledge
+to the Government of their energies, of the zeal and capabilities
+of their officers, this important and expensive Mission falling to
+the ground, the sacrifice to supineness; the Settlements endangered
+instead of benefited, ourselves disgraced as officers and men, our
+key to the Interior shivered in the lock, and the territories of a
+great and comparatively tractable prince shut against us for ever.
+Could we be expected to look with indifference on these sacrifices,
+to risk nothing to avert them; to be auxiliary to the triumph of
+the intrigues and duplicity of our rival, which you know to have
+been exerted even to our destruction? Not a moment was to be lost;
+Mr. Bowdich stood before the King, and begged to be heard; his
+attention was arrested, the clamours of the council gradually
+abated: there was no interpreter but the one Mr. James brought from
+his own fort, and no alternative but to charge him promptly in the
+Governor’s name, before reflection could associate the wishes of
+his master, to speak truly. Mr. Bowdich continued standing before
+the King, and declared, “that the Governor wished to gain his
+friendship more than he could think that we were sent, not only to
+compliment him, but to write what he had to say to the Governor,
+and to wait to tell his answer to the King, and to do all he
+ordered; to settle all palavers, and to make Ashantees and English
+as one before we went back. That the Governor of Accra was sick,
+and in pain, and naturally wished to go back soon, but that
+himself, and the other two officers would stay with the King, until
+they made him sure that the Governor was a good friend to him. That
+we would rather get anger, and lose every thing ourselves, than let
+the King think the Governor sent us to put shame on him; that we
+would trust our lives to the King, until we had received the
+Governor’s letter, to make him<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_51">[51]</span> think so; and to tell us to do all that was
+right, to make the Ashantees and English as one; and this would
+shew the King we did not come to spy the country, but to do good.”
+Mr. Bowdich then assured Mr. James that no outrage on his dignity
+was meditated; that we should continue to treat him as our superior
+officer, but that we felt the present act imperative, as our duty
+to the Service and our Country.</p>
+
+<p>Conviction flashed across the countenance of the interpreter,
+and he must have done Mr. Bowdich’s speech justice, for the
+cheerful aspect of the morning was resumed in every countenance.
+The applause was general; the King (who had again seated himself)
+held out his hand to Mr. Bowdich, and said, “he spoke well; what he
+spoke was good; he liked his palaver much.” The King’s chief
+linguist came forward and repeated his commendations with the most
+profound bows; every look was favourable; every where there was a
+hand extended. The King then instructed his linguist to report to
+Mr. Bowdich, personally, his arguments respecting the books. “That
+he had subdued the Fantees at the expense of much powder and shot;
+and that, in consequence, all their notes were his: that he had
+only to send a Captain to bring all their heads, that he did not
+want to do no good, and keep the books; he would do more for the
+forts than the Fantees could; that the Dutch Governor did not cheat
+him, but gave the four oz. a month. That he wished to be friends
+with the English; but that the 4 ackies a month put shame upon his
+face.” To this Mr. Bowdich replied, that he could only say he knew
+the Governor would do what was right; that he could not say more
+until he heard from him; but that he would write every word the
+King said; and he was sure the King would see that the Governor
+would do what was right. We shook hands and retired.</p>
+
+<p>All the Fantees being detained by the King, Mr. Bowdich
+and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_52">[52]</span> Mr. Hutchison
+went in the evening to the chief captain to request a messenger
+from the King to Cape Coast; about two hours afterwards he reported
+the King’s reply almost literally as follows: “The King wishes you
+good night; this is his palaver and yours, you must not speak it to
+any one else, the white men come to cheat him. The King recollects
+the face of the white man who spoke to him to day, he likes him
+much, he wishes he would talk the palaver; the King likes the other
+white men who stood up with him very much; he thinks the Governor
+of Accra wishes to put all the wrong on the Governor at Cape Coast,
+and not to tell any thing. The King thinks that not right, and he
+sees you do not like that. You must not speak this palaver again;
+’tis the King’s palaver, and yours; the King’s captain will speak
+right to the King what you say, and you shall have a
+messenger.”</p>
+
+<p>We again affirm positively, that Mr. James made no offer to
+communicate with the Governor, but spoke only of his return, which
+we know he was meditating at the expense of the treaty, and every
+object of the Mission.</p>
+
+<p>Referring to our detail previous to the serious business of to
+day, you will find every circumstance to have been encouraging, and
+in our opinion, auspicious to the consummation of the Mission. Yet
+at that moment, unclouded as it was, we know Mr. James, by his own
+confession, to have written to head quarters with a gloom which
+existed only in his own imagination; this letter did not go from
+the detention of the Fantee bearers. We believe firmly, that had
+there been no interference on our part at the critical moment, Mr.
+James would have returned forthwith to Cape Coast, without
+effecting one object of the Mission, and that the future good of
+the Settlements would not only have been sacrificed, but their
+present security endangered.<a id="FNanchor_5"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_53">[53]</span>Mr. James may
+write that Mr. Bowdich rose with great warmth: this we deny, and
+affirm that he displayed no more than a temperate zeal, considerate
+in its declarations, and respectful even in its dissent from Mr.
+James. The attention of the King was arrested by the novelty of a
+white man addressing him in the oratorical manner of his own
+country, but it was not until the linguist had conveyed the
+arguments, that the King held out his hand and the applause was
+general. Mere observations whispered in the ear of the linguists
+had lost all effect, and would not have answered the crisis.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. James has talked, and perhaps written much of the King’s
+suspicion, but we must contend that much of this is misnamed, and
+is no more than that deliberate policy which is a pledge of the
+durability of the confidence it precedes. Certainly there has been
+suspicion, but not more than must have been expected, not more than
+was commensurate with the important novelty which challenged it. It
+has been confessed here, that our political rival has exerted all
+his address to vitiate our objects in the eyes of the King, to
+convince him our ostensible views were pretences; our real ones
+dangerous and unjust; that we sought sovereignty, not commerce. The
+Moorish chiefs and dignitaries by whom the King is surrounded,
+whose influence is powerful, not only from their rank but their
+repute, naturally urged these arguments against unbelievers and
+competitors in trade, and their extensive intercourse has
+unfortunately possessed them of facts to the point of our ambition.
+Let these considerations be weighed, let our account of the King’s
+general deportment be again referred to; let us impress, that he
+has never once adverted to our destruction of his<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_54">[54]</span> troops before Annamaboe, or of
+the critical situation of the fort; that he has evinced a
+disposition to a sound understanding, by veiling every irritating
+retrospect, by acknowledging every conciliatory circumstance.</p>
+
+<p>We do not presume to enter our opinions into the important
+question of the King’s demand of the whole of these two notes; we
+have advanced nothing but our assurance that the Governor will do
+what is right, and we have pledged our lives to convince the King
+of this; the importance of the Mission would have claimed a more
+valuable pledge.</p>
+
+<p>Whilst we impress the surprising power and influence of the
+King, we must do him the justice to acknowledge the convincing
+manner in which he urged the injuries and forbearance which
+preceded the Fantee war; his willingness to do every thing for the
+forts, and the conduct of the Dutch Governor in giving him the
+whole of the four ounces, were impressively and ingeniously
+associated.</p>
+
+<p>To wear away suspicion, Mr. Bowdich has ceased his enquiries and
+observations for a time. The resources for intelligence of the
+Interior are infinite. Timbuctoo has been visited by most of the
+sojourners, and a mass of valuable information may be gathered with
+caution.<a id="FNanchor_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_6" class=
+"fnanchor">[6]</a> The eclipses of Jupiter’s satellites will be
+regularly observed by Mr. Bowdich, and the mean longitude reported;
+the want of a good watch imposes considerable trouble.</p>
+
+<p>We have reflected on what we have done, and if we are so
+unfortunate as to be visited by your and the Committee’s
+displeasure,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_55">[55]</span> we shall
+console ourselves in our reluctant change of pursuit, by the
+satisfaction of our own minds of the honourable zeal of our
+motives.</p>
+
+<p>We most respectfully solicit our recall, as we cannot implicate
+our character and our responsibility with Mr. James’s judgment and
+perseverance in prosecuting the Mission, of the consummation of
+which we cannot agree to despond. We could not reconcile ourselves
+to the sacrifice of one of its important objects to our personal
+apprehensions (supported as we are by authority and circumstances)
+whilst the recollection of the illustrious energies of an
+enterprising traveller, forlorn and destitute, appeals to our
+spirit, and impresses the expectations of our country. We are,
+&amp;c.</p>
+
+<p class="center pad20pc space-above1">(Signed)</p>
+
+<div class="sign1">
+<p>T. EDWARD BOWDICH.</p>
+
+<p>W. HUTCHISON.</p>
+
+<p>HENRY TEDLIE.</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8">
+
+<p class="right less space-above15"><em>Coomassie, May 24</em>,
+1817.</p>
+
+<p class="center space-above1"><span class="sc">To the Governor and
+Council, Cape Coast Castle.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Gentlemen,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><span class="sc">The</span> act our former letter
+has avowed, and we would presume (after the most deliberate
+reflection) to add justified, has made it our duty to communicate
+(independently of Mr. James) the circumstances of the interval we
+may await your pleasure.</p>
+
+<p>If this duty had not been imposed on us by the act in question,
+the imminent fatality engendered in the debate of to day, and
+quickened by the ardor of the captains, would have demanded from
+our private as well as our public feelings, the most energetic
+representations (as auxiliary to those of Mr. James,) in
+impressing<span class="pagenum" id="Page_56">[56]</span> the
+calamities and the sacrifices which menace the Settlements and the
+Mission, to secure your serious deliberation, as the only
+preventive we can look to with confidence.</p>
+
+<p>Yesterday we were conducted some way without the town to an
+assembly of the Moorish caboceers and dignitaries, who exert every
+device against us. A chapter was read from the Koran, and we were
+ordered to swear by that book that we had no rogues palaver, and
+that we had put no poison in the King’s liquor. We severally
+refused to swear on the Koran, but offered to do so on our own
+prayer books. The King’s linguist mediated, and asked us if we
+would only strike that book three times, and then declare as much,
+because the Moors said, that book would kill us if we lied. We did
+this, and were about two hours afterwards ordered to sit without
+our house and receive the following present from the King:</p>
+
+<p>One bullock, 2 pigs, 8 oz. of gold, for Mr. James.</p>
+
+<p>One sheep, 2 oz. 4 ackies of gold, for each of us.</p>
+
+<p>To each of the numerous Fantee messengers, 10 ackies of
+gold.</p>
+
+<p>To our cooks, a large assortment of pots and country vessels,
+100 large billets of wood, 100 yams, 100 bunches of plantains, four
+of sugar cane, four (24 gallon) pots of palm oil, three jars of
+palm wine.</p>
+
+<p>To the soldiers, 10 ackies of gold.</p>
+
+<p>To the Accra linguist, 10 ackies of gold.</p>
+
+<p>On Saturday we were summoned to the King, and waited as usual a
+considerable time in one of the outer courts of the palace, which
+is an immense building of a variety of oblong courts and regular
+squares, the former with arcades along the one side, some of round
+arches symmetrically turned, having a skeleton of bamboo; the
+entablatures exuberantly adorned with bold fan and trellis work of
+Egyptian character. They have a suit of rooms<span class="pagenum"
+id="Page_57">[57]</span> over them, with small windows of wooden
+lattice, of intricate but regular carved work, and some have frames
+cased with thin gold. The squares have a large apartment on each
+side, open in front, with two supporting pillars, which break the
+view and give it all the appearance of the proscenium or front of
+the stage of the older Italian theatres. They are lofty and
+regular, and the cornices of a very bold cane work in alto relievo.
+A drop curtain of curiously plaited cane is suspended in front, and
+in each we observed chairs and stools embossed with gold, and beds
+of silk, with scattered regalia. The most ornamented part of the
+palace is the residence of the women. We have passed through it
+once; the fronts of the apartments were closed (except two open
+door ways) by pannels of curious open carving, conveying a striking
+resemblance at first sight to an early Gothic screen; one was
+entirely closed and had two curious doors of a low arch, and
+strengthened or battened with wood-work, carved in high relief and
+painted red. Doors chancing to open as we passed, surprised us with
+a glimpse of large apartments in corners we could not have thought
+of, the most secret appeared the most adorned. In our daily course
+through the palace there is always a delay of some minutes, before
+the door of each of the several distinct squares is unlocked;
+within the inmost square is the council chamber.</p>
+
+<p>To day, after the delay of nearly an hour (which seems an
+indispensible ceremony) in the outer court, (where different
+dignitaries were passing to and fro with their insignia and
+retinues,) we were conducted to a large yard, where the King,
+encircled by a varied profusion of insignia, even more sumptuous
+than that we had seen before, sat at the end of two long files of
+counsellors, caboceers, and captains; they were seated under their
+umbrellas, composed of scarlet and yellow cloth, silks, shawls,
+cottons, and every glaring variety, with carved and golden
+pelicans, panthers, baboons,<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_58">[58]</span> barrels, crescents, &amp;c. on the top; the
+shape generally a dome. Distinct and pompous retinues were placed
+around, with gold canes, spangled elephants tails to brush off the
+flies, gold headed swords, and embossed muskets, and many splendid
+novelties too numerous but for a particular report, which will not
+be neglected. Each had the dignitaries of his own province or
+establishment to his right and left; and it was truly “Concilium in
+Concilio.” When we recollected the insignificant, though neat
+appearance of the few Ashantee towns we had passed through on the
+southern frontier, and even the extent and superior character of
+the capital, this magnificence seemed the effect of
+enchantment.</p>
+
+<p>We have intruded this sketch to impress the power and resources
+of the monarch we are to conciliate, and to anticipate in some
+degree the delay of Mr. Bowdich’s report, the transcription of
+which must yield to the present momentous communication.</p>
+
+<p>The King having decided a cause then in course, by which one of
+his captains was condemned to death for cowardice, ordered the
+question of the Annamaboe and Braffoe notes to be resumed. The
+several Fantee messengers were heard, the King of Annamaboe’s,
+Amooney’s, and Payntree’s (the interior caboceer) having joined us
+in the path. They appeared all equivocation and embarrassment, as
+Quashie’s interpretations confirmed; they were incompetent to
+answer the King’s linguists, and unable to use the few
+uninterrupted intervals which were allowed them to any purpose: it
+seems they would not acknowledge what the full amount of these
+notes was. Mr. James was asked, he said “white men’s heads were not
+like black men’s, and he could not recollect; but he thought 4 oz.
+and 2 oz.” He did not offer to learn from the Governor. Several
+impassioned harangues were made by the King’s linguists and
+counsellors: the King said, “he had 4 oz. from Elmina, and 2 oz.
+from English Accra; was it not putting shame upon him to
+send<span class="pagenum" id="Page_59">[59]</span> him 4 ackies
+from Cape Coast?” The Cape Coast messenger (Quashie Tom had
+absented himself) spoke again with great trepidation; the King
+could not conceal his emotions; his counsellors became clamorous;
+in an instant there was a flourish of all the horns; all the
+captains rose and seized their gold headed swords from their
+attendants; the head general snatched Mr. Tedlie’s from his
+scabbard; numerous canopies crowded one upon the other in the
+background, as if some considerable personages had arrived; there
+was nothing but commotion, wrath, and impatience. The captains, old
+and young, rushed before the King, and exclaimed, as Quashie
+reported, (who seems to have been afraid to tell us all, and was
+restrained by Quamina) “King, this shames you too much; you must
+let us go to night and kill all the Fantees, and burn all the towns
+under the forts.” They then presented themselves successively with
+their bands of music and retinues, and bowing before the King,
+received his foot upon their heads; each then directed his sword to
+the King (who held up the two first fingers of his right hand) and
+swore by the King’s head, that they would go with the army that
+night, and bring him the books, and the heads of all the Fantees.
+Each captain made the oath impressive in his own peculiar manner;
+some seriously, some by ridicule, at our expense, and that of the
+Fantees, pointing at our heads and ears, and endeavouring to
+intimidate us by the most insolent action and gesture as they held
+out their swords. The old general (Apokoo) who swore the last,
+after he had done so in the most expressive manner, threw Mr.
+Tedlie’s sword to him, over the heads of the people with
+contemptuous defiance. The number was so great, that we thought
+this awful ceremony would never finish.</p>
+
+<p>The King left the council a short time. In the interval, Quamina
+Bwa (our guide) told Accra Quashie to beg Mr. James to
+speak<span class="pagenum" id="Page_60">[60]</span> to the King
+when he came back, and try and appease him. Mr. James did so, but
+without the zeal, presence of mind, or argument the crisis
+demanded; it was not adequate even to ameliorate the King’s
+impression of the Governor and the English; it was no more than he
+said at first. The King took not the least notice of it, but
+declared angrily, that “if he did not see white men’s faces he
+would cut off the heads of every Fantee messenger on the spot.”
+Some sheep and gold were then brought forward and presented to the
+Captains, and the King rose abruptly from his chair. In this
+anxious moment we reflected that the mulatto of General Daendels
+had a long audience of the King just before we were received; no
+resource was to be left untried, that was manly and appropriate.
+Mr. Bowdich stepped before the King, and declared through the
+linguist, “that he wished to speak what he knew would make the King
+think that the Governor would do him right, and was his good
+friend.” The King said he would hear him speak in the house; we
+retired amidst the insults and menaces of the assembly.</p>
+
+<p>About two hours after, we were summoned, and, as is the
+etiquette, kept some time in waiting; in this interval, Mr. James
+said that our situation being very critical, it was a pity any
+difference should be observed, and that he thought it much better
+to be reconciled. Mr. Bowdich replied, that he could not think it
+possible our sentiments to be delivered to the King could differ at
+such a moment; that if they did we should assimilate ours to his as
+much as possible; but feeling the necessity for the greatest
+energy, for every address and argument for the conviction of the
+King, we must, for the public good, continue our assumption of the
+privilege of strengthening his declarations by our own until our
+recall, that we should be tender of his dignity, but that it being
+a difference on a point of public duty, we could not compound it,
+but would take the consequences. We were received; the King’s
+aspect was<span class="pagenum" id="Page_61">[61]</span> stern; he
+prefaced that “he did not wish to make war with the English; but
+that the 4 ackies a month shamed him too much; that the captains
+said to him, King! they cheat you, they put shame on you; we will
+go to night and bring you the heads of all the Fantees; that he was
+forced to say to them, I beg your pardon, but as I see the white
+men’s faces, I beg you to stay till to-morrow, when they can write
+to the Governor, and they will tell me themselves what he says;
+then if he does not send me Amooney’s and the Braffoes books, you
+shall go and kill all; that he had been obliged afterwards to dash
+them sheep and gold to make them stay until the white men got the
+Governor’s letter.” Mr. James assured the King “that the King of
+England and the Governor wished to be friends with him, to do all
+that was right; and he thought in his own mind that the Governor
+would give up the books.” The King took no notice, and continued
+serious: the moment called for the most energetic appeal to his
+reason, for every imposing argument and circumstance. There was a
+long pause; Mr. Bowdich rose, and charged Mr. James’s linguist to
+interpret truly. We took the precaution of making notes of this
+speech, feeling we should be particular where we pledge our honour,
+and volunteer our affidavit; it was as follows.</p>
+
+<p>“We swore yesterday as the King wished, to day we wish to swear
+as we should before our own King.” The King held up the two first
+fingers of his right hand as he did to the captains. “We swear”
+(presenting our swords and kissing the hilt, as the most imposing
+form that occurred to us) “by our God, and by our King, and we know
+the Governor of Accra will do the same, that we mean no bad to the
+King, that the King of England and the Company ordered the Governor
+to send us to make the Ashantees and English as one, that we are
+sure the Governor will do the King right, and that when we write
+him all the King says, we will<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_62">[62]</span> write also that we think the King’s palaver
+good. We were sent to make the English and Ashantees as one,
+because our’s is the greatest white, your’s the greatest black
+nation, and when two great nations are friends, it makes good. I
+came out in the ship that was sent to tell the Governor this, and
+when he heard it, he said it gave him very much pleasure. The King
+of England and the Company thought the Governor should send to the
+King, to send some of his great men to Cape Coast, that we might be
+safe; but the Governor said, no! there was no occasion, and wrote
+to the King and the Company that he could trust all his officers in
+Ashantee, because the King’s honour made them safe, so we came
+without sending, because we knew the King was our true friend.</p>
+
+<p>“The Governor wished always to do the King right, but the
+Fantees never would tell him what was right, so he wrote to the
+King of England to send him some presents, that he might send his
+own officers to the King, and hear properly from the King’s own
+mouth what was right, because the Fantees never would tell him what
+was true, or what the King said. When the Governor reads what we
+shall write him, then he will know the truth for the first time. We
+shall stay to make the Ashantees and English one, and we pledge our
+lives to the King, that we speak a proper palaver, and when we
+speak true before God and the King we cannot fear.”</p>
+
+<p>There were repeated and general applauses as each sentence was
+interpreted; the King smiled, and desired his linguist to say to
+Mr. Bowdich as Quashie interpreted, “The King likes you, you speak
+a proper good palaver, you speak like a man, the King wishes to be
+a friend to white men; he thinks white men next to God.” Here the
+King raised his hands to heaven, and then covering his face,
+Quashie continued to interpret. “The King thanks God and his own
+fetish, that they have sent him white men to talk proper like this
+to him, and when you three white men go<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_63">[63]</span> back to Cape Coast, and the Governor has bad
+put into his head, and think you did wrong, then if you want any
+thing to eat, send a messenger to him and he will send you plenty,
+for the King thinks you do right to God and him, and to your King,
+and to the Governor, and that you will get much honour when you go
+back; so the King thanks you, and says you speak well.” The King
+then asked Mr. James if he would swear on his sword like us, as we
+said; Mr. James did so. The King made an observation which it seems
+we cannot convey to you in its full force, or nearer than, that he
+liked the three white men because they always stood up to speak,
+and pushed forward to get what they wanted. Many auxiliary
+observations were afterwards offered casually by each of us, to
+confirm his change of sentiment. The Fantee linguists attempted to
+intimidate the linguist Quashie of Accra, but ineffectually; this
+man is invaluable from his influence and intelligence, he is our
+only safe medium, and interprets to the King anxiously and
+impressively.</p>
+
+<p>The King appeared much pleased, and made us a long speech. “The
+King says the Fantees are all rogues, the Governor knows that very
+well; the King thinks they always put bad palaver in the Governor’s
+head, he always tells his captains so; he is sure you come to do
+him right. The King wishes all good for the English; he swears by
+God and by the fetish, that if the English could know how the
+Fantees serve him, and all the bad they do, they would say his
+palaver was good. The King speaks true.” He then gave us an outline
+of the Fantee war, which must have convinced even the most
+prejudiced, of his injuries and forbearance, and their injustice
+and cruelty.</p>
+
+<p>The King says, “if the English trust to him, he will take more
+care of the forts than the Fantees can, he will do them great good,
+he does not want to do nothing. He will send the English
+his<span class="pagenum" id="Page_64">[64]</span> trade; he will
+send them good gold like what he wears himself, (shewing his
+armlets,) not bad gold like he knows the Fantees make, his people
+don’t know how to do that, the Fantees do it in their own houses
+before they give it to white men. If at any time the English in the
+forts are in want of any thing to eat, and send to him, he will
+send them every thing. To morrow is Sunday, but the next day is
+Monday, then he will give you a proper messenger.”</p>
+
+<p>We cannot do justice to the King’s sentiments either in detail
+or in expression; they were incredibly liberal, and would have
+ennobled the most civilized monarch; they seemed to break the spell
+which has shut the Interior. He begged us to drink with him, and
+Mr. James agreed in the toast of “May the Ashantees and English
+always be one;” it pleased him, and he begged us to touch his glass
+with ours. He then turned suddenly to the Fantee messengers (who
+were trembling in the rear) and said, “you made me very angry with
+you, and I am very angry with you, but never mind, come and drink
+some of my liquor.”</p>
+
+<p>Our critical situation demands the delivery of our sentiments on
+the subject of these notes; we do so with diffidence and respect.
+The services of the Braffoes, who hold the one, are merely nominal,
+their enmity nugatory from their political situation; the issuing
+of a fresh note to Amooney will be but a small addition to the
+expenditure, and even the expense of renewing them both cannot be
+weighed with the prevention of another Fantee war, of the
+destruction of a whole people, and the ruin of our Settlements in
+their defence, with the defeat of the intrigue and devices of our
+rival, and the acquisition of the confidence of a powerful and
+liberal monarch, whose influence may perfect the views of the
+British Government on the Interior. We hail the circumstances as
+auspicious, even in the present serious moment.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_65">[65]</span>Mr. James
+confesses that he desponds of consummating the objects of the
+Mission; we do not; we would be responsible for all of them, but we
+diffidently await your decision. We must claim this momentary calm
+of the King to ourselves, because it only affords us the credit, or
+rather the justification of having done our duty, which we are
+resolute in repeating Mr. James has not. What has been said through
+Mr. Bowdich is here reported faithfully; we have not committed the
+Governor or ourselves.</p>
+
+<p>Gentlemen, our situation is critical; if your answer determines
+the King on war, we are his prisoners; if, as we cannot doubt, the
+valour of our countrymen again retards his progress by defences as
+memorable as that of Annamaboe, we may be the victims of an
+irritated soldiery, though we feel it would be with the reluctance
+of a generous prince, who is not independent, but, unfortunately,
+controlled by a military despotism, which deposed his brother and
+invested him.</p>
+
+<p>But, Gentlemen, if in your better knowledge and reflection, you
+cannot consistently with your honour and your trust, meet the
+King’s demand, the history of our country has fortified our minds
+with the illustrious example of a Vansittart, and his colleagues,
+who were situated as we are, when the dawn of British intercourse
+in India was scarcely more advanced than its dawn in Africa now;
+and their last request to their Council is our present conclusion
+to you—“Do not put our lives in competition with the honour and
+interests of our country.”</p>
+
+<p class="center pad20pc space-above1">We are, &amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
+
+<table class="sign2">
+<tr>
+<td>(Signed)</td>
+<td>T. EDWARD BOWDICH.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>W. HUTCHISON.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>HENRY TEDLIE.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="right less space-above15"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_66">[66]</span><em>Coomassie, May 28th</em>, 1817.</p>
+
+<p class="center space-above1"><span class="sc">To the Governor and
+Council.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Gentlemen,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><span class="sc">On</span> Sunday the King visited
+us at our quarters, and expressed much gratification with the
+trifles we presented him individually, and our solicitude in
+explaining some plates of botanical and natural history, which he
+sends for frequently.</p>
+
+<p>On Monday we had a public audience before the Captains, (whose
+ill-will has been acknowledged,) when two messengers were ordered
+to accompany one of ours to Cape Coast, with the letters to the
+Governor, and were impressively sworn; they received their
+instructions in a speech from the linguist of nearly two hours; it
+seemed to be intended to conciliate the Captains at the same
+time.</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon the King sent for us again, and said he wished
+to dictate a letter to the Governor. Mr. James wrote the sense of
+the King’s expressions, but was obliged to leave off from
+indisposition. The King would not trust it out of his hands.
+Yesterday evening it was concluded, when the King proposed to make
+his mark, and insisted on repeating it in the direction. We have
+taken the pains to preserve this curious letter verbatim, which
+from its length, and our constant interruption, we are compelled to
+reserve with many curious particulars for the General Report.</p>
+
+<p>We are anxiously waiting a summons to hand our dispatches to the
+messenger. Nine days are allowed for the journey to Cape Coast, and
+nine for the return. The whole time has been gradually extended, by
+intreaty of the Fantee messengers, from eighteen to thirty
+days.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Hutchison is ill with a bilious attack, and several of the
+people with a fever and dysentery. The heat is very
+powerful<span class="pagenum" id="Page_67">[67]</span> here, but
+Mr. Bowdich and Mr. Tedlie continue in excellent health.</p>
+
+<p>We would recommend the sending up a common green silk umbrella,
+and a Company’s dirk, as presents to the King’s favourite
+nephew.</p>
+
+<p>Our confinement to the house is rather irksome; we are not
+allowed to walk in the town without Captains accompanying us.</p>
+
+<p>12 o’clock. The King sent to say Mr. Bowdich must come to the
+palace, and mount the chief captain’s horse, and shew him how
+Englishmen ride. Mr. Bowdich went, and by the King’s desire
+gallopped up and down the opposite hill. The King expressed great
+anxiety when the horse was made to play his tricks; and when Mr.
+Bowdich persevered, and made him gallop back and alighted, the King
+sent him word that “he rode like a proper man, that he stayed on
+the horse well, and made him do proper.”</p>
+
+<p>4 o’clock. The King sent for us at two, to make some additions
+to the letter, and to seal it in his presence. A long prayer was
+uttered by a Moor after the sealing of the letter, and we were
+called back to be again impressed with the example and justice of
+the Dutch as regards the books. Mr. Hutchison’s illness prevented
+his attendance to day. The messengers are to go to night.</p>
+
+<p>May 29th, 3 p.m. The messengers and the Fantee bearers, have
+been delayed in consequence of the death of a person of rank, and
+their assistance in the custom. I am now assured that they will
+leave Coomassie at 4 o’clock.</p>
+
+<p>In reply to the request we urged to Mr. James, that he would
+dismiss our hammock men, as they had been of so little service to
+us in coming up, and were a considerable expense; he impressed that
+it would be contrary to your instructions.</p>
+
+<p>Only one message from the King to day, and that a private one to
+Mr. Bowdich, with permission for him to ride: he went
+all<span class="pagenum" id="Page_68">[68]</span> round the town,
+which he considers to be about three miles in circumference: the
+King afterwards sent him word, that to-morrow he must ride on a
+cloth only, as he had heard the English did.</p>
+
+<p class="center pad20pc space-above1">We are, &amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
+
+<table class="sign2">
+<tr>
+<td>(Signed)</td>
+<td>T. E. BOWDICH.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>H. TEDLIE.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>P.S. Mr. James had a severe relapse of fever last night, and was
+very ill this morning; at 10 o’clock a.m. he had the cold bath, and
+some febrifuge medicine. Mr. Hutchison is rather better, the
+soldiers also, but the hammock men continue much the same.</p>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8">
+
+<p class="hang1 space-above15"><span class="sc">Saï Tootoo
+Quamina</span>, <em>King of Ashantee and its Dependencies, to</em>
+<span class="sc">John Hope Smith</span>, <em>Esquire, Governor in
+Chief of the British Settlements on the Gold Coast of
+Africa.</em></p>
+
+<p class="nind"><span class="sc">The</span> King sends his
+compliments to the Governor, he thanks the King of England and him
+very much for the presents sent to him, he thinks them very
+handsome. The King’s sisters and all his friends have seen them,
+and think them very handsome, and thank him. The King thanks his
+God and his fetish that he made the Governor send the white men’s
+faces for him to see, like he does now; he likes the English very
+much, and the Governor all the same as his brother.</p>
+
+<p>The King of England has made war against all the other white
+people a long time, and killed all the people all about, and taken
+all the towns, French, Dutch, and Danish, all the towns, all about.
+The King of Ashantee has made war against all the people of the
+water side, and all the black men all about, and taken all their
+towns.</p>
+
+<p>When the King of England takes a French town, he
+says,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_69">[69]</span> “come, all this
+is mine, bring all your books, and give me all your pay,” and if
+they don’t do it, does the Governor think the King of England likes
+it?<a id="FNanchor_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_7" class=
+"fnanchor">[7]</a> So the King has beat the Fantees now two times,
+and taken all their towns, and they send and say to him, you are a
+great King, we want to serve you; but he says, Hah! you want to
+serve me, then bring all your books, what you get from the forts,
+and then they send him four ackies, this vexes him too much.</p>
+
+<p>The first time he made war against the Fantees, two great men in
+Assin quarrelled, so half the people came to Ashantee, half went to
+Fantee. The King said, what is the reason of this, so he sent his
+gold swords and canes to know why they did so, and the Fantees
+killed his messengers and took all their gold.<a id=
+"FNanchor_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a>
+After they fought with the Elminas and Accras, the Fantees sent
+word to the King they would serve him; the King sent word to the
+Assins, if it is true that the Fantees want to serve me, let me
+hear; after that they sent to say yes! they tired of fighting, and
+wanted to serve him, he said, well, give me some gold, what you get
+from the books, and then you shall hear what palaver I have got in
+my head, and we can be friends; then he sent some messengers, and
+after they waited more than two years, the Fantees sent word back,
+no! we don’t want to serve the King, but only to make the path open
+and get good trade: this vexed the King too much.</p>
+
+<p>Then the Fantees sent to a strong man, Cudjoe Coomah,
+and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_70">[70]</span> said, “come, let
+us put our heads together against the King;” after that, when the
+King heard this, he sent one, not a great man, but his own slave,
+and said, well you will do, go kill all the people, all the
+Aquapims, and Akims, and all; and so he killed all, and after he
+killed all he came and told him.</p>
+
+<p>When he sent against Akim, the people in Akim sent word, that
+they told their head men not to vex the King, but they would not
+mind them, so he killed the head people, and the others begged his
+pardon.</p>
+
+<p>When the King went to fight with the Fantees they sent this
+saucy word—we will kill you and your people, and stand on you; then
+they did not kill one Ashantee captain, but the King killed all the
+Fantee captains and people. They do not stand on him.</p>
+
+<p>That time, after the King fought, all the Fantees sent word,
+well we will serve you, but you must not send more harm to hurt us,
+we don’t want to fight more, but to make good friends with you.
+Then the King said, what caboceer lives at Cape Coast and
+Annamaboe, what books they get from the forts, let them send all,
+and then we can be friends. And the King sent word too, if my
+messengers go to Cape Coast fort, and if they bring pots of gold,
+and casks of goods, then I can’t take that, <em>but I must have the
+books</em>.</p>
+
+<p>After that the King sent word to the Governor of Cape Coast and
+the Governor of Annamaboe, well! you know I have killed all the
+Fantees, and I must have Adocoo’s and Amooney’s books, and I can
+make friends with you, good brother and good heart; but now they
+send four ackies, that is what makes the King’s heart break out
+when he looks on the book and thinks of four ackies, and his
+captains swear that the Fantees are rogues and want to cheat him.
+When the white men see the Fantees do this, and the<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_71">[71]</span> English officers bring him this
+four ackies, it makes him get up very angry, but he has no palaver
+with white men.</p>
+
+<p>All Fantee is his, all the black mans country is his; he hears
+that white men bring all the things that come here; he wonders they
+do not fight with the Fantees, for he knows they cheat them. Now he
+sees white men, and he thanks God and his fetish for it.</p>
+
+<p>When the English made Apollonia fort he fought with the Aowins,
+the masters of that country, and killed them; then he said to the
+caboceer, I have killed all your people, your book is mine; the
+caboceer said, true! so long as you take my town, the book belongs
+to you.</p>
+
+<p>He went to Dankara and fought, and killed the people, then he
+said; give me the book you get from Elmina, so they did, and now
+Elmina belongs to him.<a id="FNanchor_9"></a><a href="#Footnote_9"
+class="fnanchor">[9]</a></p>
+
+<p>The English fort at Accra gave a book to an Akim caboceer,
+called Aboigin Adjumawcon. The King killed him and took the book.
+The Dutch fort gave a book to another Akim caboceer, Curry Curry
+Apam. The Danish fort gave a book to another Akim caboceer, Arrawa
+Akim; the King killed all and took their books.</p>
+
+<p>This King, Saï, is young on the stool, but he keeps always in
+his head what old men say, for it is good, and his great men and
+linguists tell it him every morning. The King of England makes
+three great men, and sends one to Cape Coast, one to Annamaboe, and
+one to Accra; Cape Coast is the same as England. The King gets two
+ounces from Accra every moon, and the English wish to give him only
+four ackies for the big fort at Cape Coast, and the same for
+Annamboe; do white men think this proper?</p>
+
+<p>When the King killed the Dankara caboceer and got two ounces
+from Elmina, the Dutch Governor said, this is a proper King,
+we<span class="pagenum" id="Page_72">[72]</span> shall not play
+with him, and made the book four ounces. The King has killed all
+the people, and all the forts are his; he sent his captains to see
+white men, now he sees them, and thanks God and his fetish. If the
+path was good when the captains went, the King would have gone
+under the forts and seen all the white men. The Ashantees take good
+gold to Cape Coast, but the Fantees mix it; he sent some of his
+captains like slaves to see, and they saw it; ten handkerchiefs are
+cut to eight, water is put to rum, and charcoal to powder, even for
+the King; they cheat him, but he thinks the white men give all
+those things proper to the Fantees.</p>
+
+<p>The King knows the King of England is his good friend, for he
+has sent him handsome dashes; he knows his officers are his good
+friends, for they come to see him. The King wishes the Governor to
+send to Elmina to see what is paid him there, and to write the King
+of England how much, as the English say their nation passes the
+Dutch; he will see by the books given him by both forts. If the
+King of England does not like that, he may send him himself what he
+pleases, and then Saï can take it.</p>
+
+<p>He thanks the King and Governor for sending four white men to
+see him. The old King wished to see some of them, but the Fantees
+stop it. He is but a young man and sees them, and so again he
+thanks God and his fetish.</p>
+
+<p>Dictated in the presence of,</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad4"><span class="sc">T. Edward Bowdich,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad4"><span class="sc">William Hutchison,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad4"><span class="sc">Henry Tedlie.</span>
+</p>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8">
+
+<p class="space-above15"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_73">[73]</span>May 30. Apokoo sent us a present of 30 ackies
+of gold and some fruits.</p>
+
+<p>June 1. The King sent to desire Mr. Tedlie to bring his
+instruments and medicines, and explain their uses to him; he was
+shrewdly inquisitive, and presented Mr. Tedlie with 6 ackies of
+gold in approbation of his intelligence.</p>
+
+<p>June 4. The King paid us a visit at our quarters, and expressed
+himself highly gratified with some botanical engravings: he said
+white men tried to know so much they would spoil their heads by and
+by. We were allowed to take a walk in the town to day, in charge of
+two captains. We had scarcely passed the palace when two men were
+decapitated for cowardice: three others had been executed during
+the night.</p>
+
+<p>June 5. Bakkee, to whom our house formerly belonged, had been
+sent the second in command of the army with which Appia Danqua
+invaded Fantee the second time, in pursuit of the Akim and Aquapim
+revolters. Wearied of the procrastination and labours of the
+campaign, he inconsiderately observed to a public messenger, that,
+as the King had declared when he invaded Fantee in person, that he
+would have the head of every Fantee caboceer, and yet returned with
+a part only; so he could not be expected to forego the enjoyment of
+the riches and luxuries of his home, until every revolter was
+killed. On his return to the capital without leave, he was charged
+with this, and not denying it, was stripped of all his property,
+and hung himself. Aboidwee our present house master was raised to
+Bakkee’s stool, or seat in council, to which 1700 retainers are
+attached.</p>
+
+<p>June 9. The King sent us two sheep and a large quantity of
+fruit; his nephew also sent us a sheep.</p>
+
+<p>June 11. We were invited to attend the King’s levee, on the Adaï
+custom, and were presented with a flask of rum and a
+fat<span class="pagenum" id="Page_74">[74]</span> sheep. This walk
+was a great relief, for the longest court in our quarters was not
+more than 14 feet.</p>
+
+<p>June 12. The King sent us a large Hio sheep to look at; it
+measured 4½ feet from the head to the insertion of the tail, which
+was two feet long, its height was three feet, and it was covered
+with coarse shaggy hair.</p>
+
+<p>June 13. The King sent for us late at night; he assured us he
+wished to think well of the English; and that if Cape Coast was not
+so far off, he should send messengers daily to wish the Governor
+good morning, but the Crambos (Moors) and his great men thought we
+came to do bad, and spy the country; so he sent for us when it was
+dark, that they might not know it. He had only two persons with
+him. Mr. James was too ill to attend.</p>
+
+<p>17. The King sent a present to our quarters of</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad4"><span class="word-spaced03">&nbsp;</span>2
+ounces of gold to the officers.</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad4">20 ackies to our people.</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad4">10 ackies to our linguists.</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad4"><span class="word-spaced03">&nbsp;</span>1
+hog, 1 sheep, and a profusion of plantains and oranges.</p>
+
+<p class="nind">This was his reproof of a disgraceful attempt to
+borrow money of him for our subsistence; of which Mr. Hutchison,
+Mr. Tedlie, and myself, had publicly disclaimed our knowledge and
+sanction. Nothing could be more injurious to our dignity.</p>
+
+<p>18th. Mr. Tedlie having ventured to walk a few yards without the
+town, was arrested by a captain, with about 100 followers, who
+detained him in his house whilst a message was sent to the King,
+who desiring Mr. Tedlie to be brought before him, enquired if he
+had his small box (compass) in his pocket, and finding he had not,
+affected to reprove the captain severely, for supposing either of
+us could wish to run away, whilst the King was our friend. After
+this we seldom went out.</p>
+
+<p>21st. Bundahenna, one of the King’s uncles, begged him
+for<span class="pagenum" id="Page_75">[75]</span> permission to go
+and make custom for some relatives whom he had lost in the last
+Fantee war, as he feared their spirits were beginning to trouble
+him. The King subscribed four ounces of gold, two ankers of rum,
+one barrel of powder, and four human victims for sacrifice, towards
+this custom. We received a present of 11 ackies of gold from
+Quatchie Quofies household.</p>
+
+<p>26th. We received a present from a captain called Oöossa Cudjo,
+of 10 ackies of gold, and another from Jessinting, of the same
+quantity, a sheep and some plantains.</p>
+
+<p>28th. The King sent us a large quantity of plantains and
+oranges. Apokoo, one of the four greatest men in the kingdom,
+hearing his mother’s sister was dead, killed a slave before his
+house, and proceeded to her croom to sacrifice many more, and
+celebrate her funeral custom; but, when he found, on opening her
+boxes, that the old woman from her dislike of him, had thrown
+almost all her rock gold into the river, and that he should only
+inherit a number of hungry slaves, he sacrificed but one more
+victim, and made but a very mean custom.</p>
+
+<p>29th. Attended the King’s levee, and were presented with a flask
+of rum, and a fat sheep. The King sent us word that he would be
+glad to let us walk out, but there were many bad people who would
+kill us if they could. We were gratified by an invitation to visit
+Odumata, one of the four aristocrats; he begged us to drink palm
+wine with him, and ordered a large jar of it to be sent to our
+servants. He told us he was the first captain who fought with the
+English at Annamaboe; and that if the books were not sent, he would
+be the first to do so again; he asked us if we would take him to
+England to see our King, and engage to bring him back again; for,
+having sold an immense number of captives as slaves, he expected
+some of them might recognise him, and call out to the King of
+England to stop him, because he had sent them out of their own
+country.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_76">[76]</span>July 2. A girl was
+beheaded for insolence to one of the King’s sons, and a man for
+transgressing the law by picking up gold which he had dropped in
+the public market place, where all that falls is allowed to
+accumulate until the soil is washed on state emergencies.</p>
+
+<p>3rd. This morning one of the King’s sons (about 10 years of age)
+shot himself: his funeral custom was celebrated in the afternoon,
+and a smart fire of musquetry was kept up until sun-set, amidst
+dancing, singing, and revelry; two men and one girl were
+sacrificed, and their trunks and heads were left in the market
+place till dark. The mother of this child, a favourite wife of the
+King’s, having added crime to a continued perversity of conduct,
+had been put to death; the boy was banished the King’s presence
+from that time. This morning he had stolen into the palace for the
+first time, and the King desiring him to be removed, observing that
+he had, doubtless, as bad a head towards him as his mother had
+shewn; he replied, that if he could not be allowed to come and look
+at his father, he had better die; half an hour afterwards he
+destroyed himself privately, by directing a blunderbuss into his
+mouth, and discharging it with his foot. The keeper of the royal
+cemetry was this day imprisoned. His wife was soon after charged by
+the council with making fetish to turn the King’s head; she replied
+that it meant no more than to make the King think better of her
+husband; but they insisted that she invoked the Fetish to make the
+King mad, and she was executed.</p>
+
+<p>5th. A loud shout from our people announced the return of the
+messengers from Cape Coast Castle, after an absence of thirty-eight
+days.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftp1c03">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5"><span class=
+"label">[5]</span></a>“The government of the country is a military
+despotism, and I have this day received private information, that
+it is already settled, that if the refusal of the notes occasions a
+war, and any one is hurt or killed by the forts, our lives will be
+the forfeit.” Mr. James’s Dispatch.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6"><span class=
+"label">[6]</span></a>“In the present suspicious state of the
+King’s mind respecting us, I fear it would be impolitic to make the
+enquiries you ordered in your instructions. I think it will be more
+prudent to leave them to time. Mr. H. if he remains, will be able,
+from time to time, to obtain such information as they can give,
+without creating that suspicion which would certainly arise from
+any questions put at the present moment. I have kept Mr. H’s
+hammock men, as it is yet uncertain whether he will remain.” Mr.
+James’s Dispatch.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7"><span class=
+"label">[7]</span></a>This is an extraordinary impression, that all
+the towns in Europe are supported like those under the forts,
+holding notes from their governments for annual stipends.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_8"><span class=
+"label">[8]</span></a>Here the King’s linguist ceased, and by his
+desire requested us to repeat all the King had said, he was much
+pleased with our accuracy, and begged us to take some refreshment,
+(spirits and palm wine were introduced in silver bowls) fearing he
+had kept us too long without eating, and, would continue the letter
+to-morrow. He locked up what had been written, and heard it read
+again the next day, before his linguists continued.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_9"></a><a href="#FNanchor_9"><span class=
+"label">[9]</span></a>The King always spoke of the acts of all his
+ancestors as his own.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_77">[77]</span><a id=
+"p1c03b"></a><span class="letter-spaced01">CHAPTER</span> III.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8 spaced3">
+
+<p class="sch1"><em>Proceedings and Incidents until the Third
+Dispatch to Cape Coast Castle.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="right less space-above15"><em>Cape Coast Castle, June
+21</em>, 1817.</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Sir,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="dcap"><span class="sc">Mr. James</span> being ordered to
+return here as soon as possible, will deliver you his instructions,
+and you will immediately on receipt of this letter, take upon
+yourself the management of the Mission. I have every reliance on
+your prudence and discretion, and still firmly hope that the
+termination of the Embassy will be attended with success, and that
+the sanguine expectations which we have entertained as to the
+result of it, will not be disappointed.</p>
+
+<p>The King has received a very erroneous impression of the affair
+of the Fantee notes, which I regret to hear was the cause of a
+serious disturbance: I am glad however to find that by your prompt
+mode of conduct, you were in some measure able to repress the
+unfavourable bias it seems to have occasioned, and I have no doubt
+that an explanation of the circumstance will effectually remove any
+remaining prejudice. This transaction was entirely between the
+Ashantee messengers and Fantees, negociated, and determined on by
+them at Abrah, and afterwards ratified here by their mutual
+consent. Hearing that messengers from the King were at Abrah, I
+invited them down, wishing through their medium to communicate with
+him concerning the conveyance of the presents<span class="pagenum"
+id="Page_78">[78]</span> I had received from the Committee. After
+some delay they arrived, and on their first interview made known
+their errand to the Fantees, and the manner it had been arranged,
+applying at the same time for two notes to be made out in favour of
+Zey, at four ackies each, which were to be deducted from the notes
+of Amooney and Aduecoe; not being perfectly satisfied from the
+representation of these people as to the justness of the claim, I
+delayed complying until it was stated to be a pledge of good faith
+and allegiance on the part of the Fantees, and a confirmation of
+the final adjustment of all differences between the two parties,
+and as such they were given them. The nature of the claim having
+been fully and satisfactorily explained, I have no hesitation in
+complying with the wishes of the King; and this I do the more
+readily, knowing that by the extension of his authority, good order
+and subjection will be better preserved.</p>
+
+<p>This will, I hope, evince to the King my friendly intention
+towards him; and you will impress upon his mind, that it is my
+earnest desire to cultivate his friendship, the establishment of
+which will be mutually beneficial; and in order that the union
+between us may be more closely cemented, I am particularly desirous
+that Mr. Hutchison be permitted to reside at Ashantee, which will
+be the means of preventing any interruption to the good
+understanding which, before you leave, will, I hope, be firmly
+settled.</p>
+
+<p>I have no objection to you returning by way of Warsaw, but your
+undertaking the journey on foot, I am apprehensive, you will find
+too fatiguing. The hammock-men are engaged for the trip, therefore
+the only additional expense will be their subsistence; I however
+leave it to you to dismiss them or not.</p>
+
+<p>The Accra linguist being so very useful, and the only man who
+will interpret faithfully, you will retain him until you
+return.</p>
+
+<p>I have sent you, by the King’s messenger, 40 oz. of gold to
+defray<span class="pagenum" id="Page_79">[79]</span> your expenses;
+should any loan have been granted by the King, you will of course
+repay him.</p>
+
+<p>I send you a piece of muslin and 10 danes for presents to the
+Moors, whose friendship it will be highly necessary to conciliate.
+I have also at your request, sent a dirk and umbrella, intended for
+the King’s chief captain and his favourite nephew.</p>
+
+<p>Quamina, the Ashantee captain at Abrah, has refused to allow any
+letters to pass that place which may be given in charge to Ashantee
+traders, on the plea that by so doing he would incur the
+displeasure of the King; who, he says, expects that especial
+messengers will be engaged here to proceed with all letters to the
+capital. Not long ago a trader who had received a letter, was
+detained by him at Abrah, and the letter returned. The expense of
+employing messengers here on every occasion would be material,
+which is quite unnecessary, as opportunities almost daily occur for
+forwarding letters by the different traders going from hence. I
+therefore hope your representation of this affair to the King, will
+induce him to countermand his orders to Quamina, if any such have
+been given him.</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right12 space-above1">I am, Sir,</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right6 space-above1">your most obedient
+Servant,</p>
+
+<p class="right space-above1">JOHN HOPE SMITH.</p>
+
+<p class="nind space-above15"><em>To Thomas Edward Bowdich,
+Esq.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="hang1 space-above15"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_80">[80]</span><span class="sc">John Hope Smith</span>,
+<em>Esquire, Governor in Chief of the British Forts and Settlements
+on the Gold Coast of Africa, to</em> <span class="sc">Saï Tootoo
+Quamina</span>, <em>King of Ashantee.</em></p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Sir,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><span class="sc">I have</span> received your letter
+of the 26th ult. and am happy to find that you are sincerely
+desirous of cultivating the friendship of the British nation. Both
+inclination and duty urge me to reciprocate the sentiments
+expressed by you, and I shall be anxious at all times to promote
+the harmony and good understanding which, I hope, will now be
+established between us respectively, and which cannot fail to be
+mutually advantageous.</p>
+
+<p>I regret to find there has been so much trouble about the Fantee
+notes, and I am sorry you did not apply to me in the first
+instance, as the affair should have been settled immediately to
+your satisfaction; but I knew not of it, except from the Fantees
+having begged me to take four ackies per month from each note,
+which they said they had agreed for with your messengers at
+Abrah.</p>
+
+<p>I observe by the many instances quoted in your letter, that the
+notes of conquered countries have been transferred to your
+ancestors, therefore it shall be the same on the present occasion.
+Herewith I send you two notes, one for two oz. per month, formerly
+held by Amooney, also one from the caboceer at Abrah for two oz,
+the latter was only 12 ackies per month, and I have added 1 oz. 4
+to it. These, and the notes you hold from Accra, will make your
+Company’s pay six oz. per month, which shall be regularly paid at
+the Castle.</p>
+
+<p>I hope my ready compliance with your wishes will convince you of
+the good will of the British nation, but I have every reason to
+believe that attempts have been made to prejudice you against
+it,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_81">[81]</span> however your own
+good understanding will readily suggest to you that the only motive
+is jealousy in trade.</p>
+
+<p>The conduct of the English you will always find very different;
+they enter into fair competition with the other European residents
+here, but they never, by clandestine means or false assertions,
+endeavour to injure their character with the natives of this
+country.</p>
+
+<p>I have learned with regret that the people of Elmina are using
+their influence to induce you to make a palaver with the Commendas.
+They are a mere handful of people, extremely poor and not worth
+your notice; besides they are under my protection, therefore I hope
+you will not think further of the affair, and I shall consider your
+compliance in this instance, as the greatest possible proof of the
+sincerity of your intentions towards the English.</p>
+
+<p>I wish you health and happiness, and I hope you will reign many
+years, enjoying the love of your subjects, and the respect of all
+the Europeans resident in this country.</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right12 space-above1">I am, Sir,</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right6 space-above1">your faithful friend,</p>
+
+<table class="sign2">
+<tr>
+<td>(Signed)</td>
+<td>J. H. SMITH.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind less space-above15"><em>Cape Coast Castle, 20th
+June</em>, 1817.</p>
+
+<p class="space-above15">P.S. The abolition of the slave trade was
+an act of the King and the Parliament in England, in which the
+government in this country had no concern.</p>
+
+<p class="right less space-above15"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_82">[82]</span><em>Coomassie, July 9</em>, 1817.</p>
+
+<p class="center space-above1"><span class="sc">To John Hope Smith,
+Esq. Governor in Chief</span>, &amp;c. &amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Sir,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><span class="sc">The</span> messengers returned on
+Saturday the 5th instant.</p>
+
+<p>To be confirmed by your approbation, in the opinion that my zeal
+for the public good had not exceeded my duty, is a most flattering
+satisfaction. The appointment you have conferred on me, is an
+acknowledgment so far transcending my conduct, that it must
+stimulate every ability to exert itself for the success of the
+Mission, to justify such an honourable distinction.</p>
+
+<p>The box containing the letters was opened in the King’s
+presence, but being engaged in a custom on the death of a son, he
+deferred the reading of your letter, retaining it with the notes.
+His acknowledgments of your justice were associated with the
+declaration, that, although you had sent him the notes, still, if I
+could not fortify him with the prices of the various articles to be
+received in payment, you would have it in your power (though he did
+not suspect you) to reduce the intrinsic of the whole, to that of
+the moiety rejected. The proposition of the same prices as those
+attached to the Accra note, was annihilated by the argument, that
+Accra was a small fort, and not like Cape Coast or <em>Elmina</em>.
+So much stress was laid on the instance of the latter, that I felt
+called upon to declare, as the only striking conviction, that you
+did not wish, in the payment of these notes, to treat the King like
+a trader, and therefore would not allow the Elmina Governor to act
+more liberally in prices than yourself: the conviction was entire
+and instantaneous.</p>
+
+<p>The next audience did not take place until Monday, Mr. James
+being present. I did justice to the utmost of my ability to your
+impressive letter; the effect was honourable to you, and
+encouraging<span class="pagenum" id="Page_83">[83]</span> to
+myself; the King ordered me to take his hand, in his sensibility to
+the strong appeal of the several paragraphs, and again at the
+conclusion, as a pledge of his cordial satisfaction of the whole;
+his linguist followed his example, (as did the whole council) when
+he laid his fore-finger on his head and breast, as the invocation
+to Heaven for the vouchsafement of your several good wishes, as I
+concluded with them. I was reluctantly compelled to yield a minor
+object to a custom consecrated by their constitution. The laws of
+the three first Kings (who were brothers, and cotemporary leaders
+of the colony, whose conquests established the Empire) are sacred;
+and it was a law of Saï Cudjo, the younger brother, and the
+grandfather of the present King, which granted to particular
+captains the honourable patent of receiving the pay of small forts,
+distinctly, each being responsible for his separate duties to his
+settlement. If this law were not inviolable, the King pleads, that
+it would be an invidious act, and unjust to the merits of the
+Captain of English Accra, (Asquah Amanquah) to remove the payment
+of the Accra note to Cape Coast; but as the other appointments
+originate in him, he will respect your wish, by constituting one
+captain to receive both the Abra and Annamaboe notes at Cape Coast.
+He enquired if it was your wish that no Ashantee trader should go
+to Accra? I replied no! you were only desirous to induce as many as
+possible to come to Cape Coast.</p>
+
+<p>The Cape Coast linguists, and our guide, Quamina Bwa, confirmed
+your report of the conduct of Quamina Bootaqua, the captain now at
+Payntree, in the negociation of the notes; it excited the greatest
+surprise and indignation; his interception of letters was
+disclaimed, and will be done away with. I submitted to the King, on
+retiring, that in my next audience, I should be desirous of
+declaring the purport of the official instructions transferred to
+me (which had not been yet avowed) with other
+credentials,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_84">[84]</span>
+explanatory and impressive of the good wishes and intentions of the
+Government, the Committee, and yourself. I was favoured with my
+first separate audience at 8 o’clock this morning. I first
+impressed from the dispatches of the Committee, every motive and
+sentiment that was convicting or imposing; urging your waving the
+hostages and escort, as the demonstration of your confidence in the
+King’s honour and friendship; and insinuating that the
+establishment of a school at Cape Coast, was solely in anticipation
+of the King’s committing some of his children to your care for
+education, as the foundation of the pre-eminence of Europeans. I
+then passed to your instructions, rendering them in a manner as
+persuasive and auspicious as possible; associating in favour of the
+Residency, the commanding motive of facilitating political
+interests, with the imposing one of securing justice to the
+Ashantee traders. Lastly, I introduced the Treaty, as a pledge from
+the King to give force to your application to the Government at
+home, for the increase of his pay; for, as he continued to dwell on
+the grant of 4 ounces from Elmina, I availed myself of this liberty
+of my instructions, to divert the impression, and to propitiate his
+ratification of the Treaty. I considered the pretence of your being
+obliged to address the British Government on the subject, as
+preservative of the opportunity of judging of the sincerity of his
+professions, and of the duration of the union.</p>
+
+<p>I think I may pledge myself for three great pillars of our
+commercial intercourse, by the accomplishment of the Residency, the
+Education, and the Treaty.</p>
+
+<p>I reconcile myself to fresh difficulties by the reflection that
+they are inseparable from all great political views; and that
+without them, I should be deprived of the satisfaction of proving
+myself, in a small degree, worthy this confidence and distinction,
+by patience and perseverance. A letter accompanies this, written
+in<span class="pagenum" id="Page_85">[85]</span> the King’s
+presence, on the subject of the Commenda palaver, which wears so
+decided an aspect, that whilst I pledge all my energy and address,
+and look with hope to the aid of your suggestions, I must candidly
+confess, I do not think it can be compounded in any thing like a
+reasonable way. I appealed to the King’s magnanimity, and depicted
+the poverty of the Commendas, but every appeal and every argument
+was ineffectual; their aggravated offences admit of no amelioration
+of the King’s feelings. I depreciated the plea of General Daendels’
+repeated messages, by submitting that they were addressed to the
+Town, and not to the Fort, and I succeeded in retiring him from the
+negociation, as an interference inconsistent with your dignity, and
+the present good understanding.</p>
+
+<p>I did not discourage the King’s great anxiety for clothes of the
+English costume, considering that his example would be more
+auspicious than any thing else, to the introduction of these
+manufactures. I have distributed the muslins, &amp;c. as
+politically as possible, including with the Moors of repute, the
+aristocracy, or four captains controuling the King, his four
+linguists, his brother and successor, our housemaster, and some
+other captains of superior influence. I made a point of
+conciliating a Moor of influence, about to return through Sallagha
+or Sarem (the capital of the Inta country, and the grand emporium
+of the merchandize of the interior) to Houssa, feeling the policy
+of communicating every favourable impression to the neighbouring
+kingdoms. In my second interview I obtained permission from the
+King to dismiss the remaining Fantees. It was one of the first
+considerations, for the sake of our dignity, to avoid the
+humiliating circumstances and impressions, which have ensued from
+the want of foresight, and the consequent inability to meet the
+demands of our people. Their conduct since has been so mutinous and
+insulting, with the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_86">[86]</span>
+exception of six, that to preserve the impression of the firmness
+of an English officer, I secured one who encouraged the others, by
+persisting in some insulting indecencies, in contempt of my
+remonstrances, and ordered him to be punished.</p>
+
+<p>The others (with the above exception) having refused in a body,
+aggravating their disobedience with the grossest insolence, to go
+with a cane to Payntree, and bring the biscuit which had been
+deserted there; I have disclaimed them, and left them to act for
+themselves, only securing them the King’s permission to depart.</p>
+
+<p>I shall request the King to furnish me with his own people, on
+the conclusion of the business of the Embassy. Such an arrangement
+favours œconomy, and impresses the confidence I affect.</p>
+
+<p>The frequent presents had enabled me to present the Fantees with
+large supplies of plantains and hogs; and on paying them their
+arrears, which I did the same evening I received your gold, I gave
+them a bullock which fell to my share in a division with Mr.
+James.</p>
+
+<p>You will see by the balance of the annexed account, that
+(preserving our dignity) every expense should be avoided that can
+be; and I assure you, that in making the present arrangement for
+bearers for our baggage only, I do not disregard your solicitude
+for our health. I shall order one Cape Coast messenger to attend
+Mr. James, and also the bearers left behind, being sufficiently
+recovered.</p>
+
+<p>The statistical and scientific desiderata so impressively
+recommended to my attention, are daily realising beyond my
+expectations. Mr. Tedlie has had a severe attack of fever and
+dysentery, but is convalescent: Mr. Hutchison and myself are in
+perfect health.</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right12 space-above1">I am, with respect,
+Sir,</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right6 space-above1">Your most obedient
+Servant,</p>
+
+<p class="right space-above1">T. E. BOWDICH.</p>
+
+<p class="hang1 space-above15"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_87">[87]</span><span class="sc">Saï Tootoo Quamina</span>,
+<em>King of Ashantee and its Dependencies, to</em> <span class=
+"sc">John Hope Smith</span>, <em>Esquire, Governor in Chief of the
+British Settlements on the Gold Coast of Africa.</em></p>
+
+<p class="nind"><span class="sc">The</span> Commenda palaver now
+rests with you and the King of Ashantee only, the Dutch Governor
+has no more to do with it, so the King recals the captain sent to
+him, and sends a proper messenger to treat with you
+individually.</p>
+
+<p>The conduct and messages of the Commendas have been so
+irritating and insolent to the King, that nothing but believing you
+to be his good friend, could induce him to treat at all with them,
+or do any thing but kill them; but for your sake, he will settle
+the palaver, and you must help him properly.</p>
+
+<p>The King wants to begin the union without any palaver remaining,
+and as this Commenda palaver is the only one, it must be settled,
+and if you do this, he will take care the Elminas shall not do
+wrong to the Fantees, but he will help you in all your
+palavers.</p>
+
+<p>The Elminas are always sending him messages about the insulting
+conduct and expressions of the Commendas towards him, and this is
+very vexatious to him, so he wishes to put an end to it with your
+help.</p>
+
+<p>Adoo Bradie, his favorite nephew, the son of the former King Saï
+Quamina, is sent with a proper captain, Quantree, to help you
+settle the palaver.</p>
+
+<p>Two thousand ounces is the demand.</p>
+
+<p>The origin of the palaver is, that after the King returned from
+his own campaign against the Fantees, the Commendas went to the
+Elminas and said, “well, you help’d the King, and now he is gone
+back we will fight for it.”</p>
+
+<p>Again, when a war was about to take place between the Cape Coast
+people and the Elminas, the Commendas went to the latter and said,
+well, we will help you if you will give us plenty of<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_88">[88]</span> powder to fight for you: they
+did so, and immediately the Commendas used it to seize 98 Elminas,
+and sold them as slaves—this the King thinks you will say is very
+bad.</p>
+
+<p>The Cape Coast people and the Fantees having joined against the
+Elminas, they sent to tell the King, stating, when he demanded the
+reason, that it was because they had not resisted him when he came
+down against the Fantees; adding, that the Commendas, who were
+their natural allies before, had now joined their enemies, and
+begging the King to revenge this act of perfidy. The King much
+angered, immediately sent a captain for the purpose of their
+destruction (Yaquokroko,) but the Dutch governor sent to him, and
+then sent to the King to beg him to stop, because the English and
+Dutch being one, it would put shame on his face.</p>
+
+<p>Col. Torrane by giving up Cheeboo, induced the King to consider
+the Cape Coast people as his friends, and they took fetish
+accordingly, but their joining the Fantees afterwards to fight
+against Elmina for assisting the King, has made him distrust them
+always since.</p>
+
+<p>He considers his favourite nephew as the adopted son of Col.
+Torrane, to whom he gave him, and the Colonel gave him English
+clothes, so he is all the same as a Cape Coast Boy.</p>
+
+<p>Col. Torrane being dead, he considers his nephew to stand in the
+same relation to you, and that he is therefore the proper messenger
+to send to you about this palaver.</p>
+
+<p>You must write in your great book, that the King is your good
+friend, that he likes you too much, that he thanks God very much,
+so that every future Governor may read that in the Cape Coast
+Books.</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right6 space-above1">The mark <img src=
+'images/sym1.png' class="iwsym1" alt='[X]'> of Saï Tootoo, King of
+Ashantee,</p>
+
+<p class="right">Per T. E. <span class="sc">Bowdich</span>.</p>
+
+<p>Present.</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad4"><span class="sc">Wm. Hutchison.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad4"><span class="sc">Henry Tedlie.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind less space-above1"><em>Coomassie, July 9th</em>,
+1817.</p>
+
+<p class="right less space-above15"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_89">[89]</span><em>Coomassie, July 12th</em>, 1817.</p>
+
+<p class="center space-above1"><span class="sc">John Hope Smith,
+Esquire, Governor in Chief</span>, &amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Sir,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind">I <span class="sc">am</span> just returned from
+reading your letter to the King, and extracts from that to myself,
+before the assembly of the captains: the effect was satisfactory;
+and Quamina Bootaqua is ordered up to answer for his conduct. The
+King enquired if the pay now due on the two notes would be
+liquidated on application; I replied, immediately; he is anxious
+for it, on account of the approaching yam custom.</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right12 space-above1">I am, &amp;c.</p>
+
+<table class="sign2">
+<tr>
+<td>(Signed)</td>
+<td>T. EDWARD BOWDICH.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8">
+
+<p class="space-above15">I will not continue to copy the rude diary
+before submitted, it is only a register of dull or disgusting
+circumstances, illnesses, human sacrifices, and ceremonious visits.
+I would not anticipate the better arrangement of my reports, or
+break the thread of the correspondence on the political
+difficulties opposed to the Mission. I will abridge some passages
+of my diary, merely to give an idea of the nature of our
+conversations, and the biography of the leading men. Mr. Hutchison
+has sent me copious extracts from his diary, as Resident, his
+leisure and tranquillity having afforded him better opportunities
+of social intercourse and domestic observation, than I had, or
+could afford time to cultivate, without neglecting my reports. I
+shall adjoin these extracts, expecting they will contribute to the
+rational entertainment of the public, and to the credit of an
+active and intelligent officer.</p>
+
+<p>A captain called Asofoo, sent us a present of seven ackies
+of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_90">[90]</span> gold, and we also
+received twelve from Amanquateä, and three from our house master.
+On the 9th of July the King sent us ten ackies of gold, and
+repeated his satisfaction of the result of the late correspondence,
+and daily presents of meat and fruits from various quarters,
+evinced the better opinion of his chiefs.</p>
+
+<p>I paid my first private visit to Baba the chief Moor, and took
+some pens, paper, ink, and pencils with me as a present; the paper
+and pencils were much esteemed, but he preferred his reed and
+vegetable ink. He received me courteously, and was contemplating a
+curiously intricate figure like a horoscope; the ms. was filled
+with them; he laid his finger on it, and said, if you have any hard
+palaver, this can make me settle it for you when no other person
+can; or if you have any dear friend in England you wish to see,
+tell me the name, and this shall bring him to you. I thanked him,
+observing, that when Englishmen knew their palaver was right, they
+always left it to God, and that England was too good a place for me
+to wish any one I regarded to leave it. His disciples and pupils
+were writing on wooden boards, like those Mr. Park describes. When
+a charm was applied for, one of the oldest wrote the body of it,
+and gave it to Baba, who added a sort of cabalistical mark, and
+gave it a mysterious fold; the credulous native snatched it eagerly
+as it was held out to him, paid the gold, and hurried away to
+enclose it in the richest case he could afford. I had a long
+conversation with Baba, and he begged me to visit him frequently;
+he was much gratified with the specimens of African Arabic at the
+end of Mr. Jackson’s work, and read them fluently. I visited him
+the next day, when he sent hastily for a Moor, who he told me was
+very learned, and just come from Timbuctoo. This man expressing no
+surprise when he first saw me, Baba explained it, by telling me,
+spontaneously, that this Moor had seen three white men before, at
+Boussa. I eagerly enquired the particulars<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_91">[91]</span> of the novelty, and they were again repeated
+to Baba, and were thus interpreted: “that some years ago, a vessel
+with masts, suddenly appeared on the Quolla or Niger near Boussa,
+with three white men, and some black. The natives encouraged by
+these strange men, took off provisions for sale, were well paid and
+received presents besides: it seems the vessel had anchored. The
+next day, perceiving the vessel going on, the natives hurried after
+her, (the Moor protested from their anxiety to save her from some
+sunken rocks, with which the Quolla abounds) but the white men
+mistaking, and thinking they pursued for a bad purpose, deterred
+them. The vessel soon after struck, the men jumped into the water
+and tried to swim, but could not, for the current, and were
+drowned. He thought some of their clothes were now at Wauwaw, but
+he did not believe there were any books or papers.” This
+spontaneous narrative, so artlessly told, made a powerful
+impression on my mind. I saw the man frequently afterwards, his
+manners were very mild, and he never asked me for the most trifling
+present. He drew me a chart before he went away, and I dispatched
+some certificates for Major Peddie by him, endorsed with Baba’s
+recommendations. I heard exactly the same thing afterwards from
+another Moor, but he had not been an eye witness. I begged Mr.
+Hutchison, when I left Coomassie, to note any other report on the
+subject of Mr. Park’s death, and he afterwards sent me the ms. a
+translation of which is in the <a href="#app2">appendix.</a> I
+continued to call on Baba three or four times a week; these visits
+afforded much information, for at each I found strange Moors just
+arrived from different parts of the interior, sojourning with him.
+They always affected to deplore the ignorance of the Ashantees, and
+presumed it must be as irksome to me as to them. Baba telling one
+that I could speak different languages, he said that he would try
+me, and addressed me in several, all very uncouth to my
+ear,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_92">[92]</span> and their names
+even unintelligible, except one, which he called Hindee or Hindoo;
+neither had I heard of any of the great cities he enumerated, until
+at last he pronounced Room (Rome) and said, if I did not know that
+I was not a Christian. I never saw the Shereef Brahima (to whom I
+was introduced about this time by a Jennë Moor) at Baba’s, they did
+not appear to be on terms; I think the latter was envious of the
+greater learning and intelligence of the former, who had been to
+Mecca and Medina. One day I requested Baba to draw me a map of the
+world, he did so, encircling one large continent with a sea,
+bounded by a girdle of rocks. Old Odumata’s notion of geography was
+as strange; for he mentioned one day, that when on the coast above
+Apollonia, he had an idea of walking to England, for he was told he
+should reach Santonee (Portugal) in 30 days, and that after that,
+the path was very good. He greatly enjoyed our singeing the hair of
+a foppish attendant of his, with a burning glass; the man’s
+amazement was inconceivable, Mr. Hutchison was at some distance,
+and not suspected.</p>
+
+<p>We were now permitted to walk four or five miles beyond the
+city, and felt quite at home. We seldom went out in the morning,
+lest an occasion for an audience should occur. Apokoo and several
+other daily visitors diverted us with their anecdotes, and in the
+afternoon we made our round of calls. Apokoo was always facetious,
+and looked with much anxiety for our entry, as his greatest
+recreation; he was very desirous of learning tennis and sparring,
+and daily made some essays, so comical, that neither we nor his
+attendants could contain ourselves. Apokoo became very
+communicative of Ashantee politics, and asked innumerable questions
+about England; particularly, why the King of England did not send
+one of his own sons to the King of Ashantee, with the presents, and
+why so great a King sent such a small force to Africa.<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_93">[93]</span> The Spanish campaign was gone
+through, again and again, and never tired him. He gave us an
+excellent dinner, as did Odumata repeatedly. Both were
+extravagantly enraptured with the miniature of an English female,
+and called all their wives to look at it.</p>
+
+<p>Having been advised by a note from the Governor, of the arrival
+of an Ashantee boy and girl at Cape Coast Castle, sent by the King
+without any explanation, I desired an audience on the subject, and
+forwarded the following letter, which also communicates the
+baseness of one of the King’s messengers, just returned from the
+Coast, and other inauspicious circumstances.</p>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8">
+
+<p class="right less space-above15"><em>Coomassie, 10th Aug.</em>
+1817.</p>
+
+<p class="center space-above1"><span class="sc">John Hope Smith,
+Esq. Governor in Chief</span>, &amp;c. &amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Sir,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><span class="sc">The</span> King has explained to
+me that he sent the boy and girl you mention to have arrived at
+Cape Coast, to become the property of the Committee or Government,
+conceiving it to be obligatory on him, in justification of his
+possession of the notes, to allow an Ashantee family to rear itself
+under the Governor’s protection, for the service of the Settlement,
+and as an acknowledgment of the duties he owes it. He begs me to
+observe that he put the same plates of gold around their necks
+which distinguish the royal attendants.</p>
+
+<p>I had reason to believe, from a coolness and some invidious
+comparisons on the part of the King, that the messenger lately
+arrived, Ocranameah, who was so particularly recommended to your
+favour, had been unjust in his report of the treatment he had
+experienced. I did not hesitate to avow my impression to the King,
+having solicited an audience for the purpose. The King<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_94">[94]</span> confessed he had felt his
+private feelings hurt ever since the return of that messenger,
+having received his assurance, that you would scarcely admit him to
+your presence; that he received no present or compliment from you,
+and was wholly neglected during his stay at head quarters. I
+instantly pledged my honour to the King that Ocranameah (who was
+present) was guilty of falsehood and ingratitude, adding, that I
+was not prepared to confront him with the particulars of the
+presents he received from you and the officers; though I was
+positive, from private letters, as well as my own conviction, that
+you had not slighted the opportunity of evincing your private
+friendship for the King; and as I might possibly identify some
+trifle, I wished the King to allow a search to be made. On the
+messenger’s box being sent for and opened, two engravings appeared,
+to the surprise of the King, and which I recognised; but as the
+messenger still persists in <em>your</em> entire neglect of him,
+and of his not having received any present or compliment worth
+mentioning, I must trouble you for the particulars of his treatment
+at Cape Coast Castle, for the entire conviction of the King. The
+King expressed his suspicion (founded on reports) that many
+Ashantees imposed on your generosity, by introducing themselves as
+attached to him in various capacities; and hoped that you would
+only listen in future to such as he recommended to your notice by
+letter, which his three messengers above had been; the second
+(Ocranameah) the more particularly, and that recollection had made
+him so sensible of the neglect. You will regret, with myself, that
+this inauspicious circumstance has been unavoidable.</p>
+
+<p>The recent intelligence respecting the Buntooko war, has imposed
+serious anxiety, in the place of the King’s former confidence. The
+revolt of that people, as may be expected in all revolts from
+arbitrary controul, has gradually induced the secessions of some
+other<span class="pagenum" id="Page_95">[95]</span> tributaries;
+and the King feels called upon by these unexpected difficulties, to
+conduct the war in person; not with his former expectation of
+witnessing their rapid subjugation, but from his present conviction
+of the necessity for every stimulus and energy. His precaution has
+dictated some popular acts, ameliorating the condition of the lower
+order of his subjects. The confidential ministers have been
+instructed to hint to me, that it would be indiscreet in the King
+to expose even his temporary reverses in an arduous war, by the
+residence of a British officer; and that he would most probably
+defer that part of the mutual wish, until the contest was
+terminated. I used the same medium to impress upon the King, that
+such a feeling towards the delegate of a friendly power was
+misplaced; that you had expedited his ex-parte views in the
+confidence of his consummation of the reciprocal objects of the
+Mission, without which (as they had been instituted for his benefit
+and aggrandisement) I could not think of returning; since a
+protraction would be construed into a slight of the friendly
+overtures of the British Government, which (from its dignity and
+pre-eminence in Europe) could not be vouchsafed whenever they might
+be solicited.</p>
+
+<p>I anxiously await your communications on the Commenda palaver,
+to further my exertions for the full accomplishment of the Mission.
+The King and his Council labour under so much anxiety and business
+at the present moment, that though we pay and receive visits of
+ceremony, it is almost impossible to effect an audience, but on the
+receipt of dispatches.</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right12 space-above1">I am, &amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p class="right space-above1">T. EDWARD BOWDICH.</p>
+
+<p class="space-above15"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_96">[96]</span>The most entertaining <em>delassement</em> of
+our conversations with the chiefs, was, to introduce the liberty of
+English females; whom we represented, not only to possess the
+advantage of enjoying the sole affection of a husband, but the more
+enviable privilege of choosing that husband for herself. The effect
+was truly comic, the women sidled up to wipe the dust from our
+shoes with their cloths, and at the end of every sentence brushed
+off an insect, or picked a burr from our trowsers; the husbands
+suppressing their dislike in a laugh, would put their hands before
+our mouths, declaring they did not want to hear that palaver any
+more, abruptly change the subject to war, and order the women to
+the harem.</p>
+
+<p>One of the King’s linguists was a very old man, called Quancum;
+he spoke but seldom, yet the greatest deference was paid to his
+opinion; the King appeared to consult him more than any other. I
+was so much interested by this man’s deportment, that I enquired
+his history. He had been the linguist of two former Kings, who paid
+frequent, and large sums of gold, as damages for his intrigues;
+neither had age corrected his fault, until very lately, though the
+present King used the most friendly remonstrances; and urged, that
+from his paying large sums so frequently for him on this account,
+his subjects thought, that he countenanced the depravity. Quancum
+confessed to the King, that his ardour for women was perpetuated by
+the sensual devices of one of his wives. Soon afterwards, he was
+detected in an intrigue with the wife of a captain of great
+consequence, and the King refused to interfere. The captain
+declaring that the punishment of Quancum, and not gold, was his
+object, the King permitted him to be despoiled of all his property,
+even to his bed. The favourite wife was amongst the spoil, and the
+injured captain being much smitten with her, assured her of an
+indulgence and preference, even greater than that she had enjoyed
+with Quancum; she replied, she must always hate<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_97">[97]</span> him, and intreated to be sold.
+After much importunity the captain agreed to do so, provided she
+would put him in possession of all the presents Quancum had
+lavished on her; she produced them, stipulating, that her son might
+retain a small sum of gold, which Quancum had lately presented to
+him; this was agreed to, and she was immediately sold to a distant
+caboceer; but her son followed her, and buying her with his little
+property, presented her again to his father. On this, the King gave
+Quancum a house, and some furniture, and takes care to continue
+small supplies of gold daily, adequate to his and this woman’s
+comfort; having exacted a solemn oath from him, that he would
+devote himself to this one wife, and never try to recover any of
+the others.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Tedlie’s interesting interview with the King, when he
+desired his attendance to exhibit and explain his surgical
+instruments, and medicines, is best described in his own words.</p>
+
+<p>“The King sent for me this morning, saying he wished to see the
+medicines, books, and instruments. I went immediately, and
+explained through Quashie, the Accra linguist, the proper use and
+advantage of each instrument: he was very particular in his
+enquiries, and asked if I had performed the operations I described;
+I assured him that I had, and as a proof, exhibited a piece of bone
+that I had taken out of an Indian black man’s head in Ceylon, who
+had been wounded, and who lived. The King held up his hand as a
+mark of approbation, and all his attendants were astonished. I
+applied the instruments first on myself, then on the linguists,
+afterwards on the King’s two captains, and lastly on the King:
+nothing could exceed the King’s approbation. He then desired me to
+shew him the medicines; he enquired the virtues and doses of each,
+what time in the day they should be taken, and whether it was
+proper to eat or drink after taking them? I told him: he asked if I
+would sell them? I said no. I brought these medicines<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_98">[98]</span> for the officers; I could not
+sell them, but I would give him as much as I could, keeping in view
+that some of the four officers might be sick; he said that I was
+right, but he could not help coveting the greater part of the
+medicines; he viewed them all over five or six times, and asked me
+to give him some of them. I did give him as much innocent medicine
+as I could with propriety afford; he thanked me “very much.” I then
+shewed him the botanical books; he was astonished, held up his hand
+and exclaimed hah! at every brilliant or high coloured plant which
+he saw. All his attendants were closely arranged around: the two
+captains laid hold of a volume each, and were admiring the flowers;
+when either of them ejaculated an admiration, the King would seize
+it, and ask me what that tree was? After I had told him the use of
+them, I said all these trees grow in England; and the reason the
+English write all these in a book is, that they may know which is a
+good tree, and which is bad. He expressed the greatest astonishment
+at the flax (linum), oak “that we build our ships with,” poppy
+“that makes a man sleep,” and the sensitive plant (mimosa), which
+he pointed out and described himself. During this time he whispered
+to one of his attendants, who went out, and returned in a short
+time with a bit of cloth containing 9 ackies of gold; the King
+presented it to me; I accepted it, and returned thanks. He then
+asked me if I would come and see him at any time he sent for me; I
+assured him I would do every thing to please him, consistent with
+my duty. He shook hands with me and went into his house. He
+returned in a short time, leading his sister by the hand, in a
+manner that would shame many beaux in Europe, saying, “this is the
+white doctor I told you of; go, and take his hand; you are sick,
+tell him your complaint, and he will do you good:” the lady
+complied with his request. He then said “give me that gold I gave
+you, the cloth is not clean; I want to<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_99">[99]</span> put it in a clean cloth for you.” He then put
+it in a piece of rich silk, and after he returned the gold he said
+“I like you; I like all the English very much; they are a proper
+people, and I wish to drink health with you.” He retired to his own
+apartment, and returned with a flask of gin, and two servants with
+a silver vase and water and glasses; he helped himself and me, made
+a bow and said “Saï wishes you good health.” I returned the bow,
+saying, I wish good health to the King, and hope he never will
+require any of my medicine: when this was explained to him he held
+out his glass to me, we touched and drank. He then took my hand,
+saying, “If I send my sister to you will you talk with her?” I
+assured him I would talk with and advise all the King’s friends
+whenever he wished. After I gave all the medicine I could
+conveniently part with, he sent for a small Dutch liqueur case; he
+desired 10 or 12 of his attendants, and his eunuch, to keep in
+their heads what I said; and requested me to repeat again the use
+and dose of each medicine I gave him, with the proper time and
+method of using it. I did so. He placed his hand on his head saying
+“Saï recollects what the white doctor says;” then placing the
+medicines in the case himself said “that good for my head, that
+good for my belly, that good for my stomach,” &amp;c. One of the
+King’s sisters sent a message that she wanted to come and see the
+white gentlemen; and shortly afterwards arrived with her stool and
+retinue, being head caboceer of a large town. After exchanging
+compliments, she complained that her left hand pained her very
+much. I examined it, but must confess I could not see any thing the
+matter with it; however I rubbed a little liniment on her hand,
+which seemed to gratify her; she asked if I would come and see her
+in the evening? I answered yes. Quamina, our Ashantee guide, came
+to conduct me: he said I must dress, put on my sword and hat, as
+this woman was a caboceer, and the King’s<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_100">[100]</span> sister; he would carry my umbrella. When I
+arrived I found the princess lying on a mat in one of the inner
+apartments of the house she occupied; she ordered a stool for me; I
+rubbed some more liniment on her hand; she wished me to stop and
+drink palm wine; this I declined, alledging the English did not
+like palm wine in the evening, because it is sour.”</p>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_101">[101]</span><a id=
+"p1c04"></a><span class="letter-spaced01">CHAPTER</span> V.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8 spaced3">
+
+<p class="sch4"><em>Proceedings and Incidents until the Signing of
+the Preliminaries to a General Treaty.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="center less space-above1">[The Governor’s reply to my
+communication on the subject of the Commenda palaver, reached me on
+the 27th of August.]</p>
+
+<p class="right less space-above15"><em>Cape Coast Castle, August
+11</em>, 1817.</p>
+
+<p class="center space-above1"><span class="sc">T. E. Bowdich,
+Esq.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Sir,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="dcap">I <span class="sc">entertained</span> a confident
+hope that no further mention would have been made by the King
+concerning the Commendas, after the receipt of my letter, and I am
+sorry that he should allow so insignificant a set of people to
+protract in the least the settlement of our union. As it is my
+particular wish to remove this impediment, I have used every
+endeavour to bring the affair to a conclusion, and trust the King
+will not suffer it to be invincible. The Commendas are also
+naturally anxious for its termination, but their poverty is so
+great, that they have it not in their power to comply with his
+demand. They have acknowledged their fealty to the King, and have
+agreed to pay the sum of 120 oz. of gold, of which, messengers are
+sent by his nephew to enquire whether he will accept. This, with
+the sum they have been unavoidably obliged to promise the principal
+persons deputed to negociate this business, will increase the sum
+to at least 150 oz. The many proofs the King has had of<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_102">[102]</span> my friendly intentions towards
+him, and the consideration of the benefits that will accrue to him
+from his alliance with the English, will, I hope, induce him to
+concede to the terms offered by the Commendas. A refusal must be
+considered as an avowal of his determined resolution not to
+conciliate the affair, and as the indigent circumstances of these
+people, make it utterly impossible for them to pay a larger sum,
+you will, should he persist in exacting more, procure his
+permission to leave the country, and return with the other officers
+as soon as you can. To sacrifice the Mission, after the heavy
+expences which have been incurred, and when we are induced to
+believe that every other object is propitiated to our utmost
+expectations, should be avoided if possible; but if he insists on a
+larger sum being levied from the Commendas than has been offered,
+there remains no other alternative. The dignity of the flag must be
+the superior consideration to all others.</p>
+
+<p>The King has no need to doubt in the least the sincerity of the
+Cape Coast people, they are his friends, and have every inclination
+to continue so; and I am convinced his nephew will, on his return,
+confirm this report to him.</p>
+
+<p>I will make known to the Committee his request for a crown and
+clothes, and I have no doubt but it will be complied with.</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right12 space-above1">I am, Sir,</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right6 space-above1">your most obedient
+Servant,</p>
+
+<p class="right space-above1">JOHN HOPE SMITH.</p>
+
+<p class="right less space-above15"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_103">[103]</span><em>Coomassie, Aug. 29</em>, 1817.</p>
+
+<p class="center space-above1"><span class="sc">John Hope Smith,
+Esq. Governor in Chief</span>, &amp;c. &amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Sir,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind">I <span class="sc">have</span> the satisfaction to
+enclose a copy of the Preliminaries to the general Treaty, as
+signed this day by the King in Council, adjusting the Commenda
+palaver, agreeably to your letter of the 11th, which did not reach
+me till the 27th instant.</p>
+
+<p>I proceed to acquaint you with the transactions of the
+interval.</p>
+
+<p>The charge of a political Embassy, in a part of the world where
+respect and security are founded upon the opinion imposed by our
+conduct, exacted a spirit and dignity, which might have been abated
+in insinuating a Mission through the country for scientific
+purposes, but the inviolability of which was inseparable from the
+improvement and safety of neighbouring settlements. Since my last
+dispatch, I have been obligated to resist various encroachments, of
+which I shall mention two or three to justify my treatment of
+them.</p>
+
+<p>The death of Quamina Bwa, our Ashantee guide, in the early part
+of the last week, creating an idle, but popular superstition that
+he had been killed by the fetish for bringing white men to take the
+country; I was applied to in the King’s name, to ameliorate this
+impression, by contributing an ounce of gold towards the custom to
+be made by the King for his repose. I refused on two grounds;
+first, that Quamina Bwa had himself unjustly incensed the people
+against us, by panyaring<a id="FNanchor_10"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_10" class="fnanchor">[10]</a> their provisions in the
+King’s name, for our subsistence, and defrauding them of the gold
+we gave him for the payment: secondly, that the rites of customs
+were unnatural to our religion, which bound us, at least, not to
+encourage them. Fifteen persons had been sacrificed the<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_104">[104]</span> week before (in a custom for
+the mother of a captain) with aggravated barbarity.</p>
+
+<p>Several of the principal men having applied to me to send to
+Cape Coast for silks, to be paid for on receipt at Coomassie (a
+very dangerous and impolitic indulgence), I impressed, indignantly,
+that I was not sent as a trader to make bargains with them, but as
+an officer to talk the palavers with the King.</p>
+
+<p>These circumstances, and a personal chastisement of some insults
+from inferior captains, which was provoked after much patience,
+influenced ex parte representations, which, though they may not
+have sickened the King’s regard, induced hauteur and neglect. In
+proceeding to the King’s house on public occasions, which I never
+did without the flag, canes, and soldiers, we had been expected to
+make way for the greater retinues of superior captains, who would
+rudely have enforced it; and after soliciting audiences for two
+days, I was kept in waiting above an hour in the outer courts of
+the palace. On the last occasion of the latter treatment, knowing
+that it was affected, I returned to our quarters until I received
+the King’s invitation; representing to him, that as an officer
+dignified by an authority to make a treaty with him in the name of
+the British Government, I could not submit to disrespectful
+treatment at the Palace, nor allow the English flag to give place
+to any but himself; that, if it merely affected myself as an
+individual, my esteem for the King would induce me to compromise
+these points of etiquette with his captains; but, according to the
+custom of England, I dared not; for if I did, my sword would be
+taken from me on my return to Cape Coast Castle. It produced the
+desired effect; the gong gong proclaimed in every street that all
+captains must make way for the flag; and at the monthly levee of
+the captains (the Adaï custom) the King’s linguists were deputed to
+us first, with the customary present of a<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_105">[105]</span> sheep and rum; and presented us the first
+to pay our compliments to the King, being followed by Amanquateä,
+Quatchie Quophi, Apokoo, and Odumata; the four captains composing
+the Privy Council, or Aristocracy, which checks the King. The first
+(whose power approximates to that of the Mayor of the Palace under
+the early French dynasty) sent his linguist and gold swords to
+compliment us on the ground. I determined to take advantage of this
+impression, and of the comparative facility of intercourse, and
+demanded an audience to discuss the treaty, a copy of which I
+enclose, and hope my additions will be satisfactory. I have the
+King’s assurance that it shall be formally executed in eight days;
+when all his tributaries will be present for the yam custom, and
+when I hope to make the King of Dwabin and its dependencies a
+party, whose power is equal to the King of Ashantee’s.</p>
+
+<p>To resume—the audience was granted; and I read the treaty before
+the King and his Council, submitting it article by article, to
+their consideration. It was debated the whole of that and the
+succeeding day. I considered that if I could get the treaty
+discussed and executed in this favourable interval, removing the
+Commenda palaver from the situation of an obstacle, and reserving
+it as the first proof of the King’s disposition to coincide with
+you in what was reasonable and just, I might, on the receipt of
+dispatches, gain the better terms for that people.</p>
+
+<p>On Saturday the 22d instant, I was summoned to declare the
+articles of the treaty before the assembly of captains, who were
+seated with their attendants and warriors in the large yard of the
+palace, with all the imposing pomp and military parade, which had
+before been collected to subdue us, in the scene of the declaration
+of war. The King’s sisters, with the females of his family, were
+seated, with their numerous attendants, on an elevated floor
+behind. The deputies from the Fantee towns in the interior,
+were<span class="pagenum" id="Page_106">[106]</span> placed within
+hearing, and the crowd was almost impervious: the most ghastly
+trophies were mixed with this blaze of ostentation. We were seated
+near the King immediately opposite to his linguists.</p>
+
+<p>In reading the treaty, I paused after every article, leaving it
+to be formally repeated to the King through his linguists, and then
+sat down whilst it was discussed by the assembly. It is not
+necessary to repeat the various debates; and I will only notice
+that Amanquateä, through his linguist, proposed the renewal of the
+Slave Trade as a sine qua non;<a id="FNanchor_11"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_11" class="fnanchor">[11]</a> this, however, as I had
+all along declared it to be impossible, was at length over-ruled,
+but with considerable difficulty. It was also proposed to attach a
+fine to the infraction of the treaty; but this I resisted as
+derogatory to the dignity of the contracting parties; and urged,
+that as the King and his dignitaries would consider his oath as
+sacred, as you and the Government would mine, I considered no
+<em>infraction</em> of the treaty could take place; though it might
+possibly be <em>offended</em> by the conduct of his subjects, or of
+individuals under British protection, which was provided for, and
+must be visited accordingly by the authorities pledged to the
+treaty.</p>
+
+<p>I had declared from the first, that it would be expected that
+the King should swear in the form of his country to the fulfilment
+and preservation of the treaty, and that his oath should be
+attested by his principal captains, from my anxiety to fortify to
+the utmost, a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_107">[107]</span>
+measure not only valuable to commerce but to humanity, in averting
+the renewal of a war, recorded by indelible marks of carnage and
+devastation.</p>
+
+<p>At the moment I expected the King to execute the treaty, a fresh
+design was disclosed, in a long speech from the chief linguist,
+setting forth the wrongs the King had just received from the people
+of Amissa, who had scourged his messengers, and couched their
+insulting defiance in the foulest language; yet, he said, the King
+did not want to invade the Fantee country for the sake of one town,
+and therefore I must stay and assist him to settle that palaver; he
+would then readily swear to the treaty. I replied at length,
+declaring particularly that I could not, and would not recognize
+the Amissa palaver; that the King vitiated the compliments he had
+been pleased to pay me, in expecting me to be such a fool as to
+involve you in the palaver of a people, over whom you neither
+possessed nor desired authority; and that if I had not a right to
+think better of the King, I should view such a proposal as evasive
+of the treaty, and final to the hope of a thorough
+understanding.</p>
+
+<p>The chief linguist rejoined, that I had declared in announcing
+the treaty, that it was the wish of the British Government to put
+an end to war, and for the King to have no occasion to trouble the
+Fantees; whereas, if the people of Amissa were not persuaded to
+retract, the King must send a captain to destroy them, which could
+be done at a word, and this perhaps would make another war. I urged
+that the Fantee towns under the British forts must be considered
+distinctly, and that those, and those only, were viewed by the
+Government and the treaty; yet, for the cause of humanity, I would
+request you, for the King, to advise the people of Amissa better,
+through some medium, which I hoped might do good, but if
+disregarded, you could not even repeat it: that was all I
+could<span class="pagenum" id="Page_108">[108]</span> promise, and
+if that was not enough, our negociations were at an end. No! that
+was not enough, I must stay and see the palaver settled.</p>
+
+<p>We immediately rose, and I declared as impressively as I could,
+that as the officer of the King of England, your orders only could
+be obeyed by me, that I dared not remain or allow myself to be
+stopped, even if I should be killed on the path, for my life was
+not my palaver, but the King of England’s. As I bowed to retire,
+the linguist exclaimed, that the King promised to see me again in
+an hour.</p>
+
+<p>I used the interval for reflection, and resolved to act upon the
+conclusion, that nothing but an undaunted resolution could check
+these encroachments, which were to be attributed to the Government
+rather than to the King.</p>
+
+<p>The hour having fully expired, I sent a cane to Adoocee, the
+chief linguist, to desire the audience; he sent me word that the
+King was asleep, and no one dared to awake him. I then went to
+Odumata (who resides within the palace) and repeated to him, that I
+was determined to go, if the King did not keep his word and see me;
+he said I could not; I rejoined, I would, and left him. I then went
+to Adoocee’s house, declared the same, and received the same reply.
+I left a cane in waiting at the palace, with orders to quit and
+return to me at 4 o’clock, (which allowed altogether four hours
+instead of one) if he was not dispatched with a message in the
+interval. No notice was taken; there was no alternative to my
+making good what I had said. The views of the Mission were at risk,
+but they would have been too dearly purchased by such concessions,
+and I was sanguine, rather than apprehensive of the success of the
+measure I adopted; without spirit and fortitude nothing was to be
+done.</p>
+
+<p>I ordered all the baggage out, planted the flag, and giving
+the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_109">[109]</span> soldiers’
+muskets to the officers, converted them and the artificers into
+bearers, as well as our own servants, for I saw the previous
+dismissal of my own people was considered a hold on me. I ordered
+the linguists to declare to the party publickly, that I would flog
+any man who attempted to leave the town in debt; I paid all they
+confessed, by advances on their pay to the amount of 10 ackies:
+this gave the greatest publicity to our movements.</p>
+
+<p>The King’s uncle, Bundaenha, and another superior captain came
+in form to entreat me to stay, whilst they affected to address the
+King. I saw through this, and that I might presume on it; holding
+the watch in my hand, I promised to wait half an hour, and no
+longer. They returned within the time to conduct me to the King,
+but after being kept unusually long in waiting, the answer to my
+remonstrance through the linguists, was, that the King was very
+busy hearing a great palaver; I saw they lingered still in their
+hope of my submission. I sent the two canes to tell the King that
+mine was a great palaver, and ought to be heard, not only from its
+importance, but because he had passed his word that it should; that
+after a King disregarded his promise, it was useless to wait any
+longer. Returning to our quarters, I ordered the people to load the
+baggage.</p>
+
+<p>At the moment of starting, a royal messenger ran up, to say the
+King was waiting to see me. I dismissed him with the message, that
+I could not stop, unless a person of consequence was sent to
+promise for the King. The King’s uncle came, and assured me the
+King would receive me himself at the entrance of the palace. We
+went, and were instantly ushered into the presence of the King and
+his captains, who were debating by torch light: the clamour and
+deportment of this assembly might have been subduing, had it been
+novel. The uproar having abated, the King demanded, through his
+linguist, why I had determined to leave so suddenly,<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_110">[110]</span> and whether he had not behaved
+well to me, adding to much declamation, that he knew the King of
+England and the Governor wished to please him, and would not
+countenance the act. I replied, that “I had not only gone the full
+length of my instructions to please the King, but exceeded them;
+and all that I had to fear was, that you would not approve my
+remaining a moment after he had trifled with me. The King’s
+behaviour to me, as an individual, I should always be proud to
+speak of, but his respect of the Embassy was a very superior
+consideration. Every thing he wished had been done, and now he
+tried to impose a palaver on me, with which you had no more to do
+than with the Buntooko war. The King had promised me to settle the
+point of the treaty, I waited the discussion patiently, he pledged
+his word to see me that evening, he had avoided it; I had said I
+would wait no longer if he did not keep his word; no English
+officer dared to break his word, if he did, he lost his sword.”
+Much declamation ensued, but the King’s conviction silenced the
+assembly, and realized the triumph I expected. He said, what I told
+him was true, that he was very sorry, but he had too much to think
+about; he liked the Law (the Treaty) very well, but begged me to
+wait a little longer till all his captains came. I received his
+promise to see me the following day. The next morning the head
+linguist came in form to acquaint me that some palavers had arrived
+in the night, which had made it necessary for the King to go to
+Berramang (a croom about five miles to the N.E. on the road to
+Sallagha, the capital of the Inta country) but he had orders to
+furnish us with the King’s hammock-men, if we were inclined to
+follow him the next day. We did so, and I enclose an extract from
+my diary, with the circumstances of the day, as they do not affect
+the point in question: on taking leave in the evening, the King
+promised that I should hear from him the next day.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_111">[111]</span>Apokoo, who had
+been left in charge of the town, visited me in form by the King’s
+orders, with the criers and insignia, to assure me there should be
+no more impediments to the treaty, and that the King would return
+the next day. The evening was productive of another disturbance,
+from my resistance of an indignity. The Cape Coast messenger
+arriving, informed me that the dispatches and letters were retained
+by Adoo Bradie’s messenger, who accompanied him. I sent the canes
+to Apokoo’s to demand them, but ineffectually; I then went myself,
+and insisted on the delivery; he said it could not be allowed until
+the King returned to the capital. I protested so strongly against
+the act, that he sent for the chief linguist (Adoocee) and after a
+palaver, they promised to send me the letters on my return to the
+house: I left the canes in waiting. The time allowed having expired
+without the receipt, I went again to Apokoo’s, who referred me to
+Adoocee. I went to him, and he said he dared not interfere in the
+business. The Cape Coast messengers refusing to do so, we proceeded
+instantly to Adoo Bradie’s house, and finding the messenger,
+demanded the letters, and obtained them. I had scarcely read them,
+before Adoocee came with some captains, and about 100 persons,
+(being then 9 o’clock) to demand my delivery of your letter to his
+charge, until the King’s return. I indignantly refused, asserting
+my authority, and criminating such a request as injurious to the
+rights of the meanest subject of the King of England, and an
+insuperable affront to you. He tried threats and entreaties
+alternately; the former I treated with contempt, the latter I
+regretted I dared not yield to. The palaver was prolonged till 10
+o’clock at night. I determined not to lose ground. The King did not
+arrive until the evening of the next day, I sent three canes with
+my compliments on his return, and received his with an appointment
+of an audience the next (this) morning.</p>
+
+<p>We were sent for early, the affair of the letters was opposed
+to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_112">[112]</span> me. I repeated
+my declarations to Adoocee, and added, that I should not think of
+leaving a Resident, if such were the forms of the Ashantee Court.
+The Ashantee messengers declared that you had ordered your letters
+to be delivered to the King. I said that was impossible. The King
+was very gentle, but such was the suspicion of the assembly, that
+they requested me to swear on my sword, that I had not altered any
+part of your letter; I did so, prefacing the act as such a
+suspicion merited. I then read your letter, abating nothing of its
+spirit and firmness, and laying stress upon your disposition to
+benefit the King, and the proofs you had given. I concluded my
+illustrations with the declaration, that you did not settle the
+King’s palaver from fear, but from friendship, as it remained with
+him to prove. I submitted the preliminaries in form, for rejection
+or acceptance. After an ardent debate among the captains, they were
+executed and attested, and I lose no time in forwarding the copy. I
+left a duplicate with the King, as I shall of the treaty.</p>
+
+<p>The King intends to dispatch a messenger directly to empower
+Adoo Bradie to receive the gold, and hopes you will recommend the
+people of Commenda to restore any of the slaves in their possession
+belonging to Elmina, although that is not his palaver.</p>
+
+<p>The King desired me to communicate his best thanks for your
+handsome treatment of his nephew, whose reports have been very
+flattering.</p>
+
+<p>I urged my intercessions for Quamina Bootaqua, until the King
+vouchsafed me his assurance that he would pardon him.</p>
+
+<p>I have the satisfaction to inform you, that I have been able,
+privately, so far to conciliate the Moors, as to have witnessed
+their forwardance of the certificates<a id=
+"FNanchor_12"></a><a href="#Footnote_12" class="fnanchor">[12]</a>
+to the Interior, with their own letters of recommendation
+indorsed.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_113">[113]</span>I advocated the
+merits of the Castle linguist, De Graff, as you desired, and
+successfully. I flatter myself this will anticipate the arrival of
+the King’s, and the Cape Coast messengers.</p>
+
+<p class="center pad20pc space-above1">I am, &amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p class="right space-above1">T. E. BOWDICH.</p>
+
+<p class="hang1 space-above15"><em>Preliminaries of a General
+Treaty, to be made and entered into by</em> <span class="sc">Thomas
+Edward Bowdich</span>, <em>Esquire, for the Governor and Council of
+Cape Coast Castle, and on the part of the British Government,
+with</em> <span class="sc">Saï Tootoo Quamina</span>, <em>King of
+Ashantee and its Dependencies.</em></p>
+
+<p>1st. The King accepts the offer of the people of Commenda,
+through the Governor in Chief; namely, one hundred and twenty
+ounces of gold for himself, and the customary fees to his
+embassadors, as a settlement in full of all demands.</p>
+
+<p>2nd. The people of Commenda shall acknowledge their fealty to
+the King, and be entitled to all the benefits of his
+protection.</p>
+
+<p>3d. The King shall authorize some responsible captain to receive
+the gold, from the hands of the deputies of the people of Commenda,
+at Cape Coast Castle.</p>
+
+<p>4th. It is hereby agreed, that every palaver is now settled
+preparatory to the General Treaty, which shall be executed
+forthwith.</p>
+
+<p class="hang2">Signed and sealed this twenty-ninth day of August,
+in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and
+seventeen.</p>
+
+<p class="right space-above1">The mark of SAÏ TOOTOO QUAMINA.
+<img src='images/sym1.png' class="iwsym1" alt='[X]'> (L. S.)</p>
+
+<p class="right space-above1">T. E. BOWDICH. (L. S.)</p>
+
+<p>In the presence of</p>
+
+<table class="ptab2 bd-collapse">
+<tr>
+<td><span class="sc">William Hutchison.</span>
+</td>
+<td class="width-brace1">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="sc">Henry Tedlie.</span>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td colspan="3"><span class="sc">Adoocee</span>, Chief
+Linguist.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td colspan="3"><span class="sc">Apokoo</span>, Keeper of the
+Treasury.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="sc">Quamina Quatchie,</span>
+</td>
+<td class="brt">
+</td>
+<td rowspan="2">Linguists to the Mission.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="sc">Quashee Apaintree,</span>
+</td>
+<td class="brb">
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="space-above15"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_114">[114]</span><em>Extract from Diary.</em>—Monday, 25th
+August, we started soon after seven o’clock, and proceeding in a
+N.E. direction, crossed the marsh close to the town, where it was
+about two feet deep and one hundred and fifty yards broad. We
+travelled the path to Sallagha, through a beautiful country,
+abounding in neat crooms (of which we passed through seven), the
+sites spacious, and environed by extensive plantations. The path
+was wide and so nearly direct, that the eye was always in advance
+through beautiful vistas varied by gentle risings. The iron stone
+still prevailed.</p>
+
+<p>The King received us in the market place, and enquiring
+anxiously if we had breakfasted, ordered refreshment. After some
+conversation we were conducted to a house prepared for our
+reception, where a relish was served (sufficient for an army) of
+soups, stews, plantains, yams, rice, &amp;c. (all excellently
+cooked) wine, spirits, oranges, and every fruit. The messengers,
+soldiers, and servants were distinctly provided for. Declining the
+offer of beds, we walked out in the town, and conversed and played
+drafts with the Moors, who were reclining under trees; the King
+joined us with cheerful affability, and seemed to have forgotten
+his cares. About two o’clock dinner was announced. We had been
+taught to prepare for a surprise, but it was exceeded. We were
+conducted to the eastern side of the croom, to a door of green
+reeds, which excluded the crowd, and admitted us through a short
+avenue to the King’s garden, an area equal to one of the large
+squares in London. The breezes were strong and constant. In the
+centre, four large umbrellas of new scarlet cloth were fixed, under
+which was the King’s dining table (heigthened for the occasion) and
+covered in the most imposing manner; his massy plate was well
+disposed, and silver forks, knives, and spoons (Colonel Torrane’s)
+were plentifully laid. The large silver waiter supported a roasting
+pig in the centre; the other dishes on the table were roasted
+ducks,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_115">[115]</span> fowls,
+stews, pease pudding, &amp;c. &amp;c. On the ground on one side of
+the table were various soups, and every sort of vegetable; and
+elevated parallel with the other side, were oranges, pines, and
+other fruits; sugar-candy, Port and Madeira wine, spirits and Dutch
+cordials, with glasses. Before we sat down the King met us, and
+said, that as we had come out to see him, we must receive the
+following present from his hands, 2 oz. 4 ackies of gold, one sheep
+and one large hog to the officers, 10 ackies to the linguists, and
+5 ackies to our servants.</p>
+
+<p>We never saw a dinner more handsomely served, and never ate a
+better. On our expressing our relish, the King sent for his cooks,
+and gave them ten ackies. The King and a few of his captains sat at
+a distance, but he visited us constantly, and seemed quite proud of
+the scene; he conversed freely, and expressed much satisfaction at
+our toasts, “The King of Ashantee, the King of England, the
+Governor, the King’s Captains, a perpetual union (with a speech,
+which is the sine qua non) and the handsome women of England and
+Ashantee.” After dinner the King made many enquiries about England,
+and retired, as we did, that our servants might clear the table,
+which he insisted on. When he returned, some of the wine and Dutch
+cordials remaining, he gave them to our servants to take with them,
+and ordered the table cloth to be thrown to them and all the
+napkins. A cold pig, cold fowls (with six that had not been
+dressed) were dispatched to Coomassie for our supper. We took leave
+about five o’clock, the King accompanying us to the end of the
+croom, where he took our hands, and wished us good night. We
+reached the capital again at six, much gratified by our excursion
+and treatment.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Tedlie had brought Quamina Bwa (our guide) into a very
+advanced state of convalescence; but he so eagerly betook himself
+from low diet to palm oil soups, and stews of blood, that
+he<span class="pagenum" id="Page_116">[116]</span> soon relapsed,
+and a gathering formed on his liver, aggravated not a little by the
+various fetish draughts he swallowed. Seeing there was no other
+chance, Mr. Tedlie, who is a very skilful operator, would have
+scarified the liver; but although I had great reason to rely
+confidently on his judgment and ability, I thought our situation
+too critical to run such a risk. A Fantee boy having fractured his
+leg, and his dissolution appearing inevitable, the parents, in
+great distress, applied to the surgeon of an English outfort, who
+amputated the limb, and after much wearying attendance, to the
+surprise of every one, restored the boy to health. The family then
+brought him into the fort, and laying him down in the hall,
+addressed the surgeon (who was in charge of the fort) thus; “As
+Master cut off poor boy’s leg, and so spoil poor boy for work, we
+come to ask Master how much he think to give poor boy to keep
+him.”</p>
+
+<p>Quamina Bwa was fetished until the last moment, and died amidst
+the howls of a legion of old hags, plastering the walls, door
+posts, and every thing about him, with chopped egg and different
+messes. I forget how many sheep he had sacrificed to the fetish by
+the advice of these harpies. The King sent him a sheep and a
+periguin of gold, when he heard he was ill. This man had settled
+the palaver with Mr. White, after the blockade of Cape Coast, in
+1815, the third invasion of the Ashantees, and was universally
+odious, for his cruel extortions; these being reported to the King,
+he was disgraced; and being very extravagant, became much involved.
+Being at Payntree, he prevailed on Quamina Bushmaquaw to allow him
+to conduct us, to retrieve his finances a little. Excepting
+Adoocee, the King’s chief linguist, he was the most plausible
+villain I ever met with.</p>
+
+<p>The head of an Akim caboceer arrived in Coomassie about this
+time. The King and the Ashantee government had proposed
+that<span class="pagenum" id="Page_117">[117]</span> every croom of
+Akim should pay 20 periguins of gold as an atonement for their late
+revolt. Ten periguins were advanced immediately by each, and the
+other moiety was excused until after the harvest; but Aboidedroo
+caboceer of Manasoo resolutely refused to pay a tokoo. The King’s
+messengers, however, appealed to his people with so much address,
+that they rose upon their caboceer, killed him, and sent his head
+to the King, with the 20 periguins required.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftp1c04">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_10"></a><a href="#FNanchor_10"><span class=
+"label">[10]</span></a>Seizing.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_11"></a><a href="#FNanchor_11"><span class=
+"label">[11]</span></a>Presents from two Spanish slave ships were
+received through the Mulatto Brue on the 16th instant; they were
+general, but I can only particularise the following:</p>
+
+<table class="ptab">
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2">To the King, 3 pieces of cloth, 1 umbrella, and a
+hat.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>To the chief linguist, 1 piece, do.</td>
+<td>2 flashes liquor.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>To the 4th do. (Otee) 1 do.</td>
+<td>2 ditto, do.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>To Odumata, 2 do.</td>
+<td>2 ditto, do.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2">To Quamina Bwa, agent for the purchase of the
+slaves, 2 pieces of cloth, 1 umbrella, and 1 Dane gun.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_12"></a><a href="#FNanchor_12"><span class=
+"label">[12]</span></a>For a copy of these certificates vide the
+opposite <a href="#i11">engraving.</a></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_118">[118]</span><a id=
+"p1c05"></a><span class="letter-spaced01">CHAPTER</span> VI.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8 spaced3">
+
+<p class="sch1"><em>Proceedings and Incidents until the
+Ratification of a General Treaty.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="dcap"><span class="sc">The</span> report of an Ashantee
+having been flogged to death in Cape Coast Castle, which was
+aggravated every hour to our prejudice, was explained by the
+following letter:</p>
+
+<p class="right less space-above15"><em>Cape Coast Castle, August
+17</em>, 1817.</p>
+
+<p class="center space-above1"><span class="sc">T. E. Bowdich,
+Esq.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Sir,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><span class="sc">The</span> day before yesterday an
+Ashantee man was guilty of a most daring insult to the fort. On
+passing the gate, he was desired by the sentinel to take his cloth
+off his shoulders, but instead of complying, he turned round and
+struck him. The offender was instantly secured, and I ordered him
+to be put in irons. Last night about nine o’clock, the captain of
+the guard came to me to say, that the sentry on duty had reported
+the Ashantee to have hung himself. The place in which he was with
+others confined, was immediately opened, and he was found in a room
+adjoining to that in which the prisoners sleep, with his under
+cloth attached to a beam not more than three feet high, and very
+tightly drawn round his throat, part of his body was lying on the
+ground, and it must have been by the most determined resolution
+that he succeeded in strangling himself. The surgeon was present,
+but his<span class="pagenum" id="Page_119">[119]</span> efforts to
+recover him were ineffectual. This is the second offence of a
+similar nature that has occurred; the first person, I most
+assuredly should have punished, had he not ran past the sentry and
+made his escape.</p>
+
+<p>The King’s displeasure will no doubt be excited when he hears of
+such acts of insolence, and I hope he will issue such orders to his
+people, as will make them more circumspect in future.</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right12 space-above1">I am, Sir,</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right6 space-above1">your most obedient
+Servant,</p>
+
+<p class="right space-above1">J. H. SMITH.</p>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8">
+
+<p class="right less space-above15"><em>Coomassie, 31st
+August</em>, 1817.</p>
+
+<p class="center space-above1"><span class="sc">John Hope Smith,
+Esq. Governor in Chief</span>, &amp;c. &amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Sir,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind">I <span class="sc">received</span> your letter last
+evening respecting the suicide of the Ashantee. I procured an
+audience this morning, and have just returned from the palace,
+where I had the honour to address you a letter, in the name of the
+King, on this, and other subjects.</p>
+
+<p>The messenger sent up by Adoo Bradie, was the brother of the
+deceased, and declared before the King upon oath, that he had been
+killed by the officers. The master (our landlord) proposed a fine
+to the captains assembled, but after the audience was gone through,
+the King retired to council, which is the form, and returning,
+dictated the sentiments I had the honour to communicate to you, and
+rebuked our house-master severely for his proposition. Of course I
+impressed the insult to the fort, as the superior consideration of
+your letter.</p>
+
+<p>The insolence of the lower orders here became insufferable, they
+proceeded even to pelting us with stones; after every effort on
+our<span class="pagenum" id="Page_120">[120]</span> part to
+conciliate them by the exhibition of the telescope and other
+novelties. As may be expected in a military government, they are
+beyond the King’s control, out of the field. He declared however,
+that he would behead any man I would point out to him, and begged
+me to punish them as I thought proper: a summary chastisement of
+two inferior captains repressed this spirit.</p>
+
+<p>All the captains of consequence have become friendly and
+respectful; Apokoo was deputed in form yesterday, in the name of
+the whole, to thank me for my conduct in negociating with the
+King.</p>
+
+<p>The Treaty will be brought forward to be executed in six days,
+before the annual assembly of Kings, caboceers, and captains. All
+the Kings tributaries and allies being compelled to attend him at
+the yam custom.</p>
+
+<p>The King intends your linguist De Graff, to take fetish with his
+five linguists, to be just to both the powers to be pledged to the
+treaty, and is convinced of his probity.</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right12 space-above1">I am, with respect,
+Sir,</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right6 space-above1">your most obedient
+Servant,</p>
+
+<p class="right space-above1">T. EDWARD BOWDICH.</p>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8">
+
+<p class="right less space-above15"><em>Coomassie, 31st Aug.</em>
+1817.</p>
+
+<p class="center space-above1"><span class="sc">Saï Tootoo
+Quamina</span>, <em>King of Ashantee, &amp;c. to</em> <span class=
+"sc">John Hope Smith</span>, <em>Esquire, Governor in Chief,
+&amp;c. &amp;c. &amp;c.</em></p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Sir,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><span class="sc">The</span> King assures you, that,
+anticipating the permanent union of the English and Ashantees, so
+far from allowing the death of one man to retard it, he should take
+no notice if a thousand were flogged to death by you, as reported
+here, well knowing the insolent<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_121">[121]</span> disposition of the lower order of
+Ashantees, which is as vexatious to him as to you. He is satisfied
+however, that this man came to his death by his own hands.</p>
+
+<p>The King wishes you to adjust the palaver between the Commendas
+and Elminas, as soon as convenient to you; that all the people who
+serve him may be united, relying entirely on your justice.</p>
+
+<p>The King will thank you very much if you will make the people of
+Cape Coast, Elmina, and Commenda “<em>all one together</em>.”</p>
+
+<p>The little palaver between these people, is the only one
+remaining; and therefore, though it is not his, he wishes you to
+settle it.</p>
+
+<p>The King hereby, and by his messenger, empowers his nephew Adoo
+Bradie, and the Captain Quantree, to receive the gold from the
+deputies of Commenda in your presence.</p>
+
+<p>You must settle the compliments and fees, which the Commendas
+send to the King’s linguists and captains.</p>
+
+<p>The King hopes you will advise the people of Amissa, through
+some medium, to retract their insolent message to the King, that
+the whole of the Fantee territory may be quiet.</p>
+
+<p>The King has condescended personally to solicit Mr. Bowdich to
+protract his stay fifteen days, and obliged all his captains to the
+same condescension, so that you will consider it the King’s act
+from the wish to send him down with an honourable escort, and other
+marks of his favour.</p>
+
+<p>The King wishes you health and happiness.</p>
+
+<p class="right space-above1">The mark <img src='images/sym1.png'
+class="iwsym1" alt='[X]'> of Saï Tootoo Quamina, &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad4">In the presence of</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad6"><span class="sc">Wm. Hutchison.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad6"><span class="sc">Henry Tedlie.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="space-above15"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_122">[122]</span>A few only of the many curious observations
+of our Ashantee friends recur to me. One captain told us he had
+heard that the English were so constantly in palavers, one with
+another, that their houses, which he understood to be made of wood,
+the same as their ships, were always fixed on wheels; so that when
+a man had quarrelled with his neighbour, he moved to another part
+of the bush. Another insisted that monkies (whom the Moors said
+sprung from the Israelites, who disobeyed Moses) could talk as well
+as men; but they were not such fools; for if they did, they knew
+men would make them work.—This is better than Pliny’s account of
+monkies playing chess.</p>
+
+<p>The King walked abroad in great state one day, an irresistible
+caricature; he had on an old fashioned court suit of General
+Daendels’ of brown velveteen, richly embroidered with silver
+thistles, with an English epaulette sewn on each shoulder, the coat
+coming close round the knees, from which the flaps of the waistcoat
+were not very distant, a cocked hat bound with gold lace, in shape
+just like that of a coachman’s, white shoes, the long silver headed
+cane we presented to him, mounted with a crown, as a walking staff,
+and a small dirk round his waist.</p>
+
+<p>The King presented one of our servants with six ackies of gold,
+for making trowsers for his child, and mending him a pair of
+drawers, which he thought it extravagant to put on under trowsers
+or small clothes, and therefore wore them alone.</p>
+
+<p>I fixed a rude leaping bar in the outer yard of our house, and
+trained the horse to it, preparatory to getting him over the trunks
+of trees on the path: this brought even greater levees than the
+camera obscura, or the telescope. Sometimes a gazer would start
+from the eye piece of the latter, to lay hold of the figure at the
+end, as he expected; and they all insisted on both being taken to
+pieces in their presence, that they might see what was inside. At
+length,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_123">[123]</span> being
+inexplicable, it was pronounced fetish. A captain had told the
+King, that with the telescope we saw, when at Doompassie, all that
+he was doing at Coomassie: and happening, in a sudden and heavy
+rain, to gallop from Asafoo to our house, with Mr. Tedlie on the
+horse behind me, holding the umbrella, it was immediately reported
+to the King as our plan of travelling to Cape Coast.</p>
+
+<p>Our Accra linguist pointed out a man to me named Tando, whom he
+recollected to have visited the Coast some years, in great pomp,
+never going the shortest distance, but in his taffeta hammock,
+covered with a gorgeous umbrella, and surrounded by flatterers, who
+even wiped the ground before he trod on it. This man had now
+scarcely a cloth to cover him. He had been retired from his embassy
+to Akim, in consequence of a dispute with Attah, then the king of
+that country; for though Attah was adjudged to be in fault, after
+the palaver was talked at Coomassie, the Ashantee government
+thought it politic to displace Tando, though he had become
+disagreeable to the other, only for his vigilance and fidelity.
+After a long interval of the most luxurious life the capital could
+afford, he was instructed to proceed to Elmina, to talk a palaver
+for the King; but thinking it would be a coup d’éclat much more
+important and agreeable, if he could settle the Warsaw palaver as
+well, he visited the country on his return, and persuaded them to
+conciliate the King, and avert their ruin, by carrying a
+considerable sum of gold to Coomassie, and agreeing to pay
+twenty-four slaves for every Ashantee subject killed or injured by
+one of Warsaw. Deputies returned with this man for this purpose;
+but the King dismissed them contemptuously; and to the
+disappointment and surprise of Tando, declared that no man must
+dare to do good out of his own head, or perhaps he would find he
+did bad, as Tando had done, in spoiling a palaver which he and his
+great men meant to sleep a long time. Tando was immediately
+stripped of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_124">[124]</span> all his
+property for his presumption, and from a noble became a beggar.</p>
+
+<p>The Moors now became friendly, and sent us some very good
+coffee, and choice pieces of meat.</p>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8">
+
+<p class="right less space-above15"><em>Coomassie, Sept. 8th</em>,
+1817.</p>
+
+<p class="center space-above1"><span class="sc">John Hope Smith,
+Esquire, Governor in Chief</span>, &amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Sir,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind">I <span class="sc">have</span> the satisfaction to
+inform you, that the treaty was signed and sworn to yesterday, by
+the King of Ashantee, and this day, by the King of Dwabin. The
+whole of the caboceers, captains, and tributaries having arrived,
+the treaty was finally discussed on Saturday, and two of the four
+members of the Aristocracy, with the two oldest captains (Ashantee
+and Nabbra) were deputed to swear for that assembly, with the King,
+whose oaths (being very rare) are solemnized by the presence of his
+wives.</p>
+
+<p>The King sent a handsome procession of flags, guns, and music,
+to conduct us to the palace on the occasion; and meeting us in the
+outer square, preceded us to the inmost, where about 300 females
+were seated, in all the magnificence which a profusion of gold and
+silk could furnish. The splendour of this coup d’oeil made our
+surprise almost equal to theirs. We were seated with the King and
+the deputies, under the large umbrellas in the centre, and I was
+desired to declare the objects of the Embassy and the Treaty, to an
+old linguist, peculiar to the women. The King displayed the
+presents to them; the flags were all sewn together, and wrapped
+around him as a cloth.</p>
+
+<p>I was afterwards desired to stand before the King, and swear on
+my sword that I had declared the truth: I did so, with the
+other<span class="pagenum" id="Page_125">[125]</span> officers. The
+next form dictated was, that I should seat myself, and receive the
+oaths of the deputies, and lastly, of the King himself, for his
+brother the King of England. They advanced in turn, extending their
+gold swords close to my face, as they declared their oaths. I rose
+to receive the King’s, all the women holding up two fingers, as
+their mark of approbation when he received the sword, and one of
+his counsellors kneeling beside him with a large stone on his head.
+The King swore very deliberately, that his words might be fully
+impressed on me, invoking God and the fetish to kill him; first, if
+he did not keep the law, if we had sworn true; and secondly, if he
+did not revenge the Ashantees to the full, if we had bad in our
+heads, and did not come for the purpose I avowed. The assurances,
+and the menaces of the oaths of the captains were equally forcible.
+The King sent an anker of rum to our people to drink on the
+occasion, and paid each captain the customary fee, of a periguin of
+gold on his oath.</p>
+
+<p>The King having communicated my wish, by a formal message, to
+Boïtinnee Quama, the King of Dwabin, who holds his temporary court
+on the north side of the town, I seconded it, by sending the canes
+to request an audience; at which I had again formally to declare
+the objects of the Embassy and the Treaty, which, after a great
+deal of form and enquiry, received his signature, with the
+attestations of his chief linguists, Quama Saphoo, and Kobara
+Saphoo, who are his principal counsellors. His court was equally
+crowded with the King of Ashantees, who sits on his right hand when
+he visits Dwabin; a reciprocal etiquette.</p>
+
+<p>By an addition to the 4th article of the treaty, I reconciled
+the point of the Amissa palaver; and the securing you the
+opportunity of mediation, (without attaching any thing like
+responsibility) I considered to be not only a precaution due to
+humanity, but a prudent and legitimate measure for the extension of
+our influence.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_126">[126]</span>The value of
+this treaty is enhanced by the reflection, that the justice,
+dignity, and spirit, of the British Government have been preserved
+inviolate; and that it has been the result of the impression, and
+not of the abatement of these characteristics.</p>
+
+<p>We are flattered by your acknowledgment of our offer to
+accompany the King to the Buntooko war, and feel the force of your
+reason in the present view of the invasion of that country. The
+lake proving to be southward instead of northward, and close to the
+Accra path, I did not think it prudent to aggravate suspicion, for
+so secondary and well defined an object, whilst every day exacted
+some exertion (beyond vigilance) to wear away the difficulties
+opposed to the more important views of the Mission.</p>
+
+<p>I expect the King will permit me to take leave on Saturday next.
+To-morrow Apokoo gives us a dinner in public.</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right12 space-above1">I am, with respect,
+Sir,</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right6 space-above1">your most obedient
+Servant,</p>
+
+<p class="right space-above1">T. E. BOWDICH.</p>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8">
+
+<p class="hang1 space-above15"><em>Treaty made and entered into
+by</em> <span class="sc">Thomas Edward Bowdich</span>, <em>Esquire,
+in the name of the Governor and Council at Cape Coast Castle on the
+Gold Coast of Africa, and on behalf of the British Government,
+with</em> <span class="sc">Saï Tootoo Quamina</span>, <em>King of
+Ashantee and its Dependencies, and</em> <span class="sc">Boïtinnee
+Quama</span>, <em>King of Dwabin and its Dependencies.</em></p>
+
+<p>1st. There shall be perpetual peace and harmony between the
+British subjects in this country, and the subjects of the Kings of
+Ashantee and Dwabin.</p>
+
+<p>2nd. The same shall exist between the subjects of the Kings of
+Ashantee and Dwabin, and all nations of Africa residing under
+the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_127">[127]</span> protection of
+the Company’s Forts and Settlements on the Gold Coast, and, it is
+hereby agreed, that there are no palavers now existing, and that
+neither party has any claim upon the other.</p>
+
+<p>3rd. The King of Ashantee guarantees the security of the people
+of Cape Coast, from the hostilities threatened by the people of
+Elmina.</p>
+
+<p>4th. In order to avert the horrors of war, it is agreed, that in
+any case of aggression on the part of the natives under British
+protection, the Kings shall complain thereof to the Governor in
+Chief to obtain redress, and that they will in no instance resort
+to hostilities, even against the other towns of the Fantee
+territory, without endeavouring as much as possible to effect an
+amicable arrangement, affording the Governor the opportunity of
+propitiating it, as far as he may with discretion.</p>
+
+<p>5th. The King of Ashantee agrees to permit a British officer to
+reside constantly at his capital, for the purpose of instituting
+and preserving a regular communication with the Governor in Chief
+at Cape Coast Castle.</p>
+
+<p>6th. The Kings of Ashantee and Dwabin pledge themselves to
+countenance, promote, and encourage the trade of their subjects
+with Cape Coast Castle and its dependencies to the extent of their
+power.</p>
+
+<p>7th. The Governors of the respective Forts shall at all times
+afford every protection in their power to the persons and property
+of the people of Ashantee and Dwabin, who may resort to the water
+side.</p>
+
+<p>8th. The Governor in Chief reserves to himself the right of
+punishing any subject of Ashantee or Dwabin guilty of secondary
+offences, but in case of any crime of magnitude, he will send the
+offender to the Kings, to be dealt with according to the laws of
+his country.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_128">[128]</span>9th. The Kings
+agree to commit their children to the care of the Governor in
+Chief, for education, at Cape Coast Castle, in the full confidence
+of the good intentions of the British government, and of the
+benefits to be derived therefrom.</p>
+
+<p>10th. The Kings promise to direct diligent inquiries to be made
+respecting the officers attached to the Mission of Major John
+Peddie, and Captain Thomas Campbell; and to influence and oblige
+the neighbouring kingdoms and their tributaries, to befriend them
+as the subjects of the British government.</p>
+
+<p class="hang2">Signed and sealed at Coomassie, this seventh day
+of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred
+and seventeen.</p>
+
+<table class="sign2">
+<tr>
+<td>The mark of SAÏ TOOTOO QUAMINA <img src='images/sym1.png'
+class="iwsym1" alt='[X]'></td>
+<td>(L. S.)</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>The mark of BOÏTINNEE QUAMA <img src='images/sym1.png' class=
+"iwsym1" alt='[X]'></td>
+<td>(L. S.)</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>THOMAS EDWARD BOWDICH.</td>
+<td>(L. S.)</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1">In the presence
+of</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><span class="sc">William Hutchison</span>,
+Resident.</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><span class="sc">Henry Tedlie</span>, Assistant
+Surgeon.</p>
+
+<table class="ptab bd-collapse">
+<tr>
+<td>The mark of</td>
+<td><span class="sc">Apokoo</span> <img src='images/sym1.png'
+class="iwsym1" alt='[X]'></td>
+<td class="brt width-brace1">
+</td>
+<td rowspan="4">Deputed from the General Assembly of caboceers and
+captains to swear with the King.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td><span class="sc">Odumata</span> <img src='images/sym1.png'
+class="iwsym1" alt='[X]'></td>
+<td class="liner">
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td><span class="sc">Nabbra</span> <img src='images/sym1.png'
+class="iwsym1" alt='[X]'></td>
+<td class="liner">
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td><span class="sc">Ashantee</span> <img src='images/sym1.png'
+class="iwsym1" alt='[X]'></td>
+<td class="brb">
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td><span class="sc">Kabra Saphoo</span> <img src='images/sym1.png'
+class="iwsym1" alt='[X]'></td>
+<td class="brt">
+</td>
+<td rowspan="2">Linguists to the King of Dwabin.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td><span class="sc">Quamina Saphoo</span> <img src=
+'images/sym1.png' class="iwsym1" alt='[X]'></td>
+<td class="brb">
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td><span class="sc">Quashee Apaintree</span> <img src=
+'images/sym1.png' class="iwsym1" alt='[X]'></td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Accra Linguist.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td><span class="sc">Quashee Tom</span> <img src='images/sym1.png'
+class="iwsym1" alt='[X]'></td>
+<td class="brt">
+</td>
+<td rowspan="2">Cape Coast Linguists.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td><span class="sc">Quamina Quatchee</span> <img src=
+'images/sym1.png' class="iwsym1" alt='[X]'></td>
+<td class="brb">
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8">
+
+<div class="plate">
+<div class="figcenter">
+<figure id="i11"><a href="images/i11_large.jpg"><img src=
+'images/i11.jpg' alt='' class="iw5"></a>
+<div class="tabw40">
+<p>This <em>is to make known that Major John Peddie, Capt.
+Tho<sup>s</sup>. Campbell, and Surgeon Will<sup>m</sup>. Cowdry,
+have been employed by the British Government to proceed from
+Senegal into the interior of Africa, to trace the course of the
+River Niger; and to obtain such information respecting the
+Countries through which they pass, as may be useful in the
+extension and improvement of Commerce which is the object of the
+British Government in sending those persons to Africa; and that any
+Person who may happen to meet with those Gentlemen, and shall be
+the Bearer of a Letter to the Governor of <span class="sc">Cape
+Coast Castle</span> on the Gold Coast, from either of them, shall
+receive five Ounces of Gold, and be liberally rewarded for any
+Service or Act of kindness which it may appear by such Letter may
+have been rendered to either of them.</em></p>
+
+<p><em>Witness my hand at Coomasie the Capital of the Kingdom of
+Ashantee the 30<sup>th</sup>. day of July 1817</em>
+</p>
+
+<p><em>W<sup>m</sup>. Hutchinson Resident</em>
+</p>
+
+<p><em>T. E. Bowdich Conductor of the Mission from Cape Coast
+Castle</em>
+</p>
+</div>
+</figure>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_129">[129]</span>We were present
+at the trial of Appia Nanu, who had accompanied his brother Appia
+Danqua in the last invasion of Fantee, and was ordered by the King,
+on his death, to take the command of the army, and prosecute the
+campaign. In the irritation of the moment, he exclaimed, before the
+royal messengers, that though the King did not prevent him from
+succeeding to the stool, and the honours of his brother, he kept
+back all the rock gold which belonged to the inheritance, and
+desired to wear him out in the pursuit of the revolters, to prevent
+his claim and enjoyment of the property of his family. From this
+time he was very inactive, and became suspected of cowardice;
+however, having succeeded in getting the head of one of the
+revolters, he returned to Coomassie; where he was coolly received,
+but not accused until the 8th of July. The witnesses were the
+messengers the King had sent to him, who had been concealed in a
+distant part of the frontier ever since, that Appia Nanu, believing
+the general report of their death, might be the more confounded
+when they burst upon him at the moment of his denial of the charge.
+He was deprived of his stool and the whole of his property, but
+permitted to retire with three wives and ten slaves; the King
+hearing the next day that he still loitered in the capital,
+exclaimed, that no proper man would bear so much shame before all
+the people, rather than leave his home, and ordered only one wife
+to be left to him, whereupon Appia Nanu hung himself. The King
+considers, that none but the basest spirits can endure life after
+severe disgrace.</p>
+
+<p>The Moors celebrated the feast of Ramadan in this month: there
+was nothing curious in this ceremony. Men and women were dressed in
+their richest suits, and seated on large skins before their houses,
+for they occupy one street exclusively. They rose occasionally in
+small troops, made short circuits in different directions, saluted
+each other, and then sat down again. In the evening,<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_130">[130]</span> the superiors exchanged visits
+at their houses; the one visited always accompanied the other some
+distance along the street on his way, where they exchanged
+blessings, and parted. The slaves who carried their small
+umbrella’s over their heads, seemed thoroughly jaded by this
+incessant parading.</p>
+
+<p>The King regretted in one of his visits about this time, that
+they were not more frequent; he said, our conversation entertained
+him more than any thing else, because it told him of so many things
+black men never heard of, but when he wished to see us on that
+account, his great men checked him, and said, it did not become him
+as a great King to want us, but that he should only send his
+compliments, see us, and make us wait a long time when he sent for
+us to the palace.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_131">[131]</span><a id=
+"p1c06"></a><span class="letter-spaced01">CHAPTER</span> VII.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8 spaced3">
+
+<p class="sch1"><em>Proceedings and Incidents until the completion
+of the Mission and its return to Cape Coast Castle.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="dcap"><span class="sc">On</span> the 11th of September I
+received the Governor’s reply to my letter of the 10th of
+August.</p>
+
+<p class="right less space-above15"><em>Cape Coast Castle, August
+25</em>, 1817.</p>
+
+<p class="center space-above1"><span class="sc">T. E. Bowdich,
+Esq.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Sir,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind">I <span class="sc">have</span> received your letter
+of the 10th instant. The boy and girl shall be disposed of under
+the protection of the Government here, agreeable to the King’s
+wishes.</p>
+
+<p>The messenger (Ocranameah) has grossly misrepresented to the
+King, the reception he met with at Cape Coast; he was treated with
+the greatest civility during his stay, and on leaving, expressed
+himself gratified by the attention which had been shewn him.</p>
+
+<p>For the King’s satisfaction, I have subjoined a list of the
+articles I made him a present of;<a id="FNanchor_13"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_13" class="fnanchor">[13]</a> the three first which I
+gave him, on taking leave, will, when produced, convince him how
+much he has been deceived, and prove to him, that his
+recommendation of the messenger was not unattended to.</p>
+
+<p>The Buntooko war, I consider a mere pretext for getting rid
+of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_132">[132]</span> the Resident; it
+cannot be the true motive: to oppose however, any disinclination to
+the measure, either on the part of the King or his principal men,
+would be entirely useless; the aversion to it has no doubt
+originated in the latter, with whom, under the present order of
+things, the Resident would be very unpopular; consequently unsafe.
+The eager desire which the King has manifested for enquiring into
+every trivial occurrence, is another cause of its being
+objectionable. The residence of a British officer would afford him
+the opportunity, not only of doing this, but of making demands
+which he might otherwise not have thought of. These and other
+circumstances, which were entirely unforeseen, have materially
+altered my opinion in regard to the Residency, which is certainly
+not so desirable as I before considered it. You will therefore, on
+your return, bring Mr. Hutchison with you.</p>
+
+<p>I am not aware of any Ashantees having introduced themselves
+here, but such as were duly authorised by the King; you will
+however inform him, that none will be attended to unless they bear
+his cane.</p>
+
+<p>As Mr. Hutchison is to return, it will be a most important point
+that you bring down two of the King’s sons for education, and I am
+very solicitous that you should accomplish this object if
+possible.</p>
+
+<p>The Commenda palaver being terminated, there will be nothing to
+detain you longer at Ashantee. Your returning by way of Warsaw will
+be desirable, and I hope the King will not object to your so
+doing.</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right12 space-above1">I am, Sir,</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right6 space-above1">your most obedient
+Servant,</p>
+
+<p class="right space-above1">JOHN HOPE SMITH.</p>
+
+<p class="right less space-above15"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_133">[133]</span><em>Coomassie, Sept. 16</em>, 1817.</p>
+
+<p class="center space-above1"><span class="sc">John Hope Smith,
+Esq. Governor in Chief</span>, &amp;c. &amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Sir,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind">I <span class="sc">did</span> not receive your
+letter of the 25th of August, until the 11th instant, four days
+after I had advised you of the execution of the treaty. I
+considered it my duty to acquaint you of every variation in the
+prospects of the Embassy, although, even when communicating the
+discouraging circumstances of my letter of the 10th ult. I could
+not abate my hopes, or allow doubt to sicken my exertions. I valued
+on the reflection, that I had not been heard before the King in
+vindication of the Residency; the motives of which I knew to have
+been grossly misrepresented by our natural enemies the Moors, to
+whose arts the suspicion of the natives have been suitably
+auxiliary. My confidence was justified by the favourable impression
+the King and the Government manifested, when the subject was
+publicly advocated; since which I have never heard of an objection
+to it: it has indeed, become a favourite measure with the superior
+captains, who, as far as may be judged from the respect and
+deference with which they have treated us from that time, seem not
+only to have been conciliated, but won by the recent circumstances
+of the negotiation. The terms of the treaty, by exceeding your
+expectations, will compensate for the accumulation of difficulties
+which have been opposed to us. We are taught to believe that no law
+has ever been enacted in this kingdom with equal solemnity, or an
+oath, so serious, been before submitted to by the King, or imposed
+on the captains. Had the treaty disappointed, instead of exceeded
+our expectations, I must have viewed it as inviolable, and
+submitted myself to your candour; which I would now, and justify
+myself by answering the reasonable apprehensions<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_134">[134]</span> which have recently affected
+your opinion of the Residency, rather than by the plea that the
+treaty was executed before I received them.</p>
+
+<p>If I had been convinced that it was dislike, and not suspicion,
+which actuated the opposition to the Residency, I should not only
+have considered it imprudent, but derogatory, to have persevered in
+the view; but, sensible that it was the latter, (from the evidence
+of the King’s deportment, and the knowledge of the intrigue and
+calumny excited against us,) I felt the greater anxiety for its
+accomplishment; since, to have yielded to suspicion, without every
+labour to eradicate it, would have been to have excluded ourselves
+from the kingdom hereafter.</p>
+
+<p>If the King had been actuated, individually, by the desire of
+detecting the frauds of his messengers, I should have viewed the
+measure as pernicious; but the Government itself having anxiously
+recommended it, for the sake of their own interest, (Fort pay, and
+purchases from the treasury being always divided amongst the
+superior captains) I considered it harmless; and not solely from
+the power of its advocates, but also from the impotence of the
+royal messengers in state affairs, being generally attendants on
+the King, and therefore jealously watched by the other parts of the
+Government. This desire has only been addressed to me in two
+instances, both of which I think justified it: first, respecting
+the fort pay; it having been since proved, and confessed, that, out
+of 62 oz. paid at Christiansburg Castle in 1816 and 17, the
+Ashantee Government has been defrauded of 23 oz. by the messenger:
+and secondly, respecting the goods purchased by Ocranameah, where
+the fraud could not escape notice. Such peculations have probably,
+in the first case, given rise to doubts of our honour; and in the
+latter, have certainly proved a prejudice to the trade. On the
+occasion of Ocranameah’s baseness, I myself requested the King
+to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_135">[135]</span> allow me to
+address you for the particulars of his treatment; and if you
+consider the mischievous influence of the report, the fatality of
+the impression that the King’s Embassy had been subjected to
+contempt, whilst we had been treated with generosity and respect,
+you will admit that the disproof was imperious on me: he has been
+disgraced, and owes his safety to my intercession. Nothing but the
+most decisive conduct can arrest villainy here. The reports of Adoo
+Bradie have been highly flattering. The King will certainly have a
+better opportunity of making demands from the residence of a
+British officer; neither can I lessen the probability further than
+by my opinion, which though only indulgent of the people in
+general, is certainly favourable of the honour of the King, and the
+superior captains. The advantages and prospects of our preserving
+our footing by a Residency, have been too fully suggested by your
+experience, to require my dwelling on them.</p>
+
+<p>I will proceed to acquaint you of the circumstances subsequent
+to my receipt of your letter, one of which had nearly been serious.
+After the settlement of the Commenda palaver, the King requested me
+to wait 10 days, which were afterwards extended to 15, as you were
+advised in his letter of the 31st ult. This time expired on
+Saturday last, but the King said then that we must not go until
+Monday. Accordingly, on that day, I delivered Mr. Hutchison written
+instructions (a copy of which I enclose) and sent several messages
+to the King to remind him of his promise. We were not sent for
+until six o’clock in the evening, when the King said he could not
+let me go then, nor before he had time to send me away properly.
+This I considered to be the mere affectation of state; I pleaded
+that your orders were binding, and that it was insulting to you, as
+well as dangerous to me, to prevent my respect of them, now every
+thing like business was settled. The King said he would only ask me
+to stop until Wednesday. I replied, that if he<span class="pagenum"
+id="Page_136">[136]</span> would give me his hand, and promise that
+I should go then, I would wait. No! he could not, but he would
+promise me for the Monday following. I saw that yielding to this
+would subject me to an indefinite delay. I told the King that I
+should be obliged to go, though unwillingly, without his
+approbation, and that not only my duty but his promise justified
+me. I had only to ask him if he still wished me to leave Mr.
+Hutchison? All the reply I could get was, that I might break the
+Law if I thought proper. I told them the Law would never be broken
+by an English officer, but still, if they were sorry that they had
+sworn to the Law, I would send for it and tear it in pieces before
+them; we did not make laws from fear. No! they liked the Law, and
+could not break it, but I might if I chose. I repeated my
+willingness to stay till Wednesday; the promise could only be given
+for the Monday: the King and the council retired abruptly. I
+followed them, told them I was obliged to be determined, and begged
+the King to shew his respect for you, and the friendship he had
+condescended to profess for myself, by considering your orders;
+this was construed as indecision; and Monday, or when the King has
+time, was the reply. I thanked him formally for all his kindnesses,
+told him I must go, and retired. It was necessary, at least, to
+make the attempt, although it was then eight o’clock. I left all
+the luggage in the charge of Mr. Hutchison, except two
+portmanteaus, the sextant, and the box containing my papers. We had
+scarcely proceeded fifty yards before the gong-gongs and drums were
+beat all around us, and we were attacked by a crowd of swords and
+muskets, headed by our house master Aboïdwee, who in the first rush
+seized the luggage and the flag. I felt myself compelled to attempt
+to regain the flag; and the value of my papers, and the impolicy of
+being intimidated by the outrage, were also considerations. I
+begged the officers not to draw their swords till the last moment,
+and taking<span class="pagenum" id="Page_137">[137]</span> the
+muskets, the butt ends of which cleared our way to the luggage, we
+fastened on it, with the soldiers, artisans, and our servants, who
+supported us vigorously. The Ashantees did not attempt to fire, but
+attacked us only with their heavy swords and large stones. We kept
+our ground nearly a quarter of an hour, though our belts and caps
+were torn away, and we frequently fell. At this time, Mr. Tedlie
+(who had regained his sword, which had been torn from his side) was
+stunned by a blow on the head, and as all were much bruised, and
+some of the people cut, I contented myself with the recovery of the
+flag, the sextant, and the papers, and we retired slowly to the
+house, not expecting they would follow us; but they did so, with a
+fury which led me to believe they intended our destruction. We
+posted ourselves in the door-way, and I immediately dispatched the
+canes by a back way to the King, to tell him we had not yet drawn
+our swords, but we must do so unless he rescued us immediately. The
+tumult did not allow expostulation, we had no alternative but to
+defend ourselves, which the narrow passage favoured. The captain,
+Aboïdwee, who was quite mad with fury and liquor, made a cut at me
+as I held him from me, which would have been fatal but for the
+presence of mind of one of the soldiers, through which it only
+grazed my face. We were soon rescued by the presence of Adoocee,
+the chief linguist, and Yokokroko, the King’s chamberlain, with
+their retinues. Nothing could exceed their servility, they offered
+to swear the King was not privy to the outrage, ordered Aboïdwee
+before them, and threatened him with the loss of his head. I told
+them I knew the King’s controul, and was not to be treated as a
+fool; he had forcibly detained us as prisoners, and must take the
+consequences; I should say no more. They continued their
+professions and entreaties upwards of an hour, and did all they
+could by their menaces to Aboïdwee, and their deference to the
+evidence of our<span class="pagenum" id="Page_138">[138]</span>
+people, to convince me of their discountenance of the outrage. I
+divided the people into watches for the night.</p>
+
+<p>By day light the next morning all our luggage was returned, I
+refused to receive it. Yokokroko and Adoo Quamina then sent to say
+they waited below until we had done breakfast; a long palaver
+succeeded, of the same tenour as that of the preceding night. About
+11 o’clock, the linguists, Adoocee, Otee, and Quancum; Yokokroko,
+and a crowd of captains came from the King with a present of 20
+ackies, two flasks of liquor, and a large hog. I asked them if they
+came to put more shame on my face, by bribing me to settle the
+great palaver they had made the night before with the King of
+England. They flattered and menaced by turns to make me take it,
+and urged, that to refuse the King’s present was to declare war. I
+persisted in refusing every thing short of an interview with the
+King. The Cape Coast messengers, impelled by their apprehensions
+and their avarice, had the temerity to declare at this moment, that
+you had sent them as a check upon me, and that they knew I was not
+doing as you wished in talking so to the King, and that you would
+make a palaver with me for not waiting the King’s pleasure. It was
+necessary to annihilate the impression of such language
+immediately. I deprived them of their canes, and threatened to put
+them in irons. The King not long after sent his eunuch and
+followers to conduct us to the palace, where he had assembled the
+superior captains. We went in plain clothes, alleging that we dared
+not wear our uniforms as prisoners. The King said, I must not say
+that; he was my good friend, and would do me right; he did not
+think I would have tried to go without his leave, and never meant
+his people to fight with us, he would give me the heads of all
+those who led them on, and beg me himself for the rest, as I begged
+him for Quamina Bootaqua; he never begged any body before; he did
+not send the gold, as I thought,<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_139">[139]</span> he sent it to pay for any thing the people
+had spoiled, and meant to do us right all the same; it would break
+his heart if the King of England heard he had used his officers
+ill, and if I liked him, I must settle the palaver easy.</p>
+
+<p>Of course I would not hear of any heads being cut off, though
+they all pressed it repeatedly, and doubtless would not have
+regarded sacrificing a few inferior captains to varnish their
+allegation; yet, I must declare, it is my firm opinion, and it is
+supported by the evidence of our private friends, that the King and
+his principal men merely intended Aboïdwee to stop us, by placing
+his numbers before us and pleading the King’s orders, not dreaming
+of any outrage, or that the impetuosity of this man, irritated by
+the loss of his retainer at Cape Coast,<a id=
+"FNanchor_14"></a><a href="#Footnote_14" class="fnanchor">[14]</a>
+would hurry him to order his soldiers to assault us: he has not an
+atom of influence; but the King selected him as a near relative of
+his own, to succeed to Bakkee’s stool, to which 1700 men are
+attached: the King repeatedly offered me his head. To resume, the
+King requested us to drink with him, and then to shake hands,
+begged us to resume our uniforms, and ordered his own people to
+attend us at our house. I renewed the subject of our departure. The
+King said this was a bad week, and he did not like us to go in it,
+he would thank me very much to stay till Monday, and then he could
+get a proper present ready. Sunday too was the Adaï custom, and
+then I must put Mr. Hutchison’s hand in Adoocee’s, and Adoocee
+place it in his, and he would promise to take proper care of him
+before all the captains. Odumata and Adoocee came forward to give
+me their hands, as a pledge of their responsibility. I said I could
+receive no one’s hand but the King’s on such an occasion, but I
+ordered Quashie Apaintree to do so, and it was sworn to. The King
+then said Adoocee had told him the Cape Coast
+messengers<span class="pagenum" id="Page_140">[140]</span> had
+tried to put shame on my face—he was very angry with them—they
+ought to know God made white man’s head better than black man’s,
+and they must come before him, and put my foot on their heads. I
+told him, I could not let any one do so, but I sent for their
+canes, and entrusted them to them again, with a suitable reprimand.
+The King then begged me to receive his present, which I did, giving
+the people the hog and liquor, they had received another on the
+Friday before, which the King sent me, with 39 yams.</p>
+
+<p>I have observed that the Government’s anxiety for the force of
+the Treaty, and for the Residency, has heightened in proportion to
+the indifference I have affected. I consider the affair of
+yesterday to have perfected the impression of our spirit. I
+certainly would not think of leaving any but an officer of the most
+considerate conduct as a Resident, and, I believe, Mr. Hutchison,
+by tempering his spirit with judgment, may safely realize the
+objects of the situation; if, however, on my return, you consider I
+have left him in a precarious situation, I volunteer my services to
+replace him, and deliberately to retire the Residency.</p>
+
+<p>It occurs to me, the Amissa palaver may possibly be the design
+of this interval, if it should, you may rely on my remaining
+resolute on the subject.</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right12 space-above1">I am, &amp;c.</p>
+
+<table class="sign2">
+<tr>
+<td>(Signed)</td>
+<td>T. EDWARD BOWDICH.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="right less space-above15"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_141">[141]</span><em>Coomassie, Sept.</em> 1817.</p>
+
+<p class="center space-above1"><em>To</em> <span class="sc">William
+Hutchison</span>, <em>Esquire, British Resident.</em></p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Sir</span>,</p>
+
+<p class="nind">I <span class="sc">am</span> directed by the
+Governor in Chief to leave you written instructions for your future
+government.</p>
+
+<p>The conviction of the honour and justice of our public
+negotiations, having procured us a footing in opposition to the
+arts which have been practised upon the suspicion of the natives,
+your conduct is looked to, with confidence, to support it, by
+originating an opinion of our moral character, equally auspicious
+to the benevolent views of the British Government. The simplicity
+of our religion, tolerating the calumny of the Moors, that we are
+destitute of any, you will have the satisfaction of perfecting the
+confutation, by a regular retirement to its duties, and by the
+practice of that benevolence and forbearance, equally congenial to
+the policy prescribed to us.</p>
+
+<p>It would be premature, as well as dangerous, to direct any other
+than the tacit reproof of your own conduct and sentiments, to the
+cruelties consecrated by the superstitions of the Ashantees; you
+must be content to avoid the countenance of them by your presence,
+by adhering to the plea of the repugnance of your religion. This
+conduct, associated with a humanity always inclining you to induce
+mercy, whenever the offence, or prudence, may admit of an
+interference, will propitiate your own wishes, and the expectations
+of the Government.</p>
+
+<p>The friendship and respect which the King, and the superior
+captains have manifested, will not only be preserved, but
+strengthened, by a dignified deportment, and a considerate use of
+the private intercourse these feelings have established; and you
+will cultivate the frequent opportunities of instilling into their
+minds,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_142">[142]</span> that
+education originated the pre-eminence of Europeans; and that peace
+is most auspicious to the greatness of a Nation, directing all its
+powers to commerce and the arts, and thereby founding its superior
+comfort, prosperity, and embellishment. The power and resources of
+your own country should be quoted to illustrate this truth; and you
+will impress that it is the experience of it, which has imposed the
+benevolent anxiety of the British Government, to improve the
+condition of the people of Africa, through the legitimate medium of
+commerce. This impression you will extend, deliberately, to the
+visitors from other kingdoms, particularly to those from the Sarem
+and Mallowa countries.</p>
+
+<p>In encouraging the trade with the Coast, your measures must
+disprove any view but that of a fair competition; and your
+vigilance of the British interests must be distinct from any thing
+like jealousy, suspicion, or intermeddling: you will act as the
+advocate of the views of Europe, but not allow any interference to
+be imposed on you, without the sanction of the Governor in Chief,
+whose letters will be, exclusively, attended to, and to whom you
+will candidly communicate any circumstance or reflection, affecting
+our new connection.</p>
+
+<p>You will repress, rather than encourage the disposition of the
+King and the Council, to detect imposition through your assistance,
+by confining your justifications, as much as possible, to public
+transactions; for although the Government is gratified by it, it
+may tend to make the Residency unpopular.</p>
+
+<p>I enclose you a copy of the Treaty, and particularly direct your
+attention to the 4th article, which authorizes you to submit to
+every thing like a mediation, separable from responsibility, to the
+discussion of the Governor in Chief, for the sake of peace and
+humanity; but you will do this, invariably, with diffidence;
+without betraying any sanguine expectations.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_143">[143]</span>You will be more
+sensible to insult than injury; and the most politic conduct will
+be, to declare that the British Government exacts from all its
+officers, on pain of disgrace, a firm repulse of the former; and
+that they dare not admit the influence of their private feelings,
+as in the latter case.</p>
+
+<p>I leave you in possession of the esteem of the King, and the
+friendship of the superior Captains, and with every thing
+favourable to the objects of the Residency; but, should any caprice
+in the Government make you invidious to any thing like a party, or
+diminish their respect, you will immediately address the Governor
+in Chief, who will order your presence at Head Quarters. Another
+important consideration will be your health; also the character of
+the captain who may be left in charge of the capital, should the
+King go himself to the Buntooko war. Your personal safety is out of
+the question at present, but should the least doubt arise in your
+own mind hereafter, you must consult the Governor’s solicitude,
+rather than your own spirit.</p>
+
+<p>You see the necessity of keeping in with the Moors; the
+flattering their intelligence is most conducive to this, and also
+elicits valuable information.</p>
+
+<p>I shall afford you a perusal of the dispatch of the Committee,
+and the instructions of the Governor in Chief, to perfect the
+present.</p>
+
+<p>I have directed Mr. Tedlie to leave you a supply of medicines,
+and you will take charge of the Resident’s flag.</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right12 space-above1">I am, Sir,</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right6 space-above1">your most obedient
+Servant,</p>
+
+<table class="sign2">
+<tr>
+<td>(Signed)</td>
+<td>T. EDWARD BOWDICH.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="space-above15"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_144">[144]</span>Baba had a great number of Arabic
+manuscripts; I have preserved a leaf finely illuminated. Apokoo
+astonished us by offering to lend us some books to read; he shewed
+us two French volumes on geography, a Dutch bible, a volume of the
+Spectator, and a Dissuasion from Popery, 1620. It was gratifying to
+recollect that this chief, now become so much attached to us, was
+the man mentioned in our early dispatches as snatching Mr. Tedlie’s
+sword from him, on the declaration of war, to make his oath against
+us the more inveterate. Telling the King one day that Mr.
+Hutchison’s and Mr. Tedlie’s countries, Scotland and Ireland, were
+formerly distinct from mine, he begged directly to hear specimens
+of the different languages, and was reluctantly persuaded that it
+was the policy of England to get rid of all national distinctions
+between her subjects. Apokoo was very fond of scribbling, and with
+a smile frequently begged to know what he had written. They could
+not comprehend how any hieroglyphic that was not a picture, could
+express an object. My name, said the King, is not like me. He was
+rather uneasy at my sketching; the Moors, he hinted, had insinuated
+that I could place a spell on the buildings I drew. I told him,
+without drawings, the people in England could not be convinced that
+I had visited him; he appeared satisfied, and begged to be drawn
+handsome.</p>
+
+<p>There are only four direct descendants now living of the noble
+families which accompanied the emigration of Saï Tootoo, the
+founder of the Ashantee monarchy; none of them are wealthy, and
+Assaphi, who is one, is a beggar, wandering in the bush, having
+been disgraced from the highest favour, for the following fraud. An
+old linguist of the former King’s (Saï Quamina) having died at a
+distant croom, the King, according to custom, sent Assaphi with
+four periguins of gold, and a quantity of expensive cloths and mats
+to bury him; Assaphi kept the gold, and substituted<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_145">[145]</span> inferior cloths of his own.
+The wife urged the great and zealous services of her husband to Saï
+Quamina, and her indignation at such a mean acknowledgment as the
+King had sent. Assaphi returned, reported her gratitude, and that
+every thing had been handsomely done, to the credit of the King.
+The wife privately dug up the cloths buried with the corpse, and
+suspecting the fraud, secretly conveyed them to the King, with a
+full account. The King sent for Assaphi and again enquiring the
+particulars, with seeming indifference, suddenly required him to
+swear to the truth, which he advanced to do, when the King said no!
+you must not swear, and the woman was immediately discovered to him
+with all the cloths. He then confessed the particulars, was
+stripped of every thing, and is now the more despised for not
+killing himself; and the King could not put him to death, as the
+direct descendant of one of Saï Tootoo’s peers. Part of the King’s
+reproach to him was curious: “my brother’s linguist did him great
+good, so when he and my brother, who now live with God, make God
+recollect all, and tell him the shame you put on him for me, in so
+burying him, God will kill me.”</p>
+
+<p>A man and a woman were beheaded on the 17th of this month, for
+an intrigue: the woman was very handsome, and the wife of a
+captain: on their being suspected, both were ordered to drink doom,
+which choking them, they were immediately executed. The King’s
+sister sent for Mr. Tedlie to go and see her, he enquired into her
+complaint and recommended some medicine, which she very thankfully
+agreed to take; he prepared some for her, and went to give her the
+proper directions; upon which, she handed the cup to her husband,
+who beginning to swallow it very fast, Mr. Tedlie stopped him, and
+said he had only prepared sufficient for one person; the lady
+replied, “let him drink this to day, and I can have more
+to-morrow;” he told her that he had very little<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_146">[146]</span> medicine, and could not afford
+to give it to people that were in good health: she did not appear
+pleased with this reasoning. A man of Assiminia, who had received
+medicine and advice from Mr. Tedlie on our march up, sent him a
+third present about this time, of fruit, vegetables, and wild deer,
+with the account that he was quite well.</p>
+
+<p>Apokoo enquired very anxiously, why the King of England had not
+sent one of his sons with the presents to the King of Ashantee. He
+said he had himself conquered five nations, during the present and
+the preceding reign, and he named twenty one nations which now paid
+tribute to Ashantee; but he added, there were three countries which
+would not; two eastward, and one to the north-west; each of those
+eastward had defeated the Ashantees; the one north-westward, on the
+King sending for tribute, desired that he would come and take it,
+and afterwards entirely destroyed an Ashantee army.</p>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8">
+
+<p class="right less space-above15"><em>Akrofroom, Sept. 26</em>,
+1817.</p>
+
+<p class="center space-above1"><span class="sc">John Hope Smith,
+Esq. Governor in Chief</span>, &amp;c. &amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Sir,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><span class="sc">The</span> King only availed
+himself of our detention to introduce us to fresh ceremonies, and
+to augment the testimonies of his friendship. The Amissa palaver
+was not attempted, and nothing like design has disclosed
+itself.</p>
+
+<p>On the Monday there was a general assembly of the caboceers and
+captains, the King of Dwabin being present, with his linguists,
+also several Dagwumba caboceers, and the Moorish dignitaries. The
+King announced the execution of the Treaty by himself and the
+deputies, and impressed, in a long speech through his linguists,
+that he would visit the least offence against it with the
+greatest<span class="pagenum" id="Page_147">[147]</span> severity.
+I was then requested to read it for the last time, and the King’s
+duplicate was executed in a similar manner.</p>
+
+<p>In the evening, the King gave us our last audience before all
+his superior captains: a letter was dictated, which I shall present
+to you on my arrival; and Adoocee, the chief linguist, was formally
+deputed to receive Mr. Hutchison’s hand from me, and to place it in
+the King’s, who received it with a solemn avowal of his
+responsibility for the charge. The linguist then presented from the
+King,</p>
+
+<p>To the Government, four boys for education.</p>
+
+<p>To the British Museum, six specimens of the goldsmith’s work. (I
+had interested the King, by my account of this national
+repository.)</p>
+
+<p>To the Governor in Chief, one boy, one girl, to be brought up in
+his service.</p>
+
+<p>To Mr. Bowdich, one boy, one girl, and 2 oz. 6 ac. of gold.</p>
+
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td>Mr. Tedlie, one boy, and 1 oz.</td>
+<td>4 ac. of gold.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Accra linguist, one cloth,</td>
+<td>10 ditto.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Cape Coast linguists, two cloths,</td>
+<td>10 ditto.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>De Graaff’s messenger,</td>
+<td>10 ditto.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>The officers servants,</td>
+<td>10 ditto.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>The soldiers,</td>
+<td>10 ditto.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind">I afterwards received a Sarem cloth and some
+trifles as a further dash from Apokoo; one sheep, &amp;c. &amp;c.
+from Baba the chief of the Moors; and 15 ackies of gold from the
+King’s linguists, with their acknowledgments of my firmness during
+the negotiation.</p>
+
+<p>The King having a palaver at present with the Warsaws, objected
+so strongly to our returning through their territory, that after
+one or two attempts to over-rule his apprehensions, I found it
+would be imprudent to persevere in the wish, although the
+disappointment was great; the King assured me the Warsaw path was
+two days longer, and that he will not spare any labour on that
+of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_148">[148]</span> Assin directly
+after the war. I had permission to go some miles on the Warsaw
+path, to convince myself of its neglected condition.</p>
+
+<p>The King’s favorite son (a child about five years old) whom he
+had dressed in our uniform for the occasion, was so alarmed at the
+idea of being given over to us, that the King’s feelings obliged
+him to promise me that he would send the children after me; he is
+too jealous of the advantages to allow those of his great men to
+participate, until his own family are first distinguished by
+them.</p>
+
+<p>The King supplied me with bearers, and pressed me to take six
+hammock men in case of sickness; he would not hear of pay for any,
+and persisted in appointing one of his captains to take care of us.
+He yielded the point of an escort reluctantly, which I had combated
+from the consideration of the expense of a present to such a
+number. The King requested me on taking leave, to wait a short time
+until his captains had distributed the powder to salute as on our
+departure, and it being then dark, to proceed no further than a
+small croom just beyond the marsh, where the people should join us
+in the morning. The King and his captains were seated by torch
+light with all their insignia, without the palace, and we quitted
+the capital, preceded by the King’s banners, discharges of
+musketry, and every flattering distinction that could be thought
+of.</p>
+
+<p>The King has provided one of the best houses for Mr. Hutchison,
+very superior to any we could have raised at so short a notice, and
+has anticipated every thing to make him comfortable, and respected;
+nothing could be more considerate or kind, than his speech to him
+on my taking leave.</p>
+
+<p>A messenger of the King of Dwabin’s accompanies me for a suit of
+our uniform for the King’s wear, which I could not refuse.</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right12 space-above1">I am, &amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
+
+<table class="sign2">
+<tr>
+<td>(Signed)</td>
+<td>T. EDWARD BOWDICH.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="right less space-above15"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_149">[149]</span><em>Coomassie, September 22</em>, 1817.</p>
+
+<p class="center space-above1"><span class="sc">Saï Tootoo
+Quamina</span>, <em>King of Ashantee, &amp;c. to</em> <span class=
+"sc">John Hope Smith</span>, <em>Esquire, Governor in Chief,
+&amp;c. &amp;c. &amp;c.</em></p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Sir,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><span class="sc">We</span> are from this time forth
+good friends, and I shall send all the trade I can to Cape Coast
+Castle, and I hope that you will by and by have confidence in my
+word.</p>
+
+<p>I beg you will send my best compliments to the King of England,
+and accept them yourself, in proof of my satisfaction of the
+purposes of the Embassy, and its happy termination.</p>
+
+<p>You will call all the Fantee caboceers before you, and impress
+the importance of the Treaty, and exact their respect of it, as I
+have from all my great men and caboceers.</p>
+
+<p>I hope you will always act towards me as a friend, and I shall
+always be ready to protect and support the British interests.</p>
+
+<p>I wish you health and happiness, and all my captains send their
+best compliments to you.</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right12 space-above1">I am, Sir,</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right6 space-above1">your sincere friend,</p>
+
+<p class="right space-above1">The mark <img src='images/sym1.png'
+class="iwsym1" alt='[X]'> of Saï Tootoo Quamina.</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1">Present,</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><span class="sc">W. Hutchison.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><span class="sc">Henry Tedlie.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p>I will thank you to impress on the King of England that I have
+sworn not to renew the war with the Fantees, out of respect to him,
+and I shall consider them as his people. I hope therefore he will,
+in turn, consider if he cannot renew the Slave Trade, which will be
+good for me.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_150">[150]</span>I hope the King
+of England will now let all foreign vessels come to the coast to
+trade, and you must say that the path is now clear to do as much
+English trade as your supplies will allow.</p>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8">
+
+<p class="center space-above15">The following letter was sent after
+me, to Doompassie.</p>
+
+<p class="right less space-above15"><em>Coomassie, 23d
+September</em>, 1817.</p>
+
+<p class="center space-above1"><span class="sc">John Hope Smith,
+Esq. Governor in Chief</span>, &amp;c. &amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Sir,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><span class="sc">The</span> King of Ashantee
+desires me to request you will write to all the Governors of
+English forts, on the African coast, to order the caboceers of each
+town, to send a proper person to Cape Coast, and that you will add
+one messenger yourself; that they may all proceed to Coomassie to
+take the King’s fetish in his presence, that none may plead
+ignorance of the Treaty concluded between his Majesty and the
+British nation.</p>
+
+<p>The King wishes me to express, that he is fully satisfied with
+the objects of the Mission, and that the Treaty may be read by me
+to all the Fantee deputies you may send for that purpose.</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right12 space-above1">I am, &amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
+
+<table class="sign2">
+<tr>
+<td>(Signed)</td>
+<td>W. HUTCHISON.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8">
+
+<p class="space-above15">My last private letters from Cape Coast
+Castle had imposed the most painful anxiety; the two lives
+naturally beyond all others the dearest to me, were imminently
+endangered by the seasoning illness of the country; one yielded to
+it before I could arrive, yet, under all the impatience of my
+affliction, I must confess, when I took<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_151">[151]</span> the King’s hand for the last time, when I
+reflected on the benevolence, the solicitude, and the generosity I
+had experienced whilst my life was in his hands, affected by the
+most untoward and irritating political circumstances, by the
+aggravated suspicions of his chiefs, and by the poisonous jealousy
+of the Moors, there was a painful gratification in the retrospect,
+which blended the wish to linger another hour in listening to
+acknowledgments of esteem and obligation, more affecting than
+flattering, and enhanced by the consoling reflection, that they
+were the natural emotions of one of those monarchs we are pleased
+to call barbarians. Night was coming on, but as I had so positively
+declared before the King and his council, on the former occasion,
+that nothing should deter me from keeping my word in quitting
+Coomassie on this day, it would not do to delay even until the
+morning. A strict observance of your word, is every thing in the
+eye of a Negro. The King said, he would not beg me to stay, as I
+had declared I dared not; he would only ask me to go no further
+than Ogogoo, that night, and his people should join me early in the
+morning. Our exit was a brilliant scene, from the reflection of the
+glittering ornaments of the King and his captains by the torches;
+they were seated in a deep and long line, without the palace,
+accompanied by their retinues; all their bands burst forth
+together, as we saluted the King in passing, and we were enveloped
+in the smoke of the musketry. The darkness of the forest was an
+instantaneous and awful contrast, and the howlings and screeches of
+the wild beasts, startled us as we groped our way, as if we had
+never heard them before. The torches provided for our protection
+against them were extinguished in crossing the marsh, which had
+swollen to between four and five feet deep, and the descent to it
+from Coomassie was rocky and abrupt. The linguists and soldiers
+lost themselves in the forest, and did not arrive at Ogogoo until
+long<span class="pagenum" id="Page_152">[152]</span> after Mr.
+Tedlie and myself. The inhabitants were asleep, but they rose
+cheerfully, cleared the best house for us, and made fires. The next
+morning I received the dash of gold from the King’s linguists, in a
+Mallowa bag, with a long compliment; the conclusion of which was,
+that I must always be ready to use the same spirit and address, in
+talking a palaver for the King of Ashantee, as I had shewn in
+talking that of my own King. This testimony of their good feeling
+and esteem, which they could not avow whilst we were political
+antagonists, was grateful.</p>
+
+<p>Marching through Sarrasoo, where we were liberally refreshed
+with palm wine, we halted in the evening at Assiminia. We were
+received with great hospitality by the principal man, who provided
+us with excellent lodging, to his own inconvenience, and presented
+us with some fowls. The path was almost a continued bog, for the
+rainy season had set in violently. The next day we marched through
+Dadasey to Doompassie, and occupied our former comfortable
+dwelling. One party spent the night in the woods. Thursday morning,
+the 6th, we had a short but most fatiguing march over the mountains
+dividing the frontiers, to Moisee, the first Assin town. The
+difficulty of procuring provisions until the people returned from
+the plantations, detained us in Moisee until four o’clock in the
+evening. As the stage from Doompassie had been short, (although
+fatiguing) I determined to proceed to Akrofroom, as we should gain
+a day by it. The Ashantees remonstrated, knowing the swollen state
+of the several small rivers, and the aggravated difficulties of the
+path from the heavy rain; but I was so apprehensive of being
+detained, by their pleading their superstitious observance of good
+and bad days for travelling, that I was afraid of seeming to yield
+to them, lest it might encourage the disposition. I recommended
+them to go back, and started without them, but they were soon at my
+heels, declaring, they should lose<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_153">[153]</span> their heads if they quitted us. Mr. Tedlie,
+myself, a soldier, and the Ashantee next in authority under the
+captain, outwalked the rest of the party, and found ourselves out
+of their hearing when it grew dark. We lost some time in trying to
+make torches to keep off the beasts, and to direct us in the right
+track, for we were walking through a continued bog, and had long
+before lost our shoes. A violent tornado ushered in the night, we
+could not hear each other holla, and were soon separated; luckily I
+found I had one person left with me (the Ashantee) who, after I had
+groped him out, tying his cloth tight round his middle, gave me the
+other end, and thus plunged along, pulling me after him, through
+bogs and rivers, exactly like an owl tied to a duck in a pond. The
+thunder, the darkness, and the howlings of the wild beasts were
+awful, but the loud and continuing crash of a large tree, which
+fell very near us during the storm, was even more so to my ear. The
+Ashantee had dragged me along, or rather through, in this manner
+until I judged it to be midnight, when, quite exhausted, with the
+remnants of my clothes scarcely hanging together, I let go his
+cloth, and falling on the ground, was asleep before I could call
+out to him. I was awoke by this faithful guide, who had felt me
+out, and seated me on the trunk of a tree, with my head resting on
+his shoulder; he gave me to understand I must die if I sat there,
+and we pursued the duck and owl method once more. In an hour we
+forded the last river, which had swollen considerably above my
+chin, and spread to a great width. This last labour I considered
+final, and my drowsiness became so fascinating, that it seemed to
+beguile me of every painful thought and apprehension, and the
+yielding to it was an exquisite, though momentary pleasure. I
+presume I must have slept above an hour, lifted by this humane man
+from the bank of the river to a drier corner of the forest, more
+impervious to the torrents of rain; when, being awoke, I
+was<span class="pagenum" id="Page_154">[154]</span> surprised to
+see him with a companion and a torch; he took me on his back, and
+in about three quarters of an hour we reached Akrofroom. This man
+knew I carried about me several ounces of gold, for the subsistence
+of the people, not trusting to our luggage, which we could not
+reckon on in such a season and journey. Exhausted and insensible,
+my life was in his hands, and infested as the forest was with wild
+beasts, he might after such a night, without suspicion, have
+reported me as destroyed by them; this had occurred to me, and was
+an uneasy feeling as long as my torpor left me any. It was about
+two o’clock in the morning, and the inhabitants of Akrofroom were
+almost all asleep, for it was too rude a night for Negro revelry;
+however, I was directly carried to a dry and clean apartment,
+furnished with a brass pan full of water to wash in, some fruits
+and palm wine, an excellent bed of mats and cushions, and an
+abundance of country cloths to wrap around me, for I was all but
+naked. After I had washed, I rolled myself up in the cloths, one
+after the other, until I became a gigantic size, and by a profuse
+perspiration escaped any other ill than a slight fever. A soldier
+came up about mid-day, and gave me some hopes of seeing Mr. Tedlie
+again, who arrived soon afterwards, having left his companions in a
+bog, waiting until he sent them assistance from the town. Our
+gratification was mutual, for the only trace he had had of me was
+by no means an encouraging one; my servant meeting an Ashantee in
+the forest with fragments of my clothes, which he persisted he had
+not taken from any person, but picked up on his way. Mr. Tedlie
+(whose feet were cut and bruised much more than mine, and whose
+wretched plight made him envy the African toga I had assumed) after
+we had separated, and the storm had drowned our mutual hollaings,
+the howlings of the wild beasts meeting his ears on all sides, had
+just determined to roost in a tree for the night, when an Ashantee
+appeared with a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_155">[155]</span>
+torch, and conducted him out of the track to the remains of a shed,
+where four or five of the people had before strayed and settled
+themselves. Another party arrived at Akrofroom about four o’clock,
+and the last, with the Cape Coast linguist and the corporal, not
+until sun set; they had lost the track altogether, and spent the
+whole day, as well as the previous night, in the woods. We made an
+excellent duck soup, our grace to which was, “what a luxury to poor
+Mungo Park;” the name recalled sufferings which made us laugh at
+our own as mere adventures.</p>
+
+<p>On Saturday the 8th we marched to Asharamang. Here we found
+great difficulties in getting provisions until the Ashantees came
+up, for Quamina Bwa’s knavery had been ascribed to us; and here,
+panyaring all we required, he had not given the inhabitants a tokoo
+of the gold. At length we were well supplied and comfortably
+lodged. The next day we marched through Kickiwherree to Prasoo,
+where we occupied a good house, and an Ashantee captain proceeding
+on an embassy, dashed us a supply of fowls and yams. We crossed the
+Boosempra early the next morning, and thence began to leave the
+rains behind us. Persevering in making but one journey of the
+distances which occupied us two and three days going up, we pressed
+forward, passing by our former bivouacs in the woods, scarcely
+distinguishable, until we reached the site of Accomfodey, for only
+one hut now remained; the wretched inhabitants having deserted it
+in terror of the Ashantees. The solitary Fantee who occupied it,
+had the address to assure me, that I should find much better
+lodging at Ancomassa, where we recollected to have left some
+comfortable huts going up, and we resolved to try another stage,
+and were recompensed by finding scarcely a wreck of the place, and
+some tattered sheds only instead of the sound roof we had quitted.
+We proceeded early the next morning, passed Foosou, which
+was<span class="pagenum" id="Page_156">[156]</span> entirely
+deserted, and marched until we found ourselves at sun set on the
+banks of the Aniabirrim. The people were all behind, and the
+Ashantees coming up about an hour afterwards, informed us they had
+settled themselves for the night about two hours walk distant.
+Unfortunately we had no flint, and after fasting all day, we had
+the mortification of losing our supper merely for want of a fire;
+the wood was all so wet that friction had no effect on it, we could
+find no shelter, and a heavy rain set in as it grew dark; fatigue
+luckily beguiled us of cold and hunger, and of our apprehensions of
+a visit from the beasts, who were howling about the banks of their
+watering place. I wrapped myself up in the Inta cloth Apokoo had
+given me, and wet as the ground was, I never slept better. Hence
+the forest visibly declined in height towards the coast. We pressed
+on by day light, found some excellent guavas to allay our hunger,
+and reaching Mansue, made a good soup of our fowls, peppers growing
+luxuriantly all around us. We waited until we heard of the people
+behind us, and then proceeded; about five in the evening I reached
+Cottacoomacasa, with the Dwabin messenger only. The place was
+deserted, and a body of Ashantee traders had occupied the remaining
+shed. I would not disturb them, but waiting until sun set for Mr.
+Tedlie, I left him a supply of guavas, and proceeded to Payntree.
+There was a charm in the name of that place, being but one journey
+from the sea, superior to the recollection of the former night’s
+adventure. It was a brilliant night, and the dark gloom and hollow
+echos of the long vistas of the forest, formed a fine contrast to
+the extensive areas (sites of large Fantee crooms destroyed by the
+Ashantees) into which we frequently emerged. The wild music and
+cheerful revelry of the inhabitants of Payntree stole upon my ear,
+and raised the tone of my spirits in proportion as the sounds
+strengthened.</p>
+
+<p>A loud and continued shout warned me that I was
+announced;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_157">[157]</span> torches
+and music instantly encircled me, and I was conducted to old
+Payntree’s residence, who had built himself a new house somewhat in
+the Ashantee fashion. An excellent bed was prepared for me of an
+accumulation of mats and country cloths, and a famous supper of
+soups, stews, fruit, and palm wine. Quamina Bootaqua paid his
+respects, and old Payntree, Amooney King of Annamaboe, and two or
+three other caboceers, unknown to me, made a long adulatory speech,
+complimenting my ability, bewailing my hardships, and magnifying
+their obligations. I was requested to seat myself on old Payntree’s
+state stool, whilst they stood around me, and he begged me to
+listen to an air composed by his band on the occasion of the
+embassy, and its successful termination; “all would now be well,
+and Fantee revive and flourish.” I sat up till midnight, vainly
+expecting Mr. Tedlie and the soldiers; they awoke me by their
+arrival before sun rise; they had passed the night in a sound hut,
+on the path, which from the want of a torch had escaped my
+notice.</p>
+
+<p>Hearing, as I expected, that there was a path from Payntree to
+Cape Coast Castle, avoiding Annamaboe (whence the Mission had
+departed), I determined to explore it, and Payntree furnished me
+with a guide. The country was beautifully diversified with hill and
+dale, but the soil was generally lighter and more gravelly than
+that between Annamaboe and Payntree. We passed through several
+groves of guava trees, and all the other tropical fruits abounded.
+Occasionally there were small plantations of Guinea corn, where a
+few wretched Fantees still lurked in the ruins of the crooms the
+Ashantees had destroyed. We passed through eleven which had been
+considerable, and now presented but a few mud houses scattered over
+extensive sites. Their names were Assequah, Daöoramong, Amparoo,
+Taächoo, Coorikirraboo, Perridjoo, Abikarrampa, Aquoitee, Miensa,
+and Amosima. The only water was near<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_158">[158]</span> Amparoo; it was a large pond nearly two
+miles in circumference, and sixty yards broad, impregnated with
+vegetable matter. After travelling 15 miles, we climbed some very
+steep and rocky hills, apparently of iron stone, and descended into
+a flat country, continuing until a small rising about two miles
+from Cape Coast Castle, (which I judged to be 20 miles from
+Payntree by this interior path) opened the sea to our view; as
+delightful to our sight, as land would have been after a prolonged
+and perilous voyage. The shouts and greetings of the natives were a
+grateful introduction to the more congenial congratulations of our
+countrymen.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftp1c06">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_13"></a><a href="#FNanchor_13"><span class=
+"label">[13]</span></a>One piece of silk. 10 handkerchiefs of Dane.
+1 umbrella. 4 gallons of rum. 20 lbs. of pork. 1 basket of rice.
+Biscuit. 1 sheep.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_14"></a><a href="#FNanchor_14"><span class=
+"label">[14]</span></a>The man who hung himself.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<div class="page">
+<hr class="decordb width10">
+
+<p class="center spaced2 space-above15 space-below1"><span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_159">[159]</span><a id="p2"></a><span class=
+"large"><span class="letter-spaced01">MISSION TO
+ASHANTE</span>E.</span><br>
+PART II.</p>
+
+<hr class="decordb width10">
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_161">[161]</span><a id=
+"p2c01"></a><span class="letter-spaced01">CHAPTER</span> I.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8 spaced3">
+
+<p class="sch1"><em>Geography.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="dcap"><span class="sc">The</span> impression of the
+Natives that we came “to spy the country” was sedulously
+strengthened by the Moors, who were actuated by alarm, jealousy,
+and a spirit of intolerance unmitigated by a previous intercourse
+with Europeans. I felt compelled, therefore, to suppress all
+curiosity for a considerable time, lest the anxiety to detect us in
+geographical enquiries, to make their calumny more imposing, might
+have been gratified. Latterly, when better feelings had been
+induced through patience and candour, as the Moorish charts and
+MSS. evidence, the inaptitude rather than the reluctance of the
+natives, made the shortness of our stay unaccommodating. I shall
+pass over a mass of memoranda recorded on individual report, and
+only select such, wherein Moors and natives, unknown to each other,
+have agreed; describing their travels in their own way, without my
+questions anticipating or directing them. These routes and
+observations were further confirmed by the evidence of children,
+recently arrived as slaves from the various countries, whose
+artless replies decided my credence. It may be remarked, that the
+children of the African Negroes, early accustomed to travel with
+their parents for their convenience or their assistance, and
+unoccupied by the difficulties of incipient education, observe
+nature more attentively than European children of the same age
+would; for they have nothing else to think of, or<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_162">[162]</span> to divert the fatigue of these
+reiterated trading journies: their evidence, therefore, was a
+genuine and acceptable check on the Moorish and Negro adults.</p>
+
+<p>The difficulty of adjusting geography by investigation only, is
+not diminished by the numerous small states, scarcely less frequent
+than those of modern Italy, which we find to compose this part of
+Western Africa.</p>
+
+<p>Any thing like observations of the Sun’s place, during a
+journey, seemed to be so uncommon to the Natives, and so secondary
+to the Moors, from their confused accounts of the occasional
+changes, that, after expending much time to no purpose, I was
+obliged to content myself with placing the different kingdoms in
+the same direction as their several paths bore from Coomassie,
+taking every precaution to be convinced that the paths did not
+cross each other; and afterwards adjusting the positions by the
+various auxiliary evidence which occurred in the general course of
+my enquiries. I allow 15 miles for each days journey (which, from
+observation and report, I have reason to think is the average) and
+two thirds of the sum to be made good on the horizontal distance,
+as we found this to be nearly the case in our journey from
+Annamaboe to Coomassie; the distance travelled being 146 miles,
+Annamaboe laying in 5° 4′ N., and 1° 43′ W., and the latitude of
+Coomassie being 6° 34′ 50″ N.; and the longitude 2° 11′ W. by the
+mean of the observations of the eclipses of Jupiter’s 1st and 2nd
+satellites.</p>
+
+<p>I procured the numerals of the various countries whenever I
+could, to assist future enquirers.</p>
+
+<p>There are nine great paths leading from Coomassie, the Dwabin,
+Akim, Assin, Warsaw, Sauee, Gaman, Soko, Daboia, and Sallagha.</p>
+
+<p>Dwabin is not more than three quarters of a day’s
+journey<span class="pagenum" id="Page_163">[163]</span> eastward
+from Coomassie, by the route No. 1.; in which I have retained only
+the larger towns, omitting the villages; as I shall invariably. The
+river Dah is crossed close to the westward of Dwabin, and said to
+be as wide as we found it at Sarrasoo. Two journies beyond Dwabin
+is a small dependent district called Mohoo. Several names, such as
+Meäsee, Marmpon, Akrofroom, &amp;c. will be found common to
+different states, as Larissa, Argos, and Thebes were in antient
+Greece.</p>
+
+<p>There is an eastern branch of the Akim path, entered immediately
+on leaving Coomassie, to a country called Quaöo, northward of Akim,
+(of which it seems formerly to have been a district) and adjoining
+the Volta. Diabbee is its principal town, and the second Wantomoo,
+8 journies from Coomassie by route No. 2. The latter is situated at
+the foot of a mountain whence the Boosempra issues, with two
+smaller rivers, the Soobirree and Sesee, running to the Kirradee.
+This district is entered the 3d day from Coomassie.</p>
+
+<p>There are two routes to Accra through Akim, the capital of which
+is Bannasoo, 5 journies, and the northern frontier town Feëa, 3
+journies from Coomassie. The easternmost route to Accra is 15
+journies; the other is made 17 journies to pass near the lake
+Boosmaquee. This lake, 3 journies from Coomassie, was described as
+four miles long, and nearly three broad; upwards of thirty small
+crooms were reckoned situated around it, supported by fishing: the
+water was said to be unpleasant to drink, and to give a reddish hue
+to the hair of the people who washed in it. Fish were forwarded
+thence daily for the King’s table, by relays of men. It was called
+the white mans fetish, there being a popular superstition,
+nourished by the Moors, that Europeans were to join it with the
+sea, to introduce vessels for the subjugation of the country. Close
+to the lake is a mountain called Quashee Boposoo,<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_164">[164]</span> sometimes seen clearly from
+Coomassie, abounding in large black stones, described as basaltes.
+By this route (No. 3.) to Accra, the Akim country is entered the
+4th day, the Boosempra is crossed on the 6th, by a tree laid over
+it, and the Birrim, by a line and raft on the 12th; it is much
+wider than the Boosempra is where we crossed it, and runs to that
+river, falling into it just above our crossing. The Aquapim, a
+clear and mountainous country, is entered on the 16th day. By the
+eastern route, No. 4, the Akim country is entered the 4th day; a
+large hill called Abirrawantoo is passed the 9th; thence the Birrim
+springs, crossing the path twice before it runs to the Boosempra.
+Three days westward from this mountain, is a second, called Papow,
+in which the Aïnshue or the Winnebah river rises. A river called
+Dinshue rises also in this neighbourhood, running to the Saccomo,
+which falls into the sea 8 miles west of Accra. Isert, who visited
+Aquapim, called the capital Kommang, but Akropong is so now. The
+distance from Coomassie to Accra may be estimated at 230 miles,
+which bears about the same proportion to the horizontal distance,
+as the path we travelled through Assin from Annamaboe. Dr. Leyden
+was much imposed on in the extravagant account he has given of the
+extent, power, and commerce of Akim,<a id=
+"FNanchor_15"></a><a href="#Footnote_15" class="fnanchor">[15]</a>
+which is placed in the map accompanying his work, eastward of
+Dahomey, instead of westward of the Volta. Dr. Isert was a Danish
+gentleman, who had the good fortune to cure the former King of
+Ashantee’s sister of a lingering disorder, after she had exhausted
+all the skill of the<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_165">[165]</span> fetish women, and came to Christiansburg
+Castle in despair. He afterwards expressed his wish to visit the
+Ashantee kingdom; and being encouraged, he set out in June 1786,
+and staying some days in Aquapim, was just about to enter Akim,
+when he was recalled by the Governor. A dangerous illness,
+heightened by his disappointment, soon afterwards disgusted him
+with the country, and he left it for the West Indies. As Dr.
+Isert’s letters are only known in German and Dutch,<a id=
+"FNanchor_16"></a><a href="#Footnote_16" class="fnanchor">[16]</a>
+and he was an industrious and scientific observer, an extract from
+his description of the Aquapim country will be acceptable. I am
+indebted for a Latin translation of this and other passages,
+adduced on different subjects, to Dr. Reynhaut of Elmina
+Castle.</p>
+
+<p>“I began my journey early in the morning of the 17th of June,
+and after walking two hours I arrived at a little village,
+picturesquely situated, named Aschiama. Two hours behind this lies
+a chain of mountains, which are composed of granitous stones;
+flints are but rarely found. The whole prospect shews itself here
+in a very different manner to that observed in sandy countries; the
+rocks are covered with lofty trees, which are encompassed with
+small forests almost impervious. The soil, no longer sandy, becomes
+argillaceous, and excellent for vegetation. Behind these forests I
+arrived at a Negro village called Abodee, eight leagues from
+Christiansburg: the inhabitants of this place are very tenacious of
+native ceremony and etiquette. Thence I passed by an irregular path
+through the following villages, Fiasso, Fientema, Futu, Mampon,
+Odaky, Manno, and Manseng. An hour afterwards I reached a village
+named Kommong, the residence of H.R.H. the Duke of Aquapim. Here
+the country is charming, though forests are still to be found.
+Mountains, rocks, and vallies vary each<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_166">[166]</span> other in the most striking order; fresh
+water, so rarely obtained in maritime countries, is found here of
+an excellent quality. Near this village a stream constantly rushes
+from the summit of a rock, and affords a fresh and crystalline
+water. Trees of a very large circumference are also found; I
+calculated one of the biggest to be 45 feet round and 15 in
+diameter. These trees are not the same as those of which Adanson
+speaks in his description of Senegal, (Adansonia digitata) but are
+of a peculiar species; they much resemble a round tower, as they do
+not bear either flowers or fruits. Here I found the Ammonium Grana
+Paradisi, the Ammonium Zerumber, and a new genus in a perpendicular
+tree ornamented by flowers, which resembled tulips, (Novum Genus
+Tetandriæ) and of great elegance: also a new species of aloe, of
+which the inhabitants make thread; a new species of citron with
+indented leaves, and a multitude of unknown trees and shrubs. In
+the thickest forests grows a species of Spanish cane, very straight
+and well proportioned, and often attaining six feet in height; it
+is to be wished that it could be made use of, treating it as the
+Chinese do, for if, when dry, an equal degree of tenacity could be
+induced, it would prove superior in quality. I observed, on the
+boughs of the trees, the Senna plant (which is parasitic, and
+consists entirely of a flower), it was almost the shape of a pine
+when open, and the inside is of a very deep red; the Negroes use it
+in the syphilitic disorder, when first attacked. I took it for the
+Aphuteia Hydrora of Thunberg, but on examination it differs much,
+as it belongs to Icosandria. Palm trees are here very rare, except
+the oliferous (Elois Guineensis) and the viniferous (an Phœnix)
+which are cultivated in great numbers; also the true cocoa nut
+trees (Cocas nucifera) and the false (an Borassus.) In a word,
+nature entirely changes her form as soon as you reach the summit of
+the chain of mountains, and I do not believe one<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_167">[167]</span> twentieth part of the plants
+found here are the same as those on the Coast. With regard to
+natural history, I was less happy in making discoveries. The
+elephant, so abundantly inhabiting the environs of Fidah, (Whydah)
+and other wild beasts, are here very rare, which may be attributed
+to the scarcity of grass, the growth of which is prevented by the
+almost impenetrable forests. Several sorts of birds are here seen,
+principally paroquets, of which I knew six species, Psittacus,
+Erythæus and Pullarius (Linn.) the others seem to be new, and I
+also saw a great number of insects of new species. The mineral
+kingdom would perhaps be richer if they had mines here. The rocks
+are solely composed of rough stones like granite and grens, and
+their species; dry quartz and slate stones are often found; on the
+other hand I could not discover calcareous earth. The soil is
+varied, but consists in general of a rich aluminous earth, traced
+in different colours, and of a rich black earth with which sand is
+never mixed. The atmosphere seemed more salubrious than on the sea
+coast, though physicians generally deny this quality to exist near
+the forests which grow in warm climates. I believe the elevated
+situation of the country contributes much to it. The Europeans who
+inhabit the Coast in forts, would do well to establish an hospital
+and a garden here. The Arum Esculentum, the Banana (Musa sapientum)
+the Ananas (Bromelia Ananas) the Carica Papaia and Citron all
+abound here.”</p>
+
+<p>The Assin path is that described in the route from Annamaboe to
+Coomassie, it branches off at Foosoo to Ensabra, two journies from
+Winnebah, through Anissoo, Asoidroo (the head quarters of the King
+of Ashantee in the invasion of 1807) and Atoäperrim, which means
+“to fire a gun.” The principal town of Assin is Ansa, through which
+we passed, Akrofroom, apparently larger, is called the second. A
+range of stony hills is the boundary of Assin and Akim.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_168">[168]</span>The path to
+Elmina, through the Warsaw country, makes so considerable an angle
+to the westward, that the Ashantees invariably declared it occupied
+more time to travel than the Assin; it is allowed to be ten
+journies at Elmina, by route No. 5. The Dah is crossed the first
+day at its town Adahsoo, and in the evening Becquoi (one of the
+five large towns built by the Ashantees) is reached. The Dankara
+country is entered the third day, the Tufel the fourth, the Warsaw
+the sixth, the Boosempra is crossed the tenth day, the Ofim, which
+skirts this path to the westward (having received the Dah at
+Meeäsee) falling into it. The capital of the Dankara country is
+four journies westward of Coomassie, and the frontier is entered
+the second by route No. 6: it is the most productive of gold, but
+has been extravagantly over-rated in Bosman’s report of its
+population. The river Seënnee, or, as the Portuguese have called
+it, Ancobra, from its serpentine course, has been thought to rise
+just beyond the north eastern frontier, but it will presently
+appear to be a branch of the Tando of the Ashantees. In the Dutch
+copies of the old Portuguese charts, Dankara is placed eastward of
+Ashantee. The Warsaw country will be noticed more particularly, in
+considering the maritime geography from Cape Coast Castle to the
+river Assinee.</p>
+
+<p>The Warsaw path has two grand branches, one to Apollonia and one
+to Aöwin, each thirteen journies; the former is in the small
+kingdom of Amanăheä. The Aöwin country extends from Apollonia to
+the river Assinee, five journies in length and three in breadth; it
+is governed by seven or eight caboceers, like those of Warsaw,
+independent of each other: it can furnish about 5000 soldiers. The
+numerals of Amanăheä and Aöwin will appear in an essay on the
+Fantee language. Both countries are at the mercy of the Ashantees,
+who extort gold from them frequently, though they have not yet
+fixed the tributes.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_169">[169]</span>Sauëe lies eight
+journies W.N.W. from Coomassie, and Moinsan fifteen. I could not
+procure the routes, but Wom and Sannasee are two of the largest
+towns which are passed through.</p>
+
+<p>Buntookoo, the capital of the kingdom of Gaman, is 11 journies
+N.N.W. of Coomassie by route No. 7. The river Ofim is crossed the
+second day, the Tando the fifth, thence the country becomes open.
+Yammee, the frontier town of Gaman, is reached the eighth day. The
+name of the King of Gaman is Adinkara; the capital, though not so
+large, is allowed to be better built than Coomassie, and the
+Moorish influence has been longer established. It is incomparably
+the richest country in gold, and small pits were described to me,
+like those Mr. Park saw at Shrondo. The numerals are,</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t169">
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Tah.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Noo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Sah.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Nah.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Taw.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>Torata.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Toorifeenoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Toorifeessa.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Toorifeena.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Noonoo.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind">The four principal Gaman towns, are Sarem, which
+some call the capital, Bandakeeä, Bundoo, and Nasseä, five journies
+from Kong, and seven from Buntookoo.</p>
+
+<p>A powerful kingdom called Bahooree, which has hitherto
+successfully resisted the Ashantees, was described to be westward,
+and expected to afford refuge to the King of Gaman on the
+approaching invasion.</p>
+
+<p>I had heard it reported that the Tando formed the Assinee
+river,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_170">[170]</span> about 35
+miles westward of Cape Apollonia, but a very intelligent Ashantee
+satisfied me this was a mistake, arising probably from Seënee being
+the native name of the Ancobra, which is formed by one branch of
+the Tando; a second running westward. The Tando is not near so
+large as the Boosempra, and therefore very unlikely to form so
+large a river as the Assinee; the western branch may possibly run
+into it. Mr. Meredith, writing from report without sufficiently
+checking it, has made the Tando and the Chamah or Boosempra the
+same; yet, p. 225, he adds, “the Volta is more probably a branch of
+the Tando, a large river reported as running to the eastward, and
+which the Ashantees are obliged to cross in coming to the Coast;”
+he did not reflect that he thus laid down a river running out of
+the sea. The Tando, we have seen, is five days northward of
+Coomassie, it rises in some rocky hills called Toofeeä, near the
+large town Aënkroo, between the Banda and Inta paths.</p>
+
+<p>Soko (formerly a province of Gaman) is 11 journies from
+Coomassie; and Banda, four beyond, and a little to the eastward;
+see route No. 8. The first day, Tafoo is reached, a large
+aboriginal Inta town, for, as will be seen in the historical
+report, the Ashantees emigrated, and subjected several Inta
+districts now forming the northern part of their dominions, and
+trenched considerably on that declining kingdom, now entirely at
+their mercy. If Mr. Dalzel had reflected, it would have occurred to
+him, that the Taffoe, Tafoe, or Tafu of Snelgrave (placed so
+absurdly in his map, 60 miles west of the mouth of the Volta) and
+the In-ta<a id="FNanchor_17"></a><a href="#Footnote_17" class=
+"fnanchor">[17]</a> he heard of at Dahomey, and confounded with
+Ashantee, were the same: for the In in In-ta is scarcely audible,
+and only a slight nasal sound barely amounting to n, as N-ta; foo
+is merely an adjunct equal to people or men in our language,
+affixed in the present<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_171">[171]</span> infancy of African language to all names of
+countries, as if we always said the Scotchmen or Irishmen, instead
+of the Scotch and Irish. The Ofim is crossed one day beyond Tafoo
+at its croom Ofeesoo, the Tando four journies beyond at Tandosoo.
+Takima is reached the eighth day, whence the Fantees are reported,
+by tradition, to have emigrated, and there is yet but little
+difference in the languages.</p>
+
+<p>Sixteen journies N.N.E. of Coomassie is Boopee (which I have
+placed accordingly in 8° 42′ N. and 1° 19′ W.) the frontier town of
+Inta, hitherto confounded with Ashantee, than which it is more
+populous and more civilized. The Moorish influence has been long
+established there, and almost all its caboceers affect to profess
+that faith. The river Adirri, which we shall presently identify
+with the Volta, is crossed four hours southward of Boopee, and is
+described as about 120 yards broad; it rises eight journies N.W. of
+Boopee, in a large mountain called Kondoongooree, one of the
+mountains of Kong, which were distinctly and invariably reported
+not to be a chain, but frequently and individually scattered, from
+Kong eastward. Seven journies from Coomassie, on the Inta route, is
+the smaller kingdom Coranza (probably the Corisseno of the old
+maps) the people of which are of the same origin as the Ashantees
+by tradition, but, as the King himself assured me, of much more
+genius and aptitude. Three journies from Boopee is Daboia, the
+second town of Inta. The first journey is to Minsiroo, where lions
+are numerous; the second to Moronko, the inhabitants of which are
+so fearful of being carried off as slaves by the Ashantee traders
+(who travel in great numbers) that they have no doors to their
+houses, but ascending by a ladder, which they immediately draw up,
+they enter through the thatch. Close to Moronko is a river, about
+as large as the Boosempra, called Adiffofoo. Pahmee, three journies
+south eastward of Daboia, and Yabo which I cannot<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_172">[172]</span> place so precisely, are the
+alternate residences of the King of Inta. There is a constant
+commercial intercourse between Inta and Dahomey, the frontiers
+being five journies apart. The numerals of Inta are</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t172">
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Koko.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Anyoe.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Assa.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Anna.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Annoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>Assee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Assoonno.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Adoobrooa.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Digrakoono.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Koodoo.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>Sallagha, the grand market of the Inta kingdom, is 17 journies
+north-eastward from Coomassie, by route No. 10. The first is to
+Marmpon, one of the five large towns built by the Ashantees, and
+possessing palatine privileges; the second, through five smaller
+towns to Aphwaguiassie, the largest market in the Ashantee kingdom;
+the 9th day the rivers Kirradee and Oboosoom are crossed, each
+about 60 yards wide, and flowing so near together, as to appear one
+in the rainy season; a high mountain, Aduarreekennee, is just
+beyond them, the boundary of Ashantee and Booroom. The tenth day
+the river Sennee is forded, which afterwards enlarges considerably,
+and runs into the Volta; it rises five journies from Coomassie (by
+route No. 11) between the Boopee and Sallagha paths. The Booroom
+country is quite open, and the Ashantees give the river the
+figurative name of Birrinsoo, which means that its distance is so
+deceiving, that you will cry before you reach it. The capital of
+Booroom is Guia, a considerable town, noticed in the route to
+Odentee, a fetish sanctuary of great repute, and said<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_173">[173]</span> to be splendidly furnished.
+The Ashantee language is spoken very commonly in Booroom, but the
+vernacular numerals are</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t173">
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Ekoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Enoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Essa.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Enna.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Annoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>Esseä.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Assoono.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Aquiay.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Akonno.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Edoo.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind">The tenth day the Adirri or Volta is crossed, more
+than a mile wide, but much interrupted by rocks, and described to
+be full of hippopotami (which they call sea elephants,) and
+alligators. This river divides Booroom from Inta, Sallagha being
+one day’s long march from it. Calculating the 17 journies to
+Sallagha at 15 miles each, the course as N.E. by E. and supposing
+two thirds to be made good on the horizontal distance, according to
+our own experience, which gives 170 B. equal to 147 G. miles,
+Sallagha will lie in latitude 7° 56′ N., and longitude 9″ W. As a
+check upon this position, it will be necessary to follow the Adirri
+or Volta as far as the natives navigate it from Adda, where it is
+called the Flou (as the falls of the Senegal.) Isert’s report may
+be interesting as an introduction.</p>
+
+<p>“The people of Adda think it derogatory to cultivate land, and
+live by fishing, and making salt, which they sell to the people of
+the Interior. The Volta has no breakers, and therefore may be
+presumed to be deep.” This is an extraordinary mistake; Dalzel says
+there are high breakers. Colonel Starrenberg (of Engineers) at
+Elmina Castle, who went about 60 miles up the Volta,
+accompanied<span class="pagenum" id="Page_174">[174]</span> by a
+Danish officer and flag, and met with no impediment so far, but
+turned back reluctantly in three or four fathoms of water, observed
+to me, that he thought the channel between the breakers about a
+mile wide. Dalzel mentions an American brig making good her passage
+over the bar, on which there is about two fathoms water; and a
+Danish schooner has done so since. “An arm goes from the mouth to
+Quitta.” This must be the river running from Lagos into the Volta,
+near the mouth, as will be shewn in considering the errors in the
+maritime geography. “Six English miles from the mouth, it forms a
+lake 60 miles long and 48 broad, whence an arm extends to Pottriba,
+3 miles eastward of Quitta: in this lake are more than a hundred
+islands.” Colonel Starrenberg thought the river widened about 9
+British miles from the mouth, but the number of small islands
+prevented even ocular demonstration. So large a lake would
+certainly have been spoken of by the natives to Europeans ere this;
+those whom I have questioned, have gone up the river to the extreme
+navigable point, and crossed it in many parts; and they all declare
+that at Ascharee, 2 days from Adda, it is not two miles wide. I
+never could find either an Ashantee, or a waterside native, who
+knew of the arm running to Pottriba, a name they had not heard of;
+neither could Col. Starrenberg learn any thing of it; no branch
+appeared as far as he went. Isert probably alluded, from report, to
+the river Assuafroo, which runs from eastward into the Volta, 7
+journies from Adda, as will appear in the natives account. “From
+May to December the water is good to drink, being then higher than
+the sea; in the other months it is not so, but produces more fish.
+The river overflows in July, and August, and the neighbourhood of
+its banks is excellent for the cultivation of rice.” Rice is
+abundantly cultivated in the Inta kingdom. “Three miles from the
+sea is an island, called Bird Island, full of pelicans of peculiar
+kinds. There<span class="pagenum" id="Page_175">[175]</span> is a
+fish in this river called hardrass, which, when smoked, is exactly
+like European salmon. There are also hippopotami and crocodiles:
+quantities of oysters adhere to the mangroves, but when the river
+is fresh they are good for nothing. There are a great number of
+singing birds, and a nightingale equal to the Polish, which sings
+in May and December.” Col. Starrenberg heard a nightingale, but saw
+only one hippopotamus. There is a kind of cedar tree, (Avicenniæ
+nov. spec.) which shoots up many branches from the ground, about as
+thick as a pipe, and bare of leaves: this tree is so very salt in
+its nature, that in the morning a great quantity of liquid salt is
+found on the leaves, chrystallizing in the course of the day.<a id=
+"FNanchor_18"></a><a href="#Footnote_18" class="fnanchor">[18]</a>
+Amalfee is on an island, 48 miles from the mouth, the inhabitants
+of which, and those on the banks of the river, of Agrafee, Wefee,
+Tophirree, and Bettoo, call themselves river inhabitants. The
+former are the brokers of slaves for the<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_176">[176]</span> Creppee country, and receive a vast number
+from one of its provinces called Acottim, 3 journies eastward.”</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Meredith could scarcely have enquired about the Creppee or
+Aquamboe countries, to have placed them west of the Volta. The
+natives who carry salt up the Volta, pull the 1st day, by Agrafee,
+Foomee, and Tefferee to Amanfee, on the banks; the 2nd to Dofo on
+an island; the 3rd, by Ascharee, on the western bank, to Adomë; the
+4th by Assafoo to the Aquamboe country; the 5th to Sowa; the 6th to
+Pessee; the 7th by Appasoo, to Deyatoompon, where a large river
+flows into the Volta from the eastward; to Doodee the 8th; to Tombo
+the 9th; to Akorosoo the 10th; to Odentee the 11th. Here the river
+becomes too rocky to proceed conveniently, and hence to Sallagha by
+land is 4 journies, through the large towns Oboëkee, Akuntong,
+Enkungquakroo, and Apapassee, famous for making cotton cloth. There
+is a small state northward, between Aquamboe and Inta, called
+Anoöchoo, subject to Ashantee, bordering on which is Guasoo, the
+southern district or province of Inta. The Creppee country borders
+on Aquamboe eastward, and is independent.</p>
+
+<p>I am not in possession of Colonel Starrenberg’s bearings, but
+the course of the river may be pretty well ascertained from fixing
+the points of Odentee, Quaöo, and Ascharee. Odentee is 6 journies
+southward of east (by route No. 12) from Pattooda, in the Booroom
+country, and mentioned in the route to Sallagha. Quaöo, the country
+where the Boosempra rises, has already been mentioned as entered 8
+journies from Coomassie. Ascharee, 2 days and a half pull up the
+river, is reached in 1 day’s walk from Ningo. The course of the
+Volta is consequently about W.N.W. to Quaöo, N.E. by N. to Odentee,
+and N.W. by Sallagha, which course it appears to continue to
+Boopee, if not to its source in the Kondoongooree mountain. The 10
+days pull from Adda to Odentee, and<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_177">[177]</span> the 4 journies by land thence to Sallagha,
+agree very well with the distance and position of that place, as
+before calculated by the 17 days route from Coomassie. The houses
+of Sallagha and other towns of Inta were mentioned as peculiar from
+being round. Leo Africanus observed houses built in the form of
+bells at Timbuctoo.</p>
+
+<p>Seven days from Sallagha, N.E. according to the Moors, through
+the Inta town of Zongoo, is Yahndi, the capital of Dagwumba, which
+I have placed, calculating the course at N.E. by E., and allowing
+18 miles for each journey, as the country is said to be open, in
+55′ E. and 8° 38′ N.: the position is assisted by the common
+account of its being 8 journies from Daboia, by route No. 13, and
+that two obscure, but direct paths to Daboia and Yahndi, from
+Coomassie, occupy the first 19 days, and the latter (described as
+laying between Daboia and Sallagha) 23 days. Sir William Young, in
+his Report of the Geography and History of Northern Africa, writes,
+“the Slatees of Old Calebar are said to carry on their trade to
+Degombah <em>northward</em>,” which also supports my placing it
+more to the eastward than it appears in Major Rennel’s map. Yngwa,
+a district and large town of Dagwumba, is said to lie 8 days
+north-westward of Yahndi, through Sakoigoo; its distance from
+Daboia, by report 6 journies, places it about N.N.W. Two journies
+from Daboia, towards Yngwa, is the river Adiffofoo, about 60 yards
+wide, running eastward, 2 journies from which is Kooboro, a large
+Dagwumba town.</p>
+
+<p>North-eastward of Yahndi is Tonomah, of which I do not recollect
+more than the name, though I think it is a town and district of
+Dagwumba. The kingdom of Tonowah, of which Assentai has been
+described as the capital by the Shereef Imhammed,<a id=
+"FNanchor_19"></a><a href="#Footnote_19" class="fnanchor">[19]</a>
+must<span class="pagenum" id="Page_178">[178]</span> have been
+derived from this name, being otherwise unknown. Three journies
+north-eastward of Yahndi is Sokoquo or Ensoko, also a considerable
+town.</p>
+
+<p>Yahndi is described to be beyond comparison larger than
+Coomassie, the houses much better built and ornamented. The
+Ashantees who had visited it, told me, they frequently lost
+themselves in the streets. The King, Inăna Tanquăree, has been
+converted by the Moors, who have settled there in great numbers.
+Mr. Lucas called it the Mahomedan kingdom of Degomba, and it was
+represented to him as peculiarly wealthy and civilized. The markets
+of Yahndi are described as animated scenes of commerce, constantly
+crowded with merchants from almost all the countries of the
+interior. Horses and cattle abound, and immense flocks are
+possessed even by the poorer class. The numerals of Dagwumba and
+Yngwa differing, I submit both.</p>
+
+<table class="padded2" id="t178">
+<tr>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th><em>Yngwa.</em>
+</th>
+<th><em>Dagwumba.</em>
+</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Lakoo</td>
+<td>Yahndo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Ayee</td>
+<td>Ayee</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Attah</td>
+<td>Attah</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Anāhee</td>
+<td>Nasee</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Leerennoo</td>
+<td>Ennoon</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>Ayoboo</td>
+<td>Yohbee</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Ayapaï</td>
+<td>Poiee</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Annee</td>
+<td>Nehenoo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Awai</td>
+<td>Whyee</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Peä</td>
+<td>Edoo.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind">Yahndi is named after the numeral one, from its
+pre-eminence. Sarem is the name of a region, including Gaman, Inta,
+and Dagwumba, so called from the open nature of those
+countries.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_179">[179]</span>One day from
+Sallagha, towards Yahndi, and scarcely one journey westward from
+the latter, is the river Laka, described to be as large and as
+rapid as the Adirri or Volta, which it joins below Odentee, and may
+therefore be safely concluded to be the Assuafroo; for the names of
+rivers are very mutable in Africa, each country through which they
+pass naturalising them to its own language, and thus increasing the
+perplexities of a geography founded on investigation. I could not
+procure any authorized account of the northward course of this
+river, the best opportunities had escaped me when I heard of
+it.</p>
+
+<p>Five journies N.E. from Yahndi is the smaller kingdom of Gamba,
+the birth place of Baba the chief Moor at Coomassie, and the
+boundary of the Ashantee authority, though its influence, through
+the much respected medium of Dagwumba, would extend to the Niger.
+Seven journies northward of Yngwa is the kingdom of Fobee: the
+river Koontoorooa is crossed four days from it, being about half a
+mile broad, it has an eastern and western branch, the former
+running to the Karhala, one day farther, considerably wider, and
+the course south-eastward. One journey from the river is a large
+mountain called Sarraka, the same distance from Fobee, the capital
+of the kingdom. Lakoo, Lamma, Karhala, and Koomada are the next
+largest towns. Five journies northward is an independent kingdom
+called Chouoocha. The position of Fobee is checked by Goorooma,
+being 15 journies from it, (a kingdom to be noticed presently in
+the direct northern route from Yahndi to Houssa,) and Kawerree only
+nine, doubtless Cayree, a kingdom in the route of the Moors from
+Coomassie to Jinnie. The numerals of Fobee are</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t179">
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Koroom.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Nalay.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Poompevarra.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_180">[180]</span>Four</td>
+<td>Leetaynalee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Kakwassee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>Mannassa.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Noottoosoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Borafay.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Pirrifay.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Nanooa.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind">Five journies from Yngwa is Mosee, a more warlike
+but less visited kingdom; it consists of many states, but the
+superior monarch is named Billa, and the capital Kookoopella. I
+place this N.W., because, although its traders pass through Yngwa,
+they do not cross the Karhala, or indeed any river but what they
+can walk through. The numerals are</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t180">
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Yimbo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Ayeeboo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Ataboo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Annasee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Annoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>Ayobee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Owhi.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Ennee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Aïhopoi.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Peega.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>A few days northward of Fobee, through Chamday and Kobafoo, is
+Calanna, described as a very large city, rivalling Yahndi as a
+market, and situated at the foot of a mountain abounding in iron
+stone, which they manufacture for rude purposes in much the same
+manner as Mr. Park witnessed at Jeningalla. Calanna is probably the
+Calanshee of Imhammed, who told Mr. Lucas that it was a dependency
+of Tounouwah or Assentai, situated mid-way between it and the
+coast, 18 journies from each. The numerals are</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t181a">
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_181">[181]</span>One</td>
+<td>Kodoom.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Naboolla.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Naweedazoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Nabonaza.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Nabonoa.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>Lodoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Logwa.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Littaïzoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Nako.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Yewoo.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>Kumsallahoo I have not attempted to lay down, having no other
+guide for placing it than the report that it is one moon’s journey
+from Dagwumba, that its traders pass through Mosee, and cross only
+one river, the Fachinga, and that not large. The numerals are</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t181b">
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Yumbo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Yeeboo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Tabo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Nasee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Annoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>Yobo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Poihee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Nehee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Wahee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Pega.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>We will now return to Coomassie and proceed northwards to
+Jinnie, or as it was generally pronounced, Jennë. This route to
+Tombuctoo (or Timbooctoo) is much less frequented by the Moors than
+that from Dagwumba, through Houssa. They alledge that the people
+northward, are neither so commercial, so civilized, or so wealthy
+as those north-eastward. The first 12 journies are to Buntookoo,
+seven journies whence is a river called by the natives<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_182">[182]</span> Coombo, and by the Moors,
+Zamma; it is described as half a mile broad, and running westward.
+I could not find any Ashantee who had travelled beyond this river,
+which is the northern limit of their authority. Five journies
+eastward of north from the river, is Kong, the King of which is
+named Asequoo. A large mountain called Toolileseena is near the
+capital, and a small river, Woora, four journies from it. The
+kingdom is said to be by no means so wealthy or powerful as that of
+Ashantee; the market is supplied from Houssa, the country is
+populous, horses numerous, and elephants killed daily. The people
+fight with spears, and bows and arrows. Seven journies from Kong
+several mountains are passed, called Koonkoori. Mr. Park says, that
+“Kong signifies mountain in the Mandingo language, which language
+is in use from the frontier of Bambarra to the western sea.” The
+language of Kong seems to be a corruption of the Bambarra or
+Mandingo: the numerals are</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t182">
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Kiddee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Filla.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Sowa.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Nanoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Looroa.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>Wora.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Ooranfilla.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Leeaygee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Konunto.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Tah.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>The Ashantees calling all the slaves whom they brought down to
+the water side Dunkos, it had been, for many years, naturally
+concluded that there was a large country of that name in their
+neighbourhood. Isert writes, “the Dunkoers are a people behind
+Ashantee.” On enquiry, however, I found to my surprise,
+that<span class="pagenum" id="Page_183">[183]</span> there is no
+country of that name, but that it is merely an epithet, synonymous
+with the barbarian of the Greeks and Romans, which they apply to
+all the people of the interior but themselves, and implies an
+ignorant fellow. I first suspected this from observing some Dunkos
+were cut in the face, and some not, and I presently discovered
+their vernacular languages were various, and unintelligible to each
+other. Generally speaking, the bush or country people of Dagwumba
+have three light cuts on each cheek bone, and three below, with one
+horizontal under the eye; those of Yahndi, three deep continued
+cuts; the people of Mosee, three very deep and long, and one under
+the eye; those of Bornoo are frequently cut in the forehead; of
+Marrowa all over the body in fine, small, and intricate patterns.
+In Fobee, Kumsallahoo, and Calanna, the lower orders have a hole
+bored through the cartilage of the nose. These cuts are made during
+infancy, to insinuate fetish liquids to invigorate and preserve the
+child.</p>
+
+<p>Nine journies northward of Kong is Kaybee, the King of which,
+named Mamooroo, killed the former monarch Dabbira. The country was
+said to be very populous, the capital behind a mountain called
+Beseeree, the soil chalky, and asses as numerous as horses. Three
+journies from the frontier of Kaybee, over a large mountain called
+Seboopoo, and across a large river, is Kayree, through which
+country it is very dangerous to pass, the people laying in ambush
+in small parties to rob or kidnap travellers, and subsisting by
+rapine. Five journies thence is Garoo (probably Gago<a id=
+"FNanchor_20"></a><a href="#Footnote_20" class="fnanchor">[20]</a>)
+a very powerful kingdom, the King, Batoomo, lives at Netaquolla.
+Twenty journies beyond is the kingdom of Doowarra, the people of
+which are indifferent warriors, but superior agriculturists,
+and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_184">[184]</span> plant
+extensively; the soil is red earth. A smaller kingdom called
+Filladoo or Firrasoo, is in the neighbourhood. Five journies north
+of Doowarra is the Niger, and on an island, about a mile from the
+southern bank, is Jennë. The route from Kong to Jennë is the only
+one which has not been checked by Negro evidence, but I had reason
+to think well of the Moor who furnished it, who never contradicted
+himself, though repeatedly cross questioned during the four months
+I was at Coomassie. The places reported to Mr. Park on this route,
+it is true, are none of them mentioned, but, probably, the people
+who were insuperably adverse to his proceeding, were the least
+likely to satisfy his curiosity but by imposing on him.<a id=
+"FNanchor_21"></a><a href="#Footnote_21" class="fnanchor">[21]</a>
+Mr. Park in his route from Sego to Bædoo, has a town called
+Doowassoo, only four journies from Sego; but I was assured
+repeatedly that Doowarra is a powerful kingdom. In the first
+Mission, Mr. Park reported the kingdom of Gotto to be so close to
+the Niger, that its chief, Moösee, embarked on it to attack Jinnie,
+and Major Rennell has placed it accordingly: but, in the second, he
+writes, “one month’s travel south of Bædoo,” (which he makes 30
+journies southward of Sego) “through the kingdom of Gotto, will
+bring the traveller to the country of the Christians, who have
+their houses on the banks of the Ba Sea Feena.” He says the Ba
+Nimma rises in the Kong mountains south of Marraboo, but does not
+mention the kingdom of Kong in his route, which is about one moon’s
+travel from the sea, as he has described Bædoo to be.<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_185">[185]</span> Now it is very unlikely, if
+Bædoo had been but 20 journies from Coomassie, that we should not
+have heard of it; and it is next to impossible, that if any kingdom
+called Gotto laid still nearer, (which it must have done, to have
+been passed through from Bædoo to the sea) that it should have been
+unknown. Indeed, if the kingdom of Bambarra extended 28 days south
+of Sego, as appears by the route given to Mr. Park, the Ashantees
+would not have spoken of it from mere report, but would probably
+have become acquainted with it, either through war, commerce, or
+negotiation. It is a little extraordinary that the kingdom of
+Ashantee, reported as eminently powerful to Mr. Lucas even so far
+distant as Mesurata, and which must be well known in the
+neighbourhood of Jennë, from the number of Moors who visit it from
+that city, should not even have been noticed to Mr. Park in this
+southern route from Silla or Sego to the sea. Mr. Park writes of
+the Moors not being able to subject Jinbala; I believe they
+insinuate themselves as residents every where, but I could not hear
+of their having established themselves by force, or of their
+composing even the greater part of a population any where.<a id=
+"FNanchor_22"></a><a href="#Footnote_22" class=
+"fnanchor">[22]</a></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_186">[186]</span>Having reached
+the Niger it is time to observe, that it is only known to the Moors
+by the name of Quolla, pronounced rather as Quorra by the Negroes,
+who, from whatever countries they came, all spoke of this as the
+largest river they knew; and it was the grand feature in all the
+routes (whether from Houssa, Bornoo, or the intermediate countries)
+to Ashantee. Mr. Horneman wrote that the Niger, in some parts of
+Houssa, was called <em>Gaora</em>, which must sound very like
+Quorra. The Niger, after leaving the lake<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_187">[187]</span> Dibbir, was invariably described as
+dividing in two large streams; the Quolla, the greater, pursuing
+its course south-eastward until it joined the Bahr Abiad, and the
+other branch running northward of east near Timbuctoo, and dividing
+again soon afterwards; the smaller stream running northwards by
+Yahoodee, a place of great trade,<a id="FNanchor_23"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_23" class="fnanchor">[23]</a> and the larger turning
+directly eastward, and increasing considerably, running to the lake
+Caudi or Cadi under the name of Gambaroo.<a id=
+"FNanchor_24"></a><a href="#Footnote_24" class="fnanchor">[24]</a>
+The Moors call the branch running by Timbuctoo the Jolliba, I
+presume figuratively, as a great water, for I was assured by a
+native of Jennë, who had frequently visited Timbuctoo, that this
+branch was called Zah-mer by the Negroes.<a id=
+"FNanchor_25"></a><a href="#Footnote_25" class=
+"fnanchor">[25]</a></p>
+
+<p>The variety of the concurrent evidence respecting the Gambaroo,
+certainly made an impression on my mind almost amounting to
+conviction. De Lisle, in his map of Africa for the use of Louis XV,
+(the accuracy of which in one point where our latest charts are in
+error, the Lagos river, will be shewn towards the close of this
+Report) makes a branch from the Niger running near Timbuctoo; and
+what is even more to the point, writes “Gambarou ou Niger.” It was
+not till sometime after my return from Ashantee, that I
+unexpectedly discovered this solitary European record of such
+a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_188">[188]</span> name, and it will
+at least be allowed that so respectable a character as De Lisle,
+would neither have laid down the branch from the Niger (for it is
+as likely to be so in the absence of explanation, as a river
+running into it) without some authority, nor have invented the name
+Gambarou: and it will also be allowed, that he must have heard of
+it as being a very large river, to have confounded it with the
+Niger. De Lisle has preserved most of the names reported to me,
+more closely than any other geographer.<a id=
+"FNanchor_26"></a><a href="#Footnote_26" class="fnanchor">[26]</a>
+In the judicious compendium of Mr. Murray, I observe the following
+note. “It is but justice to D’Anville to say, that in his map of
+central Africa, inserted in the 26th volume of the Academie des
+Inscriptions, he has represented a river passing close to
+Timbuctoo, running S.W., and falling into the Niger. This
+delineation has not been copied by others, but it is not the less
+probable that that excellent geographer may have had positive
+information on which to found it.” Now, I may presume, this is only
+recorded in delineation, and not noticed by D’Anville in the text,
+or, his authority would have appeared. I shall be indulged in such
+a conjecture, when it is<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_189">[189]</span> recollected I am writing where I cannot
+satisfy myself, in a place destitute of literary facilities. If it
+is only to be found in the delineation, it is of course, as likely
+to be a branch running N.E. from the Niger, as a river running S.W.
+into it. Mr. Park has described the Niger as dividing into two
+large branches after leaving Dibbie, and their re-union has been
+admitted by considerate investigators, to be a very improbable
+addition to that report.<a id="FNanchor_27"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_27" class="fnanchor">[27]</a> Sidi Hamet assigns no
+course to the great river which he described as about an hour’s
+ride with a camel south of Timbuctoo, and distinguished from the
+Niger, or, as he called it, Zolilib, by saying the latter was two
+hours ride. Adams placed La-mar-Zarah, about three quarters of a
+mile wide, two miles south of the town, without hesitation, but he
+only <em>conceived</em> that the course was S.W.<a id=
+"FNanchor_28"></a><a href="#Footnote_28" class="fnanchor">[28]</a>
+Leo, ambiguous as the context may be, certainly writes that there
+is a <em>branch</em> of the Niger passing Timbuctoo, “Vicino a un
+ramo del Niger.” Mr. Beaufoy’s Moor says that below Ghinea is the
+sea into which the river of Tombuctoo disembogues itself; on which
+Major Rennell observes, “by the word sea, it is well known the
+Arabs mean to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_190">[190]</span>
+express a lake also:” this river of Timbuctoo is, doubtless, the
+branch of the Niger forming the Gambaroo, and the sea below Ghinea,
+the lake Caude. In the Description de l’Afrique, traduite du
+Flamand, D’O. Dapper, à Amsterdam, 1686, I find “Ce Royaume de
+Tombut ou Tongbutu environ à quatre lieuës <em>d’un bras</em> du
+Niger.” The account, to be submitted presently, that this branch of
+the Niger passing Timbuctoo is not crossed until the third day
+going from Timbuctoo to Houssa, is not an argument against its
+identity with the Zarah of Adams, or the river of Sidi Hamet, only
+two or three miles from the city; because, giving a northerly
+course to the branch, and Houssa laying north eastward 20 journies
+from Timbuctoo, as will be shewn presently, the direction of the
+path would not require the river to be crossed immediately, but,
+evidently, not till the second or third day.</p>
+
+<p>De Barros, who considered the Senegal to be the Niger, wrote,
+that it received various names,<a id="FNanchor_29"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_29" class="fnanchor">[29]</a> and was called by the
+Caragoles (Serawoollies) Collë; on which Mr. Murray reasonably
+observes, “this name seems readily convertible into Joli-ba, the
+latter syllable being merely an adjunct, meaning a river:” this I
+was also given to understand. Now, if the name Joliba had not been
+reported on the authority of Mr. Park, I might submit that Collë is
+more readily convertible into Quolla, which approximating even more
+closely to Kulla, seems to identify the Collë and Kulla under the
+common name of Quolla.<a id="FNanchor_30"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_30" class="fnanchor">[30]</a> Mr. Park in his memoir to
+Lord<span class="pagenum" id="Page_191">[191]</span> Camden,
+writes, “the river of Dar Kulla, mentioned by Mr. Browne, is
+generally supposed to be the Niger, or at least to have a
+communication with that river.” The name and course of the Quolla
+suggested this to me before I observed the above remark, which I
+did not until my return.<a id="FNanchor_31"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_31" class="fnanchor">[31]</a> Other arguments will
+presently appear for the identity of the Kulla and the Niger.<a id=
+"FNanchor_32"></a><a href="#Footnote_32" class=
+"fnanchor">[32]</a></p>
+
+<p>The Gambaroo seems to me to identify the Gir of Ptolemy,<a id=
+"FNanchor_33"></a><a href="#Footnote_33" class="fnanchor">[33]</a>
+carried by him into the centre of Africa, and which would appear as
+large as the Niger by the expression, “maximi sunt Gir et Nigir.”
+The river of Bornoo, hitherto assumed, is not adequate to the
+impression Ptolemy conveys, and the names “Gir et Nigir,” seem to
+indicate a connection. The Niger may be considered to terminate
+when the smaller stream is lost in the Nile.</p>
+
+<p>Concerning the source of the Niger, there was a difference of
+opinion amongst the Moors, and not the least notion amongst the
+Negroes. Some said that it rose in Bambooch, meaning, as I presume,
+Bambouk, and others in Jabowa, where they described another large
+river to rise also, running westward. Jabowa was said to be 40
+journies from Sego, and Bambooch 43.</p>
+
+<p>From Jabowa the Niger was described to run to Fouta Gollabi, and
+in six days thence to Fouta Towra; the Moors must certainly have
+meant Foota Galla, and Footatora, for their
+pronunciation<span class="pagenum" id="Page_192">[192]</span> was
+more imperfect than their knowledge of the native names westward,
+whither they rarely travelled. I induced a Moor on each side the
+question, and of different countries, to draw in my quarters,
+unknown to each other, what they called a chart of the Quolla, for
+the sake of preserving the several names in their own writing. They
+were only inferior to one Moor, from whom I never had an
+opportunity of inducing a chart. Both parties met, apparently, at
+Hasoo, as will be seen by submitting the names.<a id=
+"FNanchor_34"></a><a href="#Footnote_34" class=
+"fnanchor">[34]</a></p>
+
+<table class="tabw40" id="t192">
+<tr>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th class="width6"><em>Bambooch.</em>
+</th>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th><em>Jabowa.</em>
+</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<th class="small"><em>Journies.</em>
+</th>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th>
+</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr-top">10</td>
+<td colspan="2" class="tdl hang1">to Gadima, probably Gadoo, little
+more than 6 journies from the capital of Bambook, according to
+Major Rennell.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr">20</td>
+<td>to Hasoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Hasoowa.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr">4</td>
+<td>to Jaoora</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Jaoona.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr">2</td>
+<td>to Jamoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Gamsoö.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr">5</td>
+<td>to Mallaïa</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Mallaïu.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr">2</td>
+<td>to Shégo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Sego.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>Sego was correctly described according to Mr. Park, and the
+death of the monarch he first knew spontaneously mentioned, with
+his warlike disposition, and great power. Mr. Park observes that
+he<span class="pagenum" id="Page_193">[193]</span> found the
+language of Bambarra a sort of corrupted Mandingo; this confirms
+the numerals repeated to me as the Bambarra:</p>
+
+<table class="padded2" id="t193">
+<tr>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th><em>Bambarra.</em>
+</th>
+<th><em>Mandingo.</em>
+</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Killi</td>
+<td>Killin.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Foolla</td>
+<td>Foola.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Sabba</td>
+<td>Sabba.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Nani</td>
+<td>Nani.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Looroo</td>
+<td>Looloo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>Wora</td>
+<td>Woro.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Worroola</td>
+<td>Oronglo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Sagi</td>
+<td>Sie.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Konunto</td>
+<td>Konunto.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Ta</td>
+<td>Tang.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind">From Sego to Sansanding was called one journey,
+from Sansanding to Jennë three. Jennë was described as on an island
+of the Niger, the town considerable, and fortified, and with large
+houses to pray in. I did not understand that it was subject to
+Timbuctoo; it certainly has a distinct monarch, who was called
+Malaï Smaera, and the head Moor, Malaï Bacharoo. From Jennë through
+Dibbir, at the entrance of which is Sanina, to Kabarra or Kabra,
+the port of Timbuctoo (half a day’s walk from it) is a voyage of 20
+days. By land, it was only 12 journies, through Mashena (Masina)
+Farrimabbie, Jimballa (the Jinbala of Mr. Park, which they
+persisted was not on an island of the Niger, but on the northern
+bank of it) Taäkim, Assoofoo, Zeddaï, Douraï (probably the Downie
+in Major Rennell’s map) Matarooch, and Makkasoorfoo, probably the
+Soorka’s, whom Mr. Park mentioned as inhabiting the northern bank
+of the river between Jinnie and Timbuctoo: he also writes that it
+is 12 journies by land from Jinnie to Timbuctoo. The horizontal
+distance from Jennë to Jimballa, on Major Rennell’s map is about
+100 B. miles, and thence to Timbuctoo 90 more. Now<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_194">[194]</span> 12 journies at 18 miles, give
+but a horizontal distance of 144 B. miles, wherefore, I should
+think the northern bank of the lake Dibbir, is not so high as it
+has been hitherto drawn, and the path so distant as not to be
+deflected by any curve of the lake. Timbuctoo was described as a
+large city, but inferior to Houssa, and not comparable with Bornoo.
+The Moorish influence was said to be powerful, but not superior. A
+small river goes nearly round the town, overflowing in the rains,
+and obliging the people of the suburbs to move to an eminence in
+the centre of the town, where the King lives. This is, probably,
+the smaller river described by Sidi Hamet as close to the town. Leo
+says, when the Niger rises, the waters flow through certain canals
+to the city. There were very few muskets to be seen; the King, a
+Moorish Negro called Billabahada, had a few double barrelled guns,
+which were only fired at customs, and gunpowder was almost as
+valuable as gold. The two latter circumstances, besides the name of
+the river, were all that I recognised in their reports confirming
+the description given by Adams, which I conceive to be as
+inadequate as those collected by Mr. Jackson are extravagant.<a id=
+"FNanchor_35"></a><a href="#Footnote_35" class="fnanchor">[35]</a>
+The three last Kings before Billa, were Osamana, Dawoolloo, and
+Abass. Mr. Jackson says there was a King Woollo reigning in 1800,
+and a Moor who had come from Timbuctoo to Coomassie ten years ago,
+did not<span class="pagenum" id="Page_195">[195]</span> know King
+Woollo (Adams’s King) was dead, as he was reigning at the time he
+left Timbuctoo. Abass probably had a short reign like Saï Apokoo
+the second. This Moor also said that Woollo’s favourite wife
+(called by Adams, Fatima) was named Fatooma Allizato. The editor of
+Adams shews that the name of Fatima, affords in itself no proof
+that its possessor was Moorish, or even a Mohammedan woman. I think
+it is probably derived from a numeral, for it answers to five in
+the numerals of Garangi (a country described to be northwards of
+Jennë) which are</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t195">
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Kerriminna.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Ferriminna.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Sowaninna.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Firrima.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Fahtima.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>Tata.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Mannima.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Pirima.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Missirĭma.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Guahee.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind">Numerals are frequently added to names in
+Ashantee.</p>
+
+<p>Perhaps the old ms. which I purchased with difficulty from a
+Jennë Moor, will recompense the translator by a fuller account, but
+I fear religion only is the subject. It contains thirteen pages,
+with some marginal notes in a different hand. I should have
+observed, that, generally speaking, I found the Moors very cautious
+in their accounts, declining to speak unless they were positive,
+and frequently referring doubtful points to others whom they knew
+to be better acquainted with them. I did not succeed in procuring
+the numerals of Timbuctoo, but the language is different from that
+of Houssa, as the words opposed to those recollected by Adams will
+shew:</p>
+
+<table class="padded2" id="t196">
+<tr>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_196">[196]</span><em>Timbuctoo.</em>
+</th>
+<th><em>Houssa.</em>
+</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Man</td>
+<td>Jungo</td>
+<td>Motoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Woman</td>
+<td>Jumpsa</td>
+<td>Motee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Camel</td>
+<td>So</td>
+<td>Rakoomee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Dog</td>
+<td>Killab</td>
+<td>Karree.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Cow</td>
+<td>Fallee</td>
+<td>Saneä.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>House</td>
+<td>Dah</td>
+<td>Garree.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Water</td>
+<td>Boca</td>
+<td>Looa.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Tree</td>
+<td>Carna</td>
+<td>Leeseeä.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Gold</td>
+<td>Or</td>
+<td>Jennarreä.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>A Moor</td>
+<td>Seckar</td>
+<td>Bibay.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>From Timbuctoo<a id="FNanchor_36"></a><a href="#Footnote_36"
+class="fnanchor">[36]</a> to Houssa is 20 journies; the three first
+through a woody country, and over the branch of the Niger to
+Azibbie, the frontier town. Houssa was said to be the largest city
+north or south of the Quolla, except Bornoo; the Moorish influence
+to have been established there beyond memory, and the King’s name
+Serragkee. Cabi is not the name of the kingdom, but of a large
+dependent town and district on the Niger. Mallowa, or Marrowa, as
+the Negroes pronounce it, (for they seemed invariably to substitute
+<em>r</em> for the <em>l</em> of the Moors, as Quorra for
+Quolla)<a id="FNanchor_37"></a><a href="#Footnote_37" class=
+"fnanchor">[37]</a><span class="pagenum" id="Page_197">[197]</span>
+is the next extensive in its limits to Bornoo. It is, no doubt, the
+kingdom of Mellè, misplaced by Leo, and reported to Cadamosto in
+1455, as 30 journies beyond Timbuctoo. Major Rennell observes, “we
+should naturally look for it on the eastward of Timbuctoo,” and it
+has only been placed south eastward, and south of the Niger,
+because Edrisi has a city called Malel thereabouts, though he calls
+the name of the kingdom of which it is the capital Lamlam, which
+Hartman would reconcile by supposing it to be a transposition of
+Malel, certainly a forced conjecture.<a id=
+"FNanchor_38"></a><a href="#Footnote_38" class="fnanchor">[38]</a>
+A large town called Mahalaba is the nearest I have found to Malel,
+to be noticed on the route from Dagwumba to the Niger.<a id=
+"FNanchor_39"></a><a href="#Footnote_39" class="fnanchor">[39]</a>
+In speaking of all fortified cities, the negroes of Mallowa
+invariably prefixed Berinnë or Brinnë to the name, as an indication
+that they were so; this was always the case in mentioning Houssa,
+Cabi, Cassina, Katinna, &amp;c. &amp;c. I shall place the numerals
+of Cassina, as written by Mr. Lucas after the Shereef Imhammed, to
+the right of those of Houssa or Mallowa, from their close affinity,
+perhaps identity; for this language is spoken far eastward, and the
+Shereef, as we shall presently see, was rather inaccurate in his
+recollection of the numerals of Bornoo.</p>
+
+<table class="padded2" id="t197">
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Daia</td>
+<td>Deiyah.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Beeyoo</td>
+<td>Beeyou.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Okoo</td>
+<td>Okoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Odoo</td>
+<td>Foodoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Beä</td>
+<td>Beat.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_198">[198]</span>Six</td>
+<td>Seddah</td>
+<td>Sheedah.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Becquay</td>
+<td>Bookai.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Tacquass</td>
+<td>Takoos.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Tarra</td>
+<td>Tarrah.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Gwoma</td>
+<td>Goumah.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>Two large lakes were described close to the northward of Houssa,
+one called Balahar Soudan, and the other Girrigi Marragasee.
+Calculating the 20 journies from Timbuctoo at 18 miles each,
+supposing two-thirds to be made good on the horizontal distance
+(equal to 212 g. miles) and the course N.E., I have placed Houssa,
+18° 59′ N. and 3° 59′ E. This agrees pretty well with the account
+of its being 17 journies from the Niger, or Quolla, which give 306
+B. miles, and the horizontal distance 176 g. miles. Houssa has
+hitherto been laid down about 2 journies N. of the Niger. I have an
+impression that the city of Houssa will be found to lay about
+E.N.E. of Timbuctoo, of course nearer the Gambaroo, which runs
+through its dominions, and thus account for the reports of its
+being situated upon the Niger. Leo certainly meant Mallowa and the
+Gambaroo, when he wrote, “Melli regio quæ extendit se ad flumen
+quoddam quod ex Nilo (i.e. Nigro) effluit trecenta millia passuum,”
+adding, “regnum opulentissimum, maximè artificum et mercatorum
+copia, frequentia templa, sacerdotes et populus qui Nigritas omnes
+civilitate antecedunt;” which they certainly appear to do: see a
+few of their articles for the British Museum. May not the Maurali
+of Ptolemy be the Melli of Leo, and the modern Mallowa or Marrowa?
+his large adjunct to the Niger to the south indicates the two
+rivers. Major Rennell seems to have expected the present discovery,
+when he writes (commenting on Mr. Park’s report that Houssa was 30
+journies by land from Tombuctoo, and 45 by water) “Possibly it may
+be that Houssa is situated on a different river from that which
+passes by Tombuctoo<span class="pagenum" id="Page_199">[199]</span>
+(the Joliba,) but which may be an adjunct of it, and may run into
+it in the quarter of Tombuctoo.” In Dapper’s translation of the
+Description De l’Afrique du Flamand, 1686, I find “Cette contreé
+(Melli) s’etend environ cent lieuës <em>le long d’un bras</em> du
+Niger.”</p>
+
+<p>Tarrabaleese, 50 journies westward of north, was much spoken of
+from the number of its market places. This must be Tripoli, the
+Arabic corruption of which is Trabŏlis. The Moors gave me a route
+to Tunis or Toonis, but I cannot recognise any name in Major
+Rennell’s map, (which I could not procure until my return,) unless
+Sabbai be Sebba, and Mookanassa Mourzouk, in Fezzan. There is also
+another route eastward which I cannot trace. See <a href=
+"#app3">Appendix.</a></p>
+
+<p>From Kabarra the Quolla, continuing its course southward of
+east, passed by Uzzalin, Googara,<a id="FNanchor_40"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_40" class="fnanchor">[40]</a> Koolmanna, Gauw,
+Tokogirri, (perhaps the Tokrur of Edrisi and Gatterer) Askeä,
+Zabirmë, and Cabi to Yaoora, which I imagine to be the Youri of
+Major Rennell’s map.<a id="FNanchor_41"></a><a href="#Footnote_41"
+class="fnanchor">[41]</a> De Lisle places a kingdom, Yaouree, south
+of the Niger. It is a very celebrated ferry, occurring in a variety
+of routes from the north of the Quolla to Ashantee, spoken of
+always as westward of Cassina, and with little variation as 25
+journies from Timbuctoo. Now as the Moors called it one day’s
+journey from Sego to Sansanding, and Mr. Park made it scarcely
+more, I will assume this as the rule to calculate the distance from
+Timbuctoo to Yaooree, and afterwards consider its place according
+to the routes from Dagwumba, through it, to Cassina. Twenty five
+journies from Timbuctoo would place Yaoora about 70 miles
+above<span class="pagenum" id="Page_200">[200]</span> the Berrisa
+in Major Rennell’s map, but this makes the horizontal distance from
+Yaoora to Dagwumba about 850 B. miles, and therefore too great for
+42 journies, the greatest number allowed in the routes from
+Dagwumba to Yaoora.</p>
+
+<p>I would not presume to investigate after Major Rennell, it would
+be absurd in me to expect to throw any new interest into the
+discussion, but by making clear the accounts I collected; to do
+which I must decline the course of the Niger from Cabi (Mr.
+Horneman writes it flows southward from Haoussa) even to a junction
+with the Bahr Kulla. For, placing Yaoora in 13° 30′ N. and 8° 30′
+E. in conformity with its distance from Timbuctoo and a declining
+course to the Kulla, the horizontal distance to Yahndi, the capital
+of Dagwumba, will be 600 B. miles: now 42 journies, the greatest
+number allowed by the travellers, at 20 miles each, (rejecting one
+third, as heretofore, lost in the windings of the path) give the
+horizontal distance at 560 B. miles. This is certainly an
+additional argument to the similarity of the names Quolla and
+Kulla, for the identity of these rivers; but not so strong a one as
+that the routes both of Moors and Negroes, allow but 40 journies
+from Dagwumba to the point of crossing the Niger for Houssa. The
+course to this point was described by the Moors as a little to the
+eastward of north: now 40 journies on a N.N.E. course, by the
+former rule, places this ferry 15° 1′ N. and 3° 33′ E. agreeing
+very well with our previous position of Houssa, and proving that
+the course of the Niger must decline considerably, for more than
+two extra journies would otherwise be required for the north
+eastward route from Dagwumba to Yaoora. Major Rennell only writes
+that the course of the Niger is <em>probably</em> to Wangara. Mr.
+Ledyard, in his comparatively minute description of that country,
+(which I shall notice in the route to Bornoo) says nothing of its
+bordering on the Niger. Major Rennell, in the construction of
+the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_201">[201]</span> geography of
+Mr. Horneman’s report, writes, “M. D’Anville also had an idea, and
+so describes it in his map of Africa, 1749 (possibly from actual
+information,) that the Niger declined to the south beyond Gana, so
+that the termination of it in the lake Semegonda was 3½ degrees of
+latitude to the south of Gana.” There is a kingdom called Kulla as
+well as a river, and there is also a kingdom Quollaraba: raba being
+probably no more than an adjunct equal to the prefix dar, and
+signifying a kingdom. Mr. Dupuis, in his notes on Adams, says of an
+intelligent Negro, “his account was chiefly curious from his
+description of a nation which he called Gallo or <em>Quallo</em>,
+which conveyed to me an idea of a people, more advanced in the
+arts, and wealthier than any that I had previously heard of: within
+three days journey of the capital was a large lake or river which
+communicated with the Wed Nile.” The commended arguments of the
+Quarterly Review, (which I have never had the advantage of
+reading,) must be in a great degree auxiliary, in arguing, to
+support the Congo hypothesis, a course of the Niger equally
+declined with that which I have followed for the identity of the
+Quolla and Kulla. The junction of the Quolla with the Bahr Abiad,
+or Nil, as the Moors called it, cannot be more descriptively
+expressed, according to every account I received, than in the words
+of Mr. Horneman. “Some days past I spoke to a man who had seen Mr.
+Brown in Darfoor, he gave me some information respecting the
+countries he travelled through, and told me that the communication
+of the Niger with the Nile was not to be doubted, but that this
+communication before the rainy season was very little.”<a id=
+"FNanchor_42"></a><a href="#Footnote_42" class=
+"fnanchor">[42]</a></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_202">[202]</span>We will pursue
+the course of the Quolla from Yaoora (where I should judge from
+description it must be about 3 miles wide) before we apply the
+routes northward of it.<a id="FNanchor_43"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_43" class="fnanchor">[43]</a> One journey eastward of
+Yaoora, (sometimes called Yawooree by the Negroes,) it passed
+Nooffie, doubtless the Nyffe of Mr. Horneman and others, and which
+De Lisle has written Nouffy: 3 journies thence it passed Boussa,
+which Amadi Fatouma reported, as it was to me also (see <a href=
+"#Page_90">Diary</a>) as the place of Mr. Park’s death, but I could
+hear nothing of the rock and door. Boussa is not in Major Rennell’s
+map, but I observed Bousa in the map of De Lisle before alluded to;
+it is probably the Berrisa of Edrisi. Twelve journies thence it
+passed Atagara, but, previously, Hoomee, and Rakkah.<a id=
+"FNanchor_44"></a><a href="#Footnote_44" class="fnanchor">[44]</a>
+Southward of the latter, they described an inland country called
+Koofee, possibly Kosie, a country I shall presently introduce, as
+visited by a mulatto, behind Lagos. Thirty journies from Atagara,
+it flowed through the kingdom of Quollaraba,<a id=
+"FNanchor_45"></a><a href="#Footnote_45" class="fnanchor">[45]</a>
+which thus falls precisely where<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_203">[203]</span> Major Rennell has laid down the kingdom of
+Kulla. Six journies thence it passed Mafeegoodoo, and 13 journies
+beyond, the lake Cadee or Caudee. This I should consider to be the
+Cauga of Edrisi, which Major Rennell has identified with the Fittri
+of Mr. Brown, for into this the second large branch of the Niger,
+or the river Gambaroo, is said to run; but it is considerably too
+much to the southward for the Cauga in Major Rennell’s map, being,
+according to the accounts of the Moors, only 3 journies northward
+of the Quolla: yet Edrisi writes “besides a river of the name of
+Nile or Neel <em>passes by</em> Kauga.” What inclines me to think
+the Cauga may be more distant from Bornoo the capital, though not
+from the frontier of that kingdom, (15 journies being the number
+reported to me as well as to Mr. Brown) is, that the Negroes of
+that city were not so well acquainted with this lake as the Moors.
+My sketch in the <a href="#map1">map,</a> of course, represents the
+sketches and descriptions of the natives. They described the Cadee
+or Caudee as an immense water, like a small sea, frequently
+overflowing the neighbouring country, and sometimes so convulsed as
+to throw up large quantities of fish and other contents; meaning,
+in short, a volcanic lake. The Moors called it also the Bahr el
+Noä, having a tradition that the waters of the deluge retired to,
+and were absorbed in it. A very high mountain was spoken of, at an
+equal distance between the Caudee and the Quolla.<a id=
+"FNanchor_46"></a><a href="#Footnote_46" class="fnanchor">[46]</a>
+Twelve journies<span class="pagenum" id="Page_204">[204]</span>
+from Caudee, the Quolla received the river Sharee from northward,
+which, I imagine, if not the Misselad, may be a river deriving its
+name from the Abu Shareb of Major Rennell’s map. The Quolla was
+said to pass to the southward of Bagarrimee, (the Baghermee of Mr.
+Brown.) Kalafarradoo, (I cannot find any name nearer to this than
+the Courourfa of De Lisle, and Kororfa, said in Mr. Beaufoy’s MSS.
+to be W. of Begarmee). Foör (Darfur, according to Mr. Brown, means
+the kingdom of Foör) and lastly to skirt Waddaï, the Waddey of Mr.
+Horneman, who wrote that it was east of Begharmee, and west of
+Darfoor; but, as it was reported to me east of Darfoor, by every
+person, and as Mr. Brown did not hear of it to adjust its position,
+I have placed it so.<a id="FNanchor_47"></a><a href="#Footnote_47"
+class="fnanchor">[47]</a></p>
+
+<p>The junction with the Nile having taken place, as Mr. Horneman
+before reported, south of Darfoor, they continued the course to a
+large country called Soonar,<a id="FNanchor_48"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_48" class="fnanchor">[48]</a> indisputably the kingdom
+of Sennaar. Hence to Massar,<a id="FNanchor_49"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_49" class="fnanchor">[49]</a> or Egypt, they did not
+always agree themselves in the various names, nor can I recognise
+any on the map, unless their Shewa Abenhassa be Bennassa, Minsoor,
+Misur, Gammeacha, Gammazie; Sooess, Sohaig; Kaheea, Kahoul;
+Zaragoo, Nayazoogoo; and their Lamabalara, in the country
+of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_205">[205]</span> Egypt, the Bahr
+be la ma of Mr. Horneman; of the latter there can be no
+doubt.<a id="FNanchor_50"></a><a href="#Footnote_50" class=
+"fnanchor">[50]</a></p>
+
+<p>My friend, the Shereef Brahima had, as well as some others, been
+to Mecca and Medina. I place great reliance on this man’s
+information (invariably confirmed by the Negroes) from his caution
+and diffidence, and my experience of his character; for he was
+ultimately a valuable friend to the Mission: he was the only Moor
+who dared to refuse to be present at human sacrifices. The MS. No.
+2. is his writing, and professedly the route from Dagwumba through
+Bornoo to Massar,<a id="FNanchor_51"></a><a href="#Footnote_51"
+class="fnanchor">[51]</a> it consists of six pages well written.
+This would have been a valuable man to have engaged to travel
+through the interior, for he was capable of making circumstantial
+minutes, and I think he might have been engaged to do so by a
+moderate Fort pay. The Moors talk much of the King of<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_206">[206]</span> Santambool,<a id=
+"FNanchor_52"></a><a href="#Footnote_52" class="fnanchor">[52]</a>
+as a powerful monarch and formidable to the Christians.</p>
+
+<p>It will excite surprise that I heard nothing of Wangara,<a id=
+"FNanchor_53"></a><a href="#Footnote_53" class="fnanchor">[53]</a>
+as was the case with Mr. Brown, not even after I had, contrary to
+my general custom, submitted the name: but I heard very much
+spontaneously of Oongooroo. Mr. Horneman called Wangara, Ungura,
+and De Lisle, Ouangara, we shall find it in the route from Yaoora
+to Bornoo or Barranoo. Bornoo was described to me about north-east
+from Yaoora, which agrees very well with Major Rennell’s position,
+established beyond all contradiction short of an observation, but,
+the horizontal distance, (lowering the place of Yaoora as I have
+done) thence to Bornoo would be upwards of 1000 B. miles, whereas
+they described it to be but 51 journies, which allowing 20 miles to
+each, as the country was said to be much more favourable to
+travelling, and the path more direct than that we came, would give
+but an horizontal distance of 680 B. miles. Mr. Horneman heard that
+Bornu was but 15 journies from Kassina; I was told 33 if walked, 19
+if rode. Major Rennell has made the distance about 30 journies,
+considering the 15 journies applicable to the western boundaries of
+the empire, and not to the capital.</p>
+
+<p>We will now return to Yahndi and proceed northwards to Houssa.
+Nineteen journies from Yahndi is Matchaquawdie, six beyond is
+Goorooma, 10 thence Dolooë, subject to Goorooma, and only five
+journies from the Quolla, described as about two miles wide there.
+When Amadi Fatouma mentioned that he passed<span class="pagenum"
+id="Page_207">[207]</span> Gourouma, I should suppose he meant this
+kingdom of Goorooma, Dolooë, as subject to it, being probably
+included under that name. I must impress, however, that this
+northern route from Dagwumba to the Niger, being, with that from
+Kong to Jennë, the only ones unauthenticated, otherwise than by
+cross examination, I do not report them with the same confidence,
+which I do the others. Two journies from the northern bank of the
+Quolla is Gamhadi, to which three large towns belong, Dogondaghi,
+Toodonkassalee, and Toompasseä, and numerous dependent crooms.
+There were three routes from Gamhadi, the first northward to Houssa
+15 journies, passing the large river Gambaroo the ninth, between
+which and Houssa is a district called Zessa. The second route is to
+Katinnee, a city and state of the Mallowa kingdom, one month from
+the Quolla. On this route the Gambaroo is crossed the tenth day,
+and Sowhoondë, Souoola, (perhaps Sala) Quattaraquassee, Doorooma,
+Soroo, Zabbakou, Dinka, Doochingamza, and Dammisamia were mentioned
+as large towns on the route. The third route was through the
+Fillanee country, (doubtless the Fullan<a id=
+"FNanchor_54"></a><a href="#Footnote_54" class="fnanchor">[54]</a>
+of Ben Ali) which had been frequently at war with Mallowa, to the
+kingdom of Kallaghee, 14 journies from the Quolla, the Gambaroo
+being passed the tenth. The numerals of Kallaghee are</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t207">
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Gadee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Sillil.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Quan.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Foolloo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Vydee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>Zoodoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Etkassa.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_208">[208]</span>Eight</td>
+<td>Shiddowka.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Woollaä.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Woma.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind">A country called Barrabadi was described eastward
+of Mallowa, between it and Bornoo; its numerals corresponded with
+those of Bornoo.</p>
+
+<p>We will now return again to Dagwumba, and follow the route
+thence, over the Quolla, through Yaoora to Bornoo. Gamba we have
+already described as five journies north eastward of Yahndi, thence
+two journies, over a high mountain called Yerim, and across a river
+running southwards (which the Moors called Mory, but which it would
+seem is the continuation of the Karhala) is Gooroosie, four
+journies thence Zoogoo, probably the Zeggo of Major Rennell’s map;
+10 farther the kingdom of Barragoo. De Lisle has placed his kingdom
+of Bourgou thereabouts. North-westward of Barragoo is Koomba, the
+Kombah of Major Rennell’s map. The position of this kingdom is
+pretty well ascertained, because those who came from it, described
+Goorooma as its northern neighbour, and Barragoo to be the first
+kingdom passed through in their journies to the coast below Whydah.
+Eight journies from Barragoo is Toombeä, three beyond is
+Goodoobirree. A river running to the Quolla (as it was said, but
+more probably from it) called Leeäsa, flows close to the eastward
+of this path, and is crossed, going from Goodoobirree southwards,
+to a large kingdom called Yariba by the Moors, but Yarba more
+generally by the natives. Major Rennell has drawn a river
+communicating with the Niger close to Youri, so has De Lisle. This
+river Leeäsa is the only one I heard of, answering in the least
+degree to that of Sidi Hamet, but Wassana was a name unknown.
+Aquallie is the frontier town of Yariba, one journey from
+Goodoobirree, and one from Bootee, second only to the capital,
+Katanga, four journies<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_209">[209]</span> beyond it. Yariba was described to be about
+24 journies, through Hio, (its immediate neighbour) from
+Arătakassee or Alătakassee, which we shall hereafter recognise in
+Ardra: this determines its position pretty well.<a id=
+"FNanchor_55"></a><a href="#Footnote_55" class="fnanchor">[55]</a>
+Dahomey was said to be tributary to Yariba, as well as to Hio,
+which I have an impression is also tributary to Hio. From Hio to
+Dahomey is seven journies. The military are despotic in Hio, they
+always intercept the new King on his way to the palace, and demand
+his naming some neighbouring country for their invasion and
+plunder, before they confirm him. The King before the present, had
+named Dahomey, but after three years neglect of the fulfilment, he
+ordered the army against a northern neighbour. The army went,
+wasted and pillaged the country, but when within a day’s march of
+the capital on their return, they sent deputies to enjoin his
+abdication, as inevitable to a falsehood to them; he was obstinate;
+they arrived and cut off his head. The numerals of Hio are</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t209">
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Innee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Eygee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Etta.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Ernee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Aroon.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>Effa.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Eggay.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Eggo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Essun.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Eywaw.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_210">[210]</span>The
+Hio man, who gave me the above numerals, spoke of the Apaccas as a
+more powerful northern neighbour, but I never heard of them from
+any other person.</p>
+
+<p>Yariba must certainly be the Yarba of Imhammed, though he
+described it as 18 or 20 journies from Gonjah towards the N.W., for
+he is likely to have been incorrect in this, because we have proved
+him to be so, in stating, that Ashantee was the capital of
+Tonouwah, which appears to be a district or town of Dagwumba, the
+people of which kingdom are by no means warlike as he represented
+them, nor have they any notion of taming the elephant: he reported
+that Calanshee was a dependency of Ashantee, whereas no Ashantee
+knows the name; that Gonjah was 46 journies from the coast, when it
+is but 30. Major Rennell reasonably conceived the Yarba of Imhammed
+to be the Yarra of De Lisle, at the back of Sierra Leone, but as
+this country is not preserved in his own map, I presume it cannot
+be of much consequence, politically or commercially, whereas
+Yariba, indisputably eastward of Kong, is always announced to
+enquirers, both by Moors and Negroes, as a very powerful, and much
+frequented kingdom. Another argument is, that all the Moors I saw
+at Coomassie, were almost ignorant of the countries westward, only
+speaking of those their enquiries for the source of the Quolla had
+made known to them: indeed, I did not see one who had travelled
+westward, or south westward of Bambarra, but our Accra linguist
+told me that he had recognised a Moor at the Rio Pongos, whom he
+had seen in Coomassie (when sent there on the eve of the second
+Ashantee invasion) who told him that he had been two months
+travelling from Kong, and crossed a very large river. Imhammed’s
+Affow (if not Taffoo, or the Inta country) I conceive to be Afflou,
+a town and district of the Krepee or Kerrapay country, and a short
+walk from the sea by Quitta, westward of Yarba, as he says, but
+more than eight journies.<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_211">[211]</span> The Kerrapay country, which is extensive
+and independent, will be described, in proceeding from Cape Coast
+Castle, along the coast, eastward.</p>
+
+<div class="plate">
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="map2"><a href="images/map2_large.jpg"><img src=
+'images/map2.jpg' alt=''></a>
+<table class="width-full">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl ipub"><em>London published as the Act directs by
+John Murray Albemarle Street 4<sup>th</sup>. Jan<sup>y</sup>.
+1819.</em>
+</td>
+<td class="tdr ipub"><em>J. Walker Sculpt.</em>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</figure>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p>To return to the route from Yahndi to Yaoora, three journies
+from Goodoobirree towards the Quolla through Gillimakafoo,
+Garagaroogee, and Paänghee, is the large city of Kaiama, and four
+beyond it, through Mahalaba, (the nearest name to the Malel of
+Edrisi,) Marramoo, and across the small river Wooroo, (running to
+the Quolla) is the city of Wauwaw,<a id="FNanchor_56"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_56" class="fnanchor">[56]</a> three journies from the
+Quolla. Ten journies from the northern bank, through Yaoora, and
+skirting the eastern limits of Zamfara, is Goobirree, so called by
+the Moors, and Goobur by the Negroes.<a id=
+"FNanchor_57"></a><a href="#Footnote_57" class="fnanchor">[57]</a>
+Mr. Beaufoy learned that Gubur was to the south of Wangara, and De
+Lisle writes it Goubour. Thence to Kassina, having crossed the
+large river Gambaroo, is eight journies. Eighteen journies,
+calculated at 18 miles each on a N.E. course, from the altered
+position of Yaoora, would place Kassina in 15° 43′ N. and 10° 43′
+E., instead of 16° N. and 11° 45′ E. Mr. Lucas learned that Kassina
+was five journies from the Niger, or about 100 miles from that
+water, which it is likely to be from the upper branch or the
+Gambaroo, which river skirting Kanoo, and Oongooroo, (or Wangara,)
+before it descends to the lake Cadee, (though I could not prove
+satisfactorily that it did so,) would account for Edrisi’s placing
+Kano, and Wangara, on the Niger.<a id="FNanchor_58"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_58" class="fnanchor">[58]</a> From Kassina to Dawoorra
+is six<span class="pagenum" id="Page_212">[212]</span> journies:
+this must be the Daura of Mr. Horneman, though in the drawing of
+the Marrabut it is placed north of Kano. From Dawoorra to Kanoo is
+four journies. D’Anville placed it 90 miles to the N.E. of Kassina,
+and in the drawing just alluded to, it is placed inland northward
+of the Niger. The only authority for supporting Edrisi’s position
+of it, is what Mr. Matra was told at Marocco. The Moor who informed
+Mr. Beaufoy that boats went with the stream to Ghineä, (the Gano or
+Kano of Major Rennell) placed Jinnie between it and Houssa, so
+gross an inaccuracy as to justify our doubting him on the other
+point. The Ginea of Leo more probably meant Jennë, and he seems to
+write of that navigation as a distinct one from that to Melli
+eastward.<a id="FNanchor_59"></a><a href="#Footnote_59" class=
+"fnanchor">[59]</a> From Kanoo, through the large towns Madagee and
+Adagia, to Oongooroo is nine journies, but seven on a joma or
+camel, “Est iter octo dierum versus orientem” (Edrisi.) From
+Oongooroo to Barranoo is 15 journies on foot according to the
+Moors, nine on horseback according to the Negroes, by route No. 12.
+Bornoo or Barranoo was spoken of as the first empire in
+Africa,<a id="FNanchor_60"></a><a href="#Footnote_60" class=
+"fnanchor">[60]</a> the King’s name, according to the Moors, was
+Baba Alloo, but the Negroes called him Massinnama.<a id=
+"FNanchor_61"></a><a href="#Footnote_61" class="fnanchor">[61]</a>
+Kassina, and the intermediate countries on<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_213">[213]</span> the route, were subject to him with many
+others. One district belonging to Bornoo was named Panaroo, and the
+vassal King or governor of it, Yandee Kooma. A small river, called
+Gaboöa<a id="FNanchor_62"></a><a href="#Footnote_62" class=
+"fnanchor">[62]</a> by the Negroes, ran southwards near Bornoo, and
+six journies eastward from it, close to Aweeac, a large one
+Zerrookoo Keroboobee. Mr. Horneman writes, the Wad el Gazel is not
+a river, but a large and fertile valley. The Negroes of Bornoo were
+well acquainted with Baghermee. Imhammed’s recollection of the
+numerals of Bornoo must have been very imperfect, for I have
+written them at least half a dozen times, both from Moorish and
+Negro inhabitants, and my spelling agreed with that of another
+person present. They are</p>
+
+<table class="padded2" id="t213">
+<tr>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th><em>Imhammed’s.</em>
+</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Leskar</td>
+<td>Lakkah.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Ahndee</td>
+<td>Endee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Yaskar</td>
+<td>Nieskoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Deegah</td>
+<td>Dekoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Oöogoo</td>
+<td>Okoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>Araskoo</td>
+<td>Araskoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Tooloor</td>
+<td>Naskoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Woskoo</td>
+<td>Tallóre.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Likkar</td>
+<td>L’ilkar.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Meeägoo</td>
+<td>Meikoo.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind">Ben Ali said the language of the common people of
+Bornoo had a strong resemblance to that of the neighbouring
+Negroes. Mr. Lucas writes that no less than 30 languages are spoken
+in these dominions. The following are the numerals of Maïha, one
+month to the north-eastward, subject to Bornoo, and the King’s name
+Smaï Doonama.</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t214">
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_214">[214]</span>One</td>
+<td>Lagen.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Indë.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Eäska.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Daäger.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Ohoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>Araska.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Tooloor.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Weska.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Likar.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Inagoon.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind">The Negroes called Kanem, Kandem; were well
+acquainted with Doomboo, and spoke much of the kingdom of
+Asben.</p>
+
+<p>We will now return to Cape Coast Castle, and seek the best
+descriptive authorities, in aid of the observations which have been
+made by the Commissioners and others, for the maritime geography
+from the river Assinee to Lagos.</p>
+
+<p>The latitude and longitude of Cape Coast (called by the natives
+Igwa, and in the Affettoo district) according to Messrs. Ludlam and
+Dawes, the Government Commissioners who surveyed the coast in 1810,
+is 5° 6′ N. and 1° 51′ W. Elmina, the native name of which is
+Addĭna, is about seven miles to windward of Cape Coast. Twelve
+miles from Elmina is Commenda, an English fort, the town is called
+by the natives Akatayki, the Dutch fort was destroyed in the
+American war. Nine miles thence is Chama, or Assĕma, at the mouth
+of the Boosempra. Six hours pull up the river, is an island, where
+Attobra, one of the Warsaw caboceers, who supplies the Dutch with
+canoes, is building a large house to retire to; four hours above
+which is his croom. Colonel Starrenberg was pulled three days up
+the river in a canoe; his progress was much impeded by rocks, and
+at length arrested by a large cataract, which, being considered a
+powerful fetish by the natives,<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_215">[215]</span> the canoe-men dared not to approach. Nine
+miles from Chama, where the Dutch have a fort called Sebastian, is
+Succondee, the first town in the Ahanta country. The English fort
+was destroyed by the French in the American war, but there is a
+settlement house. The Dutch fort is called Orange. Four miles from
+Succondee is Taccorary, and a Dutch fort. Nine miles beyond is
+Boutrie where the Dutch have a fort, formerly belonging to the
+Brandenburgh Company. Three miles from Boutrie is Dix-Cove, or
+Nfooma, and in the interval Boossooä, the capital of Ahanta, which
+is divided into three districts, Amanfoo, Adoom, and Poho. The
+first is about one journey (through Geämma) behind Boossooa, and
+one from the river Ancobra, the caboceer is of the next consequence
+to the King, whose power and means are extremely limited. The two
+latter districts are not more than half a journey behind Taccorary.
+The small river running into the sea at Boutrie, rises in the Adoom
+district, which is said to abound in gold, but the pits have not
+been worked for many years, from their fear of the Warsaws. Amanfee
+also abounds in very fine gold, which is generally found in quartz,
+and is ground upon stones arranged under large sheds for the
+purpose. In a respectable periodical publication of the last year,
+I observe, the King of Ashantee called King of Ahanta, Inta, or
+Ashantee; this is one of the many proofs of the indiscriminate
+ideas of that monarch before the Mission. Eighteen miles from
+Dix-Cove passing Achooma and Accoda, (where the Dutch have a fort,
+and which is close to Cape Three Points) are the ruins of
+Hollandia, formerly belonging to the Brandenburgh Company, and
+called Fort Royal Fredericksburg. Sixteen miles farther is Axim,
+where the Dutch fort Anthony, their Vice Presidency, is situated.
+The people of Axim speak a dialect of the Ahanta. About two miles
+westward is the mouth of the Ancobra, so called by the Portuguese
+from its windings, the<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_216">[216]</span> native name is Seënna. Col. Starrenberg,
+who went up the river as far as the ruins of Elisa Carthago, the
+extreme navigable point, for any but a very small canoe, says, he
+cannot form any accurate idea of the distance, but supposes it was
+about 20 Dutch miles and the course N.E. Meredith says 50 English:
+he was very careless and incorrect in writing, “the French built a
+fort on the right bank of this river, and at about 50 miles from
+its mouth; where they had a great gold trade, that soon excited the
+jealousy of the Dutch, who expelled them. The Dutch however did not
+long enjoy this acquisition, for the chief got embroiled with the
+natives, and betook himself to the desperate remedy of blowing up
+the fort.” Elisa Carthago was built by the Dutch governor
+Ruighaven, who died, as appears by his tomb stone at Elmina, before
+1700. The French never had any but a small factory, almost at the
+mouth of the river, and the Dutch officer in charge of Elisa
+Carthago had enjoyed a good trade many years before the cupidity of
+the natives reduced him to the act of despair, related by Bosman,
+and still recorded by the natives, who narrated it to Col.
+Starrenberg. The following is from the Latin translation of Dr.
+Reynhaut: “The chief of Elisa Carthago being at variance with the
+natives, who invested the fort, and finding he could not resist
+them any longer” (for as the story goes, he had been reduced to
+fire pieces of rock gold from the want of bullets) “feigned to
+treat with them, and invited them for that purpose into the hall of
+the fort, under which he had placed several barrels of gunpowder,
+and a small boy with a match, ordering him to apply it directly he
+stamped his foot on the floor of the hall above. This he did, after
+reproaching the natives with their cupidity, and they were all
+blown up together. One of the servants of the fort had just before
+contrived to effect his escape with most of the papers.” In
+navigating from the mouth of the Ancobra or Seënna to
+Elisa<span class="pagenum" id="Page_217">[217]</span> Carthago, the
+following towns, on the banks, are passed, Boasso, Tarbo,
+Marmeresse, Ejujan, Tetchbrouw, Gura, Barnesoe, Uromanio, Afamkan,
+and Aduwa. Gura is a small state, the people of which speak the
+same language as those of Axim. From Aduwa there are three grand
+roads, one to the Aowin country, one to the Dankara, and one to
+Asankarie, a considerable town in Warsaw. From Aduwa to Dankara
+numerous small crooms are passed through, and the first large one
+of the latter country is Kenkoomabaraso, only three journies from
+Coomassie. The people of Dankara come to Axim to trade. From Aduwa
+to Aowin the first considerable town is Taqua. The Warsaw country
+is governed by four caboceers, independent of each other, of whose
+relation and power, the best idea I can give, is by comparing it
+with that of the tyrants Geron and Theron, who ruled at the same
+time in Sicily. Intiffa, the richest caboceer, and whose power
+extends the farthest, resides at Abbradie, one short journey from
+Elmina. Cudjo Miensa (Miensa is the numeral three) is his principal
+counsellor, and will succeed him. Nerbehin was formerly the
+residence of Quashee Jacon, another independent caboceer, but of
+Intiffa’s family; he was driven from thence by Esson Cudjo, who now
+rules there: he fled to Samcow (situated about one day’s journey on
+the frontier of Warsaw, behind Succondee) of which Musoe, a slave
+of his, has raised himself to be the caboceer, and now protects his
+master until Esson Cudjoe’s death. Attobra, another independent
+caboceer, lives at Dabroādie, on the Boosempra. The greatest
+breadth of the Warsaw country is supposed to be 60 B. miles, and
+the greatest length 100 or 120. About 28 miles from the Ancobra,
+begins the kingdom of Amanaheä, in which the English fort Apollonia
+is situated: it extends about 100 miles along the coast, but not
+more than 20 in-land. The various numerals of the coast will be
+submitted in an essay on the Fantee language.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_218">[218]</span>Barely four
+miles eastward of Cape Coast is Moree, and the Dutch fort Nassau.
+Six miles from Moree is Annamaboe, the most complete fortification
+in the country; five miles thence Cormantine, the first fort
+possessed by the English, and built by them about the middle of the
+seventeenth century. It was taken afterwards by the Dutch, and
+being stormed, was almost destroyed by the Ashantee army, before it
+attacked Annamaboe: the position is very commanding. Tantumquerry,
+a small English fort, is about 18 miles from Cormantine, (crossing
+the small river Amissa, an hour’s walk in-land from which is
+Mankasim, the capital of the Braffoe district of Fantee) the
+natives call the town Tuam. Eight miles from Tantum is the town of
+Apam, where is a Dutch fort and a small river. Eight miles from
+Apam is Simpah or Winnebah. The people of Simpah are Fantees, but
+their language is called Affoottoo. They are in the district of
+Agoona. About nine miles from Simpah is the Dutch fort Berracoe,
+the natives call the town Seniah. Attah of Akim laid a contribution
+on this fort in March 1811. About 27 miles from Berracoe is Accra,
+or Inkran, once subject to Aquamboo, which people, according to
+Isert, formerly drove them to Popo. Meredith fully describes Accra
+and the environs, but he does not mention that according to the
+natives the Portuguese settled here first, (Isert writes in 1452)
+and exercising the greatest cruelties and enormities, were
+extirpated by the Accras (their town was then situated a little
+behind the present), who executed the governor and his countrymen,
+on a spot whence they still take the earth to rub a new born child,
+in commemoration of the event. Accra, according to the observations
+of the Commissioners, is in 5° 20′ N. and 10′ W. Mr. Meredith,
+after quoting this observation, placed it in his outline of the
+coast in 58′ E. Between two and three miles from the English fort,
+is Christiansburg Castle, the Danish head-quarters.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_219">[219]</span>We will
+follow<a id="FNanchor_63"></a><a href="#Footnote_63" class=
+"fnanchor">[63]</a> Isert in his route from Accra to the Volta, as
+he travelled it several times. “Two miles from Christiansburg is
+Labbodee, where there was formerly a fort: this is the residence of
+the grand fetish, and the Bishop. Two miles to Pessin, two to
+Temmen, where the Dutch had a small fort, abandoned in 1781, two
+(leaving Nimboe a little in the bush) to Ponee, a deserted Dutch
+fort, now a Dutch factory; two miles thence (crossing a brakke
+streek or low land, up to the shoulders in the rains, and 300
+fathoms broad, sometimes called Ponee river) are great and small
+Pram Pram, where the English have a small fort or fortified
+factory. Two long miles thence is Friedensbourg fort at Ningo, the
+people of which speak a different language called Adampee, (the
+name given to their country,) a mixture of Ashantee, Kerrapee, and
+Accra; it is a republic.” Behind Adampee is the Crobo mountain, the
+people of which, though but a few hundreds, have hitherto baffled
+the Ashantees, by leaving their croom at the bottom of the
+mountain, which is of great height, rugged, accessible but by one
+narrow path, and with springs of water on the top, whence they roll
+down upon their enemies, the large stones and fragments of rock
+which abound. “From Adampee I went in one day to<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_220">[220]</span> Addah, 12 miles. Two and a
+half from Ningo is a croom called Laï, the inhabitants of which
+have removed, some to Addah, some to Ningo: the English had a
+factory here, long gone to ruin. One mile west of the Volta, there
+was formerly a croom called Foutchi.” Reckoning four English miles
+to one Danish or Dutch, Addah would be 96 miles from
+Christiansburg, but Meredith makes it but 67, therefore we will
+take the medium and call it 87. From the Volta to Cape St. Paul’s
+is five leagues by sea, according to Dalzel, and 15 miles by land,
+according to Norris’s map of Dahomey and its environs. Quitta,
+about 12 miles from it (according to Norris) by the observation
+made in H.M.S. Argo in 1802, is in 5° 45′ N. and 1° 29′ 30″ E. by
+chronometer. Accra lies, according to the Commissioners, in 10′ W.
+Taking the medium between Isert and Meredith, Christiansburg
+Castle, about three miles eastward of the English fort, is 87 from
+Addah, but as that place is six miles from the mouth of the Volta,
+we will call it 81: allowing one mile for the breadth of the river
+and 18 miles for the difference of longitude between it and Quitta,
+(according to Norris,) the distance from English Accra to Quitta
+will be 103 B. miles, which being equal to 89 geographical miles,
+place Quitta in 1° 19′ E. instead of 1° 29′ 30″ as by the
+observation of the Argo, and that supposing the whole distance to
+be made good horizontally, which is impossible. Wherefore I should
+think Isert, who had travelled it, was more likely to be correct in
+making the distance from Christiansburg to Addah 96 miles, than
+Meredith in calling it 67.</p>
+
+<p>Norris’s observation, placing Cape St. Paul’s in 5° 52′ N., I
+conceive to be incorrect, as that of the Argo must be preferred,
+which places Quitta in 5° 42′ N., instead of 6° 2′ N., as in
+Norris’s map. This should not have escaped Mr. Dalzel’s notice in
+the “New Sailing Directions,” where both observations are cited in
+the same page, without any remark on the inconsistency, for
+Quitta<span class="pagenum" id="Page_221">[221]</span> and not St.
+Paul’s, is thus made the Cape or western limit of the Bight, the
+eastern side of which is called the Bight of Benin, I regret,
+amongst other disadvantages, that of not having the opportunity to
+consult the chart of Mr. Demayne (the master of H.M.S. Amelia)
+which is said to be more accurate than any other.<a id=
+"FNanchor_64"></a><a href="#Footnote_64" class=
+"fnanchor">[64]</a></p>
+
+<p>Quitta is included in an independent state of Kerrapay, called
+Agwoona, which extends thence along the coast to the Volta; the
+towns from that river to Quitta are Attoko, Terrobee, Footee,
+Agwoona, Whiëe, and Tegbay. Agwoona lays half a mile from the
+shore, and about 15 miles from the Volta. The inhabitants of all
+the other towns are obliged by the law to bury their dead in
+Agwoona, the capital; the caboceer of which is supreme over the
+others, but not absolute. Between Quitta and Popo, lay the Kerrapay
+towns Egbiffeemee, to which several of the Quittas have retired,
+Edjenowah, Oöogloobooë, and Afflou or Afflahoo, a little way from
+the beach. These towns are governed by caboceers, independent of
+each other, as well as of Agwoona; and in the last a mixture of
+Adampë and Kerrapay is spoken, accounted for by the emigration of a
+large body of the former people. Another independent state of
+Kerrapay is Tettaytokoo, 2 journies behind Popo; the King is said
+to be despotic, and the capital composed of circular houses. There
+is also another smaller interior state, governed by a<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_222">[222]</span> caboceer called Quaminagah.
+Tadoo, however, is allowed to be the largest kingdom of Kerrapay, 6
+journies behind Popo, (which the Fantees call Inshan, but the
+natives Taun or Taum) described as a large town; and the Accra
+language is spoken there as well as the Kerrapay, in consequence of
+the temporary emigration of the former people in 1680. The Kerrapay
+numerals are</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t222">
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Eddee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Effee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Eltong.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Ennay.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Altong.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>Adday.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Adrinnee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Ennee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Indee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Owoo.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>The Negroes of this country are of a much more daring and
+desperate character than their neighbours, and were always the most
+severely treated in the slave ships. Mr. Meredith, who writes it
+Crepee, placed it west of the Volta.</p>
+
+<p>Whydah, according to an observation of the Argo, is 6° 14′ N. 2°
+31′ E. I do not recollect Dalzel to have mentioned that Anotto is
+produced in the neighbourhood of Whydah. I am not certain whether
+it is by the Bixa orellana; but the shrub at Whydah may be classed
+under Polyandria Monogynia. Lambe made it 200 miles from Whydah
+beach to Abomey; Norris 112, Dalzel 96. By Mr. Norris’s own account
+of his journey, not more than 20 hours were occupied in travelling,
+which at 4 miles an hour, the greatest pace which I think the
+hammock men can average, would make the distance 80 miles. An
+officer in this service went to Dahomey, without hurrying, in 3
+days; and considers a dispatch<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_223">[223]</span> would reach it in 2: he thinks it can
+scarcely be 70 miles; but calling it 80 as above, and supposing 54,
+two thirds, to be the horizontal distance made good, equal to
+almost 47 G. miles, Abomey would lay in 7° 12′ N. Yet Mr. Dalzel
+writes it lays in about 7° 59′ N.: Whydah being in about 6° 25′ in
+the map affixed to his history; this requires 108 B. miles to be
+made good on the horizontal distance, whereas he calls that of the
+whole journey but 96, and Mr. Norris, who drew the map, 112. The
+public were certainly indebted to Mr. Dalzel for the History of
+Dahomey, but it was his duty, as an intelligent and considerate
+man, to correct such an error as this; and if the author of the
+preface had reflected, he would not have written, “The map, is that
+of Mr. Norris, with a few additions, which for the places on the
+coast, and the position of Abomey, is near enough to the truth.”
+Mr. Dalzel should have corrected a greater error in this map, the
+course of the Lagos river, for altering which I shall presently
+quote his own authority in addition to others.</p>
+
+<p>An officer in this service, who resided at Lagos three years,
+and is the only European resident who has survived of those who
+have made the attempt, enables me to correct the following errors.
+The Pelican bank is much smaller than it appears on the charts; the
+Doo island (which lays N.W. and not N. of Lagos town) where the
+natives go to make fetish, is not more than one mile in
+circumference; and there is no river of that name. The beach over
+which the Portuguese and French (who never cross the bar, where
+there are 3 fathoms water) transport their goods to the canoes, is
+not more than 100 yards wide, instead of one mile. In Norris’s map
+prefixed to Dalzel’s History, the Lagos river is made to cross the
+path to Dahomey near Torë. In the Sailing Directions for the Coast
+of Africa, to which Mr. Dalzel was the chief contributor, and who
+revised the work, we find, “River Lagos is the mouth<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_224">[224]</span> not only of the river of that
+name, which runs to the <em>eastward from Ardrah</em>,” &amp;c. and
+the river Mr. Norris crossed near Torë, which he calls pretty deep
+and rapid, but with a bridge over it, is by the account of other
+gentlemen, officers in this service, who have been to Dahomey, no
+more than a marsh. The gentleman before mentioned to have resided
+three years in Lagos, informs me the grand branch of that river
+flows from the northward of the island, where the pretended river
+Doo is placed, he found it so wide on entering it, that being in
+the middle, where there are 10 fathoms water, he could scarcely see
+the land on either side. The current is impetuous, and floating
+islands, and large masses of alluvial matter come down with such
+force, in the rainy season, as to trip vessels from their anchors
+in the English road. De Lisle makes the Lagos river flowing from
+the N., and the French are allowed to be much better acquainted
+with this part of the coast. That called the West river in Norris’s
+map, is only a creek; and what he calls the Lagos river, and draws
+running close to Bădaggry, Ardrah, and passing Torë, is the Western
+river. Bădaggry is not more than 5 or 7 miles from the beach,
+instead of 15, and the tide only ebbs and flows so far. Ardrah is
+from 25 to 30 miles from the beach, instead of 18; and the river is
+crossed at about one-third of the distance from the sea: this is
+what we call Porto Novo, for there is not more than beachmen’s huts
+on the shore opposite the anchorage. The natives call Ardrah
+Aratakassee, or Allatakassee, and the country Essaäm, or the great.
+The river continues its course not more than 100 yards from the
+sea, at Whydah, and proceeds equally close (indeed frequently the
+ridge between them is covered with water) until passing Quitta, it
+falls into the Volta near the mouth.</p>
+
+<p>The above mentioned gentleman proves the informant of Adams’s
+editor incorrect, in stating that the Houssa traders were
+constantly to be met with at Lagos, previous to the abolition of
+the slave trade,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_225">[225]</span>
+for it has always been the policy of Kosie, a kingdom on the
+eastern bank of the river, and about 60 miles inland from the
+mouth, to prevent all intercourse between the traders of the
+interior, and those of Lagos, to secure to themselves the
+exorbitant profits they made as the brokers or medium. The
+Europeans who traded at Lagos, once meditated forcing a passage up
+the river in armed boats, and a vessel of 18 guns was got over the
+bar, and anchored close to Lagos town; but the project was
+abandoned as too perilous. Sometime afterwards the King of Kosie
+desired a European might visit him, to gratify his curiosity, and
+that of his people; but no one being willing, a mulatto, named
+Peter Brown, was dressed up and sent. This man, being now at Cape
+Coast, I have questioned. Several armed men were sent to conduct
+him, and relays of canoe men sufficient to continue brisk pulling;
+which they did from the evening till the next day, before he left
+the river to proceed by land; it was still very wide, and more than
+4 fathoms deep; considerably, for aught he knew, for the bamboo
+poles of that length, with which the natives push the canoe
+forward, when they get close enough to the banks to do so, would
+not touch the bottom in the middle. Relays of hammock men then
+carried him at a brisk pace until evening, when he reached Kosie,
+which he described as a town of great extent, and the buildings to
+resemble those in the drawings of Coomassie. The King gave orders
+that the crowd should not intrude themselves into his house,
+treated him very handsomely, and dismissed him after three days. He
+only heard the people of Kosie speak of two great nations, the
+Hios, and the Awissees.</p>
+
+<p>The gentleman before mentioned has an impression, from all the
+enquiries he recollects to have made, of the slaves of the
+interior, that the merchants convey them by water the greater part
+of the way; and their reports were strengthened by his having
+an<span class="pagenum" id="Page_226">[226]</span> opportunity of
+seeing canoes brought from Kosie to Lagos, and purchased from the
+slave merchants of the interior. They were very superior in size
+and convenience to those of the coast, were covered in, with a
+distinct apartment for the trader and his wives, and would hold a
+hundred slaves. I never heard any slaves speak of being brought any
+part of the way by water, but I have not seen any who were brought
+to Kosie or Lagos.</p>
+
+<p>The Karhala is the only large river likely to communicate with,
+or to form that of Lagos; possibly the Karhala might run to the
+large lake in Hio, which Snelgrave says (from the information of
+the Portuguese mulatto he found at Abomey) “is the fountain of
+several large rivers which empty themselves into the Bay of
+Guinea.” The Lagos river may flow from this lake, but this is mere
+conjecture. The gentleman to whom I am indebted, places the Mahees
+north of Dahomey, instead of north-west as in Norris’s map, which
+is allowed to be far from discriminate in the interior parts, in
+the preface to Dalzel’s History, and this is also more probable,
+because about nine years ago, the King of Hio entirely conquered
+the Mahees, and upwards of 20,000 of them were brought for sale to
+Lagos.</p>
+
+<p>The Joös, inconsiderately reported to Adams’s editor as being,
+with the Anagoos and Mahees, the principal nations on the journey
+to the Niger, and nearer to the coast, avoiding Dahomey, are
+probably the Jaboos, who are about 40 miles westward of Kosie, and
+not behind Cradoo, as in Norris’s map. They are celebrated for the
+cloths of their name, of which the Portuguese have shipped such
+large quantities. The Anagoos, or Nagoos, are the north westward
+neighbours of Dahomey.</p>
+
+<p>The extent of Fantee is corrected from the conjectural
+enlargement of it by Mr. Meredith, and, with that of Ashantee,
+Akim, Assin, Warsaw, Ahanta, &amp;c. &amp;c. is sufficiently
+distinct in the present<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_227">[227]</span> map. A more enlarged, and particular map of
+Fantee, &amp;c. would not be interesting to the public, but as it
+might be desirable to geographers, I shall keep it in view as a
+duty, and, at some future time, endeavor to add to the observations
+of latitude and longitude which have been already made on the
+coast.</p>
+
+<p>I may not conclude without acknowledging the guidance, and
+assistance, which Major Rennell’s previous investigations have
+afforded me; without impressing, that had not some sketches of the
+interior been collected by the industry of the emissaries of the
+African Association, and afterwards connected and formed into a
+general outline, blended with the feeble lights of the ancients, my
+enquiries would neither have been excited or directed; and this
+present small contribution to our slender knowledge would have
+perished an embryo. When I reflect on the creative researches of
+the genius of D’Anville, and the acumen and erudition of Major
+Rennell, it is my greatest anxiety to make my deference in
+investigation, as manifest as the public duty which exacted the
+involuntary presumption; and I cannot conclude more appropriately,
+than by addressing the latter in the expressive lines of
+Virgil:</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">“Nec calamis solum æquiparas sed voce
+magistrum</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0"><span class=
+"word-spaced03">&nbsp;</span>Fortunate—tu nunc eris alter ab
+illo.</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0"><span class=
+"word-spaced03">&nbsp;</span>Nos tamen hæc quocunque modo tibi
+nostra vicissim</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0"><span class=
+"word-spaced03">&nbsp;</span>Dicemus.”</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftp2c01">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_15"></a><a href="#FNanchor_15"><span class=
+"label">[15]</span></a>“On the west of Aquamboe lies the powerful
+state of Akim, sometimes denominated Akam, Achem, and Accany, which
+occupies almost all the interior of the Gold Coast, and is supposed
+by the natives to extend to Barbary. The Accanese are represented
+as carrying on an extensive commerce with the interior kingdoms of
+Africa, particularly Tonouwah, Gago, and Meczara, by which Mourzouk
+the capital of Fezzan seems to be intended.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_16"></a><a href="#FNanchor_16"><span class=
+"label">[16]</span></a>“Reize van Koppenhagen naar Guinea, &amp;c.
+Door den Heer Isert. Amsteldam, 1797. Naar het Hoog Duitsch.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_17"></a><a href="#FNanchor_17"><span class=
+"label">[17]</span></a>This induced me to think that In-ta and
+Ta-pah, as well as Assiantee might mean the same place, as we find
+of Mahee, Yahon, &amp;c.—Dalzel.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_18"></a><a href="#FNanchor_18"><span class=
+"label">[18]</span></a>“In the province of St. Jago, in Chili,
+there is a plant of this class and order (Didynamiæ gymnosperma)
+supposed to be a species of wild basil (Ocimum salinum), resembling
+the common basil so much as to be hardly distinguished from it,
+except that the flower stem is round and jointed, and its scent and
+taste not like the basil, but rather like the sea flag, or some
+marine plant. It is an annual, shooting forth in the spring, and
+continuing till the commencement of winter: every morning it is
+covered with hard and shining saline globules, resembling dew,
+which the countrymen shake off the leaves to serve them as common
+salt, and in some respects is thought to be of a superior quality.
+Every plant produces daily about half an ounce of this salt; but
+Molina, a scientific naturalist, to whom we are indebted for this
+information, says, that it is extremely difficult to account for
+this phenomenon, as the situation where he found these plants was
+in the most fertile part of the kingdom, and at a distance from the
+sea of more than seventy miles. When we see some plants secrete
+flint, separate and distinct from their fibres, as well as combined
+with their organic structure; and when we also know that plants
+secrete alkali, in every situation, I cannot perceive why Molina
+should consider the contiguity of the sea to be essential to the
+production of a neutral salt in the Ocimum salinum.” Linnæan
+System, London, 1816, vol. ii. p. 303.</p>
+
+<p>Riley, whose narrative has recently appeared, saw in the desert,
+“A dwarf thorn bush from two to five feet high with succulent
+leaves strongly impregnated with salt.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_19"></a><a href="#FNanchor_19"><span class=
+"label">[19]</span></a>In the Dutch copies of the old Portuguese
+charts, Xabunda (perhaps Banda) is placed as the capital of
+Ashantee, and two or three large Portuguese towns, one St.
+Lawrence, with several convents and crosses between it and the
+Coast.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_20"></a><a href="#FNanchor_20"><span class=
+"label">[20]</span></a>Gago oppidum amplissimum nullis quoque
+cingitur muris, distat a Tumbuto meridiem versus quadringentes fere
+passuum millibus, inclinatusque fere ad Euroaustrum. Leo Af.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_21"></a><a href="#FNanchor_21"><span class=
+"label">[21]</span></a>“To what degree the natives of Silla would
+have contradicted each other in their accounts of Tombuctoo, Park’s
+short stay there could not have allowed him time to ascertain, even
+if his knowledge of their language had enabled him to understand
+their accounts as well as he did those of the slatees on the
+Gambia.</p>
+
+<p>“Several instances of the contradictory testimony of the Negroes
+occur in Park’s travels, Jennië, for instance, is stated in his
+first Mission to be situated on the Niger, but on his second
+journey he renounces that opinion, on the apparently good authority
+of an old Somonie (canoe man) who had been seven times at
+Tombuctoo.” Adams’s Editor.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_22"></a><a href="#FNanchor_22"><span class=
+"label">[22]</span></a>Mr. Hutchison writes, that from Inta to
+Jennë is said to be 41 journies. This Gentleman, the Resident at
+Coomassie, merely accompanied the Mission to act in that capacity
+in case the object could be accomplished, and was not instructed to
+report: the officer conducting the Mission being responsible to the
+extent of his industry, and the opportunities, for the various
+desiderata, excepting the Botanical and Medical, which were
+expected from the Surgeon, Mr. Tedlie. Mr. Hutchison’s time was
+much employed in making duplicates and copies of the frequent and
+voluminous dispatches to head quarters. The Moors disliking even a
+second European to be present at their geographical communications,
+Mr. Hutchison, through his obliging disposition, which accommodated
+itself to every thing auxiliary to the pursuits of the Mission,
+rendered me a great service, and quieted the uneasiness of the
+Moors by keeping watch, and diverting the various Ashantee visitors
+who would have intruded, with great patience and address. There was
+no time even for a communication of the data I had collected before
+the Mission left Coomassie, for we may be said to have lived in
+public the latter part of the four months, and Mr. Hutchison’s
+genius inclining more to the cultivation of the Ashantee and Arabic
+languages, which I had no doubt would yield to his great industry,
+I did not intrude less congenial pursuits on his attention, (the
+desiderata having been amply realized,) but merely requested he
+would let me know what any intelligent Moor, arriving after my
+departure, might say of the Interior, and, if possible, procure a
+chart from him, especially if he was not a native of Houssa or
+Bornoo, which two of the Moors who had drawn for me were. After I
+had finished my Geographical Report, Mr. Hutchison sent, with some
+other interesting particulars, added as notes with his initials, a
+chart drawn by a Jennë Moor just arrived, confirming all I had
+collected in the most satisfactory manner. The names of the
+countries from the source of the Niger to Egypt were written in
+Arabic, with Mr. Hutchison’s expression of the pronunciation in
+English opposite. I particularly recollect that his ear differed
+somewhat from mine, which accounts for the trifling differences in
+our spelling. I shewed Mr. Hutchison my charts as curiosities, but
+he took no minutes of the names, uninteresting from his never
+having had an opportunity of reading Major Rennell’s Dissertations,
+which would alone make them so to any one. He gives a better proof
+of this, than my own impression, by the following extract from his
+letter to me, accompanying the chart: “The Bornoo you used to talk
+about, you will find the same as the lake Chaudi, or Al Bahare
+Noohoo, or else you know a country I I do not recollect hearing
+of;” but, in the postscript, he writes, “On looking over my
+memoranda, I find Bornoo is the principal monarchy the Arabs alone
+stand in awe of, and one of the four kingdoms best known on the
+Quolla.” Mr. Hutchison <em>unconsciously</em> confirming what I had
+learned, is even more satisfactory than if I had left him any basis
+for his enquiries; indeed, his own object, the acquirement of the
+language, was too important to be interrupted unnecessarily. Before
+I attach any quotation from this Gentleman’s letters, I must
+acknowledge the assistance I had previously derived from his
+spirited zeal as an officer, as well as that which has since
+resulted from his interest in intellectual pursuits.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_23"></a><a href="#FNanchor_23"><span class=
+"label">[23]</span></a>The Moors particularly mentioned buying
+their writing paper there. One told me that the Joliba ran to a
+river called Hotaiba after it passed Yahoodee, which river ran
+towards Toonis. Several talked of vessels coming to Yahoodee,
+navigated by white men, but whence I could not learn, and Brahima
+had never visited it, though such reports were familiar to him.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_24"></a><a href="#FNanchor_24"><span class=
+"label">[24]</span></a>The rivers Arauca and Capanaparo in Cumana
+form bifurcations similar to those of the Niger. The Arauca divides
+itself into two rivers, the northern one, the Arauquito, runs
+through the lake Cabullarito into the Orinoco, and the southern
+retaining the name of Arauca, also flows to the Orinoco. The
+Capanaparo falls into the Orinoco in two streams, the northern
+retaining the original name, and the southern acquiring that of
+Mina. See Humboldt’s map of the eastern part of the province of
+Verina.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_25"></a><a href="#FNanchor_25"><span class=
+"label">[25]</span></a>See note, <a href="#Footnote_28">p.
+189.</a></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_26"></a><a href="#FNanchor_26"><span class=
+"label">[26]</span></a>“No one who compares the maps of De Lisle
+and D’Anville with the materials then published, can doubt the
+excellent means of information with which they must have been
+supplied both by government, and by private individuals.”
+Murray.</p>
+
+<p>We find a remarkable instance of De Lisle’s accuracy in Major
+Rennell’s construction of the geography of Mr. Horneman’s
+expedition. “Mr. Horneman was informed that there are 101 inhabited
+places in Fezzan.” It is remarkable that this is precisely the
+number stated in M. Delisle’s map of Africa, drawn in 1707; and,
+according to Mr. Beaufoy’s informant, there are nearly 100.</p>
+
+<p>I have since found an older authority for the name
+<em>Gambaroo</em>, and which also shews that the name
+<em>Quolla</em> and its connection with the Gambaroo, have not been
+wholly unknown hitherto. It is in the L’Afrique de Marmol, livre
+viii. chap. 3. “C’est une chose estrange que ce fleuve venant de si
+loin, car Ptolomée le fait venir du lac <em>Quélonide</em>, et de
+celui de Nuba, il n’entraine pas tant d’eaux par ce costé-là, et la
+marée ne monte pas si avant, <em>que par l’autre bras que l’on
+appelle Gamber</em>.” One may almost fancy Quolla and Quellonide to
+have been derived from the Chalonides of Ptolemy.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_27"></a><a href="#FNanchor_27"><span class=
+"label">[27]</span></a>“The fact of a large lake like the Dibbie,
+discharging its waters by two streams flowing from distant parts of
+the lake, and re-uniting after a separate course of a hundred miles
+in length, has always appeared to us extremely apocryphal, at least
+we believe that the geography of the world does not afford a
+parallel case.” Adams’s Editor.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_28"></a><a href="#FNanchor_28"><span class=
+"label">[28]</span></a>“According to these statements of the
+Moorish traders, Adams would seem to have mistaken the course of
+the stream at Tombuctoo. In fact, I do not recollect that he told
+me at Mogadore that it flowed in a westerly direction: but, I
+think, I am correct in saying, that he discovered some uncertainty
+in speaking upon this subject, (and almost upon this subject alone)
+observing, in answer to my inquiries, that he had not taken very
+particular notice, and that the river was steady, without any
+appearance of a strong current.” Dupuis on Adams.</p>
+
+<p>Adams’s name, La-mar-Zarah (for of course he did not attach
+<em>La</em> mar to indicate water, but pronounced La-mar-Zarah, as
+an integral name) seems accounted for by his confounding or
+connecting the Arabic name of the river, <em>Lahamar</em>, with the
+Negro name <em>Yça</em> (for we find these names in Marmol, tom. 3.
+liv. 8.) making <em>Lahamar-yça</em>, La-mar-Zarah.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_29"></a><a href="#FNanchor_29"><span class=
+"label">[29]</span></a>Les Sénégurs le nomment Sénédec, les Jalofes
+Dengueh, les Turcorons qui sont plus au-dedans du pays Maye, les
+Saragoles qui sont plus haut Colle, et en un contrée plus vers
+l’orient Zimbale: au royaume de Tombut on le nomme Yça. Marmol,
+tom. 3, livre 8. The name Zimbale must be derived from Jimballa, by
+which country the river passes; it occurs in the route from Shégo
+to Timbuctoo. P. 194.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_30"></a><a href="#FNanchor_30"><span class=
+"label">[30]</span></a>Kulla, in the Mallowa, if not in the Kassina
+language, means <em>child</em>; perhaps, allegory being the
+character of African language, the southern river may be called
+Quolla or Kulla, from being a <em>branch</em> only of the great
+river which forms it and the Gambaroo.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_31"></a><a href="#FNanchor_31"><span class=
+"label">[31]</span></a>See the <a href="#p2c13">account</a> of the
+large interior river known at Gaboon, under the name of
+<em>Wole</em> or <em>Wolela</em>.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_32"></a><a href="#FNanchor_32"><span class=
+"label">[32]</span></a>“There is one thing that disagrees with Mr.
+Park’s account, they call the Niger Quolla at Jennë, Sansanding,
+&amp;c. &amp;c. and describe the Jolliba as falling into the Quolla
+east of Timbuctoo.” W. H.</p>
+
+<p>The Moors invariably reported to me that it ran from it. Mr. H.
+might perhaps have misunderstood the Jennë Moor, whose single
+authority cannot be opposed to the concurrence of several.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_33"></a><a href="#FNanchor_33"><span class=
+"label">[33]</span></a>Illorum verò qui per interiorem Æthiopiam
+fluant, quique fontes et ostia in continente habent maximi sunt Gir
+et Nigir. (Lib. 2. E. 1. De maximis <em>fluminibus</em>.)</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_34"></a><a href="#FNanchor_34"><span class=
+"label">[34]</span></a>The Jennë Moor does not appear to have been
+so particularly acquainted with the source of the Niger. He has
+drawn two hills, from one of which springs a large river he could
+not name, running westward, the other is the source of the Quolla,
+and Mr. Hutchison has written its name Bieteerilmiloo. Between this
+source and Mala, the King of which he describes as a great monarch,
+he mentions no towns or kingdoms. This Mala is the Malay of the
+Moorish charts I procured, between the source and which five places
+or countries were written. Mr. Hutchison writes the course thus,
+without time or distance, Mala, Bambarra, Shego, Sansanding, Jena,
+Mashina, Dahleä (a small croom on the lake Dibber,) Kabarra: he
+adds, cannibals are close to the Joliba, and 30 journies from
+Timbuctoo, they eat their prisoners: the dead of their own people
+are put in the Joliba, in wooden coffins.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_35"></a><a href="#FNanchor_35"><span class=
+"label">[35]</span></a>The following sentence in the description of
+Leo, conveys an idea of the decline or decay of the city. “Cujus
+domus omnes in tuguriola cretacea stramineis tectis <em>sunt
+mutatæ</em>.” Yet immediately after we receive the contrary
+impression on reading “Visitur tamen elegantissimum quoddam templum
+cujus murus ex lapidibus atque calce vivo est fabricatus: deinde et
+palacium quoddam regium quodam Granato viro artificissimo conditum.
+Frequentissimæ hic sunt artificum mercatorum præcipuè autem telæ
+atque gossypii textorum officinæ; huc mercatores Barbari pannum ex
+Europa adferunt.” In the Description de l’Afrique en Flamand,
+published about a century and a half afterwards, the author seems
+to be aware of the advanced decline or decay of Timbuctoo. “Les
+maisons étoient autrefois fort sumptueuses, mais elles ne sont
+maintenant que de bois enduites de terre grasse et couvertes de
+paille.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_36"></a><a href="#FNanchor_36"><span class=
+"label">[36]</span></a>“All the country from where the Joliba
+discharges itself into the Quolla is subject to the Sultan
+Malisimiel. What makes the Sultan of Timbuctoo so much talked of,
+is his being near the water side; but his master, the Sultan of
+Malisimiel considers him merely as a deputy or governor. The four
+greatest monarchs known on the banks of the Quolla, are Baharnoo,
+Santambool, Malisimiel, and Malla.” W. H. Malla is Mallowa.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_37"></a><a href="#FNanchor_37"><span class=
+"label">[37]</span></a>“The Chaymas substitute <em>r</em> for
+<em>l</em>, a substitution that arises from a defect of
+pronunciation, common in every zone. The substitution of <em>r</em>
+for <em>l</em> characterizes, for example, the Bashmouric dialect
+of the Coptic language. It is thus that the Caribbees of the
+Oroonoko have been transformed into Galibi, in French Guiana, by
+confounding <em>r</em> with <em>l</em>, and softening the
+<em>c</em>. The Tamanach has made choraro (solalo) of the Spanish
+word soldado.” Humboldt’s personal narrative, book iii. chap.
+9.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_38"></a><a href="#FNanchor_38"><span class=
+"label">[38]</span></a>The position of Mellè is further confirmed
+in Dapper “Le Roi de <em>Tombut</em> prend le nom d’Empereur de
+<em>Melli</em>.” This title seems to have been transferred to the
+King of Houssa from the decline of Timbuctoo, to which the
+aggrandisement of the former city is to be attributed.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_39"></a><a href="#FNanchor_39"><span class=
+"label">[39]</span></a>The King residing in Houssa is the King of
+Malla; he has seven tributary Kings. W. H.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_40"></a><a href="#FNanchor_40"><span class=
+"label">[40]</span></a>I did not hear of the Gotoijegee, Carmasse,
+or Gourmon of Amadi Fatouma; it is clear that he was not very
+correct in names. I never once heard Silla called Sellee, Dibbie,
+Sibbie, or Kabra, Rakbarra.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_41"></a><a href="#FNanchor_41"><span class=
+"label">[41]</span></a>The Jennë Moor notices between Kabarra and
+Cabi, Gauw (a great kingdom) Quoülla, Askeä, Zabirma. Ptolemy has a
+city called Geua on the Gir.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_42"></a><a href="#FNanchor_42"><span class=
+"label">[42]</span></a>The Jennë Moor told Mr. Hutchison, “the
+Quolla was the largest river in the world, and about 5 miles wide,
+having a very rocky channel, the banks on both sides very high, and
+rugged: in many parts canoes often take a day to cross, from the
+dangerous whirlpools, and sudden squalls; at other places the
+stream runs with great rapidity. The houses in its environs are
+either terraced or shingled, as thatch cannot resist the frequent
+high winds.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_43"></a><a href="#FNanchor_43"><span class=
+"label">[43]</span></a>The Jennë Moor has placed Gangë as an island
+in the Quolla just below Bousa. This must be the Gongoo of
+Imhammed, and Ben Ali, south of Cassina. Mr. Lucas writes “the
+width of the Niger is such, that even at the island of Gongoo,
+where the ferrymen reside, the sound of the loudest voice from the
+northern shore is scarcely heard.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_44"></a><a href="#FNanchor_44"><span class=
+"label">[44]</span></a>The Jennë Moor traces the course from
+Yaoora, thus: Boussa, Gangë, Wawa, Noofa, Quollaliffa, Atagara; the
+only difference being the position of the latter place, possibly an
+error of mine, as the name Atagara was not noticed in the charts I
+made the Moors draw, but only in the more particular enumerations
+of the countries the Quolla passed; the names of which I minuted
+from their utterance, and afterwards attached their remarks as
+interpreted to me.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_45"></a><a href="#FNanchor_45"><span class=
+"label">[45]</span></a>The Jennë Moor calls this Quolla liffa. Mr.
+Hutchison, who has a servant, a native of it, describes it as a
+very powerful kingdom, as the Shereef Brahima described it to me,
+and as was the impression of Mr. Dupuis. Mr. H. adds, on Negro and
+Moorish authority, “it is to the King of Quallowliffa that the
+country in which Canna, Dall, and Yum Yum, where cannibals are, is
+subject.” Mr. Horneman mentions Yem Yems cannibals south of Kano 10
+days; and the account is further confirmed in my subsequent
+geographical sketch of the interior of Gaboon. Mr. Horneman’s
+information that the Niger flowed towards the Egyptian Nile through
+the land of the Heathens, which Mr. Park quoted as an argument for
+the Congo hypothesis, doubtless referred to these cannibals.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_46"></a><a href="#FNanchor_46"><span class=
+"label">[46]</span></a>“At times the water of this lake is hot, and
+it boils and bubbles with a great noise, often overflowing the
+surrounding country. The bones of fish thrown up by the volcano are
+so numerous, that the Arabs mix them in the swish of their houses.
+There are a great many islets in the lake, which is so extensive,
+that they cannot see the end. Between it and the Quolla rises a
+very high hill, from the top of which is an extensive view; it is a
+day’s journey from the water on either side. The Arabs eat black
+rice, corn, and sweet beans, called Tummer.” W. H.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_47"></a><a href="#FNanchor_47"><span class=
+"label">[47]</span></a>The Jennë Moor has also placed it E. of
+Foor. Mr. Hutchison writes the course, after him, from Atagara,
+thus: “Maffagoodoo, Sharee, Lake Chadee, Phorr (beginning of Arabs)
+“Wadie.” Mr. Horneman writes “A great part of the people of Wadey,
+together with their King, are Arabs.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_48"></a><a href="#FNanchor_48"><span class=
+"label">[48]</span></a>Mr. Hutchison has written it Sooänar.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_49"></a><a href="#FNanchor_49"><span class=
+"label">[49]</span></a>“Cairo is still called, in the figurative
+language of the East, Misr, without an equal; Misr, the mistress of
+the world.” Quarterly Review. Mr. Hutchison writes, that the Moors
+told him it was so called after Misraim, who settled there.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_50"></a><a href="#FNanchor_50"><span class=
+"label">[50]</span></a>The following, in the left hand column, are
+the places or countries as written by Mr. Hutchison, after the
+Jennë Moor, agreeing with those the Moors reported to me.</p>
+
+<table class="tabw40 padded1" id="t205">
+<tr>
+<td>Shuewa</td>
+<td>Shewa Abenassa.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Swiss</td>
+<td>Sooess.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Zall</td>
+<td>Zaloo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Machazoogee</td>
+<td>Machawazoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl hang1">Tabarbass, cultivation, volcano from the
+Quolla two days, two days to the top,</td>
+<td>Tabarrabass.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Askanderee</td>
+<td>Askandaraia or Sakunderree.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind">The latter place is Alexandria. The Moors called
+the Mediterranean Sea to me by two names, Baharlë Malee, and
+Sabbaha Bahoori. Mr. Hutchison writes it Baramela or Bahermale, and
+adds, “Seven rivers from Africa turn their course to it, but only
+two reach the shores, of which the Nile is one. The rush of the
+waters of the Nile when they meet the sea, is so great, that the
+waves are driven into the air with great force, and retire like
+waves against a rock. The Red Sea, they say, assumes various
+colours at different periods from seven streams pouring their
+course into it, salt water and fresh, red, blue, yellow,
+&amp;c.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_51"></a><a href="#FNanchor_51"><span class=
+"label">[51]</span></a>“Half of the inhabitants of Massar are
+white, and half black; they have a Fort and Governor.” W. H.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_52"></a><a href="#FNanchor_52"><span class=
+"label">[52]</span></a>Stambool is the Arabic pronunciation of the
+familiar or vulgar name of Constantinople, the etymology of which
+is ιϛαμαι πολιν.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_53"></a><a href="#FNanchor_53"><span class=
+"label">[53]</span></a>Mr. Hutchison writes, “Wangara is the name
+of a region comprehending Mosee Kong, and other neighbouring
+countries south of the Niger (if not some to the north of it) but
+Oongooroo is the name of the country laying between Cassina and
+Bornoo.)” Mr. Park has <em>Wangeera</em> in the route from Sego to
+the coast of Guinea.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_54"></a><a href="#FNanchor_54"><span class=
+"label">[54]</span></a>“The dress of the people of Fullan (a
+country to the west of Kassina) resembles the cloth of which the
+plaids of the Scotch Highlanders are made.” Ben Ali.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_55"></a><a href="#FNanchor_55"><span class=
+"label">[55]</span></a>Mr. Hutchison sends me this route, as given
+him by the Jennë Moor, thus, (supposing me not to have heard of
+Yariba) “from Goodaberry, over Lasa small water to Quolla, at
+Boussa; few hours walk to Yaraba; 28 days from Dahomey:” he adds,
+“recollect that the King of Dahomey is tributary to the King of
+Yaraba, who is the same in that quarter, as the King of Ashantee is
+here.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_56"></a><a href="#FNanchor_56"><span class=
+"label">[56]</span></a>The Jennë Moor gave this route thus: Wawa to
+Kiama, a great kingdom, 3 days; close to the eastward a desert; 1
+day Garagroogee; 1 day Wala; 1 day Goodaberry.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_57"></a><a href="#FNanchor_57"><span class=
+"label">[57]</span></a>“Guber est à cent lieuës de Gago vers
+l’Orient, et en est separé par un desert inhabitable à quatorze ou
+quinze lieuës du Niger. Cette contrée est entre de hautes
+montagnes, et toute pleine de villages; celui où le Prince tient sa
+Cour a quelque mille maisons.” Dapper.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_58"></a><a href="#FNanchor_58"><span class=
+"label">[58]</span></a>I shall adjoin an outline of the great river
+in one of the maps of Dapper’s Description de l’Afrique, traduit du
+Flamand, because the book is very scarce, and I do not remember to
+have seen the Niger, the Gir, or the Congo so laid down in any
+other.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_59"></a><a href="#FNanchor_59"><span class=
+"label">[59]</span></a>The removal of Cano from the banks of the
+Niger agreeable with every report I received, is supported by
+Dapper. “A cent soixante et dix lieuës d’Agadez et à deux cent du
+Niger on trouve ce royaume (Guber), au milieu du quel est la ville
+de Cano fermée de murailles de bois et de pierre, et qui a des
+maisons bâties de même.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_60"></a><a href="#FNanchor_60"><span class=
+"label">[60]</span></a>“The Mahometans of Senaar number Bornoo
+amongst the four most powerful monarchies of the world; the other
+three are Turkey, Persia, and Abyssinia: the sovereign of Bornoo is
+more powerful than the Emperor of Morocco.” Lucas.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_61"></a><a href="#FNanchor_61"><span class=
+"label">[61]</span></a>Ce royame, qu’on croit avoir été la demeure
+des Garamantes, est une vaste Province au levant de Gangara, qui
+s’étend vers l’Orient l’espace de cent soixante dix lieuës et est
+éloignée du Niger de cinquante.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_62"></a><a href="#FNanchor_62"><span class=
+"label">[62]</span></a>Mr. Hutchison heard of another river near
+Bornoo called Koomoodoo gaiguina: he could not hear of the Wad el
+Gazel.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_63"></a><a href="#FNanchor_63"><span class=
+"label">[63]</span></a>I observe, in a modern publication, Dr.
+Isert’s described as a second visit to Africa, under the auspices
+of the Danish government, encouraged by his reports to attempt
+colonization in Aquapim, and that he died from anxiety and
+exertion. This was not the case, it was his first and only visit,
+the Danes never attempted colonization, and he embarked for the
+West Indies as I have before stated. Having read the above,
+however, I wrote to Dr. Reynhaut, who translated some passages from
+the Dutch into Latin for me, and the following is an extract from
+his letter in reply. “Quod attinet Iserti in Africam reditum,
+ibique ejus obitum, ficta hæc est fama. Verum est juxta Quitam post
+victoriam in Augnaeos populos reportatam, Danos arcem condidisse,
+cui nomen insigniverunt Prinzenstein; sed nullæ culturæ
+incubuerunt, nec colonias struxerunt, nec minus falsum est umquam
+Isertum in Africæ littoræ inferiora regis jussu rediisse, colonias
+extruendi gratia, nam præter opus Botanicum quod Floræ Guinensis
+titulo occurrit, nullum aliud de illo scriptum existit.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_64"></a><a href="#FNanchor_64"><span class=
+"label">[64]</span></a>Since I have been at sea I have drawn the
+maritime part of my map again, and laid down the Forts and other
+points according to the observations quoted in Norrie, (4th
+edition, 1816,) which agree so very nearly with those of the
+Commissioners in the two instances cited, that I conclude he has
+been allowed to copy the whole series from their papers, which I
+believe have never been published. Even in Dr. Mackay’s valuable
+publication, Cape Coast Castle is laid 1° 23′ too much to the
+eastward. I presume too that the observations made by H.M.S.
+Amelia, are part of those quoted by Norrie, although the Argo’s
+observations of the longitude of Quitta and Whydah are not
+confirmed. I observe a small error which makes 1′ 28″ N. and 7′ 24″
+E. the difference between Kormantine and Annamaboe, the former is
+only 5 miles eastward of the latter.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_228">[228]</span><a id=
+"p2c02"></a><span class="letter-spaced01">CHAPTER</span> II.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8 spaced3">
+
+<p class="sch1"><em>History.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="dcap"><span class="sc">To</span> speak of the death of a
+former king, the Ashantees imagine to affect the life of the
+present equally with enquiring who would be his successor; and
+superstition and policy strengthening this impression, it is made
+capital by the law, to converse either of the one or the other. The
+inability of the natives to compute time, and the comparatively
+recent establishment of the Moors, may be pleaded as additional
+apologies for the imperfect history I have collected.</p>
+
+<p>According to a common tradition, which I never heard
+contradicted but once, the Ashantees emigrated from a country
+nearer the water side, and subjecting the western Intas, and two
+lesser powers, founded the present kingdom. These people being
+comparatively advanced in several arts, the Ashantees necessarily
+adopted a portion of their language with the various novelties;
+which probably created the limited radical difference between their
+language and that of the Fantees; for I could not find, after
+taking the greatest pains, more than 200 words unknown to the
+latter. The weights of the Inta country, in particular, were
+adopted with their names, by the conquerors, without the least
+alteration.</p>
+
+<p>The tradition, scanty in itself, is very cautiously adverted to,
+the government politically undermining every monument which
+perpetuates their intrusion, or records the distinct origins of
+their<span class="pagenum" id="Page_229">[229]</span> subjects:
+but, from the little I could collect, it appeared to have been an
+emigration of numerous enterprising or discontented families, to
+whom the parent state afterwards became subject. I am inclined to
+think, (the account of their coming from a country nearer the sea
+being too general for conjecture to revolt from,) that they
+emigrated from the eastward of south, where the territory admitted
+to be Ashantee proper is remote, compared with its extent
+southward, or westward of south, and the former consequence of
+Doompassie, and the towns eastward of it, support this: yet, the
+very few natives who pretended to any opinion on the subject, had
+an impression, that their ancestors emigrated from the
+neighbourhood of a small river, Ainshue, behind Winnebah: a croom
+called Coomadie is to be found there, but there is nothing else to
+countenance the report.</p>
+
+<p>The Ashantee, Fantee, Warsaw, Akim, Assin, and Aquapim languages
+are indisputably dialects of the same root; their identity is even
+more striking than that of the dialects of the ancient Greek: now
+the Fantees and Warsaws both cherish a tradition, which exists also
+in many Ahanta families, that they were pressed from the interior
+to the water side by the successful ambition of a remote power;
+whence it may be concluded, that the Ashantee emigration we are now
+considering, was posterior to a more important movement of the
+whole people, corresponding with that of their neighbours. I will
+not dilate upon this secondary subject by referring to internal
+evidence, there is nothing to recompense either the investigation
+or the perusal.</p>
+
+<p>One curious evidence however may be added of the former identity
+of the Ashantee, Warsaw, Fantee, Akim, Assin, Aquamboe, and part of
+the Ahanta nations; which is a tradition that the whole of these
+people were originally comprehended in twelve tribes or families;
+the Aquonna, Abrootoo, Abbradi, Essonna,<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_230">[230]</span> Annŏna, Yoko, Intchwa, Abadie, Appiadie,
+Tchweedam, Agoona, and Doomina; in which they class themselves
+still, without any regard to national distinction. For instance,
+Ashantees, Warsaws, Akims, Ahantas, or men of any of the nations
+before mentioned will severally declare, that they belong to the
+Annŏna family; other individuals of the different countries, that
+they are of the Tchweedam family; and when this is announced on
+meeting, they salute each other as brothers. The King of Ashantee
+is of the Annŏna family, so was our Accra and one of the Fantee
+linguists; Amanquateä is of the Essonna family. The Aquonna,
+Essonna, Intchwa, and Tchweedam, are the four patriarchal families,
+and preside over the intermediate ones, which are considered as the
+younger branches. I have taken some pains to acquire the etymology
+of these words, but with imperfect success; it requires much labour
+and patience, both to make a native comprehend, and to be
+comprehended by him. Quonna is a buffalo, an animal forbade to be
+eaten by that family. Abrootoo signifies a corn stalk, and Abbradi
+a plantain. Annŏna is a parrot, but it is also said to be a
+characteristic of forbearance and patience. Esso is a bush cat,
+forbidden food to that family. Yoko is the red earth used to paint
+the lower parts of the houses in the interior. Intchwa is a dog,
+much relished by native epicures, and therefore a serious
+privation. Appiadie signifies a servant race. Etchwee is a panther,
+frequently eaten in the interior, and therefore not unnecessarily
+forbidden. Agoona signifies a place where palm oil is collected.
+These are all the etymologies in which the natives agree. Regarding
+these families as primæval institutions, I leave the subject to the
+conjectures of others, merely submitting, that the four patriarchal
+families, the Buffalo, the Bush Cat, the Panther, and the Dog,
+appear to record the first race of men living on hunting; the Dog
+family, probably, first training that animal to<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_231">[231]</span> assist in the chase. The
+introduction of planting and agriculture, seems marked in the age
+of their immediate descendents, the Corn stalk and Plantain
+branches. The origin and improvement of architecture in the Red
+earth; and of commerce, probably, in the Palm oil: indeed, the
+natives have included the Portuguese, the first foreign traders
+they knew, in that family, alleging, that their long and more
+intimate intercourse with the blacks, has made the present race a
+mixture of the African and Portuguese. The Servant race reminds us
+of the curse of Canaan. This resembles a Jewish institution, but
+the people of Accra alone practise circumcision, and they speak a
+language, as will be shewn, radically distinct, yet not to be
+assimilated to the Intā, to which nation they are referred by the
+Fantees, merely because it is the nearest which practises
+circumcision. Accra is a European corruption of the word Inkran,
+which means an ant, and they say the name was either given or
+assumed on account of their numbers; this must have been before
+their wars with the Aquamboes.</p>
+
+<p>When Adokoo, chief of the Braffoes, a Fantee nation, consulted
+the venerable fetish men of the sanctuary, near Sooprooroo, on the
+Ashantee war, they answered, that nothing could be more offensive
+to the fetish, than the Fantees preventing the peaceable
+intercourse of their inland neighbours with the water side, because
+they were formerly all one family.</p>
+
+<p>The conduct of the later emigration of the Ashantees is ascribed
+to Saï Tootoo, who, assisted by other leading men of the party, and
+encouraged by superstitious omens, founded Coomassie, and was
+presented with the stool, or made King, from his superior
+qualifications. This account is supported by the mixed nature of
+the government, founded on equality and obligation, and the
+existence of a law, exempting the direct descendants of any of Saï
+Tootoo’s peers and assistants, (in whom the Aristocracy originated)
+from capital punishment.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_232">[232]</span>The Dwabin
+monarchy is said to have been founded at the same time by Boitinnë,
+who was of the same family as Saï Tootoo, being the sons of
+sisters. Boitinnë and his party, took possession of Dwabin, the
+largest of the aboriginal towns, (leaving Saï Tootoo to build
+Coomassie) whence it seems his followers were the more powerful;
+indeed I have heard it confessed by a few Ashantees, that Dwabin
+had formerly the pre-eminence, though they have always been firm
+allies in war, and equal sharers in spoil and conquest. This common
+interest, preserved uninterrupted more than a century, by two
+rising powers, close to each other, with the view of a more rapid
+aggrandisement, and their firm discretion in making many serious
+disagreements subservient to the policy, is one of the few
+circumstances worth considering in a history composed of wars and
+successions. I do not think there is such an instance in our
+heptarchy, nor do I recollect any other in history, but that of
+Chalcis and Eretria.</p>
+
+<p>Bakkee, who died, as I have related,<a id=
+"FNanchor_65"></a><a href="#Footnote_65" class="fnanchor">[65]</a>
+about a year ago, was the son of Saï Apokoo, the second king, and
+an infant at the breast at the time of his father’s death; he was a
+very old man when he incurred the present King’s displeasure, which
+supports the report of the Moors, that the kingdom has been founded
+about 110 years. Bosman and Barbot mention the Ashantees, as just
+heard of by Europeans, about the year 1700, which confirms this
+account. The anxiety of the Ashantee government for daily records,
+immediately on the establishment of the Moors, who were only
+visitors until the present reign, acknowledges the perplexities and
+deficiencies of their early history too candidly, to leave any
+encouragement to the researches of strangers. Records beyond half a
+century are not to be found in the archives either of Cape Coast,
+or Christiansburg Castles, so that the chronology can only be
+founded on that of the Moors, and circumstances.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_233">[233]</span>The Ashantee
+government concentred the mass of its original force, and making
+the chiefs resident in Coomassie and the few large towns they built
+in its neighbourhood, with titular dignities, conciliated those
+whom they subdued by continuing them in their governments, and
+checked them by exacting their frequent attendance at festivals,
+politically instituted. Military command seems to have been the
+sole prerogative of Saï Tootoo; his judicial and legislative power
+being controlled by the chiefs or aristocracy much more than at
+present, who, as in the Teutonic governments, directed the common
+business of the state, only consulting a general assembly on
+extraordinary occasions.</p>
+
+<p>Saï Tootoo defeated the Akims and Assins, subjected the Tufel
+country, and subdued many small states in the neighbourhood. He
+also conquered Dankara, the King of which, Intim Dakarey, was so
+considerable a trader in slaves, that the Dutch Governor General
+paid him a monthly note from his own purse, and assisted him with
+two or three small cannons, and a few Europeans, on the eve of the
+Ashantee invasion: the former are now placed as trophies in
+Coomassie, at the top of the street in which the Mission was
+quartered. Booroom was subjugated soon after.</p>
+
+<p>Saï Tootoo did not live to see all the streets of Coomassie
+completed, for war being declared against Atoä, a district between
+Akim and Assin, he invaded that country. The chief of the Atoas,
+unable to face such a power, dexterously insinuated his small force
+through the forest, until he reached the rear of the Ashantee army,
+which the King was following leisurely with a guard of a few
+hundred men, all of whom were destroyed by the Atoäs, who shot the
+King in his hammock. This happening near a place called Cormantee,
+(razed to the ground in vengeance,) and on a Saturday, the most
+solemn oath of the Ashantees, is “by Saturday and Cormantee;”
+(“Mĭminda Cormantee;”) and no enterprise has since been undertaken
+on that day of the week.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_234">[234]</span>1720. Saï
+Apokoo, brother of Saï Tootoo, was next placed on the stool. Had
+there been no brother, the sister’s son would have been the heir;
+this extraordinary rule of succession, excluding all children but
+those of a sister, is founded on the argument, that if the wives of
+the sons are faithless, the blood of the family is entirely lost in
+the offspring, but should the daughters deceive their husbands, it
+is still preserved.</p>
+
+<p>Saï Apokoo finished the building of Coomassie, and exchanged
+compliments with the King of Dahomey, since which there has been no
+intercourse; the latter, probably, as a despotic monarch, did not
+wish to give his people any opportunity of contemplating the
+greater freedom of the Ashantee government.</p>
+
+<p>Saï is the family name of the present race of Kings, some of
+their relatives bearing it as well. Innăna is also the cognomen of
+the Kings of Dagwumba.</p>
+
+<p>Apokoo invading the kingdom of Gaman, Abo, the King, fled to
+Kong, whither the Ashantee army pursued him. The King of Kong
+politically compelled Abo to meet his enemies on the frontier,
+least they might disturb a neutral kingdom. Abo being defeated,
+purchased a peace by presenting large sums of gold to the various
+chiefs, and consenting to an annual tribute. Apokoo next subjected
+Takima, whence the Fantees are said to have emigrated, and forced a
+second emigration of the people to Gomawa, at the back of Winnebah.
+He dispossessed the Akims of the English, Dutch, and Danish Accra
+notes.<a id="FNanchor_66"></a><a href="#Footnote_66" class=
+"fnanchor">[66]</a> The mortifying destruction of European records,
+confines me to the report of the more intelligent natives on the
+subject of these notes, who declare, that the people of Accra being
+deprived of them by the fraud of the Akims, when they were assisted
+by them against the Aquamboes, the Akims were in their turn obliged
+to yield them to their conquerors the Ashantees.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_235">[235]</span>Tribute being
+demanded from the neighbouring kingdom of Dagwumba, a war ensued,
+and its troops were defeated. The King of Dagwumba, convinced that
+his former reliance on a superior population was vain, from the
+military genius of the Ashantees, and the commercial disposition of
+his own people, dispirited from their want of fire arms,<a id=
+"FNanchor_67"></a><a href="#Footnote_67" class="fnanchor">[67]</a>
+prudently invited a peace, before a more decisive defeat left him
+no dignity, and his enemies no moderation for treating. As it was,
+they still respected his resources, and were content to secure him
+as a tributary, rather than exhaust their forces in his
+subjugation, in the infancy of their kingdom. A triumph in policy
+was in the view of the King of Dagwumba, equivalent to the small
+diminution of personal dignity; and at the expense of an
+inconsiderable tribute, he established a commercial intercourse,
+which, his markets being regularly supplied from the interior, was
+both an advantage and a security to him, from the great convenience
+to his warlike neighbours, whose superstition assenting to his
+great reputation for making saphies, and for augury, would not only
+augment his revenue, but insure him superior respect as a
+tributary. Intā had previously become tributary.</p>
+
+<p>I should have mentioned, that every subject state was placed
+under the immediate care of some Ashantee chief, generally resident
+in the capital, who seldom visited it but to receive the tribute
+from the native ruler, for whose conduct he was in a reasonable
+degree responsible. Thus Quatchi Quofie has now the care
+of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_236">[236]</span> Dankara, Odumata
+of Soota, Apokoo of Aquamboe, Oöosa Quantabisa of Daboia, &amp;c.
+&amp;c. Their policy, in short, not only in this particular, but in
+many others, seems to have been closely similar to that of the
+Persians, as described by Herodotus.</p>
+
+<p>Boitinnë, the founder of Dwabin, died in this reign.</p>
+
+<p>1741. Saï Apokoo was succeeded by his brother Saï Aquissi. I
+could not learn any particular exploits of his, excepting that he
+preserved the subjection of the states previously reduced. The King
+of Akim, in his time, (the last who had the power of governing
+without consulting the pynins or elders) desiring to go to war with
+his neighbours, was obliged to obtain permission from the Ashantee
+government, which he did by the promise of sending them half the
+spoil; but, gaining little or nothing, he did not do so. He soon
+afterwards heard of Aquissi’s intention, to demand his head; and
+knowing that King’s word was irrevocable, he summoned his
+ministers, and desired to sacrifice his life for the quiet of his
+people: his ministers insisted on sharing his fate; and a barrel of
+powder being brought for each to sit on, they drank a large
+quantity of rum, and blew themselves up with the fire from their
+pipes. Dr. Isert also heard of this in Akim.</p>
+
+<p>1753. Aquissi was succeeded by Saï Cudjo. The Aristocracy was
+retrenched and conciliated by this monarch, who raised his
+favourite captains to the vacant stools,<a id=
+"FNanchor_68"></a><a href="#Footnote_68" class="fnanchor">[68]</a>
+uniting three or four in one, and swearing that their lives should
+be equally sacred, (see p. 4,) to anticipate any doubts of his
+fidelity to the constitution.</p>
+
+<p>Saï Cudjo defeating the Warsaws and Assins more decisively than
+his predecessors, first compelled them to acknowledge their fealty
+to Ashantee. He also subjected Aquamboe, and Aquapim,<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_237">[237]</span> quelled several revolts of
+other countries, and was esteemed a very great captain. The
+grandfather of Amanquateä Atooa, conquered Sawee, killing the king
+Boomancumma; and Bakkee, soon afterwards, subjugated Moinseä. In
+this reign Quama, king of Dwabin, died.</p>
+
+<p>1785. Saï Quamina succeeded his grandfather Saï Cudjo, at a very
+early age. The Akims revolted soon after his accession, under
+Ofoosoo, their most active ruler for many years: he engaged several
+smaller states in alliance, and defeated the Ashantees repeatedly;
+at length the treachery of his followers procured Quatchi Quofie,
+the Ashantee general, his head; with which he returned to
+Coomassie, the country having again submitted. The fame of Ofoosoo
+made Quatchi Quofie so vain of this achievement, that he had a
+figure of him made, with which his umbrella is still crowned, and
+before which he dances with every insulting gesture and vaunt, when
+he arrives on the ground at the various ceremonies. The present
+king has frequently been heard to say, that it was a great pity
+this old man did not know better, for the Akim caboceers generally
+attended his summons with alacrity and good will; but the sight of
+the insulted effigy of their favourite leader, disgusted them, and
+excited their revolt. These brave people have risen from their
+dependence at least eight times.</p>
+
+<p>The government finding a pretext to invade Banda, the King
+Odrasee vigorously opposed the Ashantee army; but at length, seeing
+he must inevitably fall into their hands, to prevent his head being
+found, which circumstance he knew would sorely disquiet the
+enemy,<a id="FNanchor_69"></a><a href="#Footnote_69" class=
+"fnanchor">[69]</a> and solace his own people, ordered, just before
+he<span class="pagenum" id="Page_238">[238]</span> killed himself,
+a woman to be sacrificed, and the abdomen being ripped, his head to
+be sewn up within it, and her body afterwards to be buried in the
+heap of the slain. It was discovered by bribes, and is now on one
+of the King’s great drums. Soota was also subjugated in this reign,
+occupying the army under Odumata ten years, during which period he
+was not allowed to see Coomassie. Odumata afterwards subdued
+Coranza, the larger part of his army being Gaman auxiliaries.</p>
+
+<p>Saï Quamina raised Apokoo to the stool of Assimadoo, to whom he
+had been a servant, in exclusion of the family.</p>
+
+<p>The Danish Governor-General, meditating the punishment of the
+Popos, applied to Saï Quamina for 5000 Ashantee auxiliaries; the
+request was granted, but while the troops were on their march down,
+the Governor died, and his successor prudently paid 250 ounces of
+gold, (alleged to have been advanced by the King for their
+subsistence on their march to Christiansburg Castle) rather than
+involve himself in the expenses and troubles of such an
+alliance.</p>
+
+<p>1798. Saï Quamina had remained twelve months on a visit at
+Dwabin, deaf to the remonstrances of various deputations
+urging<span class="pagenum" id="Page_239">[239]</span> his return,
+and infatuated beyond recovery by the arts of his mistress, Gyawa,
+the daughter of the King; when it was formally announced to him,
+that if he was not present at the approaching Yam custom, he would
+be deprived of the stool. It is said, that this woman refused to
+accompany him to Coomassie, either dreading the resentment of his
+mother, a woman of violent passions, and great ambition, or, which
+is more probable, influenced by her father to mingle this
+repugnance with her blandishments, to accelerate the ruin of Saï
+Quamina, which he was not without hopes might lead to his own
+aggrandisement. The form of the dethronement is interesting. Appia
+Danqua, whose power seems to have been equal to that of mayor of
+the palace, repaired to the King’s mother with the chief captains,
+and deliberately recounting the offences of her son, commanded her
+to remonstrate with him, as the daughter of their old king, and the
+parent to whom he owed his elevation. The mother, who no doubt had
+assisted in the private council, affecting to bewail her own
+misfortune and her son’s disgrace, confessed, with seeming
+reluctance, that her remonstrances had already been despised, that
+the king had even attempted her life, and begged them to raise her
+second son, Saï Apokoo, to the stool the elder had forfeited. This
+was complied with, and they sent Saï Quamina a few of his women and
+slaves, desiring him to retire into the bush and build himself a
+croom, and on his death, which happened soon after, as it was said,
+from the poignancy of his feelings, they made the greatest custom
+for him which had ever been known. The sable Cleopatra died soon
+after him. It was whispered, that those he had formerly injured
+incessantly insulting him in his retirement, even to abusing his
+wives before his face, he had a private interview with the present
+King, communicated several schemes of conquests, invoked him to
+distrust, and, if possible, to punish those who had forsaken him,
+and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_240">[240]</span> implored death;
+which was inflicted (as the blood of the royal family could not be
+shed, and as he could not be privately drowned in the sacred river)
+by fixing his feet on the ground, bending his body backwards with a
+prop in the small of his back, and suspending several large teeth
+of ivory from a noose around his neck, which, hanging from the
+prop, strangled him.</p>
+
+<p>1799. Saï Apokoo did not live more than a few weeks after being
+elevated to the stool, and was succeeded by his brother Saï Tootoo
+Quamina, the present King, who must then have been about seventeen
+years of age. On this occasion, the general assembly of the
+captains, jealous of the aristocracy, and desirous of making a
+favourable impression on the young King, insisted that the
+remaining members of it, should propitiate the reign, by publicly
+disclaiming their exemption from capital punishment.</p>
+
+<p>The invasion of the Fantee kingdom in 1807 was the first
+important military act of the present reign, the circumstances and
+origin of which, being pretty accurately described by Mr. Meredith,
+in the extract in the <a href="#app1">Appendix,</a> I need not
+repeat. Whilst the invasion was meditating, Baba, now the chief of
+the Moors, presented himself to solicit an asylum in Coomassie,
+having been driven from Gamba by the rapacity of the King, his near
+relative; and professing solely to desire the recovery of a large
+property with held from him, to make the King of Ashantee the heir
+to it. The King promised he would oblige the King of Gamba to do
+him justice, on his return from the Fantee war, if Baba and his
+companions were fortunate in their prayers and charms for his
+success. The King of Gamba did not think proper to resist the
+demand afterwards made through the Ashantee government.</p>
+
+<p>1807. Coonadua, the King’s mother, was left regent during his
+absence; this woman was a second Messalina, and many
+young<span class="pagenum" id="Page_241">[241]</span> captains who
+refused to intrigue with her, from fear or disgust, have been
+ultimately the victims of her artifice and vengeance.</p>
+
+<p>Yaboquorra, the King of Dwabin, died in this interval, and was
+succeeded by his grandson, Boitinnë Quama, now about twenty years
+of age.</p>
+
+<p>1811. Attah, caboceer or King of Akim, had followed the King to
+the first Fantee war, and behaved well. Apokoo being sent on an
+expedition against the Fantees of Winnebah and Berracoo, Attah
+received orders to join him with his contingency; instead of which,
+he sent a message to Apokoo, before he passed the Boosempra river,
+refusing to join him, and advising him not to attempt to pass
+through his country. Apokoo reported this immediately to the King,
+who, as is usual, sent to Attah to enquire if he had said so. He
+confessed that he had, without hesitation, adding, that the King
+treated him like a slave, in incessantly summoning him to attend
+his wars, and besides, that he never could forget that Saï Cudjo
+had cut off his grandfather’s head, and that he would fight with
+Apokoo whenever he came. Soon afterwards, Quamina Guma, (the father
+of Becqua, captain of Danish Accra,) and one of the King’s sons,
+returning to Coomassie with a large quantity of gold collected to
+make custom for the King’s mother, Attah intercepted, robbed, and
+murdered them and their party, with the exception of one, whom he
+desired to tell the King that this act would convince him he was in
+earnest, and determined to go to war with him. Apokoo was
+immediately ordered to proceed against Attah, who had engaged Quaw
+Saffătchee as a party in the revolt, who was weary of the same
+laborious vassalage. When Apokoo entered the Akim country, Attah
+was for attacking him immediately, and at sun rise, but Quaw
+impressing his doubts of their succeeding against the superior
+warfare of the Ashantees, begged him to stop until three o’clock,
+when the Ashantees<span class="pagenum" id="Page_242">[242]</span>
+generally ate and slept, and when they might be better able to
+retreat if worsted, as the enemy never pursued in the dusk. The
+attack was a surprise, but the fight continued obstinate and
+undecided until night, when Apokoo found he had lost so many men,
+that he immediately dispatched a messenger to summon the Accras to
+his aid, as vassals to the King. His messenger reached Accra the
+next day, and that people joined him on the following, on which the
+enemy retreated precipitately; Attah to windward, and Quaw to Adda.
+Apokoo followed the latter, who having escaped him after a tedious
+watchfulness, Apokoo, believing the Danish governor, Mr. Flindt, to
+have connived, made him his prisoner, and kept him with the army,
+which soon afterwards encamped in Aquapim, five months, during
+which time he was treated with kindness and respect, but his ransom
+amounted to nearly £400. Apokoo was soon after ordered back to
+Coomassie. He told me he brought the bell of Adda fort as a
+trophy.</p>
+
+<p>Appia Danqua had been sent, at the same time with Apokoo, with
+6000 men against the Fantee states which were disposed to the
+revolters. He defeated them at Apam, and took Baffoo the Annamaboe
+caboceer prisoner, but whilst his army was before Tantum,
+intelligence of the approach of Attah, who had retreated from
+Apokoo, but whose name was as redoubtable as his disposition was
+rapacious, subdued his firmness, and under the plea of prudence,
+hurried him back to the interior.</p>
+
+<p>The path was afterwards shut for two years, through the
+vigilance, and from the terror of Cudjo Cooma, who had been elected
+to the stool of Akim, six months after the death of Attah, whose
+immediate successor (Quawko Ashantee) tyrannized so cruelly during
+that period, that he was commanded by the people to kill himself,
+and could only obtain the indulgence of a week’s respite, which he
+spent in singing and dancing, in fact in making his own
+custom<span class="pagenum" id="Page_243">[243]</span> Quaw
+Saffătchee had also leagued with the Fantees who attacked the Accra
+town, but were repulsed. The King suddenly determined to open the
+path to receive the arrears of pay due from <span class=
+"sidenote">1814.</span>the Forts, and sent Amanqua Abiniowa with an
+army of 20,000 men, charging him to offer no violence nor commit
+hostility, unless provoked by attack, but to receive the submission
+of the Akims and Aquapims, and merely to exact a fine to seal it.
+Appia Danqua was sent at the same time with a smaller army to the
+back of Winnebah and Tantum, to intercept the revolters if they
+fled to windward. Abiniowa proceeded to Aguiasso, one day’s march
+from Aquapim, unmolested, when one of his foraging parties was
+attacked by Cudjo Cooma and seven men killed. A general engagement
+took place the next morning, and after six hours fighting the
+Ashantees were victorious, and sent a jaw-bone and a slave to each
+of the Accra towns. Amanqua then marched to Accra to receive the
+King’s pay, and remained nearly twelve months in its neighbourhood.
+He then returned to Aquapim, where, after some time, he received a
+message from the King, with a large quantity of gold, advising him
+that he must not see his face again unless he brought the heads of
+Cudjo and Quaw. Amanqua did not immediately communicate this
+message to his captains, but ordered them to deposit their equipage
+and property in Accra, and then, making a large custom for three
+days, to propitiate the enterprise, he took fetish with all his
+captains that they would never return to Coomassie without the
+heads.</p>
+
+<p>1816. Appia Danqua had died in Assin in the interim, and was
+succeeded by his brother Appia Nanu, under whom Bakkee was the
+second in command. The King hearing nothing of his progress, and
+his indolence being reported to him, sent orders to Amanqua to join
+him, which he did at Essecooma, reproaching him for his cowardice.
+Soon after this, the skirmish at the salt<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_244">[244]</span> pond near Cape Coast took place, the
+detachment was principally of Assins, and commanded by
+Quasheemanqua. Yokokroko soon afterwards joined the combined army,
+(which had marched to Abra,) with a few hundred men destined to
+attack Commenda.</p>
+
+<p>Not long after the palaver was settled at Cape Coast, and the
+army again divided, Cudjo Cooma was killed by a party of Appia
+Nanu’s at Insoom or Incoom near Essecooma; upon which, Appia,
+instead of marching to join Amanqua as had been concerted, returned
+to Coomassie, where he was coldly received, but not accused until
+the 12th of July last (see <a href="#Page_129">Diary</a>). Adoo
+Danqua, the brother of Quaw Saffătchee, came to the Accras and
+concerted the delivering of him up, as he had tired him out with
+his wanderings. The Ashantees agreed to prevail on the King to give
+him the stool if he did. A few Accras and a few Ashantees
+accompanied him, and when he came near where his brother was hid,
+one day’s journey from Accra, he placed an ambush, and sitting
+down, expostulated with him, and recommended him to kill himself;
+but Quaw would not, alleging that he should eventually wear out the
+King’s patience in pursuing him; on this Adoo rose, and a shot was
+immediately fired at Quaw, who was brought down and rose again four
+times, exclaiming that his brother was his murderer, who reflected
+the reproach on his own obstinacy. The body was brought to Accra,
+and his head sent to Coomassie, and it is now a trophy at Bantama
+or the back town. Amanqua then returned to Coomassie, and arrived
+about six months before the Mission.</p>
+
+<p>The Aowins, to anticipate the ambitious views of the Ashantee
+government, lately sent an embassy with offers of service and
+tribute, but the amount of the latter has not yet been decided.</p>
+
+<p>The King had sent to demand the royal stool of Buntooko or Gaman
+which was thickly plated and embossed with gold; it was<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_245">[245]</span> given up by Adinkara, the
+King, from fear; his sister, a woman of masculine spirit and
+talent, and the soul of the government, being absent. On her
+return, she reproached her brother severely, and ordered a solid
+gold stool to be made to replace it. That being also demanded, as
+the right of the superior, with a large gold ornament in the shape
+of an elephant, dug out from some ruins, the sister, receiving the
+ambassadors, replied, that the King should not have either, and
+added, impressing it with more force than delicacy, that her
+brother and she must change sexes, for she was most proper for a
+King, and would fight to the last rather than be so constantly
+despoiled. The King of Ashantee sent word that she was fit to be a
+king’s sister, and a strong woman, and he would give her twelve
+months to prepare for war. Several embassies have been sent however
+to negotiate; two during our stay, the latter, it was said, with an
+offer of 400 Bendas, (£3200.) but the aristocracy were obstinate,
+and urged to the King, that his other tributaries would laugh at
+him, if he did not get the King of Gaman’s head. The small pox was
+raging in Buntooko.</p>
+
+<p>It is clear, that the King of Ashantee contemplates the
+reduction of the King of Dwabin from an independent ally to a
+tributary. We witnessed one circumstance to the point. A messenger
+being sent to require gold of Dwabin, the King of which is a very
+weak young man, a captain of the royal family replied, that there
+was no war on foot to require gold, and as it could only be for the
+individual benefit of Ashantee, the government must be reminded
+that Dwabin had formerly exacted gold, and was not now to be
+subjected to imposition, because the right had been yielded from
+respect to the sister kingdom. This being reported to the King, he
+suppressed his anger, and sent a gold headed sword, with other
+marks of dignity and favour to this man, who, to his surprise,
+refused them, alleging, that the honours he already possessed
+at<span class="pagenum" id="Page_246">[246]</span> home became him
+better. The King still temporised. Some months after, at the full
+assembly convened for the proclamation of the treaty with the
+British Government, the mother of the King of Dwabin, who acts as
+regent, and over whom Saï is known to have much influence,
+suddenly, and no doubt at his instance, accused this captain of
+plotting to deprive her son of the stool. The accusation was
+supported by others, who prayed the King to judge the palaver. The
+King of Dwabin sat with the greatest indifference. The accused made
+an animated appeal to the assembly, and Saï affected to support him
+vehemently, and ordered the linguists to give him chalk, or acquit
+him. The man thanking him very earnestly, Adoosee was desired to
+tell him, that his ill-will to the King of Ashantee had been
+reported in a very aggravated manner; but as it was no longer
+believed, he was only required to take fetish, that he liked the
+King, and would do him all the good he could; this done, the man
+received several marks of favour and bounty.</p>
+
+<p>Saï Tootoo is considered to take better care of the treasury
+than any of his predecessors: he cautiously extends his
+prerogative, and takes every opportunity of increasing the number
+of secondary captains, by dignifying the young men brought up about
+his person, and still retaining them in his immediate service.</p>
+
+<p>Saï Acotoo, the King’s brother, and the heir to the stool,
+appeared to me very inferior in ability; but the Ashantees say
+otherwise.</p>
+
+<p>The King’s private character is amiable; the children of his
+brothers share the fondness and indulgence which endear him to his
+own, and his few moments of recreation are the liveliest of theirs.
+The circumstances connected with the various instances which we
+witnessed of his generosity to others, justify me in ascribing it
+to the benevolence of his disposition. His admiration<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_247">[247]</span> of ingenious rather than
+splendid novelty, has frequently imposed the appearance of a
+covetousness, scarcely culpable from his reverence for invention,
+and the amazement its extent excited. To present him with the
+trifles which attracted his notice when he visited us, offended
+him, he told us we must only answer his questions, and let him
+examine them; to make dashes on the occasion of a private visit,
+was to vitiate the motive of the condescension, which could not be
+repeated unless we paid more respect to his dignity and friendship.
+The King is certainly capricious, and his liberality of mind is
+stained by prejudices against individuals which he confesses to be
+unaccountable; and to several of the principal actors in his
+brother’s deposition, (which, desirous to extend his prerogative,
+he would tacitly censure,) he has been unjustly severe. His
+humanity is frequently superior to his superstition and policy, he
+offended Quatchi Quofie, one of the four, by limiting the human
+sacrifices at his mother’s funeral, and resisted all the
+importunities, founded on precedent, for the allowance of a greater
+number. He dismissed us twice with apologies for not proceeding to
+business, confessing, the first time, that he had been unusually
+irritated just after he sent for us, and had not recovered his
+calmness; the latter, that some agreeable news had induced him to
+drink more than fitted him to hear great palavers like ours. In his
+judicial administration, a lie always aggravated the punishment,
+and truth generally extenuated, and sometimes atoned of itself for
+the offence: he invariably anticipated the temerity of perjury,
+where convicting evidence was to be opposed to the accused. The
+King’s manners are a happy mixture of dignity and affability, they
+engage rather than encourage, and his general deportment is
+conciliating though repressive. He speaks well, and more logically
+than most of his council, who are diffuse, but his superior talent
+is marked in the shrewd questions by which he fathoms a design
+or<span class="pagenum" id="Page_248">[248]</span> a narrative. He
+excels in courtesy, is wisely inquisitive, and candid in his
+comparisons: war, legislature, and mechanism, were his favourite
+topics in our private conversations. The great, but natural fault
+of the King is his ambition; I do not think it has ever proved
+superior to the pledge of his honour, but it certainly has, and
+that frequently, to his sense of justice, which is repressed rather
+than impaired by it. This sketch of his character being narrowed to
+my own knowledge, will be assisted by the following history of
+Agay, the second linguist.</p>
+
+<p>Agay, when a boy, carried salt from Aquoomo to Coomassie for
+sale; he was afterwards taken into the service of Aquootoo,
+caboceer of that place, against whom the government had instituted
+a palaver, but wrongfully. Agay accompanied the caboceer when he
+was sent for to Coomassie for judgment. After the King’s messengers
+had spoken, misrepresenting the case in preference to confessing
+the King to be in the wrong, and the caboceer was confused, this
+boy suddenly rose, and said, to use the words of the narrators,
+“King, you have people to wash you, to feed you, to serve you, but
+you have no people to speak the truth to you, and tell you when God
+does not like your palaver.” The assembly cried out unanimously,
+that the boy might be hurried away and his head taken off; but the
+King said, “No! let him finish;” and Agay is said to have spoken
+three hours, and to have disclosed and argued the palaver to the
+King’s conviction, and his master’s acquittal. He was retained to
+attend the King, but treated with no particular distinction. A
+serious palaver occurring between two principal men, it was debated
+before the council, who were at a loss to decide, but inclined to
+the man whom the King doubted; judgment was suspended. In the
+interim the King sent Agay, privately, to the house of each, to
+hear their palavers in turn, tête-à-tête; he did so, and when the
+King asked him who he thought<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_249">[249]</span> was right, he confirmed his impression.
+“Now,” said the King, “I know you have a good head.” Agay was then
+made a Linguist, and presented with a house, wives, slaves, and
+gold. Sometime afterwards, the King confessing a prejudice against
+a wealthy captain, his linguists, always inclined to support him,
+said, “If you wish to take his stool from him, we will make the
+palaver;” but Agay sprung up, exclaiming, “No, King! that is not
+good; that man never did you any wrong, you know all the gold of
+your subjects is your’s at their death, but if you get all now,
+strangers will go away and say, only the King has gold, and that
+will not be good, but let them say the King has gold, all his
+captains have gold, and all his people have gold, then your country
+will look handsome, and the bush people fear you.” For this the
+King made him second linguist, and much increased his property.
+When Amanqua had the command of the army against Cudjo Cooma, the
+King asked him which linguist he would take, he replied, Adoosee or
+Otee; the King said, no! I will give you this boy, he has the best
+head for hard palavers. Amanqua urged that he was too young, the
+King told him he was a fool to say so. He then made Amanqua take
+fetish with him to report the merits of Agay faithfully, who
+distinguished himself so much, that he is always employed in
+difficult foreign palavers.</p>
+
+<p>The manners of the higher orders of captains, always dignified,
+are courteous and hospitable in private, though haughty and abrupt
+in public. I believe them to be jealous rather than tenacious of
+their honour, and their sophistry is as ingenious as their maxims
+are prepossessing. They consider that war alone affords an exertion
+or display of ability, and they esteem the ambition of their King
+as his greatest virtue. They have no idea of the aggrandisement of
+a state by civil policy alone. They are candid in acknowledging
+their defeats, and just to the prowess of their<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_250">[250]</span> enemies, but they possess
+little humanity, and are very avaricious and oppressive. They
+listen to superstition with the most childish credulity, but they
+only cultivate it for the preservation of life and the indulgence
+of passion; beyond this, the Moors could never advance their
+enquiries; they are neither curious nor anxious about a future
+state, pretending to it from rank and achievement rather than
+domestic virtue; and believing, if the latter were outraged, the
+solemnities and sacrifices of their funeral customs would purchase
+their repose. Indeed, licensed as they are by the zealous conflicts
+of rival superstitions, (Moorish and Pagan,) their lives are
+moderate and benevolent to what might be expected, and merit more
+than our excuses.</p>
+
+<p>The lower order of people are ungrateful, insolent, and
+licentious. The King repeatedly said, he believed them to be the
+worst people existing, except the Fantees, and not comparable with
+many of their inland neighbours. Perhaps we should agree with
+Voltaire, “Je crois qu’il faut plutôt juger d’une puissante nation
+par ceux qui sont à la tête, que par la populace.”<a id=
+"FNanchor_70"></a><a href="#Footnote_70" class=
+"fnanchor">[70]</a></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftp2c02">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_65"></a><a href="#FNanchor_65"><span class=
+"label">[65]</span></a>See <a href="#Page_73">Diary.</a></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_66"></a><a href="#FNanchor_66"><span class=
+"label">[66]</span></a>See the explanatory <a href="#glos">list</a>
+of words and the early dispatches in the First Part.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_67"></a><a href="#FNanchor_67"><span class=
+"label">[67]</span></a>Fire arms are unknown to such of the nations
+on the south of the Niger as the Shereef has visited; and the
+reason which he assigns for it is, that the Kings in the
+neighbourhood of the coast, persuaded that if these powerful
+instruments of war should reach the possession of the populous
+inland states, their own independence would be lost, have strictly
+prohibited, and by the wisdom of their measures, have effectually
+prevented this dangerous merchandise from passing beyond the limits
+of their dominions. Lucas.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_68"></a><a href="#FNanchor_68"><span class=
+"label">[68]</span></a>“To succeed to the stool,” does not mean to
+the seat in the council, but is the common expression for
+succeeding to a property even in private life. The same stool, or
+seat descends through many generations.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_69"></a><a href="#FNanchor_69"><span class=
+"label">[69]</span></a>On the death of the late King of Amanaheä,
+two competitors for the stool appeared, one called Suikee or
+Suiquah; the other’s name I am ignorant of. Both collected their
+slaves and adherents, and fought. Suikee was obliged to fly, and
+hide himself in the bush; but the people being dissatisfied with
+the conqueror, Suikee re-appeared against the town. When his rival
+was reduced beyond all hope, he threw all his gold, which filled
+several jars, into the lake; and then collecting his wives and the
+different branches of his family, went with them into a remote part
+of the bush, and cut all their throats, with the exception of one
+son, whom he reserved to assist him in burying the bodies. He then
+made this son swear on his fetish, to kill and bury him, and never
+to discover where the bodies were laid: the son fulfilled the oath,
+and returned to Apollonia, but I am not certain what became of him.
+After Suikee had seated himself firmly on the stool, he by some
+means discovered where the bodies were concealed; he caused them to
+be dug up, and taken to Apollonia town; he then ranged them in a
+sitting posture, in a row along the beach, with stakes to extend
+their arms, and support their heads: this horrid spectacle was
+exhibited until even their bones had perished. One of Suikee’s
+first acts after his accession, was to consecrate his hiding place
+in the bush, making it death, or a heavy fine, for any one to swear
+by Suikee’s bush, and not to keep the oath.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_70"></a><a href="#FNanchor_70"><span class=
+"label">[70]</span></a>The principal districts of Fantee, are, the
+Affettoo, the Braffoo, and the Essecoomah; Cape Coast is in the
+former. The Dey of Affettoo (a title probably introduced by the
+Portuguese) was formerly supreme in Fantee, so far as summoning the
+other kings and caboceers at pleasure, prescribing their political
+conduct, and being appealed to and sentencing in all cases of life
+and death, wherever or by whomsoever the crime may have been
+committed; witchcraft excepted. Upwards of a century ago the small
+pox almost depopulated Affettoo, then the largest town and capital
+of all Fantee, (it is about 10 miles inland from Cape Coast,) and
+all the immediate heirs to the stool being cut off, the supremacy
+was transferred to Mankasim. The present Dey, however, preserves a
+spiritual authority over the other kings and caboceers, and is
+esteemed as the superior fetish man; when they desire rain, for
+instance, they apply to him to procure it, and they look to him
+solely for their chronology, which he preserves by knotting
+strings. Mankasim then became the capital and largest town of
+Fantee, but it was almost destroyed by the Ashantees in their first
+invasion of 1807. Any Fantee caboceer who did not attend the
+summons of the King of Mankasim, was suspended by him, and
+afterwards displaced by the diet. Adoo, the last King of the
+Braffoos, despoiling all his subjects of their most valuable
+property, and countenancing the individuals of his family in the
+same assumption and violation, without any regard to persons; they
+were all seized, on his death, by a simultaneous rising of the
+people, and sold off the coast as slaves, to get rid of the race.
+Adookoo, one of the leading men, was then called to the care of the
+stool, with the title of caboceer only, it being still considered
+as an interregnum, but he exercised the same supremacy and
+privileges which the King had done, and was acknowledged by the
+whole country. During his retreat and wanderings in the bush, after
+several defeats by the Ashantees, the Fantee towns have assumed
+many political and judicial rights before centered in Mankasim; but
+Adookoo is now expected to summon them all, and re-establish the
+ancient order of things, which they deem too sacred to think of
+resisting. It was not the Braffoos, or the whole people of that
+district, who had the privilege of living abroad at the public
+expense, and who took whatever they pleased of the property of
+others, as Mr. Meredith has stated; but the state officers of that
+district called Brofoos, who acquired that name from the hide in
+which the tobacco is rolled, being formed into a seat peculiar to
+them, never using a wooden stool. They were the executors, and not
+the organs of the law, and always sat to the right and left of
+Adookoo, but had no voice. The number was twelve, and the dignity
+immemorially hereditary in as many families. These men were allowed
+to take whatever they pleased at home and abroad, but since
+Adookoo’s misfortunes, and inability to support them, they have
+been content to beg for their tithes in the large towns, and only
+exercise their rapacity in the small crooms of their own
+district.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_252">[252]</span><a id=
+"p2c03"></a><span class="letter-spaced01">CHAPTER</span> III.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8 spaced3">
+
+<p class="sch1"><em>Constitution and Laws.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="dcap"><span class="sc">The</span> King, the Aristocracy,
+now reduced to four, and the Assembly of Captains,<a id=
+"FNanchor_71"></a><a href="#Footnote_71" class="fnanchor">[71]</a>
+are the three estates of the Ashantee government.</p>
+
+<p>The constitution requires or admits an interference of the
+Aristocracy in all <em>foreign</em> politics, extending even to a
+veto on the King’s decision; but they watch rather than share the
+<em>domestic</em> administration, generally influencing it by their
+opinion, but never appearing to control it from authority; and
+their opinions on civil questions, are submitted with a deference,
+directly in contrast to their bold declarations on subjects of war
+or tribute, which amount to injunction.</p>
+
+<p>The Ashantees advocated this constitution by the argument, that
+the interference of the Aristocracy in all foreign politics, makes
+the nation more formidable to its enemies, who feel they cannot
+provoke with impunity, where there are so many guardians of the
+military glory; who, by insisting on a war, become responsible in a
+great degree for the issue, and pledge an energy and exertion,
+in<span class="pagenum" id="Page_253">[253]</span> comparison with
+which, such as could be excited by a despotic monarch, must be
+deemed disinterested. They added, that an almost independent
+administration of the King, was better calculated for the domestic
+government, because the decrees of a monarch have naturally more
+force with the people, (over whom his power is unlimited) and,
+further, that a civil power in the Aristocracy could not be
+reconciled to the Assembly of Captains, to whom the former estate
+was already sufficiently invidious for the health of the
+constitution.</p>
+
+<p>In exercising his judicial authority, the King always retired in
+private with the Aristocracy to hear their opinions, to encourage
+their candor without diminishing his majesty in the eye of the
+people; and in using his legislative prerogative, he was said
+always to give them a private opportunity of defending the old law,
+rather than of objecting to the new; though, from the same state
+policy, the latter was announced to the Aristocracy as well as to
+the Assembly of Captains, before the people, as the sudden and
+arbitrary pleasure of the King.</p>
+
+<p>The general Assembly of the Caboceers and Captains, is summoned
+merely to give publicity to the will of the King and Aristocracy,
+and to provide for its observance; unless on state emergencies, or
+unprecedented occasions, such as the Treaty with the British
+Government. The following anecdote, related to me by many
+Ashantees, will illustrate the freedom of their constitution.</p>
+
+<p>A son of the King’s quarrelling with a son of Amanquateä’s, (one
+of the four) told him, that in comparison with himself, he was the
+son of a slave; this being reported to Amanquateä, he sent a party
+of his soldiers, who pulled down the house of the King’s son and
+seized his person. The King hearing of it sent to Amanquateä, and
+learning the particulars, interceded for his son, and redeemed his
+head for 20 periguins of gold.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_254">[254]</span>The most
+original feature of their law, that of succession, has been
+mentioned in the <a href="#Page_234">History,</a> with the argument
+on which it is founded: it is universally binding; the course is,
+the brother, the sister’s son, the son, the chief vassal or slave
+to the stool. In the Fantee country, the principal slave succeeds
+to the exclusion of the son, who only inherits his mother’s
+property, frequently considerable, and inherited from her family
+independently of her husband: the daughters share a small part of
+the fetish or ornamental gold, which is much alloyed with
+silver.</p>
+
+<p>The sisters of the King may marry or intrigue with whom they
+please, provided he be an eminently strong or personable man; that
+the heirs of the stool may be, at least, personably superior to the
+generality of their countrymen.</p>
+
+<p>The King is heir to the gold of every subject, from the highest
+to the lowest; the fetish gold and the cloths are generally
+presented by him to the successor to the stool, from which the
+slaves and other property of the deceased are inseparable. The King
+contributes to the funeral custom to validate his claim, and
+usually bestows ten periguins of the dust gold on the successor,
+(if of a rich man,) who is in all cases liable for the debts of the
+deceased, though the amount is generally made good to him sooner or
+later, if he has influence with those about the King, or recommends
+himself to his notice personally. This law is sometimes
+anticipated, by a father presenting his children with large sums of
+gold just before his death. Boiteëm, the father of Otee, one of the
+King’s linguists, is known to have done so, but the son discovers
+his wealth very deliberately.</p>
+
+<p>The gold buried with members of the royal family, and afterwards
+deposited with their bones in the fetish house at Bantama, is
+sacred; and cannot be used, but to redeem the capital from the
+hands of an enemy, or in extreme national distress; and even
+then,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_255">[255]</span> the King must
+avoid the sight of it, if he would avoid the fatal vengeance of the
+fetish or deity.</p>
+
+<p>If a slave seeks refuge from an ally or tributary, he is
+restored; if from an unconnected power, he is received as a free
+subject.</p>
+
+<p>The tributary state which distinguishes itself in suppressing
+the revolt of another, is rewarded by privileges at the expense of
+the offending power: thus if a subject of the former kills a
+subject of the latter, the price of a slave only can be recovered,
+instead of the fine otherwise attached to the death of a freeman;
+and the damages for other injuries are reduced in proportion.</p>
+
+<p>If the subjects of any tributary do not like the decision of
+their ruler, according to the laws of their own country, they may
+appeal to the King, and claim decision by the law of Ashantee. The
+commission allowed to the collectors of tribute or fine, is two
+periguins out of ten.</p>
+
+<p>The direct descendants of the noble families who assisted the
+enterprise of Saï Tootoo, the founder of the kingdom, are not
+subject to capital punishment, but can only be despoiled. There are
+now but four remaining, Ananqui, Assafee, (see <a href=
+"#Page_144">Diary,</a>) and two others, all beggars.</p>
+
+<p>We were present at the promulgation of the following law: “All
+persons sent on the King’s business shall no longer seize
+provisions in any country, whether tributary or otherwise, in his
+name; but requiring food, shall offer a fair price for the first
+they meet with, if this is refused, they shall then demand one
+meal, and one meal only, in the King’s name, and proceed. This
+extends to all messengers sent by the head captains, whose
+servants, as well as the King’s, have been long in the habit of
+extorting goods from traders, and tobacco and provisions in the
+market place, in the names of their masters, which they shall do no
+longer without incurring the same penalty which is attached to the
+former part of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_256">[256]</span> this
+law, 110 penguins.” The form of making this law, was, the linguists
+with their insignia advanced and announced it to each of the four
+members of the Aristocracy, then to the whole assembly; afterwards
+Cudjo Appăni, the chief crier, proclaimed it to the people, who
+shouted their thanks; his fee from the King was ten ackies, from
+the people twenty. This attachment of the penalty to the law (the
+chief merit of Zaleucus) manifests some advancement in polity, in
+securing the accused against arbitrary judgment.<a id=
+"FNanchor_72"></a><a href="#Footnote_72" class=
+"fnanchor">[72]</a></p>
+
+<p>The caboceers of Soota, Marmpon, Becqua, and Kokofoo, the four
+large towns built by the Ashantees at the same time with Coomassie,
+have several palatine privileges; they have an independent
+treasury, though subject to the demands of the government and a
+judicial power, with the reserve of an appeal to the King. They
+celebrate their own yam custom after they have attended that at
+Coomassie, at which all dependents and tributaries must be present,
+and which seems to have been instituted like the Panathenæa of
+Theseus, to unite such various nations by a common festival. These
+four caboceers, only, are allowed, with the King, to stud their
+sandals with gold.</p>
+
+<p>The blood of the son of a King, or of any of the royal family
+cannot be shed; but when guilty of a crime of magnitude, they are
+drowned in the river Dah, by a particular captain, named Cudjo
+Samfani.</p>
+
+<p>If a man swears on the King’s head, that another must kill him,
+which is understood to be invoking the King’s death if he does not,
+the other man must do so, or forfeit the whole of his property, and
+generally his life. This very frequently occurs, for the
+blacks<span class="pagenum" id="Page_257">[257]</span> in their
+ardor for revenge, do not regard sacrificing their own lives to
+bring a palaver on their murderer, which their families are sure to
+do.</p>
+
+<p>To be convicted of cowardice is death.</p>
+
+<p>A subject may clear any part of the bush for building a croom,
+or making a plantation, without paying any thing to the King as
+lord of the soil; but he must pay a small sum to the possessor of
+the nearest croom or plantation, through which his path runs.</p>
+
+<p>The government has no power to direct the traders to any
+particular market, though it interdicts the commerce with any power
+which may have offended it.</p>
+
+<p>All the King’s linguists take fetish to be true to each other,
+and to report faithfully.</p>
+
+<p>If any subject picks up gold dropped in the market place, it is
+death, being collected only by order of the government on
+emergencies; see <a href="#Page_319">Revenue.</a></p>
+
+<p>Theft of the King’s property, or intrigue with the female
+attendants of the royal family, or habitual incontinence, is
+punished by emasculation; but crim. con. with the wife of a man who
+has been so punished, is death: being considered an aggravated
+contempt of law.</p>
+
+<p>Interest of money is 33⅓ per cent. for every forty days, which
+is accompanied after the first period by a dash of liquor. When the
+patience of the creditor is exhausted, he seizes the debtor, or
+even any of his family, as slaves, and they can only be redeemed by
+the payment. This barbarous law was nearly the same in
+Athens.<a id="FNanchor_73"></a><a href="#Footnote_73" class=
+"fnanchor">[73]</a></p>
+
+<p>In almost all charges of treason, the life of the accuser is at
+risk as well as that of the accused, and is forfeited on the
+acquittal of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_258">[258]</span> the
+latter. I understood this, from the best authorities, to be
+indispensible as a check on the palavers; envy, spleen, or
+covetousness would otherwise accumulate.</p>
+
+<p>The accuser is never discovered or confronted to the accused,
+nor the evidence revealed, until the latter has fully replied to
+the charge, as outlined by the King’s linguists.</p>
+
+<p>Palavers are frequently allowed to sleep even for years, as in
+the Fantee country, to make the damages sued for, the heavier: for
+instance, if a man stole a hen twelve months before, the value of
+the broods and eggs it would have produced, on a fair average, in
+the interval, would be shrewdly calculated, and sued for.<a id=
+"FNanchor_74"></a><a href="#Footnote_74" class="fnanchor">[74]</a>
+State palavers are also allowed to sleep for years, but that is to
+impose the confidence on the accused that the principal witnesses
+are dead, and the impression is artfully assisted by the policy of
+the council. The witnesses against Appia Nanu, who had reported his
+haughty message to the King, had not been seen for nearly twelve
+months before they burst before him on the day of his trial, having
+been sent into the bush on the most distant frontier.</p>
+
+<p>No man is punished for killing his own slave, but he is for the
+murder of his wife or child.<a id="FNanchor_75"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_75" class="fnanchor">[75]</a> If he kills the slave of
+another, he must pay the value. If a great man kills his equal in
+rank, he is generally allowed to die by his own hands: the death of
+an inferior is generally compensated by a fine to the family, equal
+to seven slaves.<a id="FNanchor_76"></a><a href="#Footnote_76"
+class="fnanchor">[76]</a></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_259">[259]</span>If a person
+brings a frivolous palaver against another, he must give an
+entertainment to the family and friends of the acquitted.</p>
+
+<p>If an aggry bead is broken in a scuffle, seven slaves are to be
+paid to the owner.</p>
+
+<p>Trifling thefts are generally punished by the exposure of the
+party in various parts of the town, whilst the act is published;
+but more serious thefts cannot be visited on the guilty by any but
+his family, who are bound to compensate the accuser, and punish
+their relative or not as they think fit; they may even put him or
+her to death, if the injury is serious, or the crime repeated or
+habitual.</p>
+
+<p>If a man cohabits with a woman without the house, or in the
+bush, they are both the slaves of the first person who discovers
+them; but redeemable by their families.</p>
+
+<p>It is forbidden, as it was by Lycurgus, to praise the beauty of
+another man’s wife, being intrigue by implication.</p>
+
+<p>A captain generally gives a periguin to the family on taking a
+wife, a poor man two ackies: the damages for intrigue in the former
+case are ten periguins; in the latter, one ackie and a half, and a
+pot of palm wine.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_260">[260]</span>If a woman
+involves herself in a palaver, she involves her family, but not her
+husband.</p>
+
+<p>None but a captain can sell his wife, and he, only, if her
+family are unable to redeem her by the repayment of the marriage
+fee.</p>
+
+<p>The property of the wife is distinct, and independent of the
+husband, though the King is the heir to it.</p>
+
+<p>None but a captain can put his wife to death for infidelity, and
+even then he is expected to accept a liberal offer of gold from the
+family, for her redemption. To intrigue with a wife of the King’s
+is death.</p>
+
+<p>If the family of a woman are able and willing, on her report of
+her dislike to her husband, or his ill-treatment of her, to tender
+him the marriage fee, he must accept it, and the woman returns to
+her family, but may not marry again.</p>
+
+<p>If a husband is not heard of by his wife for three years, she
+may marry again, and if the first husband returns, the claim of the
+second is the better; but all the children of the after marriage
+are considered the property of the first husband, and may be pawned
+by him.</p>
+
+<p>Those accused of witchcraft, or having a devil, are tortured to
+death.</p>
+
+<p>The good treatment of slaves is in some degree provided for, by
+the liberty they have of dashing or transferring themselves to any
+freeman; whom they enjoin to make them his property by invoking his
+death if he does not; an imperative appeal.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftp2c03">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_71"></a><a href="#FNanchor_71"><span class=
+"label">[71]</span></a>It has been shewn in the history, that the
+Aristocracy was originally formed of the peers and associates of
+Saï Tootoo the founder of the monarchy, who owed his elevation not
+to his superior rank, but to his superior endowments and address.
+The Aristocracy has been gradually retrenched since Saï Cudjo
+pointed out the way.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_72"></a><a href="#FNanchor_72"><span class=
+"label">[72]</span></a>By the laws of Ahanta, which are peculiar,
+if any subject or sojourner is in urgent want of provisions, he may
+seize the first he meets with, paying the owner the prices which
+have been fixed by the caboceers: this is similar to the law of
+Lycurgus. At the Contoom or annual Harvest Custom, the Ahantas
+revise their laws, as Solon enjoined the Athenians to do, annulling
+some and adding others.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_73"></a><a href="#FNanchor_73"><span class=
+"label">[73]</span></a>In Ahanta, all old debts must be paid within
+six weeks from the commencement of the Contoom or Harvest Custom.
+The creditor can panyar or seize not only the family, but the
+townsmen of the debtor.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_74"></a><a href="#FNanchor_74"><span class=
+"label">[74]</span></a>The Ahanta laws do not allow of these
+protracted palavers, and only award the intrinsic value of the
+articles stolen or destroyed. If a man robs a plantation of a yam,
+he must pay the owner a tokoo of gold, and take two more. In Fantee
+the pettiest theft frequently entails slavery.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_75"></a><a href="#FNanchor_75"><span class=
+"label">[75]</span></a>In the kingdom of Amanaheä or Apollonia, the
+tenth child is always buried alive.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_76"></a><a href="#FNanchor_76"><span class=
+"label">[76]</span></a>A person accidentally killing another in
+Ahanta, pays 5 oz. of gold to the family, and defrays the burial
+customs. In the case of murder, it is 20 oz. of gold and a slave;
+or, he and his family become the slaves of the family of the
+deceased. If a man dashes himself to the fetish on the head of
+another, the other must redeem him. If a man kills himself on the
+head of another, the other must kill himself also, or pay 20 oz. to
+the family: in Fantee the sum is indefinitely great: this is
+frequently resorted to, when there is no other prospect of
+revenge.</p>
+
+<p>Adumissa, an extraordinarily beautiful red skinned woman of Cape
+Coast, possessed numerous admirers, but rejected them all. One of
+them, in despair, shot himself on her head close to her house. The
+family demanding satisfaction; to save her relations from a ruinous
+palaver, she resolved to shoot herself in expiation. She
+accordingly assembled her friends and relatives from various parts
+of the country, and sitting, richly dressed, killed herself in
+their presence with golden bullets. After the body had been exposed
+in state, it was buried with a profusion of cloths and gold. The
+beautiful Adumissa is still eulogised, and her favourite patterned
+cloth bears her name amongst the natives.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_261">[261]</span><a id=
+"p2c04"></a><span class="letter-spaced01">CHAPTER</span> IV.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8 spaced3">
+
+<p class="sch1"><em>Superstitions.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="dcap"><span class="sc">The</span> Negro tradition of the
+book and the calabash, cited by St. Pierre, is familiar to every
+native of these parts, and seems the source of their religious
+opinions. Impressed that the blind avarice of their forefathers
+inclined all the favour of the supreme God to white men, they
+believe themselves to have been committed to the mediating care of
+subordinate deities, necessarily as inferior to the primary, as
+they are to Europeans.</p>
+
+<p>As the Ashantee manner of relating this tradition differs a
+little from that of the Fantee, I will repeat it, on the authority
+of Odumata and other principal men. In the beginning of the world,
+God created three white and three black men, with the same number
+of women; he resolved, that they might not afterwards complain, to
+give them their choice of good and evil. A large box or calabash
+was set on the ground, with a piece of paper, sealed up, on one
+side of it. God gave the black men the first choice, who took the
+box, expecting it contained every thing, but, on opening it, there
+appeared only a piece of gold, a piece of iron, and several other
+metals, of which they did not know the use. The white men opening
+the paper, it told them every thing. God left the blacks in the
+bush, but conducted the whites to the water side, (for this
+happened in Africa) communicated with them every night, and taught
+them to build a small ship which carried them to<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_262">[262]</span> another country, whence they
+returned after a long period, with various merchandise to barter
+with the blacks, who might have been the superior people.</p>
+
+<p>With this imaginary alienation from the God of the universe, not
+a shade of despondency is associated; they consider that it
+diminishes their comforts and their endowments on earth, but that
+futurity is a dull and torpid state to the majority of mankind.</p>
+
+<p>Their fetishes or subordinate deities, are supposed to inhabit
+particular rivers, woods, and mountains, as the imaginary deities
+of the Celts. They are venerated in proportion as their predictions
+(always equivocal) chance to be realized. The present favourite
+fetish of Ashantee is that of the river Tando. Cobee, a river in
+Dankara, and Odentee on the Adirree, are two of the others.</p>
+
+<p>The kings, caboceers, and the higher class, are believed to
+dwell with the superior Deity after death, enjoying an eternal
+renewal of the state and luxury they possessed on earth. It is with
+this impression, that they kill a certain number of both sexes at
+the funeral customs, to accompany the deceased, to announce his
+distinction, and to administer to his pleasures.</p>
+
+<p>The spirits of the inferior classes are believed to inhabit the
+houses of the fetish, in a state of torpid indolence, which
+recompenses them for the drudgery of their lives, and which is
+truly congenial to the feelings of the Negro. Those of superior
+wisdom and experience, are said to be endued with foresight after
+death, and to be appointed to observe the lives, and advise the
+good of those mortals who acknowledge the fetish; their state
+corresponding, in short, with that of the first race of men after
+death, as described by Hesiod. Those whose enormities nullify the
+mediation of the funeral custom, or, whom neglect or circumstances
+might have deprived of it, are doomed, in the imagination of
+others,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_263">[263]</span> to haunt
+the gloom of the forest, stealing occasionally to their former
+abodes in rare but lingering visits. Those who have neglected the
+custom, or funeral rites of their family, are thought to be
+accursed and troubled by their spirits.</p>
+
+<p>There are two orders of fetishmen. The first class dwell with
+the fetish,<a id="FNanchor_77"></a><a href="#Footnote_77" class=
+"fnanchor">[77]</a> who has a small round house, built generally at
+a distance from the town. They question the oracle respecting the
+future fortune of a state or an individual, convey its advice, and
+enjoin the attention of the <em>audible</em> spirits of those, any
+member of their family would question respecting property or
+domestic circumstances:</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">“Auditur tumulo et vox reddita fertur ad
+aures.”<span class="word-spaced10">&nbsp;</span>Æn. vi.</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p>The inferior class pursue their various occupations in society,
+assist in customs and superstitious ceremonies, and are applied to
+as fortune tellers or conjurors are in Europe; especially in cases
+of theft; when, from a secret system of espionage, and a
+reluctance, frequently amounting to a refusal to discover the
+culprit, or to do<span class="pagenum" id="Page_264">[264]</span>
+more than replace the property whence it was taken, they are
+generally successful. The magical ceremony consists in knotting,
+confusing, and dividing behind the back, several strings and shreds
+of leather. They are also frequently applied to by slippery wives,
+to work charms to keep their husbands in ignorance of a projected
+intrigue, which they affect to do.</p>
+
+<p>The primary dignity is hereditary in families, as the priesthood
+was in Egypt, celibacy not being enjoined; their property is also
+hereditary, and they possess other immunities. The latter order is
+frequently augmented by those, who declare that the fetish has
+suddenly seized, or come upon them, and who, after inflicting great
+severities on themselves, in the manner of the convulsionists, are
+ultimately acknowledged. The fetish women, generally preferred for
+medical aid, as they possess a thorough knowledge of barks and
+herbs, deleterious and sanative, closely resemble the second class
+of Druidesses as described, I think by Mela: they seem licensed
+prostitutes, before and after marriage.</p>
+
+<p>The present state of these people referring them to a comparison
+with the nations of ancient Europe,<a id="FNanchor_78"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_78" class="fnanchor">[78]</a> the close resemblance of
+many points of their superstition to relative particulars recorded
+of Greece and Gaul, recalls the following reflection of an eminent
+writer. “The truth is, there is hardly any thing more surprising in
+the history of mankind, than the similitude, or rather identity, of
+the opinions, institutions, and manners of all these orders of
+ancient priests, though they lived under such different climates,
+and at so great a distance from one another, without intercourse or
+communication. This amounts to a demonstration, that<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_265">[265]</span> all these opinions and
+institutions flowed originally from one fountain.”</p>
+
+<p>Half the offerings to the fetish, are pretended to be thrown
+into the river, the other half belongs to the priests. The King’s
+offering is generally ten ounces, and three or four slaves: that of
+a poor subject about four ackies. Children are frequently vowed to
+the service of the fetish before their birth. A slave flying to the
+temple, may dash or devote himself to the fetish; but, by paying a
+fee of two ounces of gold and four sheep, any person shuts the door
+of the fetish house against all his run away slaves.<a id=
+"FNanchor_79"></a><a href="#Footnote_79" class=
+"fnanchor">[79]</a></p>
+
+<p>Every family has a variety of domestic fetishes, furnished by
+the priests, and answering to the Penates of the Romans; some are
+wooden figures, others of arbitrary shapes and materials; they
+receive offerings and libations at the yam custom, but are not
+brought out of the house.<a id="FNanchor_80"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_80" class="fnanchor">[80]</a></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_266">[266]</span>In Ashantee
+there is not a common fetish day, as on the coast.<a id=
+"FNanchor_81"></a><a href="#Footnote_81" class="fnanchor">[81]</a>
+Different families solemnize different days of the week, by wearing
+white cloths, abstaining from palm wine and labour, as they do the
+day of the week on which they were born, which is in fact their
+second fetish day. The King’s family keep Tuesday as their fetish
+day. Odumata’s, Friday. Saturday was the King’s birth day, when, as
+well as on his fetish day, he always sat on a stool placed before
+his chair as a foot stool would be. Some families never eat beef,
+others abstain from pork. Fowls and beef are the fetish of the
+King’s family, and consequently never eaten by it.</p>
+
+<p>The Ashantees have their Fasti and Nefasti, or lucky and unlucky
+days, as the Romans had.<a id="FNanchor_82"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_82" class="fnanchor">[82]</a> The former consecrated by
+some good fortune, the latter condemned from some national
+calamity, as Saturday, for instance, from the defeat and death of
+Saï Tootoo. They are also otherwise marked than by the week; for I
+was told, that our month of September contained fewer bad days than
+any other, and was besides deemed auspicious to travelling:</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">Ipsa dies alios alio dedit ordine
+Luna</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Felices operum <span class="omis">· · ·
+·</span></div>
+
+<div class="line indent0"><span class="omis">· · · ·</span> nona
+fugæ melior.<span class="word-spaced10">&nbsp;</span>Geor.
+<span class="sc2">I</span>.</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p class="nind">I have known Ashantees thirty days coming with
+dispatches from Cape Coast Castle to Coomassie, in August; and in
+September, to have arrived in twelve.</p>
+
+<p>If the successor to a stool, or any rich inheritance is a child,
+they grind aggry beads into a powder, and rub him with it
+daily,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_267">[267]</span> after
+washing, believing that it hastens his growth and maturity. When
+any one denies a theft, an aggry bead is placed in a small vessel,
+with some water, the person holding it puts his right foot against
+the right foot of the accused, who invokes the power of the bead to
+kill him if he is guilty, and then takes it into his mouth with a
+little of the water, the rest being thrown on the ground, and
+crossed as he repeats the invocation: their superstition is
+generally superior to their resolution. I shall be expected to
+notice these aggry beads.</p>
+
+<p>The natives invariably declare that the aggry beads are found in
+the Dankara, Akim, Warsaw, Ahanta, and Fantee countries, the
+greater number in the former, being the richer in gold; they say
+they are directed to dig for them by a spiral vapour issuing from
+the ground, and that they rarely lay near the surface; the finder
+is said to be sure of a series of good fortune. The plain aggry
+beads are blue, yellow, green, or a dull red, the variegated
+consist of every colour and shade. The Fantees prefer the plain
+yellow bead, the Amanaheäns the blue and yellow, for which they
+will give double the weight in gold; those of inferior beauty
+frequently fetch a large price, from having been worn by some royal
+or eminent character. Dr. Leyden, who writes, “the aigris is a
+stone of a greenish blue colour, supposed to be a species of
+jasper, small perforated pieces of which, valued at their weight in
+gold, are used for money,” (which I never heard of,) rather
+describes the popo bead; though that is semi-transparent, (of a
+bright blue,) resembling carnelian, (which is frequently found in
+these countries) and said to be obtained in the same manner as the
+aggry bead. Isert writes, “they are a sort of coral, with inlaid
+work: the art of making beads is entirely lost, or was never known
+in these parts: it is not improbable, that in the golden age of
+Egypt, she had communication with the Gold Coast; indeed, it has
+been thought, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_268">[268]</span>
+perhaps not without some reason, that the Gold Coast is the Ophir
+of Solomon.”</p>
+
+<p>The variegated strata of the aggry beads are so firmly united,
+and so imperceptibly blended, that the perfection seems superior to
+art: some resemble mosaic work, the surfaces of others are covered
+with flowers and regular patterns, so very minute, and the shades
+so delicately softened one into the other, and into the ground of
+the bead, that nothing but the finest touch of the pencil could
+equal them. The agatized parts disclose flowers and patterns, deep
+in the body of the bead, and thin shafts, of opaque colours,
+running from the centre to the surface. The natives pretend that
+imitations are made in the country, which they call boiled beads,
+alleging that they are broken aggry beads ground into powder, and
+boiled together, and that they know them because they are heavier;
+but this I find to be mere conjecture among themselves, unsupported
+by any thing like observation or discovery. The natives believe
+that by burying the aggry beads in sand they not only grow but
+breed.<a id="FNanchor_83"></a><a href="#Footnote_83" class=
+"fnanchor">[83]</a></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_269">[269]</span>To return to the
+superstitions of the Ashantees: when they drink, they spill a
+little of the liquor on the ground as an offering<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_270">[270]</span> to the fetish; and on rising
+from their chairs or stools, their attendants instantly lay them on
+their sides, to prevent the devil (whom they represent to be white)
+from slipping into their master’s places.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_271">[271]</span>But the most
+surprising superstition of the Ashantees, is their confidence in
+the fetishes or saphies they purchase so extravagantly from the
+Moors, believing firmly that they make them invulnerable and
+invincible in war, paralyse the hand of the enemy, shiver their
+weapons, divert the course of balls, render both sexes prolific,
+and avert all evils but sickness, (which they can only assuage,)
+and natural death. The King gave to the King of Dagwumba, for the
+fetish or war coat of Apokoo, the value of thirty slaves; for
+Odumata’s, twenty; for Adoo Quamina’s, thirteen; for Akimpon’s,
+twelve; for Akimponteä’s, nine; and for those of greater captains
+in proportion. The generals being always in the rear of the
+army<span class="pagenum" id="Page_272">[272]</span> are pretty
+sure to escape, a circumstance much in favour of the Moors. The
+drawing of Adoo Quamina will convey the best idea of this dress,
+which has been described <a href="#Page_31">before,</a> in our
+entrée; it is so weighty that old Odumata could scarcely move in
+his. Jannequin, who visited Mandingo in 1637, describes exactly the
+same sort of dress as worn by the chiefs of that country, and adds,
+“their bodies are so encumbered with these defences, that they are
+often unable to mount on horseback without assistance.” For a small
+fetish of about six lines, sewn in a case of red cloth, which the
+King presented to our Accra linguist, Baba charged and received six
+ackies. The man valued the gift highly; he had expended two pieces
+of cloth and a quantity of rum in fetish, at Accra, before he
+joined the Mission; but for which, he told me, he was convinced the
+Ashantees would have managed to poison him: yet, he was one of the
+most sensible natives I ever conversed with. A sheet of paper would
+support an inferior Moor in Coomassie for a month. Several of the
+Ashantee captains offered seriously to let us fire at them; in
+short, their confidence in these fetishes is almost as incredible,
+as the despondency and panic imposed on their southern and western
+enemies by the recollection of them: they impel the Ashantees,
+fearless and headlong, to the most daring enterprises, they
+dispirit their adversaries, almost to the neglect of an
+interposition of fortune in their favour. The Ashantees believe
+that the constant prayers of the Moors, who have persuaded them
+that they converse with the Deity, invigorate themselves, and
+gradually waste the spirit and strength of their enemies. This
+faith is not less impulsive than that which achieved the Arabian
+conquests.</p>
+
+<p>Neither the Ashantees or their neighbours have any tradition of
+a deluge, nor does Catcott, the only writer I recollect to have
+read on its universality, report any Negro tradition, though he
+submits<span class="pagenum" id="Page_273">[273]</span> that of the
+American tribes, with those of the other nations of the world. The
+Moors told me, that the waters of the deluge retired to, and were
+absorbed in the lake Caudi or Caughi, which they also called Bahar
+Noohoo, or the sea of Noah.</p>
+
+<p>Amongst other observations, I recollect the Moors to have said,
+that Moses spoke like God, that Abraham was the friend of God, that
+Jesus was a spirit of God, but that Mahomet was the best beloved of
+God. They added, that there were four books written by the
+inspiration of God, at different times. Moses wrote Tauratoo;
+David, Zaboura; Jesus, Lingheel; and Mahomet, Al Koran. Lightning,
+they said, was occasioned by God waving his hand to direct the
+courses of his angels. One Moor was a great etymologist; he told
+me, that Mahomet rushing between two armies, who were fighting,
+exclaimed to one party, “Toorek! Toorek!” (leave off! leave off!)
+and that those people were thenceforward called Turks. I questioned
+them concerning the origin of nations; they told me, that Japhet
+was the most active in covering the nakedness of his father, which
+Ham discovered, and thence the subjection of black men the
+descendants of Ham, to Europeans the descendants of Japhet. Shem,
+from whom they were themselves descended, they said, was neither so
+good or so bad as his brothers, and therefore his children enjoyed
+a medium of endowment and favour. They augured from the sacrifice
+of sheep, with which the King supplied them abundantly, and,
+excepting those who had made a pilgrimage to Mecca, (of which they
+told us wonderful tales) did not hesitate mingling the
+superstitions of the natives with their own, either for their
+profit or safety. They were tolerably expert in slight of hand
+tricks.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftp2c04">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_77"></a><a href="#FNanchor_77"><span class=
+"label">[77]</span></a>At Nanampong (Nanan means a grand-father)
+near Mankasim, in the Braffoo country, there is a deep dell,
+inhabited by a number of aged fetish men, whom the Fantees believe
+to be immortal, and to have lived there beyond all memory, in close
+converse with the fetish, and ignorant of the world but by
+intuition. The spirits of the aged and wise are believed to dwell
+amongst them, and their prophecies and advice are revered as
+emanations from the fetish. Adookoo, the chief of the Braffoos,
+used sometimes to consult them in person, but generally through his
+head fetishman, and the Fantees now attribute the successes of the
+Ashantees, and their own defeats and misfortunes, to the disregard
+of what the oracle enjoined; for, whilst it was obeyed, they say
+the country always prospered; and, indeed, from the instances which
+have been reported to me, the responses appear to have directed a
+just and prudent policy, highly conducive to the welfare of Fantee.
+This dell is so impervious, and yet so capacious, that many hundred
+Fantees were secreted there, during the Ashantee invasions, which
+these priests had predicted. The house or temple of the principal
+fetish of the Ahanta country, called Checquoo, is at Apremmadoo,
+about four miles up the Takaradee river: upwards of fifty superior
+priests are resident there.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_78"></a><a href="#FNanchor_78"><span class=
+"label">[78]</span></a>“And here I cannot but remark, that those
+accounts, when compared, shew how little manners and minds improve
+in Africa, and how long, and how much society has been there at a
+stand:—Jobson saw, in 1620, exactly what Park saw in 1798.” Sir W.
+Young.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_79"></a><a href="#FNanchor_79"><span class=
+"label">[79]</span></a>A slave dashing or devoting himself to
+Checquoo, the great fetish of Ahanta, is never redeemed; the
+impression of the superior power of that fetish being so awful,
+that the proprietor of the slave, would believe the death of all
+his family inevitable, were he to redeem him from the
+sanctuary.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_80"></a><a href="#FNanchor_80"><span class=
+"label">[80]</span></a>The different states of the water side
+revere different animals as fetish: the hyæna is esteemed so at
+Accra, the alligator at Dix Cove and Annamaboe, and vultures
+universally; and with more apparent reason, as they consume all the
+offal of the neighbourhood, and thus contribute to its health and
+cleanliness. A black man killing a hyæna at Accra, would incur a
+serious penalty. A European is obliged to pay a case of neat rum
+and one piece of white baft, in which the head of the animal is
+wrapped, and afterwards buried by the natives. Almost every
+resident on the coast, can speak to the imitative powers of the
+hyæna, which Pliny has been ridiculed for reporting. In a fresh
+water pond at Dix Cove, there is an alligator, about twelve feet
+long, which always appears on the bank, at the call of the fetish
+men, who then throw it a white fowl. In a modern natural history, I
+read, “in this part of the world (Africa) also, as well as at Siam,
+the crocodile makes an object of savage pomp, near the palaces of
+their monarchs. Philips informs us, that at Sabi, on the slave
+coast, there are two pools of water near the royal palace, where
+crocodiles are bred as we breed carp in our ponds in Europe.” I
+never heard of any royal palaces, or of Sabi (probably Assaboo) on
+the Slave Coast; the alligator of Dix Cove may possibly be alluded
+to.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_81"></a><a href="#FNanchor_81"><span class=
+"label">[81]</span></a>Tuesday is the common fetish day on the
+coast, when they neither fish or work in their plantations.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_82"></a><a href="#FNanchor_82"><span class=
+"label">[82]</span></a>
+</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">Ille et nefasto te posuit
+die.<span class="word-spaced10">&nbsp;</span>Hor. 12, 13.</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p class="nind">Romani pariter quosdam atros et nefastos habuere,
+eo quod in iis clades acceperant; <span class="omis">· ·
+·</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_83"></a><a href="#FNanchor_83"><span class=
+"label">[83]</span></a>The coloring matter of the blue beads has
+been proved, by experiment, to be iron; that of the yellow, without
+doubt, is lead and antimony, with a trifling quantity of copper,
+though not essential to the production of the color. The generality
+of these beads appear to be produced from clays colored in thin
+layers, afterwards twisted together into a spiral form, and then
+cut across: also from different colored clays raked together
+without blending. How the flowers and delicate patterns, in the
+body and on the surface of the rarer beads, have been produced,
+cannot be so well explained. Besides the suite deposited in the
+British Museum, I had the pleasure of presenting one of the most
+interesting kind to Baron Humboldt; and I have also sent one to Sir
+Richard Hoare, as it seemed to correspond so closely with the bead
+which he found in one of the barrows, and describes, as follows, in
+his History of Wiltshire. The notion of the rare virtues of the
+Glain Neidyr, as well as of the continued good fortune of the
+finder, accords exactly with the African superstitions. “A large
+glass bead, of the same imperfect petrefaction as the pully beads,
+and resembling also, in matter, the little figures that are found
+with the mummies in Egypt, and are to be seen in the British
+Museum. This very curious bead has two circular lines of opaque sky
+blue and white, which seem to represent a serpent entwined round a
+centre, which is perforated. This was certainly one of the Glain
+Neidyr of the Britons, derived from glain, which is pure and holy,
+and neidyr a snake. Under the word glain, Mr. Owen, in his Welsh
+Dictionary, has given the following article: “The Glain neidyr,
+transparent stones, or adder stones, were worn by the different
+orders of the bards, each having its appropriate color. There is no
+certainty that they were worn from superstition originally; perhaps
+that was the circumstance which gave rise to it. Whatever might
+have been the cause, the <em>notion of their rare virtues was
+universal</em> in all places where the Bardic religion was taught.
+It may still be questioned whether they are the production of
+nature or art.” The beads which are the present object of my
+attention, are thus noticed by Bishop Gibson in his improved
+edition of Camden’s Britannia. “In most parts of Wales, and
+throughout all Scotland, and in Cornwall, we find it a common
+opinion of the vulgar, that about Midsummer eve (although in the
+time they do not all agree,) it is usual for snakes to meet in
+companies; and that by joining heads together, and hissing, a kind
+of bubble is formed like a ring, about the head of one of them,
+which the rest, by continual hissing blow on till it comes off at
+the tail; and then it immediately hardens, and resembles a glass
+ring, <em>which whoever finds (as some old women and children are
+persuaded) shall prosper in all their undertakings</em>. The rings
+which they suppose to be thus generated are called Gleinu Nadroedh,
+i.e. Gemmæ Anguinum, whereof I have seen at several places about
+twenty or thirty. They are small glass annulets, commonly about
+half as wide as our finger rings, but much thicker; of a green
+color, usually, though some of them are blue, and others curiously
+waved with blue, red, and white. I have also seen two or three
+earthen rings of this kind, but glazed with blue, and adorned with
+transverse streaks in furrows on the outside. There seems to be
+some connection between the Glein Neidyr of the Britons, and the
+Ovum Anguinum mentioned by Pliny,<a id="FNanchor_a-83"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_a-83" class="fnanchor">[a]</a> as being held in
+veneration by the Druids of Gaul, and to the formation of which he
+gives nearly the same origin. They were probably worn as an
+insigne, or mark of distinction, and suspended around the neck, as
+the perforation is not sufficiently large to admit the finger.”</p>
+
+<p>The bead engraved in Tumulus No. 9, resembles closely a coarse
+sort of bead, still manufactured in Syria, brought over by Dr.
+Meryon. The glass globes dug up in Lincolnshire, and presented by
+Sir Joseph Banks to the British Museum, are very like a distinct
+sort of aggry bead, dug by the natives even more rarely than the
+others, but not larger than a moderate sized apple: they are more
+opaque than the other beads, and the ground or body is generally
+black, speckled confusedly with red, white, and yellow.</p>
+
+<p><em>Aggry</em> is the generic, not the abstract name;
+‘<em>awynnee</em>’ is <em>bead</em>, but aggry is an exotic word no
+native can explain. When first I heard of similar beads having been
+lately dug in India, I associated for an instant the expectation
+that it might have been in the neighbourhood of Agra, and thus have
+thrown some light on the name; but it appears they were found in
+Malabar. I am indebted for the following account of this
+interesting discovery to a gentleman lately returned from India.
+“The bead you sent me is more like those I saw in India, than any I
+have seen before; but it is thicker and shorter; neither does the
+material of which it is formed exactly agree with those in India,
+which appear to be of a red glass, very like red carnelian (such,
+however, are frequent among the Aggry beads) with white lines of
+enamel, inlaid, as it were, in the body of the bead. I gave these
+to a friend in India, who promised to send them to the Asiatic
+Society in Calcutta. The circles of stone in which these beads have
+been found, abound most in Malabar, in the neighbourhood of
+Calicut; but I have seen them in other parts of India, and I am of
+opinion that they might be traced throughout the whole of the
+southern peninsula. They are formed of large masses of rough
+stones, placed round in irregular circles, some of very large
+extent, some of smaller: they appear so much like natural rocks,
+that most persons would pass them unobserved. Several of these
+circles about three years since were excavated, in the vicinity of
+Calicut, and in the centre of each of them we found, at the depth
+of about five feet, a large earthen jar of the same shape as those
+found in Wiltshire, as near as we could judge, for it was broken to
+pieces: it was about four or five feet deep, its mouth in general
+closed with a square piece of granite: the beads were found at the
+bottom of these jars with some pieces of iron, apparently parts of
+swords and spears. There was an iron javelin found in one of these
+places, tolerably perfect: it was about five feet long, with a
+large iron knob at one end of it. In the centre of one of the
+circles we came to a flight of seven steps, which led to a cave
+excavated in the rock; it measured 11 feet in diameter, and 7 feet
+in its highest part; the entrance to it was a square opening of
+about 18 inches, which was closed up by an immense block of
+granite. We found in this place a great number of earthen pots of
+very curious shape; in one of these there were the remains of
+bones, which appeared to have been but imperfectly calcined; in
+several of the larger jars there were the husks of rice, which
+dropped into dust immediately they were opened. We found here also
+an iron tripod, and a very curious stone, somewhat similar to what
+the Indians now use for grinding their curry powder on. The large
+stones forming the circles were set upright and capped with still
+larger ones. They are not of granite, but of the stone of the
+country in which they are situated; they are of different sizes; I
+have seen some of them 10 or 12 feet high, and the large stone on
+the top from 10 to 12 feet in diameter, or perhaps more. Coimbatore
+is a district situated between the Coromandel and Malabar coasts;
+it is bounded on the east by the river Cavery, on the banks of
+which the tumuli are in general situated. In some, a few silver
+coins have been found, of a square figure, with characters on them,
+which none of the most learned Bramins have been as yet able to
+make out; it is in these also that remains of very large swords,
+&amp;c. have been found. The Roman coins to the number of upwards
+of 90 were all of gold, and Nero’s; each of them had a cut or slit
+in it. They were not found in one of these barrows, but were
+discovered in a garden by one of the natives when digging: they
+were in a small copper pot. Pandu Kuri literally means Pandu’s
+caves or holes. Pandu is a very celebrated personage in the Hindoo
+Mythology, and a great warrior; it is common in India to ascribe to
+him all great works of antiquity; this term therefore only shews
+that those places are very ancient, and that the present
+inhabitants are quite ignorant of their origin.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="subft">
+<p><a id="Footnote_a-83"></a><a href="#FNanchor_a-83"><span class=
+"label">[a]</span></a>Præterea est ovorum genus in magna Galliarum
+fama, omissum Græcis. Angues innumeri æstate convoluti, salivis
+faucium, corporumque spumis artifici complexu glomerantur, anguinum
+appellantur. Druidæ sibilis id dicunt in sublime jactari, sagoque
+oportere intercipi ne tellurem attingat. Profugere raptorem equo.
+Serpentes enim insequi donec arceant amnis alicujus interventu.
+Experimentum ejus esse si contra aquas fluitet vel auro cinctum
+Insigne Druidis. Ad victorias litium ac regum aditus maxime laudat.
+Plinii Hist. Natural. L. 29. c. 3.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_274">[274]</span><a id=
+"p2c05"></a><span class="letter-spaced01">CHAPTER</span> V.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8 spaced3">
+
+<p class="sch1"><em>Customs.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="dcap"><span class="sc">The</span> Yam Custom is annual,
+just at the maturity of that vegetable, which is planted in
+December, and not eaten until the conclusion of the custom, the
+early part of September. All the caboceers and captains, and the
+majority of the tributaries, are enjoined to attend, none being
+excused, but such as the Kings of Inta, and Dagwumba, (who send
+deputations of their principal caboceers,) and those who have been
+dispatched elsewhere on public business. If a chief or caboceer has
+offended, or if his fidelity be suspected, he is seldom accused or
+punished until the Yam Custom, which they attend frequently
+unconscious, and always uncertain of what may be laid to their
+charge. The Yam Custom is like the Saturnalia; neither theft,
+intrigue, or assault are punishable during the continuance, but the
+grossest liberty prevails, and each sex abandons itself to its
+passions.</p>
+
+<p>On Friday the 5th of September, the number, splendor, and
+variety of arrivals, thronging from the different paths, was as
+astonishing as entertaining; but there was an alloy in the
+gratification, for the principal caboceers sacrificed a slave at
+each quarter of the town, on their entré.</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon of Saturday, the King received all the
+caboceers and captains in the large area, where the Dankara canons
+are<span class="pagenum" id="Page_275">[275]</span> placed. The
+scene was marked with all the splendor of our own entré, and many
+additional novelties. The crush in the distance was awful and
+distressing. All the heads of the kings and caboceers whose
+kingdoms had been conquered, from Saï Tootoo to the present reign,
+with those of the chiefs who had been executed for subsequent
+revolts, were displayed by two parties of executioners, each
+upwards of a hundred, who passed in an impassioned dance, some with
+the most irresistible grimace, some with the most frightful
+gesture: they clashed their knives on the skulls, in which sprigs
+of thyme were inserted, to keep the spirits from troubling the
+King. I never felt so grateful for being born in a civilized
+country. Firing and drinking palm wine were the only divertissemens
+to the ceremony of the caboceers presenting themselves to the King;
+they were announced, and passed all round the circle saluting every
+umbrella: their bands preceded; we reckoned above forty drums in
+that of the King of Dwabin. The effect of the splendor, the tumult,
+and the musquetry, was afterwards heightened by torch light. We
+left the ground at 10 o’clock; the umbrellas were crowded even in
+the distant streets, the town was covered like a large fair, the
+broken sounds of distant horns and drums filled up the momentary
+pauses of the firing which encircled us: the uproar continued until
+four in the morning, just before which the King retired. I have
+attempted a drawing, (<a href="#i02">No. 2.</a>) it is by no means
+adequate, yet more so than description could be.</p>
+
+<div class="plate">
+<div class="figcenter iw1">
+<figure id="i02"><a href="images/i02_large.jpg"><img src=
+'images/i02.jpg' alt=''></a>
+<table class="width-full">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl ipub"><em>Drawn by T. E. Bowdich
+Esq<sup>r</sup>.</em>
+</td>
+<td class="tdr ipub"><em>Engraved by R. Havell & Son.</em>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="cp1"><span class="sc">The First Day of the Yam
+Custom.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="ipubb"><em>Published Dec<sup>r</sup>. 2, 1818, by John
+Murray, Albemarle Street.</em>
+</p>
+</figure>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p>On the left side of the drawing is a group of captains dancing
+and firing, as described in our entré. Immediately above the
+encircling soldiery, is a young caboceer under his umbrella, borne
+on the shoulders of his chief slave; he salutes as he passes along,
+and is preceded and surrounded by boys (with elephants tails,
+feathers, &amp;c.) and his captains, who, lifting their swords in
+the air, halloo out the deeds of his fore-fathers; his stool is
+borne close to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_276">[276]</span> him,
+ornamented with a large brass bell. Above is the fanciful standard
+of a chief, who is preceded and followed by numerous attendants; he
+is supported round the waist by a confidential slave, and one wrist
+is so heavily laden with gold, that it is supported on the head of
+a small boy; with the other hand he is saluting a seated caboceer,
+sawing the air by a motion from the wrist. His umbrella is sprung
+up and down to increase the breeze, and large grass fans are also
+playing; his handsomest slave girl follows, bearing on her head a
+small red leather trunk, full of gold ornaments, and rich cloths;
+behind are soldiers and drummers, who throw their white-washed
+drums in the air, and catch them again, with much agility and
+grimace, as they walk along. Boys are in the front, bearing
+elephants tails, fly flappers, &amp;c. and his captains with
+uplifted swords, are hastening forward the musicians and soldiers.
+Amongst the latter is the stool, so stained with blood that it is
+thought decent to cover it with red silk. Behind the musicians is
+Odumata, coming round to join the procession in his state hammock
+lined with red taffeta, and smoking under his umbrella, at the top
+of which is a stuffed leopard. In the area below is an unfortunate
+victim, tortured in the manner described in the entré, and two of
+the King’s messengers clearing the way for him. The King’s four
+linguists are seen next; two, Otee and Quancum, are seated in
+conversation under an umbrella; the chief, Adoosey, is swearing a
+royal messenger, (to fetch an absent caboceer,) by putting a gold
+handled sword between his teeth, whilst Agay delivers the charge,
+and exhorts him to be resolute. The criers, all deformed and with
+monkey skin caps, are seated in the front. Under the next umbrella
+is the royal stool, thickly cased in gold. Gold pipes, fans of
+ostrich wing feathers, captains seated with gold swords, wolves
+heads and snakes as large as life of the same metal, depending from
+the handles, girls bearing silver bowls, body<span class="pagenum"
+id="Page_277">[277]</span> guards, &amp;c. &amp;c. are mingled
+together till we come to the King, seated in a chair of ebony and
+gold, and dressed much in the same way as described at the first
+interview. He is holding up his two fingers to receive the oath of
+the captain to the right, who, pointing to a distant country, vows
+to conquer it. On the right and left of the state umbrella are the
+flags of Great Britain, Holland, and Denmark. A group of painted
+figures are dancing up to the King, in the most extravagant
+attitudes, beating time with their long knives on the skulls stuck
+full of thyme. On the right of the King is the eunuch, who
+superintends the group of small boys, the children of the nobility,
+waving elephants tails, (spangled with gold,) feathers, &amp;c.:
+behind him is the above mentioned captain and other chiefs dressed
+as in the left end of the drawing. Musicians, seated and standing,
+are playing on instruments cased or plated with gold. The officers
+of the Mission are next seen, their linguists in front, their
+soldiers, servants, and flag behind, at the back of whom is placed
+the King’s state hammock, under its own umbrella. Adjoining the
+officers is old Quatchie Quofie and his followers; at the top of
+his umbrella is stuck a small black wooden image, with a bunch of
+rusty hair on the head, intending to represent the famous Akim
+caboceer who was killed by him; vain of the action, he is seen
+according to his usual custom, dancing before and deriding his
+fallen enemy, whilst his captains bawl out the deed, and halloo
+their acclamations. The manner of drinking palm wine is exhibited
+in the next group, a boy kneels beneath with a second bowl to catch
+the droppings, (it being a great luxury to suffer the liquor to run
+over the beard,) whilst the horns flourish, and the captains halloo
+the strong names. The Moors are easily distinguished by their caps,
+and preposterous turbans. One is blessing a Dagwumba caboceer, who
+is passing on horseback, (the animal covered with fetishes and
+bells,) escorted by his men<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_278">[278]</span> in tunics, bearing lances, and his
+musicians with rude violins, distinct from the sanko. The back of
+the whole assembly is lined with royal soldiers, and the commoner
+ones are ranged in front, with here and there a captain and a group
+of musicians, who, some with an old cocked hat, some with a
+soldier’s jacket, &amp;c. &amp;c. afford a ludicrous appearance.
+This description will be rendered more illustrative of the drawing,
+by referring to that of our entré.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning the King ordered a large quantity of rum to be
+poured into brass pans, in various parts of the town; the crowd
+pressing around, and drinking like hogs; freemen and slaves, women
+and children, striking, kicking, and trampling each other under
+foot, pushed head foremost into the pans, and spilling much more
+than they drank. In less than an hour, excepting the principal men,
+not a sober person was to be seen, parties of four reeling and
+rolling under the weight of another, whom they affected to be
+carrying home; strings of women covered with red paint, hand in
+hand, falling down like rows of cards; the commonest mechanics and
+slaves furiously declaiming on state palavers; the most discordant
+music, the most obscene songs, children of both sexes prostrate in
+insensibility. All wore their handsomest cloths, which they trailed
+after them to a great length, in a drunken emulation of
+extravagance and dirtiness.<a id="FNanchor_84"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_84" class="fnanchor">[84]</a></p>
+
+<p>Towards evening the populace grew sober again, the strange
+caboceers displayed their equipages in every direction, and at
+five<span class="pagenum" id="Page_279">[279]</span> o’clock there
+was a procession from the palace to the south end of the town and
+back; the King and the dignitaries were carried in their hammocks,
+and passed through a continued blaze of musketry: the crush was
+dreadful. The next day (Monday) was occupied in state palavers, and
+on Tuesday the diet broke up, and most of the caboceers took
+leave.</p>
+
+<p>About a hundred persons, mostly culprits reserved, are generally
+sacrificed, in different quarters of the town, at this custom.
+Several slaves were also sacrificed at Bantama, over the large
+brass pan, their blood mingling with the various vegetable and
+animal matter within, (fresh and putrefied,) to complete the charm,
+and produce invincible fetish. All the chiefs kill several slaves,
+that their blood may flow into the hole from whence the new yam is
+taken. Those who cannot afford to kill slaves, take the head of one
+already sacrificed and place it on the hole.<a id=
+"FNanchor_85"></a><a href="#Footnote_85" class=
+"fnanchor">[85]</a></p>
+
+<p>The royal gold ornaments are melted down every Yam Custom, and
+fashioned into new patterns, as novel as possible. This is a piece
+of state policy very imposing on the populace, and the tributary
+chiefs who pay but an annual visit.</p>
+
+<p>About ten days after the custom, the whole of the royal houshold
+eat new yam for the first time, in the market place, the King
+attending. The next day he and the captains set off for Sarrasoo
+before sun rise, to perform their annual ablutions in the river
+Dah. Almost all the inhabitants follow him, and the capital
+appears<span class="pagenum" id="Page_280">[280]</span> deserted;
+the succeeding day the King washes in the marsh at the south-east
+end of the town, the captains lining the streets leading to it on
+both sides. He is attended by his suite, but he laves the water
+with his own hands over himself, his chairs, stools, gold and
+silver plate, and the various articles of furniture used especially
+by him. Several brass pans are covered with white cloth, with
+various fetish under them. About twenty sheep are dipped, (one
+sheep and one goat only are sacrificed at the time,) to be killed
+in the palace in the afternoon, that their blood may be poured on
+the stools and door posts. All the doors, windows, and arcades of
+the palace, are plentifully besmeared with a mixture of eggs, and
+palm oil; as also the stools of the different tribes and families.
+After the ceremony of washing is over, the principal captains
+precede the King to the palace, where, contrary to usual custom,
+none but those of the first rank are allowed to enter, to see the
+procession pass. The King’s fetish men walk first, with attendants
+holding basins of sacred water, which they sprinkle plentifully
+over the chiefs with branches,<a id="FNanchor_86"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_86" class="fnanchor">[86]</a> the more superstitious
+running to have a little poured on their heads, and even on their
+tongues. The King and his attendants all wear white cloths on this
+occasion. Three white lambs are led before him, intended for
+sacrifice at his bed chamber. All his wives follow, with a guard of
+archers.</p>
+
+<p>Another national custom is the Adaï, by the number of which the
+Ashantees appear to reckon their year, which began, I could not
+understand why, on the first of October. The common people pretend,
+or believe, that the time for repeating the Adaï, is marked by the
+falling of a fruit like a gourd, from a tree called Brebretim, and
+which generally takes place in about twenty days from its first
+appearance, all the birds and beasts in the neighbourhood
+crying<span class="pagenum" id="Page_281">[281]</span> out
+simultaneously. They further pretend, that from the fruit of this
+tree spring various kinds of vegetables. This account of the tree,
+known in Warsaw as well, is peculiar to Ashantee. The customs are
+alternately called the great and little Adaï, the former taking
+place always on a Sunday, the latter on a Wednesday; and it
+appeared to me, from calculation, that there were six weeks between
+each great Adaï, and six between each little one, so that the
+custom was generally held every twenty-one days.</p>
+
+<p>The large drum which stands at the entrance of the palace,
+adorned with skulls and thigh bones, is struck with great force at
+sun set the preceding day, as a signal; the whole of the
+establishment of the palace shout, and their shout is echoed by the
+people throughout the town. Music and firing generally beguile the
+night. The next morning the King goes to the fetish house, (Himma,)
+opposite the palace, and offers several sheep; the blood of this
+sacrifice is poured on the gold stool, to which extraordinary
+virtues are ascribed, being considered the palladium of the
+kingdom: the deposition of Saï Quamina was protracted from his
+having it in his possession at Dwabin. The caboceers and captains,
+many coming from towns two or three days distant, begin to march to
+the large yard of the palace about sun rise, to secure their
+places. We generally attended between nine and ten, when the King
+had just seated himself. The first ceremony was penetrating to the
+King, through the various state officers and attendants, to wish
+him good morning, at which he slightly inclined his head. The
+chiefs as they advanced to do so, were supported and followed by a
+few favourite attendants, who flourished their swords in the air,
+the gold handles upwards, and the band of each began to play as he
+left his seat. Young caboceers of five and six years of age,
+stalked by with interesting vanity. After this the King left his
+chair, which was turned upside down, and retired a few minutes into
+the palace.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_282">[282]</span> All the
+horns flourished as he made his exit and entrée; swords, feathers,
+elephants tails, were waved rapidly, and the drums beaten with
+deafening effect. After he was seated, the linguists, preceded by
+their gold canes and insignia, presented a sheep, a flask of rum,
+(drank on the ground,) and ten ackies of gold to each superior
+captain, and somewhat less to the others. Another flourish
+proclaimed the dispensation of the King’s bounty. Five or six men
+then rose; and chaunted his deeds and titles for about ten minutes.
+I regret exceedingly that this chaunt was not noted, it was so
+harmonious. I observed them put something between their teeth
+before they began. The same tedious form of saluting the King was
+now repeated to return thanks. Any new law was afterwards
+promulgated, which occurred but twice during our stay, and the
+levee broke up on the King’s leaving his chair. Not unfrequently
+the whole took place during heavy rain. It was computed that the
+King dashed or presented forty pereguins of gold (£400.) every Adaï
+custom.<a id="FNanchor_87"></a><a href="#Footnote_87" class=
+"fnanchor">[87]</a></p>
+
+<p>The decease of a person is announced by a discharge of musketry,
+proportionate to his rank, or the wealth of his family. In an
+instant you see a crowd of slaves burst from the house, and run
+towards the bush, flattering themselves that the hindmost, or those
+surprised in the house, will furnish the human victims for
+sacrifice, if they can but secrete themselves until the custom is
+over. The body is then handsomely drest in silk and gold, and laid
+out on<span class="pagenum" id="Page_283">[283]</span> the bed, the
+richest cloths beside it.<a id="FNanchor_88"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_88" class="fnanchor">[88]</a> One or two slaves are then
+sacrificed at the door of the house. I shall describe the custom
+for Quatchie Quofie’s mother, which we witnessed August the 2d.; it
+was by no means a great one, but it will give the most correct idea
+of these splendid, but barbarous ceremonies. The King, Quatchie
+Quofie, and Odumata each sacrificed a young girl directly the
+deceased had breathed her last, that she might not want for
+attendants until the greater sacrifice was made. The retainers,
+adherents, and friends of the family then sent contributions of
+gold, powder, rum, and cloth, to be expended at the custom; the
+King, as heir, exceeding every quota but that of the nearest
+relative, who succeeded to the stool and slaves. The King also sent
+a sum of gold, and some rich cloths to be buried with the deceased,
+in the basket or coffin. I could not learn the various sums of gold
+dust with sufficient accuracy to note them, but the following were
+the quantities of powder presented on the occasion:</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t283">
+<tr>
+<td>Quatchie Quofie</td>
+<td class="tdr">20</td>
+<td>oz. (of gold) kegs.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>King</td>
+<td class="tdr">4</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>King’s brother</td>
+<td class="tdr">2</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Amanquateä</td>
+<td class="tdr">2</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Odumata</td>
+<td class="tdr">2</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Apokoo</td>
+<td class="tdr">1</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Otee</td>
+<td class="tdr">1</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Yapensoo</td>
+<td class="tdr">1</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Amanqua Abiniowa (the nephew)</td>
+<td class="tdr">2</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>(Name illegible)</td>
+<td class="tdr">1</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Adoosey</td>
+<td class="tdr">1</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Jessinting</td>
+<td class="tdr">1</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Saphoo</td>
+<td class="tdr">1</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ooshoo</td>
+<td class="tdr">1</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Inferior retainers</td>
+<td class="tdr">4</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdr bt">44</td>
+<td>nearly 12 barrels.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_284">[284]</span>The
+inferior retainers of Quatchie Quofie gave four ackies of gold, and
+eight fathoms of cloth each. I was told these contributions were
+unusually small, from the command of the King that the greatest
+economy should be observed in every expenditure of powder, on
+account of the approaching war.</p>
+
+<p>We walked to Assafoo about twelve o’clock; the vultures were
+hovering around two headless trunks, scarcely cold. Several troops
+of women, from fifty to a hundred in each, were dancing by in
+movements resembling skaiting, lauding and bewailing the deceased
+in the most dismal, yet not discordant strains; audible, from the
+vast number, at a considerable distance. Other troops carried the
+rich cloths and silks of the deceased on their heads, in shining
+brass pans, twisted and stuffed into crosses, cones, globes, and a
+fanciful variety of shapes only to be imagined, and imposing at a
+small distance the appearance of rude deities. The faces, arms, and
+breasts of these women were profusely daubed with red earth, in
+horrid emulation of those who had succeeded in besmearing
+themselves with the blood of the victims. The crowd was
+overbearing; horns, drums, and muskets, yells, groans, and
+screeches invaded our hearing with as many horrors as were crowded
+on our sight. Now and then a victim was hurried by, generally
+dragged or run along at full speed; the uncouth dress, and the
+exulting countenances of those who surrounded him, likening them to
+as many fiends. I observed apathy, more frequently than despair or
+emotion, in the looks of the victims. The chiefs and captains were
+arriving in all directions, announced by the firing of muskets, and
+the peculiar flourishes of their horns, many of which were by this
+time familiar to us; they were then habited plainly as
+warriors,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_285">[285]</span> and were
+soon lost to our sight in the crowd. As old Odumata passed in his
+hammock, he bade us observe him well when he passed again: this
+prepared us in a small degree. Presently the King’s arrival in the
+market place was announced, the crowd rolled towards it
+impetuously, but the soldiery hacked on all sides indiscriminately,
+and formed a passage for the procession. Quatchie Quofie hurried
+by, plunging from side to side like a Bacchanal, drunk with the
+adulation of his bellowing supporters; his attitudes were
+responsive to the horror and barbarism of the exultations which
+inspired them. The victims, with large knives driven through their
+cheeks, eyed him with indifference; he them with a savage joy,
+bordering on phrenzy: insults were aggravated on the one, flattery
+lavished on the other. Our disgust was beguiled for an instant by
+surprise. The chiefs who had just before passed us in their swarthy
+cloths, and the dark gloomy habits of war, now followed Quatchie
+Quofie, glistening in all the splendor of their fetish dresses;
+(see drawing, <a href="#i01">No. I.</a>) the sprightly variety of
+their movements ill accorded with the ceremony. Old Odumata’s vest
+was covered with fetish, cased invariably in gold or silver. A
+variety of extraordinary ornament and novel insignia, courted and
+reflected the sun in every direction. It was like a splendid
+pantomime after a Gothic tragedy.</p>
+
+<p>We followed to the market place. The King, and the chiefs not
+immediately connected with Quatchie Quofie, were seated under their
+canopies, with the usual insignia and retinue, and lined about the
+half of a circle, apparently half a mile in circumference; the
+soldiery completed it, their respective chiefs situated amongst
+them. Thirteen victims, surrounded by their executioners, whose
+black shaggy caps and vests gave them the appearance of bears
+rather than men, were pressed together by the crowd to the left of
+the King. The troops of women, before described, paraded
+without<span class="pagenum" id="Page_286">[286]</span> the circle,
+vociferating the dirge. Rum and palm wine were flowing copiously,
+horns and drums were exerted even to frenzy. In an instant there
+was a burst of musketry near the King, and it spread and continued
+incessantly, around the circle, for upwards of an hour. The
+soldiers kept their stations, but the chiefs, after firing, bounded
+once round the area with the gesture and extravagance of madmen;
+their panting followers enveloping them in flags, occasionally
+firing in all the attitudes of a scaramouch, and incessantly
+bellowing the strong names of their exulting chief, whose musket
+they snatched from his hands directly he had fired. An old hag,
+described as the head fetish woman of the family, screamed and
+plunged about in the midst of the fire as if in the greatest
+agonies. The greater the chief the heavier the charge of powder he
+is allowed to fire; the heaviest charge recollected, was that fired
+by the King on the death of his sister, 18 ackies, or an ounce
+avoirdupoise. Their blunderbusses and long guns were almost all
+braced closely with the cordage of the country; they were generally
+supported by their attendants whilst they fired, several did not
+appear to recover it for nearly a minute; Odumata’s old frame
+seemed shaken almost to dissolution. Many made a point of
+collecting near us, just within the circle, and firing as close as
+possible to startle us; the frequent bursting of their muskets made
+this rather alarming as well as disagreeable. The firing abated,
+they drank freely from the bowls of palm wine, religiously pouring
+a small quantity on the ground before they raised them to their
+lips.<a id="FNanchor_89"></a><a href="#Footnote_89" class=
+"fnanchor">[89]</a></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_287">[287]</span>The principal
+females of the family, many of them very handsome, and of elegant
+figures, came forward to dance; dressed, generally, in yellow silk,
+with a silver knife hung by a chain round their necks; one with a
+gold, another with a silver horn; a few were dressed as fetish
+women; an umbrella was held over the grand daughter as she danced.
+The Ashantees dance incomparably better than the people of the
+water side, indeed elegantly; the sexes do not dance separately, as
+in Fantee, but the man encircles the woman with a piece of silk
+which he generally flirts in his right hand, supports her round the
+waist, receives her elbows in the palms of his hands, and a variety
+of figures approximating, with the time and movement, very closely
+to the waltz.</p>
+
+<p>A dash of sheep and rum was exchanged between the King and
+Quatchie Quofie, and the drums announced the sacrifice of the
+victims. All the chiefs first visited them in turn; I was not near
+enough to distinguish wherefore. The executioners wrangled and
+struggled for the office, and the indifference with which the first
+poor creature looked on, in the torture he was from the knife
+passed through his cheeks, was remarkable: the nearest executioner
+snatched the sword from the others, the right hand of the victim
+was then lopped off, he was thrown down, and his head was sawed
+rather than cut off; it was cruelly prolonged, I will not say
+wilfully. Twelve more were dragged forward, but we forced our way
+through the crowd, and retired to our quarters. Other sacrifices,
+principally female, were made in the bush where the body was
+buried. It is usual to “wet the grave” with the blood of a freeman
+of respectability. All the retainers of the family being present,
+and the heads of all the victims deposited in the bottom of the
+grave,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_288">[288]</span> several are
+unsuspectingly called on in a hurry to assist in placing the coffin
+or basket, and just as it rests on the heads or skulls, a slave
+from behind stuns one of these freemen by a violent blow, followed
+by a deep gash in the back part of the neck, and he is rolled in on
+the top of the body, and the grave instantly filled up. A sort of
+carnival, varied by firing, drinking, singing, and dancing, was
+kept up in Assafoo for several days; the chiefs generally visiting
+it every evening, or sending their linguists with a dash of palm
+wine or rum to Quatchie Quofie; and I was given to understand,
+that, but for the approaching war and the necessary economy of
+powder, there would have been eight great customs instead of one,
+for this woman, one weekly, the King himself firing at the last.
+The last day, all the females in any way connected with the family
+(who are not allowed to eat for three days after the death, though
+they may drink as much palm wine as they please,) paraded round the
+town, singing a compliment and thanks to all those who had assisted
+in making the custom.</p>
+
+<p>On the death of a King, all the Customs which have been made for
+the subjects who have died during his reign, must be simultaneously
+repeated by the families, (the human sacrifices as well as the
+carousals and pageantry) to amplify that for the monarch, which is
+also solemnised, independently, but at the same time, in every
+excess of extravagance and barbarity. The brothers, sons, and
+nephews of the King, affecting temporary insanity, burst forth with
+their muskets, and fire promiscously amongst the crowd; even a man
+of rank, if they meet him, is their victim, nor is their murder of
+him or any other, on such an occasion, visited or prevented; the
+scene can scarcely be imagined. Few persons of rank dare to stir
+from their houses for the first two or three days, but religiously
+drive forth all their vassals and slaves, as the most acceptable
+composition of their own absence. The King’s Ocras, who will
+be<span class="pagenum" id="Page_289">[289]</span> mentioned
+presently, are all murdered on his tomb, to the number of a hundred
+or more, and women in abundance. I was assured by several, that the
+custom for Saï Quamina, was repeated weekly for three months, and
+that two hundred slaves were sacrificed, and 25 barrels of powder
+fired, each time. But the custom for the King’s mother, the regent
+of the kingdom during the invasion of Fantee, is most celebrated.
+The King of himself devoted 3000 victims, (upwards of 2000 of whom
+were Fantee prisoners) and 25 barrels of powder.<a id=
+"FNanchor_90"></a><a href="#Footnote_90" class="fnanchor">[90]</a>
+Dwabin, Kokoofoo, Becqua, Soota, and Marmpong, furnished 100
+victims, and 20 barrels of powder, each, and most of the smaller
+towns 10 victims, and two barrels of powder, each. The Kings, and
+Kings only, are buried in the cemetery at Bantama, and the sacred
+gold buried with them; (see <a href="#Page_254">Laws;</a>) their
+bones are afterwards deposited in a building there, opposite to
+which is the largest brass pan I ever saw, (for sacrifices,) being
+about five feet in diameter, with four small lions on the edge.
+Here human sacrifices are frequent and ordinary, to water the
+graves of the Kings. The bodies of chiefs are frequently carried
+about with the army, to keep them for interment at home, and
+eminent revolters or enemies also, to be exposed in the capital.
+Boiteäm, (the father of Otee the fourth linguist,) who accompanied
+the army of Abiniowa in his political capacity, dying at Akrofroom
+in Aquapim, during the campaign, his body was kept with the army
+two months before it arrived at Coomassie. I could not get any
+information on their treatment of the corpse, beyond their
+invariable reply that they smoked it well over a slow fire.</p>
+
+<p>The laws of Ashantee allow the King 3333 wives, which number is
+carefully kept up, to enable him to present women to those
+who<span class="pagenum" id="Page_290">[290]</span> distinguish
+themselves, but never exceeded, being in their eyes a mystical one.
+Many of these reside in a secluded part of the King’s croom, or
+country residence, at Barramang; a greater number in a croom, at
+the back of the palace, immediately in the marsh; and the remainder
+in two streets of the capital. Many, probably, the King has never
+seen. The streets as well as the croom, are inhabited by them
+exclusively, and never approached but by the King’s messengers, or
+their female relatives, who only communicate with them at the
+entrances, which are closed at each end with bamboo doors, where
+there is always a guard. If the King <em>consaws</em> or marries an
+infant at the breast, which is not unfrequent, she is thenceforth
+confined to the house, and rigorously secluded from the sight of
+any but the female part of her family. The King has seldom more
+than six wives resident with him in the palace. On the occasion of
+signing the treaty, as explained in the public letter, about 300
+were assembled, and none but the King’s Chamberlain, and the
+deputies of the parts of the government, were allowed to be
+present: they were addressed through their own linguist, a very
+decrepid old man; many of them were very handsome, and their
+figures exquisite. When they go out, which is seldom, they are
+encircled and preceded by troops of small boys with thongs or whips
+of elephants hide, who lash every one severely who does not quit
+their path for another, or jump into the bush with his hands before
+his eyes; and sometimes the offenders are heavily fined besides.
+The scrambling their approach occasioned, in the more public parts
+of the city, was very diverting; captains, caboceers, slaves, and
+children tumbling one over another. I was told what it cost the
+King daily to support them, but it has escaped me; they are said to
+live as daintily as himself. None but the chief eunuch, an immense
+creature, is allowed to bear a message to the King when in the
+seraglio of the palace.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_291">[291]</span>It has been
+mentioned before, that the King’s sisters are not only countenanced
+in intrigue, with any handsome subject, but they are allowed to
+choose any eminently so, (however inferior otherwise,) as a
+husband; who is presently advised by the King of his good fortune;
+thus they consider they provide for a personal superiority in their
+monarchs. But if the royal bride dies before the husband, unless
+his rank be originally elevated, he is expected to kill himself on
+the occasion, and also if the only male child dies: if he
+hesitates, he is peremptorily reminded that as either are his
+superiors, to whom he is to be considered as a slave, so he must
+attend them wherever they go; and when a male child is born, the
+father does it homage and acknowledges his vassalage in the most
+abject manner.</p>
+
+<p>The Ocra’s are distinguished by a large circle of gold suspended
+from the neck; many of them are favourite slaves, many, commoners
+who have distinguished themselves, and who are glad to stake their
+lives on the King’s, to be kept free from palavers and supported by
+his bounty, which they are entirely; some few are relatives and men
+of rank. All of the two former classes, excepting only the two or
+three individuals known to have been entrusted with the King’s
+state secrets, are sacrificed on his tomb. The royal messengers,
+and others of the suite have been described in the processions;
+they are sometimes fed in the palace, but they have a free seat at
+the table of every subject.</p>
+
+<p>The King has a troop of small boys, who carry the fetish bows
+and arrows, and are licensed plunderers; they are so sly and
+nimble, that it is very diverting to watch them in the market
+place, which they infest every morning. Whatever they can carry off
+is fair game, and cannot be required or recovered; but the loser,
+if he can catch them before they arrive at the palace, may beat
+them as severely as he pleases, short of mortal injury; however,
+they<span class="pagenum" id="Page_292">[292]</span> bear it as
+obdurately as young Spartans. Sometimes one party trips up a person
+with a load of provisions, whilst another scrambles them up: the
+anxious alarm of the market people, sitting with sticks in their
+hands, and the comic archness of these boys threading the crowd in
+all directions, is indescribable. Some of the earliest European
+travellers in Abyssinia met with a similar troop of royal
+plunderers, and I believe suffered from them; our property was
+always respected by them, but they used to entertain themselves
+with mimicking our common expressions and our actions, which they
+did inimitably: whilst sketching, they buzzed about me like
+musquitoes. The Ashantees are without exception the most surprising
+mimics I have ever heard. I have known a captain, called Adoo
+Quamina, repeat a sentence after I had finished it, of at least a
+dozen words, which he knew nothing about, and had not heard before.
+The King has a sort of buffoon, whose movements were as
+irresistibly comic as those of Grimaldi.</p>
+
+<p>The King appeared to have nearly a hundred negroes of different
+colors, through the shades of red and pink to white; they were
+collected for state, but were generally disgusting objects,
+diseased and emaciated; they always seemed as if going to shed
+their skins, and their eyes blinked in the light, as if it was not
+their element.</p>
+
+<p>About twenty pots of white soup, and twenty pots of black (made
+with palm nuts) are cooked daily at the palace, (besides those for
+the consumption of the household,) for visitors of consequence, and
+a periguin of gold is given daily to Yokokroko, the chamberlain,
+for palm wine. This would have appeared too large a sum, had I not
+witnessed the vast consumption and waste of it; for the vigour of
+an Ashantee being estimated by the measure of the draught he can
+drink off; nearly half is generally spilt over his beard, which it
+is his greatest pride and luxury to draw through his fingers when
+wet. The King was very proud of the superior<span class="pagenum"
+id="Page_293">[293]</span> length of his beard. A large quantity of
+palm wine is dashed to the retinues of all the captains attending
+in the course of the day; much is expended in the almost daily
+ceremony of drinking it in state in the market place; and our party
+was always well provided for in the course of the evening. The palm
+wine at the palace was seldom good, but a zest was excited by the
+exquisite polish of the plate in which it was served. Apokoo,
+Odumata, and others, sent us some daily that was excellent.</p>
+
+<p>It is to be observed that the King’s weights are one third
+heavier than the current weights of the country; and all the gold
+expended in provision being weighed out in the former, and laid out
+in the latter, the difference enriches the chamberlain, cook, and
+chief domestic officers of the palace, as it is thought derogatory
+to a King avowedly to pay his subjects for their services. In the
+same manner the linguists derive the greater part of their incomes,
+(their influence being occasionally purchased,) for all the dashes
+or presents of gold the King makes in the year, are weighed out by
+the royal weights, and re-weighed by them in the current ones. The
+law allows a debtor to recover of a reluctant or tardy creditor, in
+the King’s weights, besides the interest, (noticed in the laws,) if
+he is esteemed enough by Apokoo the treasurer, to be trusted with
+them; or rather, if he can afford to bribe him, or engages to share
+the profit with him.</p>
+
+<p>After a subject is executed for crime, the body and head are
+carried out of town by some of the King’s slaves, appointed for
+that purpose, and thrown where the wild beasts may devour them; but
+if the deceased be of any consequence, some of his friends conceal
+themselves near where they know the body will be carried, and
+purchase it, and the right of burial, of these domestics, generally
+for eight ackies. There are a number of fine large sheep, decorated
+with bells and other ornaments, about the palace. If<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_294">[294]</span> any person gets into an
+ordinary palaver, and wishes the King’s interference in his favor,
+he goes to the captain who has the charge of these sheep, pays him
+20 ackies for one, and sends or takes it to the King, as a dash,
+who commits it again to the care of the captain.</p>
+
+<p>When the King sends an ambassador, he enriches the splendor of
+his suite and attire as much as possible; sometimes provides it
+entirely; but it is all surrendered on the return, (except the
+additional wives) and forms a sort of public state wardrobe. The
+King’s system of espionage is much spoken of (for its address and
+infallibility) by Apokoo and others, who abet it. A shrewd but mean
+boy is attached to, or follows the embassy, (sometimes with a
+trader,) in the commonest capacity and meanest attire; and he is
+instructed to collect every report as he passes, and to watch the
+motions of the embassy as closely as possible. As the extortions of
+these deputies are always loudly and publicly complained of by the
+injured inhabitants of the dependent or tributary crooms they pass
+through, (perhaps being aware they will reach the King’s ears,) the
+particulars are easily acquired. The messengers who were sent with
+our first dispatches to Cape Coast, excusing the length of the
+time, (forty days) by alleging that it was found necessary to
+collect a session of the Fantee caboceers at Paintree; the King
+replied, “You tell me a lie; you fined a captain there four ounces
+for breaking an Ashantee law, and you waited to procure and expend
+the gold, not intending it should be known.” The men instantly
+confessed, and were put in irons; one was the brother of Yokokroko,
+who paid six ounces for his release, after several days.</p>
+
+<p>When the King spits, the boys with the elephants tails
+sedulously wipe it up, or cover it with sand; when he sneezes,
+every person present touches, or lays the two first fingers across
+the forehead<span class="pagenum" id="Page_295">[295]</span> and
+breast, as the Moors did when they pronounced a blessing, and the
+Ashantees, invariably, to propitiate one. These troops of boys who
+carry the elephants tails, are the sons of men of rank and
+confidence; for whenever the King dignifies a deserving subject,
+with what may be termed nobility, he exchanges some of his own sons
+or nephews, (from eight to fourteen years of age,) for those of the
+individual, who maintains them, and for whom they perform the same
+offices, as his own and others do for the King. Thus the present
+King (the short reign of his brother Saï Apokoo being
+unanticipated) carried an elephants tail before Apokoo, whose
+kindness and indulgence to the child secured the preference of the
+monarch.</p>
+
+<p>It is a frequent practice of the King’s, to consign sums of gold
+to the care of rising captains, without requiring them from them
+for two or three years, at the end of which time he expects the
+captain not only to restore the principal, but to prove that he has
+acquired sufficient of his own, from the use of it, to support the
+greater dignity the King would confer on him. If he has not, his
+talent is thought too mean for further elevation. Should he have no
+good traders amongst his dependents, (for if he has there is no
+difficulty) usury and worse resources are countenanced, and thought
+more creditable than a failure, ascribed to want of talent rather
+than to a regard of principle.</p>
+
+<p>The fees to the King’s household on a captain being raised to a
+stool, are generally eight ounces. I saw two instances of the King
+paying them himself; the individuals, very suddenly elevated for
+extraordinary courage, being too poor to do so. They were
+immediately dispatched to collect tributes, the per centage on
+which, (see <a href="#p2c03">Laws,</a>) and the douceurs, which may
+be judged of by the amount provided for them in the settlement of
+the Commenda palaver, would possess them of a good sum to begin
+with.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_296">[296]</span>The interference
+of Amanquateä, Quatchie Quofie, Odumata, and Apokoo, is purchased
+at a most extravagant rate by offenders, whether foreigners or
+subjects; it is irresistible with the King; Apokoo is generally
+preferred; minor influence is purchased in proportion. No subject
+can sit in public with a cushion on his stool, unless it has been
+presented to him by the King, or one of the four, who, as well as
+all the other superior captains, receive a periguin of gold for
+every oath the King exacts of them.</p>
+
+<p>During the minority, or the earlier part of the reign of a
+monarch, the linguists and oldest counsellors visit him betimes
+every morning, and repeat, in turn, all the great deeds of his
+ancestors. The greatest deference seemed to be paid to aged
+experience or wisdom.</p>
+
+<p>Apokoo is the keeper of the royal treasury, and has the care of
+all the tributes, which are deposited, separately, in a large
+apartment of the palace, of which he only has the key. Numerous and
+various as the sums are, he disposes of them by a local association
+which is said to be infallible with him, for the Moorish secretary,
+(who resided some time at Hio,) only records the greater political
+events. Apokoo holds a sort of exchequer court at his own house
+daily, (when he is attended by two of the King’s linguists, and
+various state insignia,) to decide all cases affecting tribute or
+revenue, and the appeal to the King is seldom resorted to. He
+generally reclined on his lofty bed, (of accumulated cushions, and
+covered with a large rich cloth or piece of silk,) with two or
+three of his handsomest wives near him, whilst the pleadings were
+going forward. He was always much gratified when I attended, and
+rose to seat me beside him. I observed that all calculations were
+made, explained, and recorded, by cowries. In one instance, after
+being convinced by a variety of evidence that a public debtor was
+unable to pay gold, he commuted sixteen ounces of gold, for twenty
+men slaves. Several captains, who were his followers,
+attended<span class="pagenum" id="Page_297">[297]</span> this court
+daily with large suites, and it was not only a crowded, but
+frequently a splendid scene. Before the footoorh or treasury bag is
+unlocked by the weigher, though it be by the King’s order, Apokoo
+must strike it with his hand in sanction.</p>
+
+<p>In all public trials, the charges are preferred, in outline,
+against the criminal by the King’s linguists, and he is always
+heard fully, and obliged to commit or exculpate himself on every
+point, and to take the various primary oaths, before the witnesses
+are confronted with him; of whom he is kept as ignorant as possible
+until the moment of their appearance. The oaths, sometimes four or
+five, are progressive, generally beginning by the King’s foot, or
+some arbitrary form, and are, apparently, not considered awful or
+decisive; such perjuries being commutable by fine. But when the
+oath, “by the King’s father,” is administered, every one looks
+serious, and if, “by Cormantee and Saturday” (see <a href=
+"#Page_233">History</a>) is resorted to, there is a gloomy silence;
+but this is seldom ventured, if the witnesses, (hurried in with a
+sort of stage effect between that and the former oaths,) confound
+or perplex the accused.</p>
+
+<p>There are various ways of taking fetish; the two I observed,
+were, licking a white fowl twice or thrice, and drinking a nauseous
+vegetable juice without coughing: it was administered by the
+linguists out of a brass pan in a folded leaf of the plant. If the
+accused is cleared, he comes forward, and is marked with white
+chalk by the linguists, after which he bows to, and thanks all the
+great men in the council. Taking doom is the infallible test, when
+they consider the case to be too doubtful for human decision. The
+bark of that tree is put into a large calabash with water, so as to
+make a strong infusion; it is stirred up whilst the suspected
+parties sip in turn. It operates, instantaneously and convulsively,
+as a most violent emetic and purge; those who sip first
+may<span class="pagenum" id="Page_298">[298]</span> recover, and
+the dregs are frequently left designedly for the obnoxious.<a id=
+"FNanchor_91"></a><a href="#Footnote_91" class=
+"fnanchor">[91]</a></p>
+
+<p>The criers, upwards of a hundred, who always attend the
+linguists, are all deformed or maimed, to make them more
+conspicuous; they wear a monkey skin cap, with a gold plate in
+front, and the tail hanging down behind. Their common exclamations
+are, Tehoo! Tehing! Odiddee! Be silent! Be quiet! Pray hear! and
+these are so incessantly uttered, that they are themselves the only
+interruption. Several less interesting peculiarities are
+represented in the drawings of the Yam Custom, and associated with
+other subjects.</p>
+
+<p>A general is appointed to the command of an army by receiving a
+gold handled sword of the King’s from his hand, (who strikes him
+gently with it three times on the head,) swearing to return it
+encrusted with the blood of his conquered enemies. One of the
+King’s linguists always accompanies an army of any consequence, to
+whom all the politics of the war are entrusted, and whose talent
+and intelligence in negotiating, are expected to mature the fruits
+of the military genius of the general, and to reimburse the expense
+of the war by heavy fines and contributions. The Ashantees are as
+superior in discipline as in courage to the people of the water
+side, though their discipline is limited to the following
+precautions. They never pursue when it is near sun set; the general
+is always in the rear; the secondary captains lead the soldiers on,
+whilst those in command, with a few chosen individuals, urge them
+forward from the rear with their heavy swords, and cut any man down
+who retreats until the case is desperate. The first object
+of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_299">[299]</span> the Ashantee in
+close fight, is, to fire and spring upon the throat of his enemy;
+to advance every time he fires he feels to be imperative, if his
+commander thinks it possible, who would, otherwise, if he escaped
+death in the action, inflict it on him directly it was over. It is
+one of the sentences of the most popular song in Coomassie, “if I
+fight I die, if I run away I die, better I go on and die.” They are
+as the antient Spaniards have been described, “prodiga gens animæ
+et properare facillima mortem.” The general has his umbrella spread
+in the rear, and, besides his guard, has several extra muskets
+ready loaded for those soldiers who may be driven to him in case of
+reverse. His band plays all the time, and in his assumed contempt
+for the enemy, it is the etiquette for him to divert himself at
+some game, whilst the heads of the slain of any rank in the hostile
+army are sent to him to put his foot on. When the result of an
+important action is expected, even with an anxiety by no means
+sanguine, and the messengers are known to be near the capital, the
+King is always seated in public, with his golden worra board before
+him, playing with some dignitary; and thus receives the news, to
+impress the people with confidence by his affected indifference to
+victory or defeat, when superstition had revealed and fated
+inevitable success ultimately.</p>
+
+<p>All the superior captains have peculiar flourishes or strains
+for their horns, adapted to short sentences, which are always
+recognised, and will be repeated on enquiry by any Ashantee you may
+meet walking in the streets, though the horns are not only out of
+sight, but at a distance to be scarcely audible. These flourishes
+are of a strong and distinct character. The King’s horns uttered,
+“I pass all Kings in the world.” Apokoo’s, “Ashantees, do you do
+right now?” Gimma’s, “Whilst I live no harm can come.”
+Bundahenna’s, “I am a great King’s son.” Amanqua’s, “No one dares
+trouble me.” This will be further noticed in the chapter
+on<span class="pagenum" id="Page_300">[300]</span> <a href=
+"#Page_362">Music.</a> These peculiar flourishes are more
+particularly for their government in action, for all the soldiery,
+indeed I might say all the women and children, being familiar with
+every flourish, the positions of the various chiefs are judged of
+when they cannot be seen; whether they are advancing, falling back,
+or attempting to flank the enemy by penetrating the woods, is
+known, and the movements of all the others become co-operative, as
+much as possible. The King’s horns go to the market place every
+night, as near to midnight as they can judge, and flourish a very
+peculiar strain, which was rendered to me, “King Saï thanks all his
+captains and all his people for to-day.”</p>
+
+<p>Several of the hearts of the enemy are cut out by the fetish men
+who follow the army, and the blood and small pieces being mixed,
+(with much ceremony and incantation,) with various consecrated
+herbs, all those who have never killed an enemy before eat a
+portion, for it is believed that if they did not, their vigor and
+courage would be secretly wasted by the haunting spirit of the
+deceased. It was said that the King and all the dignitaries partook
+of the heart of any celebrated enemy; this was only whispered; that
+they wore the smaller joints, bones, and the teeth of the slain
+monarchs was evident as well as boasted. One man was pointed out to
+me, as always eating the heart of the enemy he killed with his own
+hand. The number of an army is ascertained or preserved in cowries
+or coin by Apokoo. When a successful general returns, he waits
+about two days at a short distance from the capital, to receive the
+King’s compliments, and to collect all the splendor possible for
+his entrée, to encourage the army and infatuate the people. The
+most famous generals are distinguished by the addition of warlike
+names, more terrific than glorious, as they designate their manner
+of destroying their prisoners. Apokoo was called Aboäwassa, because
+he was in the habit of cutting off their arms.<span class="pagenum"
+id="Page_301">[301]</span> Appia, Sheäboo, as he beats their heads
+in pieces with a stone. Amanqua, Abiniowa, as he cuts off their
+legs.</p>
+
+<p>The army is prohibited during the active parts of a campaign,
+from all food but meal, which each man carries in a small bag at
+his side, and mixes in his hands with the first water he comes to;
+this, they allege, is to prevent cooking fires from betraying their
+position, or anticipating a surprise. In the intervals, (for this
+meal is seldom eaten more than once a day,) they chew the boossee
+or gooroo nut. This meal is very nourishing and soon satisfies; we
+tried it on our march down. Ashantee spies have been stationed
+three and four days in the high trees overlooking Cape Coast
+Castle, with no other supply than this meal and a little water,
+before the army has shewn itself. There is always a distinct body
+of recruits with the army, to dispatch those with their knives whom
+the musket has only wounded, and they are all expected to return
+well armed from despoiling the enemy, or they are not esteemed of
+promise, and dismissed to some servile occupation. I could not find
+that they had any idea of fortifications, though undoubtedly common
+to the large cities on the Niger.</p>
+
+<p>It is the invariable policy of Ashantee to make the contingency
+of the power last subdued, the revolters recently quelled, or the
+allies last accepted, the van of their army throughout the
+campaign, and very frequently there are no Ashantees but captains
+with the army; but it is composed entirely of tributaries and
+allies. Thus Odumata subdued Banda with an army of Gamans. In the
+Ashantee body of the army, which is always that of reserve, the
+youngest or last made captain marches and engages first, and the
+others follow seriatim, until Odumata precedes Quatchie Quofie,
+Amanqua follows him, and Apokoo precedes the King. Were the country
+generally open, I have no doubt, necessity and their military
+genius would have suggested greater arrangement and
+compactness<span class="pagenum" id="Page_302">[302]</span> in
+their movement, which is nevertheless very orderly. Two divisions
+of an army are rarely allowed to go the same path, lest, being in
+want of supplies, the neighbourhood should prove inadequate.
+Aboidwee, our house master, (see <a href=
+"#Page_118">correspondence</a> on the Ashantee suicide) who has
+1700 retainers, always precedes the King’s or Apokoo’s division,
+(which will exclusively occupy the Banda path in the invasion of
+Gaman) to raise a bamboo house for the King’s reception when he
+comes up.</p>
+
+<p>Infants are frequently married to infants, for the connection of
+families; and infants are as frequently wedded by adults and
+elderly men. The ceremony is to send the smaller piece of cloth,
+worn around the middle, to the infant, and a handsome dash of gold
+to the mother, as her care then ceases to be a duty, but becomes a
+service performed to the husband, who also sends frequent presents
+for the support of the child. Apokoo told me it was a good plan for
+a man to adopt who wished to get gold, for as the circumstance was
+seldom generally known, the most innocent freedom when the girl
+became ten or eleven years old, grounded a palaver against the
+individual, though he might consider he was but fondling a child,
+and be wholly ignorant of her marriage. I afterwards understood
+from several others, that this view was the leading motive.<a id=
+"FNanchor_92"></a><a href="#Footnote_92" class=
+"fnanchor">[92]</a></p>
+
+<p>It frequently happens, when the family of the wife is too
+powerful for the husband to venture to put her to death for
+intrigue, that he takes off her nose as a stigma and punishment,
+and makes her the wife of one of his slaves. A wife who betrays a
+secret is sure to lose her upper lip, and, if discovered listening
+to a private conversation of her husband’s, an ear. Women so maimed
+are to be met<span class="pagenum" id="Page_303">[303]</span> with
+in all parts of the town. Prostitutes are numerous and
+countenanced. No Ashantee forces his daughter to become the wife of
+the man he wishes, but he instantly disclaims her support and
+protection on her refusal, and would persecute the mother if she
+afforded it; thus abandoned, they have no resource but
+prostitution. During the menses, the women of the capital retire to
+the plantations or crooms in the bush.<a id=
+"FNanchor_93"></a><a href="#Footnote_93" class=
+"fnanchor">[93]</a></p>
+
+<p>In visiting, the chief always gives his principal slaves a few
+sips of the liquor offered to him, not for security, for it is more
+frequently after than before he has drank, but as a mark of his
+favour. He will frequently give his daughter in marriage to a
+confidential slave, but where there are a few thus distinguished
+and indulged, (apparently as a political check upon a heterogeneous
+populace,) there are thousands barely existing.</p>
+
+<p>Their principal games are Worra<a id="FNanchor_94"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_94" class="fnanchor">[94]</a> (see drawing, <a href=
+"#i10">No. 10.</a>) which I could not understand, and Drafts, which
+both Moors and Negroes play well and constantly. Their method
+resembles the Polish, they take and move backwards and forwards,
+and a king has the bishop’s move in chess. They have another game,
+for which a board is perforated like a cribbage board, but in
+numerous oblique lines, traversing each other in all directions,
+and each composed of three holes for pegs; the players begin at the
+same instant, with an equal number of pegs, and he who inserts or
+completes a line first, in spite of the baulks of his adversary,
+takes a peg from him, until the stock of either is exhausted.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftp2c05">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_84"></a><a href="#FNanchor_84"><span class=
+"label">[84]</span></a>The description of the siege of Pondicherry
+in Voltaire occurred to me; it will assist the imagination of the
+reader: “De grands magasins de liqueurs fortes y entretenaient
+l’ivrognerie et tous les maux dont elle est le germe. C’est une
+situation qu’il faut avoir vue. Les travaux, les gardes de la
+tranchée étaient faits par des hommes ivres <span class="omis">· ·
+· · · · · ·</span> De-là les scènes les plus honteuses et les plus
+destructives de la subordination et de la discipline. On a vu des
+officiers se colleter avec des soldats et mille autres actions
+infâmes, dont le détail, renfermé dans les bornes de la vérité la
+plus exacte, paraîtrait une exagération monstreuse.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_85"></a><a href="#FNanchor_85"><span class=
+"label">[85]</span></a>In Ahanta, at the Contoom or Harvest custom,
+each family erects its rude altar, composed of four sticks driven
+in the ground, and twigs laid across the top; the whole is then
+covered with fresh pulled leaves. A hog, a sheep, a goat, or a fowl
+is killed, according to the means of the family, and the most
+delicate parts laid on the altar, a mixture is made of eggs, palm
+oil, palm wine, the blood of the animal slain, and other
+ingredients, and also dedicated to the fetish, in small pots placed
+on the altar. In a few days these altars become so offensive as to
+render it disagreeable to pass them, but they are never
+removed.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_86"></a><a href="#FNanchor_86"><span class=
+"label">[86]</span></a>
+</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">“Idem ter socios purâ circumtulit
+undâ,</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0"><span class=
+"word-spaced03">&nbsp;</span>Spargens rore levi et ramo felicis
+olivæ.”<span class="word-spaced10">&nbsp;</span>Æn. <span class=
+"sc2">VI.</span></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_87"></a><a href="#FNanchor_87"><span class=
+"label">[87]</span></a>The Ahanta’s divide time into periods of
+three weeks. The first week is called Adaï, and is termed the good
+week, in which much work is done; and traders visit the markets
+more frequently in this week than at any other time, supposing all
+they do in it must prosper. The second week is Ajamfoe, or the bad
+week, in which no work or trade is done, the natives believing
+every thing undertaken in it must fail. The third week is Adim, or
+the little good week, in which they both work and trade, but not as
+much as in the Adaï.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_88"></a><a href="#FNanchor_88"><span class=
+"label">[88]</span></a>
+</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0"><span class="omis">· · ·</span> Tum
+membra toro defleta reponunt,</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Purpureasque super vestes, velamina
+nota,</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Conjiciunt;</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0 right">Æn. <span class=
+"sc2">VI.</span></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p class="nind">In Fantee they dress the body richly, and usually
+prop it erect in a chair, exposing it until it is dangerous to do
+so any longer: they bury it in their house, with as many gold
+ornaments as they can afford to dedicate. The men called the town
+drummers are only allowed to die standing, and when expiring are
+snatched up, and supported in that posture. In Ahanta they
+frequently exhibit the body chalked all over.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_89"></a><a href="#FNanchor_89"><span class=
+"label">[89]</span></a>
+</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">“Hic duo rite mero libans carchesia
+Baccho</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">“Fundit humi.</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0 right">Æn. <span class=
+"sc2">V.</span></div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">“Οἶνον δ’ἐκ δεπάων χαμάδις χέον, οὐδέ τις
+ἔτλη</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">“Πρὶν πιέειν, πρὶν λεῖψαι ὑπερμενέϊ
+Κρονίωνι.”</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0 right">Ομηρ. η.</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p class="nind">The Ashantees do so not only on solemn occasions,
+but invariably; and it would seem that the Greeks did, from the
+following words of Hecuba to Hector,</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">“Ἀλλὰ μέν’, ὄφρα κέ τοι μελιηδέα οἶνον
+ἐνείκω,</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0"><span class=
+"word-spaced03">&nbsp;</span>Ὡς σπείσῃς Διῒ πατρὶ καὶ ἄλλοις
+ἀθανάτοισι</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0"><span class=
+"word-spaced03">&nbsp;</span>Πρῶτον· ἔπειτα δέ κ’αὐτὸς ὀνήσεαι, αἴ
+κε πίῃσθα·”</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0 right">Ομηρ, ζ.</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_90"></a><a href="#FNanchor_90"><span class=
+"label">[90]</span></a>Suetonius tells us that Augustus sacrificed
+300 of the principal citizens of Perusia, to the manes of his uncle
+Julius. We read in Prevost, that 64080 persons were sacrificed,
+with aggravated barbarity, in the dedication of a temple in
+Mexico.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_91"></a><a href="#FNanchor_91"><span class=
+"label">[91]</span></a>In the Warsaw country there is said to be a
+more dreadful poison called Sabë: if it is thrown upon the skin, it
+is absorbed by the pores, and has nearly the same instantaneous
+mortal effect as when given internally.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_92"></a><a href="#FNanchor_92"><span class=
+"label">[92]</span></a>On the Coast, the bride’s character is very
+notoriously published, for part of the husband’s present to her
+family being a flask of rum, and that not sent until the next day;
+whether it is brimful, or somewhat wanting, indicates her
+virginity, or early frailty.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_93"></a><a href="#FNanchor_93"><span class=
+"label">[93]</span></a>The women of Ahanta, on the same occasion,
+are prohibited from entering any inhabited place; and if they
+attempt to go into a house, are heavily fined or punished. If the
+family is respectable, they generally erect a temporary shed to
+shelter her; the poorer class are forced to endure the inclemencies
+of the weather without any retreat.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_94"></a><a href="#FNanchor_94"><span class=
+"label">[94]</span></a>This game is said to be played in Syria
+also.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_304">[304]</span><a id=
+"p2c06"></a><span class="letter-spaced01">CHAPTER</span> VI.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8 spaced3">
+
+<p class="sch1"><em>Architecture, Arts, and Manufactures.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="dcap"><span class="sc">The</span> construction of the
+ornamental architecture of Coomassie reminded me forcibly of the
+ingenious essay of Sir James Hall, (in the Edinburgh Philosophical
+Transactions,) tracing the Gothic order to an architectural
+imitation of wicker work. The drawings will serve to shew the
+various and uncommon character of their architectural ornaments,
+adopted from those of interior countries, and, confessedly, in no
+degree originating with themselves.</p>
+
+<p>In building a house, a mould was made for receiving the swish or
+clay, by two rows of stakes and wattle work, placed at a distance
+equal to the intended thickness of the wall; as two mud walls were
+raised at convenient distances, to receive the plum pudding stone
+which formed the walls of the vitrified fortresses in Scotland. The
+interval was then filled up with a gravelly clay, mixed with water,
+with which the outward surface of the frame or stake work was also
+thickly plastered, so as to impose the appearance of an entire
+thick mud wall. The houses had all gable ends, and three thick
+poles were joined to each; one from the highest point, forming the
+ridge of the roof, and one on each side, from the base of the
+triangular part of the gable; these supported a frame work of
+bamboo, over which an interwoven thatch of palm leaves was laid,
+and tied with the runners of trees, first to the large poles
+running<span class="pagenum" id="Page_305">[305]</span> from gable
+to gable, and afterwards, (within,) to the interlacing of the
+bamboo frame work, which was painted black and polished, so as to
+look much better than any rude cieling would, of which they have no
+idea; a small part appears in the houses in the drawing of
+Adoom-street (<a href="#i09">No. 9.</a>) The pillars, which assist
+to support the roof, and form the proscenium or open front, (which
+none but captains are allowed to have to their houses) were thick
+poles, afterwards squared with a plastering of swish. The steps and
+raised floor of these rooms were clay and stone, with a thick layer
+of red earth, which abounds in the neighbourhood, and these were
+washed and painted daily, with an infusion of the same earth in
+water; it has all the appearance of red ochre, and from the
+abundance of iron ore in the neighbourhood, I do not doubt it
+is.</p>
+
+<p>The walls still soft, they formed moulds or frame works of the
+patterns in delicate slips of cane, connected by grass. The two
+first slips (one end of each being inserted in the soft wall)
+projected the relief, commonly mezzo: the interstices were then
+filled up with the plaster, and assumed the appearance depicted.
+The poles or pillars were sometimes encircled by twists of cane,
+intersecting each other, which, being filled up with thin plaster,
+resembled the lozenge and cable ornaments of the Anglo-Norman
+order; the quatre-foil was very common, and by no means rude, from
+the symmetrical bend of the cane which formed it. I saw a few
+pillars, (after they had been squared with the plaster) with
+numerous slips of cane pressed perpendicularly on to the wet
+surface, which being covered again with a very thin coat of
+plaster, closely resembled fluting. When they formed a large arch,
+they inserted one end of a thick piece of cane in the wet clay of
+the floor or base, and bending the other over, inserted it in the
+same manner; the entablature was filled up with wattle work
+plastered over. Arcades and piazzas were common. A white wash, very
+frequently renewed,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_306">[306]</span>
+was made from a clay in the neighbourhood. Of course the plastering
+is very frail, and in the relief frequently discloses the edges of
+the cane, giving however a piquant effect, auxiliary to the
+ornament. The doors were an entire piece of cotton wood, cut with
+great labour out of the stems or buttresses of that tree; battens
+variously cut and painted were afterwards nailed across. (See
+drawing, <a href="#i05">No. 5.</a>) So disproportionate was the
+price of labour to that of provision, that I gave but two tokoos
+for a slab of cotton wood, five feet by three. The locks they use
+are from Houssa, and quite original; one will be sent to the
+British Museum. Where they raised a first floor, the under room was
+divided into two by an intersecting wall, to support the rafters
+for the upper room, which were generally covered with a frame work
+thickly plastered over with red ochre. I saw but one attempt at
+flooring with plank, it was cotton wood shaped entirely with an
+adze, and looked like a ship’s deck. The windows were open wood
+work, carved in fanciful figures and intricate patterns, and
+painted red; the frames were frequently cased in gold, about as
+thick as cartridge paper.</p>
+
+<p>What surprised me most, and is not the least of the many
+circumstances deciding their great superiority over the generality
+of Negroes, was the discovery that every house had its cloacæ,
+besides the common ones for the lower orders without the town. They
+were generally situated under a small arch way in the most retired
+angle of the building, but not unfrequently up stairs, within a
+separate room like a small closet, (see drawing <a href="#i03">No.
+3.</a>) where the large hollow pillar also assists to support the
+upper story: the holes are of a small circumference, but dug to a
+surprising depth, and boiling water is daily poured down, which
+effectually prevents the least offence. The rubbish and offal of
+each house was burnt every morning at the back of the street, and
+they were as nice and cleanly in their dwellings as in their
+persons.</p>
+
+<div class="plate">
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="i05">
+<p class="cp1"><span class="sc">Odumata’s Sleeping Room.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="ipubr"><em>N<sup>o</sup>. 5.</em>
+</p>
+<a href="images/i05_large.jpg"><img src='images/i05.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="i06"><a href="images/i06_large.jpg"><img src=
+'images/i06.jpg' alt=''></a>
+<table class="width-full">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl ipub"><em>Drawn by T. E. Bowdich
+Esq<sup>r</sup>.</em>
+</td>
+<td class="tdr ipub"><em>N<sup>o</sup>. 6.</em>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="cp1"><span class="sc">Inner Square</span> of <span class=
+"sc">Apookoos House</span>.</p>
+
+<p class="ipubb"><em>Published Dec<sup>r</sup>. 2, 1818, by John
+Murray, Albemarle Street.</em>
+</p>
+</figure>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="plate">
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="i03">
+<p class="cp1"><span class="sc">The Oldest House</span> in
+<span class="sc">Coomassee</span>.</p>
+
+<p class="ipubr"><em>N<sup>o</sup>. 3.</em>
+</p>
+<a href="images/i03_large.jpg"><img src='images/i03.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="i04"><a href="images/i04_large.jpg"><img src=
+'images/i04.jpg' alt=''></a>
+<table class="width-full">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl ipub"><em>Drawn by T. E. Bowdich
+Esq<sup>r</sup>.</em>
+</td>
+<td class="tdr ipub"><em>N<sup>o</sup>. 4.</em>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="cp1"><span class="sc">Part</span> of the <span class=
+"sc">Quarters</span> of the <span class="sc">Mission</span>.</p>
+
+<p class="ipubb"><em>Published Dec<sup>r</sup>. 2, 1818, by John
+Murray, Albemarle Street.</em>
+</p>
+</figure>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_307">[307]</span>Drawing <a href=
+"#i03">No. 3,</a> is one of the oldest houses in Coomassie,
+inherited by the unfortunate Bakkee, and part of the quarters of
+the Mission. Its comparative rudeness is evident.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#i04">No. 4,</a> is a more modern part of the same
+house, being one side of a small area about 15 feet square,
+allotted to the chief officer of the Embassy. These areas are all
+distinct, and a house consists of an indefinite number of them,
+some 36 feet square, with several long courts. In paying a visit to
+a principal man, the state was to detain us some minutes at the
+door of each area, as he generally received us in the innermost.
+The figure is one of the King’s body guards, which have been
+described before. The figures are introduced to shew the proportion
+of the buildings, and to give some idea of the costume.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#i05">No. 5,</a> is the exterior of a bed room of
+Odumata’s, which is one side of an oblong area in a very retired
+angle of his house, about 25 feet by 8. The cloth suspended to the
+left of the door on the top of the steps, hides the bloody stools
+which are in the recess. The small gallery in front of the upper
+room is only wide enough for one person to walk in. The recess and
+small room below accommodate confidential slaves. The bed room was
+very small, about 8 feet square, but being hung round with a
+variety of gold and silver ornaments, had a very rich appearance.
+The bed is generally about 5 feet high, and composed entirely of
+large silk-cotton pillows piled one above another. The King of
+Gaman, we were assured, had steps of solid gold to ascend to his
+bed. A man wearing a crier’s cap, is playing the sanko.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#i06">No. 6,</a> is a perspective view of the entrance
+area to Apokoo’s house; the fourth side is an open fronted building
+like those on the right and left for attendants to wait in, and for
+the hearing of palavers. The opposite closed side is a bed room.
+The figure is playing the bentwa (see <a href=
+"#Page_362">Music.</a>)</p>
+
+<div class="plate">
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="i07">
+<p class="cp1"><span class="sc">Part</span> of a <span class=
+"sc">Piazza</span> in the <span class="sc">Palace</span>.</p>
+
+<p class="ipubr"><em>N<sup>o</sup>. 7.</em>
+</p>
+<a href="images/i07_large.jpg"><img src='images/i07.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="i08"><a href="images/i08_large.jpg"><img src=
+'images/i08.jpg' alt=''></a>
+<table class="width-full">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl ipub"><em>Drawn by T. E. Bowdich
+Esq<sup>r</sup>.</em>
+</td>
+<td class="tdr ipub"><em>N<sup>o</sup>. 8.</em>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="cp1"><span class="sc">Part</span> of a <span class=
+"sc">Piazza</span> in the <span class="sc">Palace</span>.</p>
+
+<p class="ipubb"><em>Published Dec<sup>r</sup>. 2, 1818, by John
+Murray, Albemarle Street.</em>
+</p>
+</figure>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="plate">
+<div class="figcenter iw1">
+<figure id="i09"><a href="images/i09_large.jpg"><img src=
+'images/i09.jpg' alt=''></a>
+<table class="width-full">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl ipub"><em>Drawn by T. E. Bowdich
+Esq<sup>r</sup>.</em>
+</td>
+<td class="tdr ipub"><em>N<sup>o</sup>. 9.</em>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="cp1"><span class="sc">Part</span> of <span class=
+"sc">Adoom Street</span>.</p>
+
+<p class="ipubb"><em>Published Dec<sup>r</sup>. 2, 1818, by John
+Murray, Albemarle Street.</em>
+</p>
+</figure>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="plate">
+<div class="figcenter iw2">
+<figure id="i10"><a href="images/i10_large.jpg"><img src=
+'images/i10.jpg' alt=''></a>
+<table class="width-full">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl ipub"><em>Drawn by T. E. Bowdich
+Esq<sup>r</sup>.</em>
+</td>
+<td class="tdr ipub"><em>N<sup>o</sup>. 10.</em>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="cp1"><span class="sc">The Kings Sleeping Room.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="ipubb"><em>Published Dec<sup>r</sup>. 2, 1818, by John
+Murray, Albemarle Street.</em>
+</p>
+</figure>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_308">[308]</span><a href=
+"#i07">No. 7,</a> is a part of a piazza, which lines the interior
+of the wall secluding the palace from the street. The piazza is 200
+yards long, and inhabited by captains and other attendants on the
+King; above is a small gallery. Piles of skulls, and drums
+ornamented with them, are frequent in this piazza. The figure is a
+common soldier of Ashantee, his belt ornamented with red shells,
+and stuck full of knives.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#i08">No. 8,</a> is the upper end of the piazza, which
+is more ornamented, and appropriated to the superior captains, who
+have each a suite of rooms, marked by the small doors under the
+piazza. A woman is dancing whilst a man plays the flute and
+rattle.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#i09">No. 9,</a> is a view of part of Adoom-street:
+each open front denotes the residence of a captain, being used for
+talking palavers, receiving strangers, observing or superintending
+customs, and evening recreation. The dwelling is entered by the
+small door at the side, which generally leads through a narrow
+passage or court to a large area like <a href="#i06">No. 6,</a> and
+thence by various intricate ways to smaller and more retired areas
+like <a href="#i04">No. 4</a> and <a href="#i05">No. 5.</a> A
+fetish woman has just quitted the centre house; she has on a white
+cloth, and various pieces of rich silk are hanging round her
+girdle, her breasts are confined with a scarf, a fillet encircles
+her head, in each hand she waves a horse’s tail, and she continues
+yelling and swinging round and round until she is quite stupified.
+A weaver and loom are on her right, and a market woman under her
+shed on the left.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#i10">No. 10,</a> is the exterior of the King’s bed
+room, being one side of an inner area, about 30 feet square. The
+stunted silk-cotton and the manchineal tree are fetish or sacred,
+as are the white and red rags at the top of the pole, and the small
+brass cups supported by the forked sticks. The colored bags hanging
+over the round doors (the chequering of which is in relief,)
+contain Moorish charms. The<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_309">[309]</span> carving of the left hand window is cased in
+silver, of the right hand, in gold. The two men are playing at
+Worra. The King made frequent enquiries about the architecture of
+England, of which we gave him some idea by drawings. He was very
+fond of referring to a project ascribed to Saï Cudjo, and which he
+declared he would carry into effect directly the Gaman war was
+over. This was to build a house for his own immediate residence,
+roofed with brass pans, beaten into flat surfaces, and laid over an
+ivory frame work appearing within. The windows and the doors to be
+cased in gold, and the door posts and pillars of ivory. Whether the
+Moors originated or encouraged this extravagance by the
+descriptions in their tales, for some of the stories of the Arabian
+Nights were commonly in their mouths, or whether it was the scheme
+of his own disposition, prone to magnificence and novelty, the King
+dwelt ardently on the intention, and by their frequent
+conversations on the subject, his chiefs appeared scarcely less
+anxious for the execution than himself. He meditated great
+improvements and embellishments in his capital, on his return from
+the war, when it was intended that every captain should be
+presented with an extraordinary sum out of the public treasury, for
+adorning or enlarging his house. The ruined streets between Asafoo
+and Bantama were to be rebuilt, and the six or seven small crooms
+between Coomassie and Baramang, (the King’s country residence,)
+were to be pulled down, and the inhabitants to occupy a wide street
+to extend from the city to that croom. This was the darling design
+of the King; he had already made a sound, broad, and almost direct
+road, and numerous labourers were continuing to bring it as near as
+possible to a straight line.</p>
+
+<p>The Ashantee loom is precisely on the same principle as the
+English; it is worked by strings held between the toes; the web is
+never more than four inches broad. A weaver is represented
+in<span class="pagenum" id="Page_310">[310]</span> the drawing,
+<a href="#i03">No. 3,</a> and a small loom complete is amongst the
+articles for the British Museum. They use a spindle, and not a
+distaff, for spinning, holding it in one hand, and twisting the
+thread, (which has a weight at the end,) with the finger and thumb
+of the other. The fineness, variety, brilliance, and size of their
+cloths would astonish, could a more costly one be exhibited; in the
+absence of which, that for the Museum will doubtless be admired for
+the two first qualities, and for having precisely the same
+appearance on both sides. I shall notice in the Chapter on <a href=
+"#Page_331">Trade,</a> that the richest silks are unravelled to
+weave into them. The white cloths, which are principally
+manufactured in Inta and Dagwumba, they paint for mourning with a
+mixture of blood and a red dye wood. The patterns are various, and
+not inelegant, and painted with so much regularity, with a fowl’s
+feather, that they have all the appearance of a coarse print at a
+distance. I have seen a man paint as fast as I could write. There
+will be a very fair specimen in the British Museum, the price of
+painting which was one ackie.</p>
+
+<p>They have two dye woods, a red and a yellow, specimens of which
+I brought down; they make a green by mixing the latter with their
+blue dye, in which they excel; it is made from a plant called
+acassie, certainly not the indigo, which grows plentifully on the
+Coast. The acassie rises to the height of about two feet, and
+according to the natives, bears a red flower, but the leaf is not
+small, fleshy, or soft, nor is it pale or silvery coloured
+underneath; it is a thin acuminate leaf about five inches long, and
+three broad, of a dark green.<a id="FNanchor_95"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_95" class="fnanchor">[95]</a> I regret to add, our best
+specimens of this plant perished in the disasters of our march, and
+no drawing was made<span class="pagenum" id="Page_311">[311]</span>
+of it, as it bore no flower in that season; it grows abundantly in
+the woods, and produces a fast and beautiful colour without
+requiring a mordant. They gather a quantity of the leaves, bruise
+them in a wooden mortar, and spread them out on a mat to dry, this
+mass is kept for use, a proportion of it is put into a pot of water
+and remains six days previous to immersing the thread, which is
+left in six days, drying it once every day in the sun, it is then a
+deep lasting blue colour. When a light blue is wished for, the
+thread is only allowed to remain in the dye pot three days.</p>
+
+<p>They excel in pottery, as the pipes for the Museum will shew;
+they are rested on the ground when smoked; the clay is very fine,
+polished (after baking) by friction, and the grooves of the
+patterns filled up with chalk. They have also a black pottery which
+admits of a high polish.</p>
+
+<p>The people of Dagwumba surpass the Ashantees in goldsmith’s
+work, though the latter may be esteemed proficients in the art. The
+small articles for the Museum, a gold stool, sanko, bell, jaw bone,
+and drum, are not such neat specimens as I could wish; the man who
+made them having too much costly work on hand for the King, to pay
+our trifles his wonted attention; unfortunately too, he was
+committed to prison before they were quite finished; however, they
+will give an idea. I weighed out nineteen ackies and a half of gold
+dust for making these articles, one third of an ackie was lost in
+melting, and five was the charge of the goldsmith. We lost a
+beautiful silver pipe in the bustle. Bees wax for making the model
+of the article wanted, is spun out on a smooth block of wood, by
+the side of a fire, on which stands a pot of water; a flat stick is
+dipped into this, with which the wax is made of a proper softness;
+it takes about a quarter of an hour to make enough for a ring. When
+the model is finished, it is enclosed in a composition of wet clay
+and charcoal, (which being closely pressed around it<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_312">[312]</span> forms a mould,) dried in the
+sun, and having a small cup of the same materials attached to it,
+(to contain the gold for fusion,) communicating with the model by a
+small perforation. When the whole model is finished, and the gold
+carefully enclosed in the cup, it is put in a charcoal fire with
+the cup undermost. When the gold is supposed to be fused, the cup
+is turned uppermost, that it may run into the place of the melted
+wax; when cool the clay is broken, and if the article is not
+perfect it goes through the whole process again. To give the gold
+its proper colour, they put a layer of finely ground red ochre,
+(which they call Inchuma,) all over it, and immerge it in boiling
+water mixed with the same substance and a little salt; after it has
+boiled half an hour, it is taken out and thoroughly cleansed from
+any clay that may adhere to it. Their bellows are imitations of
+ours, but the sheep skin they use being tied to the wood with
+leather thongs, the wind escapes through the crevices, therefore
+when much gold is on the fire they are obliged to use two or three
+pair at the same time. Their anvils are generally a large stone, or
+a piece of iron placed on the ground. Their stoves are built of
+swish (about three or four feet high) in a circular form, and are
+open about one fifth of the circumference; a hole is made through
+the closed part level with the ground, for the nozzle of the
+bellows. Their weights are very neat brass casts of almost every
+animal, fruit, or vegetable known in the country. The King’s
+scales, blow pan, boxes, and weights, and even the tongs which hold
+the cinder to light his pipe, were neatly made of the purest gold
+that could be manufactured.</p>
+
+<p>Their blacksmith’s work is performed with the same sort of forge
+as the above, but they have no idea of making iron from ore, as
+their interior neighbours do. Their swords are generally perforated
+in patterns like fish trowels; frequently they make two blades
+springing parallel from one handle, which evince very fine
+workmanship.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_313">[313]</span> The
+needles and castanets will only give some idea of their progress.
+The iron stone is of a dark red colour, spotted with gray, and
+intermixed with what had all the appearance of lava, they cut
+bullets out of it for the army, when lead is scarce. I have brought
+some arrows of native iron. They have no idea of making a lock like
+the people of Houssa and Marrowa.</p>
+
+<p>They tan or dress leather in Ashantee, but they do this, and dye
+it, in a very superior manner in Houssa and Dagwumba; see the
+sandals and cushion in the British Museum, the former varied and
+apparently stitched; doubting that there could be such stitching, I
+undid a part, and discovered that they perforated the surface, and
+then stuck in the fine shreds of leather. The curious will observe,
+that the patterns of the stool cushion are all produced by paring
+the surface. They make their soldiers belts and pouches out of
+elephant or pig skin, ornamented with red shells. (See drawing,
+<a href="#i07">No. 7.</a>)</p>
+
+<p>Of their carpenter’s work the stool is a fair specimen, being
+carved out of a solid piece of a wood called zesso, white, soft,
+and bearing a high polish; it is first soaked in water. They sell
+such a stool for about three shillings, in Accra or Fantee it would
+fetch twenty. The umbrella is even more curious, the bird is cut
+almost equal to turning, and the whole is so supple that it may be
+turned inside out. This, only a child’s umbrella, is a model of the
+large canopies I have described in the procession; I gave a piece
+of cloth value twenty shillings for it. The sanko or guitar is also
+neatly made, and the chasteness and Etruscan character of the
+carving is very surprising. The surface of the wood is first
+charred in the fire, and then carved deep enough to disclose the
+original white in the stripes or lines of the patterns.</p>
+
+<p>Numbers of workmen are employed in breaking, rounding, and
+boring the snail shells, as big as a turkey’s egg generally,
+and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_314">[314]</span> sometimes as
+large as a conch. They are first broken into numerous pieces, then
+chipped round, the size of a sleeve button, and afterwards bored
+with a bow and iron style fixed in a piece of wood. Lastly they are
+strung, and extended in rows on a log of wood, and rubbed with a
+soft and bluish gray stone and water, until they become perfectly
+round.</p>
+
+<p>Their pine apple thread is very strong, and is made from the
+fineness of a hair to the thickness of whip cord, it bleaches to a
+beautiful whiteness, and would answer for sewing any strong
+material, but, when muslin is stitched with it, it is liable to be
+cut from the harshness. The women frequently join their cloths, and
+ornament their handkerchiefs with a zigzag pattern, worked with
+unravelled silks of different colours. The fetish case is a
+specimen of their needle work, in the manner of chain stitch.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftp2c06">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_95"></a><a href="#FNanchor_95"><span class=
+"label">[95]</span></a>It is a shrub with opposite leaves, no
+stipules, and having a certain degree of resemblance to
+<i>Marsdenia suave-olens</i> (the indigo of Sumatra) but as the
+leaves are toothed in the acassie, it probably does not belong even
+to the same natural order.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_315">[315]</span><a id=
+"p2c07"></a><span class="letter-spaced01">CHAPTER</span> VII.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8 spaced3">
+
+<p class="sch1"><em>Climate, Population, Revenue, City, Market,
+&amp;c.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="dcap"><span class="sc">The</span> climate will be best
+judged of by the account of the thermometer (from May to February)
+in the <a href="#app5">Appendix.</a> During the first two months,
+May and June, it rained about one third of the time, throughout
+July and August it rained nearly half, and abrupt tornadoes were
+frequent in the evening, just after sun set, ushered in by a strong
+wind from the south-west. The heaviest rains were from the latter
+end of September to the beginning of November, they fell even in
+more impetuous torrents than are witnessed on the coast.<a id=
+"FNanchor_96"></a><a href="#Footnote_96" class="fnanchor">[96]</a>
+The influence of the harmattan was described as very powerful.
+Generally speaking, from the elevation of Ashantee, (unfortunately
+we had no barometer,) it was much cooler in Coomassie than at Cape
+Coast; indeed, from four to six in the morning, there was a
+severity of cold unknown on the coast.</p>
+
+<p>I can only calculate the population of the kingdom of Ashantee,
+small in itself, from its military force, of which the following is
+the most moderate of the estimates I received.</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t316">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_316">[316]</span>Coomassie district (extending to the
+northern frontier)</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot">60,000</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1">Dwabin ditto</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot">35,000</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1">Marmpon ditto</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot">15,000</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1">Soota ditto</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot">15,000</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1">Kokoofoo ditto</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot">15,000</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1">Becqua ditto</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot">12,000</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1">Adiabin ditto (between Coomassie and the
+lake)</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot">12,000</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1">Aphwagwiasee ditto</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot">10,000</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1">Daniasee ditto (southwards of
+Coomassie)</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot">8,000</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1">Koontarasie ditto (on the lake)</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot">8,000</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1">Gamasie ditto</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot">8,000</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1">Amafoo ditto</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot">6,000</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdr bt">204,000</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind">This appears an extravagant force, until we
+recollect that it is probably one fifth of the whole
+population.<a id="FNanchor_97"></a><a href="#Footnote_97" class=
+"fnanchor">[97]</a> The Romans when they were a nation of warriors,
+which these people are, raised a military force equally great in
+proportion to their population. Barbot heard of the Ashantees
+losing 50,000 men in two actions, an exaggeration which,
+nevertheless, serves to argue great military resources. Since the
+Ashantee invasions, their disposable force has been estimated by
+old residents in public reports, as upwards of 150,000. From the
+above particular statement, the population may be estimated at one
+million, which I believe is little more than half the population of
+Scotland, the area of which must be more than double that of
+Ashantee, which certainly does not contain more than 14,000 square
+miles. Amanquateä, Quatchie Quofie,<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_317">[317]</span> Odumata, and Apokoo’s forces alone amounted
+to 25,000. The contingencies at command from tributaries, (21 in
+number) are too indefinite to attempt to detail. Neither Inta or
+Dagwumba furnish any, the Ashantees pretending to despise their
+troops too much to use them. The following, which are known to be
+pretty correct, have generally been the first called into
+action:</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t317a">
+<tr>
+<td>Coranza</td>
+<td class="tdr">10,000</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Assin</td>
+<td class="tdr">8,000</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Takima</td>
+<td class="tdr">6,000</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Dankara</td>
+<td class="tdr">5,000</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Warsaw</td>
+<td class="tdr">7,000</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Booroom</td>
+<td class="tdr">12,000</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Sawee</td>
+<td class="tdr">4,000</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Akim</td>
+<td class="tdr">4,000,</td>
+<td>before their later destructive revolts 16,000</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Aquapim, &amp;c.</td>
+<td class="tdr">1,000</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>Though polygamy is tolerated to such an excess amongst the
+higher orders, I do not think, from observation, that the
+proportion of women to men is two to one. Most of the lower order
+of freemen have but one wife, and very few of the slaves (the
+greater proportion of the military force) any. The following
+calculation is the only one I can think of, and it supports my
+impression after five months residence.</p>
+
+<table class="tabw40" id="t317b">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr-top">204,000</td>
+<td class="tdl hang1">Men able to bear arms, about one-fifth of the
+whole population</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot">1,000,000</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr-top">101,000</td>
+<td class="tdl hang1">Or one-fourth, children under ten years of
+age as found in Great Britain.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr-top">50,000</td>
+<td class="tdl hang1">Boys above that age not capable of bearing
+arms.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr-top">7,000</td>
+<td class="tdl hang1">Or one in about 28 incapacitated by old age
+or accidents, as found in Great Britain.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdr-top bt">362,000</td>
+<td class="tdr">Males</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot">362,000</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">Females</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot bt">638,000</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_318">[318]</span>The men are very
+well made, but not so muscular as the Fantees; their countenances
+are frequently aquiline. The women also are generally handsomer
+than those of Fantee, but it is only amongst the higher orders that
+beauty is to be found, and amongst them, free from all labour or
+hardship, I have not only seen the finest figures, (which the ease
+of their costume and habits may account for,) but, in many
+instances, regular Grecian features, with brilliant eyes set rather
+obliquely in the head. Beauty in a Negress must be genuine, since
+complexion prejudices instead of imposes, and the European adjudges
+it to the features only, which appeared in this class to be Indian
+rather than African; nor is it surprising, when we recollect that
+they are selected from, or are the daughters of the handsomest
+slaves or captives; or are expressly chosen by their interior
+neighbours, to compose part of their tribute to the King of
+Ashantee, who retains but a small proportion.</p>
+
+<p>Both men and women are particularly cleanly in their persons,
+the latter washing themselves, and the former being washed by them
+daily on rising, from head to foot, with warm water and Portuguese
+soap, using afterwards the vegetable grease or butter, which is a
+fine cosmetic. Their cloths, which are beetled, are always
+scrupulously clean. The lowest orders are generally dirty.
+Occasionally, small delicate patterns in green or white paint are
+traced on their cheeks and temples. The Moorish negresses darken
+the edges of their eye lids with lead reduced to a fine powder. The
+ore was brought from Mallowa and is very rich. The powder is
+moistened a little, and kept in small boxes, like bodkin cases with
+a bulb at the end, and prettily covered with cow’s hair, within
+which is a metal stylus to apply the powder, as the women of India
+do antimony for this purpose. Top-cloths are generally worn, and
+not by the higher order only as in Fantee. They are commonly of a
+coarse silk bought at Dagwumba. They wear little or no
+antiffoo,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_319">[319]</span> a sort of
+cushion projecting from just below the small of the back in the
+Fantee women, by the size of which, frequently preposterous, and at
+all times unsightly, their rank, or the number of their children is
+known. The bosoms of girls of thirteen and fourteen are frequently
+models, but the young women sedulously destroy this beauty for what
+is considered a greater, wearing a broad band tight across their
+breasts, until ceasing to be globular they project conically. Their
+heads are shaved in fanciful elaborate patterns, having as
+intricate an appearance as a rich carpet.</p>
+
+<p>The food of the higher orders is principally soup of dried fish,
+fowls, beef, or mutton, (according to the fetish,) and ground nuts
+stewed in blood. The poorer class make their soups of dried deer,
+monkeys flesh, and frequently of the pelts of skins. Yams,
+plantains, and foofoos, (see the kouskous of Mr. Park) are commonly
+eaten, and they do not make cankey of their corn, (a coarser sort
+of kouskous not cleared from the husk) as the Fantees do, but they
+roast it on the stalk, and when young the flavour closely resembles
+that of green peas. Besides palm wine they drink Pittō, made from
+dried corn, which I think must have been the beer Lieutenant Martyn
+relished so much, for it is quite as pleasant as a brisk small ale.
+They are forbidden eggs by the fetish, and cannot be persuaded to
+taste milk, which is only drank by the Moors. Their stews and white
+soups are excellent, and my companions reported their black soups
+(made with palm oil) to be equally so.</p>
+
+<p>I cannot pretend to calculate the variable revenue of Ashantee,
+nor indeed to report its optional sources; I noted a few
+particulars.</p>
+
+<p>1. The dust gold of all deceased and disgraced subjects.
+Boiteäm, the father of Otee, left five jars (said to hold about
+four gallons each) and two flasks. On Appia Nanu’s disgrace three
+jars were seized.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_320">[320]</span>2. A tax in gold
+upon all slaves purchased for the coast.<a id=
+"FNanchor_98"></a><a href="#Footnote_98" class="fnanchor">[98]</a>
+Customs paid in gold by all traders returning from the coast,
+levied near Ansa in Assin.</p>
+
+<p>3. A tax on the elephant hunters.</p>
+
+<p>4. The small pits in Soko, which with the washings were reported
+to yield, sometimes 2,000 ounces per month, at others not more than
+700.</p>
+
+<p>5. The daily washings throughout Dankara, and the hills dividing
+Akim and Assin; very rich in gold.</p>
+
+<p>6. A tax on every chief increasing the number of his gold
+ornaments. Apokoo paid 20 periguins to the King on melting 100.</p>
+
+<p>7. The soil of the market place (see <a href=
+"#Page_257">Laws</a>) has been washed but twice during the present
+reign. I was told it produced about 800 ounces of gold each time.
+During our stay a heavy rain washed down a large quantity, which
+was replaced and carefully covered with the soil, by the Captain in
+charge of the market place. It was very easily seen after rain.</p>
+
+<p>The tributes of the various nations they had subdued, were in
+some instances fixed, but more frequently indefinite, being
+proportioned to the exigencies of the year; indeed from various
+conversations with Apokoo and others, and my own observations
+during state palavers, it appeared that the necessities and the
+designs of the Ashantee government were the superior
+considerations, and the rule in levying tribute every where. I made
+the following memoranda.</p>
+
+<p>Inta and Dagwumba never pay in gold, which though plentiful from
+commerce, is not found there, cowries being the circulating medium.
+Their capitals and all their large towns send the following tribute
+annually, and the smaller in proportion.</p>
+
+<ul class="simple3">
+<li><span class="pagenum" id="Page_321">[321]</span>500
+Slaves.</li>
+
+<li>200 Cows.</li>
+
+<li>400 Sheep.</li>
+
+<li>400 Cotton cloths.</li>
+
+<li>200 Ditto and silk.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Takima a smaller proportion of the same kind.</p>
+
+<p>Coranza is generally excused, from fidelity, and a long series
+of military services.</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t321">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1">Sawee</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot">200</td>
+<td class="tdl-bot">periguins annually.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1">Moinseän</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot">50</td>
+<td class="tdl-bot">bendas ditto.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdl-top hang1">Gaman had paid, (besides all large pieces
+of rock gold,)</td>
+<td class="tdr-bot">100</td>
+<td class="tdl-bot">periguins ditto.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>Akim, Assin, Warsaw, Aowin, &amp;c. &amp;c. were taxed
+indefinitely by crooms.</p>
+
+<p>Coomassie is built upon the side of a large rocky hill of iron
+stone. It is insulated by a marsh close to the town northwards, and
+but a narrow stream; half a mile distant from it N.W., and 60 yards
+broad; close to it N.E., E., S.E., and S., and about 100, 20, 70,
+and 50 yards broad at these points. In many parts depth after heavy
+rains was five feet, and commonly two. The marsh contains many
+springs, and supplies the town with water, but the exhalation
+covers the city with a thick fog morning and evening, and engenders
+dysentery, with which the natives of the coast who accompanied us
+were almost immediately attacked, as well as the officers. It is a
+little extraordinary that we never saw a musquito in Ashantee. I
+could find none but birds eye views of the city, which were
+uninteresting, presenting nothing but the thatch of the houses; it
+was encircled by a beautiful forest, which required more time than
+I could spare, and a more expressive pencil to pourtray. Coomassie
+is an oblong of nearly four miles in circumference, not including
+the suburbs of Assafoo nor<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_322">[322]</span> Bantama, (the back town,) half a mile
+distant, and formerly connected by streets with the city, as is
+evident from the numerous ruins of houses on the path. The
+slaughter of constant warfare, and the extinction or removal of
+several ill affected chiefs with their adherents, account for this
+even in a rising state. The ruins in the interval to Bantama were
+indeed accounted for by Amanquateä (who holds his court there, as
+Quatchie Quofie does at Assafoo) informing us, that almost all the
+Ashantees killed before Annamaboe (about 2000 by the most moderate
+computation) belonged to him, as it was his division which marched
+along the beach from Cormantine, exposed to the cannon of the fort.
+Four of the principal streets are half a mile long, and from 50 to
+100 yards wide. I observed them building one, and a line was
+stretched on each side to make it regular. The streets were all
+named, and a superior captain in charge of each; ours for instance,
+was Aperremsoo, big gun or cannon street, because those taken when
+Dankara was conquered, were placed on a mound at the top of it,
+near Adoo Quamina’s house. The area in which we had our first
+audience was called Daëbrim, the great market, in distinction to a
+lower street called Gwaba, or the small market. The street above
+where we lived was called Osamarandiduüm, meaning literally, “with
+1000 muskets you could not fight those who live there.” One street
+was named after Odumata, and there was another near it, whose title
+I forget, but it was equal to prison street. The palace was
+situated in a long and wide street running through the middle of
+the town, from which it was shut out by a high wall, terminating at
+each end at the marsh, where it was discontinued, that being a
+sufficient boundary. It included Odumata’s and the King’s brothers
+residences, and two or three small streets, (besides the several
+areas and piazzas,) for the King’s relief and recreation when the
+superstitions of the country confine him to the palace. I reckoned
+twenty<span class="pagenum" id="Page_323">[323]</span> seven
+streets in all, which I have laid down in a ground <a href=
+"#map3">plan</a> of the town. The small grove at the back of the
+large market place was called Sammonpomë or the spirit-house,
+because the trunks of all the human victims were thrown into it.
+The bloody tracks, daily renewed, shewed the various directions
+they had been dragged from, and the number of vultures on the trees
+indicated the extent of the recent sacrifice; the stench was
+insupportable, and the visits of panthers nightly. Several trees
+were individually scattered about the town for the recreation of
+the inhabitants of those quarters, and small circular elevations of
+two steps, the lower about 20 feet in circumference, like the bases
+of the old market crosses in England, were raised in the middle of
+several streets, on which the King’s chair was placed when he went
+to drink palm wine there, his attendants encircling him.</p>
+
+<div class="plate">
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="map3">
+<p class="cpm3"><em>Ichnographical Sketch of</em> <span class=
+"sc">Coomassie</span>, <em>with the principal Streets and the
+Situations of remarkable Houses.</em></p>
+<a href="images/map3_large.jpg"><img src='images/map3.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+<ul class="cplist">
+<li>1. Entrance from Fantee and Assin.</li>
+
+<li>2. Agwabu or the small market.</li>
+
+<li>3. King’s eldest Sister’s house.</li>
+
+<li>4. —— Goldsmith’s ditto.</li>
+
+<li>5. Appia Nanu’s ditto.</li>
+
+<li>6. Otee’s (3d Linguist) ditto.</li>
+
+<li>7. Odumata’s (1 of the 4) ditto.</li>
+
+<li>8. King’s youngest Sister’s ditto.</li>
+
+<li>9. Adoom Street.</li>
+
+<li>9.* Baba’s house and the Crambos (Moors) Street.</li>
+
+<li>10.* Aboogaywa or place of execution.</li>
+
+<li>10. Palace.</li>
+
+<li>11. King’s wives Croom.</li>
+
+<li>12. Marsh.</li>
+
+<li>13. Entrance from Dwabin.</li>
+
+<li>14. ——— Barramang.</li>
+
+<li>15. King of Dwabin’s temporary Court.</li>
+
+<li>16. King’s Blacksmith’s Croom.</li>
+
+<li><em>a.</em> Himma or the King’s fetish temple.</li>
+
+<li><em>b.</em> Apokoo’s (1 of the 4) house.</li>
+
+<li><em>c.</em> Adoocee’s (chief linguist.)</li>
+
+<li><em>d.</em> Apirremsoo Street.</li>
+
+<li><em>e<img src='images/sym2.png' class="iwsym2" alt=
+'[Symbol]'>.</em> Aboidwee’s house, the quarters of the
+Embassy.</li>
+
+<li><em>f.</em> Adoo Quamina’s (chief Captain) house.</li>
+
+<li><em>g.</em> Osarramandiduum Street.</li>
+
+<li><em>h.</em> King’s Umbrella maker’s Croom.</li>
+
+<li><em>i.</em> Entrance to the high street of Bantama.</li>
+
+<li><em>k.</em> Croom.</li>
+
+<li><em>l.</em> Ditto.</li>
+
+<li><em>m.</em> Ditto.</li>
+
+<li><em>n.</em> Long irregular suburb, and road to Dankara.</li>
+
+<li><em>o.</em> Sammonpome or the Spirit Grove.</li>
+
+<li><em>p.</em> Adooebrim, the large market place.</li>
+
+<li><em>p*.</em> Small Market.</li>
+
+<li><em>q.</em> High Street of Assafoo.<br>
+Course of the procession of the Embassy on its entré.</li>
+
+<li><em>r.</em> Halted to witness the war dance.</li>
+
+<li><em>s.</em> Halted to pass the baggage and presents.</li>
+
+<li><em>t.</em> Halted to witness the human sacrifice.</li>
+
+<li><em>u.</em> Presented to the King and Chiefs.</li>
+
+<li><em>w.</em> Seated to see them march home.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p class="cpr"><em>T. E. Bowdich</em>, 1817.</p>
+</figure>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p>The Ashantees persisted that the population of Coomassie, when
+collected, was upwards of 100,000. I think it likely to be much
+greater than that of Sego, (which Mr. Park reported as 30,000,)
+from the extended masses of crowd I observed on festivals, when the
+plantations of the environs are almost wholly deserted. I compared
+them in my recollection with the crowds I have seen collected in
+the secondary cities of England, on similar occasions of public
+curiosity; the only criterion, as I had not time to finish
+reckoning the number of houses. I say when collected, because the
+higher class could not support their numerous followers, or the
+lower their large families, in the city, and therefore employed
+them in plantations, (in which small crooms were situated,)
+generally within two or three miles of the capital, where their
+labours not only feed themselves, but supply the wants of the
+chief, his family, and more immediate suite. The middling orders
+station their slaves for the same purpose, and also to collect
+fruits and vegetables for sale, and when their children become
+numerous, a part are<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_324">[324]</span> generally sent to be supported by these
+slaves in the bush. Perhaps the average resident population of
+Coomassie is not more than from 12 to 15,000.</p>
+
+<p>The markets were held daily from about eight o’clock in the
+morning until sun set. The larger contains about sixty stalls or
+sheds, (a small square frame covered with cotton cloth with a pole
+from the centre, stuck into the ground, see drawing, <a href=
+"#i09">No. 9.</a>) besides throngs of inferior venders, seated in
+all directions. Amongst the articles for sale, were beef, (to us
+about 8<em>d.</em> per lb.) and mutton, cut in small pieces for
+soup, wild hog, deer, and monkey’s flesh, fowls, pelts of skins;
+yams, plantains, corn, sugar-cane, rice, encruma, (a mucilaginous
+vegetable, richer than asparagus, which it resembles,) peppers,
+vegetable butter; oranges, papaws, pine apples, (not equal to those
+on the coast,) bananas; salt and dried fish from the coast; large
+snails smoke dried, and stuck in rows on small sticks in the form
+of herring bone; eggs for fetish; pittō, palm wine, rum; pipes,
+beads, looking-glasses, sandals, silk, cotton cloth, powder, small
+pillows, white and blue cotton thread, calabashes, &amp;c. &amp;c.
+See Chapter on <a href="#p2c08">Trade.</a></p>
+
+<p>The following are the comparative prices of the markets of
+Coomassie and Yahndi, the capital of Dagwumba:</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t324">
+<tr>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th colspan="3"><em>Coomassie.</em>
+</th>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th colspan="3"><em>Yahndi.</em>
+</th>
+<th>
+</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>A fat bullock</td>
+<td class="tdr">£.6</td>
+<td class="tdr">0</td>
+<td class="tdr">0</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">£.1</td>
+<td class="tdr">0</td>
+<td class="tdr">0</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>A sheep</td>
+<td class="tdr">0</td>
+<td class="tdr">15</td>
+<td class="tdr">0</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">0</td>
+<td class="tdr">4</td>
+<td class="tdr">0</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>A fowl</td>
+<td class="tdr">0</td>
+<td class="tdr">1</td>
+<td class="tdr">8</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">0</td>
+<td class="tdr">0</td>
+<td class="tdr">5</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>A horse</td>
+<td class="tdr">24</td>
+<td class="tdr">0</td>
+<td class="tdr">0</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">8</td>
+<td class="tdr">0</td>
+<td class="tdr">0</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Yams</td>
+<td class="tdr">0</td>
+<td class="tdr">0</td>
+<td class="tdr">8</td>
+<td class="pad-right2">for two</td>
+<td class="tdr">0</td>
+<td class="tdr">0</td>
+<td class="tdr">8</td>
+<td>for ten.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind">The surprising exorbitance of the former is to be
+accounted for by the abundance of gold, yet labour and manufacture
+was moderately purchased. In Mallowa, provision is dearer than in
+Dagwumba, but the articles of trade much cheaper; they
+manufacture<span class="pagenum" id="Page_325">[325]</span> very
+little cloth, the Moorish traders supplying it so abundantly. The
+cattle we saw in Ashantee were as large as the English, unlike
+those on the coast, which resemble the Jersey. The sheep are hairy
+in Ashantee, but woolly in Dagwumba, an open country, where they
+manufacture a coarse blanket. The horses in Dagwumba are generally
+small, some were described to be 15 hands high, but these were
+never parted with, and the Ashantees did not desire them, for I
+never saw but one who rode fearlessly. The horses I saw were like
+half bred galloways, their legs lathy, with a wiry hair about the
+fetlock, only requiring to be pulled. Their heads were large; dun
+and mouse colours were said to be common; they were never shod, and
+their hoofs consequently in the eye of the European, though not in
+nature, disproportionate; they were fed on guinea grass,
+occasionally mixed with salt, and sal-ammoniac was frequently
+dissolved in the water. The saddles were Moorish, of red leather,
+and cumbersome; the bridles of twisted black leather thongs, and
+brass links, with a whip at the end; the bit severe, with a large
+ring hanging from the middle, and slipped over the under jaw
+instead of a curb chain; the stirrups were like large blow pans,
+and hung very short. Some of the Moors rode on bullocks, with a
+ring through the nose.</p>
+
+<p>The extent and order of the Ashantee plantations surprised us,
+yet I do not think they were adequate to the population; in a
+military government they were not likely to be so. Their neatness
+and method have been already noticed in our route up. They use no
+implement but the hoe. They have two crops of corn a year, plant
+their yams at Christmas, and dig them early in September. The
+latter plantations had much the appearance of a hop garden well
+fenced in, and regularly planted in lines, with a broad walk
+around, and a hut at each wicker gate, where a slave and his family
+resided to protect the plantation.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_326">[326]</span>All the fruits
+mentioned as sold in the market grew in spontaneous abundance, as
+did the sugar cane: the oranges were of a large size and exquisite
+flavour. I believe this fruit has hitherto been considered
+indigenous to India only. We saw no cocoa nut trees, nor was that
+fruit in the market. Mr. Park’s route was through a very different
+country.<a id="FNanchor_99"></a><a href="#Footnote_99" class=
+"fnanchor">[99]</a> In the marshy ground, a large species of fern
+is very abundant, there are four varieties of it; in shady places
+that have been cultivated, various tribes of urtica; and the
+leontodon grows abundantly to the north of Coomassie. The
+miraculous berry, which gives acids the flavour of sweets, making
+limes taste like honey, is common.<a id="FNanchor_100"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_100" class="fnanchor">[100]</a> The castor oil, (ricinus
+communis) rises to a large tree, I have only seen it as a bush
+about three feet high on the coast; and the wild fig is abundant,
+though neither of them are used by the natives. The cotton plant is
+very plentiful, but little cultivated. The only use to which they
+apply the silk cotton, is to the stuffing of cushions and
+pillows.<a id="FNanchor_101"></a><a href="#Footnote_101" class=
+"fnanchor">[101]</a> Mr.<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_327">[327]</span> Park observed the tobacco-plant, which
+grows luxuriantly in Inta and Dagwumba, and is called toah. The
+visitors from those countries recognised it in a botanical work.
+They first dry the leaves in the sun, then, having rubbed them well
+between their hands, mix them with water into oval masses, as will
+be seen; it is further noticed in the <a href="#Page_337">Trade</a>
+Report.</p>
+
+<p>Lions are numerous on the northern frontiers of Inta, elephants
+(assoon, F. A. soorer, B.<a id="FNanchor_102"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_102" class="fnanchor">[102]</a>) are remarkably numerous
+in Kong, but they are also found in Ashantee, with wild hogs
+(yambo, F. A.) hyænas (patacoo, F. A. boofooree, B.,) cows
+(anantwee, F. A. B.,) sheep (ygwan, F. A. tsan, B.,) goats
+(apunkie, F. A. terrie, B.,) deer (wonsan, F. A. B.,) antelopes
+(ettwan, F. A. B.,) dogs (boddum, etcha, F. tweä, A. opooree, B.,)
+approximating to the Danish, cats (agramwaw, F. A. B.,) extremely
+sharp visaged and long necked, Gennet cats (essoor, F. A. B.,)
+pangolins (appra, F. A. aypra, B.,) alligators (dankim, F. A. B.,)
+&amp;c. &amp;c. &amp;c. The rhinoceros (năree) is found in Boroom,
+and the hippopotamus (shonsa, A. tchoosooree, B.) in the Odirree
+river.</p>
+
+<p>The Ashantees say, that an animal called sissah or sissirree,
+will attack every other however superior in size. The Fantees who
+had never seen it, had imbibed a tremendous idea of it, from the
+stories in their own country. I doubt its being so formidable to
+all other animals, for the skin I saw was not more than three feet
+long, and the legs short, it resembled that of a boar, but the
+natives said it was between a pig and a goat. I enquired of the
+people of Inta and Dagwumba if they had ever heard of a unicorn;
+one replied, yes! in the white man’s country. It is extraordinary
+that the gnoo, (antelope gnu,) which is found behind the Cape of
+Good<span class="pagenum" id="Page_328">[328]</span> Hope, is known
+in Inta by the same name.<a id="FNanchor_103"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_103" class="fnanchor">[103]</a> Where the beds were not
+an accumulation of cushions, the skin of the gnoo was nailed to a
+large wooden frame, raised on legs about a foot from the ground,
+and stretched as we would sacking. It was a revered custom that no
+virgin of either sex should sleep on this kind of bed. Another
+animal, called otrum, was described by the inhabitants of the
+eastern frontier as having one very long horn on one side of the
+head and a short one on the other; it is much larger than the gnoo.
+We met with a spotted animal of the cat kind (gahin, F. A. B.,)
+very common, and allied to the leopard or panther, but whether
+referable to either of those species, or to be considered as
+distinct, we could not determine, owing to the very vague and
+unsatisfactory character by which naturalists have attempted to
+distinguish them, the kind and number of the rows of spots; which
+we have observed in individuals of the same decided species, to
+present almost an infinity of variation.</p>
+
+<p>The vulture (pittay, F. A. epraykee, B.,) which I have before
+mentioned to be venerated by the natives, for the same reason which
+the Egyptians venerated the Vulturus Percnopterus, is the Vulturus
+Monachus, figured by Le Vaillant. Green pigeons (assam) are found,
+and crows with a white ring round their necks, probably the corvus
+scapularis figured by Le Vaillant. There were several small birds
+of beautiful plumage, which sung melodiously; two in particular,
+the one like a blackbird, and the other of the same colour as the
+English thrush, but larger. Also a variety of parrots beautifully
+spangled with different colours. M. Cuvier was misinformed when he
+wrote (Regne animal, tom. i. p. 108) “Macaque est le nom générique
+des singes à la côte de Guinée.” The name is unknown there as well
+as in the interior.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_329">[329]</span>
+Dokoo is the generic name. The Simia Diana (effoor, F. A. B.,)
+which has the most beautiful skin of any monkey, is found in
+Ashantee as well as in Warsaw. All the natives agree that they do
+not know of any monkies which dare to attack men, but the akonëson,
+which they describe as small, and always seen in troops.</p>
+
+<p>Snakes (aboïtinnee, F. A. ewaw, B.,) green, and of all colours;
+scorpions, lizards, &amp;c. &amp;c. were found as on the coast,
+with a curious variety of beetles, and the most beautiful
+butterflies. A few specimens preserved in spirits will be sent to
+the British Museum,<a id="FNanchor_104"></a><a href="#Footnote_104"
+class="fnanchor">[104]</a> as the best apology for my ignorance
+rather than neglect of natural history.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftp2c07">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_96"></a><a href="#FNanchor_96"><span class=
+"label">[96]</span></a>At Cape Coast in 1815 there was scarcely any
+rain fell in its season, from May to August. In 1816, the rains
+were heavy, but no fogs succeeded. In 1817, there was but little
+rain, but a protracted succession of slight fogs. The climate has
+been observed, by old residents, to alter as unaccountably within
+these few years as that of Europe.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_97"></a><a href="#FNanchor_97"><span class=
+"label">[97]</span></a>“My friend Mr. Morton Pitt, M.P. has proved,
+by the enumeration of the inhabitants of a country parish in
+Dorsetshire, that the men of an age capable of bearing arms are one
+fourth of the whole community. Mr. Horneman, if I understand him
+rightly, states the number of actual warriors to be 1500; so that
+we ought, perhaps, to multiply that number by 5, to get nearer to
+the total amount of the population.” <em>Major Rennell</em>.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_98"></a><a href="#FNanchor_98"><span class=
+"label">[98]</span></a>Issert mentions this being levied in Akim
+and other tributary states.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_99"></a><a href="#FNanchor_99"><span class=
+"label">[99]</span></a>“It is observable, however, that although
+many species of the edible roots which grow in the West India
+islands, are found in Africa, yet I never saw, in any part of my
+journey, either the sugar cane, the coffee, or the cocoa tree; nor
+could I learn, on inquiry, that they were known to the natives. The
+pine apple, and the thousand other delicious fruits, which the
+industry of civilized man (improving the bounties of nature,) has
+brought to such great perfection in the tropical climates of
+America, are here equally unknown. I observed, indeed, a few orange
+and banana trees, near the mouth of the Gambia; but whether they
+were indigenous, or were formerly planted there by some of the
+white traders, I could not positively learn. I suspect that they
+were originally introduced by the Portuguese.” Park’s First
+Mission.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_100"></a><a href="#FNanchor_100"><span class=
+"label">[100]</span></a>The curious fruit mentioned in the
+introduction, and to which I have given the name of oxyglycus, I
+find was known to Des Marchais, who describes it as a little red
+fruit, which, being chewed, gives a sweet taste to the most sour or
+bitter things. Dalzel’s Dahomey.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_101"></a><a href="#FNanchor_101"><span class=
+"label">[101]</span></a>Cotton of the cotton tree (or <em>silk</em>
+cotton) <i>Bombax Pentandrium</i> <em>Lin.</em> This cotton is not
+made into thread, but is used for making pillows and beds. It is
+also, from its catching fire so easily, commonly put into tinder
+boxes, and employed in the preparation of fire works. Ainslie’s
+Materia Medica of Hindostan.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_102"></a><a href="#FNanchor_102"><span class=
+"label">[102]</span></a>F. A. affixed to assoon, denote that to be
+the native name in the Fantee and Ashantee languages, as B.
+represents Boroom.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_103"></a><a href="#FNanchor_103"><span class=
+"label">[103]</span></a>C’est probablement lui qui a donné lieu à
+leur <em>catoblepas</em>. Voyez Pline, lib. 8, c. 32, et Ælien,
+lib. 7, c. 5, Cuvier. The gnoo is almost always <em>looking
+down</em>.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_104"></a><a href="#FNanchor_104"><span class=
+"label">[104]</span></a>See Dr. Leach’s notice in the <a href=
+"#app4">Appendix.</a></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_330">[330]</span><a id=
+"p2c08"></a><span class="letter-spaced01">CHAPTER</span> VIII.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8 spaced3">
+
+<p class="sch1"><em>Trade.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="dcap"><span class="sc">The</span> currency of Ashantee is
+gold dust, that of Inta, Dagwumba, Gaman, and Kong, cowries. Mr.
+Lucas writes, “to the merchants of Fezzan who travel to the
+southern states of the Negroes, the purchase of gold, which the
+dominions of several, and especially those of Degombah, abundantly
+afford, is always the first object of commercial acquisition.” I
+could not learn that any gold was dug or collected in Dagwumba,
+though considerable quantities are imported, from its extensive
+commerce. Sixteen ackies make an ounce or newemeën, 36 a benda, 40
+a periguin: eight tokoos (a small berry) are reckoned to the ackie,
+but it will not weigh more than seven: there are eight distinct
+names for quantities of gold dust from one to eight ackies. Five
+strings or 200 cowries are equal to a tokoo, as at Accra. The
+clearest manner of shewing the articles, prices, and profits of the
+Ashantee, Inta, and Dagwumba markets, will be by a table with
+remarks; substituting, for the greater convenience, English monies
+calculated at the currency of gold here, which is £4. the oz.</p>
+
+<table class="borders1" id="t331">
+<tr>
+<th colspan="2" class="bdless-right">
+</th>
+<th colspan="4"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_331">[331]</span><em>Cape Coast.</em>
+</th>
+<th colspan="5"><em>Coomassie.</em>
+</th>
+<th colspan="5"><em>Sallagha and Yahndi.</em>
+</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<th colspan="2">Articles.</th>
+<th>£</th>
+<th><em>s.</em>
+</th>
+<th><em>d.</em>
+</th>
+<th>Quantity.</th>
+<th>£.</th>
+<th><em>s.</em>
+</th>
+<th><em>d.</em>
+</th>
+<th>Quantity.</th>
+<th>Profit.<br>
+per Cent.</th>
+<th>£.</th>
+<th><em>s.</em>
+</th>
+<th><em>d.</em>
+</th>
+<th>Quantity.</th>
+<th>Profit.</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right"><a href="#note1a">(<em>a</em>)</a>
+</td>
+<td>Silk, India</td>
+<td class="tdc">4</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">per Piece.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">5</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">1 span.</td>
+<td class="tdc">175</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>—— Fezzan</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">2</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">1 fathom.</td>
+<td class="tdc">100</td>
+<td class="tdc">1</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">1 fathom.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right"><a href="#note1b">(<em>b</em>)</a>
+</td>
+<td>Sarstracunda</td>
+<td class="tdc">1</td>
+<td class="tdc">10</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">2</td>
+<td class="tdc">6</td>
+<td class="tdc">1 span.</td>
+<td class="tdc">400</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right"><a href="#note1c">(<em>c</em>)</a>
+</td>
+<td>Glasgow Dane</td>
+<td class="tdc">1</td>
+<td class="tdc">10</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">5</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">1 hdkchf.</td>
+<td class="tdc">75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right"><a href="#note1d">(<em>d</em>)</a>
+</td>
+<td>Romal</td>
+<td class="tdc">1</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">1</td>
+<td class="tdc">5</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">piece.</td>
+<td class="tdc">20</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right"><a href="#note1e">(<em>e</em>)</a>
+</td>
+<td>Guinea Stuff</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">10</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">15</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">33</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right"><a href="#note1f">(<em>f</em>)</a>
+</td>
+<td>Silesia</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">10</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">15</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">33</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>Dagwumba white Cotton</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">5</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">sq. yard.</td>
+<td class="tdc">100</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">2</td>
+<td class="tdc">6</td>
+<td class="tdc">sq. yard.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>Rum</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">10</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">Gallon.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">7½</td>
+<td class="tdc">dram.</td>
+<td class="tdc">400</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right"><a href="#note1g">(<em>g</em>)</a>
+</td>
+<td>Tobacco, Portuguese</td>
+<td class="tdc">6</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">Roll.</td>
+<td class="tdc">10</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">roll.</td>
+<td class="tdc">75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">7½</td>
+<td class="tdc">span.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>—— Inta</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">2</td>
+<td class="tdc">6</td>
+<td class="tdc">lb.</td>
+<td class="tdc">150</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">lb.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right"><a href="#note1h">(<em>h</em>)</a>
+</td>
+<td>Gunpowder</td>
+<td class="tdc">4</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">¼ Barrel.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">7½</td>
+<td class="tdc">1 charge.</td>
+<td class="tdc">400</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>Iron</td>
+<td class="tdc">1</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">Bar.</td>
+<td class="tdc">1</td>
+<td class="tdc">15</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">bar.</td>
+<td class="tdc">75</td>
+<td class="tdc">3</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">bar.</td>
+<td class="tdc">200</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>Lead</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">10</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">7½</td>
+<td class="tdc">½ inch.</td>
+<td class="tdc">75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>Flints</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">5</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">100</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">¼</td>
+<td class="tdc">each.</td>
+<td class="tdc">600</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right"><a href="#note1i">(<em>i</em>)</a>
+</td>
+<td>Spanish Dollar</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">5</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">ea.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">5</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right"><a href="#note1k">(<em>k</em>)</a>
+</td>
+<td>Sandals</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">10</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">pair.</td>
+<td class="tdc">100</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">5</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">pair.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>Cushions</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">1</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">ea.</td>
+<td class="tdc">100</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">10</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">ea.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>Marrowa Locks</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">5</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">100</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdc">2</td>
+<td class="tdc">6</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<p class="note" id="note1a">(<em>a</em>) The red taffetas (11 yards
+in each piece) are unravelled by the Ashantees, and wove into the
+cloths of their own manufacture: they unravel a few of the fancy
+silks, but these are generally bought for wear, though they prefer
+those from Fezzan for that purpose, because the colours are more
+shewy. Coarse thick scarves are also brought from the interior,
+equal in substance to a double wove ribbon. One ackie a span was
+the price in the public market, where it was retailed in these
+small quantities, for the convenience of the weavers, who did not
+require, or could not afford to purchase more: the price of a piece
+was uncertain, as the person who could purchase so much, generally
+sent a trusty servant to the foreign market, and seldom bought of
+the traders but when they were necessitated to sell at little more
+than prime cost. The richest silks, I saw, were worn by the Moors,
+who had bought them at Yahndi and Houssa.<a id=
+"FNanchor_105"></a><a href="#Footnote_105" class=
+"fnanchor">[105]</a> Reckoning nine inches to a span, there are
+eight spans in a fathom, which is the Ashantee measure; but the
+fathom of Inta and Dagwumba, contains only six spans. Even if the
+Ashantee traders give twenty shillings a fathom, in barter of
+boossee, salt, rum, iron, &amp;c.; it is considerably cheaper to
+them than ours, considering that they get 100 per cent. on it at
+Coomassie. Mr. Lucas mentions “silk wrought and unwrought amongst
+the articles exported from Fezzan to Kassina. Apokoo and several
+others related to me, that Saï Cudjo bought a piece of silk at
+Yahndi, so very fine, that although it could be compressed between
+two hands, it was nevertheless larger than any cloth I had seen the
+present King wear, and his appeared monstrous. Apokoo added, that
+six slaves were paid for it, which would have produced £160. at the
+water side.</p>
+
+<p class="note" id="note1b">(<em>b</em>) This is a highly glazed
+British cotton of bright red stripes with a bar of white: it is
+bought solely for the red stripe, (as there is no red dye nearer
+than Marrowa) which they weave into their own cloths, throwing away
+the white. There are 280 inches in a piece. A cloth of Ashantee
+manufacture will be sent to the British Museum, and, I expect, the
+size, fineness, and variety will surprise.</p>
+
+<p class="note" id="note1c">(<em>c</em>) This is also a highly
+glazed British cotton of more colours, and in handkerchiefs; ten of
+which are in a 30<em>s.</em> piece.</p>
+
+<p class="note" id="note1d">(<em>d</em>) This is an unglazed India
+cotton, not much in demand, and yielding the least profit. The
+Manchester cotton called Tom Coffee is preferred.</p>
+
+<p class="note" id="note1e">(<em>e</em>) This is India cotton
+unglazed, for all of which there is, in proportion, but a small
+demand. The Ashantees invariably prefer cloths of the Dagwumba, or
+their own manufacture, and we rarely saw any others worn in
+Coomassie.</p>
+
+<p class="note" id="note1f">(<em>f</em>) These are white cottons,
+six yards in a piece, but narrow, they are bought for fetish
+cloths; but the next article, the white cotton cloth of Dagwumba,
+is preferred, a piece of which, painted, will be sent to the
+British Museum.</p>
+
+<p class="note" id="note1g">(<em>g</em>) These are the wholesale
+and retail prices at Coomassie, the average length of a roll is 42
+fathoms.</p>
+
+<p class="note" id="note1h">(<em>h</em>) Powder is retailed for
+customs or festivals: those who purchase it for war, or can afford
+a ¼ barrel, send to the water side for it. A ¼ barrel contains 25
+lbs. and the Ashantee charge weighs 16 ackies, equal to ¾ of an
+ounce avoirdupoise.</p>
+
+<p class="note" id="note1i">(<em>i</em>) This was owing to their
+brisk intercourse with the Spanish and Portuguese slave ships, a
+dollar generally fetches two ackies or 10<em>s.</em> Mr. Park
+writes, from £1. 5<em>s.</em> to £2. 10<em>s.</em> at
+Sansanding.</p>
+
+<p class="note" id="note1k">(<em>k</em>) Sandals and a cushion will
+be sent to the British Museum. In Marrowa they decoct a good red
+dye from a tree called mossarātee.</p>
+
+<p class="note">The reason green ells are purchased by the Warsaws
+only, is, that they must be the wedding garment of the females of
+that country: if they are fast colours, and will not change to a
+blue with lime-juice, they will not look at them.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_332">[332]</span>Most of the
+slaves in Coomassie, were sent as part of the annual tribute of
+Inta, Dagwumba, and their neighbours, to Ashantee;<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_333">[333]</span> very many were kidnapped, and
+for the few who were bought, I was assured by several respectable
+Ashantees, 2000 cowries, or 1 basket of Boossee was the greatest
+price given; so full were the markets of the interior. I have
+brought some pods of the Boossee; it is astringent, and the natives
+chew it to excite a flow of saliva, and allay the sensation of
+hunger. The<a id="FNanchor_106"></a><a href="#Footnote_106" class=
+"fnanchor">[106]</a> Boossee must be the Gooroo nut, which Mr.
+Lucas describes as one of the articles of trade between Fezzan,
+Kassina, Bornoo, and the states south of the Niger. He writes,
+“Gooroo nuts, which are brought from the Negro states on the south
+of the Niger, and which are principally valued for the pleasant
+bitter that they communicate to any liquor in which they are
+infused,” and again “a species of nut—which is much valued in the
+kingdoms to the north of the Niger, and which is called Gooroo. It
+grows on a large and broad leafed tree, that bears a pod of about
+18 inches in length, in which are inclosed a number of nuts that
+varies from 7 to 9. Their colour is a yellowish green; their size
+is that of a chesnut, which they also resemble, in being covered by
+a husk of a similar thickness, and their taste, which is described
+as a pleasant bitter, is so grateful to those who are accustomed to
+its use, and so important as a corrective to the unpalatable or
+unwholesome waters of Fezzan, and of the other kingdoms that border
+on the vast Zahara, as to be deemed of importance to the happiness
+of life. They are purchased at the rate of 12<em>s.</em> for 100
+pods.”</p>
+
+<p>Sal ammonia is found abundantly in Dagwumba: in the Ashantee
+market, a lump the size of a duck’s egg, was sold for 2<em>s.</em>:
+they grind it to mix with their snuff, (of which they take large
+quantities,) as it gives it a pungency agreeable to them. They also
+dissolve it in the water they give to their cattle, and sometimes
+drink it themselves for pains in the bowels. The Tamool
+practitioners<span class="pagenum" id="Page_334">[334]</span> in
+the East Indies suppose it to be a useful remedy in certain female
+obstructions, and morbid uterine enlargements. Mr. Lucas writes,
+“No commercial value appears to be annexed to the fleeces which the
+numerous flocks of the Negro kingdoms afford; for the cotton
+manufacture, which, the Shereef says, is established among the
+tribes to the south of the Niger, seems to be the only species of
+weaving that is known among them.” In Dagwumba, however, they
+manufacture a coarse kind of blanket from sheep’s wool. There is a
+white grease, which has long been called Ashantee grease by the
+natives on the coast, who supposed it to be produced in that
+country. They use it daily to anoint their skins, which otherwise
+become coarse and unhealthy. The Ashantees purchase it from the
+interior, and make a great profit by it: it is a vegetable butter,
+decocted from a tree, called Timkeëä: it is doubtless the Shea
+butter of Mr. Park.<a id="FNanchor_107"></a><a href="#Footnote_107"
+class="fnanchor">[107]</a> Mr. Lucas mentions, “small Turkey and
+plain Mesurata carpets,” among the articles exported from Fezzan to
+Kassina: a small carpet fetches 2 oz. of gold at Coomassie. The
+Ashantees procure most of their ivory from Kong, where they give 8
+ackies, or 40<em>s.</em> in barter, for a very large tooth.</p>
+
+<p>“The preference of the Ashantees for the Dagwumba and Inta
+markets, for silk and cloth, results not merely from their having
+been so long accustomed to them, but because they admit of a barter
+trade. The Boossee or Gooroo nut, salt, (which is easily procured,
+and affords an extravagant profit,) and small quantities of the
+European commodities, rum, and iron,<a id=
+"FNanchor_108"></a><a href="#Footnote_108" class=
+"fnanchor">[108]</a> yield them those articles of comfort and
+luxury, which they can only purchase with gold and ivory from the
+settlements on the coast. Gold they are<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_335">[335]</span> all desirous of hoarding; even those less
+covetous than is generally their nature, that they may be prepared
+for the purchase of guns and powder to a large extent, on any
+sudden war, and thus ingratiate themselves with the king and the
+government. Were the Ashantees a commercial people, they might be
+the brokers between the interior and Europeans, or, purchasing
+supplies more adequate to the demands of their neighbours for
+European commodities, which would be bought with avidity, realize
+large properties. But they have no idea of buying more of the
+various articles than will supply themselves; and leave a small
+residue to barter for the cloth, silk, and tobacco in the Inta and
+Dagwumba markets. They are as little commercial as the Romans were
+in their infancy, and their government would repress rather than
+countenance the inclination, (believing no state can be aggrandized
+but by conquest,) lest their genius for war might be enervated by
+it, and lest, either from the merchants increasing to a body too
+formidable for their wishes to be resisted, or too artful from
+their experience to be detected, they might sacrifice the national
+honour and ambition to their avarice, and furnishing Inta,
+Dagwumba, or any of their more powerful neighbours (who have
+yielded to circumstances rather than force) with guns and powder
+(which are never allowed to be exported from Ashantee,<a id=
+"FNanchor_109"></a><a href="#Footnote_109" class=
+"fnanchor">[109]</a>) break the spell of their conquests, and
+undermine their power. The chiefs are fed bountifully by the
+labours of their slaves, and sharing large sums of the revenue,
+(the fines their oppression has imposed on other<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_336">[336]</span> governments,) with
+incalculable fees for corruption or interference, refine upon the
+splendor of equipage even to satiety, and still possess a large
+surplus of income daily accumulating. Were they to encourage
+commerce, pomp, the idol of which they are most jealous, would soon
+cease to be their prerogative, because it would be attainable by
+others; the traders growing wealthy, would vie with them; and for
+their own security, stimulated by reflections they have now too
+little at risk to originate, they would unite to repress the
+arbitrary power of the Aristocracy; and even if they did not,
+inevitably (as the chiefs conceive) divert the people’s genius for
+war.</p>
+
+<p>It will occur that even to furnish the necessities or luxuries
+of the Ashantees alone, in cloth, silk, &amp;c. would, considering
+the extent of the kingdom, considerably augment the returns of our
+commerce in this part of the world; and therefore it would be well
+to wean them, gradually, from the markets of the interior, by
+inducing their cultivation of cotton, which grows abundantly, is of
+a superior quality, and which, offered in quantities, in addition
+to the ivory, would lessen the balance of trade now in our favor,
+and by enabling them, in some degree to purchase with produce
+instead of gold dust, remove the present comparative disadvantage
+in trading with Europeans entirely. This occurred to me, and I
+explained the view not only to the king, but to the more
+enterprising and reflecting natives: but they had no idea of a
+quantity, and immediately concluded cotton to be so desirable to
+us, that 40 or 50 lbs. would be received in barter for twenty times
+its value; and they required one tokoo and a half per lb. for it,
+(say one shilling,) even in gold, and on the spot. When I urged
+that they must clear the ground, form plantations, and superintend
+the labours of their slaves; they replied, that the Boossee or
+Gooroo nut grew spontaneously, and required no labour, that salt
+was brought to their frontier by poorer nations, and sold for
+little without<span class="pagenum" id="Page_337">[337]</span> the
+trouble of fetching it; and these articles, with the value, their
+prevention of all intercourse but their own with the water side
+nations, attached to a little rum and iron in the interior,
+furnished them with silks and cotton cloths at a much easier rate,
+pattern and quality.</p>
+
+<p>A serious disadvantage opposed to the English trade, is that the
+Ashantees will purchase no tobacco but the Portuguese, and that
+eagerly even at 2 oz. of gold the roll. Of this, (the Portuguese
+and Spanish slave ships regularly calling at Elmina,) the Dutch
+Governor-General is enabled to obtain frequent supplies, in
+exchange for canoes, two of which, though they cost him
+comparatively nothing, fetch 32 rolls of tobacco; and the General
+has sometimes received 80 oz. of gold a day from the Ashantees for
+tobacco only. If they cannot have this tobacco, they will content
+themselves with that grown in the interior, of which I have brought
+a sample. A preference for the Dutch has long been natural to the
+Ashantees, from an earlier though limited intercourse with them,
+and from the natural impression, that the English settling amongst
+their enemies, the Fantees, have encouraged and assisted their
+provocations and resistance. With this bias in his favor, though
+the Dutch market, destitute of supplies, had not been visited for
+many years, the talent of General Daendels, “callidum quicquid
+placuit,” would no doubt have again raised it to a level with the
+English, cæteris paribus; and his unlimited importation of powder
+and guns in the first place, with the still more valuable supplies
+of Portuguese tobacco he receives at present, as superior
+advantages, have, of course, possessed the Dutch market of superior
+inducements.</p>
+
+<p>It is to be lamented, the indifference of the Dutch and Danes to
+their settlements here, being evident from their neglect and
+reduction of them, that the British government did not take
+advantage of the disregard, and add them to their own. Elmina is
+a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_338">[338]</span> much finer
+position for head quarters than Cape Coast; the Dutch fort at
+Succondee, the best point for the Warsaw trade, and where we have
+but a house, is strong, admirably situated, and might be put in
+good condition for £1000. in addition to which, Axim, near the
+mouth of the Ancobra, would be the only fort to windward worth
+keeping; and the Danish head quarters, Christiansburg Castle at
+Accra, with their fort at Adda, (to secure the navigation of the
+Volta,) would have answered every purpose and view to leeward. One
+system could then have been acted upon towards the natives, the
+commerce, confined to the English, would have grown from wholesome
+regulations, which no other settlers could counteract by
+selfishness, jealousy, or by facilitating the illegitimate trade we
+would crush; and the benevolent views of the British government for
+the improvement and civilization of the natives, would not be
+defeated by those, who, holding their private interest superior to
+views in which their own government has evinced no interest,
+militate against them by fostering suspicions to bar our progress
+in the interior, and by indulging those habits and customs of the
+natives, which it must be our first step to correct and divert.</p>
+
+<p>In addition to the obstacles which the inconsistent and selfish
+conduct of the different European powers towards the natives
+presents to intercourse and civilization, the continuance of the
+slave trade under the Spanish flag, is one more serious: no one can
+imagine the stubborn impediment it was to our negotiations at
+Ashantee, where the native emissaries from these slave ships
+arrived not long after us. It not only injures the British commerce
+here, almost to annihilation, but, slaving being the natural trade
+of the natives, because it is the most indolent and the most
+lucrative, the opposition, which is insinuated and believed to
+proceed from the English alone, conveys a disagreeable impression
+of us to the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_339">[339]</span>
+interior, as inauspicious to our intercourse and progress, as the
+even partial continuance of such a trade is to legitimate commerce
+and civilization. One thousand slaves left Ashantee for two Spanish
+schooners or Americans under that flag, to our knowledge, during
+our residence there, doubtless the whole number was much greater;
+since our return it must have been very considerable, for the slave
+trade was never more brisk than it is at this moment under the
+cloak of the Spanish flag, and great risk has been incurred, in
+consequence, of offending our new friend and formidable neighbour
+the King of Ashantee, from the firm resistance of his strong
+intreaties to the Governor in Chief, to allow the return of a
+powerful mulatto slave trader to Cape Coast town, whence he had
+been expelled under the present government, as the most daring
+promoter of that commerce. It is a great pity, in the infancy of
+our intercourse with this great interior power, that there should
+have been occasion either for the request or refusal; which there
+would not have been had the slave trade been abolished, instead of
+crippled, at the expense, probably, of our own interests and views
+in the interior, and, which is worse, of the happiness and
+improvement of the natives. For it is certainly our duty, because
+it is the most acceptable and the only efficient acknowledgment we
+can make of the superior blessings and endowments by which we are
+so indulgently distinguished from these nations, to extend the
+influence and the participation, both by enterprise and policy,
+even if our commerce may not be benefitted; and if we gain no other
+recompense than the satisfaction of our own minds in the
+ameliorated condition of others, and the opportunity we have made
+to ourselves of exemplifying our own gratitude.<a id=
+"FNanchor_110"></a><a href="#Footnote_110" class=
+"fnanchor">[110]</a> Whilst one slave<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_340">[340]</span> ship is allowed to visit this coast, the
+great convenience and the great profits of the trade will recur,
+and be perpetuated amongst the Ashantees; they will linger in the
+hope of its entire renewal, and view the English invidiously, as
+the enemies to what they conceive to be their only natural
+commerce; this is another advantage to the Dutch, added to the
+inherent bias in their favour; and, from the reception and
+facilities which slave ships meet with at Elmina, our odium is
+aggravated instead of being participated. “Delenda est
+Carthago.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_341">[341]</span>Let us suppose
+this irreconcilable obstacle to be annihilated, as no doubt it will
+be, and resume our reflections on a commercial intercourse with the
+interior. The people of Inta and Dagwumba, being commercial rather
+than warlike, the object, deliberately to be obtained, is an
+intercourse with them, which would in fact be an intercourse with
+the interior as far as Timbuctoo and Houssa northwards, and
+Cassina, if not to Bornoo, eastwards. The wealth, civilization, and
+commerce of Dagwumba, Mr. Lucas has before reported. Now, in
+effecting such an intercourse through the Ashantees, who are
+indisputably the greatest and the rising power of western Africa,
+and who, having acquired their present extent of influence and
+command in little more than a century, may be expected to
+aggrandize their empire considerably; in seeking this connection
+through them, there are these adverse circumstances, their policy,
+their jealousy, and their inaptitude to commerce. It has been
+suggested to the King, and urged with all the address of General
+Daendels, to open a path to the interior through his kingdom, and
+to receive a duty or tax on all the merchandize transported, which
+would afford him a certain and considerable addition to his
+revenue; but even this appeal to the avarice of the Ashantee
+government has had no influence. It would be dangerous as well as
+impolitic to offend the King of Ashantee at any time, with the
+present garrisons of the forts, madness; and though his influence
+through that of Dagwumba, which is at his command, would extend to
+the Niger, yet, I think our anxiety to explore so far should be
+suppressed for two or three years, until he is satisfied that
+commerce and not ambition is the impulse. But in the interim, it
+would be desirable gradually to approach Inta and Dagwumba, by
+establishing a settlement up the Volta, which has been shewn to run
+close to Sallagha, the grand emporium of Inta, and is navigable
+within four days of it; and possibly might be made so
+even<span class="pagenum" id="Page_342">[342]</span> nearer. The
+Danes would no doubt relinquish their claim to the navigation of
+the Volta, for it is a doubtful one. Dalzel writes, “the Danes
+claim the exclusive navigation of the Volta, which is disputed by
+the English, who have a settlement near it, called Loy.” The great
+prices the Ashantees get for rum, iron, &amp;c. from the people of
+Inta and Dagwumba, and the avidity with which they purchase their
+small supplies, leave no doubt of the eagerness with which they
+would resort to our market; and the silks they obtain from Fezzan
+being dearer than our own, I should think we could induce a
+preference. Our Manchester cloth and cotton manufactures would be
+novel and useful to them, as those I saw wore vests and tunics. But
+here I must observe, that whenever our commerce with the interior
+may be established, the returns of it, in my opinion, will fall
+short of the general idea and expectation.</p>
+
+<p>The King of Ashantee viewing our settlements on the Volta,
+would, I have no doubt, be reconciled by our undertaking to sell
+neither guns or powder to any but his own people; a measure due to
+humanity as well as policy, for the preponderance of one great
+nation is auspicious to the civilization as well as the
+tranquillity of Africa; but for that, the slaughter of the human
+species would be incalculable; there would be a constant warfare
+between the numerous states, naturally querulous, and our passage
+to the interior would be impossible, not only on that account, but
+because there would be no powerful monarch to recommend or protect
+us. If the King of Ashantee were not satisfied with our new
+settlement confining the trade of guns and powder to himself, he
+would certainly be repressed by the alarming reflection, that it
+was at our discretion, (depending on his behaviour,) to supply Inta
+and Dagwumba with both, and thus to undermine his empire; for it is
+well known, and has been confessed, that the greater population of
+these countries, could they but procure fire-arms, would give them
+a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_343">[343]</span> superiority over
+the Ashantees, to which their greater civilization seems to entitle
+them. Our force and establishments should be respectable; not to
+arrogate or to intrude, but to protect the legitimate commercial
+views, sanctioned and invited by the voice of less arbitrary
+powers, and also to make their first impression of the English
+imposing and preservative. Residencies should be established at
+these courts, and young men of talent, temper, and discrimination
+be found to fill them, collecting the geographical and statistical
+desiderata, and forwarding them to be investigated and digested
+into one report at head quarters, before they were transmitted to
+England. One or two intelligent Moors might also be engaged to
+trade by different routes, and minute the directions, distances,
+and descriptions of the several places; thus paving the way, and
+lessening the difficulties of a future Mission to the Niger. If the
+working of gold mines were also an object, the vicinity of the
+Ancobra affords a rich field; and a small district might either be
+purchased of the natives, or they might receive a dividend of the
+proceeds, which would produce them much more than their present
+inadequate researches, suppressed by their more powerful neighbours
+the Warsaws.</p>
+
+<p>The benevolent and politic views of the British Government,
+would thus, by making use of what we have or might easily get, be
+more probably, if not more speedily realized, than by the perilous,
+desultory, and limited enterprises of two or three individuals.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftp2c08">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_105"></a><a href="#FNanchor_105"><span class=
+"label">[105]</span></a>Since my return to England I have seen some
+silk brought from Aleppo, and manufactured there, precisely
+resembling these, which were frequently enriched by gold threads
+interwoven.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_106"></a><a href="#FNanchor_106"><span class=
+"label">[106]</span></a>Sterculia acuminata <em>Palis de Beauvais
+Flore d’Oware</em>, 1. <em>p.</em> 41, <em>tab.</em> 24.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_107"></a><a href="#FNanchor_107"><span class=
+"label">[107]</span></a>See <a href="#p2c13">Sketch of
+Gaboon.</a></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_108"></a><a href="#FNanchor_108"><span class=
+"label">[108]</span></a>Though iron is manufactured in Dagwumba,
+that from Europe is preferred for finer purposes. The former is an
+imperfect steel containing a mechanical mixture of unreduced
+ore.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_109"></a><a href="#FNanchor_109"><span class=
+"label">[109]</span></a>“Fire arms are unknown to such of the
+nations on the south of the Niger as the Shereef has visited; and
+the reason which he assigns for it is, that the kings in the
+neighbourhood of the coast, persuaded that if these powerful
+instruments of war should reach the possession of the populous
+inland states, their own independence would be lost, have strictly
+prohibited, and by the wisdom of their measures have effectually
+prevented this dangerous merchandize from passing beyond the limits
+of their dominions.” Lucas.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_110"></a><a href="#FNanchor_110"><span class=
+"label">[110]</span></a>The dissuasion from barbarities of which
+millions are now the victims, as the descriptions of the customs of
+Ashantee and the interior have shewn, and the interests of science,
+render this duty more imperious. It has been well observed,
+“apologies for our present ignorance of every thing that regards
+geography, &amp;c. might be pleaded by mercantile speculators, but
+can have little weight with those who have the interests of science
+at heart, or the national honour and fame, which are intimately
+connected with those interests. It was not with a view to any
+immediate commercial advantages, that this liberal encouragement
+for the discovery of the north-west passage was held out, but with
+the same expanded objects that sent Cook in search of a southern
+continent.”</p>
+
+<p>Voltaire’s remark on India is now only applicable to Africa,
+“Plusieurs y ont fait des fortunes immenses, peu se sont appliqués
+à connoître ce pays.” I would even recommend indulging the wish of
+the King of Dahomey to renew and perpetuate his connection with the
+English, not indeed by resuming the fort, that would be a useless
+expense, as there is no trade but in ivory, but by establishing a
+Residency at his capital, the most frugal method of collecting the
+various accounts of the interior of that neighbourhood for
+geographical investigators, besides supplying the naturalist.
+Geographical discoveries in Africa have long been ardently emulated
+between England and France, and they have stimulated a generous
+rivalry of investigation between the men of science of both
+countries. An Englishman first penetrating to the Niger, and
+determining its course at the moment a learned investigator of the
+other kingdom had concluded it to be a contrary one, was one of
+those rational and illustrious triumphs which adorn the historical
+pages of a nation much more than those of war; for the
+gratification and the benefit is shared by both, and such successes
+cease to be invidious when the interests of science are thus
+mutually at heart. The following immortal tribute from a classic of
+a rival nation, should stimulate us to challenge as illustrious a
+record of intellectual research,</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0"><span class="omis">· · · ·</span>
+“monumentum ære perennius,</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Regalique situ pyramidum altius;”</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p class="nind">by a correspondent pursuit of intelligence in
+Africa.</p>
+
+<p>“Un Anglais, détruit tout ce vain amas d’erreurs dont sont
+remplies nos histoires des Indes, et confirme ce que le petit
+nombre d’hommes instruits en a pensé.” Voltaire.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_344">[344]</span><a id=
+"p2c09"></a><span class="letter-spaced01">CHAPTER</span> IX.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8 spaced3">
+
+<p class="sch1"><em>Language.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="dcap"><span class="sc">The</span> hypothesis I have met
+with, I think in Parsons’s Remains of Japhet, that the confusion of
+languages at Babel was a visitation on the family of Ham only,
+which spread itself over Africa, is certainly supported
+(considering the radical affinities which have been traced between
+the Arabic the Russ and the Greek, the Persian and the German, the
+Qquichua, or language of the Incas, and the Sanscrit, and many
+others<a id="FNanchor_111"></a><a href="#Footnote_111" class=
+"fnanchor">[111]</a>) by the variety of languages in Africa which
+cannot be assimilated in the least degree to each other, and which
+would, I think, resist the laborious ingenuity of the
+philologist.</p>
+
+<p>I have heard about half a dozen words in the Fantee, which might
+be said to be not unlike the same nouns in the Welsh language; and
+this is the only affinity which has been imagined. Two words only
+in the Accra language have struck me as assimilating to those of
+any other, the conjunction “<em>kay</em>” (<em>and</em>),
+which<span class="pagenum" id="Page_345">[345]</span> with a
+broader sound would answer the corresponding Greek conjunction και;
+and <em>fai</em> (<em>to do</em>,) pronounced as the perfect
+participle of the same verb in French, and which is spelled
+<em>fai</em> in the old songs of Richard the first, and the
+troubadour Faydit. The Fantee word <em>umpa</em> (<em>true,
+indeed</em>,) may be imagined to resemble the Greek εμπας, which
+has the same meaning; but it is a solitary instance.</p>
+
+<p>From Apollonia or Amănăheä to the Volta, about 300 miles, six
+languages are spoken: the Amanaheä, Ahanta, Fantee, Affoottoo,
+Accra, and the Adampë. The numerals of which will appear,
+collaterally with others hitherto unknown, at the end of this
+chapter.</p>
+
+<p>The Ashantee, in comparison with the Fantee, Warsaw, &amp;c.
+&amp;c. from its refinement of idiom, oratory being so much more
+cultivated, may be considered as the Attic amongst the dialects of
+the Greek, but it owes its superior euphony, striking to any ear,
+to the characteristics of the Ionic, an abundance of vowel sounds,
+and a rejection of aspirates:</p>
+
+<table class="padded2" id="t345">
+<tr>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th><em>Fantee.</em>
+</th>
+<th><em>Ashantee.</em>
+</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Key</td>
+<td>Sāfie</td>
+<td>Saphwooa.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Lock</td>
+<td>Karradacoo</td>
+<td>Karradoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Night</td>
+<td>Adayfwa</td>
+<td>Adagio.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Day</td>
+<td>Aweeabil</td>
+<td>Aweeabillee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Gun</td>
+<td>Etoorh</td>
+<td>Oteuh.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>Vocabularies of these languages would not be interesting to the
+public, especially as no affinity can be traced; and I know not how
+to acquit myself of every thing like indifference to the curiosity
+at home, (without the dulness of the subject proving more irksome
+than a disappointment,) unless I endeavour to give an idea of the
+philosophy of the languages,<a id="FNanchor_112"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_112" class="fnanchor">[112]</a> and submit their
+progress, collaterally<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_346">[346]</span> with that of the arts and manners. The
+genius of the Accra language differing the most essentially from
+that of the Ashantee or Fantee, examples from both will be
+instanced for illustration. I have principally consulted two
+gentlemen, natives of the country, but educated in Europe: the one
+resident between forty and fifty years; the other, who has a
+respectable knowledge of the grammar of the English and French
+languages, returned from England about ten years back, and both are
+as fluent as the Negroes in the Fantee and Accra, the latter being
+their vernacular tongue.</p>
+
+<p>Impressed with the ingenious hypothesis of the learned author of
+the Diversions of Purley, my first care has been to investigate the
+particles of the Fantee and Accra, considering the languages of
+uncivilised people, to be least advanced or removed from
+the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_347">[347]</span> primeval
+simplicity, to which Mr. Horne Tooke’s system refers. I found,
+however, both the Accra and Fantee languages more complete than I
+expected in conjunctions, and seldom using verbs instead of them,
+which I presumed they might do. Yet I have no doubt, their half
+dozen of conjunctions, if examined etymologically by a person
+thoroughly conversant in the languages, might be traced, and shewn
+to be the contracted imperatives of the most recurrent verbs, as
+Mr. Tooke has proved those of our own language to be. Neither the
+Accra or Fantee have conjunctions answering to each of ours; the
+distinction between many is neither comprehensible or necessary to
+them. I will submit their conjunctions, with those investigated in
+the first volume of the Diversions of Purley.</p>
+
+<table class="bd-collapse" id="t347">
+<tr>
+<th><em>Fantee.</em>
+</th>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th><em>Accra.</em>
+</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Onee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>and</td>
+<td>Kay</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="2">Sey</td>
+<td class="blt width-brace1">
+</td>
+<td>if</td>
+<td rowspan="2">Kedgee</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="blb">
+</td>
+<td>unless</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="gap05">
+</td>
+<td class="gap05">
+</td>
+<td class="gap05">
+</td>
+<td class="gap05">
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="2">Emphee</td>
+<td class="blt">
+</td>
+<td>still</td>
+<td rowspan="2">Shee</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="blb">
+</td>
+<td>but</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="gap05">
+</td>
+<td class="gap05">
+</td>
+<td class="gap05">
+</td>
+<td class="gap05">
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="2">Interah</td>
+<td class="blt">
+</td>
+<td>because</td>
+<td>Nooyĕwon</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="blb">
+</td>
+<td>since</td>
+<td>Nunnë</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="gap05">
+</td>
+<td class="gap05">
+</td>
+<td class="gap05">
+</td>
+<td class="gap05">
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="2">Namoo</td>
+<td class="blt">
+</td>
+<td>notwithstanding</td>
+<td rowspan="2">Nemoolay</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="blb">
+</td>
+<td>though</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="gap05">
+</td>
+<td class="gap05">
+</td>
+<td class="gap05">
+</td>
+<td class="gap05">
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td rowspan="2">Anna</td>
+<td class="blt">
+</td>
+<td>otherwise</td>
+<td rowspan="2">Noollay</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="blb">
+</td>
+<td>or</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_348">[348]</span>There are no
+adverbs in either language. There are but two in our own which may
+not be expressed by a verb or an adnoun, <em>still</em> and
+<em>since</em>; and these they express by the conjunctions
+<em>but</em> and <em>because</em>. “I intreated, but (still) he
+would not,” “because (since) it is so,” as the Latins frequently
+used prepositions for the Greek adverbs. Indeed <em>since</em> is
+expressible by a verb, being derived according to Mr. Tooke from
+the Saxon <em>sithan</em>, seeing that. They express the adverb
+<em>much</em> by the adjective <em>many</em>; <em>ago</em> by a
+verb, “<em>it passes</em> ten years;” <em>almost</em> by the verb
+<em>it wants</em>, “<em>it wants</em> to rain;” and <em>when</em>
+by a noun, “<em>the time</em> I was there,” coincident with Jones’s
+derivation of ὁτε.<a id="FNanchor_113"></a><a href="#Footnote_113"
+class="fnanchor">[113]</a> <em>Nooyĕwon</em>, (<em>because</em>) in
+Accra, is literally, “<em>for the sake of</em>.” <em>Intērah</em>,
+the corresponding word in Fantee, “on the head of,”
+(<em>tirree</em> is head) thus, they would say, “I do this on your
+head,” or because you told me. Lest, which is considered by Mr.
+Horne Tooke to be the past participle of the Saxon verb leyan, to
+dismiss, is not to be found either in the Accra or Fantee: in the
+former they would say, “<em>Menkaw hauh ebbēbărădi</em>,” “do not
+go there, you fall down;” and in the latter, “<em>Kaiheah djai nee
+oheäbwayshee</em>,” “do not go there, and (or for) you fall down.”
+The use of the noun for the adverb is frequent in Demosthenes,
+(“εϛι δικαιος εχειν,” “he justly deserves”) and can only be
+accounted for in a prose writer, who does not need poetical
+licenses, as an archaism, disused generally, through invention or
+refinement. The term adverb is not a just indication of the origin
+of that part of speech, for, although they are derived from verbs
+as well as nouns,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_349">[349]</span>
+yet, in our own language, as well as in the Greek, following Mr.
+Horne Tooke, the greater number are derived from nouns: and those
+(of which there are some in the Greek) which may be indifferently
+derived from a noun, or a verb, may be referred to the former;
+because, many of the adnouns from which adverbs are derived in the
+Greek, have been pointed out as disused; and therefore the verbs
+from which adverbs are exclusively derived, are likely to be
+derived themselves from obsolete adnouns, which cannot be recalled;
+for it has been philosophically advanced, that originally there
+could have been but one sort of words, that is, nouns, or the names
+of the objects of our sensations and ideas.<a id=
+"FNanchor_114"></a><a href="#Footnote_114" class=
+"fnanchor">[114]</a></p>
+
+<p>I consider the absence of adverbs, participles, and
+prepositions, certainly the least indispensible parts of speech,
+and favouring copiousness rather than energy, to be a proof of the
+almost genuine, or primeval simplicity of the Accra and Fantee
+languages, which have not advanced or altered, even in the small
+degree of their arts or manners; for these have only been
+ameliorated by commercial intercourse with strangers, who not
+understanding their language could not have suggested improvements,
+and from whose languages, they being equally unintelligible,
+amendments could not have been copied. We find Portuguese nouns,
+and nouns only, adopted in the Fantee; and that, of necessity, as
+Saxon nouns were adopted in the Welsh or Celtic, because they had
+no words to designate novelties they had never before seen or heard
+of; and, therefore, they called them as those did who introduced
+them. These primitive languages being, nevertheless, thoroughly
+adequate to oratory<span class="pagenum" id="Page_350">[350]</span>
+as well as the commoner purposes of speech, is a strong proof that
+language was revealed, as Johnson, Blair, Warburton, and others
+have maintained, and that it was not the fruit of human invention
+or industry, as Lucretius, Horace, and most of the antients
+imagined.</p>
+
+<p>Neither the Accra or Fantee distinguish genders, the name of the
+person, or the context, is the only explication; they have not even
+a third person feminine, but one pronoun serves for <em>he, she,
+it</em>.</p>
+
+<p>The Accra has a definite and indefinite article, but both are
+affixed to the noun, as “<em>minna nooleh</em>,” I saw the man;
+“<em>minna nookoo</em>,” I saw a man. The indefinite article
+“<em>koo</em>” is the contraction of numeral one, “<em>ekoo</em>,”
+so that I saw a man, is literally “I saw man one.” <em>An</em> is
+simply another form of the numeral one, still used in North Britain
+under the form ane; and in the French, the numeral and the article
+corresponding to one, are the same. The Fantee, like the Greek, has
+no indefinite article, or according to Mr. Harris’s expression, on
+which Mr. Horne Tooke is so pleasant, “supplies it by a negation of
+the definite,” which is “<em>noo</em>,” affixed, as “<em>mehoon
+nimpanoo</em>,” I saw the man.<a id="FNanchor_115"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_115" class="fnanchor">[115]</a></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_351">[351]</span>In the Accra,
+the plural is formed by inflection, epenthesis, paragoge, and
+apocope: these changes are almost peculiar in every noun; the more
+frequent inflections are, ai, ay, and ee.</p>
+
+<table class="padded2" id="t351">
+<tr>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th><em>Singular.</em>
+</th>
+<th><em>Plural.</em>
+</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>A woman</td>
+<td>yeo</td>
+<td>yeay.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>A box</td>
+<td>adikka</td>
+<td>adikkai.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>A stone</td>
+<td>teh</td>
+<td>tai.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ground</td>
+<td>shepong</td>
+<td>shepongee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>A hyæna</td>
+<td>krang</td>
+<td>krangee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>A father</td>
+<td>tchay</td>
+<td>tchaymë.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>A liar</td>
+<td>amallalo</td>
+<td>amallaloi.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>A gun</td>
+<td>toon</td>
+<td>tween.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>A vessel</td>
+<td>lelen</td>
+<td>ledgenë.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>A man</td>
+<td>noon</td>
+<td>nhal.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>A house</td>
+<td>tchoon</td>
+<td>tchuë.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>In the Fantee the plural number is distinguished by the prefix
+<em>en</em>, though generally, if they can, (in a glance whilst
+speaking) discover the number of objects, they use a numeral with
+the noun singular; or, if they cannot be so precise in the instant,
+they substitute <em>many</em> to mark an indefinite number. The
+Chinese also, are said to drop their plural adjunct “<em>min</em>,”
+when there is another word of plurality attached to the noun.</p>
+
+<p>Neither language has prepositions, and of course peraphrasis is
+generally resorted to: conjunctions are sometimes substituted, as
+<em>and</em> for <em>with</em>; occasionally verbs, as “the King
+<em>to give</em> his captain,” for <em>to his captain</em>; and,
+sometimes, they are presumed from the tone or the context. Mr.
+Horne Tooke, who values prepositions very much, has traced all but
+five, of our own language, to nouns and verbs; and of these five,
+three have since been traced to nouns and a numeral; so that
+<em>out</em> and <em>off</em>, only, are unaccounted for. Jones, in
+his Greek Grammar, writes, “the roots of prepositions<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_352">[352]</span> are nouns and verbs,” and,
+accordingly, he derives απο from the Hebrew, <em>ab</em>, a stem,
+περι from the Arabic <em>pera</em>, eminence, υπερ from the Hebrew
+<em>aber</em>, sky, or the Persian <em>ober</em>, a cloud: the
+inseparable prepositions had been traced to nouns and verbs long
+before.</p>
+
+<p>Degrees of comparison are not expressed by adjectives or
+adverbs, in either language: but, for he is richer than he, the
+Accras would say, “<em>eh phay leh ne</em>;” the Fantees, “<em>aw
+tchen adee</em>,” he <em>passes him</em> (in) things: neither
+language has an adjective answering to rich or wealthy, but
+“<em>ne</em>,” and “<em>adee</em>,” in both, correspond exactly in
+meaning and use with the <em>res</em> of the Latins: the
+superlative would be expressed by “<em>he passes all</em>.” The
+antient idiom of comparison, antecedent to the general use of
+inflections or adverbs, was probably similar, judging from the
+following, and many other sentences in the Greek, “Παῥ ἑαυτὸν
+μηδένα ἐπιτὴδειον ἡγεῖτο, he thought no body fitter than himself;”
+“πλείονος δοξης παρὰ Μωσῆν ἠξίωται, Heb. xiii. he was counted of
+more glory, or more glorious than Moses.” Here παρα, so frequently
+expressing comparison, being derived from the verb περαω, <em>to
+pass</em>, is identical with the Accra and Fantee expression.</p>
+
+<p>I observed before that the Accra and Fantee have no adjective
+answering to rich, they are also deficient in many others, which
+they supply by a second substantive in the same manner. This idiom
+is found in the Greek, “Το σωμα της ταπεινωσεως ἠμων, our
+humiliated body, the body of our humiliation; Αιρεσεις απωλειας.
+destructive heresies, &amp;c. &amp;c.” and it is said to be both a
+Hebrew and Celtic idiom; primeval languages, and the latter, I
+presume, as rude as those we are investigating.</p>
+
+<p>In the Accra, the personal pronouns are</p>
+
+<table class="padded1b" id="t352">
+<tr>
+<td>I</td>
+<td>me</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>thou</td>
+<td>boh</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>he, she, it</td>
+<td>lheh</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_353">[353]</span>we</td>
+<td>whah</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>you</td>
+<td>nnheay</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>they</td>
+<td>amăy</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind"><em>Me</em> is generally reduplicate before verbs,
+as “<em>me me yay</em>” I eat. <em>Boh</em> before verbs generally
+suffers aphæresis as “<em>oh yay</em>,” thou eatest, but sometimes
+not, as “<em>boh fai</em>,” thou doest: this is also the case with
+<em>lheh</em> as “<em>heh yay, lheh fai</em>.” <em>Me</em> is
+added, as <em>met</em> in Latin, to make these pronouns compound.
+In Fantee the personal pronouns are</p>
+
+<table class="padded1b" id="t353">
+<tr>
+<td>I</td>
+<td>me</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>thou</td>
+<td>awaw</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>he, she, it</td>
+<td>narra</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>we</td>
+<td>yarra</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>you</td>
+<td>awoo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>they</td>
+<td>warra;</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind">the latter is used as a possessive pronoun also;
+<em>woodde</em> is affixed to make them compound; they are
+irregularly contracted before verbs. Considering these barbarous
+languages of primitive simplicity, and recollecting the original
+and philosophical deduction of pronouns from verbs, by the Greek
+professor of Glasgow, as εγω or εγων (which is the more ancient)
+from λεγων, ipse from επω, I particularly enquired for verbs
+resembling their pronouns; but, after a long and diligent
+recollection, neither of my authorities could furnish me with any
+to the point. It is curious to observe, that the <em>me</em>
+represents the pronoun I, in both these rude languages,<a id=
+"FNanchor_116"></a><a href="#Footnote_116" class=
+"fnanchor">[116]</a> as it does, though not in the nominative case,
+in most other primitive languages, and in the modern ones derived
+from them: it would seem to be the natural and involuntary
+expression for that pronoun.</p>
+
+<p>There is only an active voice in the Accra or Fantee; the
+passive<span class="pagenum" id="Page_354">[354]</span> is
+expressed by a circumlocution, as he loves, or they love me, for I
+am loved, &amp;c.<a id="FNanchor_117"></a><a href="#Footnote_117"
+class="fnanchor">[117]</a> It appears erroneous to consider the
+infinitive mood as the root of the verb, when it has a separable or
+distinguishing termination, and <em>mong</em> is as distinctly the
+verbalizing adjunct in the Accra language, as <em>ere</em> or
+<em>are</em> in the Latin, ειν in Greek, or an in the Anglo-Saxon.
+If we consider the imperative as the divested fundamental form of
+the verb, it is still difficult in these languages to get at the
+root, for the use of the infinitive for the imperative, occasional
+in the Greek, is, in the Accra, so general, that for some time I
+thought it unexceptionable, and that it had not the two moods.</p>
+
+<p>The Accra has the neuter verb <em>to be</em> in the present,
+perfect, and future tenses, but in the perfect, it is
+irregular.</p>
+
+<table id="t354">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc pad-right1">I am</td>
+<td class="tdc pad-right1">I have been</td>
+<td class="tdc">I shall be</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc pad-right1">meyeh</td>
+<td class="tdc pad-right1">metay</td>
+<td class="tdc">mahyeh</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind">The Fantee only has it in the present, “<em>oh
+yea</em>, he is.” It is remarkable that even the linguists of our
+forts, who speak English fluently, never understand or use our
+neuter verb <em>to be</em>, but substitute <em>live</em> for it,
+and that, whether they speak of animate or inanimate things; a
+servant would say, “your keys live in your pocket.”</p>
+
+<p>The imperative mood has a present tense complete in each
+language.</p>
+
+<p>They express the potential mood by adding auxiliary verbs, such
+as our can, may, &amp;c., have been shewn to be derived from.</p>
+
+<p>The termination of the infinitive in the Accra is generally
+<em>mong</em>,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_355">[355]</span>
+which is rejected in conjugating. In the Fantee it is not
+distinguished from the first person present, or root. The use of
+the infinitive mood, even in Accra, is very circumscribed, for it
+is not found even in the most natural case when two verbs come
+together, as I want to eat, for which they say, “<em>metōn
+meyay</em>,” I want I eat. The infinitive is generally used for the
+imperative in the Accra, but, otherwise, it only occurs in an idiom
+almost peculiar to that language, for instance, for are you walking
+now, they say,</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp2">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">“<em>Neo</em>mong oh <em>neo</em>
+neh,”</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">“To walk are you walking now.”</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p class="nind">For I am straightening it,</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp2">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">“<em>Jadjumong</em> me <em>jadjio</em>
+leh.”</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">“To straighten I am straightening
+it.”</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p class="nind">Verbs are invariably used thus, interrogatively,
+and, generally, in replies. I said almost peculiar, because I think
+this pleonasm is identified in the Greek idiom, “Ουχι μενον σοι
+εμενε. Remaining, did it not remain to thee.”</p>
+
+<p>The Accra has the present, imperfect, perfect, and future
+tenses: the imperfect and future being distinguished by the
+prefixes <em>bleh</em> and <em>ah</em>, the one before, the other
+after the pronoun.</p>
+
+<table id="t355">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc pad-right1">“me yāyne.</td>
+<td class="tdc pad-right1">bleh me yayne.</td>
+<td class="tdc pad-right1">me yăy.</td>
+<td class="tdc">m’ahye.”</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc pad-right1">I eat it.</td>
+<td class="tdc pad-right1">I was eating it.</td>
+<td class="tdc pad-right1">I eat.</td>
+<td class="tdc">I will eat.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind">But the imperfect tense is never used, unless a
+sentence precedes it, as</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp2">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">“Bennay heh bă bleh me yay.”</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">“When he came I was eating.”</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p class="nind">Otherwise, they use the perfect for the imperfect,
+never replying to a question even, in the latter. The perfect is
+only distinguished from the present by being pronounced short.
+These explicative particles, <em>bleh</em> and <em>ah</em>, would,
+no doubt, be found to be remnants of verbs of appropriate
+signification, as the <em>ai</em> of the French future<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_356">[356]</span> is derived from
+<em>avoir</em>, were any philologist sufficiently acquainted with
+the languages to investigate them. <em>Ne</em>, signifying it or
+thing, is adjoined to many verbs, frequently in the present tense
+only, like the explicative particle <em>en</em> conjugated with
+“<em>aller</em>.”</p>
+
+<p>The Fantee has a present, perfect, and pluperfect: as “me
+dedee,” I eat, “me adee,” I have eaten, “me waya dedee,” I had eat.
+It has no future, yet the time is marked precisely, by adding
+<em>soon</em>, <em>to-morrow</em>, &amp;c. to the present.</p>
+
+<p>Neither language has participles; for, I see him coming, the
+Accras would say, according to their idiom,</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp2">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">“Minnā eh ba’lheh.”</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">“I see his coming.”</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p class="nind"><em>Ba</em> being a noun, with the definite article
+<em>lheh</em> affixed. The Fantees would say,</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp2">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">“Mehoon deh orraba.”</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">“I see that he comes.”</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p>Many verbs in the Accra language are conjugated like
+reflectives, though they are not so in their nature, as</p>
+
+<table id="t356a">
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">“Me</td>
+<td class="tdc">nakoo</td>
+<td class="tdc">me</td>
+<td class="tdc">fai</td>
+<td>lheh</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">I</td>
+<td class="tdc">not</td>
+<td class="tdc">I</td>
+<td class="tdc">did</td>
+<td>it, for I did not do it.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>In the Accra, <em>ko</em>, the contraction of <em>nakoo</em>,
+(not,) is added to verbs as a negative, as “<em>meyayko</em>,” I
+did not eat; yet, in some instances, they have distinct verbs to
+express the negative of the action, as “<em>mahttay</em>,” I will
+go, “<em>meyang</em>,” I will not go.</p>
+
+<p>The Fantee prefixes <em>neën</em>, not, as “<em>me dedee</em>,”
+I eat, “<em>me neën dedee</em>,” I do not eat; and they have also,
+apparently, distinct negative verbs, as “<em>me becko</em>,” I go,
+“<em>me’nkoko</em>,” I do not go.</p>
+
+<p>The Accra resembles the Greek in the nice distinctions of some
+of its verbs and nouns.</p>
+
+<table class="padded1 bd-collapse" id="t356b">
+<tr>
+<td>Gnăghmong</td>
+<td colspan="3">To salute in the morning.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Cotaghmong</td>
+<td>To roll up.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_357">[357]</span>Balbaghtoomong</td>
+<td>To draw towards</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Tehtemong</td>
+<td>To gather up</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Kakow</td>
+<td colspan="3">The tooth ache (<em>nanyong</em> a tooth)</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Kodjomong</td>
+<td>To talk a palaver</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Song</td>
+<td>To work as a smith</td>
+<td class="brt width-brace1">
+</td>
+<td rowspan="2">neechoomong to work</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ghnāmong</td>
+<td class="tdr">mechanic</td>
+<td class="brb">
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ninnamong</td>
+<td colspan="3">To separate weeds from earth</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>The Accra and Fantee interjections are generally parts of
+sentences, as, Mr. Horne Tooke has shewn most of our own to be:
+“<em>minnannako</em>,” what do I see now, “<em>me ä whoo!</em>” I
+die, “<em>màdja!</em>” oh my father, equally responsive to grief,
+joy, or surprise; and used as involuntarily, and as frequently as
+the two syllables <em>boh</em>, <em>hah</em>, which answer to our
+<em>oh</em>, and <em>ah</em>, and which, of course, cannot be
+called words. An Ashantee striking his foot against a stone, or any
+thing in his way, exclaims “the thing is mad.”</p>
+
+<p>I was surprised to find little, or no inversion in the Accra or
+Fantee prose<a id="FNanchor_118"></a><a href="#Footnote_118" class=
+"fnanchor">[118]</a>; the substantive precedes the adjective, but
+there is scarcely any other trace of it: yet, it is one of their
+poetical licenses, as may be instanced in the following line of a
+Fantee song;</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp2">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0 center">“Abirrikirri croom ogah
+odum.”</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0 center">Foreign town fire put in,</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p class="nind">for “the foreign town is set on fire.” In addition
+to this inversion, so many peculiar additives, (generally vowels,)
+and inflexions are allowed, as well as the figures Synæresis,
+Diæresis, Metathesis,<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_358">[358]</span> and Anastrophe, in their poetry, and in
+their poetry only, (making it unintelligible even to those who can
+converse fluently with them) that both languages may be said to
+have a Prosody. From the following song, I imagined the Fantees
+(for the Accra’s are said to possess none but fetish hymns in their
+own language) to have some idea of rhyme, considering the inversion
+of the first line as forced, and expressly accommodated to the
+metre,</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp2">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">Abirrikirri croom ogah odum,</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Ocoontinkiï bonoo fum,</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp2">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">Cooroompun,</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Coom agwun,</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p class="nind">but I have not met with any other instance.</p>
+
+<p>The Ashantees generally use much and vehement gesture, and speak
+in recitative: their action is exuberant, but graceful; and from
+the infancy of the language,<a id="FNanchor_119"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_119" class="fnanchor">[119]</a> nouns and verbs are
+constantly<span class="pagenum" id="Page_359">[359]</span>
+repeated, for force, and distinction, as <em>one one</em>, for,
+<em>one by one</em>, or, <em>each</em>; <em>one tokoo one
+tokoo</em>, for, <em>one tokoo a-piece</em>. They frequently are
+obliged to vary the tone, in pronouncing a word which has more than
+one meaning, as the Chinese do. They have no expression short of
+you are a liar, and the king was surprised, when I told him we made
+a great difference between a mistake and a lie; he said the truth
+was not spoken in either case, and, therefore, it was the same
+thing; they did not consider the motive but only the fact.</p>
+
+<p>Like the American languages, those of this part of Africa, are
+full of figures, hyperbolical and picturesque.<a id=
+"FNanchor_120"></a><a href="#Footnote_120" class=
+"fnanchor">[120]</a> One of the kings of the interior, whose
+territories the Ashantees had long talked of invading, sent forty
+pots of palm oil to Coomassie, with the message, that, “he feared
+they could not find their way, so he sent the oil to light them.”
+The Accras instead of good night, say “<em>wooäu
+d’tcherrimong</em>,” sleep till the lighting of the world: one of
+their imprecations against their enemies, is, “may their hiding
+place be our flute,” that is, “our plaything:” when they speak of a
+man imposing on them, they say, “he turned the backs of our heads
+into our mouths.” Having occasion, whilst at Coomassie, to protest
+against the conduct of an individual, the king replied, through
+Adoosee, “The horse comes from the bush, and is a fool, but the man
+who rides him knows sense, and by and by makes him do what he
+wishes; you, by yourself, made the horse, who was a<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_360">[360]</span> fool, do better the other day,
+therefore, three of you ought to teach a man, who is not born a
+fool, and does not come from the bush, to do what you know to be
+right by and by, though I see he does wrong now.” Other instances
+will appear in their songs.</p>
+
+<p>I shall transfer the imperfect Vocabularies which I formed, and
+the incidental observations, to the <a href="#app6">Appendix;</a>
+as they may not be indulged with so much attention by the
+generality of readers, as the investigation of the structure.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftp2c09">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_111"></a><a href="#FNanchor_111"><span class=
+"label">[111]</span></a>The eastern and western branch of this
+polar race, the Eskimoes and the Tschougazes, notwithstanding the
+enormous distance of 800 leagues which separates them, are united
+by the most intimate analogy of languages. This analogy extends, as
+has been recently proved in the most evident manner, even to the
+inhabitants of the north-east of Asia; for the idiom of the
+Tschouktshes at the mouth of the Anadin has the same roots, as the
+language of the Eskimoes who inhabit the coast of America opposite
+to Europe. The Tschouktsches are the Eskimoes of Asia. Humbolt, P.
+N. v. 3, p. 291.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_112"></a><a href="#FNanchor_112"><span class=
+"label">[112]</span></a>“I am aware that languages are much more
+strongly characterised by their structure and grammatical forms,
+than by the analogy of their sounds and of their roots; and that
+their analogy of sounds is sometimes so disfigured in the different
+dialects of the same tongue, as not to be distinguishable; for the
+tribes into which a nation is divided, often designate the same
+objects by words altogether heterogeneous. Hence it follows, that
+we are easily mistaken, if, neglecting the study of the inflexions,
+and consulting only the roots, for instance the words which
+designate the moon, sky, water, and earth, we decide on the
+absolute difference of two idioms from the simple want of
+resemblance in sounds.” Humboldt’s Personal Narrative, vol. iii. p.
+251.</p>
+
+<p>I am gratified to find, since my return to England, and
+consequent perusal of the Congo publication, that my investigations
+of these languages have happened to be consonant with the
+instructions of Mr. Marsden in his letter to Captain Tuckey, as
+appears from the following extract. “Where a longer residence
+admits of freer intercourse, and a means of acquiring a more
+perfect knowledge of the language, it will be desirable, besides
+attempting to fill up the larger vocabulary, that pains should be
+taken to examine its grammatical structure, and to ascertain, for
+instance, how the nominative and subjunctive words in a sentence
+are placed with respect to the verb; how the adjective with regard
+to the substantive; how plurals and degrees of comparison are
+formed; whether there is any kind of inflexion or variation of
+syllables of the same word, according to its position in the
+sentence and connection with other words; whether the pronouns
+personal vary according to the rank or sex of the person addressing
+or person addressed; and whether they are incorporated with the
+verb; and to observe any other peculiarities of idiom, that the
+language may present; noting the degree of softness, harshness,
+indistinctness, intonation, guttural sounds, and the prevalence or
+deficiency of any particular letters of the alphabet, as we should
+term them, such as R and F. The extent of country over which a
+language is understood to prevail should also be a subject of
+investigation; and, by what others it is bounded on every side.
+Also, whether there may not be a correct language of communication
+between nations, whose proper languages are distinct.” I think the
+very frequent use of <em>q</em> is one distinguishing character of
+African languages: the <em>r</em> and <em>f</em> are very frequent,
+the latter especially; the former as a liquid is frequently
+substituted for <em>l</em>, as I have illustrated in the Chapter on
+<a href="#Page_196">Geography.</a> Their pronunciation of
+<em>z</em> approximates to that of the <em>aspro z</em> of the
+Italians. I hope to have leisure and opportunity hereafter for
+paying this subject more attention. I have not yet had time to make
+sufficient progress in German to read Vater’s Mithridatis, which
+will no doubt assist my observations.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_113"></a><a href="#FNanchor_113"><span class=
+"label">[113]</span></a>“From the Hebrew עתה, ote, <em>time</em>,
+has flowed ὁτε, <em>when</em>; which τ, π, οπ, being prefixed,
+becomes τοτε, ποτε, ὁποτε.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_114"></a><a href="#FNanchor_114"><span class=
+"label">[114]</span></a>“Every verb consists of a pronoun,
+expressing an agent, and of a noun, or the substitute of a noun,
+expressing an object. Thus, οινος and εγω joined and abbreviated is
+οινοω; and this term would be sufficient to express <em>I drink
+wine</em>, though originally it meant only <em>wine I</em>;
+association supplying to the speaker and the person addressed the
+intermediate notion <em>of drinking</em>.” Jones.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_115"></a><a href="#FNanchor_115"><span class=
+"label">[115]</span></a>The word <em>caboceer</em>
+(<em>chief</em>,) which I have used in the correspondence, history,
+and other parts of this work, as the only title familiar to
+Europeans, (being always substituted, even by native interpreters
+for the vernacular,) was of course introduced by the Portuguese,
+and consequently unknown in the interior. It is applied to a chief
+who has the charge or government of a town, (<em>croom</em>.) Such
+however are indiscriminately called <em>ōhen</em> or <em>king</em>,
+in Fantee. Throughout Ashantee the monarch only is called
+<em>ōhennie</em> or <em>king</em>, and the chiefs who have the care
+or government of the towns of his dominions, <em>sāf ĕhen</em>.
+<em>Sāfie</em> or <em>saphwooa</em>, means <em>key</em>, and the
+last syllable of the compound, <em>hen</em>, is evidently an
+abbreviation of <em>ōhennie</em>. <em>Safie</em>, a <em>charm</em>,
+is without doubt identical in a figurative sense with
+<em>sāfee</em>, <em>key</em>; and should, on consideration, be
+spelt as such, and not <em>saphie</em> as I have generally written
+it hitherto. A Moor is called <em>Crambo</em> by the Negroes of the
+interior, which bears the same interpretation as <em>Pongheme</em>,
+a Spaniard, in the Tamanack, i.e. <em>a man clothed</em>.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_116"></a><a href="#FNanchor_116"><span class=
+"label">[116]</span></a>It is also found in the Empoönga, and other
+African languages.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_117"></a><a href="#FNanchor_117"><span class=
+"label">[117]</span></a>“The distinction of active and passive is
+not essential to verbs. In the infancy of language, it was in all
+probability not known; in Hebrew, the difference but imperfectly
+exists, and in the early periods of it, possibly did not exist at
+all. In Arabic, the only distinction which obtains, arises from the
+vowel points, a late invention compared with the antiquity of that
+language. And in our own tongue the names of active and passive
+would have remained unknown, if they had not been learnt in Latin.”
+Jones.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_118"></a><a href="#FNanchor_118"><span class=
+"label">[118]</span></a>“He (the savage) would not express himself
+according to our English order of construction, Give me fruit, but
+according to the Latin order, Fruit give me, Fructum da mihi, for
+this plain reason, that his attention was wholly directed towards
+fruit, the desired object. This was the exciting idea; the object
+which moved him to speak, and of course would be the first named.
+Such an arrangement is precisely putting into words the gesture
+which nature taught the savage to make, before he was acquainted
+with words; and therefore it may be depended upon as certain, that
+he would fall most readily into this arrangement. <span class=
+"omis">· · · · · ·</span> We might therefore conclude, à priori,
+that this would be the order in which things were most commonly
+arranged at the beginning of language, and accordingly we find, in
+fact, that in this order words are arranged in most of the antient
+tongues; as in the Greek and the Latin; and it is also said, in the
+Russian, the Sclavonic, the Gaelic, and several of the American
+tongues.” Blair.</p>
+
+<p>The arrangement of words in the Chayma is such as is found in
+every language of both continents, which has preserved a certain
+air of youth. The object is placed before the verb, the verb before
+the personal pronoun. The object on which the attention should be
+principally fixed, precedes all the modifications of that
+object.</p>
+
+<p>The American would say; “liberty complete love we;” instead of
+we love complete liberty; “Thee with happy am I”—instead of I am
+happy with thee. Humboldt’s Personal Narrative, vol. 3, p. 261.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_119"></a><a href="#FNanchor_119"><span class=
+"label">[119]</span></a>“In the infancy of language, while words
+were yet scanty, the most natural way, whereby a writer or speaker
+might give an additional force to his discourse, was to
+<em>repeat</em> such terms as he wished to render
+<em>emphatic</em>. The more ancient any language is, the more
+numerous appear the traces of such repetitions; and next to the
+Hebrew, they form a remarkable feature in the Greek tongue. This
+μαω μαω, I desire desire, blended into one word, become μιμαω, and
+mean, I greatly desire. βαω βαω, I walk walk, βιβαω, I stride,
+&amp;c. &amp;c. &amp;c. See Jones.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_120"></a><a href="#FNanchor_120"><span class=
+"label">[120]</span></a>“The messenger concluded this insulting
+notification by presenting the king with a pair of iron sandals, at
+the same time adding, that until such time as Daisy had worn out
+these sandals in his flight, he should never be secure from the
+arrows of Bambarra.” Park’s 1st Mission.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_361">[361]</span><a id=
+"p2c10"></a><span class="letter-spaced01">CHAPTER</span> X.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8 spaced3">
+
+<p class="sch1"><em>Music.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="dcap"><span class="sc">The</span> wild music of these
+people is scarcely to be brought within the regular rules of
+harmony,<a id="FNanchor_121"></a><a href="#Footnote_121" class=
+"fnanchor">[121]</a> yet their airs have a sweetness and animation
+beyond any barbarous compositions I ever heard. Few of their
+instruments possess much power, but the combination of several
+frequently produces a surprising effect. The flute is made of a
+long hollow reed, and has not more than three holes; the tone is
+low at all times, and when they play in concert they graduate them
+with such nicety as to produce the common chords. Several instances
+of thirds occur, especially in one of the annexed airs, played as a
+funeral dirge; nor is this extraordinary considering it is the most
+natural interval; the addition of fifths, at the same time, is
+rare. The natives declare they can converse by means of their
+flutes, and an old resident at Accra has assured me he has heard
+these dialogues, and that every sentence was explained to him.</p>
+
+<p>On the Sanko (see Drawing <a href="#i05">No. 5,</a> and Specimen
+in the Museum) they display the variety of their musical talents,
+and the Ashantees are allowed to surpass all others. It consists of
+a narrow box, the open top of which is covered with alligator, or
+antelope skin; a bridge is raised on this, over which
+eight<span class="pagenum" id="Page_362">[362]</span> strings are
+conducted to the end of a long stick, fastened to the fore part of
+the box, and thickly notched, and they raise or depress the strings
+into these notches as occasion requires. The upper string
+assimilates with the tenor C of the piano, and the lower with the
+octave above: sometimes they are tuned in Diatonic succession, but
+too frequently the intermediate strings are drawn up at random,
+producing flats and sharps in every Chromatic variety, though they
+are not skilful enough to take advantage of it. I frequently urged
+this by trying to convince them they were not playing the same tune
+I had heard the day before, but the answer was invariably, “I pull
+the same string, it must be the same tune.” The strings are made
+from the runners of a tree called Enta, abounding in the forests.
+All airs on this instrument are played very quick, and it is barely
+possible to make even an experienced player lessen the time, which
+quick as it is, is kept in a surprising manner, especially as every
+tune is loaded with ornament. They have a method of stopping the
+strings with the finger, so as to produce a very soft and pleasing
+effect, like the Meyer touch of the harp.</p>
+
+<p>The horns form their loudest sounds, and are made of elephant’s
+tusks, they are generally very large, and, being graduated like the
+flutes, their flourishes have a martial and grand effect. It has
+been mentioned in the Military Customs of the Ashantees, that
+peculiar sentences are immediately recognised by the soldiers, and
+people, in the distinct flourishes of the horns of the various
+chiefs: the words of some of these sentences are almost expressible
+by the notes of the horns; the following, uttered by the horns of a
+captain named Gettoä, occurs to me as an instance</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp2">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">“O Saï tĭntĭntoo, ma yūāyĭä pa pa.”</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0"><span class=
+"word-spaced03">&nbsp;</span>O Saï great king! I laud thee every
+where, or exceedingly.</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p>The Bentwa (see Drawing <a href="#i06">No. 6.</a>) is a stick
+bent in the form of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_363">[363]</span>
+a bow, and across it, is fastened a very thin piece of split cane,
+which is held between the lips at one end, and struck with a small
+stick; whilst at the other it is occasionally stopped, or rather
+buffed, by a thick one; on this they play only lively airs, and it
+owes its various sounds to the lips.</p>
+
+<p>The Mosees, Mallowas, Bournous, and natives from the more remote
+parts of the interior, play on a rude violin: the body is a
+calabash, the top is covered with deer skin, and two large holes
+are cut in it for the sound to escape; the strings, or rather
+string, is composed of cow’s hair, and broad like that of the bow
+with which they play, which resembles the bow of a violin. Their
+grimace equals that of an Italian Buffo: they generally accompany
+themselves with the voice, and increase the humour by a strong
+nasal sound.</p>
+
+<p>The Oompoochwa is a box, one end of which is left open; two flat
+bridges are fastened across the top, and five pieces of thin curved
+stick, scraped very smooth, are attached to them, and (their ends
+being raised,) are struck with some force by the thumb. I can
+compare it to nothing but the Staccado nearly deprived of its
+tone.</p>
+
+<p>The Ashantees have an instrument like a Bagpipe, but the drone
+is scarcely to be heard.</p>
+
+<p>The rest of the instruments can hardly be called musical, and
+consist of drums, castanets, gong-gongs, flat sticks, rattles, and
+even old brass pans.</p>
+
+<p>The Drums (see Drawing <a href="#i07">No. 7.</a>) are hollow’d
+trunks of trees, frequently carved with much nicety, mostly open at
+one end, and of many sizes: those with heads of common skin (that
+is of any other than Leopard skin) are beaten with sticks in the
+form of a crotchet rest; the largest are borne on the head of a
+man, and struck by one or more followers; the smaller are slung
+round the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_364">[364]</span> neck, or
+stand on the ground; in the latter case they are mostly played with
+the inside of the fingers, at which the natives are very expert:
+amongst these drums are some with heads of leopard skin, (looking
+like vellum,) only sounded by two fingers, which are scraped along,
+as the middle finger is on the tamborine, but producing a much
+louder noise. The gong-gongs are made of hollow pieces of iron, and
+struck with the same metal. The Castanets are also of iron. The
+Rattles are hollow gourds, the stalks being left as handles, and
+contain shells or pebbles, and are frequently covered with a net
+work of beads; the grimaces with which these are played make them
+much more entertaining to sight than hearing.</p>
+
+<p>I was fortunate enough to find a rare instance of a native able
+to play the radical notes of each tune; he is the best player in
+the country, and I was enabled to collect the airs now offered:
+with some of the oldest date I have also selected a few of the
+latest compositions. Their graces are so numerous, some extempore,
+some transmitted from father to son, that the constant repetition
+only can distinguish the commencement of the air: sometimes between
+each beginning they introduce a few chords, sometimes they leave
+out a bar, sometimes they only return to the middle, so entirely is
+it left to the fancy of the performer. The observation made on the
+time of the Sanko may be extended to almost every other instrument,
+but it is always perfect, and the children will move their heads
+and limbs, whilst on their mother’s backs, in exact unison with the
+tune which is playing: the contrasts of piano and forte are very
+well managed.</p>
+
+<p>The singing is almost all recitative, and this is the only part
+of music in which the women partake; they join in the chorusses,
+and at the funeral of a female sing the dirge itself; but the
+frenzy of the moment renders it such a mixture of yells and
+screeches, that it bids defiance to all notation. The songs of the
+Canoe men<span class="pagenum" id="Page_365">[365]</span> are
+peculiar to themselves, and very much resemble the chants used in
+cathedrals, but as they are all made for the moment, I have not
+been able to retain any of them.</p>
+
+<p>To have attempted any thing like arrangement, beyond what the
+annexed airs naturally possess, would have altered them, and
+destroyed the intention of making them known in their original
+character. I have not even dared to insert a flat or a sharp.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#music01">No. 1.</a> is the oldest air in the whole
+collection, and common both to Ashantees and Warsaws; I could trace
+it through four generations, but the answer made to my enquiries
+will give the best idea of its antiquity; “it was made when the
+country was made.” The key appears to be E minor.</p>
+
+<p>The old and simple air <a href="#music02">No. 2,</a> is almost
+spoiled from the quick method of playing it, but when slow it has a
+melancholy rarely found in African music, and it is one of the very
+few in which the words are adapted to the tune. I think it is
+decidedly in the key of C major. The noun aganka, an orphan, is
+from the verb agan to leave. Oboïbee is a bird that sings only at
+night, for which I know no other name than the Ashantee. The Warsaw
+air, <a href="#music03">No. 3,</a> also in C major, was composed in
+consequence of a contest between the two principal caboceers of
+that country, Intiffa and Attobra; one extremely thin and the other
+very fat; Attobra ran away, and is derided by Intiffa in the
+following satirical words:</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp2">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0 center">Asoom cōōcŏŏrŏŏcōō ŏninny
+ăgwanny.</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p class="nind">Asoom is a dolphin, which, as a beardless creature,
+is an epithet of the strongest contempt. The literal translation
+is,</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp2">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0 center">The big dolphin runs away from the
+small man.</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p><a href="#music05">No. 5,</a> which I should conjecture to begin
+in E minor, and to end in D minor, was occasioned by an English
+vessel bringing the report of a battle, in which the French were
+defeated and their town burned. The words are allegorical.</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp2">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_366">[366]</span>Abirrikirri croom ogah odum;</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">French town fire put in;</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Ocoontinkii bonoo fum;</div>
+
+<div class="line indent-4">Great fighting man, wolf take you
+away;</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Cooroompun coom agwun.</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Cooroompun kills all goats.</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p class="nind">Abirrikirri applies indiscriminately to all nations
+beyond the sea, as Dunko does to all nations far in the interior.
+Cooroompun is a very large insect of the genus mantis (soothsayer)
+frequently met with here, and the natives believe that it kills the
+sheep and goats by fascination, standing with its eyes fixed on
+those of the object, and swinging its head and body from side to
+side without moving its feet, until the animal falls in fits and
+dies.<a id="FNanchor_122"></a><a href="#Footnote_122" class=
+"fnanchor">[122]</a> Agwun is a noun of multitude, comprehending
+all the goat kind.</p>
+
+<p>A long tale accompanies <a href="#music06">No. 6.</a> An
+Ashantee having been surprised in an intrigue with another man’s
+wife, becomes the slave of the King, and is obliged to follow the
+army in a campaign against the celebrated Attah, the Akim caboceer
+mentioned in the history. The Ashantee army having retired, this
+man either deserted or could not join his division, and after
+concealing himself some time in the forest, was taken by a party of
+Attah’s, whom he addresses in the following words:</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp2">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">Eqqwee odin ahi,</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Panther bush here (belongs to)</div>
+
+<div class="line indent2"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_367">[367]</span>Minăwoo! Minăwoo!</div>
+
+<div class="line indent2">I die! I die!</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Me’din adoo croom,</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Bush now my croom,</div>
+
+<div class="line indent2">Minăwoo! Minăwoo!</div>
+
+<div class="line indent2">I die! I die!</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Babisseäche Minăwoo! Minăwoo!</div>
+
+<div class="line indent-2">For woman’s sake I die! I die!</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Attah m’incomie! Attah m’incomie!</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Attah don’t kill me! Attah don’t kill
+me!</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p class="nind">The man’s life, it was added, was preserved when he
+urged that he understood how to make sandals. The key appears to be
+E minor.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#music07">No. 7,</a> in G major, seems to convey the
+moral, that riches prompt mankind to wickedness, the word
+“<em>makes</em>” is understood.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#music09">No. 9,</a> became a common song in March last
+in praise of the present Governor in Chief; who, in consequence of
+the famine occasioned by the preceding invasion from the Ashantees,
+daily distributed corn to the starving multitude: the words are
+even more incoherent and figurative than the others, therefore I
+have not written them, but the meaning to be gathered is, “Poor
+woman and poor child got no gold to buy kanky; good white man gives
+you corn.” It will be observed that the air much resembles <a href=
+"#music11">No. 11,</a> wherefore I suspect it is an alteration, and
+not a composition; although the key seems to be G major, and it is
+impossible to attach any key to the latter.</p>
+
+<p>The dirge, <a href="#music12">No. 12,</a> certainly in the key
+of C major, has been mentioned before, but here I must add, that in
+venturing the intervening and concluding bass chord, I merely
+attempt to describe the castanets, gong-gongs, drums, &amp;c.
+bursting in after the soft and mellow tones of the flutes; as if
+the ear was not to retain a vibration of the sweeter melody.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_368">[368]</span><a href=
+"#music13">No. 13,</a> in D minor, is played by only two flutes,
+and is one of the softest airs I have met with.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#music14">No. 14,</a> is an Accra fetish hymn, sung by
+one man and one woman, or more, at Christmas:</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp2">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">Afĭnaïē pweë,</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">The year’s ends have met,</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Gnōr woorra</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Somebody’s child</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Mŏrbee.</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Take blessing.</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p class="nind">“Somebody’s child,” means the child of a person of
+consequence, reminding us of Hidalgos, “the son of somebody,” so
+applied in Spanish. Its regularity is surprising, and its
+transition from G major to C major is very harmonious.</p>
+
+<p><a href="#music15">No. 15,</a> in G major, is a specimen of the
+Kerrapee or Kerrapay music, which I have made a point of
+preserving, as it appeared to me superior even to Ashantee. A young
+man acknowledges a crime he had attempted to conceal:</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp2">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">Kennĕödvay nooblou adomevai,</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Oh pity! the palaver is spoiled,</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Noodooloo adomevai,</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">It is found, it is spoiled;</div>
+
+<div class="line indent2">Ēnnŏblou;</div>
+
+<div class="line indent2">Think for me;</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Dootŏh mĕ pŏ mĕ blōh,</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Elders, settle it for me,</div>
+
+<div class="line indent2">Adăn vō,</div>
+
+<div class="line indent2">I am at a loss,</div>
+
+<div class="line indent4">Iëe!</div>
+
+<div class="line indent4">Oh!</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p>The following is a translation of a long Ashantee song, with
+little<span class="pagenum" id="Page_369">[369]</span> or no air.
+The men sit together in a line on one side, with their sankos and
+other instruments; and the women in a line opposite to them.
+Individuals rise and advance, singing in turn.<a id=
+"FNanchor_123"></a><a href="#Footnote_123" class=
+"fnanchor">[123]</a></p>
+
+<table id="t369">
+<tr>
+<td><em>1st Woman.</em>
+</td>
+<td>My husband likes me too much,</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>He is good to me,</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>But I cannot like him,</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>So I must listen to my lover.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><em>1st Man.</em>
+</td>
+<td>My wife does not please me,</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>I tire of her now;</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>So I will please myself with another,</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Who is very handsome.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><em>2nd Woman.</em>
+</td>
+<td>My lover tempts me with sweet words,</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>But my husband always does me good,</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>So I must like him well,</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>And I must be true to him.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><em>2nd Man.</em>
+</td>
+<td>Girl you pass my wife handsome,</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>But I cannot call you wife;</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>A wife pleases her husband only,</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>But when I leave you, you go to others.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music01">
+<p class="cpmu">The oldest <span class="sc">Ashantee</span> and
+<span class="sc">Warsaw Air</span>.</p>
+<a href="images/music01.jpg"><img src='images/music01.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music02">
+<p class="cpmu">A very old <span class="sc">Ashantee
+Air</span>.</p>
+<a href="images/music02.jpg"><img src='images/music02.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">Aganka oshoom noofa Oboibee oshoom noofa
+Aganka oshoomnoofa</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Orphan cries at night <span class=
+"omis">· · ·</span> cries at night Orphan cries at night</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">wekirree wekirree oimiyow wekirree
+wekirree oimiyow wekirree</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">sad thing sad thing I’m sorry sad thing
+sad thing I’m sorry sad thing</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music03">
+<p class="cpmu"><span class="sc">Warsaw Air</span>.</p>
+<a href="images/music03.jpg"><img src='images/music03.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music04">
+<p class="cpmu"><span class="sc">Ashantee Air</span>.</p>
+<a href="images/music04.jpg"><img src='images/music04.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music05">
+<p class="cpmu"><span class="sc">Fantee Air</span>.</p>
+<a href="images/music05.jpg"><img src='images/music05.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music06">
+<p class="cpmu"><span class="sc">An Ashantee Air</span>.</p>
+<a href="images/music06.jpg"><img src='images/music06.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music07">
+<p class="cpmu"><span class="sc">An Ashantee Air</span>.</p>
+<a href="images/music07.jpg"><img src='images/music07.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0"><span class="word-spaced10">&nbsp;</span>
+Onoompah yahpah onompah yahpah onoompah yahpah</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">(Makes) Person do bad <span class=
+"omis">· · · · · · · · · ·</span></div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">sicca sicca onoompah yahpah onoompah
+yahpah</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">gold gold (makes) person do bad
+<span class="omis">· · · · · · · ·</span></div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">onoompah yahpah Akim sicca onoompah
+yahpah.</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0"><span class="omis">· · · · · ·</span>
+Akim gold (makes) person do bad.</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music08">
+<p class="cpmu"><span class="sc">Modern Fantee Air</span>.</p>
+<a href="images/music08.jpg"><img src='images/music08.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music09">
+<p class="cpmu"><span class="sc">Modern Fantee Air</span>.</p>
+<a href="images/music09.jpg"><img src='images/music09.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music10">
+<p class="cpmu"><span class="sc">Ashantee Air</span>.</p>
+<a href="images/music10.jpg"><img src='images/music10.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music11">
+<p class="cpmu"><span class="sc">Ashantee Air</span>.</p>
+<a href="images/music11.jpg"><img src='images/music11.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music12">
+<p class="cpmu"><span class="sc">A Fantee Dirge</span>.</p>
+<a href="images/music12.jpg"><img src='images/music12.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music13">
+<p class="cpmu"><span class="sc">An Ashantee Air</span>.</p>
+<a href="images/music13.jpg"><img src='images/music13.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music14">
+<p class="cpmu"><span class="sc">An Accra fetish Hymn</span>.</p>
+<a href="images/music14.jpg"><img src='images/music14.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">Afinaiepwaëe gnorwoorra
+afinaiepwaëe</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">gnorwoorra gnorwoorra</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">gnorwoorra afinaiepwaëe gnorwoorra morbee
+gnorwoorra</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">gnorwoorra gnorwoorra morbee
+gnorwoorra</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music15">
+<p class="cpmu"><span class="sc">A Kerrapee Song</span>.</p>
+<a href="images/music15.jpg"><img src='images/music15.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">Kenneovay nooblou adomevai Kenneovay
+nooblou adomevai</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">noodooloo adomevai ennoblou Dootoh me po
+me bloh adanvo Iëe</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music16">
+<p class="cpmu"><span class="sc">Fantee Air</span>.</p>
+<a href="images/music16.jpg"><img src='images/music16.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music17">
+<p class="cpmu"><span class="sc">Fantee Air</span>.</p>
+<a href="images/music17.jpg"><img src='images/music17.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music18">
+<p class="cpmu"><span class="sc">Ashantee Air</span>.</p>
+<a href="images/music18.jpg"><img src='images/music18.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music19">
+<p class="cpmu"><span class="sc">Mallowa Air</span>.</p>
+<a href="images/music19.jpg"><img src='images/music19.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music20">
+<p class="cpmu"><span class="sc">Mosee Air</span>.</p>
+<a href="images/music20.jpg"><img src='images/music20.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftp2c10">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_121"></a><a href="#FNanchor_121"><span class=
+"label">[121]</span></a>“A few melodies in national music have been
+found incapable of harmony; such as the two first bars of the
+second part of the Irish tune called The Fair Hair’d Child.” Dr.
+Crotch.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_122"></a><a href="#FNanchor_122"><span class=
+"label">[122]</span></a>The power of fascination by the eyes, is
+believed and dreaded in those parts of Africa as mortal, whether
+exercised by the fetish priests against men, or by the cooroompun
+against animals. The idea prevailed in Pliny’s time, but it was
+ascribed to the voice. “In libro quodam Plinii naturalis historiæ
+legi esse quasdam in terrâ Africâ familias hominum voce atque
+linguâ effascinantium. Qui si impensiùs fortè laudaverint pulchras
+arbores, segetes lætiores, infantes amœniores, egregios equos,
+pecudes pastu, atque cultu optimas, emoriantur repentè hæc omnia.”
+A cooroompun will be found amongst the specimens for the British
+Museum.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_123"></a><a href="#FNanchor_123"><span class=
+"label">[123]</span></a>I never heard this sung without its
+recalling Horace’s beautiful little dialogue ode, (9. lib. 3)
+“Donec gratus eram tibi.”</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_370">[370]</span><a id=
+"p2c11"></a><span class="letter-spaced01">CHAPTER</span> XI.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8 spaced3">
+
+<p class="sch1"><em>Materia Medica and Diseases.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="dcap"><span class="sc">The</span> report of the Materia
+Medica and Botany of Ashantee, was the only one which I was not
+required to furnish. It was afforded by Mr. Henry Tedlie, assistant
+surgeon, whose subsequent death has mingled a regret with the
+recollection of the Embassy, which the recall of my own sufferings,
+and the family affliction it entailed on me, could never have
+exacted. The intelligence reached me in England, to correct the
+pride of success by associating misfortune with it; for the
+recollection of Mr. Tedlie’s social virtues, of his enterprise and
+ability, makes it a severe one to myself, and to the world. Mr.
+Tedlie suffered severely from intermitting dysentery during the
+Mission, but I had hoped it would have been eradicated after his
+return. He had previously attended the expedition to Candy, and
+expired at Cape Coast Castle in the 27th year of his age.
+Throughout the Mission he indulged the feelings of the natives, in
+his professional capacity, with a patience few could have exerted;
+whether labouring under sickness himself, or disturbed in the
+moments of a scanty rest; he awed and conciliated the people by the
+importance of his cures, and thus contributed to the success of the
+enterprise.</p>
+
+<p>“During the earlier part of our residence at Coomassie, the
+season was tolerably favourable to the gathering of plants, but we
+were then allowed to go out but seldom, and never beyond the
+town.<span class="pagenum" id="Page_371">[371]</span> Latterly,
+when better impressions succeeded, and our walks were unrestrained
+by limits or attendants, the rains not only checked, but generally
+disappointed my researches, by presenting the subject flowerless,
+(or in an unfit state for preservation,) and consequently not
+admitting their classification, as is too evident in the following
+list of such plants as are used as medicines by the Ashantees.</p>
+
+<p>1. Cutturasuh. (<a id="FNanchor_124"></a><a href="#Footnote_124"
+class="fnanchor">[124]</a><i>Chrysanthellum procumbens</i>.
+<em>Persoon. syn.</em> 2. <em>p.</em> 471, <i>Verbesina mutica</i>
+<em>Willd.</em>) A small plant, a decoction of which is purgative,
+before boiling it should be bruised.</p>
+
+<p>2. Adumba, (a species of Ficus.) The bark and fruit are pounded
+with Mallaguetta pepper and a small plant called awhinteywhinting,
+boiled in fish soup: two doses in the third month of gestation are
+said to cause abortion.</p>
+
+<p>3. Koofoobah (<i>Gloriosa superba</i>. <em>Linn.</em>) is
+bruised with Mallaguetta pepper (lesser cardamom seeds) and applied
+to the ancle or foot when sprained.</p>
+
+<p>4. Tandoorue (<em>perhaps a</em> <i>Cupania</i> <em>or</em>
+<i>Trichilia</i>.) The bark is pounded and boiled with Mallaguetta
+pepper; used for pain in the belly, and acts as a purgative.</p>
+
+<p>5. Bissey. (<i>Sterculia acuminata</i>. <em>Palis. de Beauvois,
+Flore d’Oware</em> 1. <em>p.</em> 41. <em>tab.</em> 24.) The fruit
+is constantly chewed by the Ashantees, especially on a journey; it
+is said to prevent hunger and strengthen the stomach and bowels;
+has a slight bitter aromatic astringent taste, and causes an
+increase of the saliva while chewed.</p>
+
+<p>6. Attueh. (<i>Blighia sapida</i>. <em>Hort. Kew. ed.</em> 2.
+<em>vol.</em> 3, <em>p.</em> 350. <i>Akeesia africana</i>
+<em>Tussac Flor. des Antilles</em> 66.) A decoction of the bark is
+said to be anti-venereal. The fruit is eaten.</p>
+
+<p>7. Ricinus Communis <em>Linn.</em> Castor oil nut tree, 30 feet
+high here, and not a bush as on the coast: not used as medicine by
+the natives.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_372">[372]</span>8. Apooder.
+(<em>Two species of</em> <i>Leucas</i>, <em>of which one is hardly
+different from</em> <i>L. Martinicensis</i> <em>Hort. Kew. ed.</em>
+2. <em>vol.</em> 3, <em>p.</em> 409, <em>the other is perhaps
+new.</em>) A mixture of the bruised leaves with lime juice is
+applied to inflammations.</p>
+
+<p>9. Hooghong. (A species of Urtica) is bruised, mixed with chalk,
+and drank by pregnant women to correct acidity in the stomach,
+heartburn, &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>10. Accocottocotorawah. (<i>Heliotropium indicum</i>.
+<em>Linn.</em>) The juice expressed from this plant is snuffed up
+the nostrils in cases of severe head-ach. They also inhale the
+smoke of it into the nose.</p>
+
+<p>11. Crowera (<i>Acalypha ciliata</i>. <em>Willd. sp. pl.</em>)
+is bruised with lesser cardamom seed, and rubbed on the chest and
+side when pained.</p>
+
+<p>12. Enminim (<em>a species of</em> <i>Vitis</i>.) A climbing
+plant. The juice expressed from the leaves is dropped into the eyes
+when affected with opthalmia or pain.</p>
+
+<p>13. Secoco. (<i>Leptanthus</i>?) A small marshy plant. Is
+pounded with lime juice and rubbed on the body to cure the
+crawcraws; a severe and obstinate species of itch.</p>
+
+<p>14. Ammo.—The juice is applied to cuts and bruises.</p>
+
+<p>15. Petey (<em>possibly a</em> <i>Piper</i>.) The leaves are
+pounded and applied as a plaister to inflammatory swellings and
+boils.</p>
+
+<p>16. Abromotome.—The bruised leaves are used to discuss
+boils.</p>
+
+<p>17. Yangkompro. (<em>A syngenesious plant related to</em>
+<i>Cacalia</i>.) The pounded leaves are applied to cuts and
+contusions.</p>
+
+<p>18. Oeduema. (<i>Musanga cecropioides</i> <em>Br. See Tuckey’s
+Congo, p.</em> 453.) The hairy sheath or stipule of a large
+palmated leaved tree; it resembles a skin, is boiled in soup, and
+used as a powerful emmenagogue.</p>
+
+<p>19. Semeney, (<em>probably a species of</em> <i>Aneilema</i>.)
+The leaves are pounded and applied as a plaister to favour the
+discharge of boils and collections of pus.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_373">[373]</span>20. Wowwah
+(<em>perhaps a</em> <i>Sterculia</i>.) The inner bark of this tree
+is scraped fine and mixed with Mallaguetta pepper, and drank for
+colic and other pains in the belly.</p>
+
+<p>21. Anafranakoo.—The bruised leaves are applied to discuss boils
+and other inflammatory swelling.</p>
+
+<p>22. Kattacaiben (<i>Leea sambucina</i>.) A decoction of the
+leaves is drank every morning by pregnant women when they
+experience any uneasiness in the abdomen. The bark of the tree
+powdered is rubbed on chronic swellings.</p>
+
+<p>23. Aserumbdrue (<em>a species of</em> <i>Piper</i> <em>related
+to</em> <i>umbellatum</i>.) The leaves are used in soup to allay
+swellings of the belly.</p>
+
+<p>24. Ocisseeree.—The bark of this tree is used to stop the
+purging in dysentery and diarrhoea.</p>
+
+<p>25. Gingang. (<i>Paullinia africana</i> <em>Br. See Tuckeys
+Congo, p.</em> 427.) The bark of this tree is used internally and
+externally, mixed with Mallaguetta pepper for pain in the side.</p>
+
+<p>26. Cudeyakoo.—A very small plant. The leaves and stalk pounded
+are applied to eruptions on the head. A mixture of it with lime
+juice is applied to the yaws.</p>
+
+<p>27. Affeuah (<em>unknown</em>) and Nuinnuerafuh (<i>Hedysari
+species</i>.) A mixture of the bruised leaves of these plants with
+Mallaguetta pepper, is rubbed on the body and limbs when swelled or
+pained: a decoction of them, with an addition of the plant Comfany
+(<i>Alternantheræ, sp.</i>) is used internally in the same
+cases.</p>
+
+<p>28. Adummah. (<i>Paullinia africana</i>. <em>The same as
+No.</em> 25.) A decoction of the bark of this tree, reduced to
+powder with Mallaguetta pepper, drank once a day, stops the
+discharge of blood and cures the dysentery.</p>
+
+<p>29. Tointinney (<em>probably a</em> <i>Menispermum</i>.) Is
+chewed with Mallaguetta pepper as a cure for a cough.</p>
+
+<p>30. Apussey. (<em>A leguminous plant, probably allied to</em>
+<i>Robinia</i>.)</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_374">[374]</span>The bark of this
+tree pounded with Mallaguetta pepper is applied to the head in
+cases of head-ach.</p>
+
+<p>31. Thuquamah.—The bark is pounded and drank in Palm wine, with
+Mallaguetta pepper, for pain in the belly.</p>
+
+<p>32. Conkknoney, a dark purple coloured Toadstool, the size of a
+hazel nut, rubbed with Mallaguetta pepper and lime juice, it purges
+briskly. To stop the purging, a mess of boiled Guinea corn meal and
+lime juice should be eaten.</p>
+
+<p>33. Suetinney.—(<i>Brillantaisia owariensis</i>. <em>Palis. de
+Beauvois Flor. d’Oware</em>, 2. <em>p.</em> 68 <em>tab.</em> 100,
+<em>fig.</em> 2.) A decoction of the leaves is drank for pain in
+the belly.</p>
+
+<p>34. Soominna, (Tetandria Monogynia,) is bruised with lime juice
+and used to abate cough.</p>
+
+<p>35. Thattha (<i>Scoparia dulcis</i>. <em>Linn.</em>)—The
+expressed juice of this plant is dropped into the ears when
+pained.</p>
+
+<p>36. Aquey (<i>Melia Azedarach</i>. <em>Linn.</em>) A decoction
+of the leaves of this tree is used with Palm wine as a
+corroborant.</p>
+
+<p>37. Dammaram (<i>Mussænda fulgens</i>. <em>nov. spec.</em>)</p>
+
+<p>The diseases most common in the Ashantee Country are the Lues,
+Yaws, Itch, Ulcers, Scald-heads, and griping pains in the bowels.
+Other diseases are occasionally met with, I should suppose in the
+same proportion that they occur in civilized countries; but I do
+not know to what cause to assign the prevalence and frequency of
+one of the most unsightly diseases that can occur in any country:
+it is an obstinate species of ulcer, or, Noli me tangere, which
+destroys the nose and upper lip; it attacks women chiefly, although
+men are not exempt from it; there are more than 100 women in
+Coomassie who have lost the nose or upper lip from this cause
+alone: it commences with a small ulcer in the alæ nasi, or upper
+lip, the size of a split pea, excavated, with the edges<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_375">[375]</span> ragged and turned inwards, it
+proceeds by ulcerating under the skin; the bottom of the ulcer is
+uneven, covered with a foul slough, of a very disagreeable smell,
+and the discharge is thin, watery, and very irritating: it seldom
+cicatrices before the alæ nasi and lip are completely destroyed;
+when it does cease, the skin is puckered and uneven, and has a very
+disagreeable appearance; the only remedy which the natives use, is
+an external application of bruised leaves; they seem to let it take
+its course, without being very anxious about a cure.</p>
+
+<p>Framboesia, the Yaws, is a very frequent disease with the
+children of the poor and slaves: before the eruption takes place
+they are severely afflicted with pains in the joints, and along the
+course of the muscles of the superior and inferior extremities; in
+young persons, hard, round bony excrescences, the size of a walnut,
+form on each side of the nose under the eyes. The Natives either
+are not acquainted with a remedy for this enlargement of the bones,
+or if they are, they do not put it in practice. I administered
+alterative doses of calomel and antimonial powder with success, as
+it stopped the enlargement of the bones and caused them to be
+absorbed, and relieved the pain in the arms and legs particularly;
+during the exhibition of the alterative pills, a foul ulcer on the
+head got well: the natives apply a mixture of the plant Cudey-akoo,
+with lime juice, to the eruption, but apparently with very little
+benefit.</p>
+
+<p>Psora, the itch, a very severe species of which, called craw
+craw, is a frequent disease, and is very contagious; it is most
+commonly met with in children, few of the Dunko slaves are without
+it, from their poor diet and extreme dirtiness; they do not seem to
+experience much uneasiness from it, as they seldom apply any
+remedy; sometimes they use a rubefaciant, made of a plant called
+secoco, bruised and mixed with lime juice.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_376">[376]</span>Gonorrhœa is of
+rare occurrence, two cases came under my care, the patients had
+never used injections, they drank decoctions of leaves and bark,
+but could not tell me the plants they used; one of the ingredients,
+was a small plant call Cutturasuh, of a purgative nature. The
+disease is allowed to take its course by the natives, as they are
+unacquainted with any method to stop it.</p>
+
+<p>Tinea Capitis, the scald head, is a common disease with the
+poorer sort of Ashantees and slaves, arising from their neglect of
+cleanliness; the applications which they use to cure it have seldom
+the desired effect. They apply plaisters of pounded leaves and
+charcoal, but do not wash the head. In one case, where a boy was
+placed under my care, he got well in eight days, by having his head
+very well washed with a brush, soap, and warm water; then a strong
+infusion of tobacco, applied with a sponge, and when the head was
+dry, a composition of resinous and mercurial ointment was rubbed on
+it.</p>
+
+<p>Hydrocele occasionally occurs; they attempt to cure it by
+frictions of the castor oil nut, burnt and bruised with Mallaguetta
+pepper, but without any benefit. I drew off the water from one
+hydrocele, but, from our want of stimulants, could not perform any
+radical cure. Their applications to Inguinal hernia are equally
+ineffectual. They never attempt the reduction of umbilical hernia,
+although some are very large, and the disease very frequent.</p>
+
+<p>When a fracture of the leg or arm happens, the part is rubbed
+with a soft species of grass and palm oil, and the limb bound up
+with splints. “If God does not take the patient he recovers in four
+months,” as they say.</p>
+
+<p>I have not seen a single instance of fracture in the Ashantee
+country. Gun-shot wounds of the extremities, when the bone is
+fractured, are generally fatal, or, where a large blood vessel
+is<span class="pagenum" id="Page_377">[377]</span> wounded, as they
+are unacquainted with any method of stopping the hæmorrage; in fact
+they pay little attention to their wounded men; if they are not
+able to travel, they are abandoned. One of the King’s criers had
+his thigh dislocated at the hip joint with an anchylosis of the
+knee; the limb was considerably longer than the other, and the
+accident must have occurred a long time ago, as he walks very
+well.</p>
+
+<p>During the time we remained in Coomassie, and from our first
+entrance into the Ashantee country, I was every day applied to for
+advice and medicines by those who were afflicted with diseases, of
+which the number was great, and in the capital more especially,
+from its very unhealthy situation, being entirely surrounded by an
+extensive tract of swampy ground, and the natives consequently very
+subject to dysentery and fever. On first entering the country I was
+applied to by numbers of patients, many of them miserable objects,
+from the effects of the venereal disease: to as many of those as
+applied, during our halt in a town, I gave boxes of pills and
+strict directions for their use, and told them if they came to
+Coomassie during my residence there, I would do every thing in my
+power to cure them. Many availed themselves of my offer, and
+attended me on my arrival. To those who had ulcers or wounds, I
+applied the proper dressings, and left with them lint, adhesive
+plaister, and ointment. Most of them as a mark of their gratitude,
+sent presents of fowls, fruit, palm oil, wine, &amp;c. to me after
+I had arrived in the capital. One man in Assiminia, who was nearly
+in the last stage of existence from a complication of disorders,
+originating from lues venerea, after I had seen him, sent every
+week to Coomassie for medicines, and completely recovered. Another
+in Sarrasoo who had the worst looking ulcers of the inferior
+extremities, that I have ever seen, did the same, and with the same
+success. A great many caboceers<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_378">[378]</span> attended me every morning with their slaves
+and children affected with dropsy, crawcraws, yaws, fever, bowel
+complaints, &amp;c. and expressed the most unbounded thanks for the
+medicine and advice they received.</p>
+
+<p>At the King’s particular request, I attended his own brother,
+the heir apparent, who had oedematous feet: by the use of friction,
+a roller, and an alterative course of calomel, and diuretics, he
+soon recovered.</p>
+
+<p>The King’s uncle, heir to the crown after the brother, was
+severely tormented with stricture of the urethra; he could only
+pass urine, drop by drop; three weeks passing the catheter, enabled
+him to make it in a full stream; when he immediately requested some
+powerfully stimulating medicine to correct impotency, which it was
+not in my power to grant.</p>
+
+<p>The captain whose office it is to drown any of the King’s family
+who have offended, had an ulcer two inches long in the palate bone;
+when he drank, part of the fluid passed out of his nose, and his
+speech was very unintelligible; the sides of the opening were
+scarified, and the granulations touched every third or fourth day
+with lunar caustic until they united; he got well in one month.</p>
+
+<p>The only unfortunate case I attended, was our guide Quamina Bwa;
+shortly after we arrived in Coomassie he was attacked with
+remittent fever; by the use of febrifuge medicines, the cold bath,
+bark, &amp;c. he recovered, and was able to attend his usual duty
+of waiting on us, when we visited the king; he went into the
+country, and I did not see him for six weeks; at the end of that
+time, he sent for me, and I found him labouring under a severe
+bilious dysentery, and liver complaint. I was unable to prevent the
+formation of matter in his liver; it formed a large swelling with
+distinct fluctuation, and as he hesitated to have it<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_379">[379]</span> discharged by puncturing with
+a trochar, it burst internally, and he died. I had one case of
+cancer of the upper lip, although the disease is said rarely to
+occur in that part. This case had all the marks of a true cancer; I
+dressed it every day during the whole time I remained in Coomassie,
+but the effect flattered and disappointed me by turns.</p>
+
+<p>The most importunate man for medicine, especially of an
+invigorating kind, in the whole Ashantee country, was old Apokoo,
+the treasurer and chief favourite. He was afflicted with inguinal
+hernia: I wrote to Cape Coast for a truss, which I applied, and it
+gave him immediate relief and satisfaction. He would take the most
+nauseous drug with pleasure. I generally gave him bark and
+peppermint water, which he regularly either sent or came for every
+day, during the two last months of our residence, and earnestly
+requested me to leave plenty of medicine with Mr. Hutchison, the
+British resident there. Most of the chief men were very earnest in
+their solicitations for me to give them stimulating medicines. I
+always assured them that it was impossible, that the English never
+used any, and that nothing astonished me more than that they should
+ask for such things. Their answers were, “they knew that the
+English had good heads and knew every thing, and must know that
+too, but I did not wish to give them any.”</p>
+
+<p class="center space-above15 space-below1"><em>A List of the
+Diseases which I have seen in the Ashantee country.</em>
+</p>
+
+<table id="t379">
+<tr>
+<td>Febris remittens</td>
+<td>2 cases</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hepatitis</td>
+<td>1</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Dysenteria mucosa</td>
+<td>6</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Colica</td>
+<td>1</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Anasarca</td>
+<td>3</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ascites</td>
+<td>3</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Scrophula</td>
+<td>many cases</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Syphilis</td>
+<td>many</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Gonorrhœa</td>
+<td>2</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Stricture</td>
+<td>3</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Cataract</td>
+<td>2</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Staphyloma</td>
+<td>5</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_380">[380]</span>Ectropium</td>
+<td>1</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Bronchocele</td>
+<td>many</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Cephalagia</td>
+<td>many</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Odontalgia</td>
+<td>10</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ulcers</td>
+<td>8</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Framboesia</td>
+<td>many</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Psora</td>
+<td>many</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hernia inguinal</td>
+<td>1</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Umbilical (hernia)</td>
+<td>many</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Dracunculus</td>
+<td>7</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Tinea capitis</td>
+<td>many</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hydrocele</td>
+<td>many</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Cancer</td>
+<td>1</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Elephantiasis</td>
+<td>1</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Lepra</td>
+<td>7</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftp2c11">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_124"></a><a href="#FNanchor_124"><span class=
+"label">[124]</span></a>I am indebted to Mr. Brown’s knowledge for
+the names and references in the parentheses.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_381">[381]</span><a id=
+"p2c12"></a><span class="letter-spaced01">CHAPTER</span> XII.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8 spaced3">
+
+<p class="sch1"><em>Mr. Hutchison’s Diary.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="dcap"><span class="sc">September</span> 26. After we left
+the palace this morning, Apokoo invited me home to take some
+refreshment. He entered into a long conversation concerning the
+slave trade: he heard, he said, that an English vessel had arrived
+at Cape Coast, and had brought out a letter from the King of
+England to the Governor-in-Chief, ordering a renewal of the slave
+trade, and asked me, if I had received any letter. I said I had
+not, but if such a thing had taken place, I thought I should have
+early accounts. He enquired what were the objections we had to “buy
+men?” I told him what I conceived to be proper; he laughed at our
+ideas, and enquired if the king of Dahomey had not sent a “book
+four moons ago to Cape Coast, inviting the English to trade again,
+in his kingdom.” I replied there was a message sent, but I could
+not say exactly in what words, as I was at Dix Cove at the time.
+“England,” he said, “was too fond of fighting, her soldiers were
+the same as dropping a stone in a pond, they go farther and
+farther:” at the same time he described an enlarging circle with
+his hand, and shook his finger and head significantly at me. He was
+anxious for me to write a “proper book” on the slave trade, many
+slaves, he told me, had revolted, and joining the Buntokoo standard
+were to fight against them; there were too many slaves in the
+country, (an opinion I tacitly acquiesced in), and they wanted to
+get rid of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_382">[382]</span> some of
+them. There might be a deal of trouble from them; he alone had one
+slave, who had 1000 followers at arms, and he might trouble them as
+Cudjo Cooma did, who was a slave of his when he revolted, and whose
+adherents alone were 10,000, independent of runaways, &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon the King sent me a ceremonious message, with
+his compliments, saying he would be glad if I attended him in his
+customs, &amp;c. when he should sit in public. I replied that I
+would be happy to do so, as it was the King’s wish, except when
+human sacrifices were offered, but then it would be contrary to my
+inclinations, my religion, and my instructions.</p>
+
+<p>Shortly after I was told the King was in the market-place
+drinking palm wine. I went for the first time and took my seat on
+his left. The King made me a present of a pot of wine, as did
+several of his chiefs. When he drank, the whole of the music
+played, while the executioners, holding their swords with their
+right hands, covered their noses with their left, whilst they sung
+his victories and titles. About half a dozen small boys stood
+behind his chair, and finished the whole with a fetish hymn. The
+King enquired how many servants I had, and several questions of the
+same kind. After sitting about half an hour the assembly broke up,
+the King rising first, which is the signal to retire.</p>
+
+<p>Since the mission departed I have not been annoyed by any boys
+calling after me. After seeing Messrs. Bowdich and Tedlie through
+the town, on their going away, as I returned home the crowds
+thanked me as I passed, for staying. I suppose they hardly
+imagined, when it came to the last, that I would do so: indeed when
+I returned to my lodgings I found them solitary enough; and, in the
+night time, three men found their way into the house; one of my
+servants awakening, shouted out; I struck at one of them with my
+sword, but missed him: in the morning it<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_383">[383]</span> was discovered that he had succeeded in
+stealing nearly half a sheep, a quantity of kankey belonging to the
+boys, and a table knife. I am not sanguine enough to imagine I
+shall be long allowed to take my walks unmolested; when the novelty
+of my remaining alone passes away, they will return to their old
+insolencies.</p>
+
+<p>Monday 29. Paid Apokoo a visit, and dashed him a razor. Several
+people were there talking palavers, and wishing him to interest the
+King for them; among others, an old captain complained heavily of
+Quamina Bwa, our guide, but since dead, who he said had stolen a
+slave from him and sold him during the Fantee war; he had
+unavailingly applied to the family, he therefore wished it to be
+brought before the King.</p>
+
+<p>Apokoo complained of head-ach, and one of his women brought a
+decoction of herbs, which she poured into a hollow piece of wood
+with two tubes, these were inserted in the nostrils, and the liquor
+poured in, while the head was held back, and afterwards spit out by
+the mouth; I have seen the same poured into the ear for a like
+complaint. He wished me to try a little of it; I of course declined
+it. He called one of his daughter’s, and wished me to consaw, or
+espouse her; I told him she was too young; he said that was
+nothing, as he would keep her for me: he added, the Ashantee custom
+was, if a great man’s wife with child took another man’s fancy, he
+consawed the child in the womb, and if born a girl, when she grew
+up she became his wife; if a boy, it was his to serve and attend on
+him, and he took care of it. Four ounces of gold it generally cost
+to consaw a girl. I said he was a rich man; “true,” he replied,
+“but it sometimes costs eight or ten ounces, sometimes only two.”
+Observing a bow and arrows standing in the room, I began to amuse
+myself with shooting them; he told me these were only for play, but
+when they went to fight, they tipped them with iron, and put a
+deadly poison on it, which caused almost instant<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_384">[384]</span> death; the poison is made from
+vegetables boiled in a large pot, and the arrows steeped in it. He
+shewed me the marks of two arrow wounds which he received in
+battle. He then began to consult his fetish, by a quantity of
+strings, with various ornaments on one end to denote their good or
+evil qualities; these were mixed promiscuously together, and taking
+them in his right hand, he put them behind his back, and drew out
+one with his left; this was repeated about 20 times. A wicker
+basket was then brought on a small stool covered with a silk cloth,
+in it were two lumps like pincushions, made of eggs, palm oil,
+&amp;c.: he then turned up the bottom of his stool, and making
+three holes in it with something like a cobler’s awl, he drove in
+three pegs with a stone, muttering to himself all the time, and
+waving each string round his right ear; an egg was then brought in
+broken at one end, and placed alternately on the lumps in the
+basket, and crushed on the stool where the pegs were put in: this
+he did every morning before he went out, to keep him out of bad
+palavers through the day.</p>
+
+<p>Tuesday 30. This morning Apokoo invited me to take a share of
+his umbrella, and attend the King, who went to finish his
+ablutions. We walked along through an immense crowd; the streets
+were lined with the chiefs and their respective suites. We went
+down to the place where the King washes; a low platform was erected
+where the stools were laid on their sides. The linguists and
+officers of the household stood on one side holding gold rods and
+canes, the fetishmen formed a crescent to the north side. The King
+performed the ceremony of laving the water over himself, sprinkling
+the various articles the same as on Saturday, and the procession
+concluded as before.</p>
+
+<p>On walking back Apokoo wished to try on one of my gloves, and as
+usual put it on the wrong hand; his gold castanets pinched him when
+the glove was on, which made him shout out rather<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_385">[385]</span> lustily, and stop short, I
+called out “you stop the King;” “never mind,” said he, and his
+attendants pulled to get the glove off. The King sent to know what
+occasioned the stoppage, Apokoo held up his hand compressed,
+exclaiming, “<em>Gamphnee</em>,” (it hurts me,) and stopped till it
+was got off.</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon I called on Odumata, who said he was angry that
+I had not called before. I told him I came to thank him for
+allowing a slave boy he has, to do any thing for me; he said I
+might have him so as I fed him, I replied I would do so. He entered
+into conversation concerning the power of England over other
+nations, and the danger of going to sea; he had lived three years
+at Apollonia when a young man, and had seen many Portuguese, but
+did not like them, “as they were all wenches!” He seemed pleased
+that I did not like them either. He wished me to purchase a horse
+from him for eight ounces, I said I would give him four.“ “I must
+not want one, or I would not offer him so,” was his reply. I said
+that I had no place to ride it in, the country being all bush, and
+the King did not like me to go very far; he replied, they were soon
+going to fight, and, as I should go with them, it would be better
+for me to have a horse to ride than to walk. I answered, I should
+lay hold of some wild boar and gallop it; this observation struck
+him with astonishment, and stroking down his beard, he asked my
+servant if he thought I could do so, who replied, if I took it in
+my head I certainly would. Odumata said the people would think the
+devil was come among them. This he told me is the last day of the
+year, according to their calculation, but from what reason I do not
+know. In the Sarem countries, he told me, they work iron from the
+stone, and silver, gold, &amp;c. into trinkets, better than in
+Ashantee. I enquired why they did not make iron here, as they have
+plenty of ore; his reply was truly African; “why should they do so,
+when they had plenty of gold to buy it,<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_386">[386]</span> and could get it so near.” I told him of
+England’s resources from her own manufactories; he said it was not
+good for white men to know so much; if black men knew those things
+they would all run to England. When I got home I sent him a present
+of a razor, he sent two messengers to thank me, such is their
+fashion; and for even the smallest article they return thanks the
+next day. Odumata enquired why I did not get drunk sometimes, and
+come to see him then, I told him, were I to get drunk in Ashantee,
+I ought to have my sword broke over my head, that I had indeed got
+tipsey the evening before I came away, with my friends, and might
+perhaps do so when I returned, but not till then. He gave me some
+palm wine, and looked amazed at my swallowing only half a tumbler
+full, “he would drink three pots before he went to bed!” (about 15
+gallons.)</p>
+
+<p>Wednesday, October 1. The King dictated a letter to the Governor
+at Cape Coast, stating, that the King of Cape Coast had broken the
+law by insulting an Ashantee man, who swore, by the King of
+Ashantee’s head, that if the Cape Coast King did not kill him, he
+must pay 110 periguins of gold to the King. This practice, though
+it savours of madness, is yet often resorted to for revenge, as it
+is almost sure to end in the ruin of the other party. The Cape
+Coast King had threatened, that the Governor would put the Ashantee
+man in the slave hole till he died, which appeard to irritate the
+King very much.</p>
+
+<p>The King then enquired if I had any yams at home; I told him I
+had a few of his last present; he told me he would send more to the
+house for me, which he did, and gave me 5½ ackies gold; then
+pressed me to take some gin and water; on his being told that it
+must be very little, for I was afraid of an attack of spleen and
+liver, and eat little and walked much, he said that was proper.</p>
+
+<p>Thursday 2. Through this and the afternoon of yesterday I
+felt<span class="pagenum" id="Page_387">[387]</span> very feverish,
+not being able to get any sleep for the rats at night. I kept my
+room all day; the King sent a pot of palm wine in the evening. Adoo
+Quamina called.</p>
+
+<p>Friday 3. Whilst writing letters, Apokoo sent his compliments
+and would be happy to see me; I went, and he said he was sorry he
+had not seen me for some days. I told him I was sick the two former
+days, and to-day was writing to my family how I liked Ashantee; he
+hoped I would give the King a good name in England. I should tell
+truth. He enquired if I would like to see his croom (village.) I
+replied yes! He was going there this evening, and if no palaver
+came, he would send his people for me in the morning, to carry me.
+He asked if I was not for one of his daughters, that he might be
+called my father. He then enquired why I did not wear my hair tied,
+and let my beard grow; he recollected Colonel Torrane and Mr. White
+having tails at the siege of Annamaboe, and they looked very
+handsome. He requested me to show him the skin of my arm, he gazed
+on it with seeming pleasure, begged I would allow him to touch it;
+on receiving permission, he rubbed his hand over it, exclaiming
+“<em>Papa Taffia</em>,” (very handsome) and repeated his invitation
+to go to the croom. I took my leave.</p>
+
+<p>As I was going home I met a man white-washed, carrying a vessel
+covered over with a white cloth: this I have been often told is
+Tando fetish, but can learn nothing more. Music and a great crowd
+went with it to Adoo Quamina’s house, at the front of which they
+put it down, and sacrificed a child of Cudjoo Cooma’s, the Akim
+revolter, over it, as an annual sacrifice of the King’s.</p>
+
+<p>Saturday 4. Apokoo sent his people for me in the morning, who
+took me to his croom, about three miles S.W. of Coomassie. The road
+was in good order, and newly cut on account of my going; his slaves
+all turned out to see me, many of them never having
+seen<span class="pagenum" id="Page_388">[388]</span> a white man
+before. Apokoo came to the entrance of the croom, which is small,
+to meet me, and took me into the place where he lives himself; it
+is like all country houses here, a square lined with palm leaves
+and thatched with grass; his own room, raised on the floor, painted
+with red inchuma or ochre, and at one end of it, his couch raised
+on wood with plaited palm leaves, and covered with large cotton
+cushions. Near his head hung three strings of fetish, made of gold,
+red earth, horn, and bone, in the shape of thigh bones, horns, jaw
+bones, &amp;c. &amp;c. One side of the square was fitted up with a
+forge and bellows to work gold; another served as a cooking place,
+and the fourth for his sons to sleep in. About 11 o’clock he went
+to one of the side places to eat, that he might not trouble me in
+his room, as he said. Before he began, small pieces of yam were
+laid on his fetish; a small table was then set before him, and
+clean water poured into a brass pan, with which he washed his right
+hand, and then eat with it:—they are careful not to touch victuals
+with their left hand. A large pot of yams and another of fish being
+boiled, he satisfied himself first; the remainder was then divided
+into as many lots as there were persons to partake; when the door
+was opened, and about twenty sons and daughters, with their
+calabashes, received each their mess. He had given my servant two
+fowls, some fish and yams, and told him to make any thing I could
+eat; I told him to make a soup of the fowls. When I was eating,
+Apokoo said he thought I was ashamed, and requested I would let him
+put down the screen; I told him I dared not eat much through the
+day, being afraid of sickness. He enquired if I wished to go to
+sleep, for his couch was at my service. I declined the offer, and
+he went to sleep himself. Shortly after, four of his wives came
+from town with a mess for him; he was awaked to know if they were
+to have admittance, as usual: he ordered them to set down the meat
+and go away; they pretended to do so, but<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_389">[389]</span> sat down under one of the sheds, and began
+to annoy the slaves, but their stifled laughter soon awoke Apokoo,
+who stretched out his neck, and seeing them, told them in a
+passion, it was because I was there that they wished to stop, and
+that they had better be off; they took the hint and made their
+retreat. He got up to shew me his gold ornaments, which weighed 146
+bendas (£1168.) and made his people kindle the forge fire to melt
+some rock gold to make a fish; but the mould not being perfect, it
+was spoiled. He enquired if ever I had been in a yam plantation; on
+my replying in the negative, we went to see one; he asked if I
+would allow him to ride in my hammock, I gave him leave; it was
+better than his basket, he said, except that he did not like his
+legs hanging down. He wished me to dig up a yam; the people brought
+me a long pointed stick, which is forced into the earth to loosen
+the yam, afterwards the fibres are cut with a knife. After I had
+dug up ten, he hoped I would accept of them as a present; yams are
+set like potatoes in Europe, they are put in the ground about
+December, so that they are nine months growing to maturity. He said
+he should not go to Coomassie that night, as he had to decorate his
+drums with tigers skins, but that he would be in on Tuesday. If I
+wished to come out and see him before that time he would send
+people for me, and be glad. I said I should come out some other
+time, but not so soon. I set off for Coomassie about six o’clock,
+having spent a very agreeable day.</p>
+
+<p>About seven o’clock the King sent for me; on my going, he would
+trouble me, he said, to read a book he had that day found in a
+man’s possession. It proved to be a Danish note to the King for
+three ounces per month, dated August 1, 1811; it seemed as if a
+seal had been affixed to it, but the impression had disappeared,
+and it was very much worn. The King said he never knew of it; that
+an Ashantee captain had received and kept it, but he
+would<span class="pagenum" id="Page_390">[390]</span> enquire about
+it. His majesty wished me to drink something, I declined it; he
+hoped I was not sick, I said no, but drinking made my head ach; he
+hoped I would sleep sound, paid me many compliments that I cannot
+repeat; enquired of my servant if I was a good master, with other
+questions of the like nature.</p>
+
+<p>Saturday 11. The King sent for me, and on going to the palace I
+found them in full council talking palavers. Adoosee was ordering a
+messenger to go to Quamina Bootaqua, to make him proceed to Cape
+Coast, and inform the Governor that Payntree had sworn by the King
+and had broke his oath, Bootaqua having sent word to the King of
+it; but they did not mention any thing to me. After this, Adoosee
+informed me, that messengers have gone from Amanfoo, sent by Sam
+Brue, to complain that the Cape Coast people had come armed against
+him to kill him. After hearing a long statement of grievances, they
+told me I must write to the Governor about it; I said I would, at
+the same time I assured the King that Sam Brue was a slave trader,
+and not to be tolerated at Cape Coast, his conduct was so infamous;
+they then called on his messenger to know what reason Sam had to
+leave Cape Coast; he entered at great length into the grievances
+experienced by Brue from the Governor in Chief and officers,
+because he owed eight ounces of gold; I was called in to reply,
+which I said I could not condescend to do, until I heard from the
+Governor in Chief, as they had sent messengers to complain to him.
+Adoosee charged four messengers with what they were to tell the
+Governor, making them take fetish and other formalities usual only
+on great occasions, thereby giving the affair an importance it did
+not merit. The King, on the breaking up of the council, said he
+would send for me shortly after, to write an account of the affair
+to the Governor; when I returned home, I did communicate the whole
+to the Governor, as the King’s letters are so hurried.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_391">[391]</span>I heard nothing
+from the King all day, but at night a Fantee man called on me, who
+had been taken by the Ashantees in last year’s war, and whom I had
+been trying to liberate by speaking in his behalf to the King, and
+concerning four ounces of gold that had been taken. The captain
+concerned in it, to get quit of the palaver, had urged one of his
+wives to swear the man had lain with her; she accordingly made a
+formal complaint; the man was put in irons in the bush and only
+released yesterday morning as they thought to catch the King when
+he had some palavers pending, which would make him angry; they
+therefore brought it before the King yesterday morning, thinking he
+would order the man’s head to be cut off; but he told the King that
+this palaver was brought against him because I had spoken for him;
+the woman was called, who insisted the man had lain with her, the
+man denied it, and on being offered fetish he cheerfully took it,
+and swore by the King to the contrary. The woman would not do so,
+and the King ordered the irons to be taken from the man, and put on
+the woman, telling her, she had not looked at the man properly, as
+it must be some other person.</p>
+
+<p>Tuesday 14. This morning a man was beheaded at the door of the
+house where I live, by Aboidwee, the house master: it appears, the
+man in question was brother to a caboceer, and presumptive heir to
+his property; tired of waiting so long he made fetish incantations,
+and other ceremonies peculiar to them, to destroy his brother; this
+coming to the brother’s ears, and also, that he had enjoyed one of
+his wives five times, he complained to the King and requested he
+would put the offender to death to save his own life; the King
+complied, and ordered Aboidwee to put the sentence in
+execution.</p>
+
+<p>Wednesday 15. The Adaï custom. I went as usual with flags, and
+first received the usual offering of rum, and ten ackies of
+gold<span class="pagenum" id="Page_392">[392]</span> instead of a
+sheep. I called on Baba, the chief of the Moors, in the afternoon,
+who said he would teach me Arabic if I would teach him English; I
+said I would; but I am afraid he is too old for progress. I called
+on Odumata in my way back, who annoyed me as usual to drink palm
+wine, although it gives me a head ache. Akotoo, the King’s brother,
+was there, who said he had only seen me four times since the
+mission went away, and wished me to call on him. The conversation
+turned on the King’s going to war, and his anxiety for me to go and
+see how they killed their enemies, and he would give me gold to
+feed me. I was told by a Fantee man, that Sam Brue had procured 200
+guns and a quantity of powder for the King, for slaves he had sold
+to the Spaniards now on the coast.</p>
+
+<p>Friday 17. Deputies from the Warsaw states arrived a few days
+ago, to settle the differences between them and the Ashantees. It
+is thought, a fine to the King and future tribute may compromise
+the matter. Odumata informed me, that the slave ship has 600 slaves
+on board; and that, through Sam Brue’s exertions; he confirmed the
+report of the guns and powder.</p>
+
+<p>Sunday 19. The heaviest rain, thunder, and lightning I ever saw,
+and has continued for several days and nights. About 7 o’clock A.M.
+the King’s drums announced his going to the market-place, where all
+his chiefs went and were drenched with wet till 2 o’clock P.M. when
+the King sent for rum and palm wine and dismissed them drunk and
+dirty. On Monday the scene was continued till the slaves had got
+the house covered in.</p>
+
+<p>Tuesday 21. Agay the linguist returned from Assin, where he had
+been four months; and brought with him a number of Fantees and
+their families, as slaves. During the eruption of the Fantees in
+1816, many of them ran to the Assin country to try and elude the
+vigilance of the King, but he heard of it, and sent<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_393">[393]</span> Agay to demand them, who,
+after a long negociation, succeeded. A council was held at Abrassoo
+on the Barramang road, and the slaves were sent to Barramang to
+build a new croom for the King.</p>
+
+<p>Sunday, November 2. The King has been busy for the last twelve
+days making fetish, &amp;c. for the success of the war; the Moors
+going every morning to the palace for prayer and sacrifice: to day
+being Adaï custom, I went as usual, and received ten ackies of gold
+and a flask of rum, the foremost in the assembly, which was
+numerous.</p>
+
+<p>Friday 7. A serious palaver has arisen between the King and
+Adoosee the chief linguist, he having taken a bribe from some
+person to misrepresent a palaver to the King; this coming to the
+King’s ear, he sent in a fury to Adoosee, who, on being charged
+with it, thought his life would be the forfeit, and sent an express
+to Apokoo to come and intercede for him; Apokoo being at his croom,
+it has been several times talked before the King, but no
+settlement, has taken place.</p>
+
+<p>Several people have been making application to me to demand them
+of the King, as belonging to the forts, having been detained as
+slaves during the Fantee war, and when Winnebah fort was destroyed.
+They are commonly very old, and of the female sex.</p>
+
+<p>Saturday 8. Adoosee has got his palaver settled by paying twenty
+ounces of gold, and six or eight sheep to the King; Adoosee’s
+friends alleged that he ought not to pay any thing, because when
+any palaver comes he settles it at once; but if he is not there,
+they have to go to council, which in fact is true; but
+notwithstanding his abilities, and that he takes his seat as usual,
+the King looks at him with a gloomy eye. The King has been busy
+making human sacrifices for the success of the war, at Bantama,
+Assafoo, and Aduma, in the evenings; and the Moors make
+their<span class="pagenum" id="Page_394">[394]</span> offerings of
+sheep in the palace in the mornings according to the moslem ritual.
+Though the zealous Christian may lament that the Gospel has not
+taken place of the fetish, yet the friends of humanity will rejoice
+that the King favours the Moors, as many lives have been saved that
+would otherwise have been destroyed at the present crisis. To day a
+bullock was offered up in the chief market-place, previous to the
+entrance of the chiefs, caboceers, &amp;c. into the town, to meet
+in council, and determine on the method of conducting the war: in
+the afternoon, Boitinnë Quama, King of Dwabin, sent his compliments
+to me to announce his arrival. Shortly after, the various bands of
+music declared the arrival of the tributaries, &amp;c.; the King of
+Ashantee took his seat in the market-place, and received their
+compliments as they passed before him. About nine o’clock at night
+Boitinnë, King of Dwabin paid me a private visit, and brought me a
+present of two curious Gennet cats.</p>
+
+<p>Sunday 9. At day break the firing of guns, music, &amp;c.
+announced a custom for the husband of the King’s sister (the second
+woman in the kingdom), he having died in the bush on Friday, about
+7 o’clock; the King went to the market-place to make custom, and
+sacrificed two men; several others were killed by various
+caboceers. In the evening Apokoo and the other captains who are to
+exhibit their gold, paraded the streets, firing musketry, &amp;c.;
+the crowd was great. At 8 o’clock, his majesty of Dwabin came with
+the messengers he sent to Cape Coast to have a suit of clothes, he
+said two trunks were at his house and he brought a sword to shew
+me, which the Governor had sent.</p>
+
+<p>Friday 14. Before I got up, I was annoyed with a crowd of
+captains who began to annoy me for liquor. I ordered them out and
+desired a boy to keep the door fast. I sent a dash of wine, rum,
+sugar, soap, butter, and perfumery to the king, who was
+highly<span class="pagenum" id="Page_395">[395]</span> pleased. To
+all the principal captains, a dash of rum, wine, and sugar, till I
+had nearly expended my stock: the whole day was a continual
+annoyance from visitors, troubling me for drink, but as I was
+resolved to give to those only who were worthy, many of them were
+disappointed. This week past Apokoo and several of the captains
+have been making an exhibition of their riches; this is generally
+done once in life, by those who are in favour with the King, and
+think themselves free from palavers. It is done by making their
+gold into various articles of dress for show. Apokoo, who sent for
+me before his uproar began, shewed me his varieties, weighing
+upwards of 800 bendas of the finest gold; among the articles, was a
+girdle two inches broad. Gold chains for the neck, arms, legs,
+&amp;c. ornaments for the ancles of all descriptions, consisting of
+manacles, with keys, bells, chairs, and padlocks. For his numerous
+family of wives, children, and captains, were armlets and various
+ornaments. A superb war cap of eagle’s feathers, fetishes, Moorish
+charms, &amp;c. Moorish caps, silk dresses, purses, bags, &amp;c.
+made of monkey skin. Fans, with ivory handles, made of tiger skin,
+and decorated with silk. New umbrellas made in fantastical shapes,
+gold swords and figures of animals, birds, beasts, and fishes of
+the same metal; his drums, and various instruments of music, were
+covered with tiger skin, with red belts for hanging them. Ivory
+arrows and bows, covered with silk and skins, and many other
+weapons of war or fancy, such as the mind in a like situation would
+devise. Apokoo was anxious that I should come and see him when out,
+but from the noise, I judged that they were too turbulent for me to
+venture without a chance of being insulted.</p>
+
+<p>Saturday 15. Again annoyed by the people wishing for drink.
+Apokoo called with his retinue to thank me; for the Governor had
+given his people a flask of Jamaica rum. He had got three
+days<span class="pagenum" id="Page_396">[396]</span> to play, as he
+called it, and was sorry that he had not seen me. I told him I had
+very seldom been out, except when there was no noise, as the people
+were so unruly in the evening.</p>
+
+<p>Monday 17. In the afternoon Apokoo sent a message, saying he was
+come to the door of the house to play and shew me his gold, hoping
+I would come out. I went and found a Moorish carpet spread, at one
+end of which I was seated under an umbrella, while Apokoo and his
+wives, children, and captains danced by turns before me. Some of
+his young wives were dressed with great taste, a rich silk cloth
+with a bag made of fine fur, slung over the shoulder, studded with
+gold ornaments: on the left shoulder they held a pistol, and in the
+right hand a silver bow and arrow. During the dance, if Apokoo was
+pleased with them he took the bow and hung it on some of the
+ornaments, when she retired from the dance; this was a strong mark
+of approbation, if I may judge from the applause that followed: to
+some he gave a little gold. Several times he took from their necks
+various ornaments which he placed on my knees and over my left
+shoulder; this was the greatest mark of honour he could shew me;
+and his band played a tune in praise of England, and of our
+abilities in settling differences. Many of the captains sent him
+presents of gold and rum. I gave him a large flask of wine, which
+he said pleased him more than all the others, as it would shew the
+people I thought him a good man.</p>
+
+<p>Thursday 20. The Moorish caboceer of Alphia called to day,
+requesting I would allow him to bring his brother and nephew who
+had arrived, as they wished to see me: on receiving my permission
+he sent for them, and as they immediately made their appearance,
+they must have been waiting at the door. I shewed them a compass,
+sand-glass, quadrant, some phosphorus, and several other things; at
+the sight of each they bent their heads to the ground,<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_397">[397]</span> exclaiming “Allahoo Akabir!”
+God is great. I gave the caboceer a wax candle, piece of a perfumed
+soap (which he was going to eat!) a flask of Jamaica rum, and some
+sugar; things he had never seen before: he begged to be allowed to
+touch my hand, and continued calling out Ah! bielane Wasieh! Ah
+Nasara! Ah white visier! Ah Christian. He said he had a sister whom
+he would make me a present of, if I would have her. The caboceer of
+Alphia is brother to the caboceer of Premehinie, east of Ashantee,
+in the Sarem region, and subject to Saï Tootoo; it is 14 days
+journey to Alphia, one day to Brookoom, where the head fetish of
+that country dwells, and one day more to Crumassia and Sodie, a
+range of high hills.</p>
+
+<p>I told him I would buy his horse if he would put a reasonable
+price on it, and would give him a note to get powder, rum, &amp;c.
+at the Cape: he said the Ashantees brought rum to Sarem, but they
+boiled pepper in water and sold it to them; he never tasted such
+good adrue (medicine) as mine.</p>
+
+<p>I have been learning Arabic this last month, principally from
+the Shereef Abraham, who comes from Boussa, where Mungo Park was
+drowned, and he, as he says, was an eye witness to it; his great
+sanctity made the King of Ashantee send for him to pray and make
+sacrifice for the success of the war. The other Moors here look on
+him with an evil eye, because he will not wear fetishes as they do,
+and be present at human sacrifice. This place now presents the
+singular spectacle of a Christian and Mahometan agreeing in two
+particulars, rejecting fetishes, and absenting themselves from
+human sacrifices and other abominations: the rest of the people, of
+whatever country they may be, when the King’s horns announce any
+thing of the kind, strive who will get there first to enjoy the
+agonies of the victims. The Shereef told me to-day, that the reason
+he came so seldom to see me, was, that the<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_398">[398]</span> King had heard he was teaching me the
+Koran, but he wished him not to do so, he did not wish me to know
+how “to call on God;” but, said Abraham, I shall teach you as much
+as I can, that when you go to your own country you may give the
+Moors a good name, for I told the King you knew Arabic before you
+saw me, and we sometimes spake together in that language. He had a
+beautiful copy of the Koran which he intended to leave me, but the
+King had told him he must have it, that when any trouble came he
+might hold it up to God, and beg his mercy and pardon: but he would
+try and get a small one for me.</p>
+
+<p>Saturday 22. This morning a slave belonging to the house master
+swore by the King’s head that he must kill him to-day. A great
+uproar ensued, while they put him in irons, and they got out the
+family stools and sacrificed fowls and sheep, pouring the blood on
+them to propitiate the wrath of the King from the family. The King
+was then told of it, who said as that was his fetish day he could
+not kill a man that day, but to-morrow he would behead him.</p>
+
+<p>It appears he had connection with one of his brother’s wives,
+who, hearing of it, cautioned him from doing so again, or else he
+would tell the King and make him kill him: he was again found with
+the woman, and his brother went to the King to complain. Hearing
+this, and fearing the torture, he swore by the King that he must
+shoot him with eight muskets. The King on being told this, said he
+would put such small shot into the muskets as only to wound him,
+and then he should torture him; hereby fulfilling his own law,
+which he considers sacred.</p>
+
+<p>Sunday 23. About 12 o’clock sent for by the King, whom I found
+scolding his sister for disobedience in one of her slaves. After
+sitting some time talking on indifferent subjects, the King said he
+should go to council, about what he was going to say to me. Shortly
+after he sent one of his sons to say his father was<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_399">[399]</span> going to eat and wash, if I
+would be kind enough to return home. I heard that messengers from
+Elmina had arrived the evening before, and expected to hear of some
+complaint of breaking the law, as they style it: although I could
+not reconcile it with an observation I had made; a pair of razors I
+had presented to the King were invariably sent to me to sharpen, as
+the King wished to shave with them, when any favourable affair was
+to be talked, and that morning they came as usual.</p>
+
+<p>I was again sent for, and the King announced in a formal manner
+his intention of going in person to make war on Adinkara, the King
+of Buntookoo, and wished me to announce it to the Governor. I
+therefore wrote a letter of the King’s dictating, stating this to
+the Governor, and requesting him to give on trust 300 oz. kegs,
+powder, and 300 muskets, and sending to the Governor in Chief six
+periguins of gold, and to the Governor of Annamaboe four periguins,
+to purchase a cloth for him, the handsomest they could find, and
+inviting them to send him a dash and make the town’s people do the
+same, for the prosperity of the war. His Majesty was very lavish in
+his compliments of the generosity of the English, and their great
+riches; he then enquired if I was willing to go to fight, I replied
+certainly, if I could obtain the Governor’s permission, I should
+like it very much: he thanked me very warmly. I heard, on my return
+to the house, that the Dutch General had sent as a present to the
+King 60 oz. kegs powder, and the Elmina people 40, which caused
+this stir.</p>
+
+<p>Monday 24. Sent for again to write the Governor word that the
+King sent down 30 men to be clothed as soldiers, if the Governor
+could spare clothes, one of them to be as captain and one a
+serjeant, with a flag. His Majesty also wished to have arrow root,
+Port wine, sugar, candles, and a few other things for the campaign.
+I was then told to write a letter to the Danish Governor in
+Chief<span class="pagenum" id="Page_400">[400]</span> to the same
+effect, and to ask him for payment of what was due on his note. I
+foresaw this would make an uproar; and on the note being handed to
+me to know what was due on it, when I told the King that nothing
+was on it, he got into the greatest rage I have yet seen him in,
+with the captain who receives the pay. This man had been sent down
+to Accra about three months ago, to receive what pay was due, Mr.
+Bowdich writing to the Danish Governor in Chief to know, for the
+King’s satisfaction, what was sent. On his return, the latter
+stated that the King’s note was paid up to the ensuing Christmas.
+There being a great deficiency between what was stated in the
+letter, and what the captain produced, he charged Mr. Bowdich with
+mis-stating what was in the letter; Quashie Apaintree, the
+linguist, was sworn on the King’s fetish to interpret proper; the
+Ashantee still insisted, and to clear himself, said the book was
+<em>not</em> paid to Christmas. The King and linguists remembered
+this, and when they heard that the note was actually paid to the
+end of the year, every one tried who would be loudest in their
+accusations against him. Apokoo, who is his chief, was loudest
+against him, he said he had used him disrespectfully, and never
+gave him any of the dashes he received; besides he had given the
+lie to an English officer, and at the same time he cheated the
+King; he therefore left him to the mercy of his Majesty. The King
+said he must return him all the gold back he had lent him; and as
+for the fort at Accra, he might take the pay when he pleased. A
+hat, certainly a bad one, was brought in, and the King asked me if
+I thought it worth the price charged for it. I replied I was not a
+judge, as such hats were not sent out for us; but if I were, I must
+positively decline interfering in the King’s affairs with his
+servants. By degrees the King worked himself to such a height of
+passion, that throwing his cloth around him, and hastily rising, he
+ordered the captain’s arrest. The King’s sons seized on him, and he
+stood<span class="pagenum" id="Page_401">[401]</span> appalled, as
+the silver cane fell from his hand. I once thought the King would
+have committed some extravagance, none of the chiefs daring to
+rise; Agay at length arose, and in his energetic manner requested
+that his majesty would recollect I was present. The King ordered
+his sons to go with the captain to his house, and bring him all the
+gold they found; he then withdrew, but I heard him storming in his
+apartments. Shortly after, Odumata’s brother came to say, that the
+chiefs might thank me, as were it not for my sake, every one of
+them would have been turned out of the palace by the slaves. Agay,
+who was the only one who followed the King, came to apologise for
+the abrupt departure of his Majesty: he hoped I would not be
+offended, and requested I would go home and dine, as it was late,
+and the King would send for me soon.</p>
+
+<p>Tuesday 25. The King sent for me to write another letter to the
+Governor, saying he had sent down three pieces of rock gold as a
+pawn for powder; they were the largest I have yet seen, one of them
+weighing about 20 ounces. I gave his Majesty a packet of letters to
+be forwarded to Cape Coast: he rallied me on the size of it, and
+said he supposed I wrote the Governor and Mr. Bowdich every palaver
+in town.</p>
+
+<p>To-day the stool of Alphia was declared in abeyance; the son of
+the caboceer Premehinia having brought a complaint against the
+caboceer of Alphia, who is brother to the former; his sable
+highness came on a beautiful Arabian, of a very small size; at the
+sound of drums and horns he danced and went through various
+evolutions.</p>
+
+<p>Friday 28. To-day the caboceer of Alphia was deposed, and his
+brother the caboceer of Premehinia had the stool attached to his
+other possessions. In the afternoon whilst I was out, the Moorish
+prince, with a large retinue, called to pay me a visit, I found
+one<span class="pagenum" id="Page_402">[402]</span> of his
+attendants sitting at the door with a gold sword, who, on receiving
+permission, went and told him I was come home; shortly after he
+came, and expressed great wonder at all he saw. He said I had too
+many silver spoons, and modestly requested I would give him one or
+two; his attendant who fanned him thought so too, as he attempted
+to steal one, but one of the servants happening to pass, he threw
+it under the table. I wished him to sell me his horse, but he said
+he was too great a man to walk home, and the ground hurt his
+feet.</p>
+
+<p>Sunday 30. The King paid me a long visit, he heard, he said,
+that my horse had died, and had come to see me least I should think
+he forgot me, but he had so much fetish to make, and so many
+palavers to settle, that he had little time. The conversation then
+turned on the travels of Englishmen, and the white men drowned in
+the Quolla (Niger.) I explained to his Majesty the objects of the
+expeditions sent from England to the interior of Africa, and
+expressed how anxious I was to get Mr. Park’s books and papers for
+the King of England; his Majesty promised to aid me in doing so,
+and before he went away, desired me to point out to him what I
+conceived the proper method.</p>
+
+<p>The King then began to talk about my living with him, and if I
+liked to do so; he said I was like a king, and wished his people to
+treat me with respect, and every one run to see me when I went out,
+as they run to see him. I said that some of his people wished to
+accuse me of treason for putting buckles in my shoes at the Adaï
+custom. The King said that none dared do so, but those whom he
+ordered, any other would have their heads cut off: but I was
+different, and he knew Englishmen did what was proper. His majesty
+took his leave with many expressions of personal attention, which,
+whether they were sincere or not, were at least to be received with
+politeness.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_403">[403]</span>Monday, December
+1. One of the King’s nephews came to see me, but was terribly
+afraid to pass the man in irons who swore on the King, least he
+should swear that when the King killed him, he must also kill his
+nephew, which would cost a deal of gold; for such is the sacredness
+of the law, that in that case the King must do it. I had a key of a
+door where I could privately let him out, without passing through
+the courts of the house, by which he gladly made his escape. This
+man has been no small annoyance, as no person of rank will venture
+to call on me, least they should be brought into trouble by his
+swearing on their heads.</p>
+
+<p>Tuesday 2. The King to-day made a present of 10 periguins of
+gold to the Moors in town for their services, and they were to
+divide it themselves. This created no small altercation among them;
+those belonging to the town wished to keep it all, and not give the
+Shereef Abraham any, who came from the banks of the Niger; as the
+King had that morning told him he wished him to accompany him to
+the war, he told them it was of no consequence, as he should not
+accompany the King unless he was looked on with the same degree of
+rank as Baba, as, indeed, he was superior from his knowledge, and
+belonging to Mahomet’s family. On this they gave him three
+periguins, the same that Baba had: all were then pleased with their
+portion except one, called Aboo, who only had 10 ackies; he
+consoled himself by making the usual exclamation, “God is great! he
+never dies, he never sleeps,” and said he left the palaver in his
+hands.</p>
+
+<p>Thursday 4. Apokoo paid me a visit to thank me for some medicine
+I had given him, being sick after his great custom; he enquired if
+I heard that Fantee messengers were come to this place, I said no,
+but I expected them soon to take the King’s fetish, as he wished
+them to do so, previous to his going to war; he then told me that
+the King heard there were some on the path,<span class="pagenum"
+id="Page_404">[404]</span> and could not think what their message
+was; I told him they must either be those the Governor was sending
+up, or Fantees with the King’s tribute; on his going away, he
+requested I would let him out by the door I had the key of, as he
+also was afraid of the man in irons swearing on his life, and was
+glad he could avoid passing him.</p>
+
+<p>Friday 5. This was the coldest morning I have felt since I came
+to Africa, being scarcely able to take breakfast, I was so chilly;
+the thermometer stood at 65°.</p>
+
+<p>I was desired to write a letter to General Daendels, telling him
+the King had lost his notes for the Dutch forts, and requesting him
+to give new ones to Akimpon. The King’s father had conquered the
+Akim chief, who held a note for Dutch Accra; he also conquered the
+King of Adinkara, who had the Elmina note, both of which were given
+up to him; he would not take them both in one note as the General
+wished, but he must have one payable at Elmina and one at Accra.
+When the King weighed out the gold for his messengers expences, he
+weighed 10 ackies for me, which I hoped his Majesty would take
+back, as I did not wish for them, and requested he would not think
+I wished payment for writing a letter for him. My scruples were
+laughed at by them all, and the King said “that white men were very
+singular, as they gave gold or a good dash to any one who did any
+thing for them, yet they would not take any: he wished to do
+something like white men, and when any one did any thing for him he
+gave them something, and he wished me to take this to shew his good
+will.” Odumata, who is the greediest man in Coomassie for gold,
+whispered, if I did not like it, I might send it to him when I got
+home. I did not exactly understand him, or I would have offered it
+to him then with pleasure, to expose his avarice.</p>
+
+<p>The captain who was arrested last week for peculation on
+Danish<span class="pagenum" id="Page_405">[405]</span> Accra,
+appeared in his place to day; he had promised Amanquateä and
+Quatchie Quophie, the two chief captains, a large present if they
+would settle the affair for him, which they did, and he received
+the letters to proceed to the fort as usual.</p>
+
+<p>Apokoo having told the King of the inconvenience arising to any
+chief coming to me, from the culprit in irons being in the way, he
+was removed to a private part of Apokoo’s house, where he could
+annoy no one, till the Adaï custom, when he is to be beheaded, as
+the affair cannot be settled without.</p>
+
+<p>Sunday 7. Several of the Moorish caboceers came to take leave,
+as they were going to-morrow to their own country previous to the
+war, and were to meet the King on the road when he went, and
+consequently would not see me again for some time; on my enquiring
+how long the King was to be absent, they replied, God had told them
+seven months would finish the war; they enquired if I should like
+to see them at Cape Coast, as they should come and see me, to which
+I said I should. After drinking coffee, &amp;c. they took a hurried
+leave, as one of the King’s people came to tell me one of his
+Majesty’s daughters was dead, and shortly after, constant
+discharges of musketry announced the custom. The King in the
+afternoon came to the market place close to the house, to make
+custom with his chiefs. I understood that human sacrifices were to
+be offered, and walked out to avoid the uproar.</p>
+
+<p>On my way I paid a visit to Baba, who was performing ablution;
+he said he was going to prayer, but would soon have done, I told
+him I would sit down till he had finished. Cow hides were spread in
+rows for the worshippers, in the front was a large hide for Baba.
+All having taken off their sandals and prostrated themselves with
+their faces to the east (to Mecca,) the service began by one of
+them chaunting the usual call to prayer; the chorus of Allahoo
+Akaber! (God is great) was well performed by the others.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_406">[406]</span>There was
+something solemn and affecting in it, contrasted with the heavy
+discharges of musketry and shouts of the populace in the distance,
+which proclaimed the bloody sacrifice was begun, while the vultures
+and crows wheeled in mazy circles expecting their usual share of
+the banquet, and the sun shot his last gleams through the heavy
+fogs that encircled the town.</p>
+
+<p>As I went home I passed the headless trunks of two female
+slaves, laying neglected and exposed in the market place, that had
+been sacrificed, one by the King and one by the deceased’s family.
+The vultures were revelling undisturbed amidst the blood.</p>
+
+<p>I happened to-day to throw down a tumbler of wine and water with
+my foot, having placed it on the ground, while the Moorish Shereef
+was with me; he bent his head to Mecca, pronouncing “God is great!”
+and told me it was my good angel who had done so, for who might
+tell but there was poison in the cup to destroy me? he said man had
+always two angels attending him, one on his right hand as his good
+angel, and one on his left as his evil one; whatever good he did
+was prompted by the former, and whatever ill by the latter one. I
+have never found them without a reason for every thing, or a name,
+except to the mother of Moses, whom they say nobody knows on earth;
+the Shereef gravely enquired if I knew the name of Aboobaker’s
+father, I assured him I did not; he told me many of the Moors could
+not tell, but as he was of Mahomet’s family he knew more things,
+and told me it was <em>Kahābata</em>.</p>
+
+<p>I heard from the Sarem Moors that they fight with bows and
+arrows steeped in deadly poison, the least scratch of which is
+instant death. They gather scorpions tails, snakes heads, and the
+poisonous parts of any reptile that affects man; this, with several
+vegetable substances which they would not name, are put in a pot,
+and set over the fire at sun rise; they boil it all day and must
+not eat<span class="pagenum" id="Page_407">[407]</span> or drink,
+but stir it about repeating incantations, and shaking a pair of
+iron castanets, without which, the charm would be incomplete. I saw
+an old hag at this work on the Bantama road, who would not answer
+my question as to what she was doing, but made many wry faces, and
+squint looks, for me to be gone and not spoil her work, and while I
+stood, she stirred, and muttered, and clattered the castanets with
+greater fury.</p>
+
+<p>My attention being anxiously turned towards information
+concerning the Niger and its course, all enquiries end in making
+the Nile its continuation. An old Moor from Jennë told me, unasked,
+that while he was at Askanderee (Alexandria) twenty-six years ago
+he saw a fight at the mouth of the Nile between ships, and one of
+them was blown up in the air with a terrible explosion. This must
+have been the battle fought by Lord Nelson, although there is a
+mistake in the date of seven years; he surely could not invent such
+a story. He states also, that returning to Masser (Grand Cairo) the
+European armies advanced to that place; the first army took every
+thing they wanted and would not pay: but when the second European
+and Turkish army got possession of it, they paid for whatever they
+wanted. All the Moors were ordered to retire to one quarter of the
+city, and not allowed to mix with the soldiers; this agrees with
+Sir Robert Wilson’s account of the Egyptian campaign. I shewed him
+a seal I have, of Pompey’s pillar, which he said he knew; he had
+travelled from Jennë to Masser on a joma (camel) and drew me a map
+of the Quolla and Nile from its source to its emptying itself into
+the sea at Alexandria. There is one thing that disagrees with Mr.
+Park’s account, they call the Niger Quolla at Jennë, Sansanding,
+&amp;c. and describe the Jolliba as falling into the Quolla to the
+east of Timbuctoo. When I told them of the conjectures that the
+great<span class="pagenum" id="Page_408">[408]</span> river of
+Africa emptied itself into a large lake, they laughed at such an
+idea, and reasoned so as to put wiser heads to the blush. “God,”
+say they, “made all rivers to run to the sea, you say that small
+rivers go there: the Quolla is the largest river in the world, and
+why should it not go there also? Was it to lose itself in the lake,
+where could the waters go to?” They describe the Quolla as about
+five miles in breadth, and having a very rocky channel, the banks
+on both sides very high and rugged; in many places, canoes often
+take a day to pass a short distance, from the dangerous whirlpools,
+and sudden squalls: at other places, the stream runs with great
+rapidity.</p>
+
+<p>They think the Mediterranean sea to be circular, without mixing
+with the ocean; seven rivers from Africa turn their course to it,
+but only two reach the shores, of which the Nile is one. The rush
+of the waters of the Nile, when they meet the sea is so great, that
+the waves are driven into the air with great force, and retire like
+waves against a rock. They call the Mediterranean sea Bahare Mall.
+The Red sea, say they, assumes various colours at different
+periods, from seven streams pouring their course into it, red,
+blue, yellow, &amp;c. Hence they call it Majumaal Bahare, or the
+confluence of streams. They are very fond of mystical numbers, and
+often quote seven. The lake Caudie they call Bahare Nohoo, or the
+water of Noah, from the tradition that the deluge broke out from
+thence. They describe it as encompassed with rocks, within which is
+a bed of sand, and then the water. This we may allow to be a little
+fanciful, as I have seen a map of the earth drawn by Baba, where
+the world is supposed to be round, and encompassed with a rocky
+girdle, the sea is supposed to flow between this and the earth,
+which is placed in the centre. They are not singular in this idea;
+as all rude nations form the same notions of the globe:<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_409">[409]</span> but though we reject, with
+reason, their foolish notions of many things, it would be no great
+sign of wisdom to refuse every information from them.</p>
+
+<p>Man is a reasoning animal, and enquires into the nature of
+things in a rude, as well as in a civilised state; and if he cannot
+give a just, will at least give a plausible reason for many
+things.</p>
+
+<p>The Moors say “That the noise people hear, when they stop their
+ears with their hands, is the rolling of the waters of libation in
+paradise, where Mahomet purifies all those he saves from hell,
+before they enter into the state of the blessed. It is for this
+reason they perform ablution before they pray; the fire burning
+other parts of their bodies, while their face, hands, feet, &amp;c.
+remained untouched, hence Mahomet when he looks for them, knows
+them from Jews, Christians, &amp;c. They have also a sentence
+written on their foreheads, “Hooalie Jahanamoo naataka raboo
+baskafaatee Mahomada roosoola lahee sallee allahoo alahe
+wasalame.”</p>
+
+<p>Inoculation for the small pox is practised in the Moorish
+countries; they take the matter, and puncture the patient in seven
+places, both on the arms and legs. The sickness continues but a few
+days, and rarely any person dies of it. It is also done in
+Ashantee. Seven is their mystical number.</p>
+
+<p>Monday, December 8. To day the King killed a man on account of
+his daughter who died yesterday, and to be out of the way, I called
+on Odumata, whom I found well charged with palm wine: his usual
+discourse of the greatness of the King and the manner of the
+Ashantees fighting took up his time: he said that when white men
+wished to fight, they sent a book to the other party, telling them
+they would meet them on such a day, but the Ashantees took their
+enemies by surprise, which shortened their wars. I told him he had
+repeated the same story about fifty times in two
+months,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_410">[410]</span> and wished
+to know if the English did so at Annamaboe, where fifteen white men
+killed thousands of Ashantees; this put him on the fidget, as I
+knew it would, and he said that it was on him the English fired
+first, and he fought them without the King’s leave, who was angry
+when he heard that they had returned the fire of the fort; I told
+him it was a fine excuse to cover their defeat. He enquired if I
+thought they could not have taken the fort? I told him if they
+could have done it they would. He said, if the King says we must do
+any thing, we must do it. I asked him, if the King told them to
+pull down the moon, if they could do it? He then got up from his
+chair and began to manoeuvre how he and Apokoo were to have made a
+breach in Annamaboe fort, to the no small enjoyment of several of
+his wives, captains, and slaves, who were present; they were to
+have burned the gates, and with axes to have cut through the walls.
+He said they had Dutch and Danish flags, which they had taken from
+forts; why, I enquired, did they not show the English trophies?
+They had none, he said: and the King had told them, that were he to
+kill white men from England, he might as well kill all the cocks in
+the kingdom; the one told the hour, and when to rise in the
+morning; the other brought them good things from England, and
+learned them sense; besides, if any of their slaves did ill, they
+told them they would sell them to the whites, which made them
+better. I told him black men had the eyes of a thief, the paws of a
+tiger, and the belly of a hog, for they were never satisfied; he
+said I was right, for they were now going to war, and would take
+whatever they could find; he thought 30,000 Ashantees would be
+killed, but that was nothing. He then locked up his wives because I
+put evil in their heads, by saying that Englishmen allowed every
+one a husband. I then took my leave.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_411">[411]</span>Monday 15. Baba,
+the chief of the Moors, having told me that a Moor was going to
+Jennë, I took the opportunity of writing a letter to two Europeans
+who reside there, and, I suppose, belonged to Mungo Park’s
+expedition, seven soldiers being unaccounted for, who were in good
+health when they were separated from Mr. Park. There are also two
+white men at Timbuctoo, who have been there several years. The
+Moors are confident that the letter will reach them, which is much
+to be desired, as some information may be obtained of that
+celebrated traveller. Baba came, and the old Moor with him, to whom
+I delivered the letter; he received it from Baba with much
+ceremony, and to induce him to forward an answer, I promised him a
+suitable reward<a id="FNanchor_125"></a><a href="#Footnote_125"
+class="fnanchor">[125]</a>. The whole of the Moors came in a body
+with drums, muskets, horns, and all the attendant pomp of chiefs;
+they had just taken leave of the King, and came to do the same to
+me. Having remained about<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_412">[412]</span> half an hour, and drank some wine, they set
+out for their journey with noisy clamour.</p>
+
+<p>Sunday 21. Apokoo called and told me he was going to morrow,
+with the King, to the camp, on the Barramang path, to make fetish,
+and would return on Wednesday: he seemed to expect that I would say
+I would go also; but as the King had not sent to me, I did not
+express any wish. A boy brought some milk covered up, and he lifted
+the lid to look what it was, some of it touched his fingers, and he
+sent for water, herbs, and different things to purify his fingers;
+he said he would give me a present if I would give over drinking
+milk: I told him if he sent me an ounce of gold daily, I would not
+do it; he cursed the milk, and the boy for bringing it. Thus many
+of them are so particular, they will not stay where eggs are,
+another shuns a fowl, one hates beef, and many mutter a charm if
+they meet a pig. The Moorish Shereef discovered a piece of pork one
+day in the boy’s room, and made such a noise, that I thought one
+had struck him, nor would he cease till I ordered it away.</p>
+
+<p>Monday 22. The King, and almost all the captains, set out early
+this morning, with great bustle for the camp, many sent their
+compliments previous to going.</p>
+
+<p>Wednesday 24. The King and all the people returned in the
+evening, and went to the upper market place; where the King seeing
+me at the door, ordered them to pass down the street to the palace,
+the chiefs all saluting as they passed. The King, who was the only
+one that did not walk, made his people halt, and held out his hand
+to me, which I took, and bade him welcome to his capital; he
+enquired if I was well, and after he passed, he looked round with a
+smile and shook his finger at me: I suppose because I did not
+follow him to the camp. His Majesty afterwards sent his
+compliments, as did several of the chiefs.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_413">[413]</span>Thursday 25.
+This being Christmas day, I displayed the flag, and paid every
+attention to it that I possibly could; many of the chiefs hearing
+of it, sent their compliments, expecting a present, but of course
+were disappointed.</p>
+
+<p>Friday 24. Baba called, and began an oration about Sam Brue,
+hinting that he should like if I could get Brue, the slave trader,
+back to Cape Coast. He was my good friend, I was his friend, the
+Governor was my friend, Brue was his friend, and a long genealogy
+fit to puzzle a Scottish or Welch family herald. I told him no
+person must interfere in such affairs. He had that morning received
+from Brue, powder, guns, and cloth for slaves he had sent down; he
+brought me a piece of the cloth to shew me, it was very coarse with
+large red figures on it. I told him when he washed it, he would
+need to take his staff and put on his sandals to hunt after the
+colours; he told me he had found that out; for he had washed a
+piece, and he could not tell what colour it was. He then began a
+dissertation on the <em>good</em> the slave trade did them, and
+what changes he had seen since he came here; he thought God
+intended to change the power of white men, and give it to the
+blacks and Moors. I told him he was going to make Mahomet a liar,
+as the Alkoran told them that the whites were to have sovereign
+dominion to the end, because of Noah’s sons’ behaviour to him when
+drunk; and if God was inclined to hide his face from white men,
+because of any ill they did, I did not think he would transfer it
+to Africans for any good they had done; he said I was right, and
+when they thought wrong the Christians could put them right. Seeing
+a Prayer Book on the table, he enquired if that was “Lingeel,” the
+name they give the New Testament; I replied it was the form of
+worshipping God in English Churches; he wished me to read a little
+of it to him, as he had heard that white men prayed to God so—and
+muttered in a form, it must be allowed, too often
+resorted<span class="pagenum" id="Page_414">[414]</span> to by lazy
+clergymen. They conceive to worship God in any other way than
+chaunting or singing is absurd. I have had more than once to sing
+(if I may presume to call it so) from the psalms of David, and
+chaunt the responses of the service, to convince them that there is
+something more than mere muttering in prayer, were it properly
+performed, besides describing the organ used in churches to assist
+the harmony. They have often asked me about the high priest at
+Rome, and whether or not we had any thing shaped out that we called
+god. I told them the English abhorred all representations of the
+Eternal, and that nothing was adequate to represent him. They are
+very tenacious on this point, and as scrupulous as any Protestant
+may wish, conceiving it an inexcusable crime to have any thing of
+the kind. They have many times enquired if we offer any sacrifice
+to God. I told them that our Scriptures do not allow the shedding
+of blood of any kind; the last great expiation of the Christians
+being performed by Jesus when he died on the cross, in
+commemoration of which, the offering of bread and wine formed the
+sacrifice. Neither did we pour out libations<a id=
+"FNanchor_126"></a><a href="#Footnote_126" class=
+"fnanchor">[126]</a> before drinking, because any thing poured
+forth before drinking, or victuals set apart before eating, is an
+offering to devils.</p>
+
+<p>The Shereef Abraham coming in with one or two more, I enquired
+about Solomon’s Al Genii, and whether or not they knew any thing of
+free masonry. I had questioned them several times before, and knew
+none of them were free masons; they now told me that there was such
+a sect in Arabia, and conceived them to be magicians, as they
+controlled the spirits of air. They were much astonished to hear
+that I was one, and eagerly enquired if I knew about Solomon’s
+seal, the building of the temple, and other matters, which
+universal belief endows free masons with,—matters, I
+told<span class="pagenum" id="Page_415">[415]</span> them, I might
+not speak of. They told me they knew we kept some of our genii on a
+floating island in the sea; if any ships came near it, the genii
+were instructed to laugh at them, and the island disappeared; with
+other such stories. One of the boys told them I had a stuff
+(phosphorus) which they supposed gave me such power; they wished to
+see it, and laughed at first at the idea of any thing in water
+producing fire, or that I could confine that element and dare to
+keep it in a trunk; I put it to the proof, by burning a piece of
+cloth, paper, and mat, and told them if they were not satisfied
+they might have some on their skins, but they did not choose it,
+and called out in wonder, “Houa Kahina iakul naroo malekaneran,”
+“he is a magician and eats fire, he is the King of fire;” be it
+remembered that this last appellation is peculiar to the devil. The
+Shereef after thinking some time, enquired if that stuff was not
+made from the bones of genii? I told him bones were in the
+composition. He wished to know if we killed genii and took their
+bones, I told him blood was never shed in England but for great
+crimes; true, he said, but none could see <em>us</em> do so. I told
+him there was an eye that never sleeps, at which he bent his head,
+pronouncing “God is great.” The Moors then held a conversation in
+Arabic, by which they settled that I must be in the secrets of
+Solomon, and the Shereef Abraham related one of the Arabian tales,
+by which Balkes or Bilkis, Queen of Sheba, is made out to be the
+child carried away by the dog in one of the stories of that work.
+Balkis, according to them, adored the sun, and Solomon made her
+turn and worship God; he commanded the genii to transport her
+palace from her own country to Jerusalem, and the three palaces he
+built for her in Arabia Felix had gold mixed with the mortar with
+which they were formed. They wished to know if I could move a
+house? I told them, such was the mystery attached to our concerns,
+that it was difficult to answer them; any thing<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_416">[416]</span> not concerned with masonry, I
+might answer; this, they said, was what the people in their country
+said. Abraham said he was sure the Arabian magicians made use of
+bones from genii to make fire and control them. It would be a
+curious circumstance to know that phosphorus, and inoculation,
+existed in Arabia in the days of its splendour, and continue now;
+as they are considered as two of the most eminent among modern
+European discoveries. After they were gone, I called on Odumata,
+whom I found all talk as usual. He said he knew I wished to take
+some of the King’s sons to Cape Coast for education, but the
+captains had represented to his Majesty, that they did not wish it.
+If the King wanted gold, and they had it, they would give it him;
+and were always ready when he called them, to receive his foot on
+their necks, and swear to do whatever he wished them, or never to
+return. The reason he gave, was, that they were afraid of being
+discovered when they cheated the King, which they made no secret of
+avowing, and having their heads cut off. I told him he did not like
+a white man to live here then; yes, he said, they all liked that;
+but he was sufficient to settle all palavers between the King and
+the English, without any of the King’s people knowing English. He
+began to boast of the many wives and children he had, more than
+Englishmen. I told him there was a possibility of an Englishman
+knowing his father; but no black man could tell his; they were all
+slaves, and rendered incapable of inheriting their father’s
+property; none of his children need to thank him, he neither could
+give them any thing while alive, nor leave them any thing when
+dead, and many of them kept wives, while their slaves enjoyed them.
+He said I spoke very true, but that I could not show keys with him;
+he produced two large bunches, and I offered him an ounce of gold
+if he would shew me a lock for each key; he evaded this: I took
+them in my hand, and found many of them broken, and<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_417">[417]</span> various articles of lead and
+iron to make the bunches large; his people, and some chiefs that
+were with him, enjoyed his perplexity, if I might judge from their
+chuckling.</p>
+
+<p>Several of the King’s brother’s slaves appeared in pursuit of
+two of their fellows, flogging them with whips; one of the culprits
+bounding over every obstacle, threw himself at Odumata’s feet,
+which saved him from their flogging; the man who had charge of him
+appeared, and in a long and animated harangue, with many gestures,
+stated the trouble he had had from the runaway, and concluded by
+swearing, the man must be given up to him in the morning to go and
+work. It is customary for slaves, when they fall under their
+master’s displeasure, to take shelter in some other chief’s house,
+who tries to get them excused.</p>
+
+<p>Saturday 27. The King sent for me, to give me letters which had
+arrived; and on my opening them, two small packages of gold tumbled
+out. The King asked, if they were for me or him. I enquired if he
+expected gold from any one at Cape Coast, he said, no. I told him,
+it was unlikely gold would be sent to any one but me. The King,
+turning to his captains, said the Governor was a good man, sending
+me gold whenever I asked for it, and I eat a great deal of gold. I
+told him, I never wished a present of gold from any one; what I got
+was my pay, as Englishmen did not give gold to one another. He
+intended returning his messengers on Tuesday, as he said, two of
+them having come up in English uniforms, as the Governor was to fit
+out thirty at the King’s request. His Majesty wished me to taste a
+bottle of tincture of rhubarb the Governor had sent him; I did so,
+lest he should think there was something bad in it. I had then to
+taste some tincture of cinnamon he had received some time ago; I
+swallowed them with great distaste, as I had felt very unwell the
+preceding day, and that<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_418">[418]</span> morning, and had taken medicine just before
+the King sent, and not eaten any breakfast.</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon Apokoo called; he had heard Adoo Bradie had
+been on board a ship, and that 400 flags were hoisted to receive
+him;<a id="FNanchor_127"></a><a href="#Footnote_127" class=
+"fnanchor">[127]</a> that was the reason, he said, they did nor
+wish any of the King’s people to learn to read and write, they
+became white men, and saw so many fine things, they never thought
+of returning to Ashantee. I told him if it was disagreeable, it
+would be given over. Every one was pleased, he said, to think any
+Ashantee great man was well used at Cape Coast; but it turned their
+heads, not being accustomed to it. The King would give Adoo Bradie
+fetish when he came back, and if he told the King lies, the fetish
+would catch him, and where would be the good? The English would
+have all their trouble for nothing.</p>
+
+<p>His Majesty, some years ago, took one of Apokoo’s daughters to
+wife; she is now one of the finest women in Coomassie, and must
+have been a great beauty. It was discovered by the chief eunuch
+that she had intrigued with one of the attendants. It was told the
+King that one of his wives had proved false; “let her die
+instantly,” said he in a rage; the slave whispered him “it is
+Apokoo’s child.” He rose in silence, and went to the harem, and the
+culprit being sent for, the King turned his head away, while he
+folded his cloth around him, and lifting the curtain to let her
+pass, he exclaimed “go, you are free! your father was my
+father,<a id="FNanchor_128"></a><a href="#Footnote_128" class=
+"fnanchor">[128]</a> he is my friend, and for his sake, I forget
+you; when you find any man good enough for you, let me know and I
+will give him gold.” Her father has not allowed her to marry
+again.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_419">[419]</span>When any public
+execution, or sacrifice, is to take place, the ivory horns of the
+King proclaim at the palace door, “wow! wow! wow!” “death! death,
+death, death!” and, as they cut off their heads, the bands play a
+peculiar strain, till the operation is finished.</p>
+
+<p>The greatest human sacrifice that has been made in Coomassie
+during my residence, took place on the eve of the Adaï custom early
+in January. I had a mysterious intimation of it two days before,
+from a quarter not to be named. My servants being ordered out of
+the way, I was thus addressed, “Christian, take care and watch over
+your family; the angel of death has drawn his sword, and will
+strike on the neck of many Ashantees; when the drum is struck, on
+Adaï eve, it will be the death signal of many. Shun the King if you
+can, but fear not.” When the time came to strike the drum, I was
+sitting thinking on the horrors of the approaching night, and was
+rather startled at a summons to attend the King. This is the manner
+he always takes to cut off any captain or person of rank; they are
+sent for to talk a palaver, and the moment they enter, the slaves
+lay hold of them, and pinion them, and throw them down; if they are
+thought desperate characters, a knife is thrust through their mouth
+to keep them from swearing the death of any other, when they are
+charged with their crime, real or supposed, and put to death or
+torture.</p>
+
+<p>Whilst I was with the King, the officers, whose duty it is to
+attend at sacrifices, and are in the confidence of the King, came
+in with their knives, &amp;c. and a message was sent to one chief
+to say, that the King was going to his mother’s house to talk a
+palaver, and shortly after his Majesty rose, and proceeded thither,
+ordering the attendants to conduct me out by another door.</p>
+
+<p>This sacrifice was in consequence of the King
+imagining,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_420">[420]</span> that if
+he washed the bones of his mother and sisters, who died while he
+was on the throne, it would propitiate the fetish, and make the war
+successful. Their bones, were therefore taken from their coffins,
+and bathed in rum and water with great ceremony; after being wiped
+with silks, they were rolled in gold dust, and wrapped in strings
+of rock gold, aggry beads, and other things of the most costly
+nature. Those who had done any thing to displease the King, were
+then sent for in succession, and immolated as they entered, “that
+their blood might water the graves.” The whole of the night, the
+King’s executioners traversed the streets, and dragged every one
+they found to the palace, where they were put in irons: but (which
+is often the case) some one had disclosed the secret, and almost
+every one had fled, and the King was disappointed of most of his
+distinguished victims. Next morning being Adaï custom, which
+generally brought an immense crowd to the city, every place was
+silent and forlorn; nothing could be found in the market, and his
+Majesty proceeded to the morning sacrifice of sheep, &amp;c.
+attended only by his confidents, and the members of his own family.
+When I appeared at the usual time, he seemed pleased at my
+confidence, and remarked that I observed how few captains were
+present. He appeared agitated and fatigued, and sat a very short
+time.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as it was dark, the human sacrifices were renewed, and,
+during the night, the bones of the royal deceased were removed to
+the sacred tomb at Bantama, to be deposited along with the remains
+of those who had sat on the throne. The procession was splendid,
+but not numerous, the chiefs and attendants being dressed in the
+war costume, with a musket, and preceded by torches; the sacred
+stools, and all the ornaments used on great occasions, were carried
+with them; the victims, with their hands tied behind them, and in
+chains, preceded the bones, whilst at intervals, the songs
+of<span class="pagenum" id="Page_421">[421]</span> death and
+victory proved their wish to begin the war. The procession returned
+about three P.M. on Monday, when the King took his seat in the
+market place with his small band, and “death! death! death!” was
+echoed by his horns. He sat with a silver goblet of palm wine in
+his hand, and when they cut off any head, imitated a dancing motion
+in his chair; a little before dark, he finished his terrors for
+that day, by retiring to the palace, and soon after, the chiefs
+came from their concealment, and paraded the streets, rejoicing
+that they had escaped death, although a few days might put them in
+the same fear. I had been attacked by a violent fit of ague in the
+morning, from having stood so long in the sun the day before while
+with the King, it being unusually hot. I dared not send out my
+people to procure any thing, least they should be murdered, and in
+fact there was nothing in the market to be had: there was not even
+a drop of water in the house. The sacrifice was continued till the
+next Adaï custom, seventeen days.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftp2c12">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_125"></a><a href="#FNanchor_125"><span class=
+"label">[125]</span></a>“Mr. Wm. Hutchison, British Resident at
+Coomassie, the capital of Ashantee, hearing there are two Europeans
+at Jennë, takes the opportunity of a Moor returning to that place,
+to write to them. It is earnestly requested, that some information
+will be sent to Cape Coast Castle, whether or not, those, to whom
+this is addressed, belonged to the expedition of Captain Mungo
+Park, or by what means they reached Jennë. As no certain accounts
+have reached England of the fate of that gentleman and his
+companions, any particulars will be interesting; also, whether or
+not the Niger is the river known here by the name of Quolla,
+Joliba, or any other appellation unknown in Europe. Also, its
+course, and the opinions among the natives as to its termination,
+with the names of any towns or countries it may run through. It is
+also reported that there are two white men at Timbuctoo: should it
+be possible to render any assistance to either, it will be done
+from Cape Coast Castle on accounts being received of the certainty
+of their situation; and the means which may be found to make the
+Europeans on the Quolla revisit their native country: in the mean
+time, any information will be anxiously expected, as to the fate of
+their companions; and whether they have heard of an English
+expedition, lately arrived at the Niger. Two notices in English and
+Arabic accompany this, offering a reward for information.</p>
+
+<p>December 9th.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_126"></a><a href="#FNanchor_126"><span class=
+"label">[126]</span></a>I have observed some of the Moors who have
+been a long time in Ashantee pour forth a little of any thing
+before drinking. It may be remarked, that all the worshippers of
+the fetish do this, and also set apart some of their victuals
+before they eat.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_127"></a><a href="#FNanchor_127"><span class=
+"label">[127]</span></a>The signals happened to be drying on board
+H.M.S. Cherub, Captain Wills, then lying in the roads of Cape
+Coast.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_128"></a><a href="#FNanchor_128"><span class=
+"label">[128]</span></a>It will be remembered, that the present
+King carried an elephant’s tail before Apokoo, until he
+unexpectedly succeeded to the stool.—See <a href="#Page_295">page
+295.</a></p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_422">[422]</span><a id=
+"p2c13"></a><span class="letter-spaced01">CHAPTER</span> XIII.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8 spaced3">
+
+<p class="sch1"><em>Sketch of Gaboon, and its Interior.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="dcap"><span class="sc">The</span> River Gabon, or Gaboon,
+as the English pronounce it, is placed by some, N. 30’, E. 8° 42’,
+by others, on the equator and E. 9° 23’: the former longitude is
+certainly the more correct; judging from three reckonings of the
+vessel in which I visited it; unfortunately, I had not the
+requisites for an observation. The former latitude also, is,
+doubtless, the correct one of Cape Clara; for an observation, taken
+as we were beating in by Round Corner, gave 23’ N.; and another,
+taken about 35 miles up the river, 15’ N. From Cape Clara (which is
+not ‘very high land,’) to Sandy point, being an oblique line, may
+be about 25 miles, but the direct width of the mouth of the river,
+cannot be more than 18. From 22 to 25 miles up the river, lay
+Parrot and Konig islands, called by the natives Embenee and Dambee;
+the former (on which ships have been hauled to careen) 1¾ miles in
+circumference and uninhabited, the latter considerably larger, and
+having a village on the hill. The natives mentioned the ruins of a
+Portuguese fort there. Konig island is not more than a mile from
+Rodney’s or Oweëndo point, where there is a large bight; which,
+with the one opposite, within Eghirrighee point, makes the width of
+the river nearly thirty miles in this part. From these points it
+seems to form an inner basin, the greatest width of which, just
+above Goombena creek, is about twelve miles, judging from shots;
+for<span class="pagenum" id="Page_423">[423]</span> the work of the
+ship being heavy whilst in the river, and the crew suffering from
+the climate, (the first mate and carpenter dying,) no assistance
+could be spared for a survey. There are several large creeks in the
+river, Goöngway is the most so, and Goombena the second.</p>
+
+<p>These names, being, of themselves, as uninteresting as the list
+of bearings would be, I shall reserve both the one and the other,
+with the outline of the river adjusted to them, for the Portfolio
+of the African Association; and also two or three sketches of the
+different parts of the river, not worth publishing, but, possibly,
+useful for the introduction of more accurate observers.<a id=
+"FNanchor_129"></a><a href="#Footnote_129" class=
+"fnanchor">[129]</a></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_424">[424]</span>About forty-five
+miles from the mouth, the river forms two arms. The one runs north
+eastwards, by a point called Ohlombompole by the natives of Gaboon,
+and Gongoloba by the Shekans or interior people; the entrance is
+about four miles wide. The other, runs apparently S.S.E. by a point
+called Quawkaw, and Quanlie by the two nations, and is about two
+miles broad. It was an inconsiderate observation of Mr. Maxwell’s,
+“If the Niger has a sensible outlet, I have no doubt of its proving
+the Congo, knowing all the rivers between Cape Palmas and Cape
+Lopez to be inadequate to the purpose.” The Volta may be thought
+so, but the Lagos certainly cannot, nor the Danger, or Gaboon; and,
+surely, the rivers del Rey, and Formoso are not; which are thus
+noticed, within a few pages of Mr. Maxwell’s observation, by the
+judicious Editor of Mr. Park’s last mission, “The Rio del Rey and
+the Formoso, are stated to be of considerable size, being each of
+them seven or eight miles broad at the mouth; and the supposed
+Delta, estimated by the line of coast, is much larger than that of
+the Ganges: consequently, the two streams, if united, must form a
+river of prodigious magnitude.”</p>
+
+<p>There being little prospect of the ship completing her cargo
+(red wood and ebony) within two months, I determined to divert such
+a tædium under an insalubrious climate, by investigating and
+compiling the interior geography, as far as I could from the
+reports of the slaves, and traders. The most enterprising of the
+latter, and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_425">[425]</span> the
+greatest travellers in the interior, living on board the vessel
+during her loading, I conversed with them constantly, as they spoke
+good English; and I went on shore twice, passing a night the latter
+time, to Naängo or George’s Town, two miles up the romantic creek
+of Abaäga, about forty-five miles from the mouth of the river. I
+found the Governor (so his title was interpreted) a very hospitable
+and intelligent native, and speaking good English. He had travelled
+much in the interior, when young, was still very inquisitive for
+particulars, and produced me a troop of slaves for questioning,
+which furnished a native of almost every country I could hear of. I
+saw two young negroes, the sons of native rulers, who spoke and
+wrote French fluently. The one had been sent to that country for
+education, and the other in his voyage to England for the same
+purpose, was taken and carried to France, and generously educated
+and maintained by the owner of the privateer.<a id=
+"FNanchor_130"></a><a href="#Footnote_130" class=
+"fnanchor">[130]</a> Each remained in France upwards of eight years
+before they were sent back to Gaboon, and professed to be very
+anxious to return to it, depicting the native habits not only as
+uncongenial, but disgusting to them. The Congo hypothesis, the
+primary stimulus to my enquiries, making geographical particulars
+the most desirable, I will defer those on other subjects, and
+submit the compilation of seven weeks investigation and inquiry
+under the above advantageous circumstances.</p>
+
+<p>The native name of the country of Gaboon, is Empoöngwa; it dos
+not extend above the branching of the river, or more than forty
+miles in length; and is about thirty in breadth, including the
+river, which they call Aroöngo. We will pursue the north-eastern
+arm first. There is a sand-bank in the middle of the
+entrance,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_426">[426]</span> and three
+small islands, Soombëä, Ningahinga, and Ompoöngee, are just beyond
+it, where the water becomes fresh. About two miles further, is a
+larger island called Cheēndue, inhabited, and the women of which
+are constantly employed in fishing for white mullet, being
+abundant. They dress them with a kind of chocolate, which I shall
+notice presently. Several large trees grow out of the water, one,
+eminently high, is directly in the middle of the river; they are
+called Intinga, or the iron tree. The eastern banks of this arm are
+inhabited by the Sheekans, who, with all the nations of the
+interior, are called Boolas by the Gaboons, a term synonymous with
+Dunko in Ashantee. Adjoining Sheekan are the Jomays, who speak a
+dialect of the same language. The Sheekans bury their dead within
+the house, under their beds. The Gaboons prohibit these people from
+visiting the coast, lest they should deprive them of their profits,
+as the medium between the interior and shipping, whether for slaves
+or manufactures.</p>
+
+<p>The Sheekans, like their neighbours, only reckon from 1 to 5,
+conjoining these numerals afterwards, as Mr. Park has shewn the
+Feloops and the Jaloffs to do.</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t426">
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Ilwawtoe</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Ibba</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Bittach</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Binnay</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Bittah</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Ducoom</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Twenty</td>
+<td>Eboomebba</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hundred</td>
+<td>Kama</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>The source of the north-eastern arm is unknown, it probably
+flows from the River Danger, called by the natives Moöhnda, which
+flows very far from the interior; and, though not so wide, is
+considerably deeper than the Aroöngo or Gabon. There is a creek
+passing Quaw Ben’s town in the River Gabon, which runs
+inland,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_427">[427]</span> within a
+short distance of the Moöhnda, so that traders proceeding so far by
+it, carry their canoes over the interval to that river. The Nokos,
+Apooks, and Komebays, inhabit the lower space between the Rivers
+Gaboon and Danger.</p>
+
+<p>Having pulled up the N.E. arm for two days and nights, they
+land, leaving the river about one mile broad; and after two
+journies, (skirting Sheekan,) reach Samashialee, the capital of the
+country of Kaylee, (sometimes called Kalay,) and the residence of
+the King Ohmbay. Samashialee, is described as a considerable town,
+and Asāko, as the second to it; their houses are all of bamboo. The
+Kaylees manufacture iron from the ore, which abounds every where in
+this part of Africa; but they are very careful not to let the coast
+people see them do so, as knives, spears, mats, and bamboo cloth,
+are their articles of barter with them, for brass rods, cottons,
+and other European commodities. I procured some of the knives and
+spear heads, of their own iron. The bamboo-cloth has the appearance
+of coarse brown Holland. Their mats are very fine, and much varied
+in colors and patterns. It is remarkable, that the latter do not
+partake at all of their own wild character, but are of that chaste,
+simple outline which would be called elegant by civilized nations.
+These people are cannibals, not only eating their prisoners but
+their dead, whose bodies are bid for directly the breath is out of
+them. A father has frequently been seen to eat his own child. Fowls
+abound in their country, but they never eat them, nor will they
+goats, which are equally numerous, whilst human flesh is to be had.
+Salt fetches an enormous price. The people of Gaboon would be
+afraid to venture amongst them, even as traders, but for their
+musquets, and a strong body of Sheekans, always engaged to
+accompany them. Their country is mountainous and woody. There are
+people inhabiting a mountain close to the north-eastward of Kalay,
+who are said to<span class="pagenum" id="Page_428">[428]</span> see
+best in the night time, when they travel and work, sleeping most of
+the day, because the light hurts their eyes, which are remarkably
+brilliant. Ivory is plentiful. The Kaylee seems to be a dialect of
+the Sheekan.</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t428a">
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Woto</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Ibba</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Battach</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Binnay</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Bittan</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Duëoom</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>Northward of Kaylee, two journies, is Imbekee, adjoining the
+Moöhnda or Danger. One moon distant, in the same direction, passing
+through the countries, Beesoo (three journies from Imbeekee) Aösa,
+and Hetan, are the larger kingdoms of Badayhee, and Oongoomo; the
+King of the latter is Enjukayamoo, and the capital Mattadee,
+described as a very large town. The numerals assimilate to those of
+Kaylee.</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t428b">
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Woötta</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Beeba</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Bittach</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Binnay</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Bitten</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>Travelling (still northward,) through the small states of
+Oondamee and Bolaykee, in six journies they reach the extensive
+countries of Paämway, and Shaybee, which adjoin each other; and on
+their northern frontier is Bayhee, through which kingdom the River
+Wola or Wole flows; the largest river they had ever seen or heard
+of, and running eastward. My friend the Governor, always impressed
+on me, that this was the largest river in the world, and ran, to
+use his own words, “farther than any one, except God, knows,
+farther than Indee; all the great rivers in this country come from
+Wole.” The Moöhnda, he had always understood in the long course of
+his enquiries, to flow from it; but he could not speak
+so<span class="pagenum" id="Page_429">[429]</span> positively of
+that, as of the junction of the Ogooawai and the Wole, as he had
+himself been to a considerable distance up the Ogooawai, which,
+returning to Gaboon, we shall proceed to. All the nations on this
+route were said to be cannibals, the Paämways not so voraciously so
+as the others, because they cultivate a breed of large dogs for
+their eating; this seems the favourite meat in most parts of
+Africa.</p>
+
+<p>Those who travel eastward, pull for a day and a half up the
+right hand or south-eastern arm of the Gaboon or Aroöngo, which arm
+is formed by the junction of several small streams, about sixty
+miles from its confluence with the north-eastern arm. Landing about
+thirty-five miles up it, two and a half journies are occupied in
+travelling over an uninhabited country, described as savannah, and
+called Woongawoonga; it is entirely open, and buffaloes are
+numerous. Here they reach the Ogooäwai, a rapid river, frequently
+as wide, and, generally, considerably deeper than the Gaboon; and
+which, as we shall presently see, runs to the Congo, of itself
+insignificant. One day up the Ogoöawai, is the small kingdom of
+Adjoomba, consisting but of four towns. One journey beyond, on the
+Ogooäwai, and north-eastward, is Gaelwa, a kingdom of more
+importance, its length three journies. The King’s name is Roiela,
+and the capital, a considerable town, Inkanjee: Goondemsie is
+second to it. Adjoining Gaelwa is Eninga, where the river widens
+considerably; this country is larger than Adjoomba, very populous,
+and composed of several small governments. The river winds very
+much; frequently they save time by carrying their canoes over the
+peninsulas; they are also opposed by impetuous currents. Hitherto
+the language is the same as the Empoöngwa or Gaboon. Twenty
+journies from the frontier of Gaelwa and Eninga, through the small
+state of Okota, is the kingdom of Asheera; and ten beyond it, that
+of Okandee,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_430">[430]</span> the
+greatest they know. The King’s name is Adoomoo, the capital
+extensive, and kept particularly clean: their law forbids any
+native of Okandee to be sold as a slave. None of the nations on the
+Ogooäwai are cannibals. On the eastern confines of Okandee this
+river is described to join or flow from the Wōla. The countries
+between the Moöhnda and Ogooäwai, are called Sappalah,
+Koomakaimalong, and Okaykay, and described as vast extents of
+savannah. Deeha was spoken of as a large country in the
+neighbourhood of the Wōla. I could not make these interior natives,
+or the people of Gaboon, understand what I meant by a Moor; there
+are none but pagan negroes throughout. The slaves recently arrived
+viewed me with affright; they said none in their country would
+believe there were white men.</p>
+
+<p>I could hear of no great controlling kingdom, like Ashantee, in
+these parts of the interior, nor do I think any such exists
+eastward of Yarriba, or other than numerous small states, as far
+behind Dagwumba and its neighbours in civilization, as they are
+behind Europeans. The name,<a id="FNanchor_131"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_131" class="fnanchor">[131]</a> situation, magnitude,
+and course of the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_431">[431]</span>
+Wōla, leave little doubt of its being the Kulla or Quolla; though I
+am not clear that they said there was a country of the name of the
+river, nor did I recognize the name of any of the countries I had
+before heard of, as being in its neighbourhood. With those on the
+northern banks of this large river they did not profess to be
+acquainted, and those on the southern may be intermediate between
+the Moöhnda and Ogooawai routes, which diverge from Empoöngwa, the
+former northward, the latter north-eastward. Forty journies from
+the Empoöngwa frontier to the Bahr Kulla agree very well with the
+distance. A strong argument, in addition to the above, for the Wōla
+and the Quolla being the same river, (recollecting my description
+of the Paämways, and all the nations on the line of the Moöhnda, as
+cannibals,) is suggested by the reperusal of the following remarks
+of Mr. Horneman, and Mr. Hutchison, already quoted in <a href=
+"#Page_202">page 202</a>: “The Yem Yems, cannibals, are south of
+Kano, ten days,” which agrees very well with the lowered course of
+the Niger, which I have been obliged to lay down. “It is to the
+King of Quallowliffa that the country in which Canna, Dall, and Yum
+Yum, where cannibals are, is subject.” It is true, that the
+character only, and not the names of the nations visited from
+Empoöngwa, can be identified with Mr. Hutchison’s Canna, Dall, and
+Yum Yum; but the Moorish pronunciation, or writing of negro names,
+especially those only known to them by report, is very incorrect
+and capricious. To Mr. Horneman, they were called Yem Yems; to Mr.
+Hutchison, Yum Yums, and sometimes Jum Jums. The names Bapoonoo,
+Okobella, Banginniga, Oonbamba, and Asango, may possibly be
+identified hereafter amongst the countries approximating to the
+Wōla.</p>
+
+<p>We will return to Adjoomba, where the Ogooäwai divides itself;
+the smaller arm called Assazee runs to Cape Lopez, which is in the
+kingdom of Oroöngoo; the monarch, Ogoöla, from his
+power<span class="pagenum" id="Page_432">[432]</span> surpassing
+every other in the neighbourhood of the coast, has acquired the
+name of Pass-all with the traders who speak English. Between
+Oroöngoo and Adjoomba is the kingdom of Oongobai. The King’s name
+is Pendanga, and the numerals are,</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t432">
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Rappeek.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Ramboise.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Mittasee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Binnay.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Bittan.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>Sambal.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Bittooba.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Bissamen.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Bwoi.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Deëoom.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind">An intelligent native of this country had fled to
+Gaboon to avoid execution.</p>
+
+<p>The larger arm of the Ogooäwai, flowing south-eastward, as wide
+as the Gaboon, through the country of Tanyan, (the western frontier
+of which is five journies from that of Adjoomba,) runs into the
+Congo, (which is comparatively small before the confluence,) about
+ten days pull from the mouth of that river. A very intelligent man
+who acts as interpreter or trade man to the vessels which frequent
+the river Gaboon, confirming this account of the slaves and
+traders, I enquired into the circumstances to which he owed his
+knowledge. He is the son of the principal trader in Gaboon, called
+Tom Lawson, who speaks English fluently. Eight years ago, this
+young man, Wondo, went from Gaboon to the Congo, in the Nimble,
+Everett master. After the vessel had traded some time, as high up
+in the river as she might safely venture, the captain sent him and
+three or four other negroes in a boat with goods, to go up as much
+higher as they could. His account was, that they<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_433">[433]</span> passed Evehelee and Cormee,
+when they came to a fall of water upwards of twenty feet high. A
+native, who preceded them in his canoe, directed them to enter a
+small channel to the east, which, by a considerable sweep, avoided
+it, but the natives, he persisted, both pulled their canoes up, and
+let them down this fall, by long fibrous roots twisted into
+cordage, and affixed to the large trees above; frequently, however,
+the most expert were victims to their intrepidity, generally in the
+descent; their canoes were made purposely in the shape of a bow. I
+expressed my doubts, questioned him with seeming indifference, at
+many different times, on this subject, and requested others to do
+the same; his account never varied. He was naturally very cautious
+in what he said, by no means given to the marvellous in recounting
+his travels, but a corrector of that disposition in others. To the
+last moment he persisted in this report. Just beyond this fall is
+the confluence of the Ogooawai and the Congo, which takes place in
+Tanyan.<a id="FNanchor_132"></a><a href="#Footnote_132" class=
+"fnanchor">[132]</a> From<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_434">[434]</span> this point he described the latter as
+gradually dwindling to its source, (not more than six days distant,
+by Encombë and Eveheea,) so that the Congo owed its magnitude and
+rapidity entirely to the Ogooawai.<a id="FNanchor_133"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_133" class="fnanchor">[133]</a> He mentioned a chief
+named Mangoff, to have been a<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_435">[435]</span> principal man in the Congo, and he sung his
+boat chorus as a specimen of the language, “Malava napa, malava
+mabootay, mabootay.” He said, Mangoff lived at Barrima. He spoke of
+a place called Ohlobe, but I omitted to minute the particulars.</p>
+
+<p>The master of a Liverpool ship, laying in Gaboon river, having
+visited the Congo annually for many years, I availed myself of an
+opportunity of conversing with him also. He mentioned Bōma as the
+principal place of trade, but he did not consider it more than
+forty miles up the river; it was so called after a chief, whose son
+has now succeeded him. Binda, a secondary place of trade, he
+reckoned to be ninety miles from the entrance of the river, on the
+north side; but there are so many arms or branches there, that it
+is very difficult to distinguish the Congo itself, which he had
+always understood to terminate soon afterwards.<a id=
+"FNanchor_134"></a><a href="#Footnote_134" class=
+"fnanchor">[134]</a> The houses he<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_436">[436]</span> described as wretched, and transportable,
+so that a trader buying one for a trifle, could have it moved to
+any part of the banks he pleased. Sea horse teeth were to be bought
+plentifully, they buried them with their dead, dedicating them as
+the Ashantees do gold, and generally sticking one erect on the
+grave, as a sort of monument. He spoke very ill of them from his
+own experience; they had frequently attempted to poison the water
+on board his vessel. A few months back they cut off a Portuguese
+vessel, destroyed the crew, and plundered her. I anxiously
+anticipate the perusal of Captain Tuckey’s journal.</p>
+
+<p>Tom Lawson, who has as much, if not more influence than his
+brother the King, says he would provide an escort headed by his son
+Wondo, and guarantee the safety of any exploratory party to the
+river Ogooawai, and five days up it; that is as far as Okota. Two
+hundred pounds laid out in goods, I think, would defray
+the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_437">[437]</span> expenses, and
+presents, en passant, handsomely, and there are many opportunities
+by which two officers might be sent from Cape Coast to Gaboon for
+the purpose, and by way of the islands, return to it. A man of war
+might convey them, and call for them, on her cruise.</p>
+
+<p>Kings are numerous in Gaboon, and scarcely comparable even with
+the petty caboceers of Fantee. The greatest trader, or the richest
+man of almost every small village assumes the title, and frequently
+suffers gross indignities from his subjects, from not having the
+power to punish them. The King of Naängo seems of acknowledged
+superiority, and is comparatively respectable, both in means and
+power; he is known to trading vessels by the name of King George.
+The brother succeeds before the son. The legislative and judicial
+power is vested in the Governor, controlled by the King, who may
+order the death of a man; but, if he assigns no good reason, the
+offensive party is generally allowed to retire elsewhere. All
+children share the property of the father in equal portions, except
+the eldest son, who has about half as much again as any other. If a
+man kills another, he has a public trial; and, if he cannot justify
+the act, which it seems he may in many instances, his own death is
+inevitable. If he kills one of his wives, (his rank is designated
+by the number,) he pays a fine to her family, who, and not the
+husband, are involved in all her palavers. The acknowledged heir to
+a property may bring a palaver against his father, or whoever may
+be possessor of it, for killing a slave unjustly, or otherwise
+injuring the property, and oblige him to make good the injury.</p>
+
+<p>A man may not look at, or converse with his mother-in-law, on
+pain of a heavy, perhaps a ruinous fine; this singular law is
+founded on the tradition of an incest. It is a common custom to
+lend their wives to one another; if a man evades a promise of
+this<span class="pagenum" id="Page_438">[438]</span> kind, the
+Governor awards heavy damages to the plaintiff. If an applicant is
+refused, and is detected in intrigue, the whole of his property is
+forfeited to the husband of the woman, who, if it is not speedily
+delivered, may kill the man, and burn his house. I heard of no law
+so barbarous or disgusting, as this any where in the interior of
+the Gold Coast. They assured me they never made human
+sacrifices.</p>
+
+<p>A man of consequence never drinks before his inferiors, without
+hiding his face from them, believing that at this moment only, his
+enemies have the power of imposing a spell on his faculties, in
+spite of the guardiance of his fetish. When a man dies, the door of
+his house is kept shut seven days. The whiskers of the men, and the
+side locks both of them and the women, hang down in narrow braids,
+sometimes below their shoulders, the ends commonly tipped with
+small beads, and the front locks are generally braided to project
+like horns. The women wear a number of thick brass rings (the trade
+brass rod twisted) round their legs. A woman of consequence has a
+succession of them from the ancle to the knee, which announce her
+approach when walking, and jingle when she dances. The female
+slaves support even the heaviest burdens from a broad band or
+string around the temples. Like other negroes, different families
+have different fetish, some will not eat a cock, nor others a hen.
+I could not discover any distinct ideas of the creation, or of a
+future life. They believe implicitly in the superior fetish of
+individuals from Sappalah and other countries in the interior.</p>
+
+<p>Tom Lawson’s ‘fetish man,’ a native of Sappalah, has so
+thoroughly persuaded his master, by his address and fortuitous
+circumstances in war, that no bullet can injure him, strike him
+where it will, (either rebounding, or penetrating to be thrown from
+the stomach at pleasure) that this old man, who has lived almost
+the whole of his life in European vessels, always presses every
+stranger<span class="pagenum" id="Page_439">[439]</span> to become
+equally convinced by firing at him. His son bribed this man to
+endue him with the same fetish, and eagerly making trial of its
+virtue, received a musket ball, which fractured the small bone of
+his arm. The address of the fetish man accounted for this, to the
+entire satisfaction of every body, by declaring (being the most
+probable crime he could guess in the emergency) that it was at that
+instant revealed to him by the offended fetish, that this young man
+once had a stolen intercourse with his wife at an improper season;
+it was immediately confessed as a truth, and they are as obstinate
+believers as ever.</p>
+
+<p>Naängo consists of one street, wide, regular, and clean. The
+houses are very neatly constructed of bamboo, and afford a ground
+floor of spacious and lofty apartments. They sleep on bedsteads
+encircled with musquito curtains of bamboo cloth. The manners of
+the superiors are very pleasing and hospitable, and a European may
+reside amongst them, not only with safety, but with comfort and
+dignity. I do not think the old and new town contain 500
+inhabitants between them. From the sickness which prevailed on
+board the vessel, the climate must be very insalubrious. The
+density of the atmosphere from exhalation was even more oppressive
+than the heat, which was intense before the setting in of the
+sea-breeze, and at all times sensibly much greater than I had
+experienced on the Gold Coast, or in the interior: there was no
+thermometer on board. The Empoöngwa is the softest negro language I
+have ever heard, being characterized by the duplication of vowels,
+separately pronounced. Their numerals are;</p>
+
+<table class="padded1" id="t439">
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Hemoödee</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Mban</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Ntcharoo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Nahee</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Nchanee</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_440">[440]</span>Six</td>
+<td>Oroöba</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Ragginnoömoo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Ennanakee</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Enogoöm</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Hegoöm</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>They do not possess a single manufacture, depending for all
+their comforts and conveniences on the superior ingenuity of their
+inland neighbours, and the supplies of shipping. They plant but
+handfuls of corn, and rear a few goats and fowls. Cotton grows
+spontaneously. They make a good black dye from the mangrove and
+ebony shavings. They reduce the red wood to a very soft powder, by
+breaking a soft species of stone, and sprinkling the finest
+particles of it on a flat piece of red wood, which they rub
+violently against another flat piece; the mixed powders are then
+thrown into water, and that of the wood floating on the surface is
+strained and dried. They rub children with this powder for
+cutaneous eruptions.</p>
+
+<p>The African Ourang-outan (Pithecus Troglodites) is found here,
+the one I saw was two feet and a half high, but said to be growing.
+I offered a fair price for it, considering they are not rare there,
+and would not give more when I heard of one being already in
+England. The native name is Inchego: it had the cry, visage, and
+action of a very old man, and was obedient to the voice of its
+master; its agony on espying the panther on board was
+inconceivable.<a id="FNanchor_135"></a><a href="#Footnote_135"
+class="fnanchor">[135]</a> There is a curious variety of monkeys.
+The favourite and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_441">[441]</span>
+most extraordinary subject of our conversations on natural history,
+(which I introduce merely to excite enquiry) was the Ingēna,
+compared with an Ourang-outan, but much exceeding it in size, being
+generally five feet high, and four across the shoulders; its paw
+was said to be even more disproportionate than its breadth, and one
+blow of it to be fatal; it is seen commonly by those who travel to
+Kaylee, lurking in the bush to destroy passengers, and feeding
+principally on the wild honey, which abounds. Their death is
+frequently accelerated by the silliness which characterizes most of
+their actions: observing men carry heavy burthens through the
+forest, they tear off the largest branches from the trees, and
+accumulating a weight (sometimes of elephants teeth,)
+disproportionate even to their superior strength, emulously hurry
+with it from one part of the woods to another, with little or no
+cessation, until the fatigue, and the want of rest and nourishment,
+exhausts them. Amongst other of their actions, reported without
+variation by the men, women, and children of Empoöngwa and Sheekan,
+is that of building a house in rude imitation of the natives, and
+sleeping outside or on the roof of it; and also of carrying about
+their infant dead, closely pressed to them, until they drop away in
+putrefaction.<a id="FNanchor_136"></a><a href="#Footnote_136"
+class="fnanchor">[136]</a> The larger birds in the creeks were
+uncommon, if not unknown. Pelicans abounded.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_442">[442]</span>Chamelions were
+plentifully caught, but none lived more than a month on board the
+vessel, whether fed with flies, or not at all. The changes of those
+I watched seemed confined to the shades between a very dark, dusky
+green, and a bright yellow; when placed on any black substance they
+became the former, and when any thing light approached them, they
+changed to a bright green, which hue, if the substance was yellow,
+was interspersed with the most brilliant spots of that colour. I
+could not discern that they ever acquired a tinge of blue or red;
+when at rest in their cage, their color was dark green, mottled
+with still darker spots.</p>
+
+<p>In my rambles about the environs of Naängo, I formed some idea
+of the general face of vegetation in Empoöngwa. Being the rainy
+season, of course it did not possess its usual beauty. The red wood
+trees abounded, with many which were new to me. The Mangroves
+clothed the banks of the creeks and river, even growing some yards
+from the banks in the water, and their lower branches frequently
+covered with oysters. The palm wine tree was plentiful. Like most
+parts of Western Africa, the woods were so covered beneath with
+shrubs and plants, that they seemed impenetrable.<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_443">[443]</span> Immense runners, twisting
+together, dropped from the branches like large cables, generally
+covered with parasites; sometimes adhering to the parent stem, they
+became themselves a tree, and at others, shooting across to the
+branches of neighbouring trees, seemed to connect the forest in a
+general link. The climbing plants contributed to this entanglement,
+for, interlacing their tendrils amongst the trees, they enwreathed
+them in the most beautiful flowers, or dropping in festoons, formed
+a splendid drapery to the sober green of the canopy: amongst these
+the convolvolus cairicus was conspicuous, from its extreme variety,
+the flowers being not only of that beautiful lilac, so much
+esteemed in England, but of the brightest blue, dark brown, pale
+yellow, white, pink, buff with a purple eye, and all the shades
+which an opening flower presents from budding to decay.<a id=
+"FNanchor_137"></a><a href="#Footnote_137" class=
+"fnanchor">[137]</a> I gathered a few specimens of the plants as I
+walked along, which may be acceptable to botanists. I can only
+lament that so many circumstances conspired to render my account of
+them imperfect; the rainy season, my slight knowledge of botany,
+and the absence of all instruments which might have enabled me to
+examine the very minute flowers which frequently presented
+themselves; but I am convinced many new species might be
+discovered. I will submit a few which were remarkable for their
+different virtues, and of which drawings or specimens are
+preserved.</p>
+
+<p>The Cosa Cosa grew upon a tree about ten feet high, the flowers
+in clusters, but rarely two fully blown at the same moment, the
+corolla white, tube shaped, but cleft to the bottom, tinged at the
+top with crimson and yellow; a slightly tinged glutinous petal was
+fixed within<span class="pagenum" id="Page_444">[444]</span> the
+corolla, and adhered firmly to it; when separated, I found the two
+anthera fastened to it, without filaments, and between them laid
+the style, the stigma having a small hook at the back to fasten it
+between the two anthera. The juice is used for curing inflammations
+of the eyes.</p>
+
+<p>The Endaägoo (<i>Cyperas articulatus</i>. <em>Linn.</em>) had
+the appearance of a grass, the bulbous root was used as a worm
+medicine.</p>
+
+<p>The Owallifa was not in blossom, the prickly leaf was applied to
+swellings when they wished to reduce them by bleeding; flogging the
+part affected, as boys frequently do their chilblains with
+holly.</p>
+
+<p>The Edjamba (<em>a species of</em> <i>Urtica</i>) bears a
+multitude of minute green flowers, the leaves wear the appearance
+of nettles, and when laid on the skin produce blisters.</p>
+
+<p>The Eninda Aboönee (<i>Leea sambucina</i>) is an umbelliferous
+plant, the infusion of which is said to correct nausea.</p>
+
+<p>The Oonkoolankolee (<i>Aneilema bracteolata</i>. <em>Br.</em>)
+bears a very delicate lilac blossom, with only two petals, which
+fly back and expose the other parts of the flower; the least breath
+of air will disturb them. The natives wash their children with its
+infusion, if they are backward in walking.</p>
+
+<p>The Econda Boomba (<i>Bidens</i>, probably a new species, but
+too imperfect to be determined) is anti-venereal, as an infusion;
+the flower resembles the chamomile.</p>
+
+<p>The Shewawono bears a spike with leaves resembling those of
+Hedysarum. The decoction is said to cure rheumatism.</p>
+
+<p>The tobacco grows spontaneously, but I do not consider this so
+strong a proof of its being indigenous to Africa, as that it grows
+in Inta. The Portuguese have probably introduced it into
+Gaboon.</p>
+
+<p>The natives here as well as elsewhere have a number of
+fetish<span class="pagenum" id="Page_445">[445]</span> plants; the
+most remarkable seems the Ewelly welly, (the Aserumbdrue of
+Ashantee, a species of Piper related to Umbellatum) the broad leaf
+of which, when rubbed on a fetish man, is said to render him
+invisible.</p>
+
+<p>The Eroga, a favourite but violent medicine, is no doubt a
+fungus, for they describe it as growing on a tree called the
+Ocamboo, when decaying; they burn it first, and take as much as
+would lay on a shilling.</p>
+
+<p>The medicine they most prize is the Neoöndoo; a small quantity
+was spared to me reluctantly. Four nuts grow in a pod on a very
+large tree of the hardest wood; it is purchased greedily, only
+growing on the frontier of Empoöngwa, and is used successfully by
+those afflicted with gravel.</p>
+
+<p>In killing elephants they use two poisons, both of which are the
+milky juices of the stalks of plants. Inquaw indjoo (a plant
+belonging to the natural order <i>Aroidea</i>, and referable to the
+Linnean genus <i>Arum</i>) bears a hard white berry in a spiral
+cluster. The Ygwan agwan berries are red, and in perfection at the
+time that the flowers are budding. These juices are rubbed on the
+muskets balls, spears, arrows, and knives, and the effect on the
+elephant is described as almost instantaneous.</p>
+
+<p>They make bird lime from a tree called Epoowa.</p>
+
+<p>Besides the pine apple, the common thread of Africa, they use
+that of two other plants, the Ezoönee (<i>Triumfitta elliptica</i>,
+<em>Nov. Sp.</em>) and the Naängoo, an <i>Urtica</i>, or genus
+nearly allied to it. The former bears a yellow flower, too minute
+for my inspection. The top of the latter is surmounted by five or
+six delicate flower stalks; the blossoms were exceedingly minute,
+and of a lively green.</p>
+
+<p>The governor of the town brought me two or three very harsh
+rough leaves, which he said were from the plant Egoögoo (a species
+of <i>ficus</i>) not then in blossom; they are used in planing
+wood,<span class="pagenum" id="Page_446">[446]</span> polishing and
+cleaning various articles of household furniture, and feel like
+emery paper. At the same time he gave me what they are very fond of
+chewing, a delicate little mimosa, (<i>Abrus precatorius</i>.
+<em>Linn.</em>) the taste of which resembles liquorice.</p>
+
+<p>A beautiful red pod, the blossom of which was out of season,
+contains small black seeds, in taste exactly resembling the
+cardamom. The natives of this place, and also of the interior, are
+very fond of them. In Booroom the plant is called Booroomma, and at
+Gaboon, Entoöndo.</p>
+
+<p>The Caoutchouc is to be met with here; the natives describe it
+as the product of one tree only,<a id="FNanchor_138"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_138" class="fnanchor">[138]</a> the olamboo; their
+method of collecting it is curious. After the incision is made in
+the tree, whence it oozes like a glutinous milk, they spread it
+over their arms and breasts with a knife, (having first shaved
+themselves, that the hair of the skin may not be torn up when it is
+taken off,) in the form of a plaister. It is either rolled up in
+balls to play with, or stretched over the heads of drums; they do
+not seem to apply it to any other use.</p>
+
+<p>They make their torches from the wood (odjoo) of which they form
+their canoes, the resinous parts are broken in small pieces, and
+tied closely in very long leaves; the smaller end is fixed to
+an<span class="pagenum" id="Page_447">[447]</span> upright stick
+placed in the ground of the apartment; they afford a brilliant
+light, and the resin, when burning, emits a grateful odour.</p>
+
+<p>The Odica, from which they make a kind of chocolate, is a very
+high and large tree, bearing an acuminate shining leaf. The nuts,
+which are white, are contained in a round pod with a bulb at the
+end, twice as large as a man’s fist, green without, and yellow
+within; the parts surrounding the nuts are squeezed into water,
+which they sweeten like honey. The kernels are strung and smoke
+dried, and then beat in water into large masses, having the
+appearance of coarse chocolate, but the flavour of a rank gross
+gravy. It might be more palatable otherwise prepared.</p>
+
+<p>The vegetable butter (which certainly belongs to the natural
+order <i>Sapoteæ</i>) brought to the Ashantee market, is here well
+known by the name of Onoöngoo: it is a large tree, and the nuts are
+enclosed in a round red pod, containing from four to six: the
+flower is also red, from description. My servant, a native of
+Booroom, called the tree Kirrimkoon, and the butter Incoom; the
+Ashantees call the latter Sarradee; in Mallowa the tree is called
+Timkeëä. The nut is first boiled, and the oil or butter afterwards
+expressed; in Booroom and Mallowa it is skimmed from the surface.
+It tasted quite as good as fresh butter before any salt is added,
+and we relished the meat fried in it exceedingly. Being the rainy
+season I could neither get a sight of the flower or the pod of this
+or the odica, but I procured the nuts and produce of both. The
+curious may compare this butter with the specimen of the Ashantee
+grease. Before I understood them to be distinct trees, I concluded
+the odica and the butter both to be the produce of the cacao-nut,
+but the butter answers closely to Mr. Park’s description of the
+shea-tolu, though the tree did not resemble the American oak.</p>
+
+<p>The Kolla nut grows on one of those trees which are
+supposed<span class="pagenum" id="Page_448">[448]</span> to sow
+their own seed; it is round, and the size of an Orleans plum,
+having a very hard shell, the kernel is white, and, after being
+exposed to the sun for a few days, becomes even sweeter than a
+filbert. The natives frequently soak them in salt water for a few
+weeks, and relish the rank flavour they then acquire. They form the
+principal food of the lower orders. They have a round orange
+coloured fruit, called Incheema, the size varies from that of a
+small cocoa nut to a large one; the capsule is very thick, and when
+cut yields a milky juice; a number of hard, dark brown seeds,
+surrounded by a pulp, are found within, the latter only is eaten,
+and when gathered fresh from the tree, is of a very delicious
+flavour, not unlike that of a green gage. If the fruit is suffered
+to fall from the tree, the bruise renders it unwholesome and
+unpalatable.</p>
+
+<p>Every dark night, Tom Lawson was sure to direct me to look in
+the direction of what some foolish Europeans had persuaded him must
+be a diamond mountain. It lays about three days eastward of
+Empoöngwa in direct distance, but from the fear of the intervening
+people, he had been obliged to visit it by a circuitous route,
+which occupied seven days; he lost the pieces he procured, in a
+skirmish on his return; they illuminated a great circumference. It
+is considered a powerful fetish, and described as a very high
+mountain. I must admit, that when there was no moon, a pale but
+distinct light was invariably reflected from a mountain in that
+quarter, and from no other.</p>
+
+<p>The red and yellow ochres brought to me, were dug in the
+neighbourhood of a savannah three journies south-eastward of
+Empoöngwa, where they insisted there were large pits of strata, not
+only of red and yellow, but of other colours. They believe, that if
+a man attempts to carry off different colours at the same time, he
+is paralyzed on the spot. Gold has never been found in this part of
+Africa.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music21">
+<p class="cpmu"><span class="sc">Empoöngwa Song.</span>
+</p>
+<a href="images/music21.jpg"><img src='images/music21.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music22">
+<p class="cpmu"><span class="sc">Empoöngwa Song.</span>
+</p>
+<a href="images/music22.jpg"><img src='images/music22.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw4">
+<figure id="music23">
+<p class="cpmu">Notes sung by the white Negro from Imbeekee.</p>
+<a href="images/music23.jpg"><img src='images/music23.jpg' alt=
+''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_449">[449]</span>The music of
+Empoöngwa is, generally, very inferior to that I have before
+noticed. The enchambee, their only peculiar instrument, resembles
+the mandolino, but has only five strings, made from the root of the
+palm tree; the neck consists of five pieces of bamboo, to which the
+strings are fastened, and, slipping up and down, are easily, but
+not securely tuned; it is played with both hands; the tones are
+sweet, but have little power or variety. Long stories are recited
+to the enchambee in the moon-light evenings, in a sort of
+recitative; a favourite one, is an account of the arts by which the
+Sun gained the ascendancy over the Moon, who were first made of
+coeval power by their common father.</p>
+
+<p>No. 1, (which, I imagine, commences in F major, and ends in G
+major) is an Empoöngwa air played on the enchambee. I do not know
+if the inversion of words is common in their conversation as well
+as in their songs. A native envies a neighbour, named Engaëlla, who
+has ivory to barter with a vessel.</p>
+
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td>Amorill injanja</td>
+<td>Engaëlla;</td>
+<td class="tdc">impoongee</td>
+<td class="tdc">m’adgillinjanja.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>A brass pan he has got</td>
+<td>Engaëlla;</td>
+<td class="tdc">ivory,</td>
+<td class="tdc">I have got none.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind">Here again we find <em>me</em> answers to the
+personal pronoun I.</p>
+
+<p>No. 2, in G major, is a song in which the men sing the air
+alone, and the women join in the chorus. It is an old one, and the
+subject the first appearance of a white man. One verse will be
+quite enough to satisfy others and exculpate myself. At least half
+a dozen followed it.</p>
+
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">Ma</td>
+<td>bengwoo</td>
+<td class="tdc">ma bengwa</td>
+<td class="tdc">baïa.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>A fine strange</td>
+<td>thing,</td>
+<td class="tdc">A fine strange thing,</td>
+<td class="tdc">my mother.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">Deboonga sai</td>
+<td class="tdc">camberwoona</td>
+<td class="tdc">nayennee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">Like the leaf of the fat tree,<a id=
+"FNanchor_139"></a><a href="#Footnote_139" class=
+"fnanchor">[139]</a></td>
+<td class="tdc">true I say,</td>
+<td class="tdc">so it is.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">Sangwa moochoo,</td>
+<td class="tdc">baïa.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">I make you look to-day,</td>
+<td class="tdc">my mother.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<table>
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_450">[450]</span>Baï
+yamgwan boonoo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="tdc">My mother fears this fetish man.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>My patience during a series of dull Empoöngwa songs, was
+recompensed by the introduction of a performer, as loathsome as his
+music was astonishing. It was a white negro from the interior
+country of Imbeekee; his features betrayed his race, his hair was
+woolly, and of a sandy colour, with thick eye brows of the same;
+his eyes small, bright, and of a dark grey; the light seemed to
+hurt them, and their constant quivering and rolling gave his
+countenance an air of insanity, which was confirmed by the actions
+of his head, and limbs, and the distortions of his mouth. His
+stature was middling, and his limbs very small; his skin was
+dreadfully diseased, and where it was free from sores bore the
+appearance of being thrown on, it hung about him so loose and so
+shrivelled; his voice was hollow, and his laugh loud, interspersed
+with African howls. His harp was formed of wood, except that part
+emitting the sound, which was covered with goat skin, perforated at
+the bottom. The bow to which the eight strings were fixed, was
+considerably curved, and there was no upright; the figure head,
+which was well carved, was placed at the top of the body, the
+strings were twisted round long pegs, which easily turned when they
+wanted tuning, and, being made of the fibrous roots of palm wine
+tree, were very tough and not apt to slip. The tone was full,
+harmonious, and deep. He sat on a low stool, and supporting his
+harp on his knee and shoulder, proceeded to tune it with great
+nicety; his hands seemed to wander amongst the strings until he
+gradually formed a running accompaniment (but with little variety)
+to his extraordinary vociferations. At times, one deep and hollow
+note burst forth and died away; the sounds of the harp became
+broken; presently he looked up, pursuing all the
+actions<span class="pagenum" id="Page_451">[451]</span> of a
+maniac, taking one hand from the strings, to wave it up and down,
+stretching forth one leg and drawing it up again as if convulsed,
+lowering the harp on to the other foot, and tossing it up and down.
+Whilst the one hand continued playing, he rung forth a peal which
+vibrated on the ear long after it had ceased; he was silent; the
+running accompaniment served again as a prelude to a loud
+recitative, uttered with the greatest volubility, and ending with
+one word, with which he ascended and descended, far beyond the
+extent of his harp, with the most beautiful precision. Sometimes he
+became more collected, and a mournful air succeeded the recitative,
+though without the least connection, and he would again burst out
+with the whole force of his powerful voice in the notes of the
+Hallelujah of Handel. To meet with this chorus in the wilds of
+Africa, and from such a being, had an effect I can scarcely
+describe, and I was lost in astonishment at the coincidence. There
+could not be a stronger proof of the nature of Handel, or the
+powers of the negro.</p>
+
+<p>I naturally enquired if this man was in his senses, and the
+reply was, that he was always rational but when he played, when he
+invariably used the same gestures, and evinced the same
+incoherency. The accompanying notes were caught whilst he was
+singing; to do more than set them down in their respective lengths,
+was impossible, and every notation must be far inadequate.</p>
+
+<p>As regards the words, there was such a rhapsody of recitative,
+of mournful, impetuous, and exhilarated air, wandering through the
+life of man, throughout the animal and vegetable kingdom for its
+subjects, without period, without connection, so transient, abrupt,
+and allegorical, that the Governor of the town could translate a
+line but occasionally, and I was too much possessed by the music,
+and the alternate rapture and phrenzy of the performer, to minute
+the half which he communicated. I can only submit the
+fragments<span class="pagenum" id="Page_452">[452]</span> of a
+melancholy and a descriptive part.</p>
+
+<p>Burst of a man led to execution,</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp2">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">Yawa yawa wo wo oh</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Yawa waï yawa</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">What have I done? what have I done?</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p>Bewailing the loss of his mother,</p>
+
+<div class="linegrp-container">
+<div class="linegrp2">
+<div class="group">
+<div class="line indent0">Yawa gooba shangawelladi yaisa</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Wo na boo, &amp;c.</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">My mother dies; who’ll cry for me
+now</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">When I die? &amp;c.</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Pahmbolee gwoongee yayoo, &amp;c.</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Which path shall I seek my love?</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">Hark! I know now,</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">I hear her snap the dry sticks,</div>
+
+<div class="line indent0">To speak, to call to me.</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p>Jiggledy jiggledy, jiggledy, too too tee too, often invaded or
+broke off a mournful strain; it was said to be an imitation of the
+note of a bird, described as the wood-pecker.</p>
+
+<p>Three Portuguese, one French, and two large Spanish ships,
+visited the river for slaves during our stay, and the master of a
+Liverpool vessel assured me that he had fallen in with 22 between
+Gaboon and the Congo. Their grand rendezvous is Mayumba. The
+Portuguese of St. Thomas’s and Prince’s islands send small schooner
+boats to Gaboon for slaves, which are kept after they are
+transported this short distance, until the coast is clear for
+shipping them to America. A third large Spanish ship, well armed,
+entered the river the night before we quitted it, and hurried our
+exit, for one of that character was committing piracy in the
+neighbouring rivers. Having suffered from falling into their hands
+before, I felicitated myself on the escape. We were afterwards
+chased and boarded by a Spanish armed schooner, with three hundred
+slaves on board; they only desired provisions.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftp2c13">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_129"></a><a href="#FNanchor_129"><span class=
+"label">[129]</span></a>I believe no instructions for entering the
+River Gabon are in print, the following were compiled from the
+log-book of the Lord Mulgrave, which has been laden in the river
+the three successive years she has been chartered as a store-ship
+by the African Committee, and beat into it this time. When standing
+for the river, from the southward, it is best to give Round Corner
+a good birth, as a shoal or sand-bank runs off between that and
+Sandy point, and also in case of being becalmed, as the ground is
+foul and bad for anchoring. A channel goes in by Sandy point, but
+it is rarely used but by small vessels. Leave Round Corner about
+three leagues, and stand over for Cape Clara until you have the
+river well open, then steer for a bluff point about two miles
+inside of the Cape, where you will find from eight to ten fathom
+water. You may stand in, till you are about two miles from the
+above point, and then steer up the river, keeping the north shore
+aboard, and steering for the highest land you see, which lies above
+Quaw Ben’s town. In mid-channel, you will find nine fathoms, until
+you bring Sandy point on a line with Cape Clara bearing S.S.E. You
+are then in the narrowest part of the channel, which is not more
+than two or three miles wide, and your greatest soundings will be
+six fathoms. When you are well inside these bearings you may haul
+off from the shore at your leisure, and steer for Parrot Island.
+When athwart of Quaw Ben’s town, and about five miles off shore,
+you will find twelve and thirteen fathoms. In standing up from Quaw
+Ben’s, give Prince Glass’s town a good birth, as a shoal runs off
+to some distance, your soundings will be from seven to nine
+fathoms; you may anchor on any part of the north side, without
+danger. Between Konig and Parrot Islands, is very good anchorage in
+seven fathoms, and a soft, muddy, bottom; thence to Abraham’s town,
+you will have from seven to four fathoms at low water; and small
+vessels may go a considerable way up the river, for there are three
+fathoms at Naängoo or George-Town creek, about forty-five miles up
+the river. If you are turning into the river, when you are within
+the Cape, stand no further off than into five fathoms, for as you
+close the middle ground, the soundings are very irregular; you may
+have five fathoms; and, before the next cast, the ship may be
+ashore. The widest part of the channel, is not more than about 5½
+miles, until you are nearly athwart of Quaw Ben’s town, when you
+may stand over to the south side, as you are then inside the bank.
+There is a very good watering-place at Rodney’s point. Ships
+unacquainted, may anchor off the Cape and wait for the sea breeze,
+which generally sets in before noon.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_130"></a><a href="#FNanchor_130"><span class=
+"label">[130]</span></a>I am sorry to say those whom their parents
+have been persuaded to entrust to English vessels for the same
+purpose, have invariably been sold as slaves, in violation of every
+assurance; an infamy of which the French have never been guilty in
+a single instance.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_131"></a><a href="#FNanchor_131"><span class=
+"label">[131]</span></a>Wōla is probably the Empoöngwa corruption
+of the original name Quolla or Kulla, for, presuming that name to
+be given to it in the Mallowa or Houssa country,<a id=
+"FNanchor_a-131"></a><a href="#Footnote_a-131" class=
+"fnanchor">[a]</a> to denote its being a branch or arm of the great
+river, dividing into it and the Gambaroo after leaving the lake
+Dibbir, (Kulla being <em>child</em> in the Mallowa,) it doubtless
+retains the same name in the country known at Gaboon; not only
+because Mr. Brown first reported the river Kulla (<em>Bahr
+Kulla</em>) and the kingdom (<em>Dar Kulla</em>) to be situated
+thereabouts, but because from the following observation of Mr.
+Hutchison’s, received since I wrote my geographical chapter, it
+appears, that the language of the kingdom which bears the name of
+the river, is at least a dialect of the Mallowa language. “I send
+you the numerals of Quolla liffa, as given me by the servant boy I
+have got lately, who comes from that country, which is near the
+cannibals:” see <a href="#Page_505">Appendix,</a> Language.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="subft">
+<p><a id="Footnote_a-131"></a><a href=
+"#FNanchor_a-131"><span class="label">[a]</span></a>The Jennë Moors
+however called it Quolla, which inclined me at first to derive its
+name from <em>Killi</em>, the numeral <em>one</em> in the Bambarra,
+as if to denote it the first or greatest river; as Yahndi, the name
+of the capital of Dagwumba, implies its pre-eminence;
+<em>Yahndi</em> being <em>one</em> in the language of the
+country.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_132"></a><a href="#FNanchor_132"><span class=
+"label">[132]</span></a>“The information received here (at
+Mavoonda) of the upward course of the river, was more distinct than
+any we have yet had; all the persons we spoke to agreeing that
+after ten days in a canoe, we should come to a large sandy island,
+which makes <em>two channels, one to the north west, and the other
+to the north east; that in the latter there is a fall, but that
+canoes are easily got above it</em>; that twenty days above the
+island, the river issues by many small streams from a great marsh
+or lake of mud.” Captain Tuckey’s Narrative. In a map, “Regna Congo
+et Angola,” in Dapper’s Description de l’Afrique, 1686, a large arm
+is laid down, about two hundred and fifty miles up the Zaire,
+running to or coming from the north-east. As this book is scarcely
+known, there being but one copy in England, it may be interesting
+to the reader to see a description of the Congo and its source,
+according to the geographical opinions, a century and a half ago,
+for 1686 is the date of the translation from the German. Refer
+first to my copy of a part of one of the many maps in Dapper’s
+work, <a href="#map2">p. 211.</a> Au midi de cette riviere (Niger)
+est le Zaire, ou la grande riviere de Congo qui prend sa source de
+trois lacs, au sentiment de Pigaser. Le premier se nomme Zambre
+d’où procede le Nil, le second Zaire d’où sortent les rivieres de
+Lelunde et de Coanze, et le troisiême est un lac formé par le Nil.
+Mais le principal est le Zambre qui est comme le centre d’où les
+fleuves de nord le Nil, au levant Cuama et Coavo, au midi Zeila et
+Manice ou Manhessen, et au couchant la riviere de Zaire, qui par
+divers bras arrose toute la partie occidentale de l’Afrique, situé
+au delà de la ligne, les royaumes de Congo, d’Angola, de
+Monomatapa, de Matamam, de Bagamadiri et d’Agasymba jusqu’au cap de
+bonne-esperance; pendant que le Nil, Cuama, Coavo, Zeila, et Manice
+traversent l’Abyssinie et tous les pais qui sont entre la mer-Rouge
+et Cuama. L’embouchure de Zaire est à cinq degrez quarante minutes
+de latitude Meridionale. Elle a trois milles de large et se
+décharge dans l’ocean avec tant d’impetuosité, que l’impression
+qu’elle donne à la marée, dont elle rend le cours ouëst-nord-ouëst
+et nord-ouëst au nord se ressent en pleine mer, à douze milles de
+la côte. Quand on a perdu la terre de vue, on découvre une eau
+noire, de la verdure, des cannes et des roseaux qui ressemblent à
+de petites îles, et que la violence de la marée entraine après soi
+du haut des ecœuils. De sorte qu’à moins d’un vent d’arrière il est
+fort difficile de resister au courant et d’aller jetter l’ancre
+dans la rade de Cabo Padron. On ne sauroit remonter ce fleuve plus
+de vint ou vint cinq lieues au-dessus de son embouchure, à cause
+des cascades qui sont au milieu de son lit et qui s’élancent du
+haut des rochers avec tant de bruit qu’on l’entend à deux ou trois
+lieues de là. Plusieurs ruisseaux se déchargent ou sortent de ce
+fleuve et arrosent le pais: ce qui est fort commode pour les
+marchands et les habitans qui peuvent aller commodément d’un
+village à l’autre sur des canots. Les peuples qui demeurent le long
+de ces ruisseaux sont des gens de petite taille.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_133"></a><a href="#FNanchor_133"><span class=
+"label">[133]</span></a>The following, which Baron Humboldt
+sketched before me, (and which is only laid down in Walker’s Map of
+the World on the globular projection) is a more extraordinary
+concatenation of rivers; considering the opposite courses of the
+Orinoco and Amazon when connected by the Casiquaire, which is more
+curiously situated than the south eastern branch of the Ogooawai,
+flowing, through Tanyan, into the Zaire.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter iw6">
+<figure id="map4"><a href="images/map4.jpg"><img src=
+'images/map4.jpg' alt=''></a>
+</figure>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_134"></a><a href="#FNanchor_134"><span class=
+"label">[134]</span></a>“Captain Tuckey could only learn that the
+paramount Sovereign was named Blindy N’Congo, and resided at a
+banza named Congo, which was six days journey, in the interior from
+the ‘Tall Trees,’ where, by the account of the negroes, the
+Portuguese had an establishment, and where there were soldiers and
+white women. This place is no doubt the St. Salvador of the
+Portuguese. The following is the description in Dapper: La province
+de Pembo est la plus considerable de tout le royaume dont elle
+contient la ville capitale, et forme comme le centre. Cette ville
+porte le nom de banza chez les Ethiopiens, les Portugais la nomment
+présentement S. Salvador, et Marmol l’appelloit Ambas Congo. Elle
+est presque au milieu de la province, située sur une roche fort
+haute, <em>à 76 lieues de France ou 150 milles de la mer</em>, au
+sud-est de la riviere de Zaire, et ombragée de Palmiers, de
+Tamarins, de Bacoves, de Colas, de Limoniers et d’Orangers. Le
+côtau sur lequel elle est bâtie est si haut, que de dessus son
+sommet on porte la vue aussi loin qu’elle se peut étendre, sans
+qu’aucune montagne l’arrête. Il n’y a point de murailles autour de
+cette ville, si ce n’est d’un côté de devers le Midi, que le
+premier roi chrétien donna aux Portugais pour les mettre à couvert
+des insultes. Il fit aussi fermer de murailles son palais et toutes
+les maisons royales qui sont aux environs, laissant une place vuide
+où l’on bâtit ensuite un palais et un cimétiere. La cime de la
+montagne est occupé par des maisons baties fort près l’une de
+l’autre: les personnes de qualité en possedent la plus grande
+partie, et sont des enceintes de bâtimens qui ressemblent à une
+petite ville. Les habitations des personnes du commun sont rangées
+de file, en diverses rues, elles sont assez grandes, mais les
+murailles ne sont que de paille; excepté quelques unes que les
+Portugais ont faites, dont les murs sont de brique & le toit de
+chaume. Le palais du roi est aussi grand qu’une ville ordinaire; il
+est fermé de quatre murailles, celle qui regarde sur le quartier
+des Portugais est de chaux & de pierre, les autres ne sont que de
+paille, mais travaillée fort proprement. Les murailles des sales &
+des chambres sont orneés de tapisseries de paille nattées avec
+beaucoup d’art. Dans l’enceinte interieure du Palais, il y a des
+jardins & des vergers embellis de berceaux & de pavilions fort
+beaux pour le pais, quoiqu’au fond ce ne soit pas grande chose. Il
+y a dix ou douze Eglises, la Cathedrale, sept chapelles dans la
+ville & trois Eglises dans le chateau du Prince. Il y a aussi un
+couvent de Jesuites, où trois ou quatre de ces Peres sent tous le
+jours le Catechisme au peuple, & des écoles où l’on enseigne le
+Latin & le Portugais. Il y a deux fontaines, l’une dans la rue de
+St. Jaques & l’autre dans une cour du Palais, qui fournissent
+abondance d’eau fraiche, sans qu’on se donne la peine de refaire
+les aqueducs ou de les entretenir. Outre cela il y a un bras de la
+riviere Lelunde, qu’on nomme Vese, qui sort au pié de la montagne,
+au Levant de la ville; son eau est fort bonne, le peuple en va
+puiser, & elle sert à arroser & rendre fertiles les campagnes
+d’alentour. On y a des pourceaux & des chevres; mais peu de moutons
+& boeufs; on les renferme la nuit dans des parcs qui sont dans la
+ville près des maisons.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_135"></a><a href="#FNanchor_135"><span class=
+"label">[135]</span></a>This panther or leopard, was sent to the
+Governor-in-Chief by the King of Ashantee, and was so perfectly
+tame as never to be tied up, but strolled at liberty through the
+apartments, playing with the servants and children. It was
+presented to the Duchess of York, and died at Exeter ’Change, a
+short time after it landed, of an inflammation on the lungs. The
+extraordinary playfulness and good humour of the animal, and the
+preservation of its health and tameness during a four months
+voyage, (during the colder part of which he banquetted sumptuously
+on dead parrots) made the loss very mortifying.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_136"></a><a href="#FNanchor_136"><span class=
+"label">[136]</span></a>The description the natives give of this
+animal agrees extraordinarily with that of the Quoja Morrou in
+Dapper.</p>
+
+<p>Les Quojas Morrou, dont on a parlé dans le royaume de Quoja,
+naissent dans le royaume d’Angola. Comme cet animal tient beaucoup
+de l’homme, bien des gens ont cru qu’il étoit issu d’un homme &
+d’un singe, mais les Negres même rejettent cette opinion. Il y a
+trente ou quarante ans qu’on apporta en Hollande un de ses animaux,
+dont on fit present à son Altesse le Prince Frederic Henri. Il
+étoit de la grandeur d’un enfant de trois ans, <em>mais il avoit
+bien le double d’épais, étant d’une taille carreé</em>, fort
+vigoureux & agile: <em>car il levoit des choses fort pesantes & les
+portoit d’un lieu en un autre</em>. Le devant de son corps étoit
+nud, mais le dos étoit couvert de poil noir. Sa face avoit quelque
+chose d’humain, mais son nez étoit plat & retroussé. Ses oreilles,
+son sein, et ses mamelles, ses coudes ses mains, le bas de son
+ventre & ses parties naturelles, ses jambes & ses pieds
+resembloient parfaitement à ceux d’une femme, parce que c’étoit un
+animal femelle. <em>Il se tenoit debout & marchoit souvent tout
+droit; il buvoit fort proprement, portant, d’une main le pot à la
+bouche et le soutenant de l’autre; il se couchoit de même, mettoit
+sa tête sur un chevet, ajustoit la couverture sur son corps, & à le
+voir ainsi étendu on l’auroit pris pour un homme</em>. Aussi les
+Negres rapportent-ils des choses prodigieuses de cet animal; ils
+assurent qu’il force des femmes & des filles, <em>& qu’il ose s’en
+prendre à des hommes armez</em>. Et selon toutes les apparences
+c’est là ce Satyre si celebre chez les Anciens, dont Pline & les
+poëtes ont tant parlé par oui-dire & sur des rapports
+incertains.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_137"></a><a href="#FNanchor_137"><span class=
+"label">[137]</span></a>“Les Botanistes remarquent même très
+fréquemment ces accidens de couleurs dans les plantes venues en
+lieux agrestes. Je n’en citerai qu’un exemple entre mille. Sur les
+rives sauvages du Volga et du Samara, Pallas a trouvé l’<i>Anemone
+patens</i> chargé de périanthes tantôt bleus, tantôt blancs, tantôt
+jaunes.”—Mirbel 1ère partie, p. 264.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_138"></a><a href="#FNanchor_138"><span class=
+"label">[138]</span></a>“India rubber is obtained from the milky
+juice of different plants in hot countries. The chief of these are,
+the Jatropha elastica and Urceola elastica. The juice is applied in
+successive coatings on a mould of clay, and dried by the fire or in
+the sun, and when of a sufficient thickness the mould is crushed
+and the pieces shaken out.” Nicholson.</p>
+
+<p>“It has been discovered that caoutchouc is not exclusively the
+produce of the Heven caoutchouc, but that it is furnished by
+several other plants. We know it to be obtained in large quantities
+from the Jatropha elastica of South America, and Dr. Roxburgh has
+given us a description of an Indian plant (Urceola elastica) which
+affords a juice that when thickened has all the properties of the
+caoutchouc. We moreover know that the milky exudations of the Jack
+tree (Artocarpus integrifolia) the Banyan tree (Ficus Indica) and
+also that of the Arasum tree (Ficus religiosa) possess nearly
+similar qualities.” Ainslie’s Materia Medica of Hindoostan.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_139"></a><a href="#FNanchor_139"><span class=
+"label">[139]</span></a>The vegetable butter.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_453">[453]</span><a id=
+"p2c14"></a><span class="letter-spaced01">CHAPTER</span> XIV.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8 spaced3">
+
+<p class="sch1"><em>Suggestions for future Missions to the Interior
+of Africa.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="dcap">A <span class="sc">mission</span> to Dagwumba is of
+the first importance. See Geography, <a href="#Page_178">p.
+178.</a> The commercial genius and opulence of its people, their
+disinclination and inaptitude to war, their superior civilization,
+and the numerous caravans which frequent this emporium, from the
+most remote parts of the interior, make a treaty of intercourse
+most desirable, both for commerce and science. But it is more
+imperiously desirable, or rather this enterprise becomes a duty,
+from the recollection, that, from this King’s proverbial repute for
+sanctity, if he were persuaded by the deliberate remonstrance of a
+British Resident, at least to mitigate, if not ultimately to
+abolish human sacrifices, his example would naturally be followed
+by the several neighbouring monarchs who make him their oracle.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Hutchison’s courage, his love of enterprise, and his
+interest in intellectual pursuit, to say nothing of a feeling
+towards myself, which I cannot but be proud of, would, I am sure,
+lead him to anticipate my wishes and strengthen my hopes of
+success, by having him again as a companion; and his diary must
+have proved, though very imperfectly, compared with a personal
+acquaintance with him, how well he is qualified for an appointment,
+so important<span class="pagenum" id="Page_454">[454]</span> to the
+interests of commerce, science, and humanity, by his discretion,
+zeal, and benevolence.<a id="FNanchor_140"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_140" class="fnanchor">[140]</a></p>
+
+<p>A third officer (and a zealous and able successor to Mr. Tedlie
+has presented himself) should accompany this mission, to proceed
+under the King of Dagwumba’s guarantee and recommendation, which is
+omnipotent to the Niger, to Wauwaw (on the banks of that river
+where Mr. Park was buried; for no plea could be less suspicious,
+than the King of England’s natural anxiety to send an officer to
+the Sultan of Wauwaw, to learn the particulars of Mr. Park’s death,
+and to enquire for his papers, especially as a Moorish emissary
+passing through Yahndi, was instructed to do so, directly we heard
+of the circumstance in Ashantee. The officer alluded to (who is a
+medical man, well acquainted with natural history, and an accurate
+draftsman) should be content with a sight of the Niger, and remain
+at Wauwaw collecting and observing, until an exchange of letters
+with Cape Coast, through the Resident at Yahndi<a id=
+"FNanchor_141"></a><a href="#Footnote_141" class=
+"fnanchor">[141]</a>; when it would be seen how far it might be
+prudent, (having replaced him at Wauwaw) to allow him to proceed to
+Cassina, Houssa, or Timbuctoo; that is, if the Sultan of Wauwaw
+would guarantee his safety, under the same promise of reward
+previously held out to the King of Dagwumba.</p>
+
+<p>No moment could be more auspicious than the present for this
+enterprise to Dagwumba, since the King of Ashantee’s absence and
+perplexity in the Gaman war bars his molestation or hindrance;
+though I have no expectation that he would offer either, were he at
+liberty, or aware of the occasion: see <a href="#Page_342">page
+342.</a></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_455">[455]</span>If the trade of
+Dagwumba be so extensive as was invariably reported to us (and to
+Mr. Lucas at Mesurata on the Mediterranean) it might then become
+desirable to establish a British market up the Volta; but this is
+an after consideration. Geographical circumstances are much more in
+favour of a mission to Dagwumba than they were in that to Ashantee,
+(besides, that there are no irritating political retrospects to be
+debated on arrival,) for the Volta or Adirree is navigable from the
+sea to within eight days march of Yahndi; (see <a href=
+"#Page_176">page 176;</a>) even if we do not calculate on the
+reported junction of the river Laka, which would bring us close to
+Yahndi.</p>
+
+<p>The presents should all be ingenious novelties, rather than
+costly apparel, for they are not only more acceptable and more
+imposing, but, which is very important, much more portable; and
+would require so few carriers, as to diminish the expense of
+conveyance as much as the expense of purchase. The negroes have
+more than anticipated our <em>portable</em> displays of splendour,
+from the pageantry and descriptions of the Moors; and we have had
+the advantage of witnessing what kind of presents made the most
+auspicious impression on the King of Dagwumba’s powerful neighbour,
+which were certainly all of the class of ingenious novelty. I
+should recommend, therefore, a few pieces of tissue and rich silk,
+with gold thread interwoven, to shew that our manufactures can be
+accommodated to their taste; see <a href="#Footnote_105">note page
+331.</a></p>
+
+<p>Pieces of worked muslin.</p>
+
+<p>One piece of ditto, worked with gold thread.</p>
+
+<p>Scotch damask.</p>
+
+<p>Palampours, with gold and silver leaf.</p>
+
+<p>Manchester cottons, of rich pattern.</p>
+
+<p>Red, blue, and yellow broad cloth.</p>
+
+<p>Raw silk, of various colours; see <a href="#Page_331">page
+331.</a></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_456">[456]</span>Of the
+foregoing, only small quantities as presents to the King and
+principal Moors, by way of samples of our manufactures.</p>
+
+<p>Two pair of richly cut glass decanters.</p>
+
+<p>A small silver bowl embossed.</p>
+
+<p>A handsome lamp.</p>
+
+<p>A military saddle and bridle, with pistols, &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>Two musical snuff boxes.</p>
+
+<p>A good bird organ.</p>
+
+<p>Two or three common violins, being the instrument of the
+country.</p>
+
+<p>Pandean pipes.</p>
+
+<p>Cymbals.</p>
+
+<p>Two bugles.</p>
+
+<p>Kaleidescopes.</p>
+
+<p>An inferior gold repeater for the King.</p>
+
+<p>Two or three common silver watches.</p>
+
+<p>A telescope.</p>
+
+<p>Camera obscura.</p>
+
+<p>Magic lantern.</p>
+
+<p>Microscope.</p>
+
+<p>Pocket compasses.</p>
+
+<p>Boxes of phosphorous matches.</p>
+
+<p>Arabic Bibles, and Arabic literature.</p>
+
+<p>Two or three landscapes, in sympathetic ink.</p>
+
+<p>A port-folio of engravings of English costume and public
+buildings, with a set of the drawings of this work.</p>
+
+<p>A copying writing apparatus for the chief Moor.</p>
+
+<p>Wax, seals, pencils, Indian rubber.</p>
+
+<p>Two boxes of water colours.</p>
+
+<p>Drawing and writing paper, and vellum.</p>
+
+<p>Razors, scissors, knives.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_457">[457]</span>A handsome
+double barrelled gun.</p>
+
+<p>Two boxes of carpenters tools.</p>
+
+<p>A small turning lathe.</p>
+
+<p>A small plough.</p>
+
+<p>A made up turban of gold tissue, with a gilt circle for the
+head, set with false stones, for the chief Moor.</p>
+
+<p>A silk union flag.</p>
+
+<p>An air gun.</p>
+
+<p>Candles and perfumed soap.</p>
+
+<p>Bark, and other medicines.</p>
+
+<p>The officers of the mission should be provided with Troughton’s
+pocket sextant, Dollond’s 32 feet telescope, the new barometers,
+&amp;c. &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>The Danes having deserted their fort (Adda) at the mouth of the
+Volta, their government, on being solicited, would surely not only
+not obstruct, but favour so important a scientific enterprise, and
+not compel us to reach the river over land, as we could do, by
+marching through Aquapim and Quaoo. The man of war on the station
+might convey the mission to the mouth of the Volta, and one of her
+boats accompany the canoes (which should be brought from Cape
+Coast) a day or two up the river.</p>
+
+<p>It would be well to be prepared with several impressions of a
+manifesto (in Arabic,) explanatory and impressive of the legitimate
+and benevolent views of the British government, as an introduction
+to the King of Dagwumba, preparatory to our negociation, and also
+to serve the same purpose at Wauwaw, and to circulate through the
+interior. Numerous impressions of the certificates circulated in
+behalf of Major Peddie, should also be circulated, Mr. Ritchie’s
+name being substituted, and the reward for an act of kindness
+acknowledged in a letter from that gentleman, being made payable
+(after an authority from Cape Coast) at either of the<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_458">[458]</span> British Residencies,
+Coomassie, Yahndi, or Dahomey; for as there are many officers to
+spare at Cape Coast, the expressed wish of the latter monarch
+should be immediately gratified, and our intercourse renewed by a
+Residency. See <a href="#Footnote_110">note, p. 340.</a></p>
+
+<p>I think all the objects of the Dagwumba mission could be
+effected in four months; when I should feel impatient to visit the
+river Gaboon, for the purpose of penetrating to the Ogooawai, and
+going as far up it as I might with prudence. See <a href=
+"#Page_436">p. 436.</a> The discovery of so large a river in this
+situation is very important.</p>
+
+<p>Arrangements could probably be made at Eninga or Okota (<a href=
+"#Page_429">p. 429.</a>) for the guarantee of an after mission to
+Asheera: also for one from Gaboon to Kaylee; and, which is most
+important, for the south-eastern navigation (from Adjoomba,
+<a href="#Page_431">p. 431</a>) of the branch of the Ogooawai
+running through Tanyan into the Congo.</p>
+
+<p>But there is another enterprise which should not be forgotten,
+the navigation of the Lagos river to the highest point, (<a href=
+"#Page_224">p. 224</a>) and a visit to Kosie, (<a href=
+"#Page_225">p. 225,</a>) a Residency at which court would doubtless
+lead to a similar establishment in the powerful and commercial
+kingdom of Yarriba. See <a href="#Page_209">p. 209.</a></p>
+
+<p>The Residents at the various courts, who, as I have impressed
+before, should be young men of acquirement, patience, and address,
+should receive occasional instructions from head quarters,
+directing their enquiries and observations to the geographical and
+scientific desiderata, more peculiarly belonging to or expected
+from their different neighbourhoods, which would be suggested from
+the closer study of these subjects by the individual at the head of
+a department of discovery at head quarters, and also by the
+scientific Societies in England according to their peculiar
+pursuits.</p>
+
+<p>The Residents should make quarterly reports, accompanied by
+specimens of natural history, to be digested into one annual report
+at head quarters, (with the various geographical improvements
+and<span class="pagenum" id="Page_459">[459]</span> discoveries,
+adjusted and embodied in one large chart) for forwardance to
+England.</p>
+
+<p>All Residents and Conductors of Missions, should be provided
+with small copying apparatuses, so that they might forward their
+original dispatch, and one duplicate, to Cape Coast, by two
+different opportunities, always retaining the other copy, in case
+of accident, or until the receipt were acknowledged.</p>
+
+<p>If it could be afforded, a medical officer should afterwards be
+added to the more important Residencies, to attach and relieve the
+natives.</p>
+
+<p>Botanical and Mineralogical excursions, (taking sextants,
+telescopes, and barometers,) into Ahanta, Aowin, Warsaw, Akim, and
+Aquapim, small surveys, &amp;c. &amp;c. should be undertaken, ad
+interim, not only from the smallness of the expense and the great
+comparative benefit, (as we know nothing of these countries beyond
+their position,) but to qualify the younger officers (of congenial
+disposition and acquirement,) for future missions and
+residencies.</p>
+
+<p>The young men soliciting appointments in England, should be
+required to make themselves acquainted with the grammar of the
+Arabic language, and practical astronomy, before they receive their
+commissions; and one or two intelligent Moors from the interior,
+should be invited, by a pay, to settle at Cape Coast Castle, to
+perfect these officers in writing and speaking the language. The
+Fantee language should also be cultivated, as it is a dialect of
+the Ashantee.</p>
+
+<p>The soldiers of the settlements should no longer be enlisted
+from the mulattoes and Fantees of the neighbourhood, making the
+present paltry force the more inefficient, from local and family
+attachments, inseparable from human nature, and preventing their
+acting cordially, if at all, on emergencies for the rescue of human
+victims, or the punishment of their relatives and townsmen,
+for<span class="pagenum" id="Page_460">[460]</span> insult, or
+contempt of the British legislation for the abolition of the slave
+trade, &amp;c. The Negroes captured in the illicit Spanish and
+Portuguese slave ships, of whom there must be a number unemployed
+at Sierra Leone, would form the most desirable military force, even
+preferable to European, which has recently been adopted by the
+Dutch. These rescued Negroes would possess no attachment, beyond
+that which the considerate kindness and good conduct of their
+officers might induce; the climate would be natural to them; and
+they would prove valuable companions, if not intelligent guides, in
+future missions to the interior. There should at least be two
+hundred and fifty of these soldiers at head quarters, (one company
+being trained as artillery by European serjeants) and fifty at each
+other settlement, if but two.</p>
+
+<p>The three missions, to Dagwumba, Wauwaw, and Ogooawai, would not
+cost above a thousand pounds, judiciously expended in England;
+which is not so much as the annual expense of either of the six
+paltry out-forts (exclusive of the head quarters, and the vice
+presidency, which is but 9 miles from Cape Coast, and, since the
+abolition of the slave trade, an useless and absurd position;) the
+mere existence of which, although it may excite astonishment, and
+reflect credit on the mercantile ingenuity and economy of the
+African Committee, is notoriously a disgraceful caricature on the
+British name.</p>
+
+<p>Three respectable establishments, one at Cape Coast Castle, one
+at Accra, (a rich and open country,) and one at Succondee, (if we
+could not purchase Axim, which commands the navigation of the
+Ancobra,) with an allowance of a thousand a year for a progress in
+the interior, (beneficial to commerce, science, and humanity,)
+would be productive of fame and honour, and probably of wealth, to
+our nation.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftp2c14">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_140"></a><a href="#FNanchor_140"><span class=
+"label">[140]</span></a>This gentleman being already superseded by
+Mr. Dupuis (formerly Vice-consul at Mogadore, and now Consul at
+Coomassie) is of course at liberty to indulge his disposition for
+enterprise.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_141"></a><a href="#FNanchor_141"><span class=
+"label">[141]</span></a>The King of Dagwumba should be promised
+additional presents on the receipt at Cape Coast Castle of the
+first dispatch from the Niger.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<div class="page">
+<hr class="decordb width6">
+
+<p class="center spaced2 large"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_461">[461]</span><span class=
+"letter-spaced02">APPENDI</span>X.</p>
+
+<hr class="decordb2 width6">
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_463">[463]</span><a id=
+"app1"></a>APPENDIX. No. I.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8">
+
+<p class="sch2 space-above1"><em>Extract from Meredith’s Account of
+the Gold Coast.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="sch3"><em>Origin and History of the Ashantee War.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p class="dcap"><span class="sc">The</span> Assin country lies at
+the rear of the Fantee, and borders on the Ashantee country. It was
+divided into two states: the one governed by King Cheboo and Quacoe
+Apoutay; and the other by King Amoo. Apoutay, although not elevated
+to the dignity of King, held equal sway with Cheboo; but they were
+each subordinate to the King of Ashantee. A man of opulence died in
+Amoo’s town; and, as is customary on such occasions, gold and other
+valuable articles were deposited with the body in the grave. On
+this occasion, one of Cheboo’s people was present, and seeing what
+was done, watched an opportunity to rob the grave; which he
+effected, and escaped with the treasure. Amoo his neighbour sought
+redress of Cheboo and Apoutay, but without success: he then laid
+the affair before the King of Ashantee; who summoned all the
+parties before him, gave them an impartial hearing, and awarded in
+favour of Amoo. Quacoe Apoutay was detained as a hostage until
+restitution should be made: but he, in a short time, contrived to
+make his escape, and, when at liberty, refused to accede to the
+award made by the King of Ashantee. On this Amoo attacked the town
+in which Cheboo and Apoutay resided, and routed his opponents:
+after this, at the instigation of the King of Ashantee, the parties
+met to settle the dispute; but Quacoe Apoutay acting treacherously
+on the occasion, sent privately to Cheboo for an armed force to
+support him: and a battle was the consequence, which ended in the
+death of the man who had committed the theft, and the total defeat
+of Apoutay and his forces. At this crisis the King of Ashantee,
+willing to bring about a peace, again interfered. He sent two gold
+manillas, the one to Amoo, the other to his adversary, directing
+them to cease all hostilities; to which both parties agreed, and
+took the manillas. Amoo obeyed the King; but Quacoe Apoutay
+attacked Amoo, and drove him in his turn from his town. Amoo,
+indignant at the repeated deceptions of Apoutay, obtained succours,
+and overthrew his treacherous opponent. The King of Ashantee still
+anxious to reconcile his neighbours, and unwilling to draw his
+sword, presented two gold swords and an axe to Amoo, and
+recommended him to conciliate<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_464">[464]</span> Quacoe Apoutay, and terminate their
+quarrels. Amoo consented to obey the King, but in the mean time was
+again attacked by his implacable foe, and totally defeated, and
+lost in the contest the golden sword and hatchet. His opponent
+committed ravages wherever he came, killing messengers, and every
+man who fell into his hands, not sparing even the King of
+Ashantee’s messengers! A war with the King of Ashantee followed
+hereupon: Quacoe Apoutay and Cheboo dreading his vengeance, fled to
+the Fantee country: in consequence of which the King sent a message
+to Acoom, the caboceer or mayor of Assecoomah (a small state
+tributary to the King of Ashantee,) accompanied by a present of
+twenty ounces of gold; stating the necessity of his pursuing his
+enemies to the Fantee country, but giving assurance of the King’s
+pacific disposition towards the Fantees, and that his only object
+was to get into his possession Cheboo and Apoutay: the Fantees
+would not interfere, nor allow the Ashantee forces to come into
+their country. Upon this answer, Appey Dougah,<a id=
+"FNanchor_142"></a><a href="#Footnote_142" class=
+"fnanchor">[142]</a> the King of Ashantee’s general, collected, by
+command of his master, a large force, and gave the enemy battle at
+Buinka in Fantee; he displayed great gallantry, and defeated the
+two Kings, in conjunction with the Fantee forces that had joined
+them. Next day Cheboo and Apoutay having rallied their forces, and
+formed a junction with a fresh Fantee force, gave Appey Dougah
+battle; but were totally defeated, with the loss of many killed and
+made prisoners: among the latter was Atia,<a id=
+"FNanchor_143"></a><a href="#Footnote_143" class=
+"fnanchor">[143]</a> the caboceer of Abrah, the principal town of
+Fantee. A large sum was offered for his ransom, but refused; and he
+was committed to the care of Acoom, the caboceer of Assecoomah, in
+whom the King had great confidence; but this person betrayed his
+trust, and liberated the enemy. Quacoe Apoutay, baffled at all
+points, sent to the King of Ashantee to accept his conditions,
+provided he would discharge his debts on his return home. To this
+proposal the King agreed, and, in token of his friendship, sent
+various presents to Cheboo and Apoutay; who, instead of receiving
+them with gratitude, beheaded the messengers. This wicked and
+unprovoked act roused the indignation of the King of Ashantee, and
+he vowed eternal war against the aggressors. Acoom (who had been
+forgiven by the King for his treachery in suffering Atia to
+escape,) being in possession of a large quantity of provisions, was
+applied to by the King of Ashantee for a supply, which he with
+seeming cheerfulness granted: six times he delivered faithfully
+those that were contracted for, but, the seventh time, he betrayed
+about one thousand men who had been sent for them, and sold them in
+March or April, 1806. In consequence of this conduct Acoom became
+involved in the war: very shortly afterwards the King of Ashantee
+defeated him, and made rapid progress with his army towards
+the<span class="pagenum" id="Page_465">[465]</span> coast in search
+of Cheboo and Apoutay. The Fantees opposed his march, but were
+defeated in every onset, and the Braffoes were nearly extirpated by
+the Ashantees in their march. The Annamaboes, instigated by the
+remaining Braffoes, were impudent enough to receive and protect
+Cheboo and Apoutay; which proved fatal to them. At this period the
+Governor of Cape Coast Castle, being under some apprehension for
+the safety of the British settlements, was inclined to send a flag
+of truce with a message to the King of Ashantee, who was now (May,
+1806) at Abrah, and only fifteen or twenty miles from the coast.
+The Annamaboes (who were consulted on the measure) objected to it,
+and the design was consequently suspended. The Governor was anxious
+to know upon what terms the King would consider the British, and
+wished to become a mediator; but the Annamaboes, who placed a vain
+dependence on their name and strength, fully expected that the King
+and his army would be conquered; and that if not the whole, the
+greater part of the army would fall into their hands; and hence
+were not disposed to pacific measures, nor would they permit the
+Governor’s messenger to proceed inland. Shortly after this, a
+division of the Ashantee army made its appearance at Cormantine,
+and routing the inhabitants from the town, completely destroyed it.
+The captain of this division contrived to get into the Dutch fort,
+and having pillaged it of a number of articles, took up his
+residence there. It was now time to become acquainted with the
+King’s intentions; and for that purpose the Governor of Annamaboe
+fort sent a messenger with a flag of truce to the commander of this
+division, intimating a wish to be acquainted with the King’s
+motives for marching an army to the coast, and proposing himself as
+a mediator. This message, we may suppose, was conveyed to the King;
+and on the following day three men were observed coming from
+Cormantine with a white flag displayed, and (Mr. White) the
+Governor, expected they were the bearers of some agreeable and
+satisfactory intelligence: in this however he was much
+disappointed; for the commander of that division of the Ashantee
+army being in possession of fort Amsterdam, was elated with his
+success, particularly in getting to the sea side; (a circumstance
+which inspired him with such joy, that he went to the beach and
+dipped his sword three times in the sea, some of which he had
+conveyed to the King as a proof of his success:)—whether those
+circumstances stimulated him to try the disposition of the English
+chief, we know not; but the message he sent, imported a degree of
+haughtiness by no means agreeable to Mr. White, and was to this
+effect: that when the Governor would send him twenty barrels of
+gunpowder, and one hundred muskets, he would be told what the
+King’s designs were. To comply with this demand would be
+acknowledging too much submission, and would doubtless give the
+King a very indifferent opinion of the British character. Mr. White
+behaved politely to the people, gave them some refreshment, and
+told them that he regretted that the King, or their master, did not
+appear inclined to come to an explanation, or to conciliate
+matters: that if the King would point out in what<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_466">[466]</span> manner the Annamaboes had
+offended, he would use his authority to have satisfaction given:
+that until he was assured of their having transgressed, or having
+injured his Majesty, they were entitled to the protection of the
+fort, if they sought for it: and that, finally, if the King’s army
+should come with any hostile intentions near the fort, it would be
+fired upon.</p>
+
+<p>After this two or three of the heavy guns were fired with shot,
+for the purpose of giving them an idea of the destructive power of
+artillery; and they were preparing to depart, when private
+information was received, that the flag of truce would be violated
+in its return, and the men murdered. Whereupon Mr. White and Mr.
+Wilson (a gentleman not in the service,) escorted them, and left
+them in safety within a short distance from their quarters. The
+Governor now anxiously looked for a definitive reply from the King,
+and every assiduity was used to place things in a defensive
+position; and the towns-people having heretofore placed a firm
+reliance on their strength, became alarmed, and were solicitous to
+be assured of the Governor’s protection. Mr. White informed them,
+that if the King of Ashantee intended to attack the town, he would
+give them all the assistance and protection in his power; at the
+same time advised them of the most prudent measures to be employed
+for their safety and defence. He instructed them, in the first
+instance, to have strong parties on the look-out, and to guard
+every avenue leading into the town; and, on the first alarm, or
+approach of the enemy, to send the old men, women, and children to
+the fort, where they would be received; and as many as the fort
+would not accommodate, to come close to the walls, where they would
+be under the protection of the guns.</p>
+
+<p>At this crisis Mr. White and the inhabitants of the town were
+ignorant as to the strength of the Ashantee forces, and had but an
+imperfect idea of the bravery and intrepidity of the men who
+composed the King’s army. It was supposed that the Ashantees
+partook of the dispositions of the natives on the coast, who in
+general cannot stand against a regular and determined fire, and
+often creep into some concealed hole, when cannon or musket shot
+are heard to whiz among them; or, if the Ashantees were superior,
+it was little imagined that their courage, or ardour for conquest,
+would carry them to the very muzzles of the guns, and consequently
+expose them to inevitable destruction.</p>
+
+<p>About a week had elapsed, and no news from the King; which was
+no favourable indication of pacific measures. The commander of the
+division at Cormantine, and who proved to be the King of Dinkara,
+sent forward a party to ascertain the strength of the town of
+Annamaboe, and succeeded in gaining possession of a village called
+Agah, situated upon a point of land about one mile eastward from
+Annamaboe; whence every movement of the Annamaboes on that side
+could be observed. This was considered an annoyance, and on the
+14th of June a strong body (indeed almost the whole of the town’s
+people) marched out for the purpose of dislodging the Ashantees.
+The action was clearly<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_467">[467]</span> seen from the fort. The Annamaboes were
+received in the most gallant and spirited manner by nearly a third
+of their force, and for some time the contest was doubtful. The
+Ashantees fired with more regularity than could be expected, and
+their muskets were well directed; whereas the Fantees kept up a
+confused fire without taking aim; they however succeeded, and the
+Ashantees retreated in excellent order, keeping possession of part
+of the village which lay concealed in a valley, and where the
+Annamaboes did not think proper to proceed. The Annamaboes were
+either too confident of their strong position, or thought too
+insignificantly of their opponents, to attend to the advice given
+them by Mr. White; for while they were amused by this small party,
+the King, with the main body, was vigilant in securing the
+different passes leading to the town, and was at this time only
+three miles to the rear of it.</p>
+
+<p>Early on the 15th those who were on the look-out observed the
+Ashantee army in motion: the alarm was given, and every man who was
+able to carry a musket, repaired to meet the enemy. As the town was
+situated at the rear of the fort, and extended some distance
+inland, no prospect of the contending parties could be obtained;
+smoke was seen to arise from different parts of the surrounding
+country, and heavy discharges of musketry were distinctly heard.
+Alarm and confusion now prevailed throughout the town, and the
+women, children, and old men, made the best of their way to the
+fort, the area of which they soon filled, after which the gates
+were closed. The volleys of musketry were advancing very fast, and
+the Fantees were retreating in great disorder: one or two great
+guns were fired over the town with a view to impel terror on the
+assailants, but they were too much elated with hopes of conquest,
+and too resolute to be affrighted: about eleven o’clock the musket
+balls were heard to whistle in every part of the fort, and the
+Ashantees entered the town in every direction, pursuing the
+vanquished to the beach, where the slaughter was great.</p>
+
+<p>The Annamaboes conceived, that with the aid of their canoes and
+their knowledge of swimming, they should be able to escape, but
+they were pursued too closely by the Ashantees, whose fury appeared
+to be insatiable; men, women, and children were followed by
+indiscriminate destruction. During this work of carnage, the
+Governor was very active with his small garrison to repel the
+assailants; a twenty-four pounder, that pointed along the beach to
+the westward, several times discharged grape-shot among them,
+whereby vast numbers must have fallen: a three-pounder likewise,
+which flanked the gate on the east side was frequently fired with
+grape, notwithstanding fresh parties came on much quicker than they
+could be repelled; and at length they came under the walls for the
+purpose of carrying away the women who could not be received into
+the fort. About this period the Governor<a id=
+"FNanchor_144"></a><a href="#Footnote_144" class=
+"fnanchor">[144]</a> was wounded in two places; one ball struck
+his<span class="pagenum" id="Page_468">[468]</span> mouth and
+carried away four of his teeth, another ball passed through his
+left arm; and nearly at the same time an officer and two men were
+wounded, and one man killed.</p>
+
+<p>Things assumed now a more serious and dangerous aspect than was
+apprehended, and gave the garrison a strong assurance of the
+disposition of the enemy, who, it was evident, intended to bend his
+utmost efforts against the fort. The Ashantees were confident that
+by gaining possession of it, a large booty would be obtained.
+However, the small number which composed the garrison of Annamaboe
+at this period, consisting of Governor White, Messieurs Meredith,
+Swanzy, Smith, and Baines; also four free mulattoes and twenty men,
+including soldiers, artificers, and servants, were confident of the
+severity of their situation. The walls being high, and accurately
+flanked, and the gates sound and well barricadoed; the Governor,
+from the nature of his wounds, from great debility in consequence
+of much effusion of blood, being constrained to retire, and the
+command of the fort having devolved on the senior officer, who
+perceiving that the cannon in one quarter could not be used with
+effect, for the enemy fired with such precision as to cut off every
+man who was exposed at an embrasure, depended solely on the musket;
+and another man having been killed about noon, and two more
+wounded:—the garrison was now reduced to the small number of eight,
+including officers, who could be depended upon, and the Ashantees
+were using every effort to force the western gate; but were twice
+repulsed with no small loss. A third time they attempted it, and
+endeavoured to apply fire to the gate; but the man who brought the
+materials for that purpose, extinguished the fire by falling a
+corpse upon it. In all their attempts they were defeated with
+musketry alone, and notwithstanding that their efforts to gain an
+entrance into the fort proved ineffectual, the contest was
+continued till six o’clock. After this cessation, and before total
+darkness came on, the garrison used all possible energy in
+repairing injuries, and preparing for the defensive, in case of
+hostilities being renewed in the night.</p>
+
+<p>On the following day a scene replete with the horrors of war
+exhibited itself:—heaps of dead and wounded around the walls, and
+for a mile along the eastern shore, tossed about by a violent
+surf:—houses unroofed, and others on fire:—the sorrowful
+countenances of the old men, who sought refuge in the fort; the
+mournful lamentations of the women, and the pitiable cries of the
+children, presented a picture of exquisite feeling and of the
+greatest distress! Of the number the town contained, and which we
+will calculate to have been at least fifteen thousand souls, we may
+suppose that two-thirds of that number perished. The fort afforded
+refuge to about two thousand of every description, and about two
+hundred escaped to a rock surrounded by the sea, and at pistol-shot
+from the beach, where they remained unmolested, and notwitstanding
+the vigilance of the Ashantees, we may suppose that two or three
+thousand effected their escape. Without going into further enquiry,
+we may venture to state that eight thousand Fantees were destroyed;
+and although they were attacked by at least three times their
+number, yet if<span class="pagenum" id="Page_469">[469]</span> they
+were actuated by one-third of the bravery of their opponents, they
+would have committed some execution, and doubtless would have
+checked that intrepidity and ardour which were so pre-eminently
+conspicuous in their enemy. Their resistance was very feeble;
+terror seized them at the commencement of the attack, and it
+impressed them so forcibly, that the sea formed but an indifferent
+barrier to their precipitate flight.</p>
+
+<p>When the fury of the Ashantees against the Fantees was a little
+diminished, they turned part of their force against the fort with
+great coolness and resolution, advancing with shouts expressive of
+their loyalty and courage, to the very muzzles of the guns. At the
+east side of the fort, two three pounders, which were well served,
+destroyed numbers of them with every discharge of grape: but at the
+west side, the cannon which flanked the gate could not be rendered
+useful, in consequence of advantages the enemy possessed, and which
+were not to be found on the opposite quarter, where the musket
+alone was to be dependended upon: and we have the authority of the
+gentleman who commanded (after Mr. White was wounded) of stating,
+that he and another officer (Mr. Swanzy) fired nearly three hundred
+rounds of ball-cartridge in keeping the gate clear, and protecting
+those who were under the walls. Mr. Swanzy was so injured with the
+recoil of his musket, that he could not use his right arm for some
+days without much pain, and the other officer (Mr. Meredith) was
+nearly in the same state.</p>
+
+<p>What loss the Ashantees sustained cannot be precisely laid down:
+the King, prior to his departure from Annamaboe, said, he lost
+three thousand men: but in that number he probably included those
+who were carried off by disease. His men however suffered very
+severely; for their approach was made with such large bodies, that
+twenty, thirty, or perhaps more, fell with every discharge of
+grape-shot; and the musket not only killed, but very often wounded
+at the same time, so close were the enemy.</p>
+
+<p>At this period (the 16th of June,) the fort was in an awkward
+state,—completely blockaded on the land-side, and a very imperfect
+communication by sea, and only a few weeks provisions for the
+number it contained; add to which, the effluvia from the dead
+bodies, which were approaching fast to a putrid state, excited very
+uneasy apprehensions. These circumstances demanded some
+extraordinary effort, which the garrison, from its weakness, could
+not attempt. Every person, from great exertion and constant
+exposure to a vertical sun on the 15th, and from solicitude and
+want of rest, was much fatigued. Nevertheless things wore a more
+promising appearance; whenever plunder was attempted, which now and
+then was the case, it met with resistance. There was not, however,
+any desire manifested by the Ashantees to renew hostilities, and
+every motion indicated a wish for peace. The garrison too was very
+desirous of such an event, but did not wish to be the first to
+yield, or to offer any terms without orders from the
+chief-governor. The King, from his late successes, had a high
+opinion of his power and the bravery of his army. On the other hand
+the small garrison, notwithstanding its reduced state, had
+no<span class="pagenum" id="Page_470">[470]</span> mean opinion of
+itself, and wished to confirm in his Majesty an idea of the
+superior skill of Europeans.</p>
+
+<p>The Governor at Cape Coast was apprised of the state of affairs
+at Annamaboe, and lost no time in sending assistance. Two ships
+were provided for the purpose, which sailed from the Cape on the
+morning of the 16th: but, from unavoidable circumstances, the
+re-inforcement the ships brought could not be landed before four
+o’clock in the afternoon. This re-inforcement consisted of twelve
+men and four officers; and their arrival in the fort afforded much
+satisfaction. This party was landed under cover of the smoke of
+some heavy guns, and was not fired at; but the canoe, on returning,
+was fired upon and one man wounded. It was the Governor’s order
+that a flag of truce should be sent to the King, to endeavour to
+bring about an amicable understanding. A white flag was accordingly
+lowered over the wall, accompanied with the national colours; and
+when the emblem of peace was observed, it is impossible to express
+sufficiently the joy that diffused itself among the people: the
+multitude which crowded around the flags was inconceivably great,
+and it was with difficulty that the King’s officers, who were known
+by golden swords and axes, could clear the way leading to his
+quarters: the air resounded with acclamations in praise of their
+King, and expressive of their satisfaction at the prospects of
+peace.</p>
+
+<p>And here we cannot forbear remarking, that although the
+Ashantees are so remote from polished or civilized nations, they
+seem not to be unacquainted with the customs of a civilized people,
+as they are connected with the rules of war; for they paid every
+respect to the flag of truce: a few indeed of them were making
+towards the rock on which were a number of Fantees, but they well
+understood the signal of recall, when a musket or two were fired
+over their heads. The flag of truce returned about seven o’clock,
+with three messengers from the King; and they, in order to justify
+the King for his proceedings against the Fantees, entered into a
+long detail of the origin of the war, which we have been attempting
+to describe. The King was pleased that the flag of truce was sent,
+and expressed his satisfaction by giving the two soldiers who were
+the bearers of it a fat sheep. After a conference that continued
+beyond two hours, the messengers departed.</p>
+
+<p>A communication was thus established with the King and his army;
+but it was considered prudent to keep the gates closed until a
+perfect understanding was effected. It appeared, however, that this
+could not be done, without a meeting between the chief Governor and
+the King. To accomplish this Mr. Meredith tried to persuade the
+King to go to Cape Coast, but in this he was disappointed; he
+however gained his Majesty’s consent to send some of his
+confidential and chief men to wait upon the Governor, and to hear
+his sentiments.</p>
+
+<p>It will, we doubt not, be gratifying to the reader, if we here
+subjoin the correspondence between Mr. Meredith and Mr. Torrane,
+the Governor in Chief, on this occasion.</p>
+
+<p class="right less space-above15"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_471">[471]</span><em>Annamaboe Fort, June 17</em>, 1807.</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Sir,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><span class="sc">Mr. White</span> directs me to
+acknowledge the receipt of your letter to the Governor of Elmina.
+The state Mr. White is in, being much weakened with loss of blood
+and other causes, prevented him paying that attention to your
+letters which they demanded, and my duty was such, that I could not
+spare a moment to write you fully. I had a conference with three of
+the King’s messengers last night, and at this instant there are two
+men with his Majesty; when they return, you shall be acquainted
+with the result. I have already mentioned to the King that Cheboo
+would be given up, and if it was agreeable for him to send his
+cane, and one or two of his gold-headed swords, I would engage
+their security by going to Cape Coast with them. The message
+received from the King was of a favourable tendency; and I trust he
+will perceive the expediency of putting an end to this sanguinary
+war. Be assured we are all so employed on various duties, it debars
+me more particularly of giving you a further detail of our
+proceedings. But I trust, by a messenger this evening, to relate
+fully every circumstance attending this very severe contest. The
+party were landed in safety, viz. twelve privates, one corporal,
+with Messrs. Bold, Galloway, and Woolbert. Both ships will remain
+here until to-morrow. I am well pleased with the attention and
+assistance afforded us by Captain Coley.</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right8 space-above1">I am, &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right2 space-above1"><span class="sc">Henry
+Meredith.</span>
+</p>
+
+<div class="sign4">
+<p><em>Colonel Torrane, Governor in Chief, &amp;c. &amp;c.
+&amp;c.<br>
+Cape Coast Castle.</em>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8">
+
+<p class="right less space-above15"><em>Annamaboe Fort, June
+17</em>, 1807.</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Sir,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind">I <span class="sc">wrote</span> you this morning,
+acknowledging the receipt of your letters, and, agreeably to my
+intentions then, I take the liberty of stating more particularly
+the occurrences in this garrison on the 15th and subsequent to it.
+I beg leave to remind you, that we were prepared for any attack
+that might be made upon us, by any body of men unaccustomed to the
+shock of artillery; and I believe Mr. White assured you of the
+confidence he placed in the officers and men under his command, and
+every soul was animated with a desire to do his duty.</p>
+
+<p>[Here follows a description of the battle as before
+related.]</p>
+
+<p>The re-inforcement you was pleased to send, got on shore without
+any opposition about four o’clock P.M.; and I assure you we were
+very glad to receive them, as, from the severe duty we had
+undergone the preceding day, we were much cut up by fatigue. About
+six P.M. the flag of truce, with a corporal and private from the
+detachment you<span class="pagenum" id="Page_472">[472]</span>
+sent, were conveyed to the King; and as they proceeded, they were
+warmly greeted by the Ashantees. The message the King returned was
+modest; he said, it was not his intention to commence hostilities
+with the fort, nor to distress any of the whites; his enemies were
+the Assins and Fantees, and he now conceived his anger against them
+pretty well assuaged. This morning (17th) according to agreement,
+his messengers came, and said, that the King wished to see the same
+person that conveyed the flag of truce, that they might hear from
+his own lips what he had to deliver. Accordingly I sent them with
+Dutton, a man of quick understanding, to hear more particularly the
+sentiments of his Majesty. After remaining some time hearing the
+opinion of his counsellors they returned, and after some
+preliminary discourse, they informed me that the King had deputed
+six of his principal men, with six deputed by the men of power in
+his train, to repair to Cape Coast to hear what you have to say,
+and to negotiate. In course of their communication the King
+deplored the number of lives that were lost in consequence of the
+fire from the fort.</p>
+
+<p>As the messengers mean to repair to Cape Coast, I will forbear
+relating every particular. The King seemed to say that he must have
+those who sought protection in the fort: this he only hinted at,
+and probably the same may be hinted to you; but in giving them up,
+we ought to be assured of their being used kindly. I send a canoe
+with this, and have agreed with the messengers, that you will send
+canoes and a guard for their protection. Mr. White’s travelling
+canoe is in good order, therefore be pleased to send eleven
+canoe-men for her. This canoe, with three more from the Cape, will,
+in my opinion, be fully sufficient to convey the whole twelve
+messengers with their guard. The number of persons here are
+reducing our provisions very fast, and if not removed soon, some of
+them will be most likely starved, or will be the cause of some
+serious malady: the sooner we are rid of them the better. But if
+you can gain their protection, it will be a humane act. Mr. White,
+who I am happy to say is in a fair way, desires his respects.</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right8 space-above1">I am, &amp;c.</p>
+
+<table class="sign2">
+<tr>
+<td>(Signed)</td>
+<td><span class="sc">Henry Meredith.</span>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<div class="sign4">
+<p><em>Colonel Torrane, Governor in Chief,<br>
+&amp;c. &amp;c. &amp;c.</em>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8">
+
+<p class="nind pad3 space-above1 space-below1"><span class=
+"sc">Sir,</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><span class="sc">Both</span> your letters of
+yesterday’s date I have received; the latter has given me
+particular satisfaction, not only as it affords every prospect that
+this war will be terminated, but also as it removes great anxiety
+from my mind respecting the state of Mr. White’s wounds. The
+assurances you now give me that he is in a fair way of recovery,
+are highly gratifying. I dispatch eleven canoe-men for Mr. White’s
+canoe; and I also send three other canoes. I trust the King will
+appoint persons of sufficient consequence to<span class="pagenum"
+id="Page_473">[473]</span> negotiate with me: I have an earnest
+wish to see the King: make this desire known to him; tell him I
+think it may essentially lead to the arrangement of affairs of much
+importance; that I have greatly to deplore with him this war; that
+although these events cannot always be guarded against, they may
+even ultimately bring future good consequences; and herein I think
+much depends on our meeting. Assure the King, that notwithstanding
+the steps I have taken to give protection to the Fantees, I have
+ever held him in the highest respect, from the many reports I have
+heard of him, and that, had I seen any messenger from him
+antecedent to his attack on Annamaboe, I am of opinion we should
+have avoided the blow in that quarter. The King I understand to be
+a man of strong mind: it will naturally suggest itself to him, that
+a meeting between us may be of vast importance to the country.
+Assure him I have too high a consideration for my own character, as
+well as his consequence, to suffer the smallest indignity to be
+offered to him; that if he will come to the castle I shall be proud
+to shew him every honour, and that I will give every possible
+security for his personal safety. I have apartments ready for him,
+and officers shall be sent to attend him here. On receipt of this,
+send your accustomed messenger to the King, saying, that you have a
+letter from me, and that an officer will wait personally on him to
+explain the contents. This officer with this letter in his hand,
+you will send (say Mr. F. L. Swanzy) as early as you shall receive
+the King’s reply. I know not whether you have a good flag for the
+occasion; I therefore send one. Mr. F. L. Swanzy will have two
+flag-bearers, one with a white flag, the other carrying the union;
+and he will be very particular in explaining every part of this
+letter, and do his utmost to persuade the King to visit the Cape.
+He may also add, that a ship can be procured, if he (the King)
+prefers coming that way, and that an officer of distinction shall
+be sent to accompany him. In a few words, Mr. F. L. Swanzy will do
+his utmost to persuade the King to visit the castle. An officer
+should come here, with the guard you send to protect the
+messengers. You must let me know of what consequence the messengers
+are, that I may treat them accordingly, and this it will be
+advisable to acquaint me of before their arrival.</p>
+
+<p class="right pad-right8 space-above1">I am, &amp;c.</p>
+
+<table class="sign2">
+<tr>
+<td>(Signed)</td>
+<td><span class="sc">George Torrane.</span>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="nind"><em>To Henry Meredith, Esq.</em>
+</p>
+
+<p>Although these men proceeded to the Cape, it was found that
+nothing important could be transacted without an interview with the
+King, and for this purpose Colonel Torrane was obliged to go to
+Annamaboe, and a day was fixed for a conference. To give as
+favourable and as respectable an opinion as possible of the
+British, a number of articles as presents were sent to the King,
+and as many officers and soldiers as the service could afford, were
+assembled to attend the Governor on the day appointed; but previous
+to those preparations, and a few days after the flag of truce was
+received by the King,<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_474">[474]</span> Cheboo (one of the men who was the cause of
+the war) was secured by the Governor at Cape Coast and sent to
+Annamaboe, to be delivered up to the King, in expectation that any
+further effusion of blood would be prevented, and that it would be
+the means of saving the Fantees from entire destruction. These
+benevolent purposes were not realized: the King had proceeded so
+far in the war, that he could not recede without displeasing those
+auxiliaries he had with him, and who expected a vast deal of
+plunder; and besides, Apoutay and Acoom were again in arms, and
+collecting all the Fantees they could to oppose the King’s
+progress. On the day appointed for the interview, the Governor and
+his party were put in motion, and although the procession was not
+very numerous, it was arranged with taste, and made no despicable
+appearance. About twenty of the Company’s artificers, habited in a
+neat manner, marched in front; a guard of forty men, and a band of
+music followed them; next walked the Governor, followed by ten
+officers, two and two, and some gentlemen traders (who were enticed
+from the Cape by curiosity), brought up the rear. When the
+procession had got a short distance it was met by a principal man,
+who was sent by the King to conduct the Governor, and to keep off
+the multitude, which was assembling in great numbers, some of whom
+had never seen a white man. Notwithstanding the authority of this
+person, and the exertions of his attendants, the curiosity of the
+people was so great that every avenue was crowded; which, by
+preventing the circulation of air, augmented the natural heat of
+the day, and this inconvenience was farther increased by the putrid
+smell from the dead bodies, and the vast swarm of flies. The
+Governor was obliged to visit each man of rank, before he could be
+received by the King; a ceremony that could not be prudently
+denied, and which occupied some time: for those men had their
+several courts, and collectively had formed an extensive circle.
+Every one of them was seated under a huge umbrella, surrounded by
+attendants and guards, with young persons employed in fanning the
+air and dispersing the flies, which were numerous and troublesome.
+One of those men and his attendants excited some curiosity and
+attention: his dress and appearance were so different from those of
+the others, that it evidently proved he must have come from
+countries situated a considerable distance inland. He was a tall,
+athletic, and rather corpulent man, of a complexion resembling an
+Arab or an Egyptian. His dress was heavy, and by no means adapted
+to the climate. He wore a cap that came down below his ears, and
+being made of yellow cloth, it did not contribute to diminish his
+tawny complexion. He was a follower of the Mohammedan religion,
+possessed much gravity; but was communicative, condescending, and
+agreeable. He had about him a great number of sentences from the
+Alkoran, which were carefully incased in gold and silver, and upon
+which he set a high value. He was a native of Kassina, a country
+that appears to be situated to the south of east from Tombuctou. He
+said he had been at Tunis and at Mecca; had seen many white men and
+ships, and described the method of travelling over the great
+desert. This<span class="pagenum" id="Page_475">[475]</span> person
+commanded a body of men who fought with arrows, as well as muskets:
+four of the arrows were found in the fort; they were short and
+pointed with barbed iron. He had many persons in his train who were
+of the same colour, but varied a little as to dress: they were all
+habited in the Turkish manner, but did not wear turbans. After the
+ceremony of visiting those persons was over, the Governor was
+conducted towards the King, who was surrounded by a number of
+attendants, whose appearance bore evident signs of riches and
+authority: chains, stools, axes, swords, flutes, message-canes,
+&amp;c. were either of solid gold, or richly adorned with that
+metal: those dazzling appearances, added to damask, taffety, and
+other rich dresses, gave a splendour to the scene highly
+interesting. When the Governor approached the King, and when an
+interchange of compliments had passed, the air resounded with the
+noise of musical instruments, such as drums, horns, and flutes.
+After some conversation, during which much politeness was observed
+in the behaviour of the King, the Governor wished this ceremonial
+visit to be returned; which was agreed to, and a convenient place
+was found to receive the King and his train. The Governor, his
+officers, and attendants, were formed in a half-circle, and seated
+under the shade of some trees, and a passage of sufficient breadth
+was formed by the soldiers for the King and his attendants to pass
+through. It was full two hours before his Majesty was announced, so
+numerous was his train. Each man of rank, as he advanced, paid the
+necessary compliments agreeably to the custom of his country, and
+then filed off. It was previously directed, that the King should be
+received with arms presented and the grenadiers march when passing
+the soldiers. This mark of distinction and respect appeared to give
+him much satisfaction: he halted to observe the orderly behaviour
+and uniform appearance of the soldiers; and the martial air that
+was playing, seemed to produce the most agreeable sensations on his
+mind. The writer had an opportunity of seeing this man. He was of
+the middle size, well formed, and perfectly black, with regular
+features and an open and pleasing countenance. His manner indicated
+understanding and was adorned with gracefulness; and in all
+respects he exceeded the expectations of every person. His dress
+was plain: it consisted of a piece of silk wrapt loosely about him;
+a wreath of green silk ornamented his head: his sandals were neatly
+made, and curiously studded with gold. He was not distinguished by
+any gold ornaments, as his attendants were. One man who was dressed
+in a grotesque manner, and who appeared to act the buffoon, was,
+literally, loaded with gold.</p>
+
+<p>As this was a visit of ceremony, no business of consequence was
+transacted. The King politely enquired after Mr. White, and
+expressed a hope that he would soon be well of his wounds. He said
+he would move from Annamaboe soon, as his army felt ill effects
+from the water, and from the dead bodies. After this visit, every
+confidence was placed in the King and his army, and as the gates
+were now opened, a free admittance was allowed: various conferences
+of a favourable nature were carried on between both
+parties;<span class="pagenum" id="Page_476">[476]</span> but peace
+with the Fantees was considered impracticable. Apoutay had escaped
+the King’s vigilance; and Acoom was at the head of a strong party,
+and marching towards Annamaboe to give the King battle. The King
+assured the Governor, that after he had subdued his enemies to
+leeward, he would return to Annamaboe for the purpose of making
+arrangements relative to the future welfare of the country, and the
+regulations of trade.</p>
+
+<p>It was agreed, that those residing under British forts, provided
+they observed a neutrality, should not be molested, and that every
+respect should be paid to the British flag. The Governor likewise
+procured the release of those who sought refuge in the fort,
+although the King contested his right to them; for this reason,
+that as he destroyed the town, he had a claim to every person and
+to every thing belonging to it. On report of Acoom being in arms
+and making preparations to attack the Ashantees, the King ordered
+his army to collect and march to meet him. Two days subsequent to
+the King’s departure (3d July,) Acoom’s party and the advanced
+guard of the Ashantee’s met; a battle was the consequence, which
+ended in the defeat of Acoom, who, with his party, would have been
+cut off, if a river, that was in their rear, had not favoured their
+flight; the fordable parts of which were known to them, but not to
+the Ashantees. After this defeat, the King’s enemies dared not shew
+themselves in the field in any force; they however supported a kind
+of predatory warfare, and were sometimes successful in cutting off
+small foraging parties. As the Ashantees proceeded to leeward,
+desolation accompanied them; almost every town and village were
+laid in ruins; but disease, which got among them at Annamaboe, and
+which spread rapidly, carried off vast numbers. This unexpected
+calamity altered the King’s intentions: he could not return to
+Annamaboe without risking the loss of his whole army; prudence
+therefore directed him to face towards his kingdom, leaving at
+Accra a sufficient force to dispose of prisoners, and to convey
+them in safety to Ashantee.</p>
+
+<p>Cheboo and Apoutay, who appeared inseparable friends at the
+commencement of this war, and throughout it, fled to Cape Coast
+with about five hundred followers, as soon as they perceived the
+Ashantees approaching towards Annamaboe, on the 15th of June. The
+Cape Coast people were willing to afford them protection and
+assistance, but when the Governor heard how things were at
+Annamaboe, he warned them of the danger, and advised them to be
+neutral. When an account arrived at Cape Coast of the desperate
+attack made on Annamaboe fort, the Governor came to the resolution
+of securing, if possible, both these men, and delivering them up to
+the King as the most probable means of not only putting an end to
+the war, but of securing the King’s friendship. A party was
+accordingly selected for that purpose; but Apoutay, after a warm
+contest, wherein some were killed on both sides, effected his
+escape. Cheboo was not so fortunate; he was secured and sent to the
+King, as we have already mentioned; his followers too made
+a<span class="pagenum" id="Page_477">[477]</span> precipitate
+flight, leaving behind them some bulky articles, among which were
+the whole of Cheboo’s regalia, which were carefully lodged for the
+King; and it had the effect on his disposition that was intended;
+it gave a favourable opinion of the British, and assured him of the
+Governor’s friendship, and at the same time it abated the desire he
+encouraged, to be revenged for the loss his army had sustained on
+the 15th. For he concerted a design to attempt the fort by storm,
+and Wednesday the 17th was the day appointed for this enterprise.
+The plan was not badly arranged; and was to be conducted in the
+following manner. Six thousand men were to be selected; half of
+them destined not only to mount the walls, but to apply a quantity
+of gunpowder under them; the explosion from which was expected to
+shake the fort very much, and likewise to create such a confusion
+within as to cause the garrison to be off its guard; the other half
+were to keep up a continued firing. The plan was averted by the
+prudent policy of the Chief Governor, not only by his securing
+Cheboo, but by his alacrity in demanding a truce, whereby the
+King’s resentment was cooled, and his inclinations diverted towards
+pacific measures.</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftapp1">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_142"></a><a href="#FNanchor_142"><span class=
+"label">[142]</span></a>This should be Appia Dunqua; he was the
+elder brother of Appia Nanu, an account of whose disgrace is in the
+<a href="#Page_73">Diary.</a></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_143"></a><a href="#FNanchor_143"><span class=
+"label">[143]</span></a>This should be Atta.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_144"></a><a href="#FNanchor_144"><span class=
+"label">[144]</span></a>Mr. White, who, after an absence of twenty
+seven years from his native country, expired a few hours after he
+landed in it.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_478">[478]</span><a id=
+"app2"></a>APPENDIX. No. II.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width12">
+
+<p class="sch2 space-above1"><em>Translations of a Manuscript
+descriptive of Mr. Park’s Death.</em>
+</p>
+
+<div class="cols">
+<div class="divcol1">
+<p class="center"><span class="sc">Mr. Salame’s Translation.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="center less">[The words in italics, so distinguished at
+that Gentleman’s request, not being in the original.]</p>
+
+<p class="hang1 space-above15">A literal translation of a
+Declaration, written in a corrupted Arabic, from the town of Yaúd
+in the interior of Africa.</p>
+
+<p class="center">In the name of God the Merciful and the
+Munificent.</p>
+
+<p>This Declaration is issued from the town called<a id=
+"FNanchor_145"></a><a href="#Footnote_145" class=
+"fnanchor">[145]</a> Yaúd in the Country of Kossa<a id=
+"FNanchor_146"></a><a href="#Footnote_146" class=
+"fnanchor">[146]</a>.—We (the writer,) do witness the
+<em>following</em> case; (statement.) We never saw, nor heard of
+the sea (River) called<a id="FNanchor_148"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_148" class="fnanchor">[148]</a> Koodd; but we sat to
+hear (understood) the voice (report) of some persons
+<em>saying</em>, “We saw a ship, equal to her we never saw before;
+and the King of Yaúd had sent plenty of every kind<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_479">[479]</span> of food, with cows and sheep;
+<em>There</em> were two men, one woman, two male slaves and two
+maids in the ship;<a id="FNanchor_149"></a><a href="#Footnote_149"
+class="fnanchor">[149]</a> <em>The</em> two white men <em>were</em>
+derived from the race (<em>sect</em>) of Nassrí; (Christ or
+Christianity.) The King of Yaúd asked them to come out to him; (to
+land<a id="FNanchor_150"></a><a href="#Footnote_150" class=
+"fnanchor">[150]</a>; and they refused coming out, (landing,) and
+they went to the <em>King of the</em> Country of<a id=
+"FNanchor_151"></a><a href="#Footnote_151" class=
+"fnanchor">[151]</a> Bassa, who is greater than the King of Yaúd;
+And <em>while</em> they <em>were</em> sitting in the ship and
+gaining a position (rounding) over the Cape of Koodd, and
+<em>were</em> in society with the people of the King of Bassa, the
+ship reached (struck) a-head of Mountain which took (destroyed)
+<em>her</em> away,<a id="FNanchor_152"></a><a href="#Footnote_152"
+class="fnanchor">[152]</a> and the men and women of Bassa all
+together, with every kind of arms; (goods); And the ship could find
+no way to avoid the mountain; And the man who <em>was</em> in the
+ship, killed his wife, and threw all his property into the Sea,
+(River), and <em>then</em> they threw themselves <em>also</em> from
+fear<a id="FNanchor_153"></a><a href="#Footnote_153" class=
+"fnanchor">[153]</a>: Afterwards<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_480">[480]</span> they took one <em>out of the</em> water
+till the news reached the town of Kanji,<a id=
+"FNanchor_154"></a><a href="#Footnote_154" class=
+"fnanchor">[154]</a> the country of the King of Wawí, and the King
+of Wawí heard of it, he buried him in his earth, (grave), and the
+other we have not seen<a id="FNanchor_155"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_155" class="fnanchor">[155]</a>; perhaps he is in the
+bottom of the water.”—And God knows best. Authentic from the mouth
+of Sherif Abrahim.—Finis.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="divcol2">
+<p class="center"><span class="sc">Mr. Jackson’s
+Translation.</span>
+</p>
+
+<p class="hang1 less">[Of this Gentleman’s considerate politeness
+in anticipating my wishes by a spontaneous offer to translate this
+MS., I shall have occasion to repeat my acknowledgments in the
+Geographical Appendix.]</p>
+
+<p class="center">In the name of God the Merciful and Clement.</p>
+
+<p>This Narrative proceeds from the territory in Housa<a id=
+"FNanchor_146b"></a><a href="#Footnote_146" class=
+"fnanchor">[146]</a> called<a id="FNanchor_145b"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_145" class="fnanchor">[145]</a> Eeauree. <em>We
+observed</em> an extraordinary event or circumstance<a id=
+"FNanchor_147"></a><a href="#Footnote_147" class=
+"fnanchor">[147]</a>, <em>but we neither saw nor heard of the River
+which is called<a id="FNanchor_148b"></a><a href="#Footnote_148"
+class="fnanchor">[148]</a> Kude</em>, and as we were sitting, we
+heard the voice of children and <em>we saw a vessel</em> the like
+to which in size we never saw before; and, <em>we saw</em> the King
+of Eeauree send cattle and sheep, and a variety of vegetables in
+great abundance: and there were two men and one<span class=
+"pagenum" id="Page_479b"></span> woman, and two slaves, and
+<em>they tied or fastened them in the vessel</em>.<a id=
+"FNanchor_149b"></a><a href="#Footnote_149" class=
+"fnanchor">[149]</a></p>
+
+<p>There were also in the vessel, two white men of the race called
+Christians (N’sarrah) and the Sultan of Eeauree called aloud to
+them to come out of the vessel,<a id="FNanchor_150b"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_150" class="fnanchor">[150]</a> but they would not.</p>
+
+<p>They proceeded to the country of Busa, which is greater than
+that of the Sultan of Eeauree, and as they were setting in the
+vessel, they hung or were stopped, by the Cape or Head Land of
+Kude.<a id="FNanchor_151b"></a><a href="#Footnote_151" class=
+"fnanchor">[151]</a></p>
+
+<p>And the people of the Sultan of Busa called to them, and poured
+their arms into the vessel, and the vessel reached the head-land or
+cliff, and became attached or fixed to the head of the mountain,
+and could not pass it. Then the men and women of Busa collected
+themselves hostilely together, with arms of all descriptions, when
+the vessel being unable to clear or pass the Cape, the man in the
+vessel<span class="pagenum" id="Page_480b"></span> killed his
+wife<a id="FNanchor_153b"></a><a href="#Footnote_153" class=
+"fnanchor">[153]</a> and threw the whole of her property into the
+river: they then threw themselves into the river, fear seizing them
+(the news of this occurrence was then conveyed to the Sultan Wawee)
+until it reached by water the territory of Kanjee,<a id=
+"FNanchor_154b"></a><a href="#Footnote_154" class=
+"fnanchor">[154]</a> in the country of the Sultan Wawee, and we
+buried it (a male body) in its earth, and one of them, we saw not
+at all in the water,<a id="FNanchor_155b"></a><a href=
+"#Footnote_155" class="fnanchor">[155]</a> and God knows the truth
+of this report. From the mouth of the Shereef Ibrahim.—The end.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="decordb width12">
+
+<p class="space-above15">I have sent the original MS. to the
+African Association, the following is Mr. Jackson’s transcript of
+it. I regret that Mr. Salamé did not also furnish a transcript of
+this MS.</p>
+
+<p class="center arabic">بسم الله الرحمن الرحيم</p>
+
+<p class="nind right arabic">هذه الوثيقه خرج من بلد حوسا يقال يَور
+ونحن راينا الامر لم نري ولانسمع في البحر الذي يقال كوض انما نحن
+جلسنا نسمع صاخ صبيان لرايت السفينه لم نري مثله قط فارسل سلطان يَور
+لرايته مع البقر والكبس مع انواع الطعام كثيرِ هما رجلان وامراة واحدة
+والعبدان وعقدان في السفينة رجلان بيضان خرجوا من نسب نصري ويدعوهو
+سلطان يور الي ان خرجوا اليه وابوا خروج ومشوا الي بلد بسا وهوا كبر
+من سلطان يور وهم يجلسون ويعلكون ملوك<span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_481">[481]</span> علي راس كُوض ويصاخور اهل سلطان بُسا لرايته
+وهم ركوب في السفينة بلغ السفينة راس جبل وياخد الجبل السفينة ورجال
+بُسا والنساه بسا يجمعون كلهم مع انواع السلاح والسفينة لم يجد طريق
+المنع الجبل ورجل الدي في السفينة قتل امراته ورمي ماله كله في البحر
+ورموا نفسهما في البحر لخوف ثم ياخدوا بلغ خبر الي سلطان واوي حتي بلغ
+ماه به الي بلد كنجي بلد سلطان وَاوَيَ ودفنه في قرابه وواحد منهما لم
+نره اقل في قهر الماه والله اعلم صح في فَم شريف اِبراهيم * تمت*</p>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftapp2">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_145"></a><a href="#FNanchor_145"><span class=
+"label">[145]</span></a>Sir William Ouseley (who very obligingly
+communicated a hurried translation from Crickhowel, although the
+original had been but two hours in his possession) read this Yaur
+or Yaôur.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_146"></a><a href="#FNanchor_146"><span class=
+"label">[146]</span></a>Sir Wm. writes Husa or Haousa: the latter
+is occasionally the Moorish pronunciation, but Houssa is invariably
+the negro. I certainly never once heard that Houssa included
+Yawoorie, which has a distinct Sovereign, who is mentioned in the
+MS.: Perhaps it may be accounted for, from Yawoorie being one of
+the seven kingdoms tributary to Houssa or Mallowa.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_147"></a><a href="#FNanchor_147"><span class=
+"label">[147]</span></a>Mr. Jackson has preserved this apparent
+contradiction in his fidelity to the original, according to his
+reading. He considers, it may be reconciled by presuming that the
+writer only saw the vessel pass Yawoorie, and did not witness the
+ultimate catastrophe at Boussa, where he imagines the river may
+first receive the name of Kude, as African rivers frequently have a
+different name in every country through which they flow. This
+interpretation does not make the writer a mere reporter as in the
+other translation, but a witness of all that happened at Yawoorie,
+although not afterwards. I never understood the river to have any
+other name than Quorra or Quolla, from Shego to Foör, yet of this
+we ought not to feel positive.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_148"></a><a href="#FNanchor_148"><span class=
+"label">[148]</span></a>It is very extraordinary that the name of
+the Quolla should always be written Kude, Koad, or Koada, and that
+Mr. Hutchison, who was learning Arabic of the Moors, in Ashantee,
+should be taught to write and pronounce as Quolla, the same Arabic
+word which every European proficient reads as above. I cannot help
+thinking that, from bad writing, ignorance, or perhaps some
+occidental difference, the <em>d</em> is put for the
+<em>l</em>,<a id="FNanchor_a-148"></a><a href="#Footnote_a-148"
+class="fnanchor">[a]</a> and that it should be Kule or Koala,
+especially as there appears to be a town called Kula on its banks,
+(see <a href="#app3">routes</a> in Appendix) which comes very close
+to Kulla, Mr. Brown’s river. The identity of the Quolla and Kulla,
+seems confirmed by Mr. Dupuis reading the name of the kingdom, as
+written by the Moors, Koora, which seems as if they had written it
+for once, according to the negro pronunciation, (Quorra,) for as I
+have observed (<a href="#Page_196">p. 196</a>) that the negroes
+always substitute r for the Moorish <em>l</em> (a defect also
+characterising a dialect of the Coptic, the Chayma, the Tamanack,
+&amp;c. &amp;c., and common, as Baron Humboldt observes, to every
+zone) Koora becomes Koola, for the same reason which the Quorra of
+the negroes was always pronounced Quolla by the Moors; and Koola,
+it will be allowed, is very near to Mr. Brown’s Kulla.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="subft">
+<p><a id="Footnote_a-148"></a><a href=
+"#FNanchor_a-148"><span class="label">[a]</span></a>I recollect
+one, but only one instance of the negroes substituting <em>d</em>
+for the Moorish <em>l</em>, which was in Toppodo for Toppollo, a
+town of Bornoo.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_149"></a><a href="#FNanchor_149"><span class=
+"label">[149]</span></a>Mr. Jackson writes <span class=
+"arabic">وعقدان في السفينة</span> Uakkadan fee sfeena, i.e. and
+tied or bound them in the vessel or ship, adding, that he is at a
+loss to imagine how it can have been converted into “two maids in
+the ship.”<a id="FNanchor_a-149"></a><a href="#Footnote_a-149"
+class="fnanchor">[a]</a> Sir Wm., however, in his hurried notice,
+rendered it ‘female slaves.’</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="subft">
+<p><a id="Footnote_a-149"></a><a href=
+"#FNanchor_a-149"><span class="label">[a]</span></a><em>Ockdan fi
+ássafinat</em>, means either “<em>Two maids</em>, or <em>two female
+slaves</em>, in the ship,” and no otherwise.—A. S.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_150"></a><a href="#FNanchor_150"><span class=
+"label">[150]</span></a>“Invited (or entertained them) until they
+left him,” Sir Wm.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_151"></a><a href="#FNanchor_151"><span class=
+"label">[151]</span></a>Sir William, in his hurried perusal, read
+this, “and went on to the country of Besa, and (the Sultan of) this
+country is greater than the Sultan of Yaour: there they settled or
+halted, above Ras (Cape) Koumen. The people belonging to the Sultan
+of Besa saw the boat, and they went into the boat, and it reached
+the Mountain Cape, (or Headland,) and was there stopped.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_152"></a><a href="#FNanchor_152"><span class=
+"label">[152]</span></a><a href="#tnoteref1" class="tnoteref"></a>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_153"></a><a href="#FNanchor_153"><span class=
+"label">[153]</span></a>“And <em>the man who was</em><a id=
+"FNanchor_a-153"></a><a href="#Footnote_a-153" class=
+"fnanchor">[a]</a> in the boat slew his woman (<span class=
+"arabic">امراة</span>) and threw every article of his property into
+the river, and then cast <em>themselves</em> into the river through
+fear.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="subft">
+<p><a id="Footnote_a-153"></a><a href=
+"#FNanchor_a-153"><span class="label">[a]</span></a>I translate
+this in the singular, yet afterwards, there seems a confusion with
+the plural.” Sir Wm. This act, which appears very improbable, and
+which I never heard of in the oral accounts which I received whilst
+in Coomassie, (Diary, <a href="#Page_91">p. 91</a>) if it was
+committed, must have been by Lieut. Martyn, recollecting the
+difference of his and Mr. Park’s dispositions, and Amadi Fatouma’s
+anecdote of the former wishing to kill him for preventing him from
+firing any more at the people of the King Gotoijege, I should
+observe here, that Amadi Fatouma’s <em>Poul</em> nation can be no
+other than the Fillani, (<a href="#Page_207">p. 207</a>) the Fullan
+of Ben Ali, for though it has been translated Poul, there is no
+<em>p</em> in the Arabic, and the Moors in Ashantee always wrote
+<em>f</em> for the negro <em>p</em>, as <em>fon</em> for
+<em>pon</em>. As Col. Maxwell merely observes in his letter, that
+“Isaaco’s Arabic Journal was translated into English, by a person
+resident in Senegal, who probably had but an ordinary or colloquial
+knowledge of Arabic, it is to be regretted that the original was
+not transmitted with it, as a more careful perusal of it by Sir
+William Ouseley or some Arabic scholar in England, would probably
+reconcile the two accounts, at least in the names of places, if not
+in the circumstances, more than they can be from the translation
+remitted.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_154"></a><a href="#FNanchor_154"><span class=
+"label">[154]</span></a>See note; <a href="#Page_202">p.
+202.</a></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_155"></a><a href="#FNanchor_155"><span class=
+"label">[155]</span></a>“And the other did not,——from the violence
+of the water.”—Sir Wm.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_482">[482]</span><a id=
+"app3"></a>APPENDIX. No. III.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width12">
+
+<p class="sch2 space-above15"><span class=
+"letter-spaced01">ROUTE</span>S.</p>
+
+<ul class="simple3">
+<li class="center">1.</li>
+
+<li class="center">To Dwabin.</li>
+
+<li>Seepa</li>
+
+<li>Marmpon</li>
+
+<li>Pakooroo</li>
+
+<li>Aquooquamong</li>
+
+<li>Okimdaia</li>
+
+<li>Weterkroom</li>
+
+<li>Bunkooroo</li>
+
+<li>Boomfeea</li>
+
+<li>Kinnesoo</li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul class="simple3">
+<li class="center">2.</li>
+
+<li class="center">To Quaoo.</li>
+
+<li>1. Assiempong</li>
+
+<li>2. Thro’ Amoom R. to Oseemadoo</li>
+
+<li>3. Obogoo, Frontier Quaoo town.</li>
+
+<li>4. Adumpong, the Government of the C. Coast Captain</li>
+
+<li>5. Assebanasoo</li>
+
+<li>6. Minidasoo, Famous for Palm Oil.</li>
+
+<li>7. Assoona</li>
+
+<li>8. Wantomo</li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul class="simple3">
+<li class="center">3.</li>
+
+<li class="center">To Accra.</li>
+
+<li>1. Odossoo</li>
+
+<li>3. Kroofoofroom, Two hours from the lake.</li>
+
+<li>4. Obirribee, The 1st Akim town</li>
+
+<li>5. Assinee</li>
+
+<li>6. Over Boosempra to Gawasee</li>
+
+<li>7. Meeasee</li>
+
+<li>8. Monasa</li>
+
+<li>9. Over the Aninnee, (rising in a hill called Quomshoo, 1 day
+to the W.) on a tree</li>
+
+<li>10. Ashoosoo</li>
+
+<li>11. Aquapong</li>
+
+<li>12. Over Birrim to Measa</li>
+
+<li>13. Asheeaqua</li>
+
+<li>14. Kookrantoom</li>
+
+<li>15. Aguiesso</li>
+
+<li>16. Marmpon and Aboödee, Visited by Issert, who calls it 24
+miles from Christiansburg Castle.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul class="simple3">
+<li class="center">4.</li>
+
+<li class="center">To Accra.</li>
+
+<li>1. Ashiedumpong</li>
+
+<li>2. Assaboo</li>
+
+<li>3. Assuennie</li>
+
+<li>5. Antarranaï</li>
+
+<li>6. Ammoonoom</li>
+
+<li>7. Akropong</li>
+
+<li>9. Abirriwantoo</li>
+
+<li>10. Aradntem</li>
+
+<li>11. Kookrantoom</li>
+
+<li>13. Aguiesso.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul class="simple3">
+<li class="center">5.</li>
+
+<li class="center">To Elmina.</li>
+
+<li>1. Thro’ the towns Akasee, Kankawasee, Odasoo, Adiabin,
+Asakkraka, Adoonko, Agafrompon, to Adoomasa</li>
+
+<li>2. Fiasee, Bonechumay, Asanasoo, to Becquoi</li>
+
+<li>3. Inshuentem, (<em>between waters</em>) Abimpingua, to
+Atobiasee</li>
+
+<li>4. Thro’ Hoomassie, Assekosoo, Edoomassie, Akoorkerry,
+Akotokee, Yankeren, to Abateä, the frontier town of Dankara</li>
+
+<li>5. Thro’ Sewooterasee, (<em>put your head lower</em>) Aboposoo,
+the frontier Tufel town, to Ensuaguesoo, (<em>woman’s town</em>)
+the capital of Tufel</li>
+
+<li>6. Morobim</li>
+
+<li>7. Thro’ Akoontarrem, (the 1st Warsaw town) Amodai, over
+Bopoquaw, (a high hill where there was formerly a large croom, now
+deserted) & Apachamba, to Kaïrakoo</li>
+
+<li>8. Over Pra to Demamba</li>
+
+<li>9. Dadiasoo</li>
+
+<li>10. Asseecooma, Abannasoo, Abrādi, Elmina, or, as the natives
+call it, Addĭna.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul class="simple3">
+<li class="center">6.</li>
+
+<li class="center">To Dankara.</li>
+
+<li>1. Dakoon</li>
+
+<li>2. Terraboöom, the frontier town of Dankara</li>
+
+<li>3. Thro’ Mosiasoo to Enquanta</li>
+
+<li>4. Thro’ Ofoo, Amasoo, to Dankara.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul class="simple3">
+<li class="center">7.</li>
+
+<li class="center">To Buntookoo.</li>
+
+<li>1. Barree <a id="FNanchor_156"></a><a href="#Footnote_156"
+class="fnanchor">[156]</a>or to Passaroo</li>
+
+<li>2. Beamasoo, or to Dooniantiffee</li>
+
+<li>3. Ensoota</li>
+
+<li>4. Quanta</li>
+
+<li>5. Across Tando, to Odomassee</li>
+
+<li>6. Suaterree</li>
+
+<li>7. Birrakoomee</li>
+
+<li>8. Yammee</li>
+
+<li>9. Kirribeeö</li>
+
+<li>10. Kickiwerree</li>
+
+<li>11. Buntookoo</li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul class="simple3">
+<li class="center"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_483">[483]</span>8.</li>
+
+<li class="center">To Banda.</li>
+
+<li>1. Tafoo</li>
+
+<li>2. Ofeesoo</li>
+
+<li>3. Abofoo</li>
+
+<li>4. Kinkawasoo</li>
+
+<li>5. Akomada</li>
+
+<li>6. Tandosoo</li>
+
+<li>7. Koontoosoo</li>
+
+<li>8. Takima</li>
+
+<li>9. Weäkee</li>
+
+<li>10. Aousa</li>
+
+<li>11. Soko</li>
+
+<li>12. Namasa</li>
+
+<li>13. Coransoo</li>
+
+<li>14. Bimma</li>
+
+<li>15. Banda</li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul class="simple3">
+<li class="center">9.</li>
+
+<li class="center">To Boopee.</li>
+
+<li>1. Esansoo, or Medima</li>
+
+<li>2. Through Ofim, which rises close to the E. to Bümsoo or
+Akimakasie</li>
+
+<li>3. Soodroo</li>
+
+<li>4. Takimenteä, or Quamang</li>
+
+<li>5. Akommadeä, or Boomang</li>
+
+<li>6. Boisoo</li>
+
+<li>7. Coranza</li>
+
+<li>8. Boibin</li>
+
+<li>9. Koonquoontee</li>
+
+<li>10. Dawdaw</li>
+
+<li>11. Akrofroom</li>
+
+<li>12. Oboosmosoo</li>
+
+<li>13. Moboäsoo</li>
+
+<li>14. On the path</li>
+
+<li>15. Over Adirri</li>
+
+<li>16. Boopee</li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul class="simple3">
+<li class="center">10.</li>
+
+<li class="center">To Sallagha.</li>
+
+<li>1. Marmpon</li>
+
+<li>2. Aphwaguiasee</li>
+
+<li>3. Gammasee a fetish temple</li>
+
+<li>4. Akrofroom</li>
+
+<li>5. Intonnasoo (Cloth Town)</li>
+
+<li>6. Quanasee or Troabirree</li>
+
+<li>7. Agwoona</li>
+
+<li>8. Adoogan</li>
+
+<li>9. Over rivers and mountains to Aguirra, or Poorra</li>
+
+<li>10. Through Sennee to Amanting</li>
+
+<li>11. Pattooda</li>
+
+<li>12. Atoboboo</li>
+
+<li>13. Weasee</li>
+
+<li>14. Pannangha</li>
+
+<li>15. Yadjee</li>
+
+<li>16. Over Adirri to Sallagha</li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul class="simple3">
+<li class="center">11.</li>
+
+<li class="center">To Source of Sennee.</li>
+
+<li>1. Agamachasee</li>
+
+<li>2. Aboiman</li>
+
+<li>3. Yatirrim</li>
+
+<li>4. Oweeamasee</li>
+
+<li>5. Anyanasue</li>
+
+<li>6. Assekadoomasee</li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul class="simple3">
+<li class="center">12.</li>
+
+<li class="center">To Odentee ferry.</li>
+
+<li>1. Kokoofoo</li>
+
+<li>2. Guia</li>
+
+<li>3. Weeäsee</li>
+
+<li>4. Bassa</li>
+
+<li>5. Tarrisoo</li>
+
+<li>6. Over Sennee, to ferry</li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul class="simple3">
+<li class="center">13.</li>
+
+<li class="center">From Yahndi to Daboia</li>
+
+<li>1. Through Patinga to Duetuem</li>
+
+<li>2. Tampeūn</li>
+
+<li>3. Through Nantong to Kompoongo</li>
+
+<li>4. Through Boö to Dindinno</li>
+
+<li>5. Daboia</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p class="center">Large Towns on the Route from Boornoo to
+Oongoora.</p>
+
+<ul class="simple3">
+<li>Deeagarra</li>
+
+<li>Digza</li>
+
+<li>Gellaroo</li>
+
+<li>Rakah</li>
+
+<li>Zaghgah</li>
+
+<li>Ariggum</li>
+
+<li>Madellarie</li>
+
+<li>Zogogdo</li>
+
+<li>Doobba</li>
+
+<li>Toppollo, or Toppodo</li>
+
+<li>Garaga</li>
+
+<li>Gaskaia</li>
+
+<li>Matchella</li>
+
+<li>Goozirrinkoorra</li>
+
+<li>Dumgabalo</li>
+
+<li>Potuskum, or Kuskum</li>
+
+<li>Dawaso</li>
+
+<li>Woodbo</li>
+
+<li>Gummo</li>
+
+<li>Zega</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p class="center">Adagia, Mallagee, and Katanga, lay between
+Oongoora, and Kassina.</p>
+
+<p class="center space-above15 space-below1">Towns adjoining, or
+laying close to the right and left of the above Route.</p>
+
+<ul class="simple3">
+<li>Serrakeelaia</li>
+
+<li>Dakum</li>
+
+<li>Lismaroo</li>
+
+<li>Goobilwa</li>
+
+<li>Gobookalashee</li>
+
+<li>Dazakou</li>
+
+<li>Danga</li>
+
+<li>Likhalalie</li>
+
+<li>Looha</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The following transcripts of the most intelligible of the MSS. I
+brought, according to the different readings, with the Negro
+pronunciation as it was familiar to me in Ashantee, will show how
+careless or incapable the Moors are of writing the names of Negro
+kingdoms accurately<span class="pagenum" id="Page_484">[484]</span>
+according to the expression of the natives. The original MSS. will
+be sent to the African Association, to whom I had hoped to present
+the interesting itinerary of Shereef Brahima from Dagwumba to
+Mecca, but this valuable MS. which it had cost me so much pains to
+procure, after being kept three months by one gentleman before he
+discovered that he had not time to translate it, was lost or
+mislaid by another in the course of doing so, and I have the
+mortification of being unable to submit any other than the mere
+skeleton of it. See Geography, <a href="#Page_205">p. 205.</a></p>
+
+<h3>CHART No. I.</h3>
+
+<p class="sch2"><em>Course of the Niger or Quolla (by a Houssa
+Moor.)</em>
+</p>
+
+<table class="tabw40 paddedcol4" id="t484">
+<tr>
+<th>Negro pronunciation.</th>
+<th colspan="2">Mr. Jackson’s reading and transcript.</th>
+<th colspan="2" class="pad2">Mr. Dupuis’ reading and
+transcript.</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Gebowa</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Gebawa</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جباو</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Toro Jollabi</td>
+<td>Futa Jelua</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">فوت جلوا</td>
+<td>Foota Joolaba</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">فُوتَ جلوب</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Fota Tora</td>
+<td>Futa Tura</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">فوت طورَ</td>
+<td>Foota Tooroo</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">فُوتَ طُورُ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hasoo</td>
+<td>Kassua</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">خَصوا</td>
+<td>Khassoua</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">خَصُوا</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Jaoona</td>
+<td>Jäun</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جَعونْ</td>
+<td>Jafoona</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جفون</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Gammoe</td>
+<td>G¯remua</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">غموا</td>
+<td>Ghemoua</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">غمُوا</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Mallaia</td>
+<td>Maly Faly</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مَلَي فَلي</td>
+<td>Malia</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مَلي</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Shego</td>
+<td>Shag¯ru</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">شاغُ</td>
+<td>Shagho</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">شاغُ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Sansandin</td>
+<td>Sansandia</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سَنسَندي</td>
+<td>Sansandia</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سَنسَندي</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Jennie</td>
+<td>Janni</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جَان</td>
+<td>Jinnie</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جَان</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Mashina</td>
+<td>Masheena</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مَاشِنَ</td>
+<td>Mashena</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مَاشينَ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Jimballa</td>
+<td>G¯rimbala</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">غِمْبَلَ</td>
+<td><a id="FNanchor_157"></a><a href="#Footnote_157" class=
+"fnanchor">[157]</a>Ghimballa</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">غِمْبَلَ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td colspan="2">(G¯r nearest sound to <span class=
+"arabic">غ</span>.)</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Kabarra</td>
+<td>Kabra</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كَبرَ</td>
+<td>Kabara</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كَبَرَ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Timbuctoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Timbuctoo</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">ثمْبَكْتُ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Jolliba</td>
+<td>Jilab Karihua</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جلاب كريهوا</td>
+<td>Jilleb Kareho</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جلاب كريهوا</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td colspan="2" class="tdc">(or Garihua.<a id=
+"FNanchor_158"></a><a href="#Footnote_158" class=
+"fnanchor">[158]</a>)</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Uzzabin</td>
+<td>Asabin</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">احبن</td>
+<td>Azbene</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">ازبن</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Gaw</td>
+<td>G¯raheh</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">غاي</td>
+<td>Ghou</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">غاو</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_485">[485]</span>Kabi</td>
+<td>Keb</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كب</td>
+<td>Kabi</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كب</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Yaoora</td>
+<td>Eüra</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">يورَ</td>
+<td>Yaoury</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">يور</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Hooman (Dhooman)</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">حمن</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Raka</td>
+<td>Baka</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">بَكا</td>
+<td>Raka</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">رَكَا</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Quarraraba</td>
+<td>Kurauabee</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كرَوبَي</td>
+<td>Koorawaba</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كْرَوَبَ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Mafeegoodoo</td>
+<td>Mafikadoo</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مَافِقُدَ</td>
+<td>Mafhygodo</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مَافْقِغُدُ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Cadie, Caudee, and Chadi</td>
+<td>Shad</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">شد</td>
+<td>Shada</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">شَدَ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Sharee R.</td>
+<td>Shar</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">شر</td>
+<td>Sharry</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">شَرِ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Foor</td>
+<td>Fure</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">فور</td>
+<td>Foor</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">فُوُرْ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Weddai</td>
+<td>Wadan</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">وادان</td>
+<td>Wadana</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">وَادَانَ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td colspan="2" class="tdc">(i.e. two rivers.)</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Soonar</td>
+<td>Sanar</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سَنَارْ</td>
+<td>Sanar</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سَنَارْ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Shuar Benassa</td>
+<td>Sheua benasser</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">شوَا بنَسر</td>
+<td>Shewa ben Hassan</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">شوَا بن حسن</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Shousuad</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">شوسواد</td>
+<td>Shousooda</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">شوسواد</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Doulamba</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">دُلَنْبَ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Kalen or Falen</td>
+<td class="tdr"><span class="arabic">فالن</span> or <span class=
+"arabic">كالن</span></td>
+<td>Kalana</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كالن</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Jefeesgo</td>
+<td>Jafag¯r</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جَفَغْ</td>
+<td>Jafegh</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جفغ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Massar</td>
+<td>Mass’r</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مصر</td>
+<td>Massir</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مصر</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h3>MS. No. I.</h3>
+
+<p class="sch2"><em>Route from Boussa to Yarriba.</em>
+</p>
+
+<table class="padded3" id="t485">
+<tr>
+<td>Wauwaw</td>
+<td>Wou</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">واوْ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Kaiama</td>
+<td>Kima</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كيما</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Godoobirrie</td>
+<td>Khudubar</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">خدوبار</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Gamba</td>
+<td>Khamba</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">خَمْبَ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Kroomie Yarriba</td>
+<td>Kurmi Yarabia</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كُرْم يَرَبي</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ageasee</td>
+<td>Abashee</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">ابَشي</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>A more familiar illustration of the difficulty or carelessness
+of the Moors in writing Negro names, is the following route to
+Sallagha, to which there are many paths, containing several
+Ashantee towns, which I have laid down in the map. I rather think,
+however, the corrupt Arabic of the interior is not quite
+understood.</p>
+
+<h3><span class="pagenum" id="Page_486">[486]</span>MS. No.
+II.</h3>
+
+<table class="tabw40 bd-collapse" id="t486a">
+<tr>
+<th>Negro pronunciation.</th>
+<th colspan="3">Mr. Jackson’s reading and transcript.</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Jemakashee</td>
+<td class="width-brace1">
+</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جماكاشي</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Gammasee</td>
+<td>Khemashee or Ghemashee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">خماشي</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Akrofroom</td>
+<td>Kukerume or Kuferume</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdr"><span class="arabic">كوقروم</span> or <span class=
+"arabic">كوكروم</span></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Ber kaleela (a narrow or close country)</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">برقليلا</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Soota</td>
+<td>U badha Shta</td>
+<td class="brt">
+</td>
+<td rowspan="2" class="arabic tdr">وبعده شتا</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2">And afterwards Shta or an alluvial country</td>
+<td class="brb">
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td colspan="3">The people of Sudi in the territory of Shta</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">وحيل اسود كان في بلد شتا</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Marmpon</td>
+<td>U badha Mamefm</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">و بعده مَمفم</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Aduarrie Kennie</td>
+<td>D’keen Adjar</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">دكين ادجار</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Aguira</td>
+<td>Ajuee or Ajree</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdr"><span class="arabic">اجري</span> or <span class=
+"arabic">اجوي</span></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Antonasoo</td>
+<td>Anteenee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">عنتيني</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Akakuee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">اككوي</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Patooda (no P in Arabic)</td>
+<td>Ketdee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كتدي</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Atoboo</td>
+<td>Atab</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">اتاب</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Weasee</td>
+<td>Hooashee or Weeashu</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="tdr"><span class="arabic">جومشي</span> or <span class=
+"arabic">حوعشي</span></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Feneeueekee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">فنيويقي</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Perhaps meaning frontier of Booroom</td>
+<td>Bure</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">بور</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Sallagha</td>
+<td>Salag<sup>~</sup>r</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سلغ</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>I shall submit more translations or transcripts of routes and
+charts in Arabic, adding the Negro pronunciation, as the situations
+of most of the places were not so clearly confirmed as to enable me
+to insert them in my map, and consequently it is important to
+enable future travellers to refer to them; such outlines being a
+great assistance in directing and checking enquiry (which they
+frequently originate) and investigation. The original MSS. will be
+sent to the African Association, in case a further examination may
+be desirable hereafter.</p>
+
+<h3>MS. No. III.</h3>
+
+<p class="sch2"><em>Course of the Niger or Quolla (by a Bornoo
+Moor.)</em>
+</p>
+
+<table class="tabw40 paddedcol4" id="t486b">
+<tr>
+<th>Negro pronunciation.</th>
+<th colspan="2">Mr. Jackson’s reading and transcript.</th>
+<th colspan="2" class="pad2">Mr. Dupuis’ reading and
+transcript.</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Bambooch</td>
+<td>Banbug<sup>~</sup>r eladi eeakul</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">بَنبُغ الدي ياكل</td>
+<td>Banboogho</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">بَنْبغ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>el Ham Abn Adam</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">الحم ابن ادم</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td colspan="2">Banbug<sup>~</sup>r, who eat the flesh of men.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Firmag<sup>~</sup>r</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">فرمَغَ</td>
+<td>Fermagha</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">فرمَغَ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hasoo</td>
+<td>Hâsu</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">حاسُ</td>
+<td>Hasoo</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">حَاسُ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Jaoona</td>
+<td>Jahunu</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جَاحُنُ</td>
+<td>Jahoonoo</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جَاحُيُ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_487">[487]</span>Gamoo</td>
+<td>Jamu</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جَمُ</td>
+<td>Jamoo</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جَمُ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Malay or Mallaia</td>
+<td>Mali</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مَلي</td>
+<td>Malabi</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مَلبي</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Shego</td>
+<td>Shaegru</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">شَيْغُ</td>
+<td>Shagho</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">شَيْغُ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Sansandin</td>
+<td>Sansandy</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سَنسَندِ</td>
+<td>Sansadia</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سَنسَدَ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Jennie</td>
+<td>Jany</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جَنِ</td>
+<td>Jinnie</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جني</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Mashina</td>
+<td>Masina</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مَاسَنَ</td>
+<td>Massina</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مَاسنَ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Timbuctoo</td>
+<td>Tunbûktu</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">تُنبَقْتُ</td>
+<td>Timbuctoo</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">تمبقْتُ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Gauw</td>
+<td>G¯rau</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">غَاوْ</td>
+<td>Ghaou</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">غاوْ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Kolomanni</td>
+<td>Kulman</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كُلْمَنِ</td>
+<td>Koolmani</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كُلْمَن</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Zinberme</td>
+<td>Dtanberma</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">ذَنبرْمَ</td>
+<td>Danberma</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">ذَنْبرْمَ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Cabi</td>
+<td>Kabi</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كَبِ</td>
+<td>Kabi</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كَبِ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Yawoorie or Yaoora</td>
+<td>Eauri</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">يَاوُرِ</td>
+<td>Yaouri</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">يَاوُرِ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Noofee</td>
+<td>Nufy</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">نُفي</td>
+<td>Noufee</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">نفي</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Boussa</td>
+<td>Busâa</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">بوسَا</td>
+<td>Boussa</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">بوسا</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Rakka</td>
+<td>Raka</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">رَاقَا</td>
+<td>Rakka</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">رَاقَا</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Bornoo</td>
+<td>B’rn Bernu</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">برن</td>
+<td>Bornou</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">برن</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Chadee L.</td>
+<td colspan="4">(The lake drawn, but the name not written.)</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Bagarrimee</td>
+<td>Bag¯rarm</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">باغرو</td>
+<td>Baghroom</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">باغرم</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Kalamfarradoo</td>
+<td>Kaferk or Kaferd</td>
+<td class="tdr"><span class="arabic">كافرد</span> or <span class=
+"arabic">كافرك</span></td>
+<td>Kaferda Kalferka</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كافرد</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Weddaï</td>
+<td>Wadana (two rivers)</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">وَدَان</td>
+<td>Wadai</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">وَدَان</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Soonar</td>
+<td>Surnar</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سُرنَرْ</td>
+<td>Soonar</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سُونَرْ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Siua</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سيوا</td>
+<td>Sewa</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سيوا</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Schweess</td>
+<td>Suis</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سويس</td>
+<td>Souisa</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سويس</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Zaloo</td>
+<td>Jal</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جال</td>
+<td>Jaloo</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جال</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Kataëba</td>
+<td>Katab</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">قَتَب</td>
+<td>Kataibi</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">فَتَيب</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Makidzue</td>
+<td>Mek’duh</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مقدوح</td>
+<td>Mokad</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مقدوح</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Mertabass</td>
+<td>M’rtabas</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مرتباس</td>
+<td>Mertabas</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مرتباس</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hoodayba</td>
+<td>Mamudeeb</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مَموديب</td>
+<td>Haoudeba</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">هوديي</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Taiboos</td>
+<td>Teesuse</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">تيسوس</td>
+<td>Tesoos</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">تيسوس</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Jarooba</td>
+<td>Jerub</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جروب</td>
+<td>Jarouba</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جروب</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Tabarrabass</td>
+<td>Tidburse or Tidfurse</td>
+<td class="tdr"><span class="arabic">تدبرس</span> or <span class=
+"arabic">تدفرس</span></td>
+<td>Tarbasa</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">ترباس</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_488">[488]</span>Gedda.</td>
+<td>J’da</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جدا</td>
+<td>Jidda</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جدا</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Geddook</td>
+<td>J’duk</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جدوخ</td>
+<td>Jidoukh</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جدوخ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Limbarr’</td>
+<td>Linbabahr</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">لنبَبَحر</td>
+<td>Linbahar</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">لنبحر</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Tarrowm</td>
+<td>Term</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">ترم</td>
+<td>Taroom</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">ترم</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Massar</td>
+<td>M’nser</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">منصر</td>
+<td>Minsor</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">منصر</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Sakunderree or Askandarie</td>
+<td>Skender, a swamp lake</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سكندر مرج</td>
+<td>Sakundria, Alexandria</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سْكَنْدَرِ</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="sch2"><em>Route from Timbuctoo to Ferjan (from the same
+MS.)</em>
+</p>
+
+<table class="tabw40 paddedcol5 bd-collapse" id="t488a">
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Tuan</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">توان</td>
+<td>Toowano</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">توان</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>M’brûk</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مبروك</td>
+<td>Mobaruka</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مبَرْوك</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Jeerban</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">حيربن</td>
+<td>Joojebani</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">اجوجبن</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Abugiberk</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">ابوجبرخ</td>
+<td>Kheerabi</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">خيربي</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Tehekeem</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">تحكيم</td>
+<td>Tahkema</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">تحكيم</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Bageeacha</td>
+<td class="brt width-brace1">
+</td>
+<td rowspan="5" colspan="4">not written, but position marked, and
+thus pronounced.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hootailee</td>
+<td class="liner">
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Goosaicha</td>
+<td class="liner">
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hayloon</td>
+<td class="liner">
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Barrahese</td>
+<td class="brb">
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Ferjan</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">فرجان</td>
+<td>Ferjan</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">فَرْجَانْ</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="sch2"><em>From Timbuctoo to Tunis (from the same
+Chart.)</em>
+</p>
+
+<table class="tabw40 paddedcol4" id="t488b">
+<tr>
+<td>Ziggie</td>
+<td>Jak, Jik, or Juk</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جق</td>
+<td>Jagha</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جغ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Arowalla</td>
+<td>Arun or Arul</td>
+<td class="tdr"><span class="arabic">عرول</span> or <span class=
+"arabic">عرون</span></td>
+<td>Aaroon</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">عرون</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Tarrabaleese</td>
+<td>Trahesen</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">ترهيسن</td>
+<td>Trabolas</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">ترهبليس</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Mooquinassa</td>
+<td>M’kenas</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">ممكناس</td>
+<td>Mookanassa</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مَكْنَاس</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hass</td>
+<td>Has</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">حَاسْ</td>
+<td>Hhas</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">حَاسْ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Landoloos</td>
+<td>Lindalsu</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">لَندَلْسُ</td>
+<td>Lankalsoo</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">لَنكَلْسُ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Toonis</td>
+<td>Tunis</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">تونس</td>
+<td>Tunis</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">تونس</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Near the sea</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كباله بحر</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>Other towns named on this route were</p>
+
+<ul class="simple3">
+<li>Hassaladee</li>
+
+<li>Hassazedeed</li>
+
+<li>Hassat</li>
+
+<li>Omattaras</li>
+
+<li>Dizzaela</li>
+
+<li>Dazeleel</li>
+
+<li>Katerbaîlie</li>
+
+<li>Bahadzai</li>
+
+<li>Maratooph</li>
+
+<li>Swamach</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3><span class="pagenum" id="Page_489">[489]</span>MS. No.
+IV.</h3>
+
+<p class="sch2"><em>Course of the Niger or Quolla (by a Jennie Moor
+who had been to Egypt.)</em>
+</p>
+
+<table class="tabw40 bd-collapse paddedcol5" id="t489">
+<tr>
+<th colspan="2">Negro pronunciation.</th>
+<th colspan="2">Mr. Jackson’s reading and transcript.</th>
+<th colspan="2" class="pad2">Mr. Dupuis’ reading and
+transcript.</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Mallaia</td>
+<td class="width-brace1">
+</td>
+<td>Malh</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">ملح</td>
+<td>Mahh</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مَاحْ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Shego</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Shak</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سك</td>
+<td>Shako</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سكُ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Sansandin</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Sansandee</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سنسدَي</td>
+<td>Sansandia</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سنسنديَ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Jennie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Jin</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جن</td>
+<td>Jinnie</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جنِ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Massina</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Masheen</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">ماشين</td>
+<td>Mashina</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">ماشين</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Tinbuctoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Tinbut</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">تنبت</td>
+<td>Tinbuctoo</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">تنبت</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td colspan="6" class="hang2">(Here he draws the Jolliba flowing
+from or into the Quolla by Timbuctoo.)</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Gauw</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Gru</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">غو</td>
+<td>Ghou</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">غو</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Quoälla</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Kula</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كولا</td>
+<td>Koualla</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كولا</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Askeä</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Assaëe</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">اَساَي</td>
+<td>Askea</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">اسكي</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Zabirma</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Zabuaä</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">زبوعا</td>
+<td>Zaberma</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">زبرما</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Cabi</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Keb</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كب</td>
+<td>Kaby</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كبا</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Yaoora</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Eeurë</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">يور</td>
+<td>Yeory</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">يور</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Boussa</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>B’sa</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">بسا</td>
+<td>Bussu</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">بسا</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td colspan="6" class="hang2">(Here he branches off a southern
+route to Yarriba with precisely the same names as in MS. I, by the
+Houssa Moor.)</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Noofee</td>
+<td class="brt">
+</td>
+<td colspan="4" rowspan="5">not written, but position marked, and
+thus pronounced.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Quolla-liffa</td>
+<td class="liner">
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Atagara</td>
+<td class="liner">
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Sharee R.</td>
+<td class="liner">
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Chadee L.</td>
+<td class="brb">
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Foor</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Foo</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">فوُ</td>
+<td>Sour</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">صُره</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Weddai</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Wadaee</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">وداي</td>
+<td>Wadai</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">وداي</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Joonar</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Jusenaw</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جوسناو</td>
+<td>Joosnou</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جوسناو</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Shewa</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Shuee</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">شوي</td>
+<td>Shouy</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سوي</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Sooeess</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Siuse</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سُوسْ</td>
+<td>Sweis</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سُوسْ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Zale</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Zal</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">زاَل</td>
+<td>Zal</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">زاَل</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Zaedooma</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Zeehwam</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">زيهوم</td>
+<td>Zeedouma</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">زيدوم</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Lachtamoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Lahellam</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">لاحلام</td>
+<td>Lakhtamo</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">لاخطام</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Makagoodoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Mehed’twa</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">محذوْع</td>
+<td>Mohadzou</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">محذوْع</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_490">[490]</span>Dalooba</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Deeluba</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">ديلوبا</td>
+<td>Djaoba</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">دجاوبا</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Tarbass</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Tubas</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">توباس</td>
+<td>Terbasa</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">ترباس</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Jaheesoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Jekeesee</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جخيس</td>
+<td>Jakhesa</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جخيس</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Latooha</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Lituh or Liauh</td>
+<td class="tdr"><span class="arabic">ليعوح</span> or <span class=
+"arabic">ليطوح</span></td>
+<td>Letouh</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">ليطوح</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Mabanoos</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>M’benuse</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مبنوس</td>
+<td>Mabanouso</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مَبَنُوس</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Itkhame</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Atekam</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">اتخام</td>
+<td>Etakhamo</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">اطخدَمُ</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Massar</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Missu</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مصو</td>
+<td>Massir</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مصر</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Sooryada</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Sueed</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سويد</td>
+<td>Sourida</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سُويد</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nezoogoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Teeawa</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">تياوع</td>
+<td>Nezugh</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">نيزوخح</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Kataramoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Kateram</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كترام</td>
+<td>Kateramo</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كترام</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Dahloomoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>D’helume</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">دحلوم</td>
+<td>Dhalomo</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">دحلوم</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hateboo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Heteeb</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">حتيب</td>
+<td>Hhateba</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">حتيب</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Haheenie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Heneen</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">حنين</td>
+<td>Hahhene</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">ححين</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hajamie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Khejam</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">خجام</td>
+<td>Hajame</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">حجام</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Tapasooloo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Tefawn</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">تفعون</td>
+<td>Tafsoona</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">تفصون</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Askandarie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Askundria</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">اسكندري</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Bahar Mela</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td colspan="2" class="tdc">(Bahar Melhah the salt sea)</td>
+<td class="pad2">Bahar al Malah</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<h3>MS. No. IV.</h3>
+
+<p>This was written by an old Moor, a native of the Mallowa
+country, but unfortunately just as he had finished (for I made them
+all write at the moment in my own apartment, however hurried,
+rather than allow them to go home and compose for me) and was
+beginning to explain what he had written, a summons from the King
+obliged me to quit him, and he left Coomassie before I could
+procure another visit from him. In the absence of all explanation,
+I can only conclude from some few names that are familiar to me,
+that it is a route from Berragoo over the Quolla, and then westward
+to Bergoo, known to Mr. Brown. I am only induced thus to preserve a
+transcript of this ms. from its fortunate co-incidence in several
+names with the valuable lost itinerary of my friend Brahima, as far
+as can be collected from a mere sketch of a translation, which was
+made in anticipation of the perfect one. I shall submit them
+collaterally, as they assist to elucidate each other, and agree
+very well in the relative positions of places, although the parties
+never saw each other, which is some satisfaction under the
+disappointment.</p>
+
+<table class="tabw50 paddedcols3-5" id="t491">
+<tr>
+<th colspan="2"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_491">[491]</span><span class="large"><em>Outline of Brahima’s
+Itinerary.</em></span>
+</th>
+<th colspan="3"><span class="large">MS. No. IV.</span>
+</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<th colspan="2">Mr. Dupuis’ reading and transcript.</th>
+<th colspan="2" class="pad2">Mr. Jackson’s reading and
+transcript.</th>
+<th class="pad2">Other readings.</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Bazao (Barao)</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">بَزاوُ (بَراوُ)</td>
+<td>Burg¯ru</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">بُرْغُ</td>
+<td>Bouroughoo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Babigry</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">بَبِغي</td>
+<td>Babaghe</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Kaikshi</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كَيَقشي</td>
+<td>Keekesh</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كيقش</td>
+<td>Keekash</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Droo</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">دروو</td>
+<td>Serkune</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سركون</td>
+<td>Serkoon</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Mashooko</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مَشوُكوْ</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Banghoo</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">بَانْغُوا</td>
+<td>Banaka</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">بانعقا</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Toonooma</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">تُونُومُ</td>
+<td>Tuee</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">توي</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Yajoury (doubtless Yawoorie)</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">يَجُورِ</td>
+<td>Tenbykukmaetunby</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">تنب كوك مَيتُنْب</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Kenbua</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كنبوا</td>
+<td>Kanboo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Dendawy</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">دنداوي</td>
+<td>Danadoo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Belg¯rua</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">بلغوا</td>
+<td>Balaghou</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Jabdgho</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جَبْذْغُ</td>
+<td>Jebeng¯rua</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جبنغوا</td>
+<td>Jabadghoo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Keemba or Keerba</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كمْبَا (كصْبَا)</td>
+<td>Kamba</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كمبه</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Kadarkoo R.</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">اَلجركَدَرْكُ</td>
+<td>Kedug¯reh R.</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كَدوغه</td>
+<td>Kadarko</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Doodirba R.</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">ذُذْرْبَا</td>
+<td>Dtedterba R.</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">ذذربا</td>
+<td>Dodarba</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Uwawfeh</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">وواوفه</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Mhaka Kury (arrival at Kury)</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">محكا كوري</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Saffer</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سفر</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Aäu Khashah</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">اعَوو كحاشه</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Shawanka</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">اشَوَنْكَا</td>
+<td>Shawangra</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">شاوَنْغَ</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ghoufel</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">غوفل</td>
+<td>Jafu</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جافُو</td>
+<td>Japhoo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Simmer</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سمر</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Yarkoo</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">يركو</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Daghm</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">دغم</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Bannanao</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">بَنَنَوْا</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Doonkee</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">دُنْقيْ</td>
+<td>Dunka</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">دُنقَيْ</td>
+<td>Doonkot</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ghodau</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">غوضا</td>
+<td>G¯ru’w</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">غووَ</td>
+<td>Ghouwa</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Salamo</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سَلَمْوُا</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Janboodoo</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جَانْبُدُوا</td>
+<td>Jabendu</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">جابندوا</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_492">[492]</span>Soosoo</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سُسُوْا</td>
+<td>Susu</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">سُوسُوْا</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Kooreree</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كُرر</td>
+<td>Koos</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كوصْ</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Barghoowa</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">برغَوَا</td>
+<td>Berg¯rua</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">برغوا</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nak or Naka</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">نك</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Water of Wada</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">وض</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Douga (probably Donga)</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">ضوغا</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Mazim</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مزم</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Kal</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كل</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Makji</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مقجي</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Tafkat</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">تفقت</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Shal L.</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">شل</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Koad or Koada</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كوض</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td colspan="5" class="hang2">Here the writer signified that he
+went back to <em>Kateen</em>, as appeared to the transcriber, but
+more probably <em>Kassina</em>, and thence proceeded to</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Kano</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">كَن</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Bornou</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">برنو</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Sher R.</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">شر</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Shadda L.</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">شاد</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Foor</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">فر</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Wada</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">وداء</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Massir</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مصر</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Makata (Mecca)</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مكة</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Madina</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">مدينه</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Shem (Damascus)</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">شام</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Jerusalem, &amp;c. &amp;c.</td>
+<td class="arabic tdr">بيت المقدس</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftapp3">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_156"></a><a href="#FNanchor_156"><span class=
+"label">[156]</span></a>When <em>or</em> appears between two names,
+it means that each town is equally close to the path, and
+indifferently visited.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_157"></a><a href="#FNanchor_157"><span class=
+"label">[157]</span></a>Mr. Dupuis renders the Arabic <span class=
+"arabic">غ</span> g¯h agreeable to Richardson. Mr. Jackson has
+insisted on preferring g˘r throughout. Mr. Dupuis, having sailed
+for Africa, has not had the advantage of correcting the press for
+himself, but every care has been taken.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_158"></a><a href="#FNanchor_158"><span class=
+"label">[158]</span></a>Sir W. Ouseley remarks, that the letter
+<em>k</em> is frequently softened into <em>g</em>.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_493">[493]</span><a id=
+"app4"></a>APPENDIX. No. IV.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width12">
+
+<h3><span class="sc">Reptilia. (Reptiles.)</span>
+</h3>
+
+<p class="nind"><em>Gen.</em> <span class="sc">Monitor</span>,
+<em>Cuvier.</em></p>
+
+<p class="nind pad2"><em>Sp.</em> 1. <i>Pulcher</i>,
+<em>Leach.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4">M. Supra niger albo pulcherrime zonatus et
+maculatus: zonis dorsalibus e maculis effectis, ventre albido nigro
+transversim vage lineato, cauda compressa carinata.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4">This elegant species was found in Fantee. The
+whole upper parts of the body, the legs and tail, are black, most
+beautifully banded and spotted with white. The bands on the tail
+are alternately wide and narrow; the wider bands are each much and
+abruptly dilated above into a kind of spot, whilst the narrow ones
+become gradually wider in the inverse direction. The legs are
+spotted above with white; the under parts of them, as well as of
+the belly and throat, are also of the same colour with the
+spots.</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><em>Gen.</em> <span class="sc">Chamæleon</span>,
+<em>of authors.</em></p>
+
+<p class="nind pad2"><em>Sp.</em> 1. <i>Dilepis</i>,
+<em>Leach.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Ch. Capite supra sub plano utrinque bicarinato:
+carinis antice conniventibus, occipite utrinque squama magna
+instructo, dorso subspinoso-carinato.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4">This species may readily be distinguished from all
+that have been hitherto discovered, by the two large scales,
+affixed one on each side to the back part of the head. These
+scale-like processes, are covered by the same scaly integuments
+which cover the head and body.</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><em>Gen.</em> <span class="sc">Acontias</span>,
+<em>Cuvier.</em></p>
+
+<p class="nind pad2"><em>Sp.</em> 1. <i>Punctatus</i>,
+<em>Leach.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4">A. Supra brunneo-fuscus obsolete purpurascens,
+squamis postice macula ventreque fulvescentibus.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Fantee.</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><em>Gen.</em> <span class="sc">Macrosoma</span>,
+<em>Leach.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4">1. <em>Elegans, Leach.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Coluber elegans, <em>Shaw.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Fantee.</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><em>Gen.</em> <span class="sc">Coluber</span>,
+<em>Cuvier.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4">1. <i>Bicolor</i>, <em>Leach.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_494">[494]</span>C.
+Supra badio-niger subtus albidus, squamis dorsalibus elongatis
+gradatim angustioribus; apice obtusiusculis.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Fantee.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4">2. <i>Irroratus</i>, <em>Leach.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4">C. Badio-fuscus, gula pallida, squamis pulcherrime
+albido irroratis; dorsalibus subelongatis apice rotundatis.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Fantee.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4">3. <i>Irregularis</i>, <em>Leach.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4">C. Azureo-virescens, ventre albido, squamis
+simplicibus irregularibus: dorsalibus ovatis: lateralibus
+superioribus superne truncatis; inferis subhexagonis.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Fantee.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4">The above three species of <i>Coluber</i> are
+decidedly new, as well as the <i>Acontias</i>; the latter is more
+particularly interesting, since it encreases the species of a very
+limited genus.</p>
+
+<h3><span class="sc">Arachnoïda.</span>
+</h3>
+
+<p class="nind"><em>Gen.</em> <span class="sc">Scorpio</span>,
+<em>of authors.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4"><em>Sp.</em> 1. <i>Afer</i>, <em>Fabr.</em></p>
+
+<p class="nind"><em>Gen.</em> <span class="sc">Mygale</span>,
+<em>Latreille.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4">The only specimen was too mutilated to enable me
+to make out its specific character.</p>
+
+<h3><span class="sc">Myriapoda.</span>
+</h3>
+
+<p class="hang4">Of this class you found two species in Fantee; a
+<i>Scolopendra</i>, and a gigantic <i>Julus</i>; neither of which
+are in a sufficiently good state to enable me to make out whether
+they be described or not.</p>
+
+<h3><span class="sc">Insecta.</span>
+</h3>
+
+<p class="nind"><em>Gen.</em> <span class="sc">Tefflus</span>,
+<em>Leach</em>, new genus.</p>
+
+<p class="center">Generic character.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4"><span class="sc">Caput.</span> <em>Mandibulæ</em>
+æquales edentulæ. <em>Palpi labiales</em> et <em>maxillares
+externi</em> articulo ultimo elongato-securiformi.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4"><span class="sc">Thorax</span> hexagonus antice et
+postice rectus. <em>Alæ</em> nullæ. <em>Elytra</em> coalita abdomen
+tegentia apicem versus utrinque sinuata. <em>Tibiæ</em> anticæ
+latere interiore apicem versus emarginatæ calcare elevato
+instructæ. <em>Tarsi antici</em> <span class="sc">maris</span>
+articulis duobus primis tenuiter dilatatis.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Habitus et Antennæ Carabi.</p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3"><em>Sp.</em> 1. <i>Meyerlei</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Carabus Meyerlei, <em>Fabr. Syst. Eleut.</em> i.
+169.—<em>Voet. col.</em> ii. <em>tab.</em> 39, <em>f.</em> 49.</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><em>Gen.</em> <span class="sc">Odontomerus</span>,
+<em>Dahl.</em></p>
+
+<p class="nind pad3"><em>Sp.</em> 1. <i>Serratus</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Buprestis serratus, <em>Fabr.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Fantee.</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_495">[495]</span><em>Gen.</em> <span class=
+"sc">Cetonia</span>, <em>of authors.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4"><em>Sp.</em> 1. <i>Marginata</i>,
+<em>Fabr.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Fantee.</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><em>Gen.</em> <span class="sc">Phyllotoma</span>,
+<em>Wm. MacLeay, MSS.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4"><em>Sp.</em> 1. <i>Reflexa</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Melolontha reflexa, <em>Fabr.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Fantee.</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><em>Gen.</em> <span class="sc">Helops</span>,
+<em>Fabr.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4"><em>Sp.</em> 1. <i>Marginatus</i>,
+<em>Olivier</em>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Fantee.</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><em>Gen.</em> <span class="sc">Upis?</span>
+<em>Fabr.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4"><em>Sp.</em> 1. Cuprea.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Tenebrio Cupreus, <em>Fabr.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Fantee.</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><em>Gen.</em> <span class="sc">Lamia</span>,
+<em>Fabr.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4"><em>Sp.</em> 1. Tri-fasciata, <em>Fabr.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Fantee. This species is also found at Sierra
+Leone, and in the Back Settlements of the Cape of Good Hope.</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><em>Gen.</em> <span class="sc">Petrognatha</span>,
+<em>Leach.</em></p>
+
+<p class="center">Character</p>
+
+<p class="hang4"><em>Caput</em> thorace paulo latius.
+<em>Antennæ</em> (<em>maris</em> corpore duplo longiores et ultra,)
+articulo secundo longiore flexuoso. <em>Labrum</em> lineare
+transversum nudum utrinque rotundatum. <em>Mandibulæ</em> petrosæ
+(<span class="sc">maris</span> interne apicem versus obtuse
+unidentatæ,) infra et externe irregulariter carinatas. <em>Palpi
+maxillares</em> et <em>labiales</em> articulo ultimo basi
+subattenuato, apice externe oblique truncato-acuminato.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4"><span class="sc">Thorax</span> transversus
+utrinque 1-spinosus. <em>Elytra</em> humeris 1-spinosis, apiceque
+ad saturam spinoso-subproducto.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4"><em>Sp.</em> 1. <i>Gigas</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Lamia Gigas, <em>Fabr.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Fantee.</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><em>Gen.</em> <span class="sc">Callichroma</span>,
+<em>Latreille.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4"><em>Sp.</em> 1. <i>Festivum</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Cerambyx festivus, <em>Oliv. Fabr.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Fantee.</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><em>Gen.</em> <span class="sc">Mantis</span>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4"><em>Sp.</em> 1. <i>Superstitiosa</i>,
+<em>Fabr</em>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Fantee</p>
+
+<p class="hang4"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_496">[496]</span>This species, as well as its congeners, is
+an object of superstitious veneration amongst the natives of
+north-western Africa, Syria, and India. It agrees in all points
+with the original specimen of <i>Superstitiosa</i>, so named by
+Fabricius in the Banksian Cabinet.</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><em>Gen.</em> <span class="sc">Gryllus</span>,
+<em>Fabr.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4"><em>Sp.</em> 1. <i>Squarrosus</i>,
+<em>Fabr.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Fantee.</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><em>Gen.</em> <span class="sc">Reduvius</span>,
+<em>Fabr.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4"><em>Sp.</em> 1. <i>Barbicornis</i>,
+<em>Fabr.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Fantee.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4">I have received this species from the Cape of Good
+Hope.</p>
+
+<p class="nind"><em>Gen.</em> <span class="sc">Canopus</span>,
+<em>Rodhe.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4"><em>Sp.</em> 1. <i>Punctatus</i>,
+<em>Leach.</em></p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Supra olivaceo-ater impresso-punctulatus rubro
+punctatus, subtus ruber segmentis marginibus stigmatibus tibiis
+tarsisque nigris, capite rubro irrorato.</p>
+
+<p class="hang4">Gaboon.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_497">[497]</span><a id=
+"app5"></a>APPENDIX, No. V.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width12">
+
+<p class="sch2"><em>Mr.</em> <span class="sc">Tedlie’s</span>
+<em>Account of the Thermometer.</em></p>
+
+<table class="borders2 tabw30" id="t497">
+<colgroup>
+<col class="col6">
+<col class="col7">
+<col class="col5">
+<col class="col5">
+<col class="col5">
+<col class="col1">
+</colgroup>
+
+<tr>
+<th colspan="2">Date.</th>
+<th>A.M.</th>
+<th>M.</th>
+<th>P.M.</th>
+<th>Weather.</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">April</td>
+<td class="tdr">28</td>
+<td>6 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">29</td>
+<td>7½ 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>11 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">30</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 88½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 82½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">May</td>
+<td class="tdr">1</td>
+<td>8 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">2</td>
+<td>8 76½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>1 91</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">3</td>
+<td>6 76</td>
+<td>12 89</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">May</td>
+<td class="tdr">4.</td>
+<td colspan="4" class="tdc">The Thermometer was broken last night
+at Asharaman.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td colspan="6" class="ind">At Coomassie, from the 7th June to the
+11th, it varied from 80 to 85, between 12 and 2.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">June</td>
+<td class="tdr">15</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>1 82</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">16</td>
+<td>10 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">17</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>12 82</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">18</td>
+<td>9 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 84</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">19</td>
+<td>7½ 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2½ 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>5 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">20</td>
+<td>10 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>1 81</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2½ 82</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">21</td>
+<td>8 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2½ 82</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">22</td>
+<td>8 76</td>
+<td>12 82</td>
+<td>1 74</td>
+<td>Tornado.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">23</td>
+<td>8½ 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>1 81</td>
+<td>Tornado.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">24</td>
+<td>11½ 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 73</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">25</td>
+<td>9 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>1 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">26</td>
+<td>9 76</td>
+<td>12 76</td>
+<td>2 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">27</td>
+<td>8½ 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>3½ 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">28</td>
+<td>8½ 74</td>
+<td>12 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">29</td>
+<td>9½ 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 77</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">30</td>
+<td>9 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>1 80</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">July</td>
+<td class="tdr">1</td>
+<td>9 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>1 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">2</td>
+<td>8 73</td>
+<td>12 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">3</td>
+<td>9 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>1 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">4</td>
+<td>8 72</td>
+<td>12 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">5</td>
+<td>8 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>1 78</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">6</td>
+<td>6 71</td>
+<td>12 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">7</td>
+<td>6 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">8</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>12 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>3 80</td>
+<td>Tornado.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">9</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>1 79</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">10</td>
+<td>7 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2½ 81</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">11</td>
+<td>8 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 81</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">12</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2½ 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">13</td>
+<td>8 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>11 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>3 77</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">14</td>
+<td>8 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">15</td>
+<td>8 70</td>
+<td>12 74</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">16</td>
+<td>7 69</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">17</td>
+<td>7 69</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2½ 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">18</td>
+<td>8 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>3 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">19</td>
+<td>6 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2½ 76</td>
+<td>Fair,</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">20</td>
+<td>8 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2½ 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">21</td>
+<td>7½ 71</td>
+<td>12 75</td>
+<td>2½ 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6½ 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">22</td>
+<td>6 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 73</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">23</td>
+<td>6 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">24</td>
+<td>8 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">25</td>
+<td>8 69</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>1 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">26</td>
+<td>7 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">27</td>
+<td>7 68</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>3½ 80½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_498">[498]</span>28</td>
+<td>8 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>3 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7½ 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">29</td>
+<td>7 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">39</td>
+<td>7 66½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">31</td>
+<td>8 70</td>
+<td>12 76</td>
+<td>2 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">Aug.</td>
+<td class="tdr">1</td>
+<td>7 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 73</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">2</td>
+<td>7 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">3</td>
+<td>7 69½</td>
+<td>12 72</td>
+<td>3 73</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 70½</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">4</td>
+<td>7 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">5</td>
+<td>7 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 75</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">6</td>
+<td>7 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 78½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 73</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">7</td>
+<td>7 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">8</td>
+<td>6 70</td>
+<td>12 73</td>
+<td>2½ 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">9</td>
+<td>6 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2½ 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">10</td>
+<td>7 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 76</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 74</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">11</td>
+<td>7 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 73</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">12</td>
+<td>7 70½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>3 76</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">13</td>
+<td>7 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">14</td>
+<td>7 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 74</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">15</td>
+<td>7 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">16</td>
+<td>7 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">17</td>
+<td>7 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">18</td>
+<td>7 71</td>
+<td>12 77</td>
+<td>2 80½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>3 81</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">19</td>
+<td>7 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 75</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">20</td>
+<td>7 68½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 72½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">21</td>
+<td>6 69</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>1 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">22</td>
+<td>6 68</td>
+<td>12 73</td>
+<td>2 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">23</td>
+<td>7 68</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>1 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">24</td>
+<td>7 69</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>3 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 71½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">25</td>
+<td>6 68</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">26</td>
+<td>6 68</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>3 78½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">27</td>
+<td>7 69</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Hazy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>1 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>3 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 70½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">28</td>
+<td>6 69 ½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 72</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">29</td>
+<td>7 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>3 78</td>
+<td>Fair</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">30</td>
+<td>7 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2½ 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 73</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">31</td>
+<td>7 70½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>3 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">Sept.</td>
+<td class="tdr">1</td>
+<td>7 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>3 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">2</td>
+<td>6 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Hazy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 74</td>
+<td>Slight showers</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">3</td>
+<td>6 71</td>
+<td>12 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>1 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">4</td>
+<td>7 71</td>
+<td>12 77</td>
+<td>7 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">5</td>
+<td>5 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>3 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 76</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">6</td>
+<td>6 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">7</td>
+<td>8 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>3 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 73</td>
+<td>Slight showers</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">8</td>
+<td>7 71</td>
+<td>12 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">9</td>
+<td>6 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">10</td>
+<td>7 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>3 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_499">[499]</span>11</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Heavy rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 77</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>10 72</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">12</td>
+<td>7 72</td>
+<td>12 78</td>
+<td>3½ 80½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>10 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">13</td>
+<td>7 22</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>3½ 80</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>9 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">14</td>
+<td>7 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Hazy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2½ 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">15</td>
+<td>5 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>3 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">16</td>
+<td>7 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2½ 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">17</td>
+<td>7 72</td>
+<td>12 78</td>
+<td>2½ 81</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>9 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">18</td>
+<td>7 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 77</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">19</td>
+<td>7 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>3 81</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>9 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">20</td>
+<td>7 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">21</td>
+<td>7 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2½ 81</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">22</td>
+<td>8 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Hazy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>12½ 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 82½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="sch2"><em>Mr.</em> <span class="sc">Hutchison’s</span>
+<em>Account of the Thermometer, after the Departure of Mr.
+Tedlie.</em></p>
+
+<table class="borders2 tabw30" id="t499">
+<colgroup>
+<col class="col6">
+<col class="col7">
+<col class="col5">
+<col class="col5">
+<col class="col5">
+<col class="col1">
+</colgroup>
+
+<tr>
+<th colspan="2">Date.</th>
+<th>A.M.</th>
+<th>M.</th>
+<th>P.M.</th>
+<th>Weather.</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">Sept.</td>
+<td class="tdr">23</td>
+<td>8 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Thunder, with rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">24</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>12 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 82</td>
+<td>Fair, but cloudy</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 75</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">25</td>
+<td>6 71½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>10 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>12 83</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 75</td>
+<td>Violent tornado</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 71½</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">26</td>
+<td>6 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>12 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Hazy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80</td>
+<td>Cloudy</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>4 77</td>
+<td>Wind</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 71</td>
+<td>Heavy rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">27</td>
+<td>6 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>10 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>12 80½</td>
+<td>6 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">28</td>
+<td>6 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 81½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">29</td>
+<td>6 71½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 82</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">30</td>
+<td>6 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Cloudy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 71½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">Oct.</td>
+<td class="tdr">1</td>
+<td>6 72½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 82</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>10 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">2</td>
+<td>6 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 78</td>
+<td>Sultry.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">3</td>
+<td>6 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 82</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">5</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">6</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79</td>
+<td>Much rain, thunder.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">7</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">8</td>
+<td>6 71</td>
+<td>12 79</td>
+<td>2 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">9</td>
+<td>6 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79</td>
+<td>Sultry and cloudy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">10</td>
+<td>6 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>12 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 71½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 73½</td>
+<td>Much rain, thunder.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">11</td>
+<td>6 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Heavy fog.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 76½</td>
+<td>Fair, cloudy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">12</td>
+<td>6 71½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Sultry, foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80½</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">13</td>
+<td>6 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>12 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Sultry.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 77</td>
+<td>Rain, thunder.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">14</td>
+<td>6 74½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Rain, foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 78½</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">15</td>
+<td>6 72½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Rain, foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 74</td>
+<td>Hazy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">16</td>
+<td>6 72½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_500">[500]</span>2 80½</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">17</td>
+<td>6 73½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Rain, foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 74½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">18</td>
+<td>6 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 75</td>
+<td>Rain and thunder.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">19</td>
+<td>73½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>71½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Much rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">20</td>
+<td>6 70½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Dense fogs.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 73</td>
+<td>Foggy, with showers.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">21</td>
+<td>6 72½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 78½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">22</td>
+<td>6 73</td>
+<td>12 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 82½</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">23</td>
+<td>6 72½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Foggy, with thr. showers.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>12 80</td>
+<td>2 83</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">24</td>
+<td>6 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>12 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>3 78½</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">25</td>
+<td>6 74½</td>
+<td>12 82</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 82</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">26</td>
+<td>6 72½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>78</td>
+<td>Rain, thunder.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">27</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 76</td>
+<td>Thunder shrs.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">29</td>
+<td>6 7</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 82</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">30</td>
+<td>6 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 83</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">31</td>
+<td>6 72½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 82</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">Nov.</td>
+<td class="tdr">1</td>
+<td>6 72½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 81</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 80</td>
+<td>Sultry.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">2</td>
+<td>6 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 81½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 75</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">3</td>
+<td>6 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 82½</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">4</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 78</td>
+<td>Rain, foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 74½</td>
+<td>Sultry.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">5</td>
+<td>6 72½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">6</td>
+<td>6 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80½</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 79</td>
+<td>Rain, sultry.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">7</td>
+<td>6 72½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 82½</td>
+<td>Fair, thunder</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>3 79</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">8</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 78½</td>
+<td>Thunder.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 75</td>
+<td>Hazy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">10</td>
+<td>6 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 82</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">11</td>
+<td>6 72½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 81½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">12</td>
+<td>6 74½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79</td>
+<td>Cloudy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 78</td>
+<td>Sultry.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">13</td>
+<td>6 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 83½</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">14</td>
+<td>6 69</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 78½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">15</td>
+<td>6 70½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 82½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">16</td>
+<td>6 69</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 82</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">17</td>
+<td>6 70½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 82½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">18</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 82½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">19</td>
+<td>6 72½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">20</td>
+<td>6 70½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 81</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">21</td>
+<td>6 72½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 83½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">22</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 83</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">23</td>
+<td>6 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 82</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 78</td>
+<td>Foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">24</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 81</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">26</td>
+<td>6 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 83</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr"><span class="pagenum" id=
+"Page_501">[501]</span>27</td>
+<td>6 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Slight showers.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80</td>
+<td>Foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">28</td>
+<td>6 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">29</td>
+<td>6 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 82</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 75½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">30</td>
+<td>6 78½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 81</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">Dec.</td>
+<td class="tdr">1</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">2</td>
+<td>6 77½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">3</td>
+<td>6 68½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 74</td>
+<td>Fair.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">4</td>
+<td>6 67</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 81</td>
+<td>Foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">5</td>
+<td>6 68</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">6</td>
+<td>6 65</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">7</td>
+<td>6 63</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">8</td>
+<td>6 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 78½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">9</td>
+<td>6 63</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">10</td>
+<td>6 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">11</td>
+<td>6 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">12</td>
+<td>6 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 81</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">13</td>
+<td>6 74½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">14</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">15</td>
+<td>6 73¼</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">16</td>
+<td>6 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">17</td>
+<td>6 73½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">18</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 71½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79</td>
+<td>Tornado.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">19</td>
+<td>6 68</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79½</td>
+<td>Foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">20</td>
+<td>6 64½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79</td>
+<td>Foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">21</td>
+<td>6 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80</td>
+<td>Tornado.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 78</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">22</td>
+<td>6 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 81</td>
+<td>Foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">23</td>
+<td>6 76½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 83½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">24</td>
+<td>6 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 84</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>4 82</td>
+<td>Thunder.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>7 80</td>
+<td>Tornado.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">25</td>
+<td>6 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 81</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 78</td>
+<td>Tornado.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">26</td>
+<td>6 69</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 81</td>
+<td>Foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>6 80</td>
+<td>Tornado.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">27</td>
+<td>6 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 82</td>
+<td>Foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">28</td>
+<td>6 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 82</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">29</td>
+<td>6 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 76½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">30</td>
+<td>6 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">31</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 81</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">Jan.</td>
+<td class="tdr">1</td>
+<td>6 70½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 81</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td colspan="2" class="tdc">1818.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">2</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">3</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 85</td>
+<td>Thunder.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 76</td>
+<td>Rain.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td colspan="6" class="ind">From sickness, the Thermometer was not
+attended to till the 10th, during the interval the weather was
+excessive cold, and the fogs very dense.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">10</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 74</td>
+<td>Foggy.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 68</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">11</td>
+<td>6 62½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 70½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">12</td>
+<td>6 60</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 77</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">13</td>
+<td>6 61½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 74½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 68</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">14</td>
+<td>6 58</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 66</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">15</td>
+<td>6 60</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 75½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 70</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">16</td>
+<td>6 61½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_502">[502]</span>8 72½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">17</td>
+<td>6 62</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 76½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 71</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">18</td>
+<td>6 60</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 73</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">19</td>
+<td>6 62½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 75</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">20</td>
+<td>6 64</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 78½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">21</td>
+<td>6 64½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">22</td>
+<td>6 66</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">23</td>
+<td>6 64</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 82</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">24</td>
+<td>6 62</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 82½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">25</td>
+<td>6 64</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 84</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">26</td>
+<td>6 68</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 83½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 67½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">27</td>
+<td>6 68½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 84</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 80½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">28</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 84¼</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 78</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">29</td>
+<td>6 72</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 85</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">30</td>
+<td>6 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 85</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">31</td>
+<td>6 76</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 86</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 80</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">Feb.</td>
+<td class="tdr">1</td>
+<td>6 74</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 84½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>8 79</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td class="bdless-right">
+</td>
+<td class="tdr">2</td>
+<td>6 73½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>2 86½</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr class="chap">
+
+<h2><span class="pagenum" id="Page_503">[503]</span><a id=
+"app6"></a>APPENDIX. No. VI.</h2>
+
+<hr class="decordb width12">
+
+<p class="dcap">I <span class="sc">will</span> now submit the
+numerals of 31 nations, which, with the exception of three, the
+Fantee, the Accra, and the Bornoo, (and those but imperfectly,)
+have never been reported before. I will arrange them according to
+their geographical approximation, remarking any apparent affinity
+which occurs to me, in notes. I shall place the Inta first, because
+it is the most remote, inland, which can be assimilated to the
+Fantee, Ahanta, Aöwin, and Amanaheä; and may, probably, from that
+circumstance, be the root of these languages; as it has been shewn,
+in the history, that the nations of the water side have been
+gradually pressed down, or have emigrated from the interior, and it
+is consequently to be expected that the etymology of the names of
+these countries are not to be found in the languages of the people
+who <em>now</em> inhabit them, but more probably in the languages
+of their southern neighbours. Thus,</p>
+
+<p class="hang0"><em>Inta</em> is likely to be derived from the
+<em>Booroom</em> word <em>inta</em>, <em>water</em>, as it has been
+noticed as an alluvial country.</p>
+
+<p class="hang0"><em>Yngwa</em>, a northern province of Dagwumba,
+from the Ashantee <em>anggwa</em>, <em>fat, rich</em>, or the
+Booroom, <em>yngia</em>, <em>a wood</em>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang0"><em>Soko</em> from <em>Soko</em>, <em>one</em>, in
+the Badaggry (below Dahomy) as <em>Yahndi</em> the capital of
+Dagwumba was so called from <em>yahndo</em> the numeral
+<em>one</em>, to indicate its pre-eminence.</p>
+
+<p class="hang0"><em>Assin</em> from the Ashantee <em>Assoon</em>,
+an elephant. But this expectation is not further supported in the
+two or three other probable etymologies which occur to me, as
+<em>Takima</em> from the Ashantee <em>takramma</em>, tongue.
+<em>Akim</em> (formerly the greatest trading country,) from the
+Booroom <em>Akimmie</em>, cloth; <em>Booroom</em> from
+<em>boora</em>, full, in that language.</p>
+
+<p>It is curious how nearly the <em>word</em> for <em>God</em> in
+the Malemba, <em>M’Poungoo</em>, approaches the native name,
+<em>Empoongwa</em>, of the country Europeans call <em>Gaboon</em>.
+<em>Wonga</em> is fear in the Malemba, and <em>Woonga-woonga</em>
+is the name of an uninhabited savannah of three days extent,
+between Empoöngwa and Adjoomba.</p>
+
+<table class="vocab1 xwide" id="t503">
+<colgroup>
+<col class="col3">
+<col class="col4">
+<col class="col4">
+<col class="col4">
+<col class="col4">
+<col class="col4">
+</colgroup>
+
+<tr>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">1. <em>Inta.</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">2. <em>Booroom.</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">3. <em>Ashantee.</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">4. <em>Aöwin.</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">5. <em>Amanaheä.</em></th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>One<a href="#note2a">(<em>a</em>)</a></td>
+<td>Koko</td>
+<td>Ekoo</td>
+<td>Akoon</td>
+<td>Aconë</td>
+<td>Aconë</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two<a href="#note2b">(<em>b.</em>)</a></td>
+<td>Anyoe</td>
+<td>Enoo</td>
+<td>Anoo</td>
+<td>Enyow</td>
+<td>Enyow</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_504">[504]</span>Three<a href=
+"#note2c">(<em>c</em>)</a></td>
+<td>Assa</td>
+<td>Essa</td>
+<td>Mensa</td>
+<td>Inza</td>
+<td>Insa</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four<a href="#note2d">(<em>d</em>)</a></td>
+<td>Anna</td>
+<td>Enna</td>
+<td>Ennung</td>
+<td>Inna</td>
+<td>Enna</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five<a href="#note2e">(<em>e</em>)</a></td>
+<td>Annoo</td>
+<td>Annoo</td>
+<td>Ennoom</td>
+<td>Noo</td>
+<td>Enoo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six<a href="#note2f">(<em>f</em>)</a></td>
+<td>Assee</td>
+<td>Esseä</td>
+<td>Inseëä</td>
+<td>Inzeah</td>
+<td>Inseah</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven<a href="#note2g">(<em>g</em>)</a></td>
+<td>Assoonno</td>
+<td>Assoono</td>
+<td>Inshong</td>
+<td>Inzoo</td>
+<td>Insoon</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight<a href="#note2h">(<em>h</em>)</a></td>
+<td>Adoobrooa</td>
+<td>Aquiay</td>
+<td>Woquee</td>
+<td>Motteä</td>
+<td>Mottuay</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Digrakoono</td>
+<td>Akonno</td>
+<td>Oonkonnong</td>
+<td>Ongoona</td>
+<td>Ongona</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten<a href="#note2i">(<em>i</em>)</a></td>
+<td>Koodoo</td>
+<td>Edoo</td>
+<td>Edoo</td>
+<td>Boloo</td>
+<td>Booloo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">6. <em>Ahanta</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">7. <em>Fantee</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">8. <em>Affootoo</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">9. <em>Inkran</em><a id=
+"FNanchor_159"></a><a href="#Footnote_159" class=
+"fnanchor">[159]</a></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">10. <em>Adampë</em></th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Akoon</td>
+<td>Akoor</td>
+<td>Achoomee</td>
+<td>Ekkoo</td>
+<td>Kakee</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_505">[505]</span>Two</td>
+<td>Ayue</td>
+<td>Abeeën</td>
+<td>Ennuë</td>
+<td>Ennuë</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Assan</td>
+<td>Abiasseh</td>
+<td>Assah</td>
+<td>Ettayh</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Arra</td>
+<td>Anan</td>
+<td>Annah</td>
+<td>Edjuë</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Aoonoo</td>
+<td>Ennoom</td>
+<td>Ennoo</td>
+<td>Ennoomó</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>Ayshing</td>
+<td>Asseeä</td>
+<td>Isshin</td>
+<td>Eghpah</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Assooa</td>
+<td>Ashong</td>
+<td>Isshennooh</td>
+<td>Paghwooh</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Awotchay</td>
+<td>Awotwee</td>
+<td>Ettchee</td>
+<td>Paghnue</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Awonna</td>
+<td>Akoon</td>
+<td>Assan</td>
+<td>Nahoon</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Boonoo</td>
+<td>Edoo</td>
+<td>Eddoo</td>
+<td>Nongmah</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">11. <em>Kerrapay</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">12. <em>Dagwumba</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">13. <em>Yngwa</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">14. <em>Hio</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">15. <em>Mosee</em></th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Eddee</td>
+<td>Yahndo</td>
+<td>Lakoo</td>
+<td>Innee</td>
+<td>Yimbo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Effee</td>
+<td>Ayee</td>
+<td>Ayee</td>
+<td>Eygee</td>
+<td>Ayeeboo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Eltong</td>
+<td>Attah</td>
+<td>Attah</td>
+<td>Etta</td>
+<td>Ataboo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Ennay</td>
+<td>Nasee</td>
+<td>Anāhee</td>
+<td>Ernee</td>
+<td>Annasee</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Altong</td>
+<td>Ennoon</td>
+<td>Leerennoo</td>
+<td>Aroon</td>
+<td>Annoo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>Adday</td>
+<td>Yohbee</td>
+<td>Ayoboo</td>
+<td>Effa</td>
+<td>Ayobee</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Adrinnee</td>
+<td>Poice</td>
+<td>Ayapaï</td>
+<td>Eggay</td>
+<td>Owhi</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Ennee</td>
+<td>Nehenoo</td>
+<td>Annee</td>
+<td>Eggo</td>
+<td>Ennee</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Indee</td>
+<td>Wyhee</td>
+<td>Awai</td>
+<td>Essun</td>
+<td>Aïhopoi</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Owoo</td>
+<td>Edoo</td>
+<td>Peä</td>
+<td>Eywaw</td>
+<td>Peega</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">16. <em>Kumsallahoo</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">17. <em>Gaman</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">18. <em>Kong</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">19. <em>Fobee</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">20. <em>Callana</em></th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Yumbo</td>
+<td>Tah</td>
+<td>Kiddee</td>
+<td>Koroom</td>
+<td>Kodoom</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Yeebo</td>
+<td>Noo</td>
+<td>Filla</td>
+<td>Nalay</td>
+<td>Naboolla</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Tabo</td>
+<td>Sah</td>
+<td>Sowa</td>
+<td>Poompevarra</td>
+<td>Nawedazoo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Nasee</td>
+<td>Nah</td>
+<td>Nanoo</td>
+<td>Leetaynalee</td>
+<td>Nabonaza</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Annoo</td>
+<td>Taw</td>
+<td>Looroa</td>
+<td>Kakwassee</td>
+<td>Nabonoa</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>Yobo</td>
+<td>Torata</td>
+<td>Wora</td>
+<td>Mannassa</td>
+<td>Lodoo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Poihee</td>
+<td>Toorifeenoo</td>
+<td>Ooranfilla</td>
+<td>Noottoosoo</td>
+<td>Logwa</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Nehee</td>
+<td>Toorifeessa</td>
+<td>Leeaygee</td>
+<td>Borafay</td>
+<td>Littaïzoo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Wahee</td>
+<td>Toorifeena</td>
+<td>Konunto</td>
+<td>Pirrifay</td>
+<td>Nako</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Pega</td>
+<td>Noonoo</td>
+<td>Tah</td>
+<td>Nanooa</td>
+<td>Yewoo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">21. <em>Bambarra</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">22. <em>Garangi</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">23. <em>Mallowa</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">24. <em>Kallaghee</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">25. <em>Bornoo</em></th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Killi</td>
+<td>Kerriminna</td>
+<td>Daia</td>
+<td>Gadee</td>
+<td>Leskar</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Foolla</td>
+<td>Ferriminna</td>
+<td>Beeyoo</td>
+<td>Silill</td>
+<td>Ahndee</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Sabba</td>
+<td>Sowaninna</td>
+<td>Okoo</td>
+<td>Quan</td>
+<td>Yaskar</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Nani</td>
+<td>Firrima</td>
+<td>Odoo</td>
+<td>Foolloo</td>
+<td>Deegah</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Looroo</td>
+<td>Fahtima</td>
+<td>Beä</td>
+<td>Vydee</td>
+<td>Ooögoo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>Wora</td>
+<td>Tata</td>
+<td>Seddah</td>
+<td>Zoodoo</td>
+<td>Araskoo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Worroola</td>
+<td>Mannima</td>
+<td>Becquay</td>
+<td>Etkassa</td>
+<td>Tooloor</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Sagi</td>
+<td>Pirima</td>
+<td>Tacquass</td>
+<td>Shiddowka</td>
+<td>Woskoo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Konunto</td>
+<td>Missirima</td>
+<td>Tarra</td>
+<td>Woollaä</td>
+<td>Likkar</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Ta</td>
+<td>Gwahee</td>
+<td>Gwoma</td>
+<td>Woma</td>
+<td>Meeägoo</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">26. <em>Maïha</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2"><em>Quolla-liffa</em><br>
+<span class="small">by Mr. Hutchison.</span>
+</th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2"><em>Badaggry</em><br>
+<span class="small">by Mr. Hutchison.</span>
+</th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">27. <em>Sheekan</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">28. <em>Kaylee</em></th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Lagen</td>
+<td>Da</td>
+<td>Soko</td>
+<td>Ilwawtoe</td>
+<td>Woto</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Indë</td>
+<td>Bue</td>
+<td>Auwee</td>
+<td>Ibba</td>
+<td>Ibba</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Eäska</td>
+<td>Okoo</td>
+<td>Atong</td>
+<td>Bittach</td>
+<td>Battach</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Daäger</td>
+<td>Hodoo</td>
+<td>Inna</td>
+<td>Binnay</td>
+<td>Binnay</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_506">[506]</span>Five</td>
+<td>Ohoo</td>
+<td>Bakwee</td>
+<td>Ato</td>
+<td>Bitta</td>
+<td>Bittan</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>Araska</td>
+<td>Shida</td>
+<td>Trukoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>Tooloor</td>
+<td>Bockwa</td>
+<td>Chauto</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>Weska</td>
+<td>Sidda</td>
+<td>Quouie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>Lekar</td>
+<td>Tarra</td>
+<td>Kennee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>Inagoon</td>
+<td>Goman</td>
+<td>Owoo</td>
+<td>Duëoom</td>
+<td>Duëoom</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Twenty</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Emboomebba</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hundred</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Kama</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">29. <em>Oongoomo</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">30. <em>Oongobaï</em></th>
+<th class="hang1 sect2">31. <em>Empoöngwa.</em><br>
+<span class="small">See <a href="#Page_439">p. 439</a> for
+character.</span></th>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th>
+</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>One</td>
+<td>Wootta</td>
+<td>Rappeek</td>
+<td>Hemoödee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Two</td>
+<td>Beeba</td>
+<td>Ramboise</td>
+<td>Mban</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Three</td>
+<td>Bittach</td>
+<td>Mittasee</td>
+<td>Ntcharoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Four</td>
+<td>Binnay</td>
+<td>Binnay</td>
+<td>Nahee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Five</td>
+<td>Bitten</td>
+<td>Bittan</td>
+<td>Nehanee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Six</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Sambal</td>
+<td>Oroöba</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Seven</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Bittooba</td>
+<td>Ragginnoömoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eight</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Bissamen</td>
+<td>Ennanahee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nine</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Bwoi</td>
+<td>Eno go öm</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ten</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Deëoom</td>
+<td>Hegoöm</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<p class="note" id="note2a">(<em>a</em>) The words for the numeral
+one assimilate in the specimens 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9: again,
+but distinctly, in 14, 12, 15, 16: also in 26, 25, 13: in 21, 18,
+20, 19: in 27, 28, 29, (making apparently five roots), but they
+remain solitary in 11, 17, 22, 23, 24 30 and 31. The numeral one in
+14 is not unlike the two in 8, 9, 2, 3, and the one in 12, would,
+with the prefix of y, be precisely the same as the two of 25.
+Excepting <em>Kakee</em>, <em>one</em>, the Inkran numerals seem to
+have been adopted as those of Adampë, for the convenience of trade
+and intercourse, but I will add a few words, to show that the
+languages are radically different:</p>
+
+<table class="padded2" id="t504">
+<tr>
+<th>
+</th>
+<th><em>Adampë.</em>
+</th>
+<th><em>Inkran.</em>
+</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>House</td>
+<td>Aoosoo</td>
+<td>Wheay.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Fire</td>
+<td><a id="FNanchor_160"></a><a href="#Footnote_160" class=
+"fnanchor">[160]</a>Odja</td>
+<td>Lla.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Man</td>
+<td>Ossa</td>
+<td>Noon.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Woman</td>
+<td>Ossĕ</td>
+<td>Yeo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Victuals</td>
+<td>Odë</td>
+<td>Neeaynee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Father</td>
+<td>Attay</td>
+<td>Tchay.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Mother</td>
+<td>Awoo</td>
+<td>Nneay.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="note" id="note2b">(<em>b</em>) The numeral <em>two</em>
+is the most general word, and may be assimilated in 2, 3, 8, 9, 4,
+5, 1, 6, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17. There is little difference between
+the numerals <em>two</em> and <em>five</em> in most of these, and
+<em>five</em> in 15 and 16, precisely answers to <em>two</em> in 1
+and 2.</p>
+
+<p class="note" id="note2c">(<em>c</em>) <em>Three</em> may be
+assimilated in 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17. In 12,
+13, 14, 16, it approaches to the Congo and Mozambique
+<em>tatoo</em> and <em>atatoo</em>.</p>
+
+<p class="note" id="note2d">(<em>d</em>) I have observed that in
+most African languages there is less distinction in the words for
+four and five, than between any other of the numerals and that
+frequently the word for <em>five</em> in one language, is identical
+with that for <em>four</em> in another, geographically remote.
+<em>Four</em> may be assimilated in 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 11, 6, 14,
+for the two latter deviate only in the substitution of one liquid
+for another, which is as common in the languages of Africa as in
+those of America. The words for four in the above suite do not seem
+of a different root from those in 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, and 21, from
+which it only varies in 20 by the prefix of <em>nabo</em>. With the
+difference of a single letter, the same word for <em>four</em> is
+found in the Yngwa (13) and the Empoöngwa (31) which are 1000 miles
+distant. Four in Congo is <em>m’na</em>, in Empoöngwa,
+<em>nahee</em>. <em>Sanu</em>, the Kaffer <em>four</em>, is
+approached in 18.</p>
+
+<p class="note" id="note2e">(<em>e</em>) Five may be assimilated
+from 1 to 17, (11 excepted) one liquid being substituted for
+another in 14, an <em>leer</em> being prefixed in 13. It is
+remarkable too that we again identify this numeral in the Malemba,
+Embomma, and Empoöngwa languages, by removing the prefixes
+<em>t</em>, <em>to</em>, and <em>neh</em>, from the words
+<em>tanoo</em>, <em>toanoo</em>, and <em>nehanee</em>. Below five,
+the numerals in the Inkran lose all identity with those of the
+languages with which it has been hitherto assimilated.</p>
+
+<p class="note" id="note2f">(<em>f</em>) <em>Six</em> assimilates
+from 1 to 9, in 12 to 17 (14 excepted) in 20, 23, 24, in 17 and 22;
+but remains distinct in all the others. The Sanbal of Oöngobai (30)
+approaches the Sambanoo of the Embomma.</p>
+
+<p class="note" id="note2g">(<em>g</em>) <em>Seven</em> assimilates
+in 1 to 9; in 12, 13, 16, but in no others.</p>
+
+<p class="note" id="note2h">(<em>h</em>) <em>Eight</em> assimilates
+in 2, 3, 6, 7; in 11 to 17, (14 excepted) all of which, with 31,
+approximate to E’nana, the word for eight in the Malemba.</p>
+
+<p class="note" id="note2i">(<em>i</em>) <em>Ten</em> assimilates
+in 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 12, in 4, 5, 6, in 17, 19, 25, 26, 29, in 13, 15,
+and in 14, 20, 22, 23, 24.</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="decordb width8">
+
+<p class="nind space-above15"><span class="sc">The</span> following
+is the skeleton of a <em>Vocabulary</em>, of which the enlarged or
+perfect copy was blown out of the cabin-window, in a sudden squall,
+(with some specimens of music), during my voyage home.</p>
+
+<table class="tabw60 borders2 xwide" id="t506">
+<colgroup>
+<col class="col2">
+<col class="col2">
+<col class="col2">
+<col class="col2">
+<col class="col2">
+</colgroup>
+
+<tr>
+<th><em>English.</em>
+</th>
+<th><em>Ashantee.</em>
+</th>
+<th><em>Fantee</em><a id="FNanchor_161"></a><a href="#Footnote_161"
+class="fnanchor">[161]</a>.</th>
+<th><em>Booroom.</em>
+</th>
+<th><em>Various.</em>
+</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Above</td>
+<td>wattefee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Advice</td>
+<td>matoorh</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Afraid</td>
+<td>osooroh</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>efweedammee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Afternoon</td>
+<td>inumirree</td>
+<td>ingubirh</td>
+<td>ennie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Again</td>
+<td>impray</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>meära</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Alike</td>
+<td>oninnisie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>minnamata</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Alive</td>
+<td>nannuwomie</td>
+<td>uannekan</td>
+<td>issaboobwaw</td>
+<td>n’chema Malemba Inchema a fruit in Empoöngwa.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>All</td>
+<td>nenarra</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>inkaken</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Alone</td>
+<td>waunkoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ohwoorie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Angry</td>
+<td>mōbwaf</td>
+<td>moboäf</td>
+<td>moobiaf</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Another</td>
+<td>ebissoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ekoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Arm</td>
+<td>wabow</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>serrekoonkoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ashamed</td>
+<td>wennatoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>woifarrie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Asleep</td>
+<td>werda</td>
+<td>wadda</td>
+<td>awdirrie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Awake</td>
+<td>waihen</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>otinnie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Back</td>
+<td>wakee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>atterra</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Bad</td>
+<td>omoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ohmara</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Bead</td>
+<td>aoonee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>aboroo<a id="FNanchor_162"></a><a href="#Footnote_162" class=
+"fnanchor">[162]</a></td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_507">[507]</span>Beard</td>
+<td>aboidwee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>annoque</td>
+<td>the same as <em>chin</em>, a frequent surname.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Beat</td>
+<td>whaoonoo</td>
+<td>wabomë</td>
+<td>babeëm</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Bed</td>
+<td>empa</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>kerray</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Before</td>
+<td>wawquoorasoo</td>
+<td>waw<em>quan</em></td>
+<td>oïyo</td>
+<td>ovetide <em>quande</em>. Malemba.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Beg</td>
+<td>ekkaydie</td>
+<td><em>empoikeöw</em>
+</td>
+<td>dibbim</td>
+<td><em>mpanou</em>. Malemba.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Behind</td>
+<td>owakee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>odioterra</td>
+<td>the noun <em>back</em> with <em>o</em> & <em>odia</em>
+prefixed</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Below</td>
+<td>asnadie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Big</td>
+<td>kookrookoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>otchwaw</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Bird</td>
+<td>anima</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>abooree</td>
+<td>for names of animals, see <a href="#Page_328">p. 328.</a></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Bite</td>
+<td>whakum</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>inkadooa</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Black</td>
+<td>tintoom</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>oboobie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Blind</td>
+<td>frafoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>atenna</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Blood</td>
+<td>mugga</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>moogga</td>
+<td>menga. Mal. Emb.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Boil</td>
+<td>woaroo</td>
+<td>wooworh</td>
+<td>ohfoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Bone</td>
+<td>ebiou</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ebou</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Boy</td>
+<td>afra</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ayebee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Burn</td>
+<td>whahim</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ohwho</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Buy</td>
+<td>mekoto</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>meashoor</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Call</td>
+<td>aferen</td>
+<td>afren</td>
+<td>ateëm</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Carry</td>
+<td>atooron</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>dumta</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Catch</td>
+<td>makin</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>mekeeram</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Change</td>
+<td>wahseesun</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Cheeks</td>
+<td>wafoon</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>afeehe</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Child</td>
+<td>ebbah</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>obee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Clean</td>
+<td>wafie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>aulay</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Cloth</td>
+<td>ettum</td>
+<td>entama</td>
+<td><em>akim</em>mie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Cold</td>
+<td>oiwoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>afoo</td>
+<td>differs little from <em>boil</em></td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Come</td>
+<td>rraba</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Cry</td>
+<td>oroosoor</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>orissoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Cut</td>
+<td>witwa</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>wawtung</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Dance</td>
+<td>saw</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>attcha</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Dark</td>
+<td>oiheesoom</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>mayoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Daughter</td>
+<td>mebăbā</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>mebee</td>
+<td><em>coomba</em>. Em. which is a common female name in
+Fantee</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_508">[508]</span>Day<a id=
+"FNanchor_163"></a><a href="#Footnote_163" class=
+"fnanchor">[163]</a></td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Dead</td>
+<td>wow</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ohoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Deaf</td>
+<td>nasheeasie</td>
+<td>teetĭfoo</td>
+<td>sinteelaboo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Deep</td>
+<td>eboonie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Devil</td>
+<td>ayen<a id="FNanchor_164"></a><a href="#Footnote_164" class=
+"fnanchor">[164]</a></td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>Amoonie a proper name</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Dig</td>
+<td>amoonna</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Door</td>
+<td>aboo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ebunabooná</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Drink</td>
+<td>noom</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>noo</td>
+<td><em>noa</em>. Mal.<br>
+<em>noi</em>. Em.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Drop</td>
+<td>wawto</td>
+<td>awtarradi</td>
+<td>otore</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Drown</td>
+<td>eboon</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Drunk</td>
+<td>wassoo</td>
+<td>wawboo</td>
+<td>hassoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ear</td>
+<td>assoor</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eat</td>
+<td>edee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td><em>dea</em>. Mal.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Egg</td>
+<td>kessua</td>
+<td>kirrifooa</td>
+<td>akaddie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Empty</td>
+<td>eppun</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Enough</td>
+<td>ojëay</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>obahrìe</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eye</td>
+<td>wunnie</td>
+<td>ennua</td>
+<td>ennyass</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Eyebrow</td>
+<td>wunnĕwee</td>
+<td>entun</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Face</td>
+<td>wynim</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>anyasirra</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Far</td>
+<td>akirh’</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>aterh’</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Fat</td>
+<td>anggwa</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>oomfoä</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Father</td>
+<td>aggáh</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>missee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Fear</td>
+<td>sooroo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>efweedam</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Feather</td>
+<td>takirrie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>eetta</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Feel</td>
+<td><em>soom</em>whay</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>kirrada</td>
+<td><em>seem</em>bede. Mal.<br>
+Kirradee, a river of Booroom.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Fetch</td>
+<td>ekkoon</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>becquaw</td>
+<td>a town in Booroom</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Fifty</td>
+<td>edoonoom</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>10. 5.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Fight</td>
+<td>orrokoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>obuquooa</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Fill</td>
+<td>eënnama</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>boorra</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Find</td>
+<td>maoo</td>
+<td>maoon</td>
+<td>maioom</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Finger</td>
+<td>insa</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>eserrĭbee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Fire</td>
+<td>ogiäh</td>
+<td>egah</td>
+<td>ogha</td>
+<td>boogoom. Mosee</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Fish</td>
+<td>enum</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>eyay</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Flower</td>
+<td>nadjua</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ewooda</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Fly</td>
+<td>watoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>oqueshoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Fool</td>
+<td>woigimmie</td>
+<td><em>abooa</em>
+</td>
+<td>woigimmie</td>
+<td>booba. Mal.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Foot</td>
+<td>wannunsa</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>aīah</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Forget</td>
+<td>moorafie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>sessĕro</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_509">[509]</span>Forgive</td>
+<td>edimămoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>inkawffinsow</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Fowl</td>
+<td>akoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>karrabee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Friend</td>
+<td>ankoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>oonkoosĭba</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Fruit</td>
+<td>quadiäteä</td>
+<td>impooa</td>
+<td>quadiateä</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Girl</td>
+<td>bisēä</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>otchay</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Give</td>
+<td>fummum</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>tāsămi</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Glad</td>
+<td>yam</td>
+<td>yamma</td>
+<td>amirra</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Go</td>
+<td>kaw</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>narry</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>God</td>
+<td>yankoompon</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>oodoobwarrie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Gold</td>
+<td>sikkă</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Good</td>
+<td>oëyay</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>obwārie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Green</td>
+<td>boioöma</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Grow</td>
+<td>owynee</td>
+<td>oeen</td>
+<td>ohodan</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hair</td>
+<td>hewhee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>hemoonie</td>
+<td>Amoonie, a proper name.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Half</td>
+<td>effeh</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>baggah</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hand</td>
+<td>mensa</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>assaddie</td>
+<td>Mensa, a proper name.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Handsome</td>
+<td>oia</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>obweefay</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hang</td>
+<td>osesan</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hard</td>
+<td>oiătin</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>oöqua</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Head</td>
+<td>tirrie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>egnoon</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hear</td>
+<td>matr’</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>maynoon</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Heart</td>
+<td>akoomo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>akirrăbie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Heavy</td>
+<td>oiadoor</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>obodoor</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Here</td>
+<td>hah</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>oomboh</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hide</td>
+<td>mōhoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>manghoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>High</td>
+<td>essoor</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>oskasoor</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hill</td>
+<td>cooqua</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>iffoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hit</td>
+<td>aboor</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>odum</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hold</td>
+<td>soom</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>karrara</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hole</td>
+<td>watchoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>osarrie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Horn</td>
+<td>aben</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>abay</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Horse</td>
+<td>panquaw</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hot</td>
+<td>oiayue</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>owuegua</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>House</td>
+<td>efee</td>
+<td>odan</td>
+<td>eban</td>
+<td>paseebah, Kumsallahoo.<br>
+deeo, Dagwumba.<br>
+gidda, Mallowa.<br>
+koopella, Mosee.<br>
+Kokoopella, capital of ditto.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hundred</td>
+<td>ehha</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Hungry</td>
+<td>oquandummie</td>
+<td>comagin</td>
+<td>aquandum</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Husband</td>
+<td>mookoon</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>mookooddie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Idle</td>
+<td>nehuff</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Iron</td>
+<td>dadee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Jump</td>
+<td>oroo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>fay</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Keep</td>
+<td>intamaseea</td>
+<td>ysee</td>
+<td>afeeërra</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Kick</td>
+<td>chayche</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>orraychum</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Kill</td>
+<td>coom</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>bamoem</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>King</td>
+<td>ohennie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Knot</td>
+<td>eppo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ippo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Know</td>
+<td>innim</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>nayoom</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Lame</td>
+<td>opakkie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ebbeä</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_510">[510]</span>Land</td>
+<td>fum</td>
+<td>dadi</td>
+<td>sebooroo</td>
+<td>tenga. Mosee<br>
+kaisa Mallo.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Last</td>
+<td>naddou</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>afoorinay</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Laugh</td>
+<td>sicroo</td>
+<td>sroo</td>
+<td>orroomuss</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Law</td>
+<td>widdooffoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Lead</td>
+<td>soomwie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Learn</td>
+<td>akirren</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ekērow</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Leg</td>
+<td>asirrie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>inwoonnie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Lie (down)</td>
+<td>daoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>oyadee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Lie (falsity)</td>
+<td>etwapō</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>afoorenie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Little</td>
+<td>kakra</td>
+<td>kakrabi</td>
+<td>bahttee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Long</td>
+<td>ohwar’</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ohbissay</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Look</td>
+<td>fway</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>kaye</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Love</td>
+<td>poopa</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Mad</td>
+<td>same as ‘fool’</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Man</td>
+<td>binin</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>oninnie</td>
+<td>pagga, Kums.<br>
+boodasa, Dag.<br>
+noon, Accra.<br>
+nedda, Mosee.<br>
+moottanee, M.<br>
+moontau, Male.<br>
+muntu, Mozam.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Many</td>
+<td>peenarra</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>otuä</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Market</td>
+<td>egwass</td>
+<td>egoom</td>
+<td>ebiass</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Mat</td>
+<td>keraw</td>
+<td>empa</td>
+<td>kerray</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Mend</td>
+<td>pam</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>bărā</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Moon</td>
+<td>serrānee</td>
+<td>boossoom</td>
+<td>ofoorie</td>
+<td>wattacha, Ku.<br>
+marraga, Dag.<br>
+oöota Mallowa.<br>
+choogoo, Mos.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>More</td>
+<td>mambissoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>samoko</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Mother</td>
+<td>mna</td>
+<td>minna</td>
+<td>minnee</td>
+<td>nneay, Accra.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Mouth</td>
+<td>wannoom</td>
+<td>ennoom</td>
+<td>annoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Much</td>
+<td>dooroo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>otchoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nails</td>
+<td>oomboiray</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ungwarrie</td>
+<td>‘<em>unguis</em>’</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Name</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>dgin</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Neck</td>
+<td>ekkone</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ekkoona</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nest</td>
+<td>anĭmaboo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>anĭma, a bird.<br>
+Annămāboo, a Fantee town.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Net</td>
+<td>ebbwau</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Never</td>
+<td>dabbiada</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>as <em>no!</em></td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>New</td>
+<td>fofoor</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ofroofoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>No</td>
+<td>dabbi</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>an inarticulate noise with the lips closed</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Noise</td>
+<td>deddie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>boolāo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Nose</td>
+<td>ewhin</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ewhoonie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Oil</td>
+<td>engoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>oomfwaie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Old</td>
+<td>quodda</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>aquŏdā</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Open</td>
+<td>boi</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>booë</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Owe</td>
+<td>mintēka</td>
+<td>dinnekow</td>
+<td>indāqua</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Pay</td>
+<td>tchamkou</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>kamëquow</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Play</td>
+<td>agoor’</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>feearee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Poison</td>
+<td>otoowādoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>otoowādoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Poor</td>
+<td>haynil</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ohēä</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_511">[511]</span>Pot</td>
+<td>quonsun</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>adinna</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Pregnant</td>
+<td>orrŏhoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Present (gift)</td>
+<td>wahoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>okōë</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Pull</td>
+<td>twin</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>sheeay</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Quarrel</td>
+<td>irriquaw</td>
+<td>orriyow</td>
+<td>batōë</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Quick</td>
+<td>tetimrĭka</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>serrie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Quiet</td>
+<td>gyaë</td>
+<td>yafoo</td>
+<td>yaië</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Rain</td>
+<td>osoorăba</td>
+<td>yankoom</td>
+<td>bwārie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Rat</td>
+<td>quissie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Red</td>
+<td>memmia</td>
+<td>betcheä</td>
+<td>okooquaw</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Ring</td>
+<td>inkaä</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>apateä</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>River</td>
+<td>bāk</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>oboom</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Rob</td>
+<td>odomādi</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>odoiyā</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Round</td>
+<td>kandinginnŭma</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>koorookooddie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Run</td>
+<td>gwan</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>serrie</td>
+<td>as ‘<em>quick</em>,’ B.<br>
+sirr, run, Arabic.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Salt</td>
+<td>inkkim</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>imfoorie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Sand</td>
+<td>aghweä</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>issay</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Say</td>
+<td>assie</td>
+<td>ass</td>
+<td>aberrie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Sea</td>
+<td>eppoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>See</td>
+<td>aweeh</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>akayh</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Sell</td>
+<td>tum</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>fah</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Send</td>
+<td>wahsmum</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ocheow</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Shake</td>
+<td>wosoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ediddie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Shell</td>
+<td>oorabba</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>owoora</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Short</td>
+<td>takoteä</td>
+<td>tchaba</td>
+<td>akoteä</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Shut</td>
+<td>toom</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>toroo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Sick</td>
+<td>yirrie</td>
+<td>yarrie</td>
+<td>mimmielal</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Silver</td>
+<td>gwettay</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>odume</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Sing</td>
+<td>enyoom</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ennum</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Sister</td>
+<td>akirrawa</td>
+<td>akirrăba</td>
+<td>moofwa</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Sit</td>
+<td>tinnahoe</td>
+<td>kooaugh</td>
+<td>tchinna</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Sleep</td>
+<td>waughda</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>oädie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Smell</td>
+<td>gwooa</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Smoke</td>
+<td>wishshue</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>djessie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Soft</td>
+<td>mirrou</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>omooqua</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Son</td>
+<td>ebba</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ebee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Sorry</td>
+<td>oimiyow</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>boomega</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Speak</td>
+<td>akas</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>osasin</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Stand</td>
+<td>ginnaoh</td>
+<td>ginnah</td>
+<td>yerrie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Steal</td>
+<td>wawwoo</td>
+<td>weyweädie</td>
+<td>oëwee</td>
+<td>windega, Kum.<br>
+wintanga, Dag.<br>
+lana, Mallowa.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Strong</td>
+<td>waginna</td>
+<td>ohwidein</td>
+<td>oshoneyöo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Sun</td>
+<td>ayowea</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>oöe</td>
+<td>As an exclamation of wonder.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Swear</td>
+<td>shua</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Sweet</td>
+<td>oiaday</td>
+<td>oiadow</td>
+<td>obooding</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Swim</td>
+<td>abhoorh</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>abboor</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Soil</td>
+<td>afoonna</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>affung</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Tail</td>
+<td>dooah</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>odoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Take</td>
+<td>afwa</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>maytah</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Tell</td>
+<td>abim</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>aiyow</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Thief</td>
+<td>krumfoe</td>
+<td>aiwee</td>
+<td>ohwie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Throat</td>
+<td>komen</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ekoonnie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Throw</td>
+<td>too</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ohtoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Tie</td>
+<td>tittieh</td>
+<td>kikhieh</td>
+<td>keay</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><span class="pagenum" id="Page_512">[512]</span>To-morrow</td>
+<td>otchinna</td>
+<td>akinna</td>
+<td>otchay</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Tongue</td>
+<td>takramma</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>dannoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Tooth</td>
+<td>essie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>engyie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Touch</td>
+<td>kah</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>tah</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Town</td>
+<td>croom</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>eban</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Tree</td>
+<td>dooa</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>assah</td>
+<td>dawgo, Kums.<br>
+dawro, Dagw.<br>
+rahoo, Mosee.<br>
+ittachee, Mall.<br>
+chee, Embom.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>True</td>
+<td>umpa</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>kerram</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Turn</td>
+<td>dahen</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>darie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Twenty</td>
+<td>eddooän</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>edooh</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Wake</td>
+<td>wyen</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>otinnie</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td><a id="FNanchor_165"></a><a href="#Footnote_165" class=
+"fnanchor">[165]</a>Walk</td>
+<td>nanchoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>narree</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Warm</td>
+<td>oyahue</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>obiguh</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Wash</td>
+<td>gwarr</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>orrohooroo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Water</td>
+<td>inshoo</td>
+<td>insoo</td>
+<td>inta</td>
+<td>kome, Kumsal.<br>
+looa, Mallowa.<br>
+quom, Mosee.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Weep</td>
+<td>oroosoo</td>
+<td>oroosoo</td>
+<td>oreesh</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>White</td>
+<td>foofoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>intoofoofoorie</td>
+<td>Intiffa, a proper name.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Wife</td>
+<td>ayerh</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>mekkah</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Wild</td>
+<td>wadoohem</td>
+<td>wadoohem</td>
+<td>dooafay</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Wind</td>
+<td>ooframma</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>affoo</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Wing</td>
+<td>ataban</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>ittay</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Woman</td>
+<td>bisea</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>tchee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Work</td>
+<td>adjooma</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>orilaloo</td>
+<td>adawwah, Ku.<br>
+matah, Mallow.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Year</td>
+<td>affrieyay</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>otee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Yes</td>
+<td>yeö</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>matee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Yesterday</td>
+<td>endodra</td>
+<td>ennida</td>
+<td>indeay</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+<div class="sign3">
+<hr class="decor width15">
+
+<p class="small">London: Printed by W. Bulmer and Co.<br>
+Cleveland-row, St. James’s.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnotes" id="ftapp6">
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_159"></a><a href="#FNanchor_159"><span class=
+"label">[159]</span></a><em>Inkran</em>, an <em>ant</em>, is the
+native name of the country Europeans call <em>Accra</em>, which
+name was probably given by the Portuguese to their settlement there
+(the earliest they made according to the traditions of the natives)
+to commemorate the voyage of Hanno; Accra being one of the five
+cities raised by him between the Soloe Promontory, or Cape Bojador,
+and the River Lixus or Ouro.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_160"></a><a href="#FNanchor_160"><span class=
+"label">[160]</span></a>This word approximates to <em>ogha</em>,
+<em>ogiah</em>, and <em>egah</em>, the words for <em>fire</em> in
+the Booroom, Ashantee, and Fantee: but all the other Adampë words I
+have ever heard, cannot be assimilated to those which denote the
+same objects in any other African language.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_161"></a><a href="#FNanchor_161"><span class=
+"label">[161]</span></a>Where there is no word in the Fantee
+column, it is the same as the Ashantee.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_162"></a><a href="#FNanchor_162"><span class=
+"label">[162]</span></a>I have before stated (Superstitions,
+<a href="#Page_270">p. 270.</a>) that <em>aggry</em> is a generic
+name, probably exotic, of the derivation of which the Negroes are
+wholly ignorant. It is remarkable that the Boorooms call these
+beads <em>sikka koonkoorie</em>, and never use the common word for
+<em>bead</em> (aboroo,) when they speak of them: this name imports
+their value (<em>sikka</em> being <em>gold</em>) and one would
+fancy something connected with their locality, <em>Koonkoorie</em>
+being a range of hills seven days northward of Kong, (see <a href=
+"#Page_182">p. 182.</a>) but I never could obtain the least
+explanation on this subject from the natives.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_163"></a><a href="#FNanchor_163"><span class=
+"label">[163]</span></a>They distinguish different times of the
+day, thus</p>
+
+<table id="t508">
+<tr>
+<td>Morning, or before 12.</td>
+<td>napa.</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Mid-day, or 12.</td>
+<td>aweeabillee</td>
+<td>aweeabil</td>
+<td>emfass.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Afternoon, 4.</td>
+<td>ingubee</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>noobwawss.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Evening, 6.</td>
+<td>adiasa</td>
+<td>adjasa</td>
+<td>eybeen.</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>Night</td>
+<td>noofa</td>
+<td>
+</td>
+<td>aniaberra.</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_164"></a><a href="#FNanchor_164"><span class=
+"label">[164]</span></a>This reminds me that I ought to have
+noticed, in the Superstitions of Ashantee, that they believe the
+devil to be a wandering evil spirit, occasionally entering into a
+human being, immediately to be destroyed for the safety of
+mankind.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote">
+<p><a id="Footnote_165"></a><a href="#FNanchor_165"><span class=
+"label">[165]</span></a>It is curious that in both these radically
+distinct languages, the verb <em>walk</em> should assimilate so
+closely to the noun <em>cow</em>.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<p class="space-above15 x-ebookmaker-drop">
+</p>
+
+<div class="transnote">
+<h2>Transcriber's note:</h2>
+
+<ul>
+<li>The changes in the <a href="#err">ERRATA</a> regarding the text
+have been made.</li>
+
+<li>Inconsistent chapter numbering between Contents and Part I of
+the text has been left as is.</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_19">19,</a> Changed: "place 1° 46′ 30′ W.
+and" to: "30″"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_22">22,</a> Changed: "The courses N. ½ N. N.
+W. ¼ N. b W. ⅛." to: "N.½, N.N.W.¼, N.bW.⅛."</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_23">23,</a> Changed: "the courses N. ⅓ N. b
+W. ⅕." to: "N.⅓, N.bW.⅕."</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_36">36,</a> Changed: "their long Danish
+mukets" to: "muskets"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_40">40,</a> Changed: "minors, or young
+caboceeers" to: "caboceers"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_45">45,</a> Changed: "and again,) “that he
+thanked" to: "and again,) that he thanked"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_49">49,</a> Changed: "my captains. “The
+Dutch" to: "my captains. The Dutch"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_63">63,</a> Changed: "an ouline of the Fantee
+war" to: "outline"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_94">94,</a> Changed: "inauspicious
+circumstance has been unvoidable" to: "unavoidable"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_98">98,</a> Added ” after: "he will do you
+good:"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_108">108,</a> Changed: "I sent a cane to
+Adooçee" to: "Adocee"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_110">110,</a> Changed: "promised that I shoul
+hear from him" to: "should"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_132">132,</a> Changed: "into every trivial
+occurrrence" to: "occurrence"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_145">145,</a> Changed: "have more to-morrow
+”" to: "have more to-morrow;”"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_151">151,</a> Changed: "I had exeprienced
+whilst" to: "experienced"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_196">196,</a> footnote <a href=
+"#Footnote_37">37,</a> Added “ before "The Chaymas"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_204">204,</a> footnote <a href=
+"#Footnote_47">47,</a> Changed: "of Arabs) “Wadie." to: "of Arabs)
+Wadie."</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_253">253,</a> Changed: "exercising his
+judical authority" to: "judicial"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_256">256,</a> Changed: "accused against
+arbitary judgment" to: "arbitrary"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_268">268</a> (270), footnote <a href=
+"#Footnote_83">83,</a> Changed: "inlaid, at it were, in the body"
+to: "as it were"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_268">268</a> (271), footnote <a href=
+"#Footnote_83">83,</a> Added ” after "ignorant of their
+origin."</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_279">279,</a> Changed: "the tribatary chiefs
+who pay but" to: "tributary"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_288">288,</a> Changed: "discharge of muketry,
+proportionate" to: "musketry"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_322">322,</a> Changed: "with 1000 mukets you
+could not" to: "muskets"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_333">333,</a> Changed: "as a corrective to
+the unplatable" to: "unpalatable"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_345">345</a> (346), footnote <a href=
+"#Footnote_112">112,</a> Changed: "we are asily mistaken" to:
+"easily"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_348">348,</a> footnote <a href=
+"#Footnote_113">113,</a> Added “ at the start.</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_352">352,</a> Changed: "corsespond exactly in
+meaning" to: "correspond"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_419">419,</a> Changed: "wow!” “death! “death"
+to: "wow!” “death! death"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_433">433,</a> footnote <a href=
+"#Footnote_132">132,</a> Changed: "spoke to agreeing tha after" to:
+"that"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_451">451,</a> Changed: "and phrenzy of the
+perfomer" to: "performer"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_469">469,</a> Changed: "clompletely blockaded
+on the land-side" to: "completely"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_473">473,</a> Changed: "bring future good
+conse-sequences" to: "consequences"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_479">479,</a> footnote <a href=
+"#Footnote_149">149,</a> Changed: "or ship, “adding, that" to: "or
+ship, adding, that"</li>
+
+<li><a id="tnoteref1" class="tnoteref"></a>pg <a href=
+"#Page_479">479</a>-480, The footnote <a href=
+"#FNanchor_152">152</a> referred to in the text is missing.</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_484">484,</a> footnote <a href=
+"#Footnote_157">157,</a> Changed: "had the advanage of correcting"
+to: "advantage"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_487">487,</a> Changed: "Shagho — <span class=
+"arabic">شَيْعُ</span>" to: "<span class=
+"arabic">شَيْغُ</span>"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_487">487,</a> Changed: "Rakka — <span class=
+"arabic">رَافَا</span>" to: "<span class=
+"arabic">رَاقَا</span>"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_491">491,</a> Changed: "Yajoury (doubtlels
+Yawoorie)" to: "doubtless"</li>
+
+<li>pg <a href="#Page_492">492,</a> Changed: "Massir — <span class=
+"arabic">سصر</span>" to: "<span class="arabic">مصر</span>"</li>
+
+<li>Minor changes in punctuation have been done silently.</li>
+
+<li>Other spelling inconsistencies have been left unchanged.</li>
+
+<li>New original cover art included with this eBook is granted to
+the public domain.</li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div style='text-align:center'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 77375 ***</div>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/77375-h/images/cover.jpg b/77375-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2908d8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/cover.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/i01.jpg b/77375-h/images/i01.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b20c18a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/i01.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/i01_large.jpg b/77375-h/images/i01_large.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd4527e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/i01_large.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/i02.jpg b/77375-h/images/i02.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d499842
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/i02.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/i02_large.jpg b/77375-h/images/i02_large.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0103fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/i02_large.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/i03.jpg b/77375-h/images/i03.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..21b107c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/i03.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/i03_large.jpg b/77375-h/images/i03_large.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..840ba1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/i03_large.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/i04.jpg b/77375-h/images/i04.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c888d6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/i04.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/i04_large.jpg b/77375-h/images/i04_large.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ace55f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/i04_large.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/i05.jpg b/77375-h/images/i05.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c57164d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/i05.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/i05_large.jpg b/77375-h/images/i05_large.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3247987
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/i05_large.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/i06.jpg b/77375-h/images/i06.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9015991
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/i06.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/i06_large.jpg b/77375-h/images/i06_large.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af5d8e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/i06_large.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/i07.jpg b/77375-h/images/i07.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f23c0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/i07.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/i07_large.jpg b/77375-h/images/i07_large.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..723e374
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/i07_large.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/i08.jpg b/77375-h/images/i08.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96ca2ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/i08.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/i08_large.jpg b/77375-h/images/i08_large.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6bea27a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/i08_large.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/i09.jpg b/77375-h/images/i09.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..234df39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/i09.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/i09_large.jpg b/77375-h/images/i09_large.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0753d45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/i09_large.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/i10.jpg b/77375-h/images/i10.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e5a39a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/i10.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/i10_large.jpg b/77375-h/images/i10_large.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76a6397
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/i10_large.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/i11.jpg b/77375-h/images/i11.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efe363e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/i11.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/i11_large.jpg b/77375-h/images/i11_large.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2c42c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/i11_large.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/map1.jpg b/77375-h/images/map1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8fed642
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/map1.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/map1_large.jpg b/77375-h/images/map1_large.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7cf60e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/map1_large.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/map2.jpg b/77375-h/images/map2.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a9476c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/map2.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/map2_large.jpg b/77375-h/images/map2_large.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..518b401
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/map2_large.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/map3.jpg b/77375-h/images/map3.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61a9139
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/map3.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/map3_large.jpg b/77375-h/images/map3_large.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b521e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/map3_large.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/map4.jpg b/77375-h/images/map4.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9492dd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/map4.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music01.jpg b/77375-h/images/music01.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a649ba9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music01.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music02.jpg b/77375-h/images/music02.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19161c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music02.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music03.jpg b/77375-h/images/music03.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81ab930
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music03.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music04.jpg b/77375-h/images/music04.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..841aade
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music04.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music05.jpg b/77375-h/images/music05.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2576f83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music05.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music06.jpg b/77375-h/images/music06.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45cdeda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music06.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music07.jpg b/77375-h/images/music07.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6783e2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music07.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music08.jpg b/77375-h/images/music08.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9368e47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music08.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music09.jpg b/77375-h/images/music09.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..859abc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music09.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music10.jpg b/77375-h/images/music10.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..03202e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music10.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music11.jpg b/77375-h/images/music11.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5525cf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music11.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music12.jpg b/77375-h/images/music12.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..458802c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music12.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music13.jpg b/77375-h/images/music13.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad1ab78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music13.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music14.jpg b/77375-h/images/music14.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61a66e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music14.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music15.jpg b/77375-h/images/music15.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ac5742
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music15.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music16.jpg b/77375-h/images/music16.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2caded4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music16.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music17.jpg b/77375-h/images/music17.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0353f26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music17.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music18.jpg b/77375-h/images/music18.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f0aabd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music18.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music19.jpg b/77375-h/images/music19.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76587b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music19.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music20.jpg b/77375-h/images/music20.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ff97a9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music20.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music21.jpg b/77375-h/images/music21.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..989879b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music21.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music22.jpg b/77375-h/images/music22.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d888504
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music22.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/music23.jpg b/77375-h/images/music23.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29bbbcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/music23.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/sym1.png b/77375-h/images/sym1.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3bce7c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/sym1.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/77375-h/images/sym2.png b/77375-h/images/sym2.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b78edff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77375-h/images/sym2.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c72794
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This book, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65fe077
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for eBook #77375
+(https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/77375)